Skip to main content

Full text of "Edward Rhodes Stitt Library Catalog (circa 1971)"

See other formats


EDWARD RHODES STITT LIBRARY 



CATALOG 



II II 




NAVAL MEDICAL SCHOOL 

NATIONAL NAVAL MEDICAL CENTER 



• 






J 



PREFACE 






This book catalog, computer produced in conjunction 
with the National Library of Medicine, is divided 
into two sections: 

1) subject 

2) author/title. 

Supplements will be distributed as book purchases 
warrant for inclusion in the back of the catalog, 
and cumulations replacing all previous distribution 
will be issued annually. 

The call number, by which the book is shelved, is at 
the bottom of each catalog entry and is preceded by 
a symbol for one or more libraries and a colon: 
DNLM: WS 310 R137a 1970. 

The book you seek may be: 

1) in the Reference Collection 

2) in the Circulating Collection in the stacks 

3) charged out for two week loan 

4) charged out on indefinite loan 

5) AWOL 

and the catalog does not indicate which category your 
request is in. 

Records for books on AWOL have not been deleted from 

the catalog because the books may be returned eventually. 

Books you need but do not find in the catalog or on the 
shelf may be borrowed from another library on Interlibrary 
Loan upon request . 






o 



o 









ABBREVIATIONS 

-DICT. 

Acronyms and tnitialisms Clctlonary; a % ulae to 
alphabetic designations, contractions, acronyms, 
InittaUcma, and similar condensed appellations... 
Edited by Ellen T. Crowley and Robert C. 
Thomas, Contileotlng editors: Barry Schecter let 
si.] 3d ed. Detroit, Gale Research Co. [cl070] 
xv, 484 P- 
DNLM, SUNY: PE 1603 AI79 1970 

Clt. No. 275627 

Cole, Frank, 1903- The doctor*! shorthand. 

Phlfarielpnla, Saunders, 1970. vfl, 179 p, S3N 
0-7216-2643-2. 
DNLM, MECO. SUNY: W IS C089d 1970 

Clt. No. 263454 

Ken*, A vice. Medical hieroglyphs: abbreviations 
and svDiboisj. [1st ed ] Chicago, Clissold, 
1970. 333 p. Both official and unofficial 
abbreviations and symbols, taken from medical 
r -Ji. Over S490 abbreviations, over 300 
8 ols. 
DnuM, SUNY: W 13 K43m 1970 Clt. No. 254037 

ABDOMEN 

Ariel, ir^lrjj Meyer, 1911- ed. Diagnosis 

End treatment sf abdominal abscesses. [Edited 
bv] Irving M. Artel [and} Kirk K. Kavarlan. 
(Contributors: Anttl V. Alho, et Si] Baltimore, 
Williams & WUklnl [elB71] xxlll, 322 p. Illus, 
ISBN: 0-633-002-13-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 900 A6S3d 1971 

Clt. No. 263007 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Schrelber, Melvyn H., 1931- Intravenous 

abdominal aortography and placentography, by 
Mclvvii H. Si:hre;ber jet al.J Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C19S7] 57 p. lllua. 
Lr;LM; V.'G il3 S3751 1SS7 Clt^No. 104473 



Pridfen, James Edward, ed. Penetrating wounds 
of the abdomen, edited by James E. Prldgen, J. 
Bradley Aujjt [and] George W. Fisher. 
Springfield, 111.. Thomas [cl970] xll, 128 p. 
lllua, 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 900 PS47p 1970 

Clt. No. 241170 



-RADIOGRAPHY 

INSTRUCTION" 



PROGRAMMED 



Sfiut?e, Lurr Franls, 1915- The abdomen 

[by] Lucy Frank Squire, Wllllura M. Colalace 
fand] Natalie Strutynsky. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1971, S3 p. illus. (Her Exercises In 
(UacnosUc radiology, v. 2) 
DNLM: WN 100 S77*fa v.2 1971 Clt. No. 355251 

-SURGERY 

AMomen and rectum and anus. Edited by Charles 
Rob, Rodney Smith and Sir Clifford Kauoton 

Morsan. £d ed. Philadelphia, Lipplncott 
[1969] 2 v. illus. (Rob, Charles, ed. 
Operative surgery, v. 4-3) 
DNLM: WO 500 H623o v. 4-5 1369 

Clt. No. 212240 

Kobak, Mathew William, 1917- Studies on 

the abdominal Incision. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[clSSS] xl, 83 p. Illus. 
DNLM: WI 900 K75s 1065 OIL No. 46307 

Malngot, Rodney, 1893- Abdominal 

operations [by] Rodney Maingot and British and 
American contributors. flth ed. New York, 
Appletoa-Century-Croftt [e!974J 2 v. (xxlx, 
2240, 24 p.) Illus. ISBN 0-8383-0042-0 (v. 1) 

DNLM, MBCO: WI 900 M225a 1974 

Clt. No. 416467 

Main-tot, Rodney, 1693- Abdominal 

operations [by] Rodney Maingot, With special 
articles by British and American contributors. 
5th ei. [New Yorkl Appleton-Century-Crofti 
{C1B8-J) 2 v. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 900 M225a 1969 

at. No. 177257 



ABDOMEN, ACUTE 



Botsford, Thomas Winston, 1910- The 

acute abdomen, by Thomas W. Botaford and 
Richard E. Wilson, Philadelphia, Saunders, 1969. 
x, 179 p. Illus. (Major problems la clinical 
surgery, v. 10} 
DNLM: WI MA492R v.10 1909 Clt. No. 220415 

Hawthorne, Herbert Reifl, 1894- ed. The 

acute abdomen and emergent lesions of the 
gastrointestinal tract, comp. and ed. by Herbert 
R. Hawthorne [et al.] Sprmgfieid, 111.. Thomas 
[cl0S7j xlll, 485 p. Ulna. 
DNLM: WI 900 H399a 1957 Clt. No. 100310 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Cope, Sir Zachary, 1881- The early 

dlagnoiils of the acute abdomen. 13th ed. 
London, New York, Oxford Univ. Press, 1933, 
202 p. Illus. (Oxtord medical publications) 
DNLM: WI C0U C7a2e 1SS3 Cit. No. 140578 

Cope, Sir KiChary, 1381- Tho early 

diagnosis of the acute abdomen. 14th ed. 
London, Oxford Univ. Press, 1972. 210 p. 
illus., port. (Oxford medical publications) ISBN 
0-19-285 103-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI BOO C7B2e 1972 

Clt. No. 341274 

Oelln, Lars-Erik. Abdominal pain; a guide to 
rapid diagnosis [by] Lars-I^rix Gtilln, Lloyd M. 
Nyhus [and] Robert E. Condon. Philadelphia, 
LlppSnKitt tc:"^] 1a, 123 P- Bllw, Baaed on 
the author'* Ak"t ar>dnm°n. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 900 G317ab 1939 

Cit. No. 203311 

Olas, Waynff Willis, 1922-1965. The acute 
abdomen, [bvj W. W. G'sn [a?id] 5. E. Gould. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wliklna, 1^9. xl, 155 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WI 900 G548a 1966 Clt. No. 52402 

-IN INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Ralfen:prr(«er, John G., 1828- The acute 

abdomen in Infancy and childhood {by] John G. 
Raifenaperger, Suth Andrea Seeler [and] RogeBo 
Moncaua. Phlladeiphia, Llpplncoit [cl970] x, 
130 p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WS 310 R137a 1970 

Clt. No. 264226 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Frimann-Dabl, Johan Cappelen, 1903- 
* Roentgen examinations in acute abdominal 
diseases. 3d cd. Springfield, VI., Thomas 
[C1974] xlv, 617 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-398-02939-3. 
Bibliography : p. 539-960. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 900 F913r 1974 

Cit. No. 425705 

-SURGERY 

Shepherd, John Alfred. Surgery of the acute 
abdomen. 2d ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1968. xl, 741 p. Jllus., port. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 900 S54Ba 1968 

at. No. 162024 

-THERAPY 

Gias, Wayne Willis. 1912-1965. The acute 
abdomen, [by] W. W. Glas [and] S. E. Gould. 
Baltimore, Williams & WUklns, 1966. xl, 155 
p. Illus. 
DNLM: WI 900 G5tS* 1956 Cit. No. 52401 



ABDOMINAL INJURIES 

Cantor, Meyer O., 1907- Abdominal trauma. 

Springfield. 111., Thomaa [C1970J xvll, 213 p. 
DNLM, MECO. SUNY: WI $00 C232a 1970 

at. No. 246734 

Prldgen, James Edward, ed. Penetrating wounda 
of the abdomen, edited by James E. Prldgen, J. 
Bradley Aust [and] George W. Fisher. 
Springfield, HI., Thomas [cIS70] ■ xll, 12« p. 
lllua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 900 P347p 1970 

at. No. 241170 

Trauma to the thorax asd tbdomea. Edited by J. 
D. Msrtla, Jr. [et *L] Springfield, HI., Thomas 
[eiStii/] xvll. 5S6 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WF 985 T777 1989 

at. No. 217715 

-DIAGNOSIS 

McCort, James J., 1913- Radiographic 

examination in blunt abdominal trauma. 
Phtiadp'.Jhia, Saunders, 195o, vlli, 252 p. Illus. 
DNLii: V,1 900 M13Ir 1963 Clt. No. 54351 

-HIST. 

Lorla, Fran* L., 1898- Historical aspects of 

abdominal Injuries. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[C19G3] xvll, 213 P- Illus.. porta. 
DNLK, MBCo: W\ 11 LH72h 1953 

at- Ho. W202ft 

-SURGERY 

Shefti. Laurence Milton 1909- Initial 

management of thoracic and thoracoabdominal 
trauma. 2d eJ. by Th*jma3 H. Hewlett- 
Serin jfield, HI., Thomas (C1963J xvll, 130 p. 

UlUB, 

DNLM, SUirV: WF 935 35421 1968 

Clt. No. 15J3&7 

ABNORMALITIES 



Lannman, Jan. Idedlcal embryology; hu 
devclopmeat - normal and abnormal. 2d ed. 
Baltimore, WUllama & WUklnfl, 1969. xll, 336 
p. iiliis. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: OS 604 l^34m 1969 

Clt. No. 211*37 

Rnbin, Alan, 1923- ed. Handbook of 

congenita malformations. PhUadelphla, 
SaUM'Jcrs. 1U67. xlll, 398 p. Ulut. 
DNLM: QS 67S R8B6h 1987 Clt. No. 1I7S44 

Smith, Da*Jd W^ 1925- Recognizable 

psiterriE of Lumajt malformaUcn; genetic, 
eeibryologie, and cliulcil aspects- Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1970. xv, 30@ p. ulus. (Major 
problems In clinical pediatrics, v. 7) 
DNLM: WI MA4B2N v.7 1970 
MBCO: WS 200 MM v.7 1970 Cit. No. 233151 

■CONGRESSES 

Conference on the Clinical Delineation of Birth 
Btfeet*, 1st, Johns Hopkins Hospital, BaiUmor*, 
19G3. The first Conference on the Clinical 
Delineation of Birth Defects. Held at the Johns 
Hopkins Hospital, Baltimore, Md., May 20-25, 
1SS3. Editor: Daniel Bergsma. [White Plains, 
N. Y., National Foundation] 1969. 5 v> Ulus. 
(Birth defects: original article series, v. 5) 
Sponsored by the Johns Hopkins Medical 
Institution* and the National Foundation-March of 
Dimes. Contents. - 1. Special lectures. » 2. 
Malformation syndromes. - 3. Limb malformations. 
- 4. Skeletal dysplasia. - 5. Phenotyptc aspects of 
chromosomal aberrations. 
DNLM: Wl BI936 v.5 1969 
MBCO: QS 675 C74Sf 1968 Clt. No. 272664 






ABNORMALITIES 



International Conference 03 Congenital 
Maitenratioiu, 3d, Hague, 1039. Congenital 
malformations; proceeti^s of the third 
International Conference. The Hague, The 
Ne therlands. 7-13 Septe-Jber 1989. Sponsored by 
the National Foundation - March of Dimes and 
organized by International Medical Congrens ltd. 
on tbe Keneral theme of Birth defects-1969. 
Editors: F. Clarke Frasir [andj Victor A. 
McKuilck. Co-editor: llogcr Robinson. 
Amsterdam, New York, Excerpta Medlea 
Foundation f 1&701 xvi, 450 p. llius. (Excerpta 
medlea. International congress series, no. 204) 
ISBN 90- 11 8-01 35-8. 
DNLM: W3 EXR9 no.204 1989 
MBCO: ZW I £939 no.204 IS39 Clt. No. 281102 

National Institutes of Health. Dental Study 

Section. Con eaital anomalies of the face and 
associated structures. Proceedings of an 
International symposium, comp, and ed. by 
S^. — ucl Pruian. : ;y. Sprlngflold, III., Thomas 
[el'.T-l] x, 385 p. lllus.. ports. Held at 
Gat!!iiburg. Tennessee, on Dec 6-9, 1959. 
Supported by lirznt D-9ii) from the National 
Institute of riprital Research. 
DNkM: WE 70S U;3e 19J3 Clt. No. 72728 

Viral etiology of con^nilat malformations. 
Bethesda, Md. [Fer g-iie by the Sunt, of Docs., U. 
S. r,' >t. Print. Off., Washington [1963] v, 17B p. 
Edi proceedings of a working conference held 
In 1 esda on May 19th and 20th, 1947. Issued 
by toe National Heart Institute and the National 
Institute of Child Health and Human 
Development. 
DNLM: QS 875 VS19 1987 Clt. No. 156234 

-DIAGNOSIS - CONGRESSES 

Conference on Antenatal Diagnosis, University of 
Chic-jo, 1070. Antenatal cuaj-'iosis. Edited by 
Albert Dorfman. Chicago. Univ. of Chicago 
Fress [1972] xtt. 2C8 p. lllus. (NICIID - 
Mental iletardatlun Research Centers series) 
ISBN 0-2*~d-15'i04-7, Sponsored by the Mental 
Retardation Branch of the National Institute of 
Child Health and Human Development. 
Bibliography: p. 2*3-271, 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 C743*. 1972 

Clt. No. 334544 

-UKSCRYOLOOY 

Gray, Stephen Wood, 1915- Embryology for 

surgewus; the embryotogical bails for the 
treatment of congenital defects [by] Stephen 
Wood Gray [and] John Ellas Skandalakia. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1872. xv, 918 p. lllus., 
ports. ISBN 0-7213-4220-9. 
DNLM, MECO. SONY: QS 875 G782e 1972 

Clt. No, 313671 

-ETIOLOGY 

Torptn, Richard, 1891- Fetal malformations 

caused Ijy amnion rupture during gestation. 
Spiln afield. Ill„ Thomas [clSG31 xll, 163 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: QS «75 Tea7f 1968 Clt. No. 133773 

Viral etiology of congenital malformations. 

Bethesda, Md. [For sale bv the Supt. of Does., U. 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington [196S] v, 178 p. 
Edited proceedings of a working conference held 
In Betheida on May 19th and 20th, 1967, Issued 
by the National Heart Institute and the National 
Institute of Child Health and Human 
Development. 
DNLM: QS 675 V819 1M7 Clt. No, 158234 

-REHABILITATION 

Swlnyard, Chester Allen, 1907- ed. Limb 

development and deformity: problems of 
evaluation and rehabilitation, by fifty-three 
contributors. Springfield, 111., Pub. for the 
Assn. for the Aid of Crippled Children by 
Thomas [CIS69] xvli, 872 p. lllus. 
Bibliography: p, 541-621. 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: WX 800 SS79L 1969 

at. No. 30067© 

-SURGEST 

Q ray, Stephen Wood, 1115- Embryology for 

surgeons; the embryologlcal basis for the 
treatment of congenital defects [by] Stephen 
Wood Gray [and] John Ellas Skandaiakis. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. xv, 913 p. Ulna,, 
ports. ISBN 0-7210-4220-9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SONY: QS 673 G7B2e 1972 

Clt. No. 313671 



Young, Daniel Oreer. Baby surgery; nursing 
management and care [by] Daniel G, Young and 
Barbara F.~ Weller Baltimore, University Park 
Press [1971] 183 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-8391-0500-6. 
MBCO, SUNY: WY 181 Y69b 1971a 

Cit. No. 324000 

ABNORMALITIES, DRUG-INDUCED 

Shepard, Thomas H-, 1923- Catalog of 

teratogenic agents. Baltimore, Johns ilopkins 
Univ. Press [C1973] xlx, 211 p. ISBN 
0-8018-1403-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 626 SS47c 1973 

Clt. No. 377814 

ABORTION 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on Antenatal Diagnosis, University of 
Chicago, 1970. Antenatal diagnosis. Edited by 
Albert Dorfman. Chicago, Univ. of Chicago 
Press [1972] xll, 2:;3 p. lllus. (NICKD . 
Mental RotarcIaUon Research Centers series) 
ISBN 0-22A-1 5,404-7. Spon«ort?a by the Mental 
Retardation Branch of the National Institute of 
Child Health anrl Human Development. 
Bibliography: p. 239-271. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 C748a 1972 

Clt. No, 334544 

ABORTION, INDUCED 

Neubardt, Bells, 1973- Techniques of 

abortion [by] Sellg Neubardt [and] Harold 
Sohutman. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, Brown 
[C1972] xl, 172 p. lllus, ISBN 0-318-60370. 

DNLM, SUNY: WQ 440 N477t 1972 

Clt. No. 330470 

ABORTION, SEPTIC 

Schwarx. Richard H. Septic abortion, with a 
chapter on pathology of septic abortion by 
Bernard Ciernobtlsky. Philadelphia, Lipplncott 
[196S] xlv, 153 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WQ 443 S4113 1963 Clt. No. 152112 

ABSCESS 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Artel, Irving Meyer, 1911- ed. Diagnosis 

and treatment of abdominal abscesses. [Edited 
by] Irving M. Ariel [and] Kirk K. Kaiarlan, 
{Contributors: Anttl V. AJho, et al.l Baltimore, 
Williams 8c Wililns [cl971] xxlli, 322 p. Ulus. 
ISBN: 0-633-00242.2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 900 A698d 1971 

Clt. No. 263607 

-THERAPY 

Ariel, Irving Meyer, 1911- ed. Diagnosis 

and treatment of abdominal abscesses. [Edited 
by] Irving M. Ariel [and] Kirk K. Kawrlan. 
(Contributors: Anttl V. Alho, et al.) Baltimore, 
Williams & Wilkin* [c!971] xxlli, S22 p. lllus. 
ISBN: 0-683-O0242-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 900 A69Bd 1971 

at. No. 263607 

ACCIDENT PREVENTION 

Handbook of laboratory safety. Editor: Norman V. 
Steere. 2d ed. Cleveland, Chemical Rubber 
Co. [1971] xv, 854 p. llius. (CRC handbook 
series) 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 51 H236 1371 Clt. No. 273206 

Steer*. Norman V., ed. CRC handbook of 
Laboratory safety. Cleveland, Chemical Rubber 
Co., [1937] xil, 563 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QD 51 S815e 1987 

Clt. No. 157604 



•CONGRESSES 

Symposium on the Prevention of Highway Injury, 
University of Michigan, 1947. The prevention of 
highway Injury; proceedkspa of a symposium held 
April 1S-21, 19S7. Edited by Melvin L. Seller, 
Paul W. Gixag [and] Donald F. Huelke. Ann 
Arbor, Kigiiway Safety Research Institute, Univ. 
of Michigan [Available from the Clearing House 
fcr Scientific and Technical Information, 
Springfield, Va,] 1967. x, 293 p. Hlua. 
Symposium held in honor of the University of 
Michigan's ?e*q til centennial celebration and 
sponsored by the University's Meditial School and 
Highway Safety Research Institute. 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 275 S9ES9p 1947 

at. No. 159624 

ACCIDENTS 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Mann, T. S. Accident surgery for nurses [by] T. 
S. Mann, In collaboration with Wm. Henry Held, 
[et a).] Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1M9. vi, 124 
p. lllus, (Livingstone nursing texts) SBN 
433-QCSU-x. U. S. publisher: WUILama * WilUns 
Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY let MSSla 1969 

Cit. No. 232365 

ACCIDENTS, INDUSTRIAL 

■CONGRESSES 

New Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology, 

Industrial and traumatic ophthalmology; 
symposium of the New Orleans Academy of 
Ophthaituoiosy. [Contributor!)]: Arthur H. 
Keeney [et al.] St. Louts, Moshy, 1964. 321 
p. lllua., port*. 
DNLM: WW 505 N532I 1964 Clt. No. 21040 

ACCIDENTS, TRAFFIC 

DeOravalles, William D., 1928- Injuries 

following rear-end automobile collisions, by 
William I). dcGravellea, Jr., and John II. Kelley. 
Springfield. 111., Thomas [cl9E9] xllL 241 P. 
Ulus, 
DNLM, SUNY; WA 275 DS211 1930 

at. No. 222510 

finch, John R., 1933- Psychiatric and legal 

aspects of automobile fatalities, by John R. Finch 
and Jaxne3 Patrick Smith, Jr. Springfield, III., 
'fhonas [clu70] xil, 150 p. 
DNLM: WA 275 F492p 1970 Cit. No. 252433 

•CONGRESSES 

Interna tioetsi Conference on Accident Pathology, 
Washington, D, C, 1968, Accident pathology; 
proceeding of an International conference, 
Sheraton Parle Hotel, Washington, D. C, June 6-B, 
19*3. Edited by K. M. Brlnkhous. [Washington, 
U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1970] xll, 249 p. lllus. 
Prepired under contract with U. S. Dept. of 
Transportation, Federal Highway Administration, 
National Highway Safety Bureau, No. FH- 11-6595. 
DNLM, MCCO, SUNY: WO 700 161a 1963 

at. No. 254016 

•PREVENTION ft CONTROL 

Symposium on the Prevention of Highway Injury, 
University of allchlgxo, 1947. The prevention of 

highway injury; proceedings of a symposium held 
April 19-21, If; 37. Edited by Melvin L. Setter, 
Paul W. Glkas [and] Donald P. Huelke. Ann 
Arbor, Highway Safety Research Institute, Univ. 
of Michigan [Available from the Clearing House 
for Scientific and Technical Information, 
Springfield, Va.J 1967. x, 293 p. Ulus. 
Symposium held In honor of the University of 
Michigan's setqulcentennlal celebration and 
sponsored by the University's Medical School -and 
Highway Safety Research Institute. ^ 

DNLM, SUNY: WA 275 S989p 1967 

Clt. No. 153824 

ACETOBACTER 

Aiii, Toshlnohn, Acetic scld bacteria; 
classification and biochemical activities. Tokyo, 
Univ. of Tokvo Press; Baltimore, University Park 
Press [C1956] 343 p. lllus. 
DNLM: QW 148 A798a 1968 at. No. 273017 



< 



i 






ADAPTATION, 






-CLAMIFICATION 

Aut, Tosalnofcn. Acetic add bacteria; 
classification snd biochemical activities. Tokyo, 
Univ. of Tokyo Press; Baltimore, University Park 
Preia [C1B68] MS p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QW 148 A7B8a 1968 at No. 273017 

ACETYLCHOLINE 

■METABOLISM 

KaU, Bernard. The release of neural transmitter 
substances. [Liverpool] Liverpool Univ. Press, 
1969. 80 p. Ulus. (Sherrington lectures, 10) 
DNLM: Wl SHJS9 no.10 1969 
MBCO; WL 102 K19r 1909 at. No. 211113 

ACID-BASE EQUILIBRIUM 

Davenport, Horses Wlllird. The ABC of 

acid -base chemistry; the elements of physiological 
blood -gas chemistry for medical students and 
physicians. 5th ed., rev. Chicago, London, 
Univ. of Chicago Press [cl969] vll, 119 p. 
Ulus. SBN KB- 13702-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 105 D247a 1909 

Clt. NO. 232547 

Filler Giles Franklin, 1915- Acid-base and 

blr gas regulation for medical students before 
an- tar graduation. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feuiejer, 1971. X, 213 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-812 1-0272-X. Includes section on clinical 
ze'd-base terminology. References: p. 191-206. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WD 223 7485a 1971 

Clt. No. 274327 

Go Id birr er, Emanuel, 1913* A primer of 

water, electrolyte and acid-base syndromes. 4th 
ed. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1970. si, 439 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-9121-0097-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WD 120 G81Sp 1970 

C1L No. 24521S 

Goldberger, EmanseL 1913- A primer of 

water, electrolyte and acld-baae syndromes. 3d 
ed., thoroughly rev. Philadelphia, Les & 
Febtger, 1985. 410 p. Illua. 
DNLM: WD 220 G613p 1985 Clt. No. 10537 

Masoro, Edward 1. Acid- base regulation: Its 
physiology and pathophysiology (by] Edward J. 
Mssoro [and] Paul D. StegeL Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1971. xlL 147 p. Ulus. (Physiological 
chemistry, 4) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 4 P578 v.4 1971 

Clt. No. 285221 

Mont wrier, Edward, 1903- Water and 

electrolyte metabolism and acid-base balance, 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1968. vlll, 189 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 105 M971w 1988 

Clt. No. 167003 

Pollock, Joseph H., 1913- A survey of 

surgical shock, with special reference to fluids, 
electrolytes and metabolites. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [cl986] xi, 710 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WO 149 P776s 1966 Clt. No. 87583 

Booth, Gbsta, Introduction to acid-base and 
electrolyte balance. [5th ed.] New York, 
Barnes & Noble [1969] 60 p. Ulus. 
Continuation Issued with Utle: Clinical acid-base 
and electrolyte balance. 
DNLM: W6 PS 
SUNY: WD 220 B7831 1969 Clt. No. 201371 

Sir saard- Andersen, Ols. The acid-base status of 
the blood. [Tr, from the Danish by H. Cowan] 
3d ed. Baltimore, Williams A- WUklns, 1965. 
134 P. Ulus. 
DNLM: WD 220 S575a 1985 Clt. No. 41123 

-IN INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

Harris, Prank. Paedlatric fluid therapy. 
Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications [1972] 
1S4 p. lllus. ISBN 0-632-06690-3. Distributed 
In the Tj. S. by Davis Co., Philadelphia. 

DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WD 220 H314p 1S72 

Clt No. 314177 



Kildefceff, Foul. Clinical acid-base physiology; 
studies In neonates, Infants, and young children. 
[Baltimore] Williams * WUklns [cl908] 228 
p. Ulus. 

Another copy. [Copenhagen] 

Munksgaard [el958] (Scandinavian university 
books.) 

WD 220 K4Bc 1968 copy 2 
DNLM, MBCO: WD 220 K49c 1988 

Clt No. 170076 

Winters, Robert W., 1926- ed, The body 

fluids In pediatrics; medical, surgical, and 

neonatal disorders of acid-base status, hydration, 
and oxygenation. Boston, Little, Brown [cl973] 
XX, 715 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-318-30839. 

DNLM: WD 120 W7B8b 1973 Clt. No. 355471 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Cferistensen, Ha Ivor Niels, 1915- Neutrality 

control In the living organism; a learning program 
for students of the biological and medical 
sciences. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. vL 180 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-7218-2574-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: QU 105 C554n 1971 

Clt. No. 252531 

Winters, Robert W., 1926- Acid base 

physiology In medicine; a self-Instruction program 
[hy] Robert W. Winters, Knud Engel [and] Ralph 

B. Dell. Programmed by Richard P. Bcrkson. 
Cleveland, London Co. [cl967] vlll, 290 p. 
Ulus. 

DNLM: WD KB W788a 1967 Clt. No. 170736 

ACIDOSIS 

-IN INFANCY ft CHILDHOOD 

Baling, Erich. Foetal and neonatal hypoxia In 
relation to clinical obstetric practice. 
Baltimore, Willi? ms & Wllkins, 1968. x, 181 
p. lllus. Translation of Das Kind im Berelch 
der Gebur tan life. 
SUNY: WQ 210 S165k 1968 Clt No. 206701 

-IN PREGNANCY 

Baling, Erich, Foetal and neonatal hypoxia In 
relation to clinical obstetric practice. 
Baltimore, Williams & WUklns, 1968. x, 181 
p. lllus. Translation of Das Kind Im Bereich 
der Geburtshllfc 
SUNY: WQ 210 S165k 1983 at No. 206701 

ACIDOSIS, DIABETIC 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Kesiler, Edward, 1924. Diabetic acidosis; a 

programmed course of Instruction, by Edward 
Kessler [et si] Philadelphia, Davis [cl967] 
vil, 168 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WK 830 K42d 1967 at No. 115186 

ACOUSTIC NERVE 

Fool, James Lawrence, 1906- Acoustic 

nerve tumors; early diagnosis and treatment, by 
J. Lawrence Pool and Arthur A. Pava and Elliott 

C. Greenfield. 2d ed. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [clS70] xlll, 232 p. Ulus. 1st ed. 
has title: The early diagnosis and treatment of 
acoustic nerve tumors. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 250 P821e 1970 

Clt. No. 250123 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Whitfield, Ian Cunllffe, 1917- The auditory 

pathway. London, Arnold [1967] vl, 209 p. 
Ulus. (Physiological Society [London]. 
Monographs, no. 17) 
DNLM: Wl PH9285 no.17 1967 at. No. 130075 

ACRYLIC RESINS 

Cbarnley, John. Acrylic cement In orthopaedic 
surgery. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1970. vl, 131 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-433-00693-6. U. S. publisher: 
Williams A- WUklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 168 C483a 1970 

at No. 141761 



ACTING OUT 

Monroe, Run ell R, 1920- Episodic 

behavioral disorder*; a psychodynamlc and 
neurophy alologlc analysis. Cambridge, Harvard 
Univ. Press, 1970. xix, 517 p. (Commonwealth 
Fund book) SBN 174-25890-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 100 M753e 1979 

at. No. 241253 

ACTINOMYCOSIS 

Bronner, Marcel 1. Actinomycosis, by Marcel 1 
Bronner and Max Bronner. Bristol, Wright, 
1969. xlv. 228 p. Ulus. SBN 723*4039-5. 
U. S. publisher: Williams Ac WUklns Co., 
Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WC 302 B869a 1969 

Clt No. 230370 

ACTIVITIES OF DAILY LIVING 

Lowmia, Edward Wynne, 1915- Aids to 

independent Uvlng; self-help for the handicapped 
[by] Edward W. Lowman (and) Judith Lannefeld 
Kltnger. New York. McGraw-HUl [c!969] xlll. 
798 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: HD 7255 L918a 1969 

at No. 115753 

ACUPUNCTURE 

Tan, Leoztg T. Acupuncture therapy; current 
Chinese practice [by] Leong T. Tan, Margaret Y. 
C. Tan [and] Uza Vclth. Philadelphia, Temple 
Univ. Press [cl973] xii, 159 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-B7722-025-5. 
DNLM. SUNY: WB 369 TlSla 1973 

at. No. 361775 

ACUTE DISEASE 

-THERAPY 

Shoemaker, WlllUm C, 1923- 
Flu id- electrolyte therapy In acute Ulneas [by] 
William C. Shoemaker and William F. Walker. 
[1st ed.) Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers [1970] 304 p. Ulus. ISBN 
8151.7640-6. 
DNLM: WD 220 6S59T 1970 Clt No. 171114 

ADAPTATION, PHYSIOLOGICAL 

Current trend* la cryoblolof y. Edited by Audrey 
V. Smith. New York. Plenum Press, 1970. xL 
252 p. lllus. (International cryogenics 
monograph series) ISBN 0^306-30423-6. 
SUNY: QH 653 C957 1970 Clt No. 307601 

Edboirn, Otto G., ed. The physiology of human 
survival, ed. by O. G. Edholm and A. L. 
Bacharach. London, New York, Academic Press, 
1985. xxli, 581 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QP 82 E23p 1965 at No. 65115 

.CONGRESSES 

Bret ton Woods Symposium - Physiological 
Characterization of Health Hazards in Man's 
Environment, 1966. Physiology, environment, 
and man. Edited by Douglas H. K. Lee and David 
Mleard. New York, Academic Press, 1970. XV, 
239 p. Ulus. (Environmental sciences; an 
interdisciplinary monograph series) Organised 
by the National Research Council, Issued also 
as v. 2, no. 5-6, Oct. 1989, of Environmental 
research (aUghtly sbrldged) with Utle: 
Physiological characterization of health hazards la 
man's environment 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 90 B845p 1966 

at No. S50S55 

International Symposium on Temperature 
Regulation, lit New Haven, 1968. Physiological 
and behavioral temperature regulation 
[Contributions to the First International 
Symposium on Temperature Regulation held at 
the John B. Pierce Foundation Laboratory and 
Yale University School of Medicine, New Haven, 
Connecticut) Edited by James D. Hardy, A, Pharo 
Gagge, and Jan A. J. Stolwljk. Springfield, DL, 
Thomas [C1970] xxlv, 944 p. Ulus, 
DNLM: W3 IN923G 1968p 
SUNY: QT 165 161p 1968 at No. 






ADAPTATION, 



Syttperinm on Underwater Physiology, 4th, 
Philadelphia, 1MB. Underwater physiology; 
proceeding!. Edited by C. J. Lambertsen. New 
York, Academic Press. 1971. xxi, 575 p. lllus, 
Sponsored by Institute for Environmental 
Medicine, tbe University of Pennsylvania Medical 
Center; Physiology Branch, the Office of Naval 
Research; and tbe Undersea Medical Society. 



DNLM: W3 SY731M 196»u 



Clt No. 304101 



Sympotlnm on Underwater Physiology, Washington, 
D. C, 3d, 1966. Underwater physiology; 
proceedings. Sponsored by the Committee on 
Undersea Warfare of the National Academy of 
Sciences- National Research Council and the Office 
of Naval Research. C. 3, Lambertsen, ed. 
Baltimore, WllUamn A Wllkina, 1067. xx, 497 
P. lllus. 
DNLM: W3 SY731M 19Mu Clt. No. 75474 

ADAPTATION, PSYCHOLOGICAL 

Btuiu, Mary Klnsey, 1910- Adjustment 

to blindness - re- viewed, by Mary K. ft»nTnj n amj 
Norman M. Yoder. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1966] xvi, 272 p. Prepared under a grant 
from the Vocational Rehabilitation 
Af (lustration. Dept. of Health, Education and 
W re, Washington, DC and from tbe Office 
ft .ae Blind, Dept. of Public Welfare, 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. 
DNLM: HV 1799 B347a 1906 Clt. No. 63157 

Ufton, Robert Jay, 1929- Home from the 

war; Vietnam veterans: neither victims nor 
executioners. New York, Simon and Schuster 
IC1973J 478 p. ISBN 0-671.21545-0. 

DNLM, MBCO: WM 181 L713h 1973 

Clt. No. 370042 

-ABSTRACTS 

Coping and adaptation; a behavioral sciences 
UntlosraphT, edited by George V. Coeiho [et al.] 
Chevy Chase, Md., National Institute of Mental 
Health; [for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. 
Govt. Print. Off., Washington, 1970) vtl, £31 
p. (Public Health Service publication, no. 2087} 
Prepared for tbe Conference on Coping and 
Adaptation, held at Palo Alto, Call/., March 20-22, 

DNLM, SUNY: Z 7J04.A2 C78S 1970 

Clt No. 260463 

-congresses 

Wayne State University Workshop* on tbe Late 
Sequelae of Massive Psychic Trauma, Detroit, 
1962-65. Massive psychic trauma. Edited by 
Henry Krystal. New York, International 
Universities Press [c 1968 J xvH. 369 p. Papers 
selected from the proceeding! of a series of 
conferences. 
DNLM: WM 1B4 W359m 196S Clt. No. 210033 



ADENOCARCINOMA 

Bordette. Walter James, 1915. ed. 

Carcinoma of tbe colon and antecedent 
epithelium. Springfield, I1L, Thomas [C1970] 
xv, 375 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 510 B951c 1970 

Clt. No. 271364 

Reagan, James W. The cells of uterine 
adenocarcinoma, by James W. Reagsn and Alan B. 
P, Ne. Basel. Ksrger, 19SS. 130 p. lllus. 
(Clinical cytology, v. 1) 
DNLM; Wl CL894 v.l 1965 at No. 54714 

ADENOMA, CHROMOPHOBE 

-RADIOTHERAPY 

Brien, Hendrtk Inline, 1911- Treatment for 

chromophobe adenoma, by Hendrtk J. Svien and 
Malcolm V. Colby, Jr. Springfield, 111, Thomas 
(C1967) Till, 107 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WK US SMM 1967 Clt. No. 111174 

-SURORRT 

Orien. Hendrtk J alias, 1912. Treatment for 

Chromophobe adenoma, by Hendrtk J. Svien and 
Malcolm Y. Colby, Jr. Sprlngfleid, 111,, Thomas 
IgIM7] rill, 107 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WK MS SM9t 1967 Clt. No. II 1 174 



ADENOSINE CYCLIC 3*,5» 
MONOPHOSPHATE 

Roblson, G. Alan. Cyclic AHP [by] G. Alan 
Roblson, Reginald W. Butcher [and] Earl W. 
Sutherland. New York, London, Academic 
Press. 1971. all, 531 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 53 B«*6c 1971 

at No. 320016 

-PHYSIOLOGY - CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Effects of Draft on Cellular Control 
Mechanisms, London, 1971. A Symposium on 
Effects of Drugs on Cellular Control Mechanisms, 
edited by B. R. Rabin and R. B, Freedman. 
Baltimore, University Park Preas [1972] xl, 320 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-8391-0943-7. At head of 
title: Biological Council, the Co-ordinating 
Committee for Sympoala on Drug Action. 
Sponsored by the British Pharmacological Society 
and other organizations. 
DNLM, MBCO.SUNY: WK 150 S983s 1971 

Cit. No. 324550 



ADIPOSE TISSUE 

Land berg, Olov. 1914- ed. Brown adipose 

tissue. New York, American Elsevier Pub. Co., 
1970. xlv, 337 p. lllus. SBN 0-444-00080-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: QS 532.A3 L742b 1970 

Clt No. 265357 

•CONGRESSES 

International Meet Ins of Endocrinologists, 3d, 
Marseille, 19S8. Physlopathoiogy of adipose 
tissue. Edited by j. Vague, in collaboration with 
R. M, Denton. Amsterdam, ExcerpU Medica 
Foundation, 1969. xlL 439 p. lllus. (ExcerpU 
medica. Monograph [series]) 
DNLM: W3 IN7544 1968p 
MBCO: WK 3 I61p 1968 Clt No. 176130 

•PHYSIOPATHOLOGY 

International Meeting of Endocrinologists, 3d, 
Marseille, 1968. Physlopathoiogy of adipose 
tissue. Edited by J. Vague, In collaboration with 
R. M. Denton, Amsterdam, Excerpts Medica 
Foundation, 1S69. xli, 439 p. lllus. (ExcerpU 
medica. Monograph faeries]) 
DNLM: W3 IN7544 19S8p 
MBCO: WK 3 ISlp 1968 Clt. No. 176230 



ADOLESCENCE 

Daniel, William A., 1914- The adolescent 

patient St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. all, 444 p. 
lllus. SBN CQ1S-1200-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 460 D184a 1970 

Cit. No. 246741 

Q ai tag her, James Roswell, 1903- Medical 

care of the adolescent; a textbook concerning the 
understanding of adolescents themselves and tbe 
medical care of their disorders [by] J. Roswell 
Gallagher, with eight contributing authors, and 
the staff physicians of the Adolescents* Unit 
[Children's Hospital Medical Center, Boston] 2d 
ed. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [cl966] 
xlv, 469 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 460 GJ62m 1966 at. No. 50352 

HesJd, Felix P., ed. Adolescent nutrition and 
growth. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts 
(C1969] xlv, 258 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 115 H434a 1969 

at No. 206361 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHIATRY 

•ESSAYS 

Beboolar, Joseph C, 1928- ed. Current 

Issues In adolescent psychiatry. New York, 
Brunner/Maiel [cl973] iv, 270 p. ISBN 
0-87630-072-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 482 S372c 1973 

Clt No. 37W11 

ADOLESCENT PSYCHOLOGY 

Cole, Lnetla, 1893- Psychology of 

adolescence [by] Luella Cole with Irma Nelson 
Hall. 7th ed. New York, Hott, Rlnehart and 
Winston [cl970] xvl I, 669 p. lllus. SBN 
03-078125-6. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 462 C689p 1970 

at No. 235063 



Daniel, William A, 1914- Tbe adolescent 

patient St Louis. Mosby, 197". xiL 444 p. 
lllus. SBN 8016.1100-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 460 DISta 1970 

at No. 146741 

Grinder, Robert E„ *d. Studies In. adolescence; a 
book of readings in adolescent development tt 
ed. New York, Macmllian [c 1969 J xvti, 533 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 462 G866a 1909 at No, 105774V 

Stone, L. Joseph. Childhood and adolescence; a 
psychology of the growing person [by] L. Joseph 
Stone [and] Joseph Church. Id led. New 
York, Random House [1968] xvl, 816 p. Ulna. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 105 5878c 1968 

at No. 174165 

-CONGRESSES 

American Fsychopatnologlcal Association. The 
psychopathology of adolescence, edited by Joseph 
Zubln and Alfred M. Freed man. New York, 
Grune A Stratton, 1970. x, 342 p. lllus., port 
(Its Proceedings of tbe annual meeting, 59th, 
1969) 

DNLM: Wl AM729B 1969 
MBCO: WM 5 A5p 1969 at No. 251X21) 

til din. Gens Leonard, 1922- ed. 

Adolescence; care A counseling. Philadelphia, 
Llpplncott, 1967. 138 p. Outgrowth of a 
symposium on adolescence held In December 1966 
by the Touro Community Mental Health Center In 
New Orleans, and supported by a Public Health 
Service grant from the Training and Manpower 
Resources Branch of the National Institute of 
Mental Health. 
DNLM: WS 462 U84s 1966 Clt. No. 101761 

ADRENAL CORTEX HORMONES 

Etsensteln, Albert Bernard, 1920- sd. The 

adrenal cortex, by 26 authors. {1st ed.] 

Boston, Little, Brown [cl967] xlv, 68 3 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WK 750 E3oa 1967 at. No. 76015 

•BIOSYNTHESIS 

McKeras, Kenneth W, ed. Functions of tbe 
adrenal cortex. [New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967-63) 2 ▼. lllus. 
(Biochemical endocrinology) 
DNLSi: WK 750 M157f at No. 147062 

ADRENAL GLAND DISEASES 

-SURGERY 

O'Neal, Lawrence W., 1923- Surgery of the 

adrenal glands. St Louis, Mosby, 1968. x, 295 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 790 058s 1966 

at. No. 155442 



( 



ADRENAL GLANDS 



Christy, Nicholas P., ed. The human adrenal 
cortex, edited by Nicholas P. Christy with 23 
authors. [1st ed.] New York, Harper A Row 
[cl97i] xlv, 538 p. Uiua. ISRN 0*14-636-8. 

DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WK 750 C555b 1971 

at No. 311667 

Elsensteln, Albert Bernard, 1920- ed. The 

adrenal cortex, by 26 authors. [1st ed.] 

Boston, Little. Brown [CI967] xlv, 68$ p. Blue. 

DNLM: WK 750 E36a 1967 at No. 76015 

•CONGRESSEI 

The Ham an adrenal cortex: Its function throng hoot 
life; in b on our of Professor Dr. h. c. P. Veraar, 
Edited by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Ruth 
Porter, London, Churchill, 1967. 146 p. 
lllus. (Ciba Foundation study group, no. 27) 
DNLM: WS C161 no.27 1967 at No. 117373 

■PHYSIOLOGY 

McKerns, Kenneth W, sd. Functions of the 
adrenal cortex. (New York. 
Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1967-601 1 ». Olun, 
(Biochemical endocrinology) 
DNLM: WK 750 M157f at No. 147063 






ALCOHOL, ETHYL 






-FHYSIOPATHOLOGY 

Symington, Thomas. Functional pathology of the 
human adrenal gland. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1989. xvl, SSI p. Ulus. SBN 443.00663-6. 
U. S. publisher: Williams & Wllkins Co.. 
Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNT: WK 700 SSSSf 1909 

cit. no. 333404 

-SURGERY 

Glens, Frank, 1901- Surgery of the adrenal 

gland [by] Frank Glenn, Ralph E. Pe tenon [and] 
Henry Mann In, Jr. New York, MacmUlan [1968] 
te, 179 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 790 G5S8a 1968 

C1L No. 166243 

ADRENAL MEDULLA 

Hlngerty, DsnJeL Clinical chemistry of the 
adrenal medulla, by Daniel Hlngerty and Aldan 
O'Boyle. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1972] al, 
124 p. {American lecture series, no. 850. 
American lectures la living cbemlatry) ISBN 
Q-39S-02454.S. Bibliography: p. 103-119. 

DNU SUNY: WK 715 H863c 1B7S 

at. No. 347117 

ADRENALECTOMY 

Joret, Paul, 1918- Endocrine surgery Is 

human cancers. 3d ed. Springfield, 111., 
Thorns* [cl966] xxvl, 412 p. Ulua. 
Translation and revision of Traltement dec 
caneera humains par lea Interventions 
endocrinlennes, Issued In 1902. 
DNLM: Q2 238 J95t 19M Clt. No. 57484 

ADRIAMYCIN 

•CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Adrtamrcln, Milan, 
1971, International Symposium on Adrtamycin. 
Edited by S. K. Carter [ct al.] BerUn. New 
York, Sprlnger-Verlag, 1972. vtil, 251 p. Illus. 
ISBN 3-540-05890-7. Sponsored by FarmitaUa. 

DNLM: QZ 317 1311 1971 Clt. No. 347676 

ADULT 

Blaehof, Ledford J. Adult psychology. New 
York. Harper A Row [c!099] a, 310 p. 
DNLM: BF 131 B631a 1969 Clt. No. 304717 

AEROPHAGY 

•POPULAR WORKS 

Fetlock, Joseph H, 1913- Gaseous digestive 

conditions, Including belching, bloating, "wind" 
and air swallowing. What they are, what causes 
them and how they can be controlled. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1987] xv, 183 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM: WI 113 P778g 1M7 at. No, 111373 

AFFECTIVE DISTURBANCES 

•DRUG THERAFY 

Behlldkrast. Joseph Jacob, 193V 
Neuropsychopharmacology and the affective 
disorders. Boston, Little, Brown [cl970] xlv, 
111 p. illus. (New England Journal of 
medicine. Medical progress series) SBN 
7000-01 8 5-9 (British) First appeared as a series 
of medical progress reports in the New England 
journal of medicine. Bibliography: p. 81-99. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 402 S334n 1970 

at No. 353534 

-Of INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Fasa, Lair-y A* nap. The emotionally disturbed 
child: a book of readings. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [01970] xlv, 388 p. Ulus. Articles 
reprinted from books, journals, and proceedings 
of meetings. 
DNLM: WS 350 Fl lie 1970 at. No. 335473 

AGAMMAGLOBULINEMIA 



Janeway, Charles A, 1909- The 

globulins [by] Charles A. Janeway [et al.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [cl907] xl, 148 p. (New 
England Journal of medicine. Medical progress 
series) First appeared as a medical progress 
report In the New England Journal of medicine. 
DNLM: WH 400 J33g 1987 at. No. 105133 



AGED 

Jseger, Dorothea. The aged HI; coping with 
problems In geriatric care [by] Dorothea Jaeger 
[and] Leo W. Simmons. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [cl970] xil, 377 p. 
SBN 300-47980-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 153 J22a 1970 

at. No. 354152 

KUnger, Judith Lannefeld, com p. Mealtime 

manual for the aged and handicapped. Compiled 
by the Institute of Rehabilitation Medicine, New 
York University Medical Center: Judith Lannefeld 
Kllnger, Fred II. Frieden [and] Richard A. 
Sullivan. New York [Essandeaa Special 
. Editions, cl970) xii, 242 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-67M0481-8. 
DNLM: TX 653 K«5m 1970 Clt. No. 307050 

AGING 

Bakerman, Seymour, 1924. ed. Aging life 

processes. Compiled and edited by Seymour 
Bakerman. With contributions by M. Earl Balls 
[ct al.] Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl9fi9] xllL 
189 p. Ulua. (American lecture series, no. 729. 
American lectures In living chemistry) 
DNLM, SUNY: WT 104 Blftfla 1969 

at. No. 177224 

Behrendt, Hans, 1894- Patterns of akin pH 

from birth through adolescence, with a synopsis 
on skin growth, by Rant Behrendt and Marvin 
Green. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1971] vi. 
115 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WR 102 B421p 1971 

at. No. 254714 

BertaUni, Alberto M. Gerontolngic metabolism- 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C19G9J xvl, 897 p. 
Illus. Revised translation of Gerontologin; 
aspettl metabollcl. 
DNLM, SUNY: WT 104 B548g 1969 

Clt. No. 177324 

Burnet, Sir Frank Maefariane, 1899- 
Immunologlcal surveillance. Oxford, New York, 
Pergamon Press [1970} 280 p. ISBN 
0-08-017431-7. 
DNLM, MBCO: QW 504 B9841C 1970 

at. No. 284608 

Deist, Harold, 1916- The psychological 

aspects of the aging process; with sociological 
Implications. St. Louis, W. H. Green [cl968] 
vlll, 169 p. Ulus. 
MBCO, SUNY: WT 150 G315pa 1968 

Clt. No. 174123 

Harris, Raymond, 1919- The management 

of geriatric cardiovascular disease. Philadelphia, 
Ltpptneott [eisro] xill, 308 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY:WG 100 H315m 1970 

at No. 281436 

Mental Ulness In later life, edited by Ewald W. 
Busse and Erie Pfelffer. Washington, American 
Psychiatric Assn. [1973] vi, 301 p. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WT 150 M549 1973 

at. No. 388200 

Physical activity and aging; with special reference 
to the effect of exercise and training on the 
natural history of arteriosclerotic heart disease. 
Edited by D. Brunner and E. Jokl, New York, 
Basel, Karger, 1970. x, 315 p. Ulus. (Medicine 
and sport, v.4) ISBN: 0-8391-0028-0 
DNLM: Wl ME649P v.4 1970 
MBCO: QT 280 M489 v.4 1970 at. No. 237525 

Boiiman, Isadora, 1913- ed. Clinical 

geriatrics. [Contributors: John Norman Agate et 
al.] Philadelphia, Llpplncott [cl971] xviii, 525 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WT 104 R837C 1971 

at No. 284157 

8 ch warts. Phi Up, 1194- Amyloidosis: cause 

and manifestation of senUe deterioration. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] ill, 395 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WD 200 S399a 1970 

at No. 233345 

Bperber, Ferry Arthur, 1907- Treatment of 

the aging skin and dermal defects. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [cl9«5] x, 105 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WR 100 S749t 1965 at No. 51300 



Waiford, Roy L., 1934- The Immunologic 

theory of aging. [Copenhagen] Munksgaard 
[cl»69] 248 p. Ulus. (Scandinavian university 
books) ISBN 87-18-00008-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WT 104 W1741 1989 

at, No. 337553 

•CONGRESSES 

Esdoerlnes and aging; ■ symposium pressatsd 
before the Gerontological Society 17th «-"^' 
meeting, Minneapolis, Minnesota, with financial 
support of the Ford Foundation. Compiled and 
edited by Leo Gltman. Springfield, ill., Thomas 
[cl967] xvl, 305 p. Ulus. (American lecture 
series, no. 682. American lectures In geriatrics 
and gerontology) Symposium held In Nov. 1984. 
DNLM, SUNY: WT 104 E56 1964 at No. 151731 

Weiford, Alan Trariss. ed. • Behavior, aging, and 
the nervous system; biological determinants of 
speed of behavior and its changes with age. Ed. 
by A. T. Weiford and James E. Birr en. 
Springfield, 111.. Thomas [cl965) xvl, 637 p. 
(American lecture series, no. 800. American 
lectures In geriatrics and gerontology) Revised 
papers, originally presented and discussed at a 
research colloquium held In Cambridge, England. 
August 8-9, 1963. 
DNLM: WT 104 W445b 1963 at No. 55330 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Endocrine* sad aging; a symposium presented 
before the Gerontological Society 17th annual 
mee"D{, Minneapolis, Minnesota, with financial 
support of the pord Foundation. Complied and 
edited by Leo Gltman. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[cl367] xvl, 305 p. Ulus. (American lecture 
series, no. 862. American lectures In geriatrics 
and gerontology) Symposium held in Nov. 1984. 
DNLM, SUNY: WT 104 E56 1984 Cit. No. 151721 

AGNOSIA 

Brain, Walter RusselL 1893- Speech 

disorders: aphasia, apraxla, and agnosia. 2d ed. 
London, BuUcrworth. 1965. 201 p. Ulus., ports. 
DNLM: WL 340 BBlts 1985 Clt No. 40335 

AIR MICROBIOLOGY 

-CONGRESSES 

IsternaUonxl Symposium on Aerobiology, 3d, 
University of Sussex, 1969. Aerobiology; 
proceedings. Edited by I. H. SUver. London, 
New York, Academic Press, 1970. xvt, 278 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-12-643550-2. 
DNLM: W3 IN915J 1969s 
SUNY: QW 82 161s. 1969 at No. 355350 

AIR POLLUTION 

-PREVENTION A CONTROL . FOP. WKS. 

The Lamp anthology on conservation. New York, 
Standard OU Company (New Jersey) [C19S9I 
135 p. Ulus. Articles reprinted front The 
Lamp, Issued by the Standard OU Company. 
DNLM, MBCO: WA 754 L237 1969 

at. No. 234243 

ALCOHOL, ETHYL 

•ADVERSE EFFECTS - CONGRESSES 

MetaboUc changes Induced by alcohol, edited by O. 
A. Martini fend Ch. Bode. Berlin, New York, 
Sprlnger-Verlag, 1971. x, 217 p. Ulus. ISBN 
S- 540-052 £6-8. Proceedings of a workshop 
symposium held In 1970. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 84 M587 1970 at. No. 



-BLOOD 

American Medical Association. Committee on 
Medicolegal Problems. Alcohol and the 
impaired driver; a manual on the medicolegal 
aspects of chemical tests for IntoxlcaUon. 
[Chicago, 1983] xllL 234 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W 750 A512a 1988 
MBCO, SUNY: W 750 A512a 1988 

at No. ISS580 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Alcohol Metabolism, Detroit, 1848. 
Biochemical and clinical aspects of alcohol 
metabolism, edited by Viahwanath H. SardesaL 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1969] xlU, 319 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 84 Stt9b 1988 

at No. 215577 



ALCOHOL, ETHYL 



IjnpMtim on Alcohol Metabolism, Detroit, 1MB. 
Biochemical and Hiniwi aspects of alcohol 
metabolism, edited by Vlshwanath M. SardesaL 
Springfield, DX. Thomas [el 969] slit, 319 p. 
lllua. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNT: QV M S989b IMS 

at. No. 115577 

-METABOLISM • CONGBBSSES 

Metabolic chance* Induced by alcobol, edited by G. 
A. Martial and Cb, Bode. Berlin, New York, 
Springer- VerU|, I97L x, 217 p. lllua. ISBN 
3-M0-03236-B. Proceedings of a workshop 
symposium held In 1970. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 8* MS87 1970 Clt. No. MOTH 

ALCOHOLIC BEVERAGES 

Leak*, Chaancey Depew, IBM- Alcoholic 

beverage! In clinical medicine, by Chauneey D. 
Leake and Milton Silverman. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [cl966] 160 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WB 444 W35a IBM Clt. No. 44100 

ALCO T OLIC INTOXICATION 

Amerie - Medical Association. Committee on 
Medicolegal Problem. Alcohol and the 
Impaired driver; a manual on the medicolegal 
aspects of chemical tests for Intoxication. 
(Chicago, 1943] ill!, 134 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W 750 A512a 1948 
MBCO, SUNY: W 750 A512a 1968 

Clt No. 185540 

Finch, John R-, 1932- Psychiatric and legal 

aspects of automobile fatalities, by John H. Finch 
aud James Patrick Smith, Jr. Springfield, III. 
ThomiB [cl970] xll, 150 p. 
DNLM: WA 275 P492p 1870 Clt. No. 152433 _ 

ALCOHOLISM 

Chafets, Mont* Edward, 1924- ed. Prontlers 

of alcoholism. Edited by Morris E. Cbafetx, 
Howard T. Blane [and] Marjorie J. HUL New 
York. Science Bouse. 1970. XX, 424 p. SBN 
87SM-MB-0. ' . _ 

DNLM, SUNY: WM 274 C433f 1»W 

at. No. 158737 

Klnsey, Barry Allan. The female alcoholic; a 
social psychological study. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [clMo] Vltl, 213 p. 
DNLM: WM 274 K54f 19M Ot. No. 51850 

•BMAYI 

Bourne, Peter Geoffrey, 183ft- ed. 

Alcoholism; progress In research and treatment. 
Edited by Peter G. Bourne {and] Ruth Fox. 
New York, Academic Press, 1973. xlv, 439 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-12-119540-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 274 B775a 1973 

Clt. No. 304705 



Lad wig, Arnold M. LSD and alcoholism; a clinical 
study of treatment efficacy, by Arnold M. 
Ludwig, Jerome Levtne, and Louis B. Stark. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] x, 331 p. 
DNLM: WM 274 L943L 1970 at. No. 271340 

Mnllan, Hugh, 1911- Alcoholism; group 

psychotherapy and rehabilitation, by Bugh Mullan 
and Irla Sangluliano. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[cl966] xx I, 325 p. (American lecture series, 
no. 632. American lectures In clinical psychiatry) 
DNLM: WM 274 M958a 1966 Clt. No. 64102 

Rltson, Brace. The management of alcoholism, by 
Bruce Kits on and Christine B assail. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1970. vii, 114 p. SBN 443-00606-8. 
U. S. publisher: Williams * WUXlna Co., 
Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 274 R612m 1970 

Clt. No. 231235 

ALEXIA 

■DIAGNOSIS - 

Carter, Homer L. J. Diagnosis snd treatment of 
the disabled reader [by] Borne r L. J. Carter 
[and] Dorothy J. McGlnols. [New York] 
Macmiltart [c!970] vill. 370 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 540 C323d 1970 Clt. No. 257355 

- -THERAPY 

Carter, Homer L. J. Diagnosis and treatment of 
the disabled reader [fay] Homer L. J. Carter 
[and] Dorothy J. McGinnis. [New York] 
Macmillan [CI970] vill, 370 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 340 C323d 1970 Clt. No. 257355 

ALKALOIDS 

Felletter, 8. W., ad. Chemistry of the alkaloids. 
New York, Van Noatrand Relnheld [C1970] xx, 
827 p. II his. 
DNLM: QD 421 P388C 1970 Clt. No. 157424 



Bell, R. Gordon. Escape from addiction. New 
York, McGraw-HUl [C1970] xlv. 201 p. SBN 
07-004S95-7. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 270 B43Se 1*70 

Clt. No. 285319 

Blum, Bn Maria. Alcoholism; modern 
psychological approaches to treatment [by] Eva 
Maria Blum A Richard H. Blum. San Francisco, 
Jossey-Bass, 1987. xvi. 373 p. (Joasey-Baa* 
behavioral science series) 
DNLM: WM 274 B959a 1967 at. No. 138100 

Cahn, Sidney. The treatment of alcoholics; an 
evaluative study. New York, Oxford Univ. 
Press, 1970. vlii, 246 p. Based on research 
conducted by the author for the Cooperative 
Commission on the Study of Alcoholism at the 
Institute (or the Study of Human Problems, 
Stanford University, Stanford, California. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 274 C133t 1970 

at. No. 250476 

Catazmre, Ronald J„ ed. Alcoholism; the total 
treatment approach. Springfield:, 111., Thomas 
(1968] xlx. 90S p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WM 274 C357a 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: WM 374 C3fi7a IBM 

at. No. 150731 



ALLERGENS 

Speer, Prederle Aiken, 1909- ed. Allergy of 

the nervous system. Springfield, HI., Thomaa 
I c 1970] xvii, 259 p. Ulus., porta. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 100 S739a 1970 

at. No. 255066 

ALLIED HEALTH PERSONNEL 

American Hospital Association. Army, Navy, and 
Air Force medical training programs. Chicago, 
III. [C1971J v, 43 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 18 A5113a 1971 

at. No. 265103 

Gardner, Aivln P., 1920- Paramedical 

pathology; fundamentals of pathology for the 
allied medical occupations. Springfield, OL, 
Thomas [c!972] lx, 200 p. Ulus. 

DNLM, SUNY: QZ 4 GZ28p 1972 Clt. No. 330266 

Health technicians. Edited by Robert E. Klulnger. 

Chicago, Ferguaon [c*970] xvltl, 388 p. Ulus., 
ports. (Career opportunities for technicians and 
specialists) Cover title: Career opportunities: 
health technlciana. "Schools offering health 
technician programs": p. 255-377. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 21.5 B434 1970 

Clt. No. 255247 

PurtUe, Roth. The allied health professional and 
the patient; techniques of effective inturacUon. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. xvi, 229 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-7316-7408-9. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: W 21. 5 P988a 1973 

Clt. No. 35416$ 

-EDUCATION 

Moore. Margaret L. Form and function of 
written agreements in the clinical education of 
health professionals, by Margaret L, Moore, with 
Mabel M. Parker and E. Shepley Nourse. 
Thorofsre. N. J., Slack [cl972] lx, 81 p. A 
revision of M. L. Moore's thesis, Duke University, 
with title: Interlnstltutional agreement* for 
clinical education In physical therpay. 



DNLM: W 18 M821f 1973 



at. No. 423768 



ALTITUDE 

Moxge, Carlo*, 1884- High-altitude 

diseases; mechanism and management, by Carlos 
Monge M. and Carlos Monge C. Springfield. HL, 
Thomas [cl966] xlv, 97 p. Ulua. (American 
lecture series, no. 652. American lecture*) in 
living chemistry) 
DNLM; WD 715 M743h 1964 at No. 65347 

AMAUROTIC FAMILIAL IDIOCY 

Leueody atrophias and poliodyttrophles, edited by I*. 

J. Vinken and G. W. Brnyn. Amsterdam, 
North-Holland; New York, American Elsevier 
[C1970] xlv, 699 p. Ulus. (Handbook of clinical 
neurology, v. 10) ISBN 0-7204-7210-5. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 100 H236 v.10 1970 

Clt. No. 2S3175 

AMBULANCES 

-D. S, - LEGISLATION 

V. 8. Division of Emergency Health Seme**. 
State statutes on emergency medical services. 
RockvUle, Md. [For sale by the Supt- of Docs., U. 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington] 1972. lv, 192 
p. (DHEW publication no. (BSM) 71-2037) 

SUNY: WX 32 AA1 U45s 1971 at. No. 420447 

AMBULATORY CARE 

Clark, Vivian V, ed. Outpatient services Journal 
articles; a collection of current published arUcles 
related to outpatient services. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1970. 317 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 87488-794-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: WX 200 C5950 1970 

at. No. 103543 

DeCastro, Fernando J., 1937- The pediatric 

nurse practitioner [by] Fernando 1. deCaatro 
[and] Ursula T. Rolfe. St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. 
xlt, 154 P. Ulua. ISBN 0-8016-1220-9. 

DNLM, MBCO: WY 159 D29tp 1972 

at No. 313544 

Green, Morris, ed. Ambulatory pediatrics, edited 
by Morris Green [and] Robert J. Bagger ty. With 
contributions by 117 authorities. Philadelphia, 
London, Saunders, 1968. xxxJ, 970 p. Ulua., 
ports. 
DNLM: WS 100 G797a 19S8 at. No. 142547 

Bill, George I„ 1932- ed. Outpatient 

surgery. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973, xvi 1L 
1079 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-7216-4675-1. 

DNLM, SUNY: WO 100 H44So 1973 

at No. 375420 

AMENORRHEA 

Collins, Charles J., 1900- ed. Management Of 

amenorrhea. Springfield, HI, Thomas [cl984] 
xxl, 308 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 552 C712m 1948 at. No. 82721 

AMINES 

Pransen, Fran*. Biologically active amines found 
in man; their biochemistry, pharmacology, and 
pathophysiological importance, by Frani Pranien 
and Kurt Eysell. [1st ed.] Oxford, New York, 
Pergamon Press [cl969] vii, 244 p. Ulus. 
Bibliography: p. 129-202. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 129 F337b 1949 

at No. 217757 

-BIBL. 

Franses, Praam. Biologically active amine* found 
In man; their biochemistry, pharmacology, and 
pathophysiological Importance, by Frana Franxen 
and Kurt Eysell. [1st ed.] Oxford, New York, 
Pergamon Press [el969] vii. 144 p. Ulua. 
Bibliography: p. 129-202. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 129 F837b ltd* 

at. No. 117757 

D- AMINO ACID OXIDASE 

Beriver, Charles R. Amino acid metabolism and 
Its disorders [by] Charles R. Scriver [and J Leon 
E. Rosenberg. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. 
xl, 491 p. Ulua. (Major problems In clinical 
pediatrics, v. 10) ISBN 0-7218-8044-5. 

DNLM: Wl MA491N v. 10 1973 

XNLM. [WD 205.A7 S434a 1971} at. No. 377833 






( 






ANALGESIA 









-CONGRESSES 

Nyhan, William L, IMS- Amino add 

metabolism and genetic variation. New York, 
Blaktston Division [cl967] Kill, 485 p. illus. 
Based on ■ conference sponsored by tbe 
University of Miami School of Medicine end 
Johnson At Johnson Institute for Pediatric 
Service, held at Freeport, Grand Bahama Island, 
Mar.18-20, 1087. 
DNLM: WD 200 NOMe 1M7 Ot. No. 1*1506 

AMINO ACID OXIDOREDUCTASES 

Grubb, Ron*. Tbe fenetle marker* of human 
Unmunogloblna. Berlin, New York, 
Sprlnger-Verlag, 1970. Xll, IS p. lllua. 
(Molecular biology, biochemistry, and biophysics, 
9) 

DNLM: WI M0185T no.9 1970 
MBCO: QT 31 MS ao.9 1970 at. No. 152031 

AMINO ACIDS 

-CONGRESSES 

Intestinal transport of electrolyte*, amino adds, 
and t a gars, edited fey W. McD, Armstrong and A. 
8. Nnnr Jr. Springfield, 111. Thomas [C1971, I.e. 
1970} 352 p. illus. Papers presented at a 

■ympo- I held at Indianapolis, Sept. 4*5, 1998, 
and sponsored by the International Union of 
Physiological Sciences and by Indiana University. 
DNLM. MBCO; WI 403 161 1968 Clt. No. 170712 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Fataki, Gyorgj. Technique* of thin-layer 
chromatography In amino acid and peptide 
chemistry. 2d English ed. (revised) Ann 
Arbor, Mich., London, Ann Arbor-Humphrey 
Science Publishers [cl969] xvlll, 2S2 p. lllua. 
SBN 87591-011-4. Translation of 
Dunnschlchtchromstogrspaie In dor Aminos*' ure- 
und Peptld-Chemle. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 25 P294d 1969 

at. No. 2M263 

-METABOLISM 

Scrlver, Charles R. Amino acid metabolism and 
its disorders {by] Charles R. Scrlver [and] Leon 
E. Rosenberg. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. 
xl, 431 p. lllus. (Major problems In clinical 
pediatrics, v. 10) ISBN 0-7218-80*4-5. 

DNLM: WI MA492N v. 10 1973 

XNLM: [WD 205.A7 S434a 1973] Clt. No. 377023 

■PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Myers, Terrell C. Chemistry of amino acids, 
peptides and proteins: a programmed text [by] 
Terrell C. Myers [and] Jerome S. Allender. 
Contributing programers: J. Walter Glffee [et aLl 
New York. Hoeber [C1968J vlll, 384 p. 
DNLM: QU 55 M99«c 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: QU 55 MSMc 1988 

Clt. No. 155756 

AMITRIPTYLINE 

If orders. Ant bony. Depressive states; a 
pharmaeotherapeutlo study, by Anthony Hordern, 
In collaboration with C. G. Burt and N. P. Holt. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1965J xvi, 166 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: QV 108 ESlId IMS at. No. 40546 

AMMONIA 

•METABOLISM 

Colombo, scan Pierre. Congenital disorders of 
the urea cycle and ammonia detoxlcatlon, 
Basel, New York, Karger, 1971. vii, 150 p. 
lllus. (Monographs In paediatrics, v. 1) 
DNLM: WI M0568G v.l 1971 Clt. No. 274317 

AMNESIA 

Whitty, C. W. M„ ed. Amnesia, ed. by C. W. M. 
Whltty and O. I* ZangwllL New York, 
Appleton-Century-CrofU; London, Butterworth, 
1966. x. 117 P. 
DNLM: WM 173 WtMa 1966 Clt. No. 117454 

-ETIOLOGY 

RnsselL WllUant Ritchie. The traumatic amnesias. 
[London] Oxford Univ. Press, 1971. vL 64 p. 
lllus. (Oxford neurological monographs) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 173 R&ftOt 1971 

Ot. No. 261733 



AMNIOCENTESIS 

Emery, Alan E. H., ed. Antenatal diagnosis of 
genetic disease. Baltimore, William* and 
Wllklns, 1973. ix, 169 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 E53a 1973 

Clt. No. 371454 



AMNION 



Terplm, Richard, 1891- Petal malformations 

caused by amnion rupture during gestation. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl968] xti, 165 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: QS 875 T687f 1968 CTt. No. 133773 

AMNIOTIC FLUID 

-ANALYSIS 

Barnes, Allan Campbell, 1911- ed. The 

water metabolism of the fetus, edited by Allan C. 
Barnes and A. Elmore Seed*. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [cl972] be, 171 p. lllus. ISBN 
O-398-02224-0. 
DNLM, MBCO: WQ 210 B261w 1972 

Clt. No. 337103 

Emery, Alan E. H., ed. Antenatal diagnosis of 
genetic disease. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wllklns, 1973. Ix, 169 p. illus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 E53a 1973 

Clt. No. 371454 

-ANALYSIS • CONGRESSES 

Conference on Antenatal Diagnosis, University of 
Chicago, 1B70. Antenatal diagnosis. Edited by 
Albert Dorfman. Chicago, Univ. of Chicago 
Pre3S [1972] xll, 283 p. lllus. (NICHD - 
Mental Retardation Research Centers series) 
ISBN 0-228-1 5B04- 7. Sponsored by the Mental 
Retardation Branch of the National Institute of 
Child Health and Human Development. 
Bibliography: p. 259-271. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 C748a 1972 

Clt. No. 334544 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Barnes. Allan Campbell, 1911- ed. The 

water metabolism of the fetus, edited by Allan C. 
Barnes and A. Elmore Seed*. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [cl972] Ix, 171 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-398-02224-0. 
DNLM, MBCO: WQ 210 B261tf 1972 

Clt. No. 337103 



AMPUTATION 

Warren, Richard, 1907- Lower extremity 

amputations for arterial Insufficiency [by] 
Richard Warren [and] Eugene E. Record. 
Boston, Little, Brown [clS37] Ix, 102 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 170 W293L 1967 Ctt. No. 101553 

•IN OLD AGE • CONGRESSES 

Workshop on the Geriatric Amputee, Washington, 
D. C, 1S69. The geriatric amputee: principles 
of management. [Sponsored by the] Committee 
on Prosthetlc-Orthotlc Education, Division of 
Medical Sciences, National Research Council, 
Washington, National Academy of Sciences, 1971. 
xl, 82 p, lllus. ISBN 0-309-01873-0. 
Workshop and publication supported by the 
Prosthetic and Sensory Aids Service of the 
Veterans' Administration Contract V1005-M-1914 
and The Training Division, Rehabilitation Services 
Administration, Social and Rehabilitation Service 
Contracts SRS-69-48 and SRS-70-46. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 172 W9S4g 1989 

Clt. No. 304620 

-REHABILITATION 

Bonn, W. Rehabilitation of the lower limb 
amputee. 2d ed. London, Bailtiere, Tlndall 
and Casaeil [1989, C1968] viii, 118 p. lllus. 
SBN 7020-0272-0. U. S. publisher: Williams A 
Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 172 H925r 1968 

at. No. 212161 

M1U1, Mooted er A„ 1936- Amputees and 

their prostheses [by] Mobinder A. Mltal [and] 
Donald S. Pierce. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown [cl971] x, 214 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-7000-0189-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 171 M679a 1971 

at. No. 157400 



Wets*, Marian. Myoplastlc amputation. Immediate 
prosthesis and early amputation, by Marian Weiss 
[et al. Bethesda, National Institutes of Health]; 
for sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. 
Off., Washington [1971] xlL 245 p. lllua. 
Cover title: Myoplastlc amputation, Immediate 
prosthesis and early ambulation. Study 
conducted In the Dept. of Rehabilitation of the 
Warsaw Medical Academy and by the staff of the 
Rehabilitation Center at KonsUncln. Prepared 
with support from tbe Special Foreign Currency 
Program of the National Library of Medicine. 

DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WE 170 W431m 1971 

Clt. No. S3I601 

-REHABILITATION - CONGRESSES 

Workshop on the Geriatric Amputee, Washington, 
D. C, 1969. The geriatric amputee: principles 
of management. [Sponsored by the] Committee 
on Prosthetlc-Orthotlc Education, Division of 
Medical Sciences, National Research Council. 
Washington, National Academy of Sciences, 1971. 
xi, B2 p. lllus. ISBN 0-309-01873-0. 
Workshop and publication supported by the 
Prosthetic and Sensory Aids Service of the 
Veterans* Administration Contract VI 005- M- 19 U 
and The Training Division, Rehabilitation Services: 
Administration, Social and Rehabilitation Service 
Contracts SRS-69-46 and SRS-70-46. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 172 W934g 1969 

at. No. 304020 

AMPUTATION STUMPS 

Humm, W Rehabilitation of the lower 

limb amputee. London, Bailtiere, Tlndall and 
Casaeil, 1985. Ix, 78 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 172 H925r 1965 CIL No. 43175 

AMPUTEES 

Klopateg, Panl Ernest, 18S9- Human limbs 

and their substitutes; presenting results of 
engineering and mod leal studies of the human 
extremities and application of tbe data to the 
design and fitting of artificial limbs and to the 
care and training of amputees [by] Paul E. 
Klop*teg. Philip D. Wilson, et aL Facsimile 
reprint of the 1954 edition with a new 
bibliography. New York, Hafner, 1968. 

xlv, 869 p. lllus. Prepared under the 
sponsorship of the Advisory Committee on 
Artificial Limbs, National Research Council, la 
summary and correlation of a research program 
for the Office of the Surgeon General, Dept. of 
the Army. 
DNLM: WE 172 KftSh 1968 at. No. 223005 

Mi Ul, Mobinder A., 1936- Amputees and 

their prostheses [by] Mobinder A. Mital [and] 
Donald S, Pierce. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown [C1971] x, Z14 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-7000-01894. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 171 M679a 1971 

Clt. No. 257400 



AMYLOIDOSIS 



Schwartz, Philip, 1894- Amyloidosis; 

and manifestation of senile deterioration. 
Springfield, II L, Thomas [cl970] xlL 395 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WD 200 S399a 1970 

Cit. No. 233345 

AMYOTROPHIC LATERAL 
SCLEROSIS 

.CONGRESSES 

Motor Beaton diseases; res ear eh on amyotrophic 
lateral sclerosis and related disorders. Dedicated 
to the memory of Lord Brain; edited fey Forbes 
H. N orris, Jr., and Leonard T. Ear land. New 
York, Grune A Stratton [1968] xlv, 407 p. 
illus., ports. (Contemporary neurology symposia, 
v. 2) Proceedings of a symposium held in San 
Francisco, 29 Aprtl-1 May 1967. Supported by 
the Institute of Medical Sciences, Pacific Medical 
Center, San Francisco, and tbe National Multiple 
Sclerosis Society, Inc., New York. 
DNLM: W3 C0978T v.l 1967 
MBCO: QZ 190 M919 1967 at. No. 200034 

ANALGESIA 

Flower*, Charles B., 1920- Obstetric 

analgesia and anesthesia. New York, Hoeber 
[C19S7] x, 240 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WO 450 F*44o 1967 Clt. No. 72041 



ANALGESIA 



Ball. Leslie W. Wright's Veterinary anaesthesia 
it analgesia. 6th ed. Baltimore, Williams A 
Wlikins [cI966] vlll, 480 p. Iliua. 
DNLM. HBCO: ST 911 H177w 1968 

Clt No. 80310 

Lsntd, Peer* Csroc, 1815- Peridural 

analgesia and anesthesia. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas IclMfl] xlv, 379 p. illus., port. 
DNLM: WO 300 L942p 1966 C1L No. 64533 

ANALGESICS AND ANTIPYRETICS 

-PHARMACODYNAMICS 

Clone t, Dorli IL, ed. Narcotic drugs; biochemical 
pharmacology. New York, Plenum Press, 1971. 
axil, 506 p. lllua. ISBN 0-304-30495-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 80 C647n 1971 

Ot. No. 187445 

-THERAPEUTIC USB 

Kolodny, A. Lewis, 1917- Comprehensive 

approach to therapy of pain, by A. Lewis Kolodny 
and Patrick T. MeLoughtin. Springfield, II L, 
Thomaa [C1966] xl, 145 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QV 95 Kile 19M CtL No. 01071 



ANAPi LAXIS 



Se!y*. Hans, 1907- Anaphylactoid edema. 

St. Louis, Warren H. Green { 1968] xxlli, 318 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 800 S469a 19*3 

CtL No. 185285 

.CONGBE83E8 

Cellular and humoral mechanisms ta anaphylaxis 
and allergy: proceedings of the third International 
symposium of the Canadian Society for 
Immunology, Toronto, October 3-5, 1988. Edited 
by Henry Z. Moral, Basel, New York, Karger, 
1989 ix. 286 P. Ulus. 
DNLM: QW 900 C383 196B Clt No. 122150 

ANATOMY 

Anthony, Catherine Parker, 1907- Textbook 

of anatomy and physiology [by) Catherine Parker 
Anthony, with the collaboration of Norma Jane 
Kolthoff. 8th ed. St. Louis, Moaby, 1971. x, 
580 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-0 253-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 4 A628t 1B71 Clt No. 207123 

Arnold, Maurice. Reconstructive anatomy; a 
method for the study of human structure. 
Philadelphia, Saunders [C19681 xll, 529 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCo: QS 4 A757r 1988 Clt, No. 155754 

Becker, B. Predertrk, The anatomical basis of 
medical practice (by] B. Frederic* Becker, James 
W. Wilson (and) John A. GehweUer. Baltimore. 
Williams i Wllklns, 1971. xv, 907 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-683-00494-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 4 B398a 1971 

Clt. No. 302505 

Chaffee, Ellen E. Basic physiology and anatomy 
[by] Ellen E. Chaffee [and] Esther M. 
Greiaheimer. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Llpplncott, 
1969. xll, 834 p. Ulus. 
DNLM. SUNY: QS 4 C433b 1989 Clt. No. 200204 

Crouch, James E Functional human 

anatomy. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1985. 
861 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 4 CttSf 1985 Clt. No. 40416 

Cunningham, Daniel John, 1890-1909, ed. 
Textbook of anatomy, ed. by O. J. Romanes. 
10th ed. London, Oxford Univ. Press, 1944. 
xlv, 1014 p. Ulus. (Oxford medical publications) 
DNLM: QS 4 CSTSt 1984 Clt. No. 8285 

Cunningham, Daniel John. 1850-1909. Manual of 
practical anatomy. 13th ed. rev. by G. J. 
Romanes. London, Oxford Univ. Press, 1966- 
v. Ulus. (Oxford medical publications) 
DNLM: QS 130 CV73d Clt- No. 535*8 

Dean, M. B. B. Baste anatomy and physiology tor 
radiographers. Philadelphia, Davis [1970] vt 
414 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QT 160 DSBlb 1970 

Clt. No. 255507 



Ellas, Haas Michael, 1907- Basle human 

anatomy as seen In the fetus. Photography by 
Thomas M. Scanlan. St. Louis, Green [C1971] 
xllt, 159 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, HBCO, SUNY: QS 4 E42b 1971 

Clt. No. 254574 

Friedman, Sydney M. Visual anatomy. 
New York. Harper A Row [cl970]- v. Ulus. 
Contents. • v. 1. Head and neck. 
DNLM, MBCO: QS 4 F912v at. No. 254015 

Grant, John Charles Bolleau, 1886- Method 

of anatomy by regions, descriptive and 
deductive. (By] 1. C. BoUeau Grant [and] J. V. 
Basmsjian. 7th ed. Baltimore, Williams & 
WUktns, 1985, xvtl, 777 p. Ulus. Title of 
earlier editions varies slightly. 
DNLM:QS 4 G782m 1985 Clt. No. 144852 

Gray, Henry, 1825-1031. Anatomy; descriptive and 
applied, edited by Roger Warwick (and] Peter L. 
Williams, with the assistance of our departmental 
colleagues, Richard E. M. Moore [et a!.] 35th 
British ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. xv, 
1471 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-443-01011-0. 



DNLM: QS 4 G779a 1973 



Clt. No. 387452 



Gray, Henry, 1825.1861. Anatomy of the human 
body. 28th ed., edited by Charles Mayo Goss. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1986. xvl, 1448 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 4 G779an 1968 Clt, No. 61256 

Gray, Henry, 1825- if; il. Anatomy of the human 
body. 29th American ed., edited by Charles 
Mayo Goss. Philadelphia, Lea it Feblger, 1973. 
xvtl, 1466 p. 111U3, I3BN 0-8121-0377-7. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNV: QS 4 G779aa 1973 

Cit. No. 353404 

Holluuhcad, William Henry, 1906- 
Anatomy for surgeons. 2d ed. New York, 
London, Hoeber (C1968]- v. lllua. 
Contents, v.l. The head and neck. 
DNLM, MBCo: WO 101 H741a Clt. No, 147373 

Hollinshead, William Henry, 1904- 

Textbook of anatomy. 2d ed. [New York] 
Harper A Row (1567] x, 994 p. Ulus. (Hoeber 
medical book) 
DNLM: QS 4 H74U 1987 Clt. No. 116776 

Jacob, Stanley Wallace, 1924- Structure 

and function In run a [by] Stanley W. Jacob [and] 
Clarice Ashworth Francone. 2d ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. xlv, 591 p. illus. 
-- — Laboratory manual. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1970. U. 253 p. Ulus. 

QS 4 J 16s 1970 Suppl. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 4 JISs 1970 Cit. No. 240228 

JscoM, Charles A. Textbook of anatomy and 
physiology In radiologic technology. St. Louis. 
Mosby, 1968. xv, 421 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WN 160 Jl3t 1968 Clt. No. 141257 

Kim or r, Diana Clifford. Anatomy and physiology 
[by] Diana Clifford Kimber [et al.) ISth ed. by 
Lutle C. Leavell [et al.] New York, Macmlllan; 
London, ColLter-MacmUlan [cl966] vlll, 805 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM: QS 4 K49t 1968 Clt. No. 75602 

King, Barry Griffith, 1904- Human anatomy 

and physiology [by) Barry G. King [and] Mary 
Jane Showers. 6th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1969. xi, 432 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 4 K52B 1969 Clt. No. 214060 

Lang ley, Leroy Letter, 1916- Dynamic 

anatomy and phy Biology [by] L. L. Lang ley, Ira R. 
Telford (and) John B. Chriatensen. 3d ed. 
New York, McGraw-Hill [C19S9] vlil, 817 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 4 L283d 1969 Cit. No, 221073 

Memmler, Ruth Land em. The human body In 
health and disease [by] Ruth Lundecn Memmler 
and Ruth Bycrs Had a. 3d ed, Philadelphia, 
Llpplncott [el 970) 388 p. Ulus,, plates 
DNLM: QT 200 M533h 1970 Clt. No. 251161 

Morris, Sir Henry, 18 44-1 928, ed. Human anatomy; 
a complete systematic treatise. Ed. by Barry J.- 
Anson with eighteen contributors. 12th ed. 
New York, McGraw-Hill [C1966] xi, 1623 p. 
Ulus., port. 
DNLM: QS 4 M876h 1988 Clt, No. 51421 



81s c lair, David C, An Introduction to functional 
anatomy. 3d ed. Oxford, Blackwell [1988] 
466 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 4 S6161 1988 Clt No. ! 



Snout, Charles Frederick Victor. Anatomy, 

physiology, pathology and bacteriology for 
students of physiotherapy, occupational therapy 
and gymnastics [by] C. F. V. Sroout, R. J. S. 
McDowall [and] B. T. Davis. 5th ed. 
Arnold [1963] vtt, 519 p. Ulus. SBN 
7131-4129-8. 4th ed. has title: Anatomy and 
physiology for students of physiotherapy U. S. 
publisher: WUllams A Wilkins Co.. Baltimore. 
DNLM: QS 4 S***a 1968 C1L No. 16634* 

Warrick, Charles Kay. Anatomy and physiology 
for radiographers. [2d ed.] London, Arnold 
[1966] 280 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WN 100 W295a 1968 Clt. No. 71875 

Warrick, Charles Kay. Anatomy and physiology 
for radiographers. 3d ed. London, Arnold 
[1969] vlll, 286 p. Ulus. SBN 7131-4150-4. 
U. S. publisher: William* A Wllklns Co.. 
Baltimore. 
DNLM: WN 100 W295a 1969 Cit. No. 204113 

Wax, Ceroid J. Elementary anatomy sad 
physiology, for students In radiologic and 
laboratory technology. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
(C1970) xll, 153 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 4 W356e 1970 Clt, No. 282566 

Wyburn, George McCreath. Concise anatomy [by] 
G. M. Wyburn [ al.] Boston, Little, Brown 
1937] x, 218 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 4 W976c 1967 Clt. No. 



-ATLASES 

Ball Here's atlas of female anatomy, rev. by 
Katharine F. Armstrong; coloured plates by 
Douglas J. Ktdd. 7th ed. London, BaliUere, 
Tindall. and Cassell [1969] 32 p. Illus. SBN 
7020-0237-6. U. S. publisher: WUllams A Wllklns 
Co., Baltimore. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 17 B157 1969 
Clt. No. 



Eyelet hymer, Albert Chauneey, 1887.1925, A 
cross-section anatomy [by] Albert C Eycleshymer 
[and] Daniel M. Schoemaker. New York, 

Appletoa-Century-CrofU [cI970] xvL 215 p. 
Ulus. SBN 390-29589-2. Reissue from the 
plates of the 1st ed., New York, Apple ton, 1911. 
DNLM, MBCO: QS E97c 1911F Clt, No. 242070 

McNansht, Ann Boyce. Illustrated physiology, by 
Ann I), McNaught and Robin Callander. Rev. 
reprint. Baltimore, WUllams A WUktns, 1967 
[C1935J vlll, 287 p. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QT 17 M1691 1985 

Clt No. 224032 

Netter, Frank Henry, 1908- The Clba 

collection of medical Ulustratlons. Summit, N. 
J. [C1953]- v. Ulus. Vol 1-3 Issued by Clba 
Pharmaceutical Products; v. 4- by Clba 

Pharmaceutical Company. 
DNLM: QZ 17 N474C Clt No. 104353 

Panaky, Ben, Review of gross anatomy [by] Ben 
Paosky [and] Earl Lawrence Douse. 2d ed. 
[New York] MacraJllan; London, Col Uer -Macmll tan 
[C1989] xlit, 494 p. Ulus.. plates 
MBCO, SUNY: QS 17 P196r 1989 Clt No. 212774 

•DICT. 

DosUtth, Tibor. Anatomical dictionary with 
nomenclatures and explanatory notes, by Tibor 
DonJth. English ed. edited by G. N. C. Crawford. 
[1st English ed.) Oxford, New York, Pergamon 
Press [C1969] 834 p. Translation of Anatomist 
ertelmeio sifitir. Anatomical terms ss accepted 
by the Basle nomlna anatomies (1895), the Jena 
nomenclature (1935), and the Paris nomlna 
anatomies (1955). Includes also additional PNA 
terms, alphabetical explanatory dictionary, 
biographical data about persons named In 
eponyms, and Index of all BNA nomenclature and 
only such JNA and PNA nomenclature that Is 
significantly different Previously published In 
Hungarian, German, and Russian. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 13 D677sn 1969 

Clt No, 



o 



( 



c 









-EXAMINATION QUKaTIOKS 

Gottlieb, Marvin I. Anatomy review; 1500 
multiple choice questions end ana wen, completely 
referenced. 4th ed. Flushing, N. Y., Medical 
Examination Pub. Co., eI970. SIS P. Ulus. 
SBN 87488-201-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNT: QS 18 OfMa 1970 

at. No. 140115 

•LABORATORY MANUALS 

Jacob, Stanley Wallace, 1924- Laboratory 

manual of Structure and function In man [by] 
Stanley W. Jacob {and] Clarice Ashworth 
Francone. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. Kilt, 
219 p, Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 4 Jit* IMS Suppt 1966 

Clt. No. 41771 

Shower a, Mary fane C Laboratory 

manual and atudy guide for anatomy and 
physiology [by J Mary Jane C. Showers [and] 
Edwin Dale. Philadelphia Saunders, 1968- 
1 v. (loose-leaf) Ulua. 
DNLM: QS 15 S523L IMS Clt. No. 36274 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Riddle, Janet T. E, Elementary textbook of 
ana ton?" and phyatology applied to nursing. 3d 
ed. nburgh, Livingstone, 1989. vil, 1S5 

p. 11 SBN 443-00868-7. U. S, publisher: 

Wllllauis & Wilklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 4 RM3e IDAS Clt. No. 234290 

Roper, Nancy. Man's anatomy, physiology and 
health. Id ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1965. 
xl, 471 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: QT 200 R784m 1965 Clt. No. 40017 

Sears, William Gordon, 1901* Anatomy and 

physiology for nurses, and student! of human 
biology. [4th ed.] London. Arnold [1985] 
vil. 373 P. lllus. . 
DNLM: QS 4 S439a 1965 Clt. No. 41076 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 



Anson, Barry Joseph, 1894- Surgical 

anatomy [by] Barry J. Anson [and] Chester B. 
McVay. 5th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. 
2 v. (xvlll, 1241, si p.) Ulua. ISBN 
0-7216-1295-4. (v. 1} Earlier editions by C. L. 
Cal lander. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WO 101 A8ZZs 1971 

Clt. No. 247051 



Anthony, Catherine Parker, 1907- 
concept* in anatomy and physiology; a 
programmed presentation. 2d ed. St. Louis, 
Mosby. 1S70. lx, 157 p. lllus. SBN 
80 16-0263- 7. Template In pocket Inside front 
cover. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 4 A628b 1970 Clt. No. 255106 

-TERMINOLOGY 

Donith, TJbor. Anatomical dictionary with 
nomenclatures and explanatory notes, by Tlbor 
Donith. English ed. edited by G. N. C. Crawford. 
[1st English ed.] Oxford, New York, Pergamon 
Press [cl969] 634 p. Translation of Anatomist 
ertelmeio szotdr. Anatomical terms as accepted 
by the Basle nomlna anatomies (1895), the Jena 
nomenclature (1935), and the Paris nomina 
anatomies (1955). Includes also additional PNA 
terms, alphabetical explanatory dictionary, 
biographical data about persons named in 
eponyms, and index of all BNA nomenclature and 
only such JNA and PNA nomenclature that is 
significantly different. Previously published in 
Hungarian, German, and Russian. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS IS D677an 1969 - 

Cat. No. 135862 

ANATOMY, ARTISTIC 

Mann, Reginald, 1893- Anatomy for 

artists. New York, Dover [C1970J 209 

p. lllus., ports. ISBN 0-48 6- 126 13-1. 
DNLM: NC 760 M368a 1970 Clt. No. 250741 

ANATOMY, COMPARATIVE 

Burner, Alfred Sherwood, 1894- The 

vertebrate body. 4th ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1970. vil I, Ml p. Ulua. 
Bibliography: p. 546-578. 
DNLM, SUNY; QL SOS R763v 1970 

Clt. NO. 257161 

ANATOMY, REGIONAL 

Altken, John Thomas. A manual of human 
snstomy, by J. T. Altken [et a!.] Id ed, 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1966- v. lllus. 
Distributed In the U. S. by. Williams h Wilklns. 
DNLM: QS 130 ASlItn Clt. No. 62344 



Last, Raymond Jack, 
applied. 4th ed. 
xvl, 696 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: QS 4 L349sn 1966 



Anatomy, regional and 
Boston, Little, Brown, 19M. 



Clt. No. 103025 



Laurenson, R. O. An Introduction to clinical 
anatomy by dissection of the human body. 
Philadelphia, Saunders [C1968] xvl, 522 p. 
Ulua. 
DNLM: QS 130 L3811 1963 Clt. No. 155755 

Tinier, Henry. Normal radiological anatomy; 
radiological optics and film Interpretation. 
Translated from the second French ed. and 
edited by Ronan O'Rahllly, Sringfleld, HL, 
Thomas [clS68] xvl!, 382 p. ilhis. 
Translation of Anatomic radlologlque normale; 
optlque radlologlque et dlplstage des erreurs de 
lecture dea cliches. 
DNLM: WN 169 T577a 1988 Clt. No. 152254 

-ATLASES 

Grant, John Charles Bolleau, 1886- An 

atlas of anatomy: by regions: upper limb, 
abdomen, perineum, pelvis, lower limb, vertebrae, 
vertebral column, thorax, head ar.d neck, eranial 
nerves, and dermatomes. 6th ed. Baltimore, 
Williams A- Wilklns, 1972. 1 v. (unpaged) 
lllus. ISBN 0-833-03729-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 17 G762a 1972 

Clt. No. 317005 

Hesley, John E., 1921- A synopsis of 

clinical anatomy [by] John E. Healey, Jr., In 
collaboration with WUUara D. Seybold. 
Philadelphia, Saunders [1969] xill, 324 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY; QS 17 H434s 1969 

Clt No. 201454 

Quiring, Daniel Paul, 1894- The bead, neck,, 

and trunk; muscles and motor points. Rev. and 
ed. by John H. Warfel. 3d ed. Philadelphia,— 
Lea & Feblger, 1967. 128 p. lllus. 
Companion volume to the author's The 
extremities. 
DNLM: WE 17 QBh 1967 Clt, No. 100313 

ANDROGENS 

Segre, Eugene J., 1932- Androgens, 

virilization and the hirsute female. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [C1967] xiv, 102 p. (American 
lecture series, no. 679. American lectures In 
living chemistry) 
DNLM: WR 455 S455a 1967 Clt. No. 103414 

ANEMIA 

Harris, John William, 1920- The red cell 

production, metabolism, destruction: normal and 
abnormal [by] John W. Harris [and] Robert W. 
Kellermeyer. Rev. ed. Cambridge, Mass., 
Published for the Commonwealth Fund by 
Harvard Univ. Press, 1970. xxll, 795 p. lllus. 
(Commonwealth fund book) ISBN 0-674-75102-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 150 H314r 1970 

Clt. No. 262672 

-ETIOLOGY. 

Tudhope, G. R. The thyroid and the blood. 
London, Helnemann [1989] vil, 102 p. Ulua. 
(Heinemann monograph) SBN 433-32830-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 200 T899t 1969 

Clt. No. 233406 

ANEMIA, HEMOLYTIC 

Dade, John Vivian. The haemolytlc anaemias, 
congenital and acquired. Id ed. London, 
Churchill [1960-67] 4 v. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 170 DllSb Clt. No. 121336 

ANEMIA, HEMOLYTIC, 
AUTOIMMUNE 

Plrofiky, Bernard, 1926- Autolmmunlxatton 

and the autoimmune hemolytic anemlaa. 
Baltimore, WUllams & Wilklns, 1969. xlll, 537 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 170 P671a 1969 

Clt. No. 204344 



ANESTHESIA 



ANEMIA, HYPOCHROMIC 

Fairbanks, Virgil p., 1930- Clinical 

disorders of iron metabolism [by] VlrgU F. 
Fairbanks, John L. Fahey [and] Ernest Beutler. 
2d ed., rev. and expanded. New York, Grune 4k 
Stratton [c!971] lx, 486 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8039-0677-1. 1st ed. by E. Beutler et al. 
DNLM. SUNY: QV 183 T164c 1971 

Clt. No. 2747M 

ANEMIA, MACROCYTIC 

Hellraeyer, Led wig, 1899- Disturbances In 

heme synthesis; special considerations 'of the 
sideroachrestic anemias and erythropoietic 
porphyrias, by Ludwlg Hellmeyer, with the 
collaboration of Roman Clotten and Ludwlg 
Hellmeyer, Jr. Springfield, III.. Thomas [cl9M] 
vtit, 239 p. Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 
809. American lectures In hematology) 
Translation of Die Storungen dBr 
B 1 1 j t hS msy nth ese. 
DNLM: WH 155 H46o* 1966 Clt. No. 41020 

ANEMIA. SICKLE CELL 

Mnrayatna, Makio. Sickle cell hemoglobin: 
molecule to man [by] Maklo Murayama [and] 
Robert M. Nalbandlan. Boston, Little, Brown 

[clS/73] ill, 198 p. lllus. ISBN 0-316-58951. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 170 M972s 1973 

Clt. No. 364724 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Reynolds, Jack, 1922- The roentgenological 

feattirea of sickle cell disease and related 
hemoglobinopathies. Springfield, HI., Thomas 
[cUCS] xvlL 332 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 170 R4«3r 1965 Clt No. 45*65 

ANESTHESIA 

Boba, Antonio, 1927- Death In the 

operating room. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[eiySb] xll, 105 p. (American lecture series, 
no. 628. American lectures In anesthesiology) 
DNLM: WO 245 BS63d 1965 Clt No. 51241 

Burst* In. Charles L Fundamental 

— considerations In anesthesia. 3d efc. 

Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl9S8] xv, 223 p. 
lllus. .-.-._ 

DNLM: WO 200 B972f 1966 Clt No. 45667 

CclUni, Vincent Joseph, 1914- ** Principles of 

anesthesiology. Philadelphia, Lea 6c Feblger, 
1SG6. xlll, 1175 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WO 200 C713pe 1966 Clt NO. 54135 

Dripps, Robert Dnnnlnr, 1911- - Introduction 

to anesthesia; the principles of safe practice, [by] 
Robert D. Drlppa [et al.] 3d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1967. xll, 529 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WO 200 D7811 1967 at No. 115131 

Gray, Cecil, ad. General anaesthesia, edited by T. 
CecU Gray and F. J. Nunn, 3d ed. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [1971] t V. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-407-18554-2. lst-2d eds, by F. T. Evans 
and C. Gray. Contents. - v.t. Basic sciences. - v. 
2. Clinical practice, 
DNLM, MBCO: WO 200 G778g 1971 . 

Clt No. 313104 

Hall, Leslie W. Wright's Veterinary anaesthesia 
At analgesia. 6th ed. Baltimore, WUllams * 
Wilklns [C1966] vtll, 480 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: SF 911 H177w 1968 

Clt. No. 60310 

Rata, Jordan, 1932- ed. Anesthesia and 

uncommon diseases: pathophysiologic and clinical 
correlations. Edited by Jordan Rata and Leslie R 
Kadis. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. x. 543 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-7216-5299-9- 
DNLM, SUNY; WO 235 K19a 1973 

at No. 371467 

Mansfield, Bulb. Practical anaesthesia for lung 
surgery [by] Ruth Mansfield A Richard Jenkins. 
London, BaUllere, Tlndall A Caasell [1967] vt 
193 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WO 200 M287p 1967 Clt, No. 117406 

Mark, Letter C„ I91S- sd. HlghUgbU of 

clinical aneitbeslology, edited by Lester C. Mark 
(and] S. H. Ngai, with 28 contributors. New 
York, Harper A Row [cl971] xx, 17S p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-06-141697-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 200 MS4Sh 1971 

at No. 



ANESTHESIA 



Herts, Walter. Anaesthetic*, resuscitation and 
Intensive cue; • textbook for student* and 
residents, bv Walter Norrts and Donald CampbelL 
Baltimore, WUUama A WUkins, IMS. si. 253 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WO 100 N834* IMS Clt. No. 411*3 

»omi. Walter. AnaestheUcs, reatmciteUon, and 
' Intensive care; a textbook for students and 
residents, by Walter Norri* [and] Donald 
Campbell. 3d ed. Edinburgh. Livingston*, 
19*8. St, 171 P. Ulna. 
DNLM: WO 203 NBJ4* 1*** CiL No. 1*2*41 

Mortis, Walter. Anaesthetics, re*u*oltaUon, and 
Intensive care; a textbook for atudent* and 
residents (by) Walter Norri* [and] Donald 
CampbelL 3d ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1971 xl 282 p. Ulu*. ISDN 0-443-007 50-0. 
U. S*. publisher: WUliam* * WUkins Co, 
Baltimore. ,„, ,„, 

DNLM, SUNY: WO BOO N834* 1971 

Clt. No. 271250 

Nun, 1. r. Applied respiratory physiology with 
special reference to anaesthesia. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Croft* [cl9*9} Ix, 433 p. 
lllu*. SBN 407-10949-4. 
MBCO, SUNY; WF I« N«, lOW^ ^ ^ 

Powell, WllUant Forrest, 1917- 
Comprehensive background for anesthesiology. 
Springfield 111., Thorn** [19*6] all, 34* p. 

DMit: WO 200 P88*e 1900 Clt. No. 47M1 

Pryor WllUaa laves. A manual of ■□■esthetic 
techniques, by William J- Pryor and David C. T. 
Bush. 3d ed. Bristol, Wright, 196*. vtll, 302 
p Ulua* 
DNLM: WO WW P973m 19M Clt. No. 41813 

Rollasoa, WUUatn Norsnan. Electrocardiography 
for the anaesthetist. Id ed. Philadelphia, 
Davis [19691 *vt, 147 p. UJus. SBN 
622-03510-2. 
DNLM, MBCO; WG 140 B749e 1949 

Clt. No. 201 501 

Smith, Robert K„ 1910. Pathological 

physiology for the anesthesiologist. Springfield. 
111., Thomas lcl»6«] alii, 580 p. {American 
lecture series, no. 447. American lecture* In 
anesthesiology) _-, .„ 

DNLM: WO 149 S437P 19« at. No. 77040 

Thornton, Harry LeiMwk, ed. Emergency 
anaesthesia ed. by Harry L. Thornton and Peter 
F. Knight. Baltimore, Williams A WUkins, 1965. 
451 p. Mini. _ „ _„» 

DNLM: WO 200 T313s 1965 CM. No. 43S60 

Wrllr, WtlUam Derek, ed. A practice of 
anaesthesia, edited by W. D. Wylle and H. C 
Churchill-Davidson, 3d ed. London, 
Lloyd-Luke, 1972. xvllt, 15*9 p. lllu*. ISBN 
6-85324*94-9. ,^_ 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 200 W98lp 1972 

Clt. No, 322733 

Wylle. WtlUam Derek. A practice of anaesthesia 
{by] W. D. Wylle and H. C. Churchill-Davidson. 
2d ed. Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers, 

1966. nvH, 1310 P. lllus. 

DNLM: WO 200 W984p 1964 CIL No. 45111 

-ADVERSE EFFECT* 

Price, Henry Locher, 1922- Circulation 

during anesthesia and operation. Springfield, 
111.. Thomas [C1967] 1*. 119 p. 
DNLM: WO 200 P945c 19*7 Clt. No. 136*32 

•aid man. Lawrenc* J., 193*- ed. 

Complications of anesthesia, complied and edited 
by Lawrence J. Said man and Prank Moya, 
Springfield, I1L, Thorns* [C1970J xv, 298 p. 
lllu*. 
DNLM. SUNY: WO 243 51.2c 1^ ^ ^ 

-ADVERSE EFFECT* • CONGRESSES 

International Symposium M Malignant 
Brpertberala, University of Toronto, 1*71. 
International Symposium oo Malignant 
Hyperthermia. Edited by R. A. Gordon, BererUy 
A Brltt (and) Werner Kalow. Springfield, 111. 
Thomas tcl97SJ xx, 48* P- Ulu*. ISBN 
0-396-02549-3, 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 245 1411 1*71 

CtL No. 350113 



-IN INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

Davenport, Harold Thomas. Paedtatrlc 

anaesthesia. Philadelphia, Lea and Feblger 
[1947] a, 181 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WO 440 D247p 19*7 Clt. No. 134*52 

Levin, Richard M. Pediatric anesthesia handbook. 
Flushing N. Y-, Medical Examination Pub. Co., 
C1973. 150 P. Ulu*. ISBN 0-874BS-637-4, 

DNLM: WO 440 LSttSp 1973 Clt. No. 357555 

Stephen, Charles Ronald. 1914- Element* 

of pediatric anesthesia, by C. R. Stephen. E. 
Warner Ahlgren [and] Edward J. Bennett. 2d 
ed. Springfield, III., Thomas fcl970J all, 202 
p. Ulua. (American lecture series, no, 792. 
American lectures in anesthesiology ) 
DNLM MBCO. SUNY: W0 440 S823e 1970 

Clt- No. 253232 

-IN OLD AOE 

Lwhan, Paul Herman, 1908- Anesthesia for 

the aged. Springfield, 111., Thomas [ci971] 
all. 153 P- 
DNLM. SUNY: WO 445 L871a 1971 

Clt. No. 256 128 



-INSTRUMENTATION 

BellvUle, J. Weldon, ed. Techniques In clinical 
physiology; a survey of measurements In 
anesthesiology. Edited by J. Weldon BellvUle 
[and] Charles S. Weaver. [New York] 
Macmillan [C1969] xl, 532 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 200 B443t 1969 

Clt. No. 221546 

Hill. D. W. Electronic measurement technique* 
in anaesthesia and surgery. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crcfts [c!970J Ix, 358 p. 
lllus. SBN 407-16400-6. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 240 H645e 1970^ ^ ^ 

Bykes, M. K. Principles of measurement for 
anaesthetist* [by] M. K. Sykes [and] M. D. 
Vtckers, Oxford, Blackwell ScJenttflc 
PubUeatlon* [1970] a. 316 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-632-06910-4. „«™, 

DNLM: WO 240 S983p 1970 Cit. No. 250700 

STANDARDS 

Bel If llle, t. Weldon, ed. Technique* In cUnlcai 

physiology; a survey of measurement* In 
anesthesiology. Edited by J. Weldon BellvUle 
[and] Charles S. Weaver. [New York] 
Macmillan [01969] xl, 532 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 200 B449t 1969 

Clt. No. 221546 

ANESTHESIA, CONDUCTION 

Adrian!, John, 1907- Labat'* Regional 

anesthesia; technique* and clinical applications. 
3d ed Philadelphia, Saunders, 1967. xiv, 5*5 
p Ulu* Earlier edition* by Gaston Labat. 
DNLM: WO 300 A243L 1<JG7 Clt. No. 117215 

Lund. Peere Caroe, 1915- Peridural 

analgesia and anesthe*la. Springfield, 111, 
Thoma* [C1966] xlv, 379 p. Ulu*., port. 
DNLM: WO 300 L9«2p 19*6 Clt. No. 44533 

Macintosh, Robert Reynolds, 1897- Local 

analgesia; brachial plc-xu* [by] Sir Robert 
Macintosh [and] WUliam W, Mlshln. 4th ed. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1967. 62 p. Ulu*. U. 
S publisher: WUliam A Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WO 300 M152L 1967 Clt. No. 2066:>7 

Moore, Daniel Charles, 1918- Regional 

block; a handbook for use in the cUnlcai practice 
of medicine and aurgery. 4th ed. Springfield, 
111., Thoma* [1965] xvlt, 514 P- Ulua. 
DNLM: WO 300 M821r 1965 Clt. No. 45573 

ANESTHESIA, DENTAL 

Allen, Gerald D. Dental anesthesia and analgesia 
[by] Gerald D, Allen. Contributors: Galther B. 
Everett, Roger A. Meyer [and] Andrew G. Tolas. 
Baltimore, WllUam* A Wilkin*, 1972. In. 267 
p lllus. ISBN 0-*B3-O006*-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 4*0 A425d 1973 

Clt. No. 3100*0 



Jori ensen, Niels Bjorm, 1894- 
PremedicaUon, local and general anesthesia In 
dentistry [by] Nlel* BJorn Jorgen*en [and] Jea* 
Hayden, Jr. Philadelphia. Lea A Feblger, 19*7. 
158 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WO 460 J82p 19*7 Clt No. 73J49 

Monhelm, Leonard M. General anesthesia In 
dental pracUce. 4Uj ed. [by] C. Richard 
Bennett. St. Louis. Mosby, 1974. xiil. 44* 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-80J6-0608-X- 
DNLM: WO 440 M743g 1B74 at. No. 405433 

Monhelm, Leonard M Local anesthesia 

and pain control In dental practice. 3d ed. 
St. Loul*, Mosby, 1965. nx. 208 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WO 460 M743L 19*5 Clt No. 370*5 

Monhelm, Leonard M. Local anesthesia and pain 
control In dental practice. 4th ed. SL Lcula, 
Mosby, 1969. xvll, 328 p. Ulu*. SBN 
8016-3460-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 4*0 M743L 19*9 

Clt No. 1771*3 

Monhelm, Leonard M. Local anesthesia and pain 
control in dental practice. 5th ed. [by] C. 
Richard Bennett. St. Louis, Mosby, 1974. nil, 
338 p. Ulu*. ISBN 0-8016-0*07-1. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 460 M743L 1974 

Clt. No. 404743 

Pryor, William James. General anaesthetic and 
redaUon techniques for dentistry, by WllUam i. 
Pryor and Alton Donald Hacailster. Bristol. 
Wright, 1971. 144 p. Ulus. ISBN 
A. 7 239-028 a- 9. U. S. publiabcr: WUliam* A 
Wilklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 460 P973g 1971 

Clt. No. 316247 

Robert*. Derek Harry. Local analgesia In 
dentistry, bv D. H. Robert* and J. H. Sowray. 
Bristol, Wright, 1970. «U, 135 P. Ulu*.. port*. 
ISBN 0-723MI2GG-3. U. /. publisher: Williams A 
Wllkins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WO 480 R643L 1970 Clt. No. 283303 



r 



ANESTHESIA, GENERAL 

Jenkins, I,eonard C. General anesthesia and thn 
ctmtral nervous system; a basic science and 
cUnlcai coaslderaUon. Baltimore, WUliam* A 
Wilkin* [cl969] a. 544 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 275 J52g 1969 

' Clt No. 221*10 

Monhelm, Leonard M. Genersl anesthesia In 
dental practice. 4th ed. [by] C. Richard 
Bennett. St. Louis, Mosby. 1B74. nW, 448 
p lllus. ISBN 0-8016O608-X. 
DNLM: WO 460 M7«g 1974 C1L No- 405433 



ANE " . HESIA, LOCAL 



Atkinson, Walter Sydney, 1891- Anesthesia 

in ophthalmology, 2d ed. Springfield, DL, 
Thoma* [1965] In, 139 p. Ulu*.. port*. 
(American lecture series, no. 624. American 
lecture* In ophthalmology) „„.«. 

DNLM: WO 200 A878a 1965 Clt. No. 30014 

Cohen, David D., 1919- Anesthesia for 

outpatient aurgery. by David D. Cohen and Jonn 
B. DUlon. Springfield. Ill, Thoma* [cl970] 
xlti, 67 p. lllu*. 
DNLM. MBCO: WO 200 C678* 1970 

' Clt. No. 2S0143 

D* Jong, Rndolph H, 1928- PhyMology *nd 

pharmacology of local aneatheal*. Springfield, 
HI., Thoma* [cl970] niv, 267 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM. SUNY: WO S00 D327p 1970 

Clt. No. 252752 

Eriksson, Ejnar, 1929- *d. Illcstrated 

handbook In local anesthesia. Assistant editor. 
Anton DoberJ, Chicago, Year Boo'r Medical 
Publlaher* [c!969] 152 p. Ulu*. ' TranaUtlon 
of Itlustrerad handbok 1 lokalaneatesl. 

DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WO 300 E*8i lt«»* 

CiL No. 208241 

Monhelm, Leonard M Local anestnssl* 

and pain control In dental practice. 3d ed. 

St. Loul*, Mosby, 19*5. nn, 208 p. Ulu*. 

DNLM: WO 460 M743L 19*5 Ctt. No. 170*3 



10 






ANGIOGRAPHY 






Monbetm, Leonard M. Local aneatheala and pain 
control In dental practice. 4th ed". St. Louis. 
Mosby, 1968. XVll, 328 p. Ulna. SBN 
6018-3480-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 480 M7«L 1969 

Clt. No. miea 

Menbeli*, U«atrd M. Local anesthesia and pain 
control In dental practice. 5th ed. [byl C. 
Richard Bennett. St. Louis, Mosby, 1974. all, 
338 p. lllUS. ISBN 0-6Q16-0607-1. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 4*0 M743L 1274 

Ot. No. 404743 

Koberta, Derek Herrj. Local analgesia In 

dentistry, by D. H. Roberta and J. H. Sowrsy. 
Bristol. Wright, 1970. vll, 135 p. Ulua., porU. 
ISBN 0-7138-0230-3. U. S. publisher: Williams A 
WUklna Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WO 460 R643L 1070 Clt No. J83303 

ANESTHESIA, OBSTETRICAL 

Flower*. Charles B.. 1920- Obstetric 

analgesia and anesthe*la. New York. Hoeber 
Jcl067J x, 240 P. Ulua. 
DNLM: WO 450 P6440 1947 Clt. No. 72043 

Han, Oc- *• r. Physiology of obatetric 
anesth- , by Gertie F. Marx and Loula R. Orkln. 
Spring; J, 111., Thomas [C1969] iv, 188 p. 
Ulua. (American lecture aeries, no. 744. American 
lecture i In anesthesiology) 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WO 450 M39Ip I9«9 

Clt. No. 202125 

-CONGRESSES 

Postgraduate Seminar of Anesthesiology, University 
of Miami and University ol Florida, 1872. The 
anesthesiologist, mother, and newborn. Edited by 
Sol M, Shnlder and Frank Moya. Baltimore, 
William* A Wilkin* [cl974J xll, 295 p. Ulua. 
ISBN 0-683-0769O-6, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 450 P857a 1972 

Clt. No. 404751 

ANESTHESIA, SPINAL 

Greene, Nicholas M„ 1922- Physiology of 

spina 1 anesthesia. 2d ed. Baltimore, WUUams 
A Wilkin*, 19S9. xiv, 243 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 305 GBllp 1989 

Clt. No. 212588 

Land, Peere Carol, 1915- Principle* and 

practice of spinal anesthesia. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1971] xv, 875 p. Ulos., port. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 305 L682p 1971 

Clt. No. 2575*0 



ANESTHESIOLOGY 






-CONGRESSES 

Banker, John Philip, 1920- ed. Education In 

anesthesiology; report of a Macy conference. 
New York, Columbia Univ. Press, 1967. xll, 167 
p. Sponsored by the Joatah Macy Jr. 
Foundation of New York. 
DNLM: WO 218 B942e 1967 Clt. No. 112675 

World Congress of Anesthesiologists, 4th, London, 
1968. Progress In anesthesiology; proceedings 
of the fourth World Congress of 
Anaestheaiologlsts, London, September 9 th- 13th, 
1988. Editors: T. B. Boulton [et at] 
Amsterdam, Excerpts Medlca Foundation, 1970, 
xxx, 1302 p. Ulus., port. (Excerpts medlca. 
International congress aeries, no. 200) 
Sponsored by the World Federation of Socletlea 
of An aeatheslolo gists. 
DNLM: WB EX89 no,200 1903 
MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no.300 1968 Clt. No. 237670 

■EDUCATION - U. 8. 

Bunker, John Philip, 1920- ed. Education In 

anesthesiology; report of a Macy conference. 
New York. Columbia UnJv. Press, 1967. xll, 167 
p. Sponsored by the Joslah Macy Jr. 
Foundation of New York. 
DNLM: WO 218 B942* 1967 at. No. 112675 

•ESSAYS 

Eekenhoff, James Edward, ed: Science A practice 

In anesthesia. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [cl»*5] 
160 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WO 201 Ella 1965 Clt. No. 4171S 



•EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Bakatls, Alice R. Self-sssesament of current 
knowledge for the nurse anesthetist. 1200 
multiple choice questions and referenced answers. 
Flushing, N. Y. Medical Examination Pub. Co., 
1972. 170 p. ISBN 0-87488-715-1. 

DNLM: WY 13 B189a 1972 at. No. 352705 

-HIST. 

Davison, Meredith Henry Armstrong. The 
evolution of anaesthesia. Baltimore, Williams A 
Wilkin* {1985] 238 p. Ulus., ports. 
DNLM: WO 211 D265e 1965 at. No. 38131 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Norrts, Walter. A nurse's guide to anaesthetic*, 
resuscitation, and Intensive care, by Walter 
Norrla (and] Donald Campbell. 5th ed. 
Baltimore. WUUams A Wtlktns, 1972. ix, 181 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-443-00372-8. 
SUNY: WY 151 N854n 1972 Clt. No. 354777 

Norrts, Walter. A nurse'* guide to anaesthetics, 
reauacltatlon and Intensive care, by Walter Norria 
[and] Donald Campbell. 3d ed. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1967. vlll, 151 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WY 1G1 N854n 1967 Clt. No. 75810 

ANESTHETICS 

•ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Toxicity of anesthetics, edited by B. R. Fink. 
Proceedings of a research symposium held In 
Seattle May 12-13, IL'57. Baltimore, WUUams A 
Wllteinj, 1908. Kill, 332 p. Ulus, 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 81 T755 1987 Clt. No. 145782 

-CONGRESSES 

Toxicity of anesthetic*, edited by B. R. Fink. 
Proceedings of a research symposium held In 
Seattle May 12-13, 1987, Baltimore, WllUama A 
WUklna. 1968. xlll. 332 p. Ulus. 
DNLM. MBCO: QV 81 T755 1887 Clt. No. 145762 

-METABOLISM 

Marx, Gertie F. Physiology of obstetric 
anesthesia, by Gertie F. Marx and Louis R. Orktn. 
Springfield, IU.. Thomas [cl969] xv, 186 p. 
Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 744. American 
lectures In anesthesiology) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 450 M392p 1989 

Clt. No. 202125 

•PHARMACODYNAMICS 

Dellrllle, J. Weldon, ed. Techniques In clinical 
physiology; a survey of measurements In 
anesthesiology. Edited by J. Weldon BellvUIe 
[and] Charles S. Weaver. [New York) 
Macmlllan [c!969] xl, 532 p. Ulua: 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 200 B449t 1969 

Clt. No. £21546 

Brazier, Mary Agnes Bnrniston, 1904- The 

neurophysiologies! background for anesthesia. 
Springfield, IU., Thomas [c!972] lx, 130 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-398-2587-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 200 B827n 1972 

Cit. No. 350653 

Eger, Edtnond I., 1930- Anesthetic uptake 

and action. Baltimore, WUUams A Wllklos 
[C1974] x, 371 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-833-02771-9. 

DNLM, SUNY: QV 81 E29a 1974 Clt. No. 411720 

■PHARMACODYNAMICS - OUTLINES 

AdrlanL John, 1907- The phsrmacology of 

aneathetlc drugs; a syllabus for students and 
cUnlcians, 5th ed. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[1970] xvlt, 297 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 50 A243p 1970 

Clt. No. 235423 

-TOXICITY • CONGRESSES 

Cellular biology and toxicity of anesthetic*; 
proceedings of a research symposium held in 
Seattle, May 11-12, 1970. Edited by B. R. Fink. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wllklns, 1972, xlll, 328 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-683-03216-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 81 C393 1970 

at. No. 316677 



ANESTHETICS, LOCAL 

-PHARMACODYNAMIC! 

De Jong, Rudolph H, 1928- Physiology and 

pharmacology of local aneatheala. Springfield, 
111.. Thomas [C1970] xlv, 267 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 300 D327p 1970 

at. No. 252752 

ANGIOCARDIOGRAPHY 

Baltaxe, Harold A, 1931- Coronary 

angiography, by Harold A. Baltaxe, Kurt Amplatx 
[and] David C. Levin. Springfield, III., Thomaa 
[cl973] xl, 239 p. Ulua. ISBN 0-39&-0Z709-9. 

DNLM, SUNY: WG 141 B197c 1973 

at. No. 371343 

Cooley, Robert Nelson, 1911- Radiology of 

the heart and great vessels [by] Robert N. 
Cooley [and] Melvyn H. Schreiber, With a 
chapter on coronary arteriography: Review or 
technique* and a report of experience with 
selective arteriography. 2d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams A WUklna, 1967. x. 566 p. Ulus. 
"Reprinted from Golden'a Dlagnoatle 
roentgenology, where it forma chspter IV of the 
1968 renewal pages." 
DNLM, MBCo: WG 141 C774r 1967 

Clt. No. 136424 

Donne, Edward P. Cardiac radiology. 
Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 1967. xlll, 256 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 141 D923e 1967 Clt. No. 117601 

Mesuro*. WHUam T-, 1923- Cardiac 

roentr«nuloey; plain film* and angiocardiographic 
finding*. Springfield, 111., Thomaa [C1969] xll, 
5538 p. Ulua. (American lecture series, no. 745. 
American lecture* in roentgen diagnosis) 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: WG 141 M588c 1969 

at. No. 21S631 

Meyers, Phillip Henry, 1933- Differential 

diagnosis of cardiovascular disease by X-ray, with 
an atlas of 83 plates [by] Phillip H. Meyers [et 
al.] New York, Hoeber [clSMJ x, 187 p. 
Ulus, 
DNLM: WG 141 H617d 1966 at. No, 62342 

Verel, David. Cardiac catheterization and 
angiocardiography; an Introductory manual [by] 
David Verel [and] Ronald G. Grainger. 
Edinburgh, LMvingatone, 1969. xl. 172 p. Ulus., 
plate* SBN 443-00589-3. 
DNLM, M3CO, SUNY; WG HI V491c 1969 

Clt. No. 213020 



ANGIOGRAPHY 



Abrams, Herbert Leroy, 1920- ad. 

Angiography. 2d ed. Boston, Little, Brows 
[C1971I 2 v. (1441 p.) Ulua. ISBN 
0-316-004G3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 500 A157a 1971 

at. No. SO0213 

Borell, Ulf Soren Mendelsion, 1918- The 

diagnosis of hydatldtform mole, malignant 
hydatid if orra mole, and choriocarcinoma with 
special reference to the diagnostic value of pelvic 
arteriography, by Ulf Borell [et al-1 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl968] x, 109 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WG 500 BTSld 1966* at. No. 69601 

Botenxa, A. 8. J. Selective bronchial and 
Intercostal arteriography. Baltimore, WUUams 
and WUklna; Leiden, Stenfert Kroeae, 1970. xi, 
187 p. Ulus. ISBN 90-207-O237-8. -Appendix: 
table* one to thirteen" (10 p.) Inserted In pocket 
at end. BlbUography; p. [177]- 187. 
DNLM: WG 500 B748S 1970 at No. 287235 

Celiac and superior mesenteric arteries; a 
correlation of angiograms and dissections [by] 
Robert A, Nebesar [et eX] 1st ed: Boston, 
Little, Brown [C1969] xll, 226 p. Ulus. 
DNLM; WI 500 C393 1989 Clt No. 204507 

Cmrry, Joseph Laurence, 1920- 
Arterlography; principles and techniques, 
em p basiling its application in community h capital 
practice [by] Joseph L. Curry [and J Willard J. 
Howland. Philadelphia, Saundera, 19*6. EllL 
328 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WG 500 C97*a 1966 at. No. S1S71 



11 



ANGIOGRAPHY 



DJlMUiMk R*»* Angiography of the ■Pinal 
eon! T [L-m««l<»«r*PWe de I* moelie eplniere] by 
R Dilndjtan with collaboration of M- Hurth, [el 
aL] Baltimore, University Park Pre**, 1970, 
xv) 482 p. Mm. ISBN 0-8391 -0S99-1. 
DNLM: WL 400 DsMe 1870 CIL No. 17337* 

Dc-pp.**, loteUW , „ S 5^"" . 
arteriography of the spinal cord, by John I*. 
Doppman, Gloranni DI Chlro [and] Ayub K. 
Onwtn. St. Loul*, Green [C196B] X". 1" 
p. Ulu*. (Modern concept* of radiology, nuclear 
medicine and ultrasound) ^^ 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 400 MM IW ^ 

Klaeaid. Owing* Wilson, 1921- ed. Benal 

editor: George ft. Davt* Chicago, Year Book 
Medical PublUbMi [C19M1 275 p Ulu* 
DNLM: WJ 100 K51r IBM Clt. No. 51674 

n ,.„, Kt,„»rt B_ 1934- Gastrointestinal 

■SK.WwsSTir. R. Beuter [and] Helen 
C rSEm. Philadelphia, SMiodtn, 1972. xl, 
W» p Ulu*. (Saunders monograph* In clinical 
radiology, v. 1> ISBN 0-7216-75*5-4. 

DNLM- HBCO: WI 141 BUT, 1871^ ^ ^ 

Waekanheim, Asg-at. New York, Springer. 

DNUi: WL^O WIM^IBTO Clt. No. J713S4 

Whitley, Joseph B.. 1931- Angiography: 

technique* and procedure*, by Joseph E. Whitley 
and Nancy CNell Whitley. St. Loul*. Green 
(elSilt x, 122 P. Ulus. 
?£■! MBCO. SUNY: WG MO W613e 1^ 

■ilUfU 

ShUuno. Sblaucht. Atla* of fluorescence fundus 
angiography [byj Sbiniehl Shlkaao [ud] I Kolchl 
ShlmUu. Philadelphia, Saunders {1968] Ml 
p Ulu*. 
MBCO, SONY: WW IT S5», 1968^ ^ ^ 

WelbeL Jo»i«. AUm of arteriography to ° c f ln " , ?' e 
cerebrovascular disease (by] Jorge Weibel land] 
William S. Field*. Philadelphia, Saunders; 
Stuttgart, Thleme. 1969. 180 p. Ulu*. 
MBCO, SUNY: WL IT W415. M**^ ^ ^^ 

.CONGRESSES 

International Syssposinm oa rino«e*e*l». 
Angiography, Atti, 1949. Fluorescein 

an stomachy. Angiographic fluoresc-elnlqiie. 
Proceeding*. (Edited by] P. A™£f- B " el > 
New York. Karger, 1971. Jtxlli. 684 p. Ulu*., 

BNTJl: W3 IN918B 196*1 Clt- No. 815530 

ANGIOID STREAKS 

-PATHOLOGY 

Paw* ft***. 1990- The refctlon of angtoid 

■treak* to *y*temic dl*ea*e. Springfield, HI., 
Thomas tclBTl] rtit, 61 p. Ulu*. (American 
lecture aerie*, no. 847. American lecture* In 
living chemistry) ISBN 0-388-02375-1. 

DNLM, MBCO: WW 47S P31* 1971^ ^ ^^ 



ANIMALS. DOMESTIC 

Binog, B. Diseases of man acquired from hi* 
pet*. London, Helnemann [19471 xlw *82 

DNLM: WC 100 B«28d 1967 Clt. No. 1S1525 

Lerinaon. Bort* Mayer, 1907- f^V™*" 1 

Child psychotherapy. Springfield, UL, Thoma* 
[C1969] xxlll, 202 p. 
DNLM. SUNY: WS 350 L*87p 1968^ ^ ^ 

ANIMALS, LABORATORY 

Jackson Laboratory. Biology of the laboratory 
mouse, by the staff of the Jackson Laboratory. 
Earl L. Green, editor. 2d ed. New York. 
McGraw-Hill [cl9S9] JtU, 706 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: QY 50 B792D 1966 C1L No. 61461 



ANGIOTENSIN 



ANTERIOR CHAMBER 

-ATLASES 

Straus, Wolfgang. Atla* of disease* of the 
anterior segment of the eye; by Wolfgang Straub 

and Hermann Ho**mana- New York, • 

McGraw-Hill [1948T] 217 p. illu*. Translation 
of Atla* der Erkrankungen de* Torderesv 
AuRenabiehnltte*. -*,*« 

DNLM: WW 17 S9U* IBM Clt- »«• "™«* 



ANIMALS, NEWBORN 



ANTHROPOLOGY 



Pishti, J*-es W, IBM- ^ ldn *{ B 5? rm0 ^ , r L 

London, New York, Academic Pre**, 1971. xvtll, 
MS p. lllua. rsBN 0-12.2S7650-0. 
DNLM: WK 160 F534* 1971 Clt No. 270744 

-CONGREBSE* 

Conference o« the BMaey. Mth, Prt««tM, N. J., 

1962. Angiotensin siyBUin* and experimental 

renal disease* ; proeeedlags, by 24 author* and 

other participant*. Edited by Jack **etcoff. 

I lit ed 1 Bo*toa, UtUe, Brown [c!B»3] xvti, 

268 p. Ulna. Spoo*ored by NaUonal Kidney 

DlaeaM FoundaUon. 

DNLM: W» CIM4 1«1» €**■ Na IJSM1 



-PBYSIOLOGY 

Daw**, Geoffrey S. Foetal and neonatal 
physiology; a comparative study of the change* at 
birth Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers 

DN^UtTdW'^ Clt. NO. 124853 

Slave Uwe, ed. Phvslology of the perinatal 

period; functional and biochemical development 
in mammala. Ne.v York, 
AppletornCentury-Croft* [el 970] 1 v. (xlv. 1097 

DNLM. SUNY: QT 4 S79Bp 1870 Clt. No. 250214 

ANIMALS, POISONOUS 

Halstead, Bmce W. Polsonou* and venomou* 
marine animal* at the world, by Bruce W. 
Halstead. Sections on chemistry by Donovan A. 
Courvllle, [Washington, U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 
1965]- v. lllua., port*. Content*. - v. 1. 
Invertebrates. ■ v. 2. Vertebrate*. 
DNLM: QL 615 Hl96pe Clt. No. 142555 

Simpson, Lance L., ed. Neuropolaons; their 
pathophysiological actions. N** ^k f Senum 
Press 1971- v. UlU*. ISBN 0-30 3-37 l/l-». 
Contents, - v. 1. Poisons of animal origin. 
DNLM, MBCO: WD 400 S8l3n Clt. No. 260137 

ANKLE 

.INJURIES 

Bosnia, Joslab Grant. Injuries to the ankle 
Darlen, Conn, Hafoer, 1970. JtvL 412 p. Ulu*. 
Facalm. of the 1950 ed. publl*hed by Grune At 
Stratton, New York. -_«-,« 

DNLM: WE 880 B7181 19S0F Clt. No. 270772 

Callllei, Renl. Foot and ankle pain. 
Philadelphia, Davis [dB6S] U, 148 p Illu*- 
DNLM: WE 880 C134f 1988 Cit, No. 134054 

ANOREXIA NERVOSA 

Dally, reter. Anorexia nervosa. i J London i 1J „ 
Helnemann [cl»9J U. 137 p. Ulu*. SBN 

433-07080-3. 

DNLM, MBCO: WM 174 DI47. 1868^ ^ ^^ 

ANOXU 

Monge, Carlo*, 1884- Hlgh-altltude 

diseases; mechanism and management, by Cano* 
Monge M. and Carlos Monge C. Springfield, Dl., 
Thoma* [cl9«8] Jtlv. 97 p. Ulu*. (American 
lecture series, no. 653. American lecture* in 
living chemistry) 
DNLM: WD 715 M743b 1944 Clt. No. 65547 

Yoffey, Joseph Mendel, 1904- Bone marrow 

in hypoxia and rebound. Springfield, 111., 
Thoma* [C1874] x. 279 P- Ulu*- .ISBN 
0-398-03103-7. Bibliography: P- 241-149. 

DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: W B 380 Y54b* »M ^ 



-ESSAYS 

Wlrkllebltelt der MitU. Beitrig* m •»»*# 
Strokturanthropologle. Peitgab* tttr Aagwrt 
vetter nun 80. Gebomtag. Hrsg. ton Jokaau 
Tenaler. Freiburg. Alber [C19681 TIB p. 
Ulus.. port*. ,«,,« 

DNLM: BD 450 W798 194B C1L No. 1414W 

ANTHROPOLOGY, PHYSICAL 

JAPAN 

Kodama, Saknaaemon. Ainu; hl*torical and 
anthropological atudlea. Sapporo. Hokkaido 
Unlv School of Medicine, 1970. 295 p. Ulu*. 
(Hokkaido University Medical Library series, V. 5) 
DNLM. MBCO: GN 430.A* KT6. UN ^ ^^ 

ANTI-ANTIBODIES 

Grubb, Run*. The genetic markers of human 
Immunogloblns. Berlin, New York, 
Sprln E er.Vcrlag, 1970. xll. 15 p. «»*. 
(Molecular biology, blochemiaUy, and blopnyalc*, 
9) 

DNLM: Wl M0195T no.9 1970 
MBCO: QT 34 M6 no.9 1970 C1L No, 952031 



ANTIBIOTICS 



Lortan, Vletor. AnUhloUc* and chemothempautlc 
asent* In clinical and laboratory practice. 
Springfield, 111., Tbotnaa [el»M] xll, 1ST p. 

DNLM: QY 100 LBT2* 1964 Clt. No. 6«6M 

-CONGRESSES 

International Congress of Chemotherapy, 6th, 
Tokyo, 1969. Progress in antimicrobial and 
anticancer chemotherapy; proceeding* ... 
Baltimore, University Park Pre**, 1870. 1 »- 
Ulu*. SBN 8391-0033-7. 
DNLM: W3 IN35I 1969p Clt- No. 2B1I0S 



( 



-PHARMACODYNAMICS 



Snhadolnlk, R. J^ 1823- Nucleoside 

antibiotic*. New York, WUey-Inter*des» 
[1970] x. 442 P. Ulu*. ISBN 0-4T1-8S54M. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU H S»47n 18T0 ^ ^ ^^ 

.THERAPEUTIC PIE 

Cobn, Isidore, 1885- int^Unal anttaepsta. 

Springfield, HI., Thoma* [1848] xUi, 245 p. 

SffUf, MBCO. SUNY: WI 480 CWMJW ^^ 

Oarrod, Lawreses »*sl, 1895- AnUbloUc 

and chemotherapy, by Lawrence P. Garrod and 
Francis O'Grady. 3d ed. Edinburgh, 
LlvlncEtone, 1971. lx, 49B p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-443-007*0-3. U. S. publisher: WUllama * 
Wllxina Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV ,50 G*4*a Iff 1^ ^ ^^ 

Garrod, Lawrsse* Pasl, «»*■ AaUblotle 

and chemotherapy by Lawrence P, Garrod and 
Francis O'Grady. Id ed. Baltimore. William* 
ud WUkm*, 1968. vllL 475 p. Ulu*, plates 
SBN 44^00547-8. First edlUon by M. Barber ud 
L. P. Garrod. „ __,_- 

MBCO: QV 150 G«43a 19*8 Clt. No. H014I 

Kucsrs, A. The u*e of antibiotics; a 
comprehenalve review with clinical empbaal*. 
phlladeiphU, Upplncott [el87»] Xl, 391 p. 
Ulu*. ISBN 0-397-58096-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 350 K851u I* 71 ^j^, 



12 



c 






ANTIHYPERTENSIVE AGENTS 






Luger, Alfred s»„ ed. Antibiotic treatment of 
venereal diseases. Basel, New York, Ksrger, 
1968. xt, 1*7 p. Ulus. (Current problem* In 
dermatology, v. JJ .,„„» 

DNLM: Wl CUB04L noJ 19M Clt. No. 147370 

Rubidomycin, * new agent against cancer, edited by 
J. Bernard fet *L) Berlin. New York. Springer, 
1909. zlv. iai p. UUia. (Recent results In 
cancer research, 10) 
DNLM: Wl BE1MP no.20 I98J 
MBCO: QZ 206 B4 v.20 IM» Clt. No. I1M40 

Smith, HUlaa. Antibiotics In clinical practice, 
London, Pitman Medical [19691 rz. 346 p. 
Ulus. 6BN 271-7931S-I. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 350 SMBa 1989 

Clt. No. 110333 

Smith, Hllla*. Antibiotic* In clinical practice. 
[2d ed.] Baltimore, William* and Wllktn*, 1972. 
U, 348 P. ISBN 683-07743-2. 
DNLM: QV 350 S*49a 1BTI Clt. No. 347644 

-THERAPEUTIC USE - CONGRESSES 

Changing patterns of bacterial infection* and 
antibiotic therapy; proceedings ot a symposium 
be Id In Let term an General Hospital, Sao 
Francisco. Call!.. T-8 May 1970. Editor: Harold O. 
Nea. [Amsterdam, Princeton} 1971. zlL 193 
p ulus. (Excerpt* medlca. International 
congress series, no, 228) ISBN 90-21B-01B3-X. 
DNLM: W3 EX89 no.223 1970 
MECO:ZW 1 E939 no.228 1970 C1L No. 303202 

ANTIBIOTICS, ANTIFUNGAL 

-THERAPEUTIC USB 

Pankey, George A. A manual ot antimicrobial 
therapy. Springfield, II., Thomas lcl&89] ix, 

149 P- ^„ 

DNLM, SUNY: QV 350 Pl»3m 18*9 

Clt. No. 224741 

ANTIBODIES 

Denson. K. W. E. The use of antibodies tn the 
study of blood coagulation. Oxford, Blaekwell 
[1967] in, 2** p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WB 910 D413u 1W7 Clt. No. 115604 

NossaL O. J. V. Antibodies and Immunity, New 

York, London, Bute Book* [1969] 238 p. Ulua. 
(Science and discovery series) 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 504 N897* 1*89 

C1L No. 177741 

.ANALYSIS 

NesUa, Roal'tf Solomonovieh. Biochemistry of 
antibodies. Translated from Russian by Michel C. 
Vale. Translation edited by Fred Karush. New 
York, Plenum Press, 1970. xill, 381 p. Illus. 
ISBN: 0-304-30430-9. Translation of Blokhlmlla 
antltel. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 570 N57M* 1970 

Clt. No. 284263 

-CONORESSSS 

Tissue Culture Association. Pbenotyplc 
expression: Immunological, biochemical, and 
morphological. A symposium organized by Dr. 
Milton N. Goldstein ... Sao Francisco, May 
31-June S, I960. Baltimore, Williams A Wilklns 
{1968?! zl, 170 p. Illus., port. (In vitro, v. 2) 
Includes abstracts of papers presented at the 
17tb annual meeting of the Tissue Culture 
Association, May 31-June 3, 19M. 
DNLM: Wl IN108 v.l 1968 Ot. No. 118023 

•ISOLATHM A FtnunCATION 

Neslln, BoaVd Solomonovieh. Biochemistry of 
antibodies. Translated from Russian by Michel C. 
Vale. Translation edited by Fred Karush. New 
York, Plenum Press, 1970. slit. 381 p. Illus. 
ISBN: 0-306-30430-9, Translation of Blokhlmlla 
antltel. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 870 NS7H> 1970 

Clt, No. 284263 

ANTIBODY FORMATION 

Neslln, Roal'd Solomon or! eh. Biochemistry of 
antibodies. Translated from Russian by Michel C. 
Vale. Translation edited by Fred Karush. New 
York, Plenum Press. IS70. xllt, 381 p. illus. 
ISBN: 0- SOt- 30430-9. Translation ot Blokhlmlla 
antltel. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 370 N575b 1970 

at No. **42*3 



Strauss, Alfred A., 1883- Immunologic 

resistance to carcinoma produced by 
electrocoagulation; baaed on fifty-seven years of 
experimental and clinical results. Springfield, 
HI., Thomas [ol9«9] zl, 221 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 26* S8721 1989 

Clt. No. 222572 

-CONGRESSES 

Nucleic sclds In Immunology: proceedings of s 
symposium, held at the Institute of Microbiology 
of Rutgers, the State University. Edited by Otto 
J. Plead* and Werner Brann. New York, 
Springer [cl968] xvil, 724 p. Ulus. The 
symposium was held from October 18th through 
lBth, 1967. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QW 504 N984 1987 

at. No. 185013 

ANTICOAGULANTS 

-THERAPEUTIC USE 

Jsqnes, Louis B. Anticoagulant therapy; 
pharmacological principles. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [ctses] xlil, 156 p. Illus. (American 
lecture series, no. 618. American lectures in 
hematology) „ 

DNLM: QV 193 J36a 1965 at. No. 53120 



ANTICONVULSANTS 



Woodbury, Dixon M., ed. Antieplleptic drugs. 
Editors: Dixon M. Woodbury, J. Kllfln Penry 
{and] Richard P. Schmidt. New York, Raven 
Press [cl972] xxlti, 536 p. lllu*. ISBN 
0-911^18- 2S-4 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: QV 85 W884a 1972 

Clt. No. 327142 

ANTIDEPRESSIVE AGENTS 

-THERAPEUTIC USE 

Cole, Jonathan Otis, 1925- ed. 

Pharmacotherapy cf depression; comp. and ed. by 
Jonathan O. Cole and J. R. Wlttenborn. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl9C8] xi, 189 p. 
Ulua. 
DNLM: WM 207 C8B9p 1938 at No. 87114 

ANTIDIABETICS 

•THERAPEUTIC USE 

Campbell, George Duncan. Oral hypoglycaemlc 
agents; pharmacology and therapeutics. London, 
New York, Academic Press, 1989. xvlli, 482 
p. Ulus. (Medicinal chemistry, v. 9) 
DNLM: Wl ME84 v.9 1989 Clt. No, 217651 

ANTIGEN-ANTIBODY REACTIONS 

Engle, Ralph L„ 1920- 
immunoglobullnopathies; Immunoglobulins, 
Immune deficiency *yndromes, multiple myeloma 
and related disorders, by Ralph L. Engle, Jr. and 
Lila A. Wallls. Springfield, III., Thomas lcl969] 
xt, 270 p. Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 
733. American lectures In Uving chemistry) 
DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: QW 570 E581 1969 

Clt. No. 207140 

Oncbterlony, Oerjan. Handbook of 

Immunodiffusion and Immunoelectrophoresis. 

With sppendlces by three other authorities, snd 

an equipment section. [Ann Arbor, Mich., Ann 

Arbor Science Publishers, 1968] Iv, 215 p. 

Ulus. 

DNLM: QW 525 OB3h 1968 

MBCO. SUNY: QW 525 083h 19*8 

Clt. No. 151*54 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Immu no pathology, 5 th, 
Funta Ala, 1987. Immunopathology. 
Mechanisms of inflammation Induced by Immune 
reactions. Edited by Peter A. Miescher land] 
Pierre Grabar. New York, Grune A Stratton 
[1967] 429 p. Ulus. Sponsored by F. 
Hoffmann- La Roche A Co. et ml. Includes 
summary of the WHO Conference on Use of 
AntlmetaboUtes In Disease Associstcd with 
Abnormal Immune Responses and the CIOS 
Conference on the Biochemistry of the Acute 
Allergic Reactions. 
DNLM: W3 IN919 19871 at. No. 223420 



Regulation of the antibody rsspozss, edited by 
Bernhard Cinader. Springfield, HI., Thomas 
[cl968] xll, 400 p. Ulus. Based on a 
symposium held Jan. 20-22, 1988 in Toronto. 
DNLM: QW 570 RS44 19*8 Ctt. No. 1S144S 

Symposium on Contribution* to the Fathogszesls 
and Etioloty of D* myelinating Diseases, Locarno, 
1967, Pathogenesis and etiology of 
demy eUna ting diseases. A symposium organized 
by Edith Pette and O. WestphaL Edited by 
Krystina Burdzy and P. Kelids. Basel, New 
York, Karger, 1989. xi, 701 p. Muz. 
(International archives of allergy and spplled 
Immunology, v. 3*. Addltamentum) 
MBCO. SUNY: WL 300 S986p 1987 

at Ko. M3ST8 

ANTIGENS 

Koldolvsky, Pavel. Tumor specific transplantation 
antigen. Berlin, New York. Springer. 1969, 74 
p. Ulua. (Recent results In cancer research, 23) 
Sponsored by the Swiss League against Cancer. 
DNLM: Wl RE106P v.22 1989 
MBCO: QZ 206 R4 v.22 1969 at No. 3x15*8 

Modern views on the ABO blood groups szd 
secretor status. Baltimore, Williams A Wilkin* 
Co., 1909. 82 p. (Series haematolegica, v. 2 
[no.] 1) Contents. - A tentative approach to 
variations In ABH and associated erythrocyte 
antigens, by Ch. Salmon. The ABO, secretor. snd 
Lewis systems: some aspects of the action of the 
secretor gene, by Jargon Andersen. 
DNLM: Wl SE718 v.2 no.l 1969 Clt No. 215677 

Peer*, Israel. Malignant tumors In organ 
transplant recipients. Berlin, New York. 
Sprinfier-Verlag, 1B70. 51 p. Ulus. (Recent 
results in cancer research, 35) ISBN 
3-540-05231-3. Sponsored by the Swiss League 
aealnst Cancer. Supported by U, S. PubUc 
Health Service Grants AM-06344, FR 00*51, 
AM-07772, AI 04152, FR 00069. AM-12148, snd 
AI-AH-08398. 

DNLM: Wl RE106P v.35 1970 
MBCO: QZ 20Q R4 v.35 1979 Clt. No. 25*135 

-CONGRESSES 

Cross-reacting antigens and neoanUfsas; With 
Implications for autoimmunity and cazcsr 
Immunity. A conference sponsored sty ths 
Committee on Tisane Transplantation, Division of 
Medical Sciences, National Academy of 
Sciences-National Research Council, Washing ton, 
D C 14-15 May 1987. Editor: John J. Trenttn. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wllkina, 1987. xvi. 122 
p Ulus. Supported by the Office of the 
Surgeon General, Dept. of the Army, Dept of the 
Navy and Dept. of the Air Force, Contract 
DA-49-193-MD 2077 snd the National InsUtutes of 
Health. PubUc Health Service Contract 
PH4i-t54-44, Task order no. 3. 
DNLM: QW 570 C951 1967 at. No. 1J21U 

International Symposium on Blood sad Tissue 
Antigens. University of MicMgan Medical Center, 
1963. Blood and tissue antigens, edited by 
David Amlnoff. New York, Academic Press, 
1970. six, 633 p. illus., port. Sponsored by 
the Simpson Memorial Institute and the Dept of 
Postgraduate Medicine of the University of 
Michigan In association with the Glycoaamlno 
Glycan Glycoprotein Group. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 570 I*5b 1969 

at No. 255245 

Tisane Culture Association. Phenotyplc 
expression; Immunological, biochemical, and 
morphological. A symposium organized by Dr. 
MUton N. Goldstein ... San Francisco, May 
31-June 3, 1966. Baltimore, William* At WUklza 
[1966?] xL 17* p. Ulus., port (In vitro, r. 2) 
Includes abstracts of papers presented st the 
17th annual meeting of the Tissue Culture 
Association. May 31-June S, 196*. 
DNLM: Wl IN10* v.2 19*8 at No. 118023 

ANTIHYPERTENSIVE AGENTS 

-CONGRESSES 

Gross, Fran, ed. Antlhyper tensive therapy, 
principles and practice; an international 
symposium. Proceedings, ed. by F. Gross with 
the assistance of S. R. NaegeU and A. H- 
Klrkwood. New York, Springer, 19**. Zlt, *32 
p. illus. Symposium held 28th June-3rd July, 
1965 and sponsored by aBA. Summaries) m 
En«Uah, French, and German. 
DNLM: WG 340 GS78a 1965 «t No. 5071* 



13 



ANTIHYPERTENSIVE AGENTS 






Hypertension: mechanisms and management; the 
twenty-sixth II a It i! em ana c ympnilum. Edited by 
Gaddo Onesti, Kwan Eun KJm [and] John H. 
Moyer. New York, Grune & Stralton [cl973] 
xxv, 902 p. ilius. ISBN 0-8089-0790-5. 
Sympoilum held In 1971. 
DNLM, MBCO: WO 340 H9956 1971 

CU. No. 377565 

.THERAPEUTIC USB - CONGRESSES 

Ctupm tn hypertension; a symposium held at the 
Royal College of Surgeons of England, March, 
1989. Edited oy Matthew E. Conolly, London, 
Butterworth [cl970] x, 245, 31 p. ilius. 
ISBN 0-407-130W-X. 
DNLM. SONY: WG 340 C357 19*9 

Clt. No. 254716 

ANTI-INFECTIVE AGENTS 

Hedgecock, L. W. Antimicrobial agents. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger [1987] xl, 232 p. 
lltui. (Medical technology. 1987, 3) 
DNLM: Wl ME518G 1967 no.3 CU. No. 134856 

•THERAPEUTIC USE 

Kagan, Benjamin Milton, 1913- 
Antlmicrobial therapy by Benjamin M. Kagan, 
with contributions by 48 authorities. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. xv. £00 p. lllui. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 250 Klla 1970 

Clt. No. 216602 

Seneca, Harry, 1909- Biological bait* of 

chemotherapy of infections and infestation*. 
Philadelphia, Davis [C1971] xt, 1180 p. ISBN 
0-8036- 7790-1. 
DNLM, SUNT: QV 250 S475b 1971 

Clt. No. 2540 10 

ANTI-INFLAMMATORY AGENTS 

.CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Ocular Anti-Inflammatory Therapy. 
University of Florida, 1970. Sympoilum on 

Ocular Anti-Inflammatory Therapy, edited by 
Herbert E. Kaufman. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[el97'.>] xlv, 272 p. lllus. Sponsored by the 
National Eye Institute, under the aegis of It* 
Ocular Pharmacology Task Force. 
DNLM. SUNY: WW 169 S989* 1970 

Clt. No. 238127 

ANTIMALARIALS 

■PHARMACODYNAMICS 

Peters, Wallace, 1924- Chemotherapy and 

drug resistance la malaria. London, New York, 
Academic Precs. 1970. xvl, 876 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-12-552750-0. "Referencel": p. 688-768, 
804- 818, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 256 F483c 1970 

Clt No. 281420 

■PHARMACODYNAMICS - BIBL. 

Peters, Wallace, 1924- Chemotherapy and 

drug resistance tn malaria. London, New York, 
Academic Press, 1970. xvl, 876 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-12-552750-0. "Referencel": p. 608- 768, 
804-818. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 258 F483c 1970 

Clt. No. 281420 



ANTIMETABOLITES 



Roy-Barman, P. Analogue! of nucleic add 
component* ; mechanisms of action, Berlin, New 
York Sprlncer-Verlag, 1970. x, 111 p. (Recent 
results in cancer rciearch, 25) Sponsored by 
the Swiss League against Cancer. 
DNLM: Wl RE106P v.25 1970 
MBCO; QZ 206 R4 v.23 1970 Clt. No. 240475 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium ok Iraraunopatbology, 5th, 
Pasta Ala, 1987. Immunopathology 
Mechanisms of Inflammation Induced by immune 
reactions. Edited by Peter A. Mlescher [anJ] 
Pierre Grabar, New York, Grune A Stratton 
[1967] 429 p. lllus. Sponsored by F. 
Hoffmann- La Roche A- Co. et al. Include* 
iunimary of the WHO Conference on Use of 
Antimetabolites In Disease Associated with 
Abnormal Immune Response* and the CIOS 
Conference on the Biochemistry of the Acute 
Ailcrslc Reaction*. 
DNLM: W3 IN919 19671 Clt. No. 7.13420 



14 



ANTINEOPLASTIC AGENTS 

Meek, Edward S. Antltumour and antiviral 
substances of natural origin. Berlin, New York, 
Springer. Verlag, 1970. 78 p. (Recent retulta 
in cancer reearch, 28] Sponsored by Swiss 
League against Cancer. 
DNLM: Wl RE106P V.28 1970 
MBCO: QZ 208 R4 v.28 1970 at. No. 344217 

-CONGRESSES 

Brad sky, bad ore. 1930- ed. Cancer 

chemotherapy; basic and clinical application*; the 

fifteenth Hahnemann symposium. Editors: 

laadore Brodsky [and] S. Benham Kahn. 

Consulting editor: John U. Moyer, 1H. New 

York, Grune & Stratton [C1S67] xlL 348 p. 

lllus. 

DNLM: QZ 267 B866C 1987 Clt. No. 104400 

International Congress of Chemotherapy, 8th, 
Tokyo, 1969. Progress In antimicrobial and 
anticancer chemotherapy; proceedings ... 
Baltimore, University Park Press, 1970. 2 v. 
lllu*. SBN 8391-0033-7. 
DNLM: WS IN351 1989p CU. No. 261103 

Jelllffe, Anthony Michael, ed. Natulan 
(Ibenjmelbyzln) ed. by A. M. Jelliffe and John 
Marks. Report of the proceeding! of a 
symposium held at Downing College, Cambridge, 
on 22 June 1903, sponsored by Roche Products, 
ltd. Bristol, Wright, 1905. xl, 71 p. ilius. 
DNLM: QZ 257 J48n 1965 Clt. No. 41070 

-PHARMACODYNAMICS 

Brodsky, Isadore, 1930- ed. Cancer 

chemotherapy; basic and clinical applications; the 
fifteenth Hahnemann sviii'iosium. Editors: 
laadore Brodsky [and] S. Ecnham Kahn. 
Consulting editor: John H. Mayer, III. New 
York, lii-une A Stratton [cl9(i7] xil, 348 p. 
ilius. 
DNLM: QZ 287 BSSSc 1967 Clt. No. 1044C0 

-THERAPEUTIC USE 

Anifleld, Fred J., 1910- Chemotherapy of 

disseminated solid tumors. Springfield, 111., 

Thomas [clSGfi] xll, 128 p. lllua. 
DNLM: QZ 267 A618c 1908 Cit. No. 65440 

Ansfleld, Pred J„ 1910- Chemotherapy of 

malignant neoplasms. 2d ed. Sprlngiield, 111., 
Thorns* [C1973] xiv, 313 p. lllus, ISBN 
6-3 S 3-0 25 70- 3. First edition has title: 
Chemotherapy of disseminated solid tumors. 

DNLM, SUNY: QZ 267 A618c 1973 

Cit. No. 35T161 

Boesen, Evelyn. Cytotoxic drugs In the treatment 
of cancer [bv] Evelyn Boesen and Walter Davis. 
London, Arnold (1939] Dc, 208 p. illuj. SBN 
7131-414&-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 237 E372c 1989 

Clt. No. 214217 

Clinical cancer chemotherapy Including ambulatory 
infusion, trom the Lahey Clinic foundation, 
Boston, Massachusetts. Edited by Robert D. 
SaiUvan. Springfield, III., Thomas [C1970] all, 
314 p. IHus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QZ 267 C841 1970 

CU. No. 261074 

Rubldomycln, a new agent against cancer, edited by 
i, Bernard [et al.] Berlin, New York, Springer, 
1969. xlv, 181 p. lllus. (Recent results In 
cancer research, 20) 
DNLM: Wl RE106P no.20 1969 
MBCO: QZ 206 R4 v.20 1969 Clt. No. 216440 

-THERAPEUTIC USE - CONGRESSES 

Boerhaave Course on Cancer Chemotherapy, 
Leyden, 1970. Cancer chemotherapy. Edited by 
F. Elkerbout, P. Thomas, and A. Zwavellng. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wilklna, 1971. Jilt, 410 
p. lllus. (Boerhaave aeries for postgraduate 
medical education.) ISBN 90-6021-098-0. 
Proceedings of the Boerhaave courses given la 
September 1970 and organised by the Faculty of 
Medicine, University of Leiden. 
DNLM: QZ 267 B671e 1970 Clt. No, 304175 



ANTIPARKINSON DRUGS 

-CONGRESSES 

Progress in the treatment of Parkinsonism. Edited 
by D. B. Calne. New York, Raven Press [cl973] 
xlv, 328 p. (Advances in neurology, v. 3) ISBN 
0-911216-49-9. Papers presented at a symposium 
held at the Royal Postgraduate Medical School, 
London, on January 5 and 6, 1973. 
DNLM: Wl AD6S4U v.3 1973 
MBCO: WL 3S9 P944 1973 
XNLM: [WL 359 P964 1973] Clt. No. 402174 

ANTISEPSIS 

Aseptic entironment* and cancer treatment, edited 
by Georges Msthe. Berlin, New York, 
Springer-Verlag, 1970. 52 p. illua. (Recent 
results in cancer research, 29) 
DNLM: Wl RElOcP no.29 1970 
M3CO: QZ 206 K+ v.29 1970 Clt. No. 255018 

Cohn, Isidore, 1S8S- Intestinal antisepsis. 

Springfield, HI., Thoma* (1668] alii, 245 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: Wl 480 C67B1 1968 

Clt. No. 171056 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Seeder, Marie M. Introduction to asepsis; * 
programmed unit in fundamental* of nursing. 
Rev. ed. [New York] Published for the Dept. 
of'Nurtlng Education by Teacher* College Press, 
Columbia Univ. [1967, cl9a4] 275 p. lllus. 
(Nursing education monographs) lit ed. Issued . 
a.i no. 3 of the numbered series of Nursing 
education monographs. 
DNLM: WO 113 S4511 1964 Clt. No. 212100 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Serdor, Marie M. In vductlon to asepsis; a 

programmed unit Ln fundamentals of nursing. 
Rev. ed. [New York] Published for the Dept. 
of Nursing Education by Teachers College Press, 
Columbia Univ. [196/, c!964] 275 p. lllus. 
(Nursing educatlan rojsojrapns) 1st ed. issued 
ai no. 3 of the numbered series ot Nursing 
education monographs. 
DNLM: WO 113 S45U 1964 Clt. No. 212 100 

ANTITUBERCULAR AGENTS 

Cohei, Archibald Clinton, 1909- The drug 

treatment of tuberculosis. Springfield, I1L 
Thomas [clBea] xl, 184 p. ilius. 
DNLM: WF 200 C678d 1966 Clt. No. 62336 

ANTIVIRAL AGENTS 

M' , Edward S. Antltumour and antiviral 

substances of natural origin, Berlin, New York, 

Sprinper-Verlag, 1970. 78 p. (Recent result* 

In cancer reearch, 23) Sponsored by Swiss 

Ltssue sgalnst Cancer, 

DNLM: Wl RE106P v.28 1970 

MBCO: QZ 208 R4 v.28 1970 Clt- No. 244117 

ANUS 

-SURGERY 

Abdomen and rectum and aru*. Edited by Charles 
Rob, Rodney Smith acd Sir Clifford Nauaton 

Morgan. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Llpplncott 
[1S33] 2 v. lllua. (Rob, Charles, ed. 
Operative *urgery, v. 4-5) 
DNLM: WO 500 R6280 v. 4-5 1969 

C1L No. 212240 

ANUS DISEASES 

Morton, Basil C, Ml. Diseases of the colon, 
rectum and anu*. London, Helnemann [1969] 
xlli, 314 p. lllus. (Tutorials in g ost graduate 
medicine, v. 1) SBN 433-22380-4: 
DNLM: Wl TU989 t.1 1969 Clt. No. 234560 

Tnrell, Robert, ed. Disease* of the colon and 
anorectum. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1969. 2 v. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: Wl 400 T934d 1969 

Clt. No 215617 

ANXIETY 

Fischer, William T. Theories ot anxiety. Nnw 
York, Harper A Row [C1970] all, 174 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WM 172 F529t 1970 Clt No, 237351 



( 



c 



ARRHYTHMIA 






Vaiil, Gordon L Insight vs. 

desensltizatlon In psychotherapy; an experiment 
In anxiety reduction. Stanford, Calif., Stanford 
Univ. PreM, I960. 148 p. Supported In part 
by Fellowship no. 1 Fl MH-19. 873-01. from the 
National Institute of Mental Health, Public Health 
Service, and In part by the Cooperative Research 
Program of the Office of Education, V. S. Dept. 
of Health, Education, and Welfare, Contract no. 
4-10-030, Project S-006. 
DNLM; TO 172 P3241 1968 Clt. No. 44587 

-DRUG THERAPY 

Lehmann, Betas Ed car, 1911- 
Pharmaeotherapy of temlon and anxiety, by 
Heinz E. Lehmann and Thomas A. Ban. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [el970] vll, 129 p. 
(American lecture series, no. 788. American 
lectures In objective psychiatry) 
DNLM: WM 172 L523p 1970 Cit, No. 267112 

-THERAPY 

Jacobnon, Edmund, 1888- Modern 

treatment of tense patients; including the 
neurotic and depressed with case illustrations, 
follow-ups, and EMG measurements. 
Sprlr -field, III., Thomas [C1970J xxvlll. 452 



DN? 



MBCO, SUNY: WM 172 J17m 1970 

Clt. No. 132357 



AORTA 

-ABNORMALITIES 

Klmkbamer, A. C. Esophagojrraphy In anomalies 
of the aortic arch system. Amsterdam, 
Excerpta Mcdlca Foundation, 1353. ix, 123 p. 
lllus. (Excerpta medlca monograph) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 220 K68e 1939 

at. No. 207S01 

Shuford, Wade H„ 1925- The aortic arch 

and lis malformations; with emphasis on the 
angiographic features, by Wade H. Shuford and 
Robert G. Sybers. Springfield, 111-, Thomas 
[C1974] xxil, 2S4 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-393-02354-0. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WG 410 S562a 1974 

Cit. No. 402157 

AORTA, THORACIC 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Cornell, Steven H., 1928- The 

roentgenograph^ diagnosis of diseases of the 
thoracic aorta. Springfield. 111., Thomas [cl973] 
xl. 234 p. lllus. ISBN 0-398-02887-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 410 C814r 1973 

Clt. No. 364667 

AORTIC VALVE 



Prosthetic replacement of the aortic valve, by 
Lester R. Sauvare let 3 1.] Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [c!972] xlv, 217 p. lllus. 



DNLM: WG 188 PS68 1972 

AORTOGRAPHY 



Clt. No. 314482 



Schrelber, Melryn H. t 1931- Intravenous 

abdominal aortography and placentography, by 
Melvyn H. Schreiber [et al.J Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1967] 57 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 410 S3781 1967 Clt. No. 104073 

Shuford, Wade H„ 1925- The aortic arch 

and Its malformations; with emphasis on the 
angiographic features, by Wade H. Shuford and 
Robert G. Sybers. Springfield. 111., Thomas 
[el 974] xxil, 284 p, lllus. ISBN 
0-398-02854-0. 
DNLM, biBCO, SUNY: WG 410 S562a 1974 

at. No. 402157 

APHASIA 

Brain, Walter Russell, 1895- Speech 

disorders: aphasia, apraxla, and agnosia. 2d ed. 
London, Butterworth, 1965. 201 p. lllus., ports. 
DNLM: WL 340 B8 14s 1965 Clt. No. 40235 






Crltchley, MacDonald. Aphaalology and other 
aspects of language. London, Arnold [1970] 
Ix. 405 p. lllus. SBN 7131-4158-1. U. S. 
publisher: Williams & Wllkins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM,, SUNY: WL 340 C934a 1970 

Clt. No. Z45212 

APHORISMS AND PROVERBS 

Straus, Maurice Benjamin, 1904- ed. 

Familiar medical quotations. [1st ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown [C1968] xlx. 968 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WZ 309 S912f 1968 

Clt. No. 150324 

Tripp, Rbods Thomas. The international 

thesaurus of quotations. New York, Crowell 

[C1970J 10H3 p. ISBN 0-690-445i:4-9. 

DNLM: PN 8031 T3381 1970 Clt. No. 251243 

APPOINTMENTS AND SCHEDULES 

Stryker, Ruth Pcrtn. The hospital ward clerk. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. vlll, 179 p. lllus. 
SBN 8016-4828-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WX 159 S923h 1970 

at. No. 235054 

APRAXIA 

Brain, Walter Russell, 1895- Speech 

disorders: aphasia, apraxla, and agnosia. 2d ed. 
London, Butterworth, 19fi5. 201 p. lllus., ports. 
DNLM: WL 340 BBUs 1985 Cit. No. 4023 j 

APTITUDE TESTS 

Cowles Education Corporation. How to pass 
dental aptitude test. New York [cl937) 359 
p. lllus. (Score-hJ;;h exam book) 1968 ed. 
Issued by the College Publishing Corporation. 
DNLM: WU 18 CC75h 1BG7 Cit. No. 142750 

ARCHITECTURE 

Goldsmith, Selwyn. Designing for the disabled. 
2d ed., rev. and expanded. London, Royal 
Institute of British Architects, 1987. 207 p. 
lltus. 
DNLM: WA 795 G624d 1987 Clt. No. 128447 

Good, Lawrence R., ed. Therapy by design; 
implications of architecture for human behavior, 
cocip. and ed. by Lawrence R. Good [et al.) 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1965] x, 193 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: BF 638 G648t 1965 Clt. No. 10644 

ARGIN1NE 

Wo Is ten holme, Gordon Elhelbrrt Ward, ed. 

Comparative biochemistry of argtnine and 
derivatives; In honour of J. Roche. Ed. by G. E. 
W. Wolstenholme and Margaret P. Cameron. 
Boston, Little, Brown, 1935. 103 p. (Clba 
Foundation studv group, no. 19) 
DNLM: W3 C181 no.19 1985 Clt. No. 35217 

ARM 

Hale, Meredith S„ 1927- ed. A practical 

approach to arm pain. [Contributors: William E. 
Bti rich a Iter et at.] Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1971] xl, 103 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 805 H168p 1971 Clt. No. 265811 

ARM INJURIES 

Anderson, Miles Harrison, 1910- Upper 

extremities orthotics, written and illustrated by 
Miles H. Anderson. Ed. by Raymond E. Sollars. 
Technical consultant*;: John J. Bray [et al.] 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [01935} xlv, 460 p. 
lllus. 1958 ed. has title: Functional bracing of 
the upper extremities. 
DNLM: WE 172 qA548f 1965 Clt. No. 36011 

ARRHYTHMIA 

Arrhythmias: Leonard S. Dreifus, ruest editor. 

Philadelphia, Davis [CI970] xl, 313 p. lllus. 
(Card to vascular clinic*, v. X, no. 2) ISBN 
0-8038- 28 90- 0. 
DNLM: Wl CA77N v.2 no.2 1970 at. No. 251747 

Belief, Samuel, 1899- Clinical disorders of 

the heart beat. 3d ed., thoroughly rev. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger. 1971. x. 1317 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-8121.0307-8. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WG 330 B442C 1971 

Clt. No. 27476J 



Phibb*, Brendan Peine, 1916- The cardiac 

arrhythmias. 2d ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1973. 
vll, 205 p. lllus. ISBN 0-8016-3910-7. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 330 P543c 1973 

at. No. 371868 

Phillips, Raymond E., tflJO- The cardiac 

rhythms; a systematic approach to Interpretation 
[by] Raymond E. Phillips [and] Mary K. Feeuey, 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. vllL 354 p. lllus, 
ISBN 0-7216-7220-5, 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 202 P362c 1973 

at. No. 377167 

Sehamrath, Leo. The disorders of cardiac 
rhythm. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific 
Publications [1971] xvll, 623 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-632-033. HS-X. Distributed In the U. S. by Davis 
Co., Philadelphia. Bibliography: p. [607J-62S. 



DNLM, SUNY: WG 330 S299d 1971 



at. No. 313716 



-CONGRESSES 



Dreifus, Leonard 8., 1924- ed. Mechanisms 

and therapy of cardiac arrhythmias; the 
fourteenth Hahnemann symposium. Editors: 
Leonard S. Dreifus [and] William Llkoff; 
associate ed.: John H. Moyer. New York, Grune 
& Strstton [C1953] xlv, 704 p. lllus. 
Sponsored hy the Hahnemann Medical College 
and Hospital of Philadelphia, 
DNLM: WG 330 D772rn 19U3 Clt. No. 65073 

Symposium on Cardiac Arrhythmias, Hels!sur#r, 

Denmark, 1970. Symposium on Cardiac 
Arrhythmtan, Elalnore, Denmark, April 23-25, 
U:TU. LJlted by Erix Sandpe. Ellen 
Fleneted- Jensen [and] Kriud H. Olesen. 
Sodertaije, Sweden. Astra [1972?] 826 £». lllus. 



DNLM: WG 330 S989i 1970 
-DIAGNOSIS 



at. No. 367657 



Bellet, Samuel, 1899- Essentials of cardiac 

arrhvthmlas: diagnosis and management. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. xil, 458 p. lllus. 
ISDN 0-721 e-1692-5. 
DNLM, MUCO, SUNY: WG 330 B442e 1972 

Clt. No. 341171 

Dreifus, Leonard S., 1924- ed. Mechanisms 

and therapy of cardiac arrhythmias: the 
fourteenth Hahnemann symposium. Editors: 
Leonard S. Dreifus [and] William Llkoff; 
aBsociFite ed.: John H. Moyer. New York, Grune 
6c Stratton [clBCo] xlv, 704 p. ilius. 
Sponsored by the Hahnemann Medical College 
and Hospital of Philadelphia. 
DNLM: WG 330 D772m 1968 at. No. 65073 

Lindsay, Alan E., 1923- The cardiac 

arrhythmias; an approach to their 
electrocardiographic recognition [by] Alan E. 
Lindsay [and] Alberto Budkln. Chicago, Year 
Book Medlc.il Publishers [C1989] 155 p. lllus. 
SBN 8151-5427-5. 
DNLM. SUNY: WG 330 L748c 1969 

at. No. 13170* 

Stock, J. P. P. Diagnosis and treatment of 
cardiac arrhythmias. 2d ed. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [C1970J xl, 271 p. 
lllus. 1SN 0-4Q7-l475l- 1 9. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 330 S884d 1970 

Cit No. 246316 

-DRUG THERAPY 

Moss, Arthur James, 1914- Antiarrhythmic 

agents, by Arthur J. Moss and Robert D. Patton. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1973] xl, 161 p. 
ilius. ISBN 0-398-02622-X. 
DNLM: QV 150 M913a 1973 Clt No. 353550 . 

-NURSING TEXTI 

Conover, Mary H. Cardiac arrhythmias; exercises 
in pattern Interpretation. St. Louis, Mosby, 
1974. xl, 291 p. lllus. ISBN 0-80 16-1023-0. 

DNLM, SUNY: WY 152.5 C753c 1974 

Cit. No. 407142 

Meltzer, Lawrence Edward. Intensive coronary 
care; a manual for nurses. [By] Lawrence E. 
Meltier, Rose Plnneo [and] J. Roderick Kltchell. 
Bev. ed. Philadelphia, Charles [c!970] vi. 230 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 300 M52SI 1970 at. No. 331177 



15 






ARRHYTHMIA 



Meltier, Lawrrwce Edward. Intensive coronary 

ore: a msniml for nurtes (by] Lawrence E. 
Meltzer [el al.] [Philadelphia} CCU rund, 
Presbyterian Hospital In Philadelphia [C1985J 
2Qi ii p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 300 MSM1 16*5 CIt. No. 35673 

-PATHOLOGY 

Darin, M. J. Pathology of conducting tissue of 
the heart. New York, Appieton-Century-Crofti 
rcWM vll, 199 P. UIus. ISBN 0-390-25+47-9. 
SUNY: WG 330 D25Sp 1971 Clt. No. 301060 

-THERAPY 

Bellet. Samuel, 1899- Ewen ttali of cardiac 

arrhythmia*: diagnosis and management. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. all, 458 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-72181692-5. 
DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WG 330 B442e 1872 

Clt. No. 341171 

Drelfn*, Leonard S„ 19M- e«- Mechanism* 

and therapy of cardiac arrhythmia*; the 
fourteenth Hahnemann symposium. Editors: 
Leonard S. Dreifus {and] William Llkoff; 
associate ed.: John H. Moycr. New York, Grime 
& Stratum [clfiSS] xlv, 704 p. Mui. 
Spomored by the Hahnemann Medical College 
and Hospital of Philadelphia. 
DNLM: WG 330 D772m 1908 Clt. No. 85073 

Meitctr, Lawrence Edward, ed. Textbook of 
coronary care. Editor*: Lawrence E. Meltzer 
[andj Arend J. Dunning. Philadelphia, Charlei 
Press, 1972. xvltl, 820 p. lllui. ISDN 
0-913438-11-8. Bibliography: p. \ 775] -COS. 



DNLM: WG 300 M528t 1B72 



Clt. No. 368051 



Stock, 3. P. P. Diagnoils and treatment of 
cardiac arrhythmia*. 2d ed. New York, 
Apoleton-Century-Crofti [C1970] xl, 271 p. 
lllui. ISN 0-407-14751-9. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 330 S8«d 1970 

Clt. No. 248316 

ART 

Plckford, Ralph William. Studies In psychiatric 
art; iti piychodynamlca, therapeutic value, and 
relationship to modern art. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1887] xix, 340 p. lllus. 
DNLMlWM 49 PS37i 1957 Clt. No. 144Z61 

Pollock, Jackson, 1912-1958. Psychoanalytic 
drawlngi. Text by C. L. Wysuph. New York, 
Horizon Prew [C1970] 123 p. (chiefly tttus.) 
ISBN 0-B1SO-01I5-1. 
DNLM: WZ 313 P778p 1970 Clt. No. 250416 

ARTERIES 

Sierman, Howard Richard, 1915- Selective 

arterial catheterization; diagnostic, therapeutic 
and lnve*tli;ative. Springfield, 111., Thomai 
[CJ989) xlli, 802 p. Ulu*. (American lecture 
■erlei no. 727, American leeturei la tumours} 
DMLM MBCO: WO 500 B5S8l 1969 

Clt. No. 201325 

Richards, Robert L, Peripheral arterial dlieaie; a 
physicians'! approach. Edinburgh, Llvlngitone, 
1970. vll, 128 p. lllui., port SBN 
443-00892-X. U. S. publliher: WUUams 8c 
Wilklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WG 510 H517p 1970 Clt. No. 237063 

■PHYSIOLOGY 

Strandness, D. E., I9«- Peripheral arterial 

disease; a physiologic approach. t l«t ed.] 
Boiton, Little. Brown [C1969] x, 285 p. Ului. 
SBN 7000-Q182-X. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY; WG S10 S897p 1969 

Clt. No. 214178 

•SURGERY 

Barker, WHey PrankUa, 1919- Peripheral 

arterial dUease. Philadelphia. Saunders, 1968. 
xiv, 229 p. lllus., port. (Major problemi In 

.Clinical surgery, v. 4> 

DNLM: Wl MA492R v.4 1966 Clt. No. 57551 

Class*. Roy H., 1923? Remediable arterial 

dlieaie (by J Roy H. Clauas (and] Walter Rediieh. 
New York. Grune * Stratton [C1971] x. IBS 
p. lllus, ISBN 0-8089-0724-7, 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 168 C818r 1971 

Clt. No. SOM1S 



Kastcott, H. H. G. Arterial surgery. 
PhUadelphl*, Lipplncott (1969] vll, 412 p. 

uiu*. 

DNLM: WG 168 E13a 1969 Clt. No. 221642 

Strandness, D. E, 1928- Peripheral arterial 

disease; a physiologic approach. [let ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [CIS69] x, 285 p. lllus. 
SBN 7000-0 162-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 510 S897p 1969 

Clt. No. 214178 

.SURGERY - ATLASES 

Dong en, Relnier Johannes A at o elm Maria vas. 

Photographic atlas of reconstructive arterial 
surgery. Leiden, Kroeee, i570. xv, 357 p. 
lilua. Published in U. S. by Springer-Verlag, 
New York. 
DNLM: WG 17 D682p 1970 Clt. No. 243201 

-SURGERY - CONGRESSES 

National Conference on Management of Occlusive 
Arterial Disease, NasbTille, 1870. Management 
of arterial occlusive disease. Felted by W. 
Andrew Dale. Chicago, Ye;r Book Medical 
PoblLs-herc [C1971] xlii, 50d p. lllus. ISBN 
0-8151-2^13-ti. Sponsored by the VanderblH 
University School of Medicine and other agencies. 

DNLM, MBCO: WG 168 N272m 1970 

Cit. No. 306281 



ARTERIOSCLEROSIS 



Physical ;sctirtty and aging; with special reference 
to the effect of exercise an] tritaJa* on the 

natur.U history of arterlcr.t Orotic heart disease. 

ECIltd by D. BmBKer and E. iokl. New York, 

Basel, Kroner. 1970. a, 315 p. Ulu*. (Medicine 

and snort, v.4) ISBN: 0-8391-0023-0 

DNLM: Wl ME549P V.4 1970 

MtCO: QT 260 M489 v.4 1970 Clt. No. 237525 

Schettler, Gottbard, ed. Atheroscleroii*; 

pathology, physiology, aetiology, diagnosis, and 
clinical roanacement, edited by F. G. Schettler 
and G. S. E<jyd. Amsterdam, New York, 
Elrevler, 19*9. XX, 1029 p. lllus. SBN 
444-4CS33-1. "A substantial part of the material 
contained In this volume first appeared In the 
German book: G. Schettler (Ed.). Arterloskleroie, 
Georg Thleme Verla", Stuttgart, 1S31 and lias 
been incorporated after revision and updating." 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 550 S327ab 1969 

Clt. No. 201540 

-CONGRESSES 

Atherosclerosis and coronary heart disease; the 
twetty- fourth Hahnemann symposium. Edited by 
Willir.m Ltioff, Bernard L, Sti-al [and] William 
Ini'Jil, Jr., under the general editorship ol John 
H. Moyer. New York, Grune ft Stratton [cl972] 
Xvllt, 532 p. iilui. ISBN O-80S9-0764-6. 

DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WG SCO A883 1972 

Cit. No. S34530 

International Symposium on Atherosclerosis, 2d, 

Chicago, 1969. Atherosclerosis: proceeding* of 
the second International (lymposlum. Edited by 
Richard J. Jones. New York, Sprlnger-Verlag. 
1970. xxjtll. 706 p. lllus. Sponsored by the 
Scientific Council on Atheroscleroii* and 
Ischemic Heart Disease and the Scientific Council 
on Epidemiology and Prevention of the 
International Society of Cardiology, and other 
agencies. 
DNIJH: W3 IN916AG 1969a Clt. No. 585431 

-ENZYMOLOGY 

Kirk, John Esben. Emymes of the arterial wall. 
New York, Academic Press [cl969] xlv, 494 
p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 135 K59e 1989 

Clt No. 221682 

-METABOLISM 

Enselme, Jeaa. Unsaturated fatty add* In 
at heroicl email. Translated by R. D. Plummer. 
2d ed. Oxford. New York, Pergamoh Press 
(1989] lx, 163 p. lllus, (International series of 
monographs In pure and applied biology. 
DlvUlon: Modern trendi in phyalologlcal science*, 
v. 18) 
MBCO, SUNY: WG 550 E59t) 1969 

Clt. No. 235182 



-SURGERY - CONGRESSES 

Nstlonsl Conference on Majuaamaat of Occlusive 
Arterial Disease, Nashville, 1970. Management 
of arterial occlusive disease. Edited by W. 
Andrew Dale. Chicago. Year Book Medical 
Publishers tel971] sill, 506 p. Ului. ISBN 
0-3151-2213-6. Sponsored by the VanderblH 
University School of Medicine and other agencies. 

DNLM, MBCO: WG 163 NzTlm 1970 

OL No. 306261 

-VETERINARY 

Roberts, James Christy, 1928- ed. 

Comparative atherosclerosis; the morphology of 
spon Une jus and induced atherosclerotic lesion* 
In animals and it* relation to human disease, by 
50 authors. Ed. by Jame* C. Roberta, Jr. and 
Reuben Straus, with Miriam S. Cooper, editorial 
associate. New York, Harper h Row [C1965] 
xxl, 428 p. illus. An expanaion of the material 
presented at a conference on comparative 
atherosclerosis, held January 1964. 
DNLM: SF 311 B645c 1985 Clt. No. 37181 

ARTERIOSCLEROSIS OBLITERANS 

-SURGERY 

Cannon, Jack Arlo, 1919- A current 

technique of aortolllac and femoropopllteal 
endarterectomv for oblHerative atherosclerosis. 
Sprtnrfieid, lit, Thomas [C1365] lx, 54 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WG 550 C22Gc 1365 Cit. No. 45653 

ARTERIOVENOUS FISTULA 

Ham by, Wallace Bernard, 1903- 
Carottd-cavumous fistula. Springfield, 111., 
Thomns [clUCS] lx, 139 p. illus. 
DNLM: WG 580 H199C 1S88 Clt. No. 55651 

Holraaa, Emila, 1890- Abnormal 

arteriovenous communications; peripheral and 
Intracardiac, acquired and congenital. [2d ed., 
rev.] Sprlnpfieid, 111., Thomas [C1968] x, 245 
p. lilua., parts. First cd. ha* title: 
Arteriovenous aneurysm; abnormal 
communication! between the arterial and venou* 
circulations. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 580 H747a 1988 

Clt. No. 173415 

Slufter-Ertxtsa, H. Pulmonary arterlovenoui 
fistula; a case-finding itudy and cllnico-laboratory 
analyeia of 27 eai«>s [by] H. Slulter-Eringa and H. 
J. Sluiter. Aasen, Van Gorkum, 1969. xL 128 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WF 600 S634p 1969 

Clt. No. 207731 

-CONGENITAL 

Goldanlrh, lulo Pederleo. Vascular hamartoma* 
and anglodyiplaslas of the extremitle*, by Italo 

Ferierico Goidaalch and Mario Campanaccl. 
Sprmrflcld, 111., Thomaa [cl968] si, 318 p. 
Ulus. Translation of Amartoml vascularl e 
anpiodlsplasle degll artl. 
DNLM: WG 500 G615a 1968 Clt. No. 164024 



( 



ARTHRITIS 



Adams, John Crawiford. , Arthrltl* and back pain, 
Baltimore, University Park Pre** [1972] 200 

p. illus. ISBN O-B391-0576-2. 

DNLM: WE 344 A214a 1972 Clt. No. 150553 

Copemaa, William Bydrey Charles, 1900- *d. 

Textbook of tlie rheumatic dlaeaie*. 4th ed. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone [C1969) xlL 959 p. 
lllus. SBN 443^00130-8. U. S. publisher; 
William* A WUkttt* Co.. Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 140 C782te 1969 

Clt. No. 176443 

Oolding, Dong las N. A synopsis of rheumatic 
disease*. Baltimore, Williams * Wilklns [cl9M] 
vlll, 192 p. Imprint on mounted label. 
Original publisher: Wright. Bristol, 1986. 
DNLM: WE 140 G6I3s 1966 at No. T0050 

Hollander, Joseph Lee, 1910- «d. Arthrttls 

and alUed condition*; ■ textbook of 
rheumatology. Editor: Jo*eph Lee Hollander. 
Section editors; Edward W. Boland [et al.] 
Contributing editor*: Nathan R. Abrams [et aLJ 
7th ed. Philadelphia, Lea 4k Febiger, 198*. 
1355 p. Ului. 
DNLM: WE 344 H737a 1968 Clt, No, 50854 



( 



16 






ASPERGILLUS 






Hollander, Joseph Lee, 1910- ed. Arthritis 

end allied condition*; a textbook of 
rheumatology. Editor-in-chief: Joseph Lee 
Hollander; associate editor; Daniel J. McCarty. 
8th ed. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1972. 
xxll, 1593 p. Illus. ISBN 0-8121-0392-0. 

DNLM, MBCO, SONY: WE 344 H737a 1972 

Cit. No. 341704 

Mason, Michael, ed. Clinical rheumatology. 
Edited by Michael Mason and H. L. F. Currey. 
Philadelphia, Llpplncott 11970] xlv, 343 p. 
illui. ISBN 0-272-79335-3. Originally published 
in London by Pitman Medical at Scientific Pub. 
Co. under title: An Introduction to clinical 
rheumatology. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 300 M411c 1970 

Cit. No. 247404 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Forrester, D. M., 1937- The radiology of 

joint disease (by) D. M. Forrester [and] John W. 
Neason. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. xifl, 
474 p. illus. (Saunders monographs in clinical 
radiology, v. 2) ISBN 0-7216.3817-1. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 344 F731r 1973 

Cit. No. 380117 

-SURGERY 

Hertort, Robert A., 1919- The surgical 

relief of pain In arthritic disease: the hip and 
knee Joints. Springfield, III, Thomas [cl967] 
X, 97 p. itlus. 
DNLM: WE 344 H544s 1987 Cit. No. 110578 

-THERAPY 

EhrUch, Oeorfe E., 1928- ed. Total 

management of the arthritic patient. 
Philadelphia, Llpplncott [cl973J xlll, 205 p. 
Illus. ISEN 0-397-50302-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 344 E33t 1973 

Cit. No. 346555 

ARTHRITIS, JUVENILE 
RHEUMATOID 

Brewer, Earl J., 1923- Juvenile rheumatoid 

arthritis. Philadelphia, Saunders [c!970 1. e. 
1969] xiv, 231 p. illus. (Major problems to 
clinical pediatrics, v. 8) 
DNLM: Wl MA4&2N v.9 1969 
MBCO: WS 200 M33 v.S 1989 Cit. No. 225414 

ARTHRITIS, RHEUMATOID 



-COMPLICATIONS 



HotUnffl worth, James William, 1929- 

and systemic complications of rheumatoid 
arthritis. Philadelphia, Saunders, I9S8. xl, 175 
P. illus. 
DNLM: WE 348 H744L 1968 Cit. No. 156785 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on the Relationship of Mycoplasma to 
Rheumatoid Arthritis and Related Diseases, 
Chicago, 1989. Proceedings. Editor: John L. 
Decker. Betheada, Md., National Institutes of 
Health [1968] x, 273 P. illus. (Public Health 
Service publication, no. 1523) Sponsored by the 
Division of Research Grants and the National 
Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases, 
National Institutes of Health. 
DNLM: WE 349 C751p 1999 Cit. No. 72772 

Hoi brook Memorial Symposium, Tucson, Art*., 1964. 

Cellular concepts In rheumatoid arthritis. Comp. 
and ed. by C. A, L. Stephens, Jr. and A. B. 
Stanfleld with the assistance of Margaret L. 
Doorly. Springfield, 111., Thomai [cl96fl] xvii, 
212 p. illus., ports. Sponsored by the 
Southwestern Clinic and Research Institute. 
DNLM: WE 349 H742c 1964 Cit. No. 61*82 

Rheumatic diseases. Editors: J. J. R. Dot hie and 
W. R. M. Alexander. Edinburgh. University 
Press [cl968] 296 p. llluj. (Pfizer medical 
monographs. 3) Papers read at the third 
symposium of the Pfizer Foundation of the 
Post-Graduate Medical School, University of 
Edinburgh, 1967. 
DNLM: WS PF289 no.3 1967 Cit. No. 146393 



-ETIOLOGY 

Conference on the Relationship of Mycoplasma to 
Rheumatoid Arthritis and Related Diseases, 

Chicago, IMS. Proceedings. Editor: John L. 
Decker. Betheada, Md., National Institutes of 
Health [lBSS) x, 273 p. llhis. (Public Health 
Service publication, no. 1523) Sponsored by the 
Division of Research Grants and the National 
Institute of Arthritis and Metabolic Diseases, 
National Institutes of Health. 
DNLM: WE 346 C751p 1986 Cit. No. 72772 

-METABOLISM 

West, Harry Fortescue. The chemical pathology 
of rheumatoid arthritis. Sprint field, 111., 
Thomas [cl970] xv, 85 p. (American lecture 
series, no. B02. American lectures In living 
chemistry) Bibliography: p. 65-83. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 346 W517c 1970 

Cit. No. 251831 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Berens, Davit! I,., 1920- Roentgen diagnosis 

of rheumatoid arthritis, by David L. Berens and 
Ku-kan Lin. Springfield, 111., Thomas [el9€9] 
xlll. 337 p. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 346 B4S9r 1969 

Cit. No. 21S504 

-SURGERY 

Croess, Richard L., ed. Surgery of rheumatoid 
arthritis, edited by Richard L. Cruesa and Nelson 
S. Mitchell. Philadelphia, Llopincott [cl971] 
x, 211 p. lllua. ISUN 0-397-5ui,33-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 346 C95SS 1D71 

Cit. No. 301515 

Preston, Robert L., 19M- The surgical 

management of rheumatoid arthritis [by] Robert 
L. Preston, with Introductory chapters on the 
general and nonsurgical aspects of rheumatoid 
arthritis, by Currier MeEwen. Philadelphia, 
London, Saunders fclSCS] xlll, 579 p. Illus. 
DNLM; WE 346 P939i 1958 Cit. No. 137427 

ARTHRODESIS 

Adams, John Crawford. Isc bio- femoral 
arthrodesis. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1966. 112 
p. Illus. 
DNLM: WE 860 A214I 1989 Cit. No. 55204 

ARTHROPATHY, NEUROGENIC 

Elcbenholtz, Sidney Norton, 1909- Charcot 

Joints. Springfield, 111.. Thomas [cl960] xlv, 
227 p. Illus., port. 
DNLM; WE 344 E34c 1969 Clt. No. 44373 



Local ARTHROPODS 



Frailer, Claude Albee, 1920- Insect allergy; 

allergic and toxic reactions to Insects and other 
arthropods. St. Louis, Green [c!969] xlv, 493 
p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WD 430 F8481 1969 

Clt. No. 201564 

ARTIFICIAL LIMBS 

Humm, W. Rehabilitation of the lower limb 
amputee. 2d ed. London, Ballllere, Tlndall 
and Caesell [1969, C19S8] vlti, 118 p. Illus. 
SEN 7020-0272-0. U. S. publisher: Williams & 
Wllkins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 172 H925r 1968 

Clt. No. 212161 

Kloptttf, Paul Ernest, 1889- Human limbs 

and their substitutes; presenting results of 
engineering and medical studies of the human 
extremities and application of the data to the 
design and fitting of artificial limbs and to the 
care and training of amputees [by] Paul E, 
Klopsteg, Philip D. Wilson, et al. Facsimile 
reprint of the 1954 edition with a new 
bibliography. New York, Hafner. 1968. 

xlv, 869 p. jriua. Prepared under the 
sponsorship of the Advisory Committee on 
Artificial Limbs, National Research Council, In 
summary and correlation of a research program 
for the Office of the Surgeon General, Dept. of 
the Army. 
DNLM: WE 172 K64h 1968 at. No. 223005 



M1UL Mohladcr A., 1936- Amputees and 

their prostheses [by] Mohlnder A. Mitai [and] 
Donald S. Pierce. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown [C1971] w, 214 p. Illus. ISBN 
0-7000-0189-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 172 M679a 1971 

Clt. No. 257400 

Wets*, Marias. MyopUstlc amputation, immediate 
prosthesis and early amputation, by Marian Weiss 
[et al. Betheada, National Institutes of Health]; 
for sale by the Supt. of Docs.. U. S. Govt. Print. 
Off., Washington [1971] xil. 245 p. ilium. 
Cover title: Myopias tic amputation. Immediate 
prosthesis and early ambulation. Study 
conducted In the Dept. of Rehabilitation of the 
Warsaw Medical Academy and by the staff of the 
Rehabilitation Center at Konatancln. Prepared 
with support from the Special Foreign Currency 
Program of the National Library of Medicine. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 170 W431m 1971 

Clt. No. 331601 

-IN OLD AQE - CONGRESSES 

Workshop on the Geriatric Amputee, Washington, 
D. C, 19£9. The geriatric amputee: principles 
of management. [Sponsored by the] Committee 
on Prosthetic-Orthollc Education, Division of 
Medical Sciences, National Research Council. 
Washington. National Academy of Sciences, 1971. 
xi, 62 p. ill us. ISBN 0-309-01873-0. 
Workshop and publication supported by the 
prosthetic and Sensory Ale's Service of the 
Veterans' Aduilnls;ratlon Contract V1005-M-1914 
and The Training Division, Rehabilitation Services 
Administration, Social and Rehabilitation Service 
Contracts SltS-83-46 ar.d SRS-70-43. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 172 W934g 1969 

Cit. No. 304920 

ARTIFICIAL ORGANS 

Dledrlch, William H. Alaryngeal speech, by 
V< illiam M. Died rich and Karl A. Youngstrom. 
Springfield, 111.. Thomas [cl960] xl, 220 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM: WV 500 D55»a 1968 Clt. No. 95440 

Hard?, James Daniel, 1918- ed. Human 

or Kin support and replacement; transplantation 
and artificial prostheses. Springfield, I1L, 
Thomas [cl971] xlll, 453 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 660 n289h 1071 

Clt. No. 267014 

Larglader, Felix, ed. Organ transplantation. 
Edited by Felix Largladtr, with contributions by 
M. C. Berenbaum [et al.) 2d ed. Stuttgart, 
Thleme, 1970. xil, 398 p. Illus. 
DNLM: WO 660 L322o 1970 Clt. No. 309521 

„B, Henry, 1929- Handbook of biomedical 

plastics, by Henry Lee [and] Kris Neville. 
Pasadena, Calif., Pasadena Technology Press 
[01371] 1 v. (various paglngs) Illus. 

DNLM, SUNY: WO 640 L478h 1971 

Clt. No. 316130 

Lo nt more, Donald. Spare-part surgery; the 
surgical practice of the future. Edited and 
Illustrated by M. Ross-Macdonald. London, 
Aldus Books [C1963] 192 p. Illus, (Aldus 
science and technology series) 
DNLM: WO 660 L856* I960 
MBCO, SUNY: WO 980 L859x 1968 

Clt. No. 151301 

.CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Artificial Organs and 
Cardiopulmonary Support Systems, New York, 
1971. Artificial organs and cardiopulmonary 
support systems. Editors: Feix T. Ra pa port 
[and] John P. Merrill. New York, Grune * 
Slratton [cl972] vi, 186 p. Illus. ISBN 
0-8GH9-O748-4, Sponsored by the Artificial 
Organs Division of Travenol Laboratories, inc. 
Issued also as v. 3, no. 4 of Transplantation 
proceedings with title: Proceedings. 



DNLM, MBCO; WO 960 S986a 1971 



Clt. No. 325510 



ASPERGILLUS 






Raper, Kenneth Bryan, 1908- The genus 

Aspergillus [by] Kenneth B. Raper [and] Dorothy 
I. Fennell. VYIlh a chapter on pathogenicity [by] 
Peter K. C. Austwlck. Baltimore. Williams * 
Wllkins, 1965. tx, 986 p. Illus. 
DNLM: QW 180 RZlSg 18« Cit, No. 51241 



17 



ASPHYXIA NEONATORUM 
ASPHYXIA NEONATORUM 

Satlaf, Erich. Foetal and neonatal hypoxia In 
relation to clinical obstetric practice. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 1968, x, 181 
p. lllui. Translation of Du Kind 1m Berelch 
der Geburtahilfe. 
SONY; WQ 210 S165k 1968 at. No. 206701 

-THERAPY 

Abramson, Harold Alexander, 1899- ed. 

Resuscitation of the newborn Infant and related 
emergency procedure* In the perinatal center 
special care nursery; principles and practice. 3d 
ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1973. xvi. 461 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-8016-0028-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WQ 450 AlSlr 1973 

Cit. No. 356464 

Abramioo, Harold Alexander, 1899- ed. 

Resuscitation of the newborn Infant and related 
emergency procedures; principles and practice. 
2d ed. St. Louis, Moaby, 1036. xlx, 411 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WQ 450 Alfllr I960 Cit. No. 52717 



ASSISTED CIRCULATION 



-ct 



BESSES 



National Research Council. Committee ox Tranma. 
Mechanical devices to assist the falling heart; 
pri ceedlnes of a conference, September 9 and 10, 
19ol. Washington, National Academy of 
Sciences, National Research Council, I960. xlv, 
2S7 p. lltus. (National Research Council. 
Publication 1283) Issued with the support of 
the Surgeons General, Dept. of the Army, Dept. 
of the Navy, and the Dept. of the Air Force 
under contract no. DA-49-1S3-MD-2077; Nation*! 
Institutes of Health contract no. PH 43- 64 -44, Task 
order no. 3; and the American Heart Association. 
DNLM: WG 168 N377m 1964 Cit. No. 76033 

ASTHMA 

-CONGRESSES 

International Conferee re on Asthma, Air Up, Va„ 
1972. - _ Asthma: physiology, 1m munop harms col ogy, 
and treatment. Edited by K. Frank Austen [and] 
Lawrence M. Llchtonsteln. New York, 
Academic Press, 1S73. xx, 324 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-12-OSS450.0. Sponsored by O'Neill 
Research Institute, Flsona Limited, and Syotex 
Laboratories. 
DNLM, MBCO: WF 553 I61a 1972 

Cit. No. 405313 

ATHLETIC INJURIES 

Cnrran, John P., 1928- Primer of spuria 

injuries. Springfield, HL, Thomas [C1968] x, 
99 p. Ulus. 
DNLM:QT 260 C9T7p 1963 Cit. No. 145151 

Hirsts, luo, 1923- The doctor and the 

athlete, Pblisdelphla, Lippincott [1968] ix, 
ZS2 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QT 260 HM9d 1968 at. No. 132507 

-THERAPY 

O'Dooofbue, Don Horatio, 1901- Treatment 

of Injuries to athletes. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1970. xlv, 715 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QT 230 026t 1970 

Cit. No, 255526 

ATLASES 

Hammond Incorporated. Ambassador world atlas. 
New perspective ed. Maplewood, N. J. [cl9£6] 
xll, 3S2 p. Ulus. Earlier ed. published by the 
company under Its former name: C. S. Hammond 
Ac Company, inc. 
DNLM: G 1019 H235a ISM at. No. 147437 

The Times atlas of the world; comprehensive 
edition, produced and published by the Times la 
colUooratloi with John Bartholomew * Son, Ltd., 
Edinburgh. {2d ed., rev.] London, 1968. 
sllll. 123 Plates, 272 p. maps. SBN 7230-0001-8. 
DNLM: G 1019 T583 1988 C1L No. 173567 

ATMOSPHERIC PRESSURE 

Bennett, F, B. The aetiology of compressed air 

Intoxication and Inert gas narcosis. [1st ed.] 
Oxford, Pergamon Press [1966] xvt, 116 p. 
Ulus. (Inter national aeries of monographs on pure 
and applied biology. Division: Zoology, v. 31) 
DNLM: QV 310 B472a 1966 at. No. 53470 



IS 



ATTENTION 

Human Factors Research, Inc. Studies of human 
vigilance; an omnibus of technical reports 
[sponsored by the Office of Naval Research, the 
Douglas Aircraft Company, and the U. S. Army 
Medical Research and Development Command] 
Goleta. 1968. vill, 677 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: BF 321 H918S 1968 Cit. No. 221854 

Meld man, Monte J. Diseases of attention and 
perception. [1st ed.] Oxford, New York, 
Pergamon Press [cl970] xt, 2*3 p. Ulus. 
(International series of monographs In 
experimental psychology, v. 10) 
DNLM: Wl IN335K v.10 1970 Cit. No. 240452 

AUDIOMETRY 

Engelberg, Martin W. Audlologlcal evaluation for 
exaggerated hearing level. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas fcl970] xll, 118 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WV 272 E57a 1970 

Cit. No, 226505 

Glorlg, Aram, 190 J- ed. Audiometry: 

principles and practices. Baltimore. Williams * 
Wllklns, 196S. jclll. 271 p. llius. Sponsored 
by the American Academy of Ophthalmology and 
Otolaryngology. 
DNLM: WV 272 G562a 1965 Cit. No. 37011 

Lanreobeck, Bernhard, 1895- Textbook of 

practical audiometry. [3d ed. enl.] BJtlmore, 
Williams & Wllklns, 1885. xll I, 213 p. lllus. 
Translation of Lehrbuch der prakllschen 
Audlometrle, 
DNLM: WV 272 L275L 1965 Cit. No. 41743 

AUDIO- VISUAL AIDS 

Dwyer, Francis M. A guide for Improving 
visualized Instruction. State College, Pa., 
Learning Services [c!972J x. 138 p.*LJJlus. 

DNLM: LB 1043.5 D093g 1972 Cit. No. 335727 

Hicks, Warren B. Developing multi-media 

libraries, by Hicks & Tililn, Now York, Bowker 
[C1870] Xll, 1E9 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8352-0263-8. 
DNLM: Z 717 Hfl31d 1970 Cit. No. 255410 

Howard, D. Robert. Media utilization and needs 
In physician's assistant prog rams and related 
medical-health education, by D. Robert Howard, 
Saul II. Jacobs [and] David E. Lewis. 
[Washington] Assn. of American Medical Colleges 
[C1973) vlll, 78 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 18 H849m 1973 

at. No. 376185 

•CATALOGS 

ANA-NLN Film Service. The national survey of 
audiovisual materials for nursing lS53-19ii3. 
Conducted by ANA-NLN Film Service, National 
League for Nursing. New York, American 
Journal of Nursing Co., cl»70. £43 p. Based 
upon a survey supported by Contract No. PH 
108-89-08 with the Division of Nursing, Bureau of 
Health Professions Education and Manpower 
Training, Dept. of Health. Education, and Welfare. 
DNLM: WY 18 A132n 1970 CH. No. 257731 

•CONGRESSES 

University of Chiearo. Graduate Library SchooL 

Deterioration and preservation of library 
materials; the thirty-fourth annual conference of 
the Graduate Library School, August 4-6, 1969. 
Edited by Howard W. Winger and Richard Daniel 
Smith. Chicago, Univ. of Chicago Press [1970] 
200 p. lllus. (University of Chicago studies In 
library science) ISBN 0-226-9020 1-3. Published 
originally in the Library quarterly, Jan. 1970. 



DNLM: Z 701 U58d 1969 
•UTILIZATION 



Cit. No. 343755 



Berter. Milton Miles, 1918- ed, Videotape 

techniques in psychiatric training and treatment. 

New York, Brunner-Mazel [C197Q] iv, 301 p. 

lllus. SBN 87630-024-7. Bibliographies: p. 

259-276. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 18 B496v 1970 

Cit. No. 154334 



AUTISM 






■ 



. 






O 'Gorman, Gerald. The nature of childhood 
autism. 2d ed. London, Butterworth [clSTO] 
vii, 163 p. lllus. ISBN 0-407-32601-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 203 OS5n 1«7» 
at. No. 



-IN INFANCY 4t CHILDHOOD 

Bosch, Gerhard. Infantile autism; a clinical and 

p h eno me n o lo glcaJ - an t hr opol oglca 1 In vestlga Hon 
taking language as the guide. Berlin, New 
York, Springer-Verlag, 1970. XL 158 p. 
Translation of Der frilhktndliche Autism us. 
DNLM: WM 203 B742T 1970 Cit. No. 256327 

Tnstln, Frances. Autism and childhood psychosis. 
[New York] Science House, 1972. ZOO p. Ulus. 
ISBN O-87tiu8-055-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 203 T9*3a 1971 

at. No. 



Wist, John Kenneth, ed. Early childhood autism; 
clinical, educational and social aspects. [1st 
ed.] Oxford, New York, Pergamon Press [1968] 
xtil, 333 p. lllus. (Commonwealth and 
International library of science, technology, 
engineering and liberal studies, 3036. Mental 
health and social medicine division.) 
DNLM: WM 203 W769e 1966 Ctt. No. 123233 

AUTISM, EARLY INFANTILE 

BIBL. 

Bryios, Carolyn Q. Early childhood psychosis: 
infantile autism, childhood schizophrenia and 
related disorders: an annotated bibliography, 1964 
to 1939, prepared by Carolyn Q. Bryson and 
Joseph N. Hingtgen. Hockville, Md., National 
Institute of Mental Health [National 
Clearinghouse for Mental Hr Hth Information] 
1971. vis, 127 p. (Publication no. (HSM) 
71-9062) Supported by research grant no. 
0515-M13, National Institute of Mental Health. 
424 numbered annotations of articles, books, and 
papers precsnted. Arrangement of entries under 
topic ,1 chapters, such as neuro biological 
correlates, treatment, and theory. Author Index. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: ZWM 200 B916e 1964-69 

Cit. No. 304013 

-CONGRESSES 

Colloquium on Infantile An Him, Indiana University, 
19od. Infantile autism; proceedings. Edited by 
Don W. Churchill, Gerald D. Alpern [and] Marian 
K. DeMyer. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl97IJ 
*vi11. 340 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 203 C7U1 1968 

at No. 253176 



AUTOANALYSIS 



Krieg, Arthur F, 1930- Clinical laboratory 

computerization, by Arthur F. Krieg [et al.J 
Baltimore, University Park Press [cl971] v, 125 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-8391-0093-5. 
DNLM: QY 28.5 K92c 1971 at. No. 251774 

Wled, George L., ed. Automated cell 
Identification and cell sorting. Contributor*: 
Gunter F. Bahr [et al.J Edited by George L. 
Wied and Gunter F. Bahr. New York, Academic 
Press. 1!>70. xl, 403 p.' Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 26.5 W642a 1970 

at. No. 265134 

-INDEXES 

National Library of Medicine. Automation or use 

of com put era in la o oratory diagnosis; recent 
literature. Jan. 1968-Apr. 1970. 419 citations. 
[Bethesda, Md.] 1970. 21 p. (National Library 
of Medicine literature search, no. 70-30) 
DNLM: ZW 1 N272 no.70-30 Cit. No. 255777 



AUTOANTIBODIES 



Beetaer, Ernst H. Autosensltliation In pemphigus 
and bullous pemphigoid, by Ernst H. Beutner, 
Tadeuu P. ChorzeUkl [and] Robert E. Jordon. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl970] xll. 194 p. 
lllus. Bibliography: p. 173-185. 
DNLM, SUNY: WR 200 B549a 1970 

at. No. 252451 

Flrofskr, Bernard, 1926- Autolmmunixatlon 

and the autoimmune hemolytic anemias. 
Baltimore, Williams 4k Wllklna, 1969. xllt, 537 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 170 P871* 19*9 

at. No. 304344 






( 



I 









BACK 






autoimmune; diseases 

•CONGRESSES 

Holbrook Memorial Symposium, Tucson, Arts., 1964. 
Cellular concepts In rheumatoid arthritis. Comp, 
and ed. by C. A. L. Stephens, Jr. and A. B. 
Stanfield With the assistance of Margaret L. 
Dourly. Springfield, III., Thomas [C1966] xvll, 
212 p. llliu., porta. Sponsored by the 
Southwestern Clinic and Research Institute, 
DNLM: WE 346 H742c 1944 Clt. No. 61482 

AUTOMATIC DATA PROCESSING 

Austin, Charles J. MEDLARS 1963-1967. 
Bethesda, Md., National Library of Medicine; [for 
tale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off,, 
1968] viil, 76 p. tlloi. (Public Health Service 
publication, no. IS 23) 
DNLM: Z 699 A935m 1968 Clt. No. 157070 

Hayes, Robert M. Handbook of data processing 
for libraries [by] Robert M. Hayes [and] Joseph 
Becker. Sponsored by the Council on Library 
Resources. New York, Becker and Hayes 
[cl970] xv, 885 p. Illus. (A 
Wiley- Becker- Ha yes publication) ISBN 
0-47T-W4M-8. 
DN '. SUNY: 2 639 H418h 1970 

Clt. No. 247134 

Krleg, Arthur F., 1930- Clinical laboratory 

computerization, by Arthur F. Krleg [et al.] 
Baltimore, University Park Press (cl971] v, 125 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8X91-0096-5. 
DNLM: QY 28.5 K92c 1971 Clt. No. 251774 



Ltndberg. Donald A. B., 1933- 

computer and medical care, 
Thomas [cliffiS] xl, 210 p. 
DNLM: W 26.5 L742c 1968 



The 
Springfield. 111., 
Ulus. 

Clt. No. 151556 



Lusted, Lee Brownlnt, 1922- PRIME; an 

automated Information system for hospitals and 
biomedical engineering laboratories [by] Lee B, 
Lusted [and] Robert W. Coffin. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [cl987] 232 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QT 34 L972p 1S87 Clt. No. 124580 

Mapping of Disease (MOD) Project. 
Computerized mapping of disease and 
environmental data; a report of the Mapping of 
Disease (MOD) Project. Prepared by: Howard C. 
Hopps [et al. Washington, Armed Forces 
Institute of Pathology, 1969] 1 v. (various 
payings) Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WC 100 M297c 1909 

Clt. No. 250716 

Ryan, O. A. Computer assisted medical practice: 
the AMA's role [by] G. A. Ryan [and] K. E. 
Monroe. Chicago, Center for Health Services 
Research and Development, American Medical 
Assn., 1971. x, 98 p. Ulus. Bibliography: p. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: W 26.5 RSSBc 1971 

Clt. No. 312243 

Springer, Erie W. Automated medical records 
and the law. Pittsburgh, Aspen Systems Corp. 
[C1971] 178 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WX 173 S769a J971 Clt. No. 304731 

-COLLECTED WORKS 

Alford, Billy Gene, comp. Hospital electronic 

data processing Jpumal articles; a collection of 
current published article* related to hospital 
electronic data processing application, complied 
by Billy Gene Alford and Frances Ebaugh Colvln. 
Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination Pub. Co., 
1970. 219 p. SBN 87*88-791-7. Consist! of 
50 articles previously published In various 
medical Journals. 
DNLM: WX S A389h 1970 Clt. No. 250324 

•CONGRESSES 

Automation and data processing la pathology; 
arm post am organized by the College of 
Pathologists and delivered in London In February 
1969. Edited by T. F. Whitehead, London, 
Published for the College of Pathologists by the 
Journal of clinical pathology, 1969, xvi, 130 
p. llius. (Journal of clinical pathology. 
Supplement, no.3) SBN 900221-17-8. 
DNLM: WI J05896A no.3 IMS Cit. No. 230464 



Automation and data processing In the clinical 
laboratory; proceedings of the symposium 
presented by the Division of Clinical Pathology 
and Laboratory Medicine, University of California, 
San Francisco, Medical Center [in February of 
1969] Edited by Geoffrey M. Brlttln and Mario 
Werner. Springfield, 111., Thomas [c 19701 x, 
174 p. Ulus. 
DNLM. SUNY: QY 26.5 A939 1969 

Clt. No. 247050 

Society for Applied Bacteriology. Automation, 

mechanization, and data bandUng In microbiology, 
edited by Ann DatUie and R. J. Gilbert. 
London, New York, Academic Press, 1970. xlv, 
233 p. Ulus. (Its Technical series, no. 4) SBN 
12-073650-0. Contributions from the society's 
autumn demonstration meeting held on 23d 
October 1SG8 In London. 
DNLM: Wl S0851F no.4 1970 Clt. No. 250042 

-ENCYC. 

J ordain, Philip B., ed. Condensed computer 
encyclopedia [edited by} Philip B. Jordaln [and] 
Michael Breslau. New York, McGraw-Hill 
[CI989] xv, 805 p. Ulus. 
DNLM; Z 699 J82c 1969 Cit. No. 221772 

AUTOMATION J 

Magraw, Richard Mueller, 191B- Ferment 

in medicine; a study of the essence of medical 
practice and of its new dilemmas. With a 
chapter on automation In medicine written In 
collaboration with Daniel B. Ma (raw. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1986. xlv, 272 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W 61 M£12f 1966 Cit. No. 36424 

White, Wllcria L. Practical automation for the 
clinical laboratory [by] Wilma L. White, Marilyn 
M. Erlckson [anJ] Sue C. Stevens. St. Loula, 
Mosby, 1933. x, 401 p. Ulna. Distributed In 
Great Britain by Klmpton, London. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; QY 26.5 W589bJ«»68 

Clt~o. 141256 

White, Wllma L. Practical automation for the 
clinical laboratory [by] Wllma L. White, Marilyn 
M. Erlckson [and] Sue C. Stevens. 2d ed. St. 
Louis, Monby, 1972. xll, 591 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8016-5423-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 26.5 W5B9p 1972 

Clt. No. 340305 

•CONGRESSES 

Society for Advanced Medical Systems. 
Automated multiphasic health testing: a health 
services R&D laboratory. Edited by Richard K. 
C. Hsieh, Faith Dean Gllroy [and] Melvyn 
Greberman. [Washington] U. S. Federal Health 
Programs Service; for sale by the Supt. of Docs., 
U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1971. x, 114 p. Ulus. 
(Public Health Service pubUcation. no. 2188) 
Proceedings of the society's annual scientific 
meeting held at the U. S. Public Health Service 
Hospital, Baltimore, on September 30, t970. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QY 40 S678a 1970 

Clt. No. 302234 

■INDEXES 

National Library of Medicine. Automation or use 
of computers in laboratory diagnosis; recent 
literature. Jan. 1988-Apr. 1970. 419 citations. 
[Bethesda, Md.] 1970. 21 p. (National Library 
of Medicine literature search, no. 70-30) 
DNLM: ZW 1 N272 no.70-30 Clt. No. 255777 

AUTOMOBILE DRIVER 
EXAMINATION 

American Medical Association. Commit tee oa 
Medicolegal Problems. Alcohol and the 

Impaired driver; a manual on the medicolegal 
aspects of chemical teats for intoxication. 
[Chicago, 1963] xlll, 234 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W 750 A512a 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: W 750 A512a 1968 

Clt. No. 165560 

AUTONOMIC DRUGS 

Art ado, Domingo Mariano. The lung circulation. 
[1st ed.] Oxford [Eng.] Pergamon [C1965] 2 
v. Ulus. 
DNLM: WF 600 A957L 1965 Clt. No. 46571 



Cooper, Jack R. The biochemical basis of 
neuropharmacology, by Jack It. Cooper, Floyd E. 
Bloom {and] Robert H. Roth. New York, 
Oxford Univ. Press, 1970. vlll, 220 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 77 C777b 1970 

at. No. 247*34 

-PHARMACODYNAMICS ; 

Turner, Paul. Clinical aspects of autonomic 

pharmacology. Philadelphia, Lipplneott [clM9] 

169 p. Ulus. 

DNLM, SUNY: QV 132 T951c 1969 , 

Clt. No. 225776 

Whelan, R. F., 1922- Control of the 

peripheral circulation In man. Springfield, II I , 
Thomas [c!967] xlv, 301 p. Uluj. (American 
lecture series, no. 672. American lectures In 
Uvlng chemistry.) "References": p. 265-291. 
DNLM: QV 132 W567c 1967 Clt. No. 137727 

AUTONOMIC NERVE BLOCK 

Turner, Paul. Clinical aspects of autonomic 
pharmacology. Philadelphia, Lipplneott [c!969] 
139 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 132 T951C 1969 

Clt. No. 225776 

AUTONOMIC NERVOUS SYSTEM 

Appeniclier, Otto. The autonomic nervous 
system; an Introduction to basic and clinical 
concepts. Amsterdam, No rib-Holland Pub. Co.; 
New York, American Elsevier Pub. Co., 1970. 
xi. 233 p. SBN 72O4-7010-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 600 A46*a 1970 

Clt No. 145352 

Hlrjch, Edwin Frederick, 1886- ed. The 

Innervation of the vertebrate heart. 
Sprlnqfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] xlv, 210 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 101 H6991 1970 

Clt. No. 160477 

AUTOPSY 

Baker, Ro^er Denlo, 1902- Postmortem 

examination; specific methods and procedures, 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1967. Iv, 183 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QZ 35 B168P 1967 Clt. No. 111324 

Ludwig, Jurgen, 1931- Current methods of 

autopsy practice. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. 
xll, 356 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-7216-5803-2. 

DNLM, SUNY; QZ 35 L»48c 1972 

Clt. No. 340361 

Watanabe, Tomio. Atlas of legal medicine. Wltb 
the editorial assistance of Dr. Helper a and 
Michael M. Baden. Philadelphia, Lipplneott 
[C19G3] Xll, 187 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 825 W314a 1968 

Clt. No. 1524S1 

-TERMINOLOGY 

Hadley, Anne. Pathology and autopsy lessons for 
the medical transcriber. Philadelphia, 
Lipplneott [cl971] v, 152 p. 
DNLM: QZ IS H131p 1971 at. No. 254213 



AVIATION MEDICINE 



Gillies, J. A., ed. A textbook of aviation 
phyalology. (1st ed.] Oxford, Pergamon Press 
[1965] vlll, 1228 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WD 700 G481t 1965 Clt. No. 53776 

Raadel, Hugh W., ed. Aerospace medicine. 2d 
ed. Baltimore, WUUams & Wtlklna, 1971. xvt, 
740 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-683-07109-2. 1st ed. 
edited by H. G. Armstrong. 
DNLM, SUNY: WD 700 R19U 1971 

Clt. No. 154C79 

BACK 

Parian, H. F. Mechanical disorders of the low 
back. Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 1973, xi. 
247 p. lllus. ISBN 0-8121-0418-8. 



DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 720 



1973 
Clt. No. 400011 






Rice, Carl Oliver, 1898- Calculation of 

Industrial disabilities of the extremities and the 
back. 2d ed. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl963] 
xl, 170 p. Ulus. Title of earlier edition varies 
stiKhtly. 
DNLM: W 925 R495c I9S8 Cit. No. 142053 



19 



BACKACHE 



BACKACHE 



Adams, John Crawford. Arthritis and tuck pain. 
Baltimore, University Park Pre** {1971] 100 
P. lllus. ISBN 0-8391-0576-1. 
DNLM: WE 944 A114a 1972 Clt. No. 350553 . 

Call lie t, Rent. Law back pain syndrome. Id ed. 
Philadelphia, Davia [C1968] vJl, 134 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNT: WE 7SS C134L 1988 

Clt. NO. 183185 

Faarnl, Waiter Harrison. 1918- Backache 

relieved through concept* of posture. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C19861 xll, 52 p. 
ilius. 
DNLM: WE 730 FlSab 19M Clt. No. S1843 

Farfaa, H. P. Mechanical disorders of the low 
back. Philadelphia-, Lea & Feblger, 1973. xl. 
247 p. lilus. ISBN 0-8121-0418-8. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE T20 F222m 1973 

Clt. No. 400011 

HerUn, Lennaft. Sciatic and pelvic pain due to 
lumbosacral nerve root compression. 
Springfield, 111. Thorns* [clS6S] z, 253 p. lllti*. 
DNLM: WE 755 H549* 1988 Clt. No. 50272 

Schleye-- 'under*, Emanuel. Backache In women. 
[2d ei Bristol, Wright, IMS. 90 p. Uius. 

DNL&-. MB 720 S34Sb 1988 Clt. No. 54653 

-CONGRESSES 

Workshop on Meckache acd Backache, Wayne State 
University, 1959. Neckache and backache. 
Proceedings of a workshop sponsored by the 
American Association of Neurological Surgeons In 
cooperation with the National Institute j of 
Health, Bethetda, Maryland, held at the McGregor 
Memorial Conference Center, Wayne State 
University, Detroit, Michigan. Edited by E. S. 
Gurdjlan and L. M. Thomas. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1970] 3d, 231 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 708 Wu26ft 1989 Clt. No. 283323 

•ETIOLOGY 

Williams, Paul C 1900- The 

lumbosacral spine; emphasizing conservative 
management. New York, McGraw-HUl (el 9851 
3d, 200 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WE 755 W728I* IMS Clt. No. 40554 

•THERAPY 

Bourdillon, t. F. Spinal manipulation. London, 
Heinemann (1970] 150 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-433-03830-3. 
DNLM: WB 940 B789* 1970 Clt. No. 283358 

Krsas, Haas, 1905- Clinical treatment of 

back and neck pain. New York, McGraw-Hill 
[C19T0] sill, 156 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 708 Kfllc 1B70 

Clt. No. 257563 

BACTERIA 

Bisset, Kenneth Alexander. The cytology and 
life-history of bacteria. 3d ed. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1970. nil, 147 p. Ulu*. SBN 
443-00880-1. U. S. publisher: William* * Wilkin* 
Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 51 B823c 1970 

Clt. No. 243782 

Klalner. Albert S„ 1935- Agents of 

bacterial disease [by} Albert S. Klalner [and] 
Irving Gels. [1st ed.] Hagerstown, Md., 
Harper & Row [cl973] xvl, ISA p. Ulu*. 
ISBN 06-141434-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 85 K83* 1973 

Clt. No. 402001 

Skerman, V. B. D. A guide to the Identification 
of the genera of bacteria, with methods and 
digest* of generic characteristic*. 2d ed. 
Baltimore, William* * Wilkin*, 1967. ill, 303 
p. lllus. Based on Bergey's Manual of 
determinative bacteriology, seventh edition; 
Topley and Wilson's Principles of bacteriology 
and Immunity, fifth edition; Prevofs Traite de 
■ystematlque bacterlenne, v. S; KrassilnlkoVs 
Dlagnoattk de Bakterlen und Acttnomyceten, and 
on original papers. . 

DNLM: QW 4 5<27f 1967 ' Clt. No. 105573 



■CLASSIFICATION 

Sherman, V. B. D. A guide to the identification 
of the genera of bacteria, with methods and 
digests of generic characteristics. 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wilklns, 1967. xll, 303 
p. Uius. Based on Bergey's Manual of 
determinative bacteriology, seventh edition; 
Topley and Wilson's Principle* of bacteriology 
and Immunity, fifth edition; Prevofs Trait* de 
systematlque bacterlenne, v. 2; Krasallnikov's 
Dlagnosttk de Bakterlen und Acttnomyceten, and 
on original papers. 
DNLM: QW 4 S627g 1987 CIL No. 105573 

■DRUG EFFECTS ■ CONGRESSES 

ChangtBf patterns of bacterial infections and 
antibiotic therapy; proceedings of a symposium 
held in Lettermau General Hospital, San 
Francisco, Calif., 7-8 May 1970. Editor: Harold O. 
Neu. [Amsterdam, Princeton] 1971. xll, 1B3 
p. Ulus. (Excerpts medlca. International 
congress aeries, no. 228) ISBN 90-219-0182-X. 
DNLM: W3 EX89 no.228 1970 
MBCO:ZW 1 E939 no.228 1970 Clt. No. 303201 

-GROWTH & DEVELOPMENT 

Symposium on Bacterial Eplsomes and Plasmtds, 
London, 1963. Bacterial eplsomes and plasmtds; 
a Ciba Foundation symposium, edited by G. E. W. 
Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor. Boston, 
Little, Brown, 1969. xi, 288 p. Ulus. SBN 
7O0O-1405-5. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QW 51 S9B9b 1958 

Clt. No. 217286 

BACTERIAL INFECTIONS 

Klalner, Albert S., 1935- Agent* of 

bacterial disease [by] Albert S. Klalner [and] 
Irving Gels. [1st ed.J Hagerstown, Md„ 
Harper & Row [el 973] xvl, 168 p. Ulu*. 
ISBN 08-141434-4. _> 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 65 K63a 1973K 

Clt. No. 403002 

Scope monograph on anaerobic Infection* [by] 
Sidney M. Flnejold [et al.] Kalamazoo, Mich., 
Upjohn Company [cl972] 69 p. lllus. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 200 S422 1972 

at. No. J54250 

-CONQRESSES 

Bayer-Symposium, 3d, Cologne, 1970. Bacterial 
Infection*; changes in their causative agents, 
trends, and possible basis. Edited by M. Finland, 
W. Marget [and] K. Bartmann. New York, 
Spring- Vertag, 1971. vill, 231 p. Ulu*. 
ISBN 0-387-05557-8. 
DNLM: W3 BA286 1970b 
MBCO: QW 700 B357 1970b Clt. No. 315441 

BACTERIOLOGICAL TECHNICS 

Collins, Christopher Herbert, Microbiological 
method! [by] C. H. Collins, with a chapter on 
complement fixation, by C. E. D. Taylor. 2d ed. 
New York, Plenum Press, 1967. xll, 404 p. 
lllus. (Laboratory techniques series) 
DNLM: QW 25 C712m 1967 Clt. No. 133275 

Edwards, Philip R. Identification of 
Enterobaeterlacese [by] P. R. Edwards [and] W. 
H. Ewlng. 3d ed. Minneapolis, Burgess [1972] 
lx, 362 p. Ulu*. ISBN 0-8087-0518-4. 

DNLM, SUNY: QW 140 E281 1972 

at. No. 150585 

Or* her, Charles D., ed. Rapid diagnostic methods 
In medical microbiology. Baltimore, WUllama it 
Wilklns, 1970. xlv. 343 p. Ulus. SBN 
883-03741-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 100 G728r 1970 

Clt. No. 185703 

Isolation method* for microbiologists. Edited by D. 
A. Shapton and G. W. Gould. London, New 
York, Academic Pre**, 1989. xll, 178 p. Ulus. 
(Society for AppUed Bacteriology. Technical 
series, no. 3) 
DNLM: Wl SOS51F no.3 1989 Clt. No. 214237 

Lorian, Victor. Antibiotics and cbemotherapeutlc 
agents In clinical and laboratory practice. 
Springfield, Hi., Thorns* [cI9*6] ill, 337 p. 
Ulu*. 
DNLM: QY 100 L872* 1988 at. No. 80833 



Stoke*. Elisabeth Joaa. Clinical bacteriology. 
3d ed. Baltimore, William* * Wlkilns, 1988 
lx, 345 p. Ulus. 
SUNY: QY 100 S874c 1988 at. No, 



-LABORATORY MANUALS 

O'Brien, Dononga, 1923- Laboratory manual 

of pediatric mlcroblochemlcal techniques [by] 
Donough O'Brien, Frank A. Ibbott [and] Dent* O. 
Rodgeraon. 4th ed. New York, Hoeber 
[C1908] xlv, 376 p. Ulu*. Title of 3d ed. 
varies slightly. 
DNLM: QY 25 OlSL 1988 
MBCO, SUNY: QY 25 OlSL 1968 at. No. 155440 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Crowley, Nu»U. Practical bacteriology [by] Nuala 
Crowley, Jean M. Bradley [and] J. H. Darren. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts; London, 
Butterworth [C1989] v, 238 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QW 4 C953p 1969 

CIL No. 207854 

Crnickshank, Robert, ed. Medical microbiology; a 
guide to laboratory diagnosis and control of 
Infection. Assistant editors: J. P. Duguld [and] 
K. H. A. Swain. 11th ed. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1965. xi, 1CS7 p. Ulu*. 10th ed., 
by T. J. Mackle and J. E. McCartney, ha* title: 
Handbook of bacteriology. 
DNLM: QW 4 C953m 1965 at. No. 44442 

Gillies, Robert Reld. Bacteriology illustrated [by] 
R. II. Gillies [and] T. C. Dodd*. 2d ed. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1933. xi, 198 p. Ulu*. 
SBN 4^3-00554-0. U. S. publisher: WUliam* A 
Wilklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: QW 4 G481b 1983 CIL No. 248408 

Lamanna, Carl. Basic bacteriology; its biological 
and chemical background Ity] Carl Lamanr a 
[and] M. Frank Malletle. 3d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams & Wilklns, 1985. xlv, 1001 p. Ulu*. 
DNLMr QW 4 L214b 1985 Clt. No. 52252 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Bacterial Eptsomes sad Plasmtds, 
LoedD'n, 1988. Bacterial eplsomes and plaamld*; 
a Ciba Foundation symposium, edited by G. E. W. 
Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor. Boston, 
Little, Brown, 1969. xi, 2B0 p. Ulu*. SBN 
7001>-1 4i5-5, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QW 51 S989b 1968 

at. No. 217266 

■ LABORATORY MANUALS 

Naval Medical School. Clinical bacteriology and 
mycology. Bethesda, National Naval Medical 
Center, 1961. a-g. vli, 277 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: QW 25 U58c 1961 at- No. 10734 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Broome, W. E. An Introduction to nursing 
bacteriology. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofta [cl939] vilL 131 p. 
lllu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 4 B8761 1969 at. No. 234529 

BANDAGES 

Meyer, Seymour William, 1910- Functional 

bandaging, Including splint* and protecUve 
dressings. New York, American Elsevier, 1987. 
vili, £94 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WO 167 M613f 1987 OL No. 115079 



BARBITURATES 



-POISONING 

Loeaaeckea, Sverre Jobaa. Acute barbiturate 
poisoning; treatment with modern methods of 
resuscitation. Bristol, Wright, 1967. lx, 78 
p. lllus. Tr*n*l*Uon of Akute 
Schlaf ml tt el verglftung. 
DNLM: W8 P3 at No. 132171 

BASAL METABOLISM 



( 



Patton, Alv* Ra«, 1908- 

energetle* and kinetic*. 
1985. v, 118 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: QU 125 P322b 198S 



Biochemical 
Philadelphia, Saunders. 

at. No. 47097 



20 






BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 



BEHAVIOR . 

Good, Lawrence *., ed. Therapy by design; 
Implication* of architecture for human behavior, 
comp. and ed. by Lawrence R. Good [et ai 1 
Springfield, III., Thomas [clW5] *, 193 p . 
Ulus. 
DNLM: BP 636 G646t IMS Clt. No. 10844 

Stronger, Frederick Nichols, 1M0- 

Foundattona of behavioral research: educational 
and psychological Inquiry. New York, Bolt, 
Rlnehart and Wlniton [196S] xlx, T39 p. lllua 
DNLM: BF 131 K3W IMS Clt. No. 15061 

Kramer, Leonard, ed. Research in behavior 
modification; new development* and 
ImpUcationt. Contributors; Albert Bandura [et 
al.] Edited and introduced by Leonard Krainer 
[and] Leonard P. Ullmann. New York, Holt, 
Rlnehart and Winaton [1965] vlU, 403 p lllua 
DNLM: BF 837 K91r 1965 Clt. No. 63172 

Lerine, Seymonr, ed. Hormonea and behavior. 
New York, Academic Press, 1972. xlll, 383 p 
Illus., port. ISBN 0-12-445450OC. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 102 L665h 1972 

Ot. No. 363460 

Mar I. Arnold J., ed. Paychochemlcal research 
In a; methods, strategy, and theory, edited by 
Arnold J. Mandcll (and] Mary P. Mandell, 
Contributors: W. R. Adey Jet al.] New York, 
Academic Press. 1969. mil, 443 p. lilus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 300 M271p 1989 

Clt. No. 234148 

Masserman. Jnlea Hymen, 1904- The 

blodynamlc roots of human behavior. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl»83] ix, 119 p. 
DNLM, SUNY; BF 199 M415b 1908 

Clt. No. 152488 

Mllner, Esther. Human neural and behavioral 
development; a relational Inquiry, with 
Implications for personality. Springfield 111 
Thomas [C19S7J xxv, 393 p. illua 
DNLM: WL 102 M858h 1987 Cit. No. 137307 

Paul. Gordon L Insight vs. 

desensltiiatloa in psychotherapy; an experiment 
In anxiety reduction. Stanford, Calif., Stanford 
Univ. Press, 19S8. 14B p. Supported In part 
by Fellowship no. 1 Fl MII-I9, 873-01, from the 
National Institute of Mental Health, Public Health 
Service, and Id part by the Cooperative Research 
Program of the Office of Education, U. S. Dept. 
of Health, Education, and Welfare, Contract no 
4- 10-080, Project S-006. 
DNLM; WM 172 P3241 IMS Cit. No. 44587 

Schuunan, Jerome L 1925- Brain 

damage and behavior; a clinical- experimental 
study, by Jerome L. Scbubaan [et al.] 
Springfield, 111. Thomas [C1963] lx, 184 p 
DNLM: WL 141 S3B6b 1965 Clt. No. 4150* 

Sherwood. Michael. The logic of explanation In 
psychoanalysis. New York, London, Academic 
Press, 1989, x, 278 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 4B0 S554L 1969 

Clt. No. 204452 

Smith, David Duncan. Mammalian learning and 

behavior; a psychoneurological theory. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1965. ix, 174 p. Ulus. 
(Saunders books In psychology) 
DNLM: WL 102 S645m 1985 Cit. No. 47756 

-ABSTRACTS 

Coclho, George V„ ed. Mental health and social 
change; an annotated bibliography, Rockvllle. 
Ma., National Institute of Mental Health [1972]' 
lx. 458 p. (DHEW publication no. (HSM) 72-9149) 
Prepared in the context of the staff seminars on 
social change and human behavior held at the 
National Institute of Mental Health during 1970 
and 1971. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: ZWM 30 C872m 1972 

Clt. No. 350734 

-CONGRESSES 

Endocrinology and hnman behavior; proceedings of 
* conference held at the Institute of Psychiatry 
London. 9 to 11 May 1M7. Edited by Richard P. 
Michael. London, New York, Oxford Unlv 
Press, 1988. xvli, 349 p. illus. (Oxford medical 
publications) SBN 19-263310-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WK 102 EM 1987 

Clt. No. 186338 



International Research Conference, Lankenan 
Hospital, Philadelphia, 5th, 1966. Mind as a 
tissue. Charles Rupp, editor. New York 
Harper & Row [clB6a} x, 357 p. Ulus 
DNLM: W 3 IN«68 I9S6ai 
MBCO: WL 102 I85m 1968 Clt. No. 183031 

The Neural control of behavior. Edited by Richard 
E. Whalen [et al.] Contributors: Per Andersen 
fet al.] New York, Academic Press [cI970] 
xvl, 301 p. Illus. First Interdisciplinary 
conference sponsored by the Dept. of 
Psychoblology of the University of California, 
Irvine, on June 9-13, 1968. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 102 N492 1968 

Clt. No. 270143 

Welford, AUn Traylss, ed. Behavior, aging, and 
the nervous system; biological determinants of 
speed of behavior and its changes with age. Ed. 
by A. T. Welford and James E. Eirren. 
Springfield, Hi., Thomas [c!955] xvi, 637 p. 
(American lecture series, no. 600. American 
lectures in geriatrics and gerontology) Revised 
papers, originally presented and discussed at a 
research colloquium held In Cambridge, England 
August 6-9, 1963. 
DNLM: WT 104 W445b 1983 Clt. No. 55230 

-DRUG EFFECTS 

Rlfclan, Manuel. L-Dopa and parkinsonism; a 

psychological assessment. Springfield 111 
Thomaa [cl&73] lx, 402 p. ISBN 0-SS8-02608-8. 



DNLM: WL 359 RS72L 1973 
-IN OLD AQE 



Clt. No. 360566 



Welford. AUn Travlss, ed. Behavior, aging, and 
the nervous syetem; biological determinants of 
speed of behavior and its changes with age. Ed. 
by A. T. Welford and Jaiacs E. Eirren. 
Springfield, 111., Thonisi, [clLPrib| Xjfc 637 p. 
(American lecture soritK, no. 6C0. JBferlcan 
lectures In geriatrics and gerontology) Revised 
papers, originally presented and discussed at a 
research colloquium held In Cambridge, England 
August 6-9, 1B33. 
DNLM: WT 104 W445b 1983 Clt. No. 55230 



BEHAVIOR, ANIMAL 



-CONGRESSES 

Clba Foundation. Clba Foundation symposium 
jointly with the Co-ordinating Committee for 
Symposia on Drug Action [on] animal behavior 
and drug action. Editor for the Co-ordinating 
Committee: Hannah Steinberg, Editors for the 
Clba Foundation: A. V. S. d;? Rouck and Julie 
Knight. Boston, Little, Borwn, 1964. xlv 491 
p. Illus. 
DNLM: QL 785 C567C 1964 Clt. No. 33533 



BEHAVIOR THERAPY 



Bergin, Allen E., ed. Handbook of psychotherapy 

and behavior change; an empirical analysis. Allen 
E. Bergin and Sol L. Garfield, editors. New 
York, Wiley [cl97l] xvlll, 6S7 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-471-O6388-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 420 B498h 1971 

Clt. No. 265616 

Eysenck, Hans Jure en, 1916- The causes 

and cures of neurosis; an Introduction to modern 
behaviour therapy based on learning theory and 
the principles of conditioning, by H. J, Eysenck 
and S. Rachman. London, Houtledge A Kegan 
Paul [1£S5] xll, 313 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WM 420 E98c 1965 Clt. No. 41340 

Nikelly, Arthur George. 1927- comp. 

Techniques for behavior change. Springfield, 
III., Thomas [C1971] xv, 22* p. At head of 
title: Applications of Adlerlan theory. 
DNLM: WM 420 N692t 1971 Cit. No. 252042 

Stropp, Hans H. Psychotherapy and the 
modification of abnoripal behavior; an 
Introduction to theory and research. New York 
McGraw-Hill [cl971] ill, 209 p. (McGraw-Hill ' 
paperback series In psychopathology) 
DNLM: WM 420 S927pc 1971 Clt, No. 251725 

Wolpe, Joseph. The practice of behavior therapy. 
[1st ed.] New York, Pcrgamon Press [1969] 
x. 314 p. Illus. SBN 08-006563-5. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 420 W866pa 1969 

Clt. No. 222372 



Yates, Aubrey J. Behavior therapy. New York. 
Wiley [1B70] xl, 445 p. {Serle, in 
psychology) SBN 471-97243-6 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 420 YSIb 1970 

Clt. No. 235405 

-DX INFANCY A CHILDHOOD - BIBL. 

Brown, Daniel G. Behavior modification in child 

and school mental health; an annotated 
bibliography on applications with parents and 
teachers. RockvUJe, Md„ National Institute of 
Mental Health; [for sale by the Supt. of Does U 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington] 1971. vill 41 
p. (DHEW publication no. (HSM} 71-9043) ' 
118 annotated citations on behavior 
modification in children. Covers journal articles, 
books, and some unpublished papers. Journal and 
paper citations Include author's address, and book 
citations Include publisher's address and price 
References arranged In sections according to 
applications to parents, teachers, and parents and 
teachers. Subject index. 
DNLM; ZWS 350 B877b 1971 Clt. No. 306825 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Sernl, Rosemarian. Behavior modification and 

the nursing process [by] Rosemarian Bern! [and] 
WUbert E. Fordyce. St. Louis, Mosby 1973 
Xlv. 135 p. ISBN 0-8016-0352.7, 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 87 B523b 1973 

Cit. No. 364657 

BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES 

Kola toe, Ralph H. Introduction to statistics for 
the behavioral sciences. Rev. ed. Home wood 
III., Dorsey Pres*. 1S73. xvi. 363 p. lilus 
(Dorsey series In psychology) ISBN 
0-2ES-G1443-4. 
DNLM: HA 29 KS131 1973 Cit. No. 366547 

-ABSTRACTS 

Coping and adaptation; a behavioral sciences 
bibliography, edited by G»orj;e V. Coelho [et at] 

Chevy Chase, lid.. National Institute of Mental 
Health; [for sale by the Supt. of Docs. U S 
Govt Print Off., Wajjiiiu^ion, I970J, vil 231 
P. (Public Health Service publication, no'. 2087) 
Prepared for the Conference on Coping and 
Adaptation held at Palo Alto, Calif, March 20-22, 

DNLM, SUNY: Z 7204.A2 C783 1970 

Clt. No. 260463 

BENDER-GESTALT TEST 

Hutt, Max L. The Hutt adaptation of the 
Bender-Uestalt test. 2d ed. New York, Grune 
& Stratton [cl969] 102 p. Ulus. First ed 
1960, has title: Clinical use of the revised 
Bcnder-GeBtalt test, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 145 H982c 1989 

Ot. No. 187105 

BIBLIOGRAPHY OF MEDICINE 

Blake, John Ballard, 1922- ed. Medical 

reference worts, 1679-1965; a selected 
bibliography, John B, Blake [and] Charles Roos, 
editors. Chicago, Medical Library Assn., 1987. 
vili, 343 p. (Medical Library Association. 
Publication, no. 3) Revision of A Bibliography 
of the reference works' and histories in medicine 
and the allied sciences issued In the 2d ed. of 
the Medical Library Association's Handbook of 
medical library practice. 
-- — Another copy. 

... Z 675 JM4 B636m 1987 

DNLM: Wl ME372 no.S 1967 Clt. No. 130415 

Sanaxaro, Paul Joseph, 1922- ed. Current 

medical references, edited by Milton J. Chstton 
and Paul J. Sanararo. 6th ed. Los Altos, 
Calif., Lange Medical Publications, 1970. 873 p 
ISBN 0-870414)00-8. 1st and 2d editions by P. J. 
Sanazaro alone. Over 15,000 entries to 
representative English-language medical literature 
consisting mostly of books. Journal articles, and 
reviews. Many annotations. Entries arranged 
under 35 chapters, each dealing with tome aspect 
of medicine. Entries also Include number of 
references when appropriate. Subject Index 
DNLM. MBCO: ZWB 100 S197c 1970 

at. No. Z52444 

Sanaxaro, Pant Joseph, 1922- ed. Current 

medical references; edited by Milton J. Chatton 
[and] Paul J. Sanasaro. 5th ed. Los Altos, 
Calif, Lange. 1967. 595 p. 1st and 2d editions 
by Sanazaro alone. 
DNLM: ZWB 100 S197c 1987 at. No. 120371 



21 



- — ■ mm. 1 lui i «u.L~<rW TfWwnr« i -'r « » ?-j >i y p i .V B im J |i l r " ~ ^bw**H&R 



BIBLIOGRAPHY OF 



-V. 1. 8. ft. - BIBL 

John E. Fogarty International Center for Advanced 
Study la the Health Science*. Geographic Health 
Studies. Soviet medicine: a bibliography of 
bibliographic*. [Belheada, Md.] National 
Institute* of Health: for sale by the Supt. of 
Don., U. S. Govt. Print. Off.. Washington, 1973. 
vlt, 48 p. (DHEW publication no. (NIH> 74-575) 
Prepared under an Interagency agreement with 
the Library of Congress, 
DNLM. SUNY: 2WB 100 J65* 1073 

Clt. No. 372234 

BIBLIOTHERAPY 

Leedy, Jack J„ 1321- ed. Poetry therapy; 

the use of poetry In the treatment of emotional 
disorder!. Philadelphia, Upplncott [CI969] 
138 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 450 L4S4p 19C9 

Clt. No. 187252 

BILE ACIDS AND SALTS 

-CONGRESSES 

CoBtfe"*nee on Bile Belt Metabolism, Cincinnati, 
ISfV Bile salt metabolism, edited by Leon 

So- James B. Carey and John Dietschy. 

Sprm s «cld, I1L, Thomas [clS69] xlil, 304 p. 

Ulus. Sponsored by the University of Cincinnati 

Me ileal Center and a number of pharmaceutical 

companies. 

DNLM, MBCO, SONY: WI 703 C749b 1937 

Clt. No. 215111 

•METABOLISM 

Conference on Bile Bait Metabolism, Cincinnati, 
1967. Bile salt metabolism, edited by Leon 
Sehiff, James B. Carey and John Dietschy, 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C196S] xill, 306 p. 
liius. Sponsored by the University of Cincinnati 
Medical Center and a number of pharmaceutical 
companies. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 703 C?49b 1937 

Clt. No. 235111 

Heaton, K. W. BUe salt* In health and disease. 
. Baltimore, Williams & Wllklna Co. [1972] x, 252 

p. lllus. ISBN 0-443-00917-1. Imprint from 
'' mounted label; original imprint: Edinburgh, 

Churchill Livingstone. Bibliography: p. 196-246. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 703 H442b 1972 

Clt. No. 345213 

BILE DUCTS 

-SURGERY 

Ichein, Clarence J„ 1918- The common bile 

duct; operative cholangiography, biliary endoscopy 
and choledochoUthotomy, by Clarence J. ScheLn 
[et al.J Springfield, III., Thomas [cl906] xiv, 
290 p. lllus. (American lecture series, no. 649. 
American lecture* in roentgen diagnosis) 
DNLM: WI 750 S3 19c 1966 Clt. No. 82730 

BILIARY TRACT 

Dowdy, Gerald S., 1927- The biliary tract. 

Philadelphia, Lea A- Feblger. 1969. xlil, 316 
p. lllus. SBN 8121-0066-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI TOO D745b 1969 

Clt. No. 2X6556 

-JUKOBRY 

Pnestow, Cbarle* Bernard, 1902- Surgery 

of the biliary tract, pancreas, and spleen. 4th 
ed. Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers 
(1970) 397 p. UIu*. (Handbook of operative 
surgery) ISBN 0-8151.4882-9. 
DNLM: WI 700 P9771 1970 Clt. No. 271133 

BILIARY TRACT DISEASES 

Sherlock, Sheila. Diseases of the liver and biliary 
system. 4th ed. Oxford, Blaekwell Scientific 
[1968] xxl, 309 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 700 S55Xd 1968 

Clt. No. 152313 



-DIAGNOSIS 

Rosenthal), Leonard. The application of 

radloiod mated rose bengal and colloidal radio go Id 

In the detection of hepatobiliary disease. St. 

Louta, Green [c!969] x, 83 p. lllus. (Modern 

concepts of radiology, nuclear medicine and 

ultrasound) 

DNLM. MBCO: WI 700 RSlfia 1989 

at. No. 203511 

BILIRUBIN 

■CONGRESSES 

Bilirubin metabolism In the newborn; symposinm 
held In Chlcaro, June 6, 19tS9, under the auspices 
of the Department of Pediatrics, Loyola 
Untrersitr-Striteh School of Medicine, and 
sponsored by the National Foundation. Editor: 
Daniel Esrgsma; scientific editor: David Y-Y. 
H.iia; assistant editor: Carat lie Jackson. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wtlklns, 1970. 136 p. 
lllus., ports. (Birth defects: original article series, 
v. 6, no. 2) SBN 883-06345-4. 
DNLM: WI BI 988 v.8 no.2 1970 
MBCO: WH 425 B595 1970 Cit. No. 260642 

-METABOLISM 

Bilirubin metabolism in the newborn; symposium 
held in Chicago, June 8, 19«9, under the auspices 
of the Department of Pediatric?, Loyola 

L , Ei?erstty-&tritch School of hicolclne, and 
sponsored by tbe National foundation. Editor: 
Daniel Ker^sma; scientific editor: David Y-Y. 
Ilsla; assistant editor: Caffsille JarVion. 
Baltimore, Williams and Wllklna, 1970. 138 p. 
Ulus., ports. (Birth defects; original article series, 
V. 6, no. 2) SBN 683-06343-4. 
DNLM: WI BI 9s8 v.8 no.2 1970 
MBCO: WH 425 B595 1970 Clt. No. 260842 



BIOCHEMISTRY 0? 

Albert, Adrien. Selective toxicity and related 
topics. [4th ed.] London, Methuen [1968] 
xvll, 531 p. lilua., ports. Distributed In the U. 
.S. by Barnes & Noble. 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 38 A333s 1968 

Clt. No. 152373 

Bartley, Walter. The biochemistry of the tissues 
[by] W. Bartley, L. M. Blrt [and] P. Banks. 
London, New York. Wiley [C19G8] xvi, 375 p. 
lllus. SBN 471-C5470-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 4 B291b 1868 

Clt. No. 166403 

Bittar, Evelyn Edward, 1928- ed. The 

biological basis of medicine, edited by E. Edward 
Bittar assisted by Neville Bittar. London, 
Academic Press, 1953- v. lllus. 
DNLM: QH 581 B324b 
MBCO, SUNY: QH 581 B624h Clt. No. 170367 

Brand, Theodor, Fretherr von, 1899- 
BlocUemlstry of parasites. New York, Academic 
Press, 1065. x, 429 p. lllus. Based on the 
author's Chemical physiology of endoparasltic 
animals. 
DNLM: QX 4 B817b 1966 Clt. No. 121131 

Bull, Henry Bolivar, 1905- An Introduction 

to physical biochemistry. Philadelphia, Davis 
[C1984] xll, 433 p. lliu*. 
DNLM: QT 34 B9351 1964 Clt. No. 50201 



BtUL Henry Bolivar. 1905- 
to physical biochemistry. 
Davis [C1971] xl, 469 p 
0-8036- 1400-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: QT 34 B9351 1971 



An Introduction 
2d ed. Philadelphia, 
lllus. ISBN 



Clt. No. 264605 



Daj-iev, S. An Introduction to metabolic pathways 
[by} S. Dagley [and] Donald E. Nicholson. 
Oxford, Blaekwell Scientific! Publication* (1970] 
xi, 343 p. . Ulus. SBN 632-03120-4. Chart 
entitled Metabolic pathway* 1939, designed by D. 
E. Nicholson, In pocket at end of volume. 
DNLM. SUNY: QU 120 D1281 1970 

Clt. No. 263363 

Dawes, Edwin A. Quantitative problem* in 
biochemistry. 4th ed. Edinburgh, London, 
Livingstone. 1967. xl, 351 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QU 4 D269q 1967 Clt. No. 126452 



riiamu, William H„ ed. Metabolic conjugation 
and metabolic hydrolysis, edited by William H. 
Fiahman. Contributor*: Eugene A- Davidson [et 
al.) New York, Academic Pre**, 1 970- v. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 120 F537m Clt. No. 263461 

Harper, Harold Anthony, 1911- Review of 

physiological chemistry. 12th ed. Loa Alto*. 
Calif., Lange, 1989. 564 p. illux. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 4 H2S4r I960 

Cit. No. 215202 

Harper, Harold Anthony, 1911- Review of 

physiological chemistry. 13th ed. : Loa Alton, 
Calif., Lange, 1971. 529 p. llliM. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 4 E294r 1971 

Clt. No. 301071 



Hoffman, William SamueL 1899- The 

biochemistry of clinical medicine. 4th ed. 
Chicago, Year Bouk Medical Publisher* [1970] 
xxvl, 856 p. Ulus. SBN 8151-4537-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 4 H711b 1970 

Clt. No. 230263 

Lennlnftr, Albert L. Biochemistry; the molecular 
bafts of cell structure and function. New York, 
Worth [C1P70] xill. 833 p. lliu*. 
DNLM. MBCO: QU 4 L524b 1970 Clt. No. 260742 

MeGllvery, R. W. Biochemistry; a functional 
approach. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. x, 769 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QU 4 M145b 1970 

at. No. 247271 

Mahler, Henry R. Biological chemistry [by] 
Henry R. Mahler [and] Eugene H. Cordes. 2d 
ed. New York, Harper & Row [1971] xlv, 
10.19 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 4 M215b 1971 

, Cit. No- 313025 

Maznr, Abraham, 1911- Textbook of 

biochemistry [by] Abraham Mazur [and] Benjamin 
Harrow. 10th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
11)71. vlll, 727 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-72I6-4547-X. 
In earlier editions, Harrow's name appeared first. 
DNLM: QU 4 H3231J 1971 Clt. No. 271455 

Orten, James M., 1804- Biochemistry [by]- ■" 

James 11. Orten [and] Otto W. Neuhau*. 8th 
ed. St. Louis, Moaby, 1970. xill, 925 p. UIu*. 
SBN B018-3728-7. Earlier ed*. by I. S. Kleiner. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 4 078b 1970 Clt. No. 285262 

Routh, Joseph Isaac, 19 10- Essentials of 

general, organic and biochemistry [by] Joseph I. 
Routh, Darreli P. Eyman [and] Donald J. Burton. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunders [cl969] z, 718 
p. lllus., ports. 

Instructor's manual. Philadelphia, 

London, Saunders, 11)89. 134 p. 

QD 33 R869e 1969 Suppl. 
DNLM: QD 33 R869e 1969 Clt. No. 201623 

Routh, Joseph Isaac, 1910- Fundamental* 

of Inorganic, organic and biological chemistry. 
5th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1965. xl, 414 
p. Utu*. 
DNLM: QD 33 R8«9f 1965 Clt. No. 36513 

Routh, Joseph Isaac, 1910- Introduction to 

biochemistry. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. 
vlll, 165 p. Ulus. (Saunders golden series) 
ISBN 0-7216-7758-4. 
DNLM: QU 4 R8691 1971 Clt. No. 164537 

Sloane, Nathan H. Review of biochemistry [by] 
Nathan H. Sloane [and] J. Lynda! York. [New 
York] MacmUlan [cl969] Ix, 278 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 4 S634r 1969 Clt. No. 213620 

Toporek, Milton. Essential* of biochemistry. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofta [cl97l] Ix, • 
396 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-390-88209-7. Adapted 
from tbe author's Basic chemistry of life. 
DNLM: QU 4 T675e 1971 Clt. No. 170054 

Whits, Abraham, 1908- Principle* of 

biochemistry [by] Abraham White, Philip Handler 
[and] Emli L. Smith. 4th ed. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [C1963] xill, 1187 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QU 4 W582p 1968 

at. No. 150317 

White, Abraham, 1908- Principle* of 

blocbeml*try [by] Abraham White, Philip Handler 
[and] EmU L. Smith. 5th ed. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [cl973] xv, 1295 p. UIu*. ISBN 
0-07-069758-2 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; QU 4 W5£2p 1971 

Clt. No. 364206 



( 



2S 



c 






BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 



Wolf, Frank J. Separation method! In organic 
chemistry and bloohemi*try. New York, 
London, Academic Pre**, 1989. vtll, 137 p. 
Ulus. SBN 11-781650-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 83.S4 W853* 1969 

C1L No. £35531 

•CONGRESSES 

Ciba Found at ion. Ctba Foundation symposium 
[on] principle! of blomolecular organization. Ed. 
G E VV Wolsten holme and Macve O'Connor, 
London. Churchill, 1968. xit, 491 P. Ulu!- 
DNLM: QU 4 C587c 19*8 Cit. No. 67704 

International Symposium In Biochemical 
Fatholog j. 1st, Champion, Fa., 1965. 
Biochemical pathology; proceeding! of the ftrit 
International Symposium In Biochemical 
Pathology, held at Seven Springs, Champion, 
Pennsylvania, June 13 through June 16, 1965. 
Orpanized and ed. by Emmanuel Farber and Peter 
N. Maeee. Baltimore, WilUam* & Wllkln*. 1986. 
vt'i, 244 p. IHu*. Sponsored by the Dept. of 
Pathology, University of Pittsburgh School of 
Medicine, aided by grants from the National 
tnaf'ute of General Medical Science! of the 
Na al Institute* of Health, United States 
Pu Health Service and from Fisher Scientific 
Company. Reprinted from Laboratory 
investigation, v. 15, no. 1, pt. 1. 
DNLM: W3 IN911 1965b Cit. No. 51033 

International Symposium om Exercise Biochemistry, 
1st, Brussels, 1968. Biochemistry of exercise; 
proceeding!. Edited by J. R. Poortman*. Basel, 
New York, Karger, 1989. vill, 364 p. Ulus. 
(Medicine and aport, v. 3) 
DNLM; Wl ME649P v.3 1969 
MBCO; QT 260 M4B9 v.3 1969 Cit. No. 110556 

Symposium on Control Processes In Multicellular 
Organisms, New Delhi, 1989. Control processes 
in multicellular organisms; a Ciba Foundation 
symposium [held at the India International 
Centre, Now Delhi. 17-21 March 1999] Edited by 
G. E. W. Wolitenholme and Julie Knight, 
London. Churchill, 1970. xi, 414 p. Blum. 
SBN 7000-1431-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 4 S991C 1969 

Clt. No. 847645 

Symposium on Fundamental Cancer Research, M. 
D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute, 
Houston, Tex., 19th, 1965. Developmental and 
. metabolic control mechanism* and neoplasia; a 
collection of papers. Baltimore, WllBams and 
Wilkina, 1985. 514 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: W3 SY5177 1965d Clt. No. 47534 

.HIST. 

Watson, James D„ 1928- The double heUx; 

a personal account of the discovery of the 
structure of DNA. New York, Atheneum, 1668. 
xvl, 223 p. Hlu!., port!. Portion! of thl! book 
were first published In the Atlantic monthly. 
■ DNLM: QU 55 W339d 1968 Clt. No. 141108 



-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Hawk, F hi lip Barter, 1874- Physiological 

chemistry, ed. bv Bernard L. Oier. 14th ed. 
New York, McGraw-Hill [C1965] xvl, 1472 p. 
illus. 13th ed. hai title: Practical physiological 
chemistry. „ .„„ 

DNLM: QU 4 H392p 19S5 Ctt. No. 48265 

O'Brien, Donongh, 1923- Laboratory manual 

of pediatric microbtochemlcal techniques (by) 
Donougn O'Brien, Frank A. Ibbott [and] Deni* O. 
Rodgerson. 4th ed. New York, Hoeber 
[C196BJ xlv. 378 p. lllui. Title of 3d ed. 
varies slightly. 
DNLM: QY 25 013L 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: QY 25 013L 1988 Clt. No. 155440 

ReBdl-.a, a tor j*. Experimental method! In 
modern biochemistry. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1971. xvlli, 333 p. IHu*. (Saunder* golden 
series) ISBN 0-7218-7550-8. 
DNLM: QU 25 R3»7e 1971 C1L No. 2702S4 

-OUTLINES 

Montgomery, Rex. Quantitative problems In the 
biochemical sciences (by] Rex Montgomery [and] 
Charles A. Swenson. San Franclaco, Freeman 
tcl969] Kill, 308 p. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QU 18 M788q 19*9 

Ot. No. 204535 



-TABLES 

Clbs-Gelgy Limited. Scientific tables. Edited by 
K. Diem and C. Lentner. 7th ed. Basle [1972, 
cl970] 809 p. Illus. (Document* Gelgy) 
Distributed in the U.S. by Gelgy Pharmaceuticals, 
Ardaley, N.Y. Translation of Wlsaenachaftllche 
Tabellen. Earlier ed. by Gelgy (J. R.) A. G., 
Basel. Part of illustrative material In pocket at 

SUNY: Q 199 C587w 1970 Clt. No. 403524 

Handbook of biochemistry; selected data for 
molecular biology. Editor: Herbert A. Sober. 
Adrisorv board chairman: Robert A. Harte. 
Compiler: Eva K. SoSer. In collaboration with a 
large number of seltntuts ... Cleveland. 
Chemical Rubber Co, [cl958I 1 v. (various 
paglngs) Ulus. Manual of critically evaluated 
data In biochemistry. Arranged according to 
broad categories. Genernl Index. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 16 H2S0 1968 

Clt. No. 172560 

Handbook of biochemistry; selected data for 
molecular biology. F.diior: Herbert A. Sober. 
Advisory board chairman: Robert A. Harte, 
Compiler: Eva R. Sober. In collaboration with a 
large number of scientists ... 2d ed. 
Cleveland, Chemical Rubber Co. [1970] 1 v, 
(variously p.igeri) Bltia, ___._ 

DNLM, SUNY: QU ID H238 1970 Clt, No. 273042 

BIOLOGICAL TRA?48PORT 

Lakshmlnarayanalah, N. Transport phenomena In 
membranes. New York, Academic Press, 1969. 
xi, 517 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QB 601 L192t 1969 

Clt. No. 224402 

Stein, W. D. The movement of molecules across, 
jell membranes. New York, Academic Presa, 
1957. xvli. 369 p. Illus. (Theoretical and 
experimental biology, v. 6) 
DNLM: Wl TH12 no.6 1967 Clt. No. 127105 

•CONGRESSES 

Intestinal transport of electrolytes, amino acids, 
aed sucars, edited by W. McD. Armstrong and A. 

S. Nubji, Jr. Sprim;;: t^. III. Thomas [C1971, I.e. 
1970] x. 352 p. Ulus. Papers presented at a 
symposium held at Indianapolis, Sept. 4-S, 1S6B, 
and sponsored by the International Union of 
Physiological Sciences and by Indiana University. 
DNLM, MBCO: Wl 402 161 1968 Cit. No. 270712 

Physical basea of circulatory transport: regulation 
and exchange; the proceedings of a conference 
[held in Sept. lSt.3] ... Edited by E. B. Reeve 
[and J Arthur C. Guvton. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 19-7. si, 3S1 p. illus. Conference 
sponsored by the University of Colorado Medical 
Center with the collaboration of the Committee 
on Shock, National Research Council and 
supported by funds provided by the National 
Heart Institute and otlier agencies. 
DNLM: WG 103 P578 1D68 Cit. No. 124388 

Symposium on Circulatory and Respiratory Mass 
Transport, London. 1968. Circulatory and 
respiratory mass transport; a Ciba Foundation 
symposium. Edited by G. E. W. Wolstcnholme 
and Julie Knight. Boston, Little, Brown, 1969. 
X 310 p. Ulus, SBN 70OO-139O-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 103 S991C 1968 

Clt. No. 217403 

BIOLOGY 

Brooks, Stewart Marshall. Integrated basic 
science; an introductory science textbook for 
nursing and allied health programs. Sd ed. 
St. Louis. Moaby, 1970. jr.il, 508 p. Ulus. 
SBN 80I8-0au4-X. 
DNLM: QH 308 B8761 1970 Cit. No. 241105 

Current trends In cryoblolngy. Edited by Audrey 
U. Smith. New York, Plenum Press, 1970, xl, 

252 p. Illus. (International cryogenics 
monograph series) ISBN 0-308-50423-6. 
SUNY: QH 853 C957 1970 Clt. No. 307601 

Fream, William Charles. Applied human biology 
for nurses. Baltimore, WUliam* and Wilkin*. 
1984. xi, 408 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QT 014 F849* 1984 Clt. No. 10104 



Bendee, WHUam B. Radioactive Isotopes la 
biological research. New York, WUey [C19T3] 
xvl, 358 p. Ulus. (A Wllcy-Intersclence 
publication) ISBN 0-471-37043-1. : 
DNLM, SUNY: WN 415 H495r 1973 

Clt. No. 403537 

-DICT. 

Leader, Robert W. Dictionary of comparative 
pathologv and experimental biology [by] Robert 
W Leader [and] Isabel Leader. Philadelphia. 
Saunders, 1971. vl, 233 p. ISBN 0-7216-5659-5. 
Omits general terms already adequately covered 
in standard medical dictionaries. Emphasis on 
Infectious diseases; laboratory animals; diseases 
of rata, mice, and rabbits; genetics; terms used 
by experimental behavlorlsts; and Immunologic 
phenomena. Tables, Cross reference*. 
Bibliography of 165 reference*. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QZ 13 L4S4d 1971 
Clt. No. 



-hist. 

Feller. Slrlsransd, 1890- Quantitative 

research in human biology and medicine. 
Bristol, Wright, 1887. lx, 422 p. Ulu*. 
Distributed in U. S. by WUlUms * Wilkin*. 
DNLM: WZ 40 P387q 1967 Clt. No. 1S81S4 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Davis, Rnasell. Laboratory exercises in biology 
[byl Russell Davis [et al.] Philadelphia, 
Saundere. 19-16. vlil. 387 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: QH 307 D2ML 19C8 Cit. No, 47008 

-TABLES 

Federation of America* Societies for Experimental 
Hloloyy. Committee on Biological Handbook*. 
Environmental biology; comp. and ed. by PhlUp L. 
Altmnn and Dorothy S. Dlttmer. Dethesda, Md. 
[clSG9] xx I, 694 p. (Biological handbooks) 
DNLM: QH 307 F293e 1966 Clt. No. S4822 

BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 

Frankel, Victor PJrsch, 1925- Orthopaedic 

biomechanics; the application of engineering to 

the mu£i-ulo££ei«tal system. [By] Victor H. 

Frankci {and] Albert H. Bursteln. Philadelphia, 

Lea & FculEer, 1970. vll, 188 p. Ulu*. SBN 

8121-001)0-5. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 168 F8I9o 1970 

Ot, No. 233110 

Lee Henry, 1920- Handbook of biomedical 

plastics, by Henry Lee [anil] Krl* NevUIe. 
Pasadena, Calif., Pasadena Technology Pre** 
[cl971] 1 v. (various paging*) Ulu*. 

DNLM, SUNY: WO 640 L478H 1971 

Clt. No. 316130 

Longmore, Donald. Machine* In medicine; the 

medical practice of the future, edited and 
U lustra ted by M. Ro**-Maedonald. London, 
Aldus Booh* [C1969] 192 p. Ulu*. (Aldus 
science and technology series) SBN 49O-00131-9. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QT 34 L856ol 1969 

Clt- No. 243223 

Lndwlg, Herbert, 1939- * Computer 

applications and techniques In clinical medicine. 
New York. WUey [cl»74] x, 317 p. Ulus. 
(Stanford series on methods and technique* In 
the cUnical laboratory) ISSN 0-471-5S3S8-5. A 
WUey biomedical. health publication. 



DNLM, SUNY: W 26.5 L948c 1974 

Ot. No. 4155IS 

Lusted, Lee Browning, 1922- PRIME; an 

automated Information system for hospital* and 
biomedical engineering laboratories [by J Lee B. 
Lusted [and] Robert W. Coffin. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publisher* [cl967] 232 p. illus. 
DNLM: QT 34 L972p 1987 at. No. 124580 

Myers, George H. Engineering in the heart and 

blood vessels [by] George H. Myers [and] Victor 
Parsonnet. New York, London, 
Wlley-Intersclence [C1969] JUlt, 198 p. Ulu*. 
(Wiley I n terse ie nee *erie* on biomedical 
engineering) SBN 471-62722-4. 

DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QT 34 M9»fte 1989 

at. No. 117233 



25 



BIOMEDICAL ENGINEERING 






Note, Yukfhiko, I9S3- ed. Cardiac 

engineering, New York, Intersclence [el 970] 
x, 361 p. Uliu- (Advacce« In biomedical 
enrlueerlng and medical uhyslea, v. 3) 
Intersclence aerlea. SBN 471-65138-9. Partially 
derived from papen preaeated at the seventh 
International Conference on Medical and 
Biological Engineering, held In Stockholm In 1987. 
DNLM: Wl AD449 v.3 1970 Clt. No. 186107 

Bay, Charles Dean, ed. Medical engineering. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical PubUahera [cl974] 
xxvll, 1256 p. Ulua. ISBN 0-8151-7113-7. 

DNLM. MBCO, SUNY; QT 34 RI63m 197* 

CiL No. 403505 

WUIiami, D. F. Implant* In aurgery [by] D. tf. 
WUllam* and Robert Roaf, with contribution* by 
D. O. Maisela, LesUe J. Temple and J. T. M. 
Wright London, Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. 
x, 598 p. Ulna. ISBN 0-7216-9447-0. 

DNLM, SUNY: WO MO W72M I07S 

at. No. 377305 

BIOMETRY 

Bancroft, HnMih. Introduction to bloatatlatlca. 
2d ed. [by] Johannes Ipsen [and] Polly Feigl. 
New York, Harper tt Row [c!970] x, 123 p. 
Ulua. 
DNLM, SUNY: QA 378 B21S1 1970 

Clt. No. 265218 

Oldham, P. D. Measurement In medicine; the 
Interpretation of numerical data- Philadelphia, 
Llppincott [1983] vllt, 218 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO: HA 39 044m 1988 

Cit. No. 205805 



Biochemical 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 

C1L No. 47037 



Patton, Alva Rae, 1908- 

energetics and kinetics 
l'JS5. v, 118 p. illus. 
DNLM: QU 133 P322b 1065 

Remington, Richard D. Statlatlca with 
applications to the biological and health sciences 
[by] Richard D. Remington [and] M. Anthony 
Schork. Englewood Cliffs, N, J., Prentice-Hall 
[cl97C] xii. 416 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 405 R388S 1970 

at. No. 340183 

8 char, Stanley. Fundamental* of bloatatlatlca. 
New York, Putnam Jc!£88) 312 p. 
DNLM: HA 29 S37« 1983 Cit. No. 183110 

Stlbitt, George R Mathematics In 

medicine and the life sciences. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [cl9S6] 391 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: QA 37 5854m IBM Clt. No. 43041 

-OUTUNES 

Montgomery, Rex. Quantitative problems In the 
biochemical sciences [byl Rex Montgomery [sad] 
Charles A. S wesson. San Francisco, Freeman 
[C1SS9] xlIL 308 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO: QU IS M788o, IMS 

at. No. 104535 

BIOPHARMACEUTICS 

B lop harm ace ottea, James Bwarbriek, editor. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1970. xl, 304 p. 
lllus. (Current concepts in the pharmaceutical 
sciences) ISBN Q-8121-G30S-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 38 B818 1970 at. No. 284070 

BIOPHYSICS 

Brown, Clinton Carl, 1931- Instrumentation 

with semiconductors for medical researchers, in 
consultation with George N. Webb. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [C1964] xvll, 254 p. Ulua. 
(American lecture aeries, no. 591. American 
lectures In objective psychiatry) 
DNLM: QT 34 B8771 1984 at. No. 30035 

Ball, Henry Bolivar, 1605- An Introduction 

to pli v ileal biochemistry. Philadelphia, Davis 
[C1964J xii, 433 p. lllus. 
DNLM: QT 34 B935I 1984 Clt. No. 50201 



Bull, Henry Bolivar, 1905- 
to physical biochemistry. 
Davia [C1971] xl, 449 p 
0-8038.1400-4. 
DNLM. MBCO: QT 34 BS3H 1971 



An Introduction 
2d ed. Philadelphia, 
lllus. ISBN 



Hendee, William R. Medical radiation physics. 
[1st ed.] Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers [1970] 599 p. illus. ISBN 
0-8151-4239-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WN 810 H495m 1970 

at. No. 246417 

Roeh, Theodore Cedric 1908- ed. Physiology 

and biophysics, edited by Theodore C. Ruch and 
Harry D. Patton. 19th ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders [1988, clMS] xxv, 1232 p. lllus. 
Earlier edition has, title: Medical physiology and 
biophysics. At head of title: Howell - Fulton. 
DNLM, MBCO: QT 4 RB99m 1965 

Clt. No. 157075 

Bach, Theodore Cedric, 1908- ed. Physiology 

and biophysics, eatted by Theodore C. Ruch and 
Harry D. Patton. 20th ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1973- v. lllus. ISDN 

0-7218-7819-X (v,3) At head of title: Howell - 
Fulton. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QT 4 R899m 

Clt, No. 353584 

Biayter, Elisabeth M. Optical methods in biology. 
New York, Wiley, 1870. vlll, 757 p. lllu*. 
SBN 471-79870-0. 
DNLM, MBCO: QT 34 SSSlo 1970 

Clt. No. 235515 

-CONGRESSES 

Clba Foundation. Clba Foundation symposium 

[on] principles of bloraolecular organization. Ed. 
G. E. W. Wo Uteri holme and Maevo O'Connor. 
London, Churchill, 1968. xii, 401 p. illus. 
DNLM: QU 4 C5S7C 1966 Clt. No. 87704 

•ESSAYS 

Blophvsles and physiology of excitable membranes, 
edited by William J. Adelman, Jr. New York, 
Van Nostrand Reluhold [C1971] xlv, 527 p. 
Ulua. Based on series of lectures gljwn at the 
Marine Biological Laboratory In 1969. w 

DNLM, MBCO: QH 601 B621 1971 

at. No. 322057 

BIOPSY 

Brewer, Doagl** Bertram. Renal biopsy. 2d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams & WUklna, 1973. 103 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WJ 300 B847r 1973 

Clt. No. 384571 

Dahtrren, Sren. Transthoracic needle biopsy, by 
Sven Dahlgren and BJorn Nordenstrom. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers [cl9«6] 
132 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WF 800 D131t 1968 Clt. No. 71737 

Demllng, Ladwlg. Endoscopy snd biopsy of the 
esophagus and stomach, by L. Demllng, R. 
Otteajann. [and] K. Elster. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1S72. sill, 128 p. Ulua. ISBN 
0-7216-3013-8. Translation of Endoskople und 
Biopste dec Spetserobre und dea Magcns. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 141 D381e 1972a 

Cit. No. 350665 

Dubowitx, Victor. Muscle biopsy; a modern 
approach [by] Victor Dubowitz [and] Michael H, 
Brooke. London, Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. 
x, 475 p. lllus. (Major problems In neurology, v. 
2) ISBN 0-7216-32^0-3. 
DNLM: Wl MA492U v.2 1973 
XNLM: [WE 550 D818ra 1973] Cit. No. 407576 

Bead, Alan Ernest Alfred, ed. Biopsy procedures 
in clinical medicine. Bristol, Wright, 1983. 
198 p. llius. SBN 7238-0208-5. Distributed In 
the U. S. by Williams A- Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 379 R282b 1988 

at. No. 165165 

Schraer, Peter J. Liver biopsy interpretation. 
London, BaUIiere, Tindall, A Cassell [1968] x, 
138 p. Ulua. SBN: 7020-0245-3. U. S. 
publisher: WUllams A- Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 700 S328L 1963 

at. No. 171714 



BLADDER NECK OBSTRUCTION 

-IN INFANCY A- CHILDHOOD 

Young, Bradford Wood bridge, 1921- Lower 

urinary tract obstruction in childhood. 
Philadelphia, Lea A- Feblger, 1972. xlL 103 p. 
Ulua. ISBN 0-8121-0381-S. BlbUography: p. 
168-189. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 3» Y68L 19T1 

at. No. 320537 

BLADDER NEOPLASMS 

Banna, K. P. Tumours of the urinary bladder. 
New York, Appleton-Century-aofta [1969] xii. 
443 p. ISBN 0-407-42220-X. 
SUNY: WJ 500 S2461 1969 at. No. 157704 



( 



-RADIOORAPHY 

Lang, Erich Karl, 1929- | 

diagnosis of bladder tumors. 
Thomas [C1968] XL 119 p. 
DNLM: WJ 500 L269T 1963 

-THERAPY 



Roentgenographlc 
Springfield, HI., 
Ulus. 

at. No. 137431 



Caldwell, William L., 1929- Cancer of the 

urinary bladder. St. Louis, Green [C1970] xl, 
116 p. lllu*. (Modern concept* of radiology, 
nuclear medicine and ultrasound) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WJ 500 CH7c 1970 

Clt. No. 244674 

BLADDER, NEUROGENIC 

Bors, Erneit, 1960- Neurological urology; - 

physiology of mlcturlUon, It* neurological 
disorder g and sequelae [by] Ernest Bora and A. 
E*tln Coinarr. Baltimore, University Park Press, 
1971. U, 454 p. ISBN 0-8391-0595-9. 
BlbUography: p. (3C0]=454. . 
DNLM, MBCO, SUIT** WJ 500 B73Sn 1971 

Clt. No. 3S5842 

-CONGRESSES 

Boyarsky, Saul, 1923- ed. Neurogenic 

bladder; a symposium held under the auspices of 
the Vocational P. ehabi Illation Administration and 
Duke University Medical Center, Durham, North 
Carolina, February 18-20, 1965. Baltimore, 
Williams & Wllklns, 1967. xx, 308 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WJ 500 B787n 1965 at. No. 7715S 

BLAST INJURIES" 

Sehlldt, Evert. Nuclear explosion casualties; a 
presentation and an evaluation of biological, 
technica', and other Information for over-all 
medical planning.- Stockholm, Almqvtst A 
W jell [1947] 1B5 p. Ulu*. 
L .tJI, MBCO: WW 610 S334n 1967 

at. No. 116453 

BLEPHAROPTOSIS 

•SURGERY 

Beard, CrowelL 1912- Ptoai*. St. Louis, 

Mogby, 1959. tx, 341 p. Ulua.- SBN 
801G-O530-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 205 B3*8p 1989 

Clt. No. 201457 

Pox, Sidney Albert, 1888- » Surgery of ptoai* 

(blepharoptotls). New York, London, Grune A 
Stratton [1D63] xl, 234 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, SUNY; WW 205 F794* 19*8 

Clt. Nn. 161454 



( 



BLINDNESS 



at. No. 164603 



Baumxn, Mary Klnsey, 1910- Adjustment 

to blindness • re-viewed, by Mary K. Bauman and 
Norman M. Yoder. Springfield, 111., Tbomaa 
[cl966] xvi, 272 p. Preparec" under a grant 
from the Vocational Rehabilitation 
Administration. Dept. of Health, Education and 
Welfare, Washington, D.C. and frou the Office 
for the Blind, Dept. of PubUe Welfare, 
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania, 
DNLM: HV 1795 B347* 1988 at Nn. 63157 

-IN INFANCY k CHILDHOOD 

Blnhm, Doxm* L. Teaching the retarded visually 
handicapped; Indeed they are chUdren. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1968. xlL 117 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, MBCo: LC 4601 B658t 1968 

at. No. 15 



2.-', 



c 






BLOOD CIRCULATION 









-REHABILITATION 

Fulker, Wtlner H. Techniques with tangibles; a 
manual for teaching the blind, by Wllber H. 
Fulker and Mary Fulker. Springfield, 111., 
Thomai [C196S] xll. 71 p. Illus. 
DNLM, SUNY: HV 1701 F964t 1968 

«t. No. 152041 

BLOOD 

Cartwrlgbt, George Eastman, 1517. 
Diagnostic laboratory hematology. 4th ed., rev. 
and enl. New York, London, Grune tt Stratton 
[cl988] illl, 441 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 400 C329d 1968 

Ctt. No. 133515 

Dade, John Vivian. Practical haematology, by J. 
V. Daele and S. M. Lewi*. 4th ed. New York, 
Grune & Stratton, IMS. vli. 568 p. Uluj. 
SBN 7000-1586-3. 
MBCO, SUNY: QY 400 D118p I960 

Clt. No. 205147 

De laser, 3. W. Handbook of haematological and 
blood transfusion technique [by] J. W. Delaney 
and George Garratty. 2d cd. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts; London, Butterworth 
[C1S69] xll, 422 p. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 400 D337h 1969 

Clt. No. 224013 

East ham, Robert Duncan, Clinical haematology. 
2d ed. Bristol, Wright, 1SS3. 168 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 400 E13c 1963 

Clt. No. 65233 

Ferguson, John Howard, 1902- Blood and 

body functions. Philadelphia, Da via [cl965] 
340 p. Ulus. 

DNLM: QY 400 F352b 1965 Clt. No. 46467 

Huhn, Dieter. Fine structure of blood and bone 
marrow; an Introduction to electron microscopic 
hematology, by Dieter Huhn and Walther Stlch, 
with technical assistance .of Mareike Darsow and 
Gertrud Wochlnger. New York, Hafner [1969] 
136 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 100 H899f 1969 

at. No. 224125 

HI ale, John Bayer, 1916. Laboratory 

medicine: hematology. 4th ed. St. Louis, 
Moaby. 1972. vill, 1318 P. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8018-3427-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 M618L 1972 

Clt. No. 342211 

Ml ale, John Beyer, 1916- Laboratory 

medicine - hematology. 3d ed. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1967. x, 1257 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 100 M618L 1967 Clt. No. 123755 

Naval Medical School. Hematology. Rev. 1962. 

Bethesda (1963] 125 p. Ulus. 

DNLM: QY 400 U58h 1963 at. No. 227023 

Nonr-Eldln, r. Haematology; rudlmental, 
practical, and clinical. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [C1972J xl, 385 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-407-71770-1. Bibliography; p. 
342-361. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 400 NS31h 1972 

Clt. No. 343001 

Selverd, Charles Edward, 1913- Hematology 

for medical technologists. 4th ed. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1973. xl, 840 p. 
illus. ISBN 0-8121-03785. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 400 S482h 1972 

Clt. No. 343051 

Big gsard -Anders en, Ole. The acid-base status of 
the blood. [Tr. from the Danish by H. Cowan] 
3d ed. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkin*, 1965. 
134 P. Ulus. 
DNLM: WD 210 S575a 1965 Clt. No. 41123 

Simmons, Arthur. Basic hematology; an 
Introduction for student medical technologist* 
and assistant*. Springfield, III., Thomas [C1973] 
XV, 278 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-398-02536-3. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 S593b 1973 

Clt. No. 350307 

SlmmoDi, Arthur. Technical hematology. 
Phlladelphis, Upplncott [cl968] xll. 119 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM:QY 400 S592t 1968 Clt. No. 145301 



Wlntrobe, Maxwell Myer, 1901- Clinical 

hematology. 6 th ed. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1967. xxv, 1237 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 100 W794c 1967 at. No. 117517 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Blood Oxygenation, 
University of Cincinnati, 1969. Blood 
oxygenation; proceedings ... Edited by Daniel 
Hershey. New York, Plenum Press, 1970. x, 
374 p. Ulu*. SBN 306-30486-4. Sponsored by 
the U. S. Army Medical Research and 
Development Command and the University of 
Cincinnati. 
DNLM; WH 100 I64b 1969 at. No, 266261 

-IMMUNOLOGY 

Zmijewski, Chester M. Immunohematology, by 
Chester M. Zmijewski with the assistance of June 
L. Fletcher and Ronald L. St. Pierre. New 
York, Applet on-Century-Crofts [clOTBJ x, 300 
p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 570 Z821 1968 

Clt. No. 154500 

BLOOD BANKS 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Pirofsky, Bernard, 1926- Blood banking 

principles review book; essay question* and 
answer*. 525 essay questions and referenced 
answers, by Bernard Pirofaky, Anne V. August 
[and] Helen M. Nelson. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., C1973. 144 p. 
ISBN 0-87483-S3J-3. 
DNLM, SUNY; WH 18 P671b 1873 

at. No. 371476 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

American Association of Blood Banks. Technical 
method* and procedures. 5th ed. Chicago, 
1070. vl, 301 p. Ulus. m 

DNLM: WH 460 A512t 1970 Clt. No. 257074 

BLOOD-BRAIN BARRIER 

Kstzman, Robert, 1025- Brain electrolytes 

and fluid metabolism [by] Robert Katsman [and] 

Hanna M. Pappius. Baltimore, WUliams & 

Wllklns [cl973] xl. 419 p. Ulus. ISBN 

0-683-04522-9. 

DNLM, SUNY: WL 104 K19b 1973 

Clt. No. 355340 

-CONGRESSES 

Brain barrier systems, edtted by Abel Lajtha and 
Donald H. Ford. Amsterdam, New York, 
Elsevier, 1968. xv, 552 p. Illus. (Progress In 
brain research, v. 29) Proceedings of a 
conference held In Amsterdam, Sept. 26-30, 1968. 
DNLM: Wl PR867J v.29 1988 Clt. No. 162025 

BLOOD CELLS 

Cutts, J, Barry. Cell separation; methods in 
hematology. New York, Academic Pres*. 1970. 
x, 228 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WHU40 C991C 1970 

Clt. No. 243667 

Glblett, Elclse R. Genetic markers In human 
blood. Philadelphia, Davis [1969] xxvll, 629 
p. Ulus. SBN 832-052W-2. 
SUNY: QH 431 G447g 1969 Ctt. No. 220522 

Harper, Trevor A. The peripheral blood film. 
London, Butterworth [C196B] Ix, 134 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 402 II295p 1968 

Clt. No. 145620 

Ponder, Eric, 1898- Hemolysis and related 

phenomena. Reissued ed. New York, Grune 
St Stratton [1971] x, 398 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-8089-0672-0. 
MBCO: WH 140 P796h 1971 at. No. 27372S 

Setts, Joseph F. The biochemistry of the cells of 
blood and bone marrow. Springfield, Hi., 
Thoma* [cl969] be, 248 p. (American lecture 
series, no. 759. American lectures in living 
chemistry) 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WH 140 S461b 1969 

at. No. 245304 



-ATLASES 

Hay hoe. Prank George James An atlas of 
haematological cytology [by] F. G. J. Hayfcoc and 
R. J. Flemans. New York, VVUey-Intersclence 
[C1970] 320 p. Ulu*. (Wolfe medical atlases, 
1) 
SUNY: WH 17 H419a 1969 GL No. 257756 

Taxaka, Yunkaxn. Electron microscopy of 
human blood cells, with 230 Illustrations [by) 
Yasukazu Tanaka [and] Joseph R. Goodman. 
New York, Harper A- Row [cl972] x, 432 p. 
Ulu*. ISBN 0-06-14523-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 17 T161e 1972 

Clt. No. 324372 

-CONGRESSES 

American National Red Cross Aantutl Scientific 
Symposium, 3d, Washington, D. C., 1970. 
Formation it destruction of blood cells. Edited 
by Tlbor J. Greenwalt and G. A. Jamleson, 
Philadelphia, Upplncott [cl970] 311 p. Ulus, 
DNLM: W3 AM58 1970f 
MBCO, SUNY: WH 140 A512f 1970 

Clt. No. 2S5665 

International Research Conference, Lankenaa 
Hospital, Philadelphia, 6th, 1969. Blood cells as 
a tissue; proceedings. Edited by William L 
Holmes. New York, Plenum Press, 1970. xj, 
371 p. lllua. ISBN 0-306-30510-0. 
DNLM: W3 IN866 1969b 
SUNY: WH 140 181b 1969 Clt. No. 260102 

-PATHOLOGY 

Silver, Rlchsrd T„ 1929- Morphology of the 

blood and m.irrow In clinical practice. New 
York, Grune ic Stratton, 1970. xxx, 125 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 S587m 1970 

at. No. 245646 

BLOOD CHEMICAL ANALYSIS 

Cart wright, George Eastman, 1917- 
Dlagnostlc laboratory hematology. 4th ed., rev. 
and enl. Nevr York, London, Grune « Stratton 
[Cl9Gri] xlll, 441 p. 11 Hi J- 
DNLM. MBCO: QY 400 C329d 1963 

Clt. No. 133515 

Yunls, Jorge J., ed. Biochemical methods In red 
cell genetics. New York, Academic Press, 1969. 
xlll, &30 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 450 Y95b 1969 

at. No. 174715 

BLOOD CIRCULATION 

Abr*-nson, David Irvin, 1905- Circulation 

the extremities. New York, Academic Press, 
1967. xvi, 557 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WG 103 A161C 1967 at. No. 140032 

Burton, Alan Chadhurn, 1904- Physiology 

and biophysics of the circulation; an Introductory 
text. 2d ed. Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers [C1972] xlv, 226 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8151-1363-3, 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 103 B974p 1972 

Clt. No. 347602 

Carlsten, Arse. The circulatory response to 
muscular exercise In man, by Arne Carta ten and 
Gunnar Grimby, Springfield, IH., Thoma* 
[cl966} 129 p. (American lecture series, no. 
625. American lectures in sport nnedlclne) 
DNLM: WE 103 C284c 1966 Cit. No. 40265 

Lathy, Ernst. Die orthostatlschen 
KreLslaufstorungen. [Basel] Sandot [1967?] t» 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W6 P3 Clt. No. 142163 

Maggie, EIlo, Mlcrohemoclrcula'lon; observable! 
variable* and their biologic control. Springfield, 
DL. Thomas [cl965] xlll, 194 p. Ulus. 
Revised translation of Micro- e 
m acro-e mocirco lailo ne . 
DNLM: WG 103 Ml 93m 1965 at. No. 55064 

Price, Henry Locher, 1922- Circulation 

during anesthesia and operation. Springfield, 
Hi., Thomas [C1967] ix, 119 p. 

DNLM: WO 200 P945c 1967 Clt. No. 136632 



' 



25 



BLOOD CIRCULATION 



Respiration and circulation, compiled and edited by 
Philip L. Alt man and Dorothy B. Dlttmtr. 
Prepare*! under I be ausplcei of the Committee on 
Biological Handbooks. Bethcsda, Md„ 
Federation of American Societies for 
Experimental Biology Eel 97 1, I. e. 1870) xxv, 
930 p. lllus. (Biological handbooks) A revision 
and combination or the 1958 Handbook of 
respiration and the 1859 Handbook of circulation. 
DNLM, B1BCO: WF 101 R434 1970 

Clt. No. 171374 

Wise, George N„ 1914- The retinal 

circulation [by] George N. WUe, Colin T. Dollery 
(and) Paul Henklnd. [lit ed.) New York, 
Medical Dept., Harper & Row [C1971) vlll, 506 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-09-141707-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 170 WSllr 1871 

Clt. NO. 311185 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on Microcirculation, Perfusion, and 
Transplantation of Organ*, Miami, Fla., 1969. 
Microcirculation, perfusion, and transplantation of 
organs; proceedings. Edited by Theodore I. 
MailnJn Jet al.] New Yotk, Academic Pre**, 
1970. xvl, 423 p. flfus. Sponsored by the 
Office of Naval Research and the University of 
Miami School of Medicine. 
DNL'\ MBCO, SUNY; WG 700 C74Bm 1989 

Clt. No. 255U6 

International Conference on Htmorheology, 1st, 
University of IeeUnd, IES0. Hemorheology; 
prO'ieedlngs. Edited by A. L. Copley. jlst ed.) 
Oxford, New York, Pergamon Press [1968] xx, 
849 p. tllus. Text In English or French. 
DN13I: W3 1N181K 1906h 
MECO: WG 103 I6h 1968 
MBCo: WG 103 Kb. I860 Clt. No. 164224 

The Microcirculation; a symposium; compiled and 
edited by William L. Winters, Jr. and Albert N. 
Brest. Springfield, HI., Thomas [cl869] vlll, 
195 p. Symposium held In Philadelphia, Mar. 

10-11, 1903, under the auspices of the Heart 
Association of Southeastern Pennsylvania. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 700 M828 19811 

Clt. No. 20*150 

Physical bases of circulatory transport: regulation 
and exchange; the proceedings of a conference 
[held in Sept. 1963} ... Edited by E. B. Reeve 
[and] Arthur C. Guy ton. Philadelphia, 

' Saunders, 1987. xl, 381 p. 11! us. Conference 
sponsored by the University of Colorado Medical 
Center with the collaboration of the Committee 
on Shock, National Research Council and 
supported by funds provided by tbe National 
Heart Institute and other agencies. 
DNLM: WG 103 P578 1868 Clt. No. 124388 

Symposium on Circulatory end Respiratory Mass 
Transport, London, 1968. Circulatory and 
respiratory mass transport; a Ciha Foundation 
symposium. Edited by G. E. VV. Wolsteoholme 
and Julie Knight. Boston, Little, Brown, 1969. 
a. 310 p. tllus. SBN 7000-1390-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 103 S991c 1988 

Clt. No. S17403 

-DRUG EFFECTS 

Wfcelan, R. F., 1822- Control of the 

peripheral circulation In man. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [el 987] xlv, 301 p. lllus. (American 
lecture series, no. 872. American lectures In 
living chemistry.) "References": p. 285-281. 
DNLM; QV 132 WS87C 1987 Clt. No. 137727 

BLOOD COAGULATION 

Johnson, Shirley A. Coagulation and transfusion 
in clinical medicine [by] Shirley A. Johnson [and] 
Tibor J. Green wait. Boston, Little, Brown 
[C1963] xil, 203 p. tllus. 
DNLM: QY 410 J89c 1985 at. No. 13473 

Poller, Leon, ed. Recent advances In blood 
coagulation. [1st ed.) London, CburchUl, 
1969. Ijc, 381 p. lllus. SBN 7000-1391-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WH 310 P77Sr 1969 

at. No. 223401 



-CONGRESSES 

Hants blood coagulation; biochemistry, clinical 
investigation, and therapy. Edited by H. C. 
Hemker, E. A. Loeliger, and J. J. Veltkamp. 

New York, Sprloger-Verlag; [ Leiden) Leiden 
Univ. Preea, 1969! xv, 397 p. lllus. (Boerhaave 
series for postgraduate medical education) 
Proceedings of the Boerhaave courses given In 
November I96S, and organized by the Faculty of 
Medicine, University of Leiden. 
DNLM, SUNY: WH 310 H918 1988 

at. No. 233202 

Symposiam on Current Topics in Coagulation, 
University of Washington, 1972. Coagulation: 
current research and clinical applications. Edited 
by Gottfried Schmer and Paul E. Strandjord. 
New York, Academic Press, 1973. a, 233 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-12-626250-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WH 310 S9895c 1972 

Cit. No. 3651*3 

BLOOD COAGULATION DISORDERS 

Hardaway, Robert Morris. Syndromes of 
disseminated intravascular coagulation; with 
special reference to shock and hemorrhage. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1968] xvl, 466 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WH 310 H258s 1988 Clt. No. 45328 

Hardisty, R. M. Bleeding disorders; Investigation 
and management [by] R. M. Kajrdlaty and G. I. C. 
Ingram. Oxford. Blackwell [1585] x, 375 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WH 312 H284b 1965 Clt. No. 52208 

Quick, Armand James, 1894- Bleeding 

problems in clinical medicine. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1970. x. 225 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUN*: WH 312 Q3b 3970 

Clt. No. 241873 

Quick, Armand James, 1894- The 

hemorrhagic diseases and the pathology of 
hemostasia. SprlngtJeM. 111., Thomas fcl9T4] 
xlil, 380 p. lilus. ISBN 0-398-02S88-9. 

DNLM: WH 312 Quhg 1974 Clt. No. 425530 

Quick, Armand James, 1894- Hemorrhagic 

diseases and threnbosia. 2d ed., thoroughly 
rev. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1966. 480 
p. lllus. Title of lot ed. varies slightly. 
DNLM: WH 312 Q6he 1968 Clt. No. 54350 

Thrombosis and bleeding disorders; theory and 
methods, edited by Nils U. Bang [ft al.) 

Stuttgart, Thleme; New York, Academic Press, 
1971. xvl, 554 p. lllua. ISBN 0-1 2-077750-9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 312 T531 1971 

Ctt. No. 257418 

-DIAGNOSIS 

The Diagnosis of bleeding disorders [by] Charles A. 

Owen, Jr. [et al. 1st ed.] Boston, Little, 

Brown [cl989] xi, 300 p. tllus., ports. (Series 

In laboratory medicine, 2) SBN 7000-0157-3. 
DNLM: Wl SK71EH v.2 1909 
MBCO: QY 4 S485 v.2 1989 

SUNY: QY 410 D536 1969 at. No. 212581 

-THERAPY 

Poller, Leon, ed. Recent advances In blood 
coagulation. [1st ed.) London, Churchill, 
1909. Ix, 362 p. lllus. SBN T00O- 1391-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 310 P773r 1969 

Clt. No. 223401 

-THERAPY - CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Current Topics In Coagulation, 
University of Washington, 1972. Coagulation: 
current research and clinical applications. Edited 
by Gottfried Schmer and Paul E. Strandjord. 
New York, Academic Press, 1973. x, 238 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-12-626250-0. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WH 310 S9895c 1972 

Clt. No. 385143 

BLOOD COAGULATION FACTORS 

Densoav, K. W. E. The use of antibodies In the 
study of blood coagulation. Oxford, Blackwell 
[1967] . ix. 244 p. tllus. 
DNLM: WH 310 D413u 1987 at. No. 115808 



Heche, Eugene R Lipids In blood 

clotting. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl905] 
xxlll, 328 p. lllus. (American lecture series, no. 
606. American lectures In biochemistry and 
biophysics) 
DNLM: WH 310 H447L 1865 Clt. No. 41M0 

BLOOD COAGULATION TESTS 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Thomson, Jean M. A practical guide to blood 
coagulation and haemostasia. [let ed.] 
London, Churchill, 1870. x, 220 p. lllus, 
ISBN 0-70CO- 1472-1. U. S. publisher: William* St 
Wllkins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: QY 410 T4S3? 1970 CIL No. 154281 

BLOOD DONORS 

-CONGRESSES 

International Working Conference on the 
Freece-Prc;ervatlon of Blood, Royal Army 
Medical Colleje and Army Blood Supply Depot, 
1507, International Wortlng Conference on tbe 
Freez-i-Prescrvatlon of Blood. Washington, 
Office of Naval Research [1FS9] Iv, 194 p. 
lllus. (ON it report DR-143) Held under the 
auspices &f the Chief of Naval Research, United 
States Navy and the Director General, British 
Army Met1Ie.il Services, Cover title. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 480 1011 1987 

at. No. 147104 

BLOOD FLOW VELOCITY 

■CONGRESSES 

National Symposium or Chronically Implanted 
Cardiovascular Instrumentation, lit. University of 
KentueUy, 1071. Chronically Implanted 
cardlov.iscular instrumentation. Editor: Ernest P. 
MeCutcheon. Section editors: Francis L. AbeL 
Joseph C. Greenfield, Jr. [and] H. Lowell Stone. 
New York, Academic Press, 1973. xvl, 482 p. 
lllus. ISUN 0-12-483150-8. 
DNLM: W3 NA077F 1971c 
SUNY: WG lOS N277c 1971 
XNLM: [WG 106 N277c 1971] QL No. 153552 

BLOOD GAS ANALYSIS 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Blood Oxygenation, 

University of Cincinnati, 1909. Blood 
oxygenation; proceedings ... Edited by Daniel 
Hershey. New York, Plenum Press. 1970. x, 
374 p. lllus. SBN 308-30488-4. Sponsored by 
the U. S. Army Medical Research and 
Development Command and tbe University of 
Cineinnatl. 
DNLM: WH 100 I84b 1888 Clt. No. 286261 



BLOOD GROUPS 



American Association of Blood Basks. Technical 
methods and procedures. 5th ed. Chicago, 
19.0. vl, 301 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WH 460 A512t 1970 at. No. 257074 

Boormso, Kathleen Ethel. An introduction to 

blood group serology; theory, techniques, 
practical applications, by Kathleen E. Boorman 
and Barbara E. Dodd. 3d ed. Boston, Little, 
Brown, IMS. x, 374 p. lllus. 
DNLM: QY 415 B7241 I960 Ot. No. 87121 

Modern views on tbe ABO blood groups sad 
secrctor stains. Baltimore, Williams & Wllkins 
Co., 1969. 82 p. (Series baematologlca, v. 1 
[no.] 1) Controls. - A tentative approach to 
variations in ABIi and associated erythrocyte 
antigens, by Ch. Salmon. The ABO, secretor, and 
Lewis systems: some aspects of tbe action of the. 
secretor gene, by J#rgen Andersen. 
DNLM: Wl SE718 v.2 no.l 1869 at. No. 115877 

Frokop, Otto. Human blood and serum groups, 
by Otto Prokop and Gerhard Uhlenbruck. New 
York, Wiley Interscience [1969] xvt 892 p. 
lllus. Translation of the 2d edition of Lehrbuch 
der menachllchen Blut- und Serumgruppen. 
DNLM: WH 420 P964L 1868 at. No. 115127 

Race, Robert Russell. Blood groups In man [by] 
R. R. Race and Ruth Sanger. 5th ed. Oxford, 
Blackwell 11988] xxvill, 598 p. lllus. 
MBCo: WH 420 RllSb 1868 at. No. 



( 



13 



c 






BLOOD TRANSFUSION 






tuinin, Leon H. Blood grouping test*; 
medicolegal usee. Springfield, II L. Thorns* 
(1968] xvll, 136 p. 
DNLM: QY 415 S9Mb 1968 Clt. No. 16*226 

-ANALYSIS 

Dnnsford, Ivor, Techniques In blood grouping 
[by] Ivor Danaford and C. Christopher Bowley. 
2d ed. Springfield, III.. Thomas, 1967. 2 v. 
lllui. 
DNLM: QY 415 D926t 1967 Clt. No. 151133 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Blond and Tltme 
Antlgent, University of Michigan Medical Center, 

1969. Blood and tissue antigens, edited by 
David Amlnoff. New York, Academic Press, 

1970. xlx, 533 p. illus., port. Sponsored by 
the Slmpion Memorial Institute and the Dept. of 
Postgraduate Medicine of the University of 
Michigan In aaaoclatlon with the Glycosamino 
Glycan Glycoprotein Group. 

DNLM, SUNY: QW 570 I65b 1969 

Clt. No. 255245 

■LABORATORY MANUALS 

Haesler, Walter E. Immunohematology. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1972. 215 p. 
lllua. (Tilfdical technology aerlei) I5BN 
0-3121-0259-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 525 H13Si 1972 

at. No. 340105 

BLOOD PLATELET DISORDERS 

Bieher, Halm f. Blood cell aggregation In 
thrombotic processes. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[C1972] x, 182 p. Illus. (American lecture 
series, no. 835. American lectures In hematology) 
ISBN 0-398-02232-1. Bibliography: p. 132-176. 



DNLM: WH 140 B583b 1972 



Clt. No. 337864 



-DRUG THERAPY - CONGRESSES 

Platelets and thrombosis; [Proceedings of a 
symposium held la Philadelphia on November 
20-21, 1972] Edited by Sol Sherry [and] 
Alexander Scrtahlne. Baltimore, University Park 
Press [C1974] xvl, 332 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-8391-08BQ.7. Sponsored by the Physiological 
Society of Philadelphia. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 300 P718 1972 

Clt. No. 423031 

BLOOD PLATELETS 

Johnson, Shirley A., ed. The circulating platelet. 
New York, Academic Preea, 1971. xvll, 601 p. 
illus., port. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 300 J69c 1971 

Clt. No. 263301 

Manpln. Bernard, 1910- Blood platelet* In 

man and animals. [1st ed.l Oxford, New 
York, Psrgamon Press [C19G9] 2 v. illus, 
(International aeries of monographs in pure and 
applied biology. Division: Zoology, v. 41) 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 300 M452b 1969 

Clt. No. 220716 

Svejgaard, Arne. Iso-antlgenlc systems of human 
blood platelets; a survey. Copenhagen, 
Muaksgaard, 1969. 87 p. Illus. (Series 
haematologtca, v. 2 [no.] 3) SBN 87-16-00032-3. 
Published In U. S. by Williams & Wllklns Co., 
Baltimore. 
DNLM: Wl SE718 v.I no.3 1969 Clt. No. 244332 

•CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Hemostasia and Thrombosis, Wayne 
State University, 1966. Physiology of hemostasia 
and thrombosis; conference beld in conjunction 
with the 14th annual Symposium on Blood, Wayne 
State University, Detroit, Michigan [Jan. 21, 
16SS] Compiled and edited by Shirley A. Johnson 
and Welter H. Seegera. Springfield, III., Thomaa 
[C1997] xlv, 338 p. illus. (American lecture 
series, no. 675. American lectures in hematology) 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 300 S989p 1966 

at. No. 323322 






-CYTOLOGY - CONGRESSES 

International Academy of Pathology. The 

platelet, by 40 authors. Edited by K. M. 

Brlnkhoua, R. W. Shermer and F. K. Mostofl. 

Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 1971. xlll, 420 

p. illus. (Its Monographs In pathology, no. 11) 

ISBN 0-683-01055-7. Various chapters are 

expansions of the lectures given at the 

Academy's 58th annual meeting held In San 

Francisco. 

DNLM: Wl IN701 no.ll 1971 

MBCO? WH 300 I62p 1971 at. No. 305437 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Marcns, Aaron Jacob, 1925- The physiology 

of blood platelets; recent biochemical, 
morphologic and clinical research, by Aaron J. 
Marcus and Marjorle B. Zucker. New York, 
Grune & Stratton [clS£5] x, 182 p. Illus. 
DNLM: WH 300 M32£p 1S85 Cit. No. 37441 

Symposium on Hemostasia and Thrombosis, Wayne 
State University, 1936. Physiology of hemostasia 
and thrombosis, conference held in conjunction 
with the 14th annual Symposium on Blood, Wayne 
Stale University, Detroit, Michigan [Jan. 21, 
19SG] Compiled and edited by Shirley A. Johnson 
and Walter H. Seegers. Springfield, III., Thomaa 
[cI967j xlv, 328 p. tllus. (American lecture 
aeries, no. 675. American lectures In hematology) 
DNLM, MBCO: WII 300 S939p 1666 

Clt- No. 223322 

-PHYSIOLOGY - CONGRESSES 

Platelets and thrombosis [proceedings of a 
symposium heM In Philadelphia on November 
20-21, 1972] Edited by Sol Sherry [and] 
Alexander Scriablne. Baltimore, University Park 
Press [cl974j xvl, 353 p. illus. ISBN 
0-8391-06SO-7. Sponsored by the Physiological 
Society of Philadelphia. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 300 P713 JB72 

Clt. "No. 423031 

-PHYSIOPATHOLOGY - CONGRESSES 

International Academy of Pathology. The 
platelet, hy 40 authors. Edited by K. M. 
Brlnkhoua, R. W. Shenner and F. K. Mostofl. 
Baltimore, Williams It Wllfclns, 1571. xlll, 420 
p. illus. (Its Monographs In pathology, no. 11) 
ISBN 0-683-01015-7. Varloua chapters are 
expansions of the lectures given at the 
Academy's 58th annual meeting held In San 
Francisco. 

DNLM: Wl IN701 no.ll 1971 
MBCO: WH 300 I62p 1971 at. No, 305437 

BLOOD PRESERVATION 

Turner, Arthur It., 1895- Frozen blood; a 

review of the literature 1949-1938. Editorial and 
support staff: Rebecca R. Wise [et al.] New 
York, Gordon and Bro.ich [el970] xl, 206 p. 
Sponsored by Biological Sciences Communication 
Project. Study supported by United States 
Navy ONR Contract no. NOOO 14-67- A-02 14-0008. 
Bibliography: p, 141-191. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 460 T945f 1970 

at. NO. 252450 

•BIBL. 

Turner, Arthur R., 1895- Frozen blood; a 

review of the literature 1949-1968. Editorial and 
support staff: Rebecca H, Wise [et al.] New 
York, Gordon and Breach [c!970] xl, 203 p. 
Sponsored by Biological Sciences Communication 
Project. Study supported by United States 
Navy ONR Contract no. N 000 14-A7-A -02 14-0008. 
Bibliography: p. 141-191. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 460 T945f 1970 

at. No. 252450 

•CONGRESSES 

Conference on Red Blood Cell Preservation, 
Washington, D, C, 1972. Preservation of red 
blood cells; proceedings of a conference 
•poasored by Committee on Red Blood Cell 
Preservation, Division of Medical Sciences, 
Nations] Research Council. t;dlted by Hugh 
Chaplin, Jr. Washington, National Academy of 
Sciences, 1973. 366 p. Illus. ISBN 
0-309-02 135-0. Conference supported, In part, by 
the National Institutes of Health Contract 
PH4S-64-44. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 460 C74»p 1872 

at. No. 372X20 



International Working Conference on the 
Preete-Preservatlon of Blood, Royal Army 
Medical College and Army Blood Supply Depot, 
1967. International Working Conference on the 
Freeie-Preaervallon of Blood. Washington, 
Office of Naval Research [1969] Iv, 104 p. 
Illus. (ONR report DE-143) Held under the 
auaplcea of the Chief of Naval Research, United 
States Navy and the Director General, British 
Army Medical Services. Cover title. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 460 1611 1967 

at. No. 247104 

BLOOD PRESSURE DETERMINATION 

Oeddes, L. A. The direct and Indirect 
measurement of blood pressure. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [C1970] 196 p. lllua. 
SUN 8151-3400-2. On spine: Measurement of 
blood pressure. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 106 G295d 1970 

at. No. 233523 

-INSTRUMENTATION • CONGRESSES 

National Symposium on Chronically Implanted 
Cardiovascular Instrumentation, 1st, University of 
Kentucky, 1971. Chronically Implanted 
cardiovascular instrumentation. Editor: Ernest P. 
MeCutcheon. Section editors: Francis L. Abel, 
Joseph C. Greenfield, Jr. [and] H. Lowell Stone. 
New York, Acedemlc Press, 1973. xvl, 482 p. 
Illus. ISON 0-12-483150-8. 
DNLM: W3 NA677F 1971c 
SUNY: WG 1C3 N277c 1071 
XNLM: [WG 106 N277c 1971 J Clt. No. 353552 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Swansburg, Rnssell C. The measurement of vital 
signs. New York, Putnam [cl970] vlll, 408 
p. lllua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 S972m 1970 

at. No. 241053 



BLOOD PROTEINS 



Eo 5 le, Ralph L., 1920- 
1 mm u n o g 1 o b ul I n o path les ; I tnmunog lo bullna, 
immune deficiency syndromes, multiple myeloma 
and related disorders, by Ralph L. Encle, Jr. and 
Llla A. Wallls. Sprlncfieid, III.. Thomaa [c 1969 J 
xl, 270 p. Illus, (American lecture a cries, no. 
733. American lectures in living chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QW 570 E581 1969 

Clt. No. 207140 

-METABOLISM 

Rothschild, Marcus A., ed. Plasma protein 
metabolism; regulation of synthesis, distribution, 
and degradation, edited by Marcus A. Rothschild 
and Thomas Waldmann. New York, Academic 
Press, 1970. xxlv, 560 p. lllua. ISBN 
0-12-598750-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 455 R845p 1970 

at No. 251053 

BLOOD TRANSFUSION 

Americas Medical Association. Committee on 
Transfusion and Tiaxi plantation. General 
principles of biood transfusion, [Rev. ed.] 
Chicago, cl970. vlt, 75 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 356 A514g 1970 

at. No- 253050 

Delaney, J. W. Handbook of haema to logical and 
blood transfusion technique [by] 3. W. Delaney 
and George Garratty, 2d ed. New York, 
Apple ton-Centurv-Crofts; London, Butterworth 
[cl&fiy] x!I, 4S2 p. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 400 DS37h 1969 

at. No. 224013 

Hnestis, Douglas W„ 1925- Practical blood 

transfusion [by] Douglas W. Hueatla, Joseph R. 
Bove [and] Shirley Buach. [1st ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown, 1969. ix, 383 p. LI us. (Series In 
laboratory mc dlclne, 3) 
DNLM: Wl SE718H v.3 1969 
MBCO: QY 4 S485 v.3 I960 at. No. 237152 

Johisox, Shirley A. Coagulation and transfusion 
in clinical medicine [by] Shirley A, Johnson [and] 
Tlbor J. Greenwalt. Boaton, Little, Brown 
[C1965] ill, 203 p. lllua. 
DNLM: QY 410 J69c 1965 at. No. 13473 



27 



BLOOD TRANSFUSION 



Mat hi, Georges. Bone marrow transplantation 
and leucocyte transfusions, by Georges Ma the, 
Jean-Louis Amiel [and] Leon Schwarzenberg. 
Springfield, 111.. Thomas [el 971] xvl, 208 p. 
Ulua, (American lecture series, no. 793. American 
lecture* In living chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 330 M428b 1971 

Ctt. No. 255355 

MolUson, Patrick London. Blood transfusion In 
clinical medicine. 4th e4. Philadelphia, Davis 
[1987] xxlll, 883 p. Ulua. References: p. 
735-838, 
DNLM: WE 358 M728b 19«7 Clt. No. 130423 

Molllson, Patrick London, Blood trarjfurlon In 
clinical medicine. Oxford, Black well Scientific 
Publications [clB?2] xvlil, B30 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-83208570.3. Distributed In the O. S. A. 
by F. A. Davis, Philadelphia. Bibliography: p. 
689-801. 
DNLM: WB S5S M72SU 1972 Clt. No. 3S0501 

-BIBL. 

Molllson, Patrick Loudon. Blood transfusion In 
clinical medicine. 4th ed. Philadelphia, Davis 
[1037] xxlll, 863 p. llius. References: p. 
735-838. 
DNLM: WB 353 M723b 1887 Clt. No. 130422 

Mollis oa, Patrick Loudon. Blood transfusion in 
clinical medicine. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific 
Publications [elS72] xvtll, 830 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-832-OSS70-3. Distributed In the tl, S. A 
by F. A Davis, Philadelphia. BlbUography: p. 
689-801. 
DNLM: WB 35S M72Sb 1972 Clt. No. 350501 

-CONGRESSES 

Hepatitis and blood transfusion; proceeding:; of a 
symposium held at the University of California, 
San Francisco, Kirch 25-28, 1972. Edited by 
Olrtih N. Vyas, Herbert A. Perkins, and Audi 
SdimJd. New York, Grune * Stratton [cl972] 
ivill, 428 p. Ulna. ISBN 0-8039-0779-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 538 H532 1972 

Clt. No. 340055 

International Working Conference on the 
Freese-Preaerration of Blood, Royal Army 
Medical College and Army Blood Supply Depot, 

1967. International Wcrkln? Conference on the 
Freeze- Preservation of Blood. Washington, 
Office of Naval Research [I960) Iv, 19* p. 
Ulus. (ONR report DR-U3) Held under the 
auspices of the Chief of Naval Research, United 
States Navy and the Director General, British 
Army Medical Services. Cover title. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 460 1811 1987 

Clt, No. 247104 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Pirofsky, Bernard, 1928- Blood banking 

principles review book; essay questions and 
answers, 625 essay Questions and referenced 
anawera, by Bernard Plrofeky, Anne V. August 
[and] Helen M. Nelson. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., C1973. 144 p. 
ISBN 0-37488-339-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WH 18 P871b 1973 

Clt. No. 371478 

BLOOD VESSEL PROSTHESIS 

Myers, George H. Engineering in the heart and 
blood vessels [by] George H. Myers [and] Victor 
Parsonnet. New York, London, 
Wlley-Intersclence [cl£69] xill, 198 p. Ulus. 
(Wiley Interscience series on biomedical 
engineering) SBN 471-62722-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QT 34 MB96* 1989 

Clt. No. 2172S3 



BLOOD VESSELS 

Orbtson. JT. Lowell, 1915- ed. The peripheral 

blood vessels, by 15 authors, edited by J. Lowell 
Orblson and David E. Smith. Baltimore, 
Williams At WiUlns, 1883. xil, 357 p. Ulus. 
(International Academy of Pathology. 
Monographs in pathology, no. 4) 
DNLM: Wl IN701 no,4 1983 Clt. No. 188111 



•CONGRESSES 

Intern a tloaal Conference on Hemerheology, 1st, 
University of Iceland, 1968. Hemorheology; 
proceedings. Edited by A, L. Copley. [1st ed.] 
Oxford, New York, Pergaraon Press [1943] xx, 
8+9 p. Ulus. Text In English or French. 
DNLM: W3 IN18IK 1966b. 
MBCO: WG 103 I8h 1988 
MBCo: WG 103 18 "n 1986 Clt. No. 184224 

BLOOD VOLUME 

Mover, Carl Alfred, 1902- Burns, shock, 

and plasma volume regulation [by] Carl A Mover 
[and] Harvey R, Butcher, Jr. St. Louis, Moaby, 
1987. xl, 428 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WO 149 M938b 1987 Clt. No. 123753 

BLOOD VOLUME DETERMINATION 

Yn, Paul N., 1915- Pulmonary blood 

volume in health and disease. Philadelphia, Lea 
ic Feblger, 198:1. xlv, 314 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 108 Y94? 1989 

Clt. No. 200703 

BODY COMPOSITION 

JokL, Frnst, 1!>07- Nutrition, exercise and 

body composition. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[clSo-i] vii, 115 p. Ulua. (American lecture 
series, no. 574. American lectures in 
spTtsmedlclneJ 
DNLM: QT 255 J74n 1984 Clt. No. 13505 



BODY FLUIDS 



Mason, Edward Eaton, 1920- Fluid, 

electrolyte, and nutrient therapy In surgery. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger. 1974. vl, 352 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-8I21-04-17-1. 
DNLM, MiiCO, SUNY: WO 178 M39Rf 1974 

Clt, No. 420033 

Wilkinson, Andrew Wood. Body fluid* In surgery. 
3d ed. Edinburgh, London, Livingstone, 198y. 
xi, 307 p. Ulus. SBN 443-00319-2. U. S. 
publisher; Williams ft Wiftgna Co., Ealtlmore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 178 W6S6b 1969 

Clt- No. 177213 

Winters, Robert W„ 1928- •«. The body 

fluids In pediatrics; medical, surgical, and 
neonatal dkorders of acid-base status, hydration, 
and oxygenation. Boston, Little, Frown [el 973] 
xx, 715 P. Ulus. ISBN 0-318-30813. 



Pitts, Robert PrankUn, 1908- Physiology of 

the kidney snd body fluids; an Introductory text. 

Chicago, Year Book Medical Publisher* 
[C1S63] 243 p. Ulua. 
DNLM:WJ 102 P«92p 1983 Clt. No. 144557 

-TABLES 

Wolf, Arnold Veryi, 1918- Aqueous 

solutions and body fluids; their eoncentraUva 
properties snd conversion tables. New York, 
Hoeber fclfleS] xlv, 168 p. Research 
supported in part by U. S. PubUc Health Service 
Research Grant H-4517, and others. 
DNLM: QU 16 W853a 1988 Clt. No. 42303 

BODY TEMPERATURE 

-CONGRESSES 

International Bymposinm on Temperstnra 
Kejnlatloa, 1st, New Hives, 1968. Physiological 

and behavioral temperature regulation 
[Contribution* to the First International 
Symposium on Temperature Regulation held *t 
the John B. Pierce Foundation Laboratory and 
Yale University School of Eiedleine, New Haven, 
Connecticut] Edited by Jamea D. Hardy, A. Pharo 
Gagge, and Jan A. J. StolwIJk. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [clSTO] xxlv, 944 p. Ulus. 
D^L*.I: W3 IN923G 1963P 
SUNY: QT 165 I81p 1983 Clt No. 254028 

-rrtCOEAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Bwati«hurg, Russell C. The measurement of vital 
Signs. New York, Putnam [cl970J vitl, 408 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 S972m 1970 

Clt. No. 281053 

BODY TEMPERATURE REGULATION 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Temperature 
Kejralatlon, 1st, New Haven, ISM. Physiological 
and behavioral temperature regulation 
[Contributions to the First International 
Symposium on Temperature Regulation held at 
the John B. Pierce Foundation Laboratory and 
Yale University School of iledlclne, New Haven, 
Connecticut] Edited by James D, Hardy, A. Pharo 
Gagjie, and Jan A. J. StolwIJk. Springfield, III., 
TiionluS fcISTO] xxlv, 944 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W3 IN923G l»6ap 
SUNY: QT 165 16 lp 1908 Clt. No. 254028 



DNLM: WD 220 W788b 1973 Ctt. No. 355472 EONE AND BONES 



-ANALYSIS 

Boyd, Eld on M. Respiratory tract fluids. 
Springfield. 111., Thomas [cl972] lx. 321 p. 
Ulus, ISBN 0-398-02239-9. 
DNLM: WF 102 B789r'1972 Clt. No. 334137 

-CONGRESSES 

Body fluid replacement in the surgical patient. An 

International symposium ... field 19u9 ... 
{Conference chairmen: Charles L. Fox and Gabriel 
O. Nahas] New York, Grune ft Stratton [cl9)0] 
xvl, 374 p. lilus. Sponsored by the College of 
Physicians and Surgeons, Columbia UnrVerslty, In' 
association with the Division of Medical Sciences, 
National Research Council. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 178 B668 1909 

at. No. 252465 



-METABOLISM - OUTLINES 

Wilson, Robert Francis, 1934- 
electrolytes, and metabolism. 
Thomas [c!973] lx, 138 p. 



Fluids, 

Springfield, 111., 

ISBN 0-39S-02843-2. 



DNLM, SUNY: WD 220 W752f 1973 

Clt. No. 364735 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Barges*, A ad re y. The nurse's guide to fluid and 
electrolyte balance. New York, McGraw-HUl 
[cl970] vi, 119 p. Ulus. (Nurse's guide series) 
DNLM: WY 158 B9S5n 1970 Clt. No. 250381 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

PUtt, Robert Franklin, 1908- Physiology of 

the kidney and body fluids; an Introductory text. 
2d ed. Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers 
[cl»68] 2(6 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WJ 102 P692p 1988 

Clt. No. 144528 



Evans, Francis Gaynor, 1907- Mechanical 

properties of bone. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[cl973] xlll, 322 p. Ulus. (American lecture 
■erics, no. 881. American lectures In anatomy) 
ISBN 0-3S8-02775-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 200 E92m 1973 

at. No. 38*221 

Frost, Harold Maurice, 1921- The bone 

dynamics in osteoporosis and osteomalacia. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas rcl968] xv, 176 p. 
Ulus. (Henry Ford Hospital surgical monographs) 
DNLM: WE 250 F939b 1966 at. No. 88325 

Simon, George. Principles of bone X-ray 
diagnosis. 2d ed. Washington, Butterworth, 
1905. xxl, 193. 8 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WE 200 SaMp* 1985 Clt. No. 41507 

-ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY • ATLASES 

Hall, Michael Clement. The architecture of bone. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl96S] xl, 348 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 17 H178a 1948 at. No. 44873 

-BLOOD SUPPLY 

Brookes, Mnrrsy. The blood supply of bone; an 
approach to bone biology. London, Butterworth 
[cly?l] Dc, 338 p. Ulua. iSBN O-407-119OO-0. 
DNLM: WE 200 B872b 1971 at. No. 272044 

Crock, Henry V. The blood supply of the la weir 
limb bones in man; descriptive and applied [by] 
Henry V. Crock, with the assistance of Carmel 
Crock. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1987. vUL, 103 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 850 C938b 1987 at- No. 102855 



( 



23 



I 






BONE NEOPLASMS 






-PATHOLOGY - ATLASES 

Burkhardt, Rolf. Bone marrow and bone tissue: 
color atlaa of clinical htstopathology. New 
York. Springer-Verlag. 1971. all, 115 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-387-04780-8. Translation of Farbatlas der 
KUnlschen Histopathologic von Knochenmark und 
Knochen. 
DNLM: WE 17 B95H 1071* CU. No. 314547 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Frost, Harold Maurice, 1911- Bone 

remodeling and it* relationship to metabolic bone 
diseases. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1973] tx, 
210 p. lllua. (His Orthopaedic lectures, v. 3) 
ISBN 0-393-02588-6. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 100 F939ba 1973 

Clt. No. 351132 

Frost, Harold Maurice, 1921- The 

physiology of cartilaginous, fibrous, and bony 
tissue. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl972] ill, 
249 p. lllua. (Hit Orthopaedic lectures, v. 2) 
ISBN 0-398-02582-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE MO F939p 1972 

CU. No. 351133 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Greenfield, Oeorfe B., 1928- Radiology of 

bone diseases. Philadelphia, Llpplneott [cl989] 
xi, 4GS p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 200 G812r 1969 

CU. No. 221051 

Murray, Ronald O. The radiology of skeletal 
disorders; exercises In diagnosis [by] Ronald O. 
Murray [and] Harold G. Jacobson. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wllklns, 1971. xlll, 1320 p. lllus. 



DNLM, SUNY: WE HI N983r 1971 



Clt. No. 305577 



•RADIOGRAPHY - ATLASES 



Matzen, Peter Fried rich. Orthopedic roentgen 
atlas, by P.-F. Matzen and H. K. Flctssner. 
English edition arranged by L. S. Mlchaella. 
New York, Grune & Stratton, 1970, vill, 477 
p. lllus. Translation of Orthopadlscher 
RiJntgenatlas. 
DNLM, MBCO, SONY: WE 17 M448o 1970 

Clt. No. 240725 

-RADIOGRAPHY • PROGRAMMED 
INSTRUCTION 

Squire, Lucy Frank, 1915- Bone [by] Lucy 

Frank Squire, William M. Colaiace [and] Natalie 
'Strut ynaky. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. vi, 
85 p. lllus. (Her Exercises In diagnostic 
radiology, v. 3) 
DNLM: WN 100 S774fa v.3 1972 Clt. No. 355252 

BONE DEVELOPMENT 

Frost. Harold Maurice, 1921- Bone 

modeling and skeletal modeling errors. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl973] ix, 214 p. 
lllus. (His Orthopaedic lectures, v. 4) ISBN 
0-398-02S67-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 200 F939h 1973 

Clt. No. 351131 

Tract* Rasp til, Jose, 1897- Studies of the 

development and decay of the human frame. 
London, Helnemann [1988] x, 389 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 200 T8S6i 1968 

Clt, No. 138704 

BONE DISEASES 

Aesener, Ernest EmlL. 1908- Orthopedic 

diseases; physiology, pathology, radiology [by] 
Ernest Aegerter [and] John A. KLrkpatrick, Jr. 
3d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1968. xv, 906 
P. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 140 A247o 1968 Clt. No. 142125 

Fourman, Paul. Calcium metabolism and the 
bone, [by] Paul Fourman [and] Pierre Royer, 
with the collaboration of Michael J. Levell and D. 
Brian Morgan. 2d ed. Oxford, Blackwell 
[1988] xxl, 656 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 200 F77«e 1988 at. No. 156741 

Frost, Harold Maurice, 1921- Bone 

remodeling and Its relationship to metabolic bono 
diseases. Springfield, 111., Thomas [c!973] lx, 
210 p. lllus. (His Orthopaedic lectures, v. 3) 
ISBN 0-398-02588-6. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE KM F939ba 1973 

Clt, No, 351131 



Harris. William Hamilton, 1927- Skeletal 

renewal and metabolic bone disease [by] William 
Hamilton Harris {and] Robert Proulx Heaney. 
[1st ed.] Boaton, Little, Brown [C1970] xiv, 
89 p. Ulus. (New Kn gland Journal of medicine. 
Medical progress series) British SBN 
7000-0172-7. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 200 H317s 1970 

at. No. 241375 

J»ffe, Henry L. Metabolic, degenerative, and 
inflammatory diseases of bones and Joints. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1972. xl, 1101 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-812L0129-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 200 J23m 1972 

at. No. 331134 

Uchteu stein, Louis, 1908- Diseases of bone 

and Joints. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. Ix, 228 
p. Ulus. SBN 80l6-30')0-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 200 L696d 1970 

Clt. No. 237372 

Salter, Robert Bruce. Textbook of disorders and 
Injuries of the musculoskeletal system; an 
Introduction to orthopaedics, rheumatology, 
metabolic bone disease, rehabilitation and 
fractures. Baltimore, Williams St Wllklns, 1970. 
Xl, 551 p. lllus. SBN 883-07437-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 140 S177t 1970 

Clt. No. 243523 

Trneta Raspall, Jose, 1897- Studies of the 

development and decay of the human frame. 
London, Helnemann [1963] x, 389 p. lllua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 200 T&Sda 1998 

Clt. No. 13870* 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium Osstzm, London, 1989. Symposium 
Ossium. London. Editors: A. M. Jelllfo [and] B. 
Strickland. Assistant editors: F. H. Doyle [et al.] 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1970. xtl, 340 p. lllus. 
Meeting organized for the European Association 
of Radiology. U. S. publisher: Williams U 
Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WN 100 S989s 1989 Cit. No. 270S42 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston. Bone 

and Joint cllnlcopathologieal conferences of the 
Massachusetts General Hospital, [Ed. by] 
Benjamin Castleman [and] J. Malcolm McNeill. 
[1st. ed.] Boston, Little, Brown [cie^S] xvi, 
254 p. Ulus. Most of the material first 
appeared In the New England Journal of 
medicine. 
DNLM: WE 200 B747b 1998 Clt. No. 87277 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Piermattei, Donald L An atlas of 

surgical approaches to the bones of the dog and 
cat; [by] D. L. Plermattel [and] R. G. Greeley. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1068. Ix, 132 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: SF 981 P619a 1988 CU. No. 50117 

BONE DISEASES, DEVELOPMENTAL 

Frost, Harold Maurice, 1921- Bone 

modeling and skeletal modeling errors, 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl97S] lx, 214 p. 
lllus. (Hla Orthopaedic lectures, v. 4) ISBN 
0-398-02637-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 200 F939b 1973 

Clt. No. 351131 

BONE MARROW 

Huhn, Dieter. Fine structure of blood and bone 
marrow; an Introduction to electron microscopic 
hematology, by Dieter Huhn and Walther Stich, 
with technical assistance of Marelke Darsow and 
Gertrud Woehlnger. New York, Hafner [1989] 
138 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 100 H899f 1989 

at. No. 224125 

•PATHOLOGY 

Sliver, Richard T„ 1929- Morphology of the 

blood and marrow in clinical practice. New 
York, Grune It Stratton, 1970. sxx, 125 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 S587m 1970 

at. No. 245846 



-PATHOLOGY • ATLASES 

Burkhardt, Rolf. Bone marrow and bone tissue; 
color atlas of clinical histopathology. New 
York, Sprlnger-Verlag, 1971. xli, 115 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-337-047(10-8, Translation of Farbatlas der 
Kltnlschen Histopathologic von Knochenmark und 
Knochen. 
DNLM: WE 17 B959f 1971a Clt. No. 3145S7 

•PHYSIOLOGY 

Yoffej, Joseph Mendel, 1902- Bone marrow 

In hypoxia and rebound, Springfield, HI., 
Thomas [cl974] x, 278 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-3BB-CS1Q3-7. Bibliography: p. 241-269. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 380 Y54ba 1974 

Clt. No. 410037 

-TRANSPLANTATION 

Math*, Georges. Bone marrow transplantation 
and leucocyte transfusions, by Georges Mathe, 
Jean- Louis Amlel [and] Leon Schwarzenberg. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1971] xvi, 208 p. 
Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 793. American 
lectures In living chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 380 M428h 1971 

CU. No. 255355 

Pegs, D. E, Bone marrow transplantation. 

Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers, 196*. 

vll, lSZ p. Ulus. 

DNLM; WH 380 P378b 1066 at. No. 56851 

BONE MARROW CELLS 

Sell*, Jo*eph F. The biochemistry of the cells of 
blood and bone marrow. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1959] lx, 248 p. (American lecture 
series, no. 759. American lectures In living 
chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUr'Y: WH 140 S462b 1969 

at. No. 245304 

■PHYSIOLOGY ■ 

Yoffey, Joseph Mendel, 1902- Bone marrow 

In hypoxia and rebound. Springfield, 111., 
Thorns f el 974] x, 278 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-398-03103-7. Bibliography: p. 241-269. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 380 Y54ba 1974 

CU. No. 410037 

Yoffey, Joseph Mendel, 1902- Bone marrow 

reactions. Baltimore, WU llama A Wllklns, ISM. 

vl, 152 p. Ulus. 

DNLM: WH 380 Y54b 1986 Cit. No. 56145 

BONE MARROW DISEASES 

. ATHOLOGY • 

Israels, M. C. G. An atlas of bone-marrow 
pathology. 3d ed. London, Helnemann, 1906, 
xil, 83 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 380 185a 1986 at. No. 102068 

BONE MARROW EXAMINATION 

Israels, K. C. G, An atlas of bone-marrow 
pathology. 3d ed. London, Helnemann, 19tt. 
Xli, 83 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 380 ISSa 1966 at. No. 102066 

Km a, L*wrenc«, 1938- Bone marrow 

Interpretation. Springfield, 111.. Thomas 1 1973] 
xv, 97 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-393-02*64-5. 



DNLM, MBCO; WH 380 K19b 1973 



Clt. No. 350257 



BONE NEOPLASMS 



Annual Clinical Conference on Cancer, M. D. 
Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute, Houston, 
Tex., Bin,. 1963, Tumors of bone and soft tissue; 
a collection of papers. Chicago, Year Book 
Medical Publishers [c!965] 448 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W3 AN6255 1963t Clt. No. 2131 

Dahlln, Dsfld Carl, 1917- Bone tumors; 

general aspects and data on 3,987 cases. [2d 
ed.) Springfield, 111., Thomas [1967] x, 183 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 258 DlSlb 1967 at. No. 67103 

Graham, William Donald. Bone tumours. 
London, Butterworth, 1968. vill, 139 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 258 G742b 1966 Clt. No. 47750 



29 



BONE NEOPLASMS 



Kuk, Wilfred. Tumours of bone. Baltimore, 
Williams 4t Wllklns,' 1969. 149 p. Ulus. SBN 
7238-0347-8. 
DNLM. SONY: WE 253 K18t 1949 

at. No. 137817 

-PATHOLOGY 

Jacobson, Sheldon A.. 1903- The 

comparative pathology of the tumor* of hone. 
Springfield, II L, Thomas [cl971] xx», 487 p. 

' lllus. Bibliography: P. 423-448. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WE 258 J17c 1971 

Clt. No. 301450 

-RADIOGRAPHY . ATLASES 

Lodwick, Gwilym Savage, 1917- The bones 

& Joint*. Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers [C1971J Xlll, 450 p. lllus. (Atlas Of 
tumor radiology [v. JJ) ISBN 0-8 151-5825- 1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 17 AB81 v.! 1971 

Clt. No. 264146 

-VETERINARY 

jBeobson. Sheldon A., 1903- The 

comparative pathology of the tumon of bone. 
Springfield, lit., Thomas [cl971] xxx, 437 p. 
lllus. Bibliography: p. 423-448. 
DNL MBCO, SUNY: WE 258 J17c 1971 

Clt. No. 301450 

BONE REGENERATION 

Harris, William Ha pi I It on, 1927- Skeletal 

renewal and metabolic bone disease (by) William 
Hamilton Harris [and] Robert Proulz Heaney. 
flat ed.J Boalon, Little, Brown [C1B70] xiv, 
S9 p. lllus. (New England Journal of medicine. 
Medical progress series) British SBN 
7000-0172-7. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 200 H317S 1970 

Clt. No. 241375 

BOOK CLASSIFICATION 

National Library of Medicine. National Library of 

Medicine clarification; a icheme for the shelf 
arrangement of beol;s In the field of medicine 
and Its related usances. 3d ed. (with 198!) 
supplementary pages added) Bethesda, Md., 
[For sale by the Supt. of Does., U. S, Govt. Print. 
Off., Washington} 1969. xxl. 2Sfl, A1-A16 p. 
(Public Health Service publication, no. 1108) 
Includes supplement of additions and change* 
Since 1984 and through Dec, 1968. 1st ed., 1951; 
3d ed.. 1984. 
DNLM: Z 697.M4 DS3e 1989 Clt. No. 220441 

BOOKBINDING 

-CONGRESSES 

University of Chicago. Graduate Library SchooL 

Deterioration and preservation of library 
materials; the thirty-fourth annual conference of 
the Graduate Library School. August 4-8, 1989. 
Edited by Howard W. Winger and Richard Daniel 
Smith. Chicago, Univ. of Chicago Pre** [1S70] 
200 p. lllua. (University of Chicago studies in 
library science) ISBN 0-2 £6- 9020 1-3. Published 
originally In the Library quarterly, Jan. 1970. 



DNLM: Z 701 USOd 1989 

BRACES 



Clt. No. 3*3755 



Anderson, Mile* Harrison, 1910- Upper 

extremities orthotics, written and Illustrated by 
Mile* H. Anderson. Ed. by Raymond E. So liars. 
Technical consultants: John J. Bray [et at.] 
Springfield, 111., Thomai [c!965J xiv, 460 p. 
lllus, 1958 ed. baa title: Functional bracing of 
the upper extremities. 
DNLM: WE 172 uA54Sf 1985 Clt. No. 30011 

Blount, Walter Putnam, 1900- The 

Milwaukee brace [by] Walter P. Blount [and] 
John H. Moe. Baltimore, William* Ac Wllklns 
E 1073 j xlv, 198 p. tllus. ISBN 0-683-00889-1. 
Bibliography: p. 191-194. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WE 172 B857m 1973 

Clt. No. 35S152 

BRACHIAL PLEXUS 

Macintosh, Robert Reynolds, 1897- Local 

analgesia; brachial plexus [by] Sir Robert 
Macintosh {and] William W. Mlshln. 4th ed. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1987. 82 p. lllua. U. 
S. publisher: William 4 Wllklns Co.. Baltimore. 
DNLM: WO 300 M152L 1967 Clt. No. 206457 



BRAIN 

-ANATOMY it HISTOLOGY 

Smith, Christopher Up ham Murray. The brain; 
towards an understanding. London, Faber and 
Faber [1970] 391 p. Lllua. SBN 571-09170-9. 
DNLM: WL 300 S«44b 1970 Clt. No. 252210 

Wilson, MeClore. The anatomic foundation of 
neuroradiology of the brain. 2d ed. Boston, 
Little, Brown [C19T2] ill, 390 p. lllus, ISBN 
0-316-94413. Title of 1st ed. varies slightly. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 141 W75U 1972 

Cit. No. 327600 

-ANATOMY & HISTOLOGY - ATLASES 

Shantha, Totada R. A stereotaxic atlas of the 
Java monkey brain (Macaca irus) [by] Totada R. 
Shantha, Sohan L. Manocha [and] Geoffrey H. 
Bourne. Baltimore, Williams 8t Wllklns, 1988. 
86 p. tllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QL 737.P93 S528S 19S8 

Cit. No. 151455 

-ATLASES 

Hinnan, Louis, 1891- Photograph* of 

microscopic serl.il sections of the human spinal 
cord and brain. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl989] 
xl, 73 p. lllua. Photographic supplement to 
the author's Atlas I: AU?ses of the spinal cord 
and brainstem and the forebTain. Constitutes 
Atlas 4, to accompany the author's Clinical 
neuroanatomy, neurophysiology and neurology. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 17 H37«a 1951 SuppL 1909 

Cit. No. 214572 

Roberts, Melville, 1931- Atlas of the human 

brain in section [by] Melville Roberta [and] 
Joecpb Hanaway. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 
1970. xv, 95 p. plates SBN 8121-0261-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 17 R848a 197ft 

Cit. No. 227645 

-GROWTH * DEVELOPMENT 

Himwich, WUliamina A., ed. Developmental 

neurobiology. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1973] 
xvl, 770 p. Iltus. Bibliography: p. 652-742. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 300 H659d 1970 

Clt. No. 252147 

Rorse, Lacy Dalian, 1929- Myeilnatlon of 

the brain lit the newborn [by] Lucy Batlan Rorke 
[and] Helena E. RigES, with the assistance of 
Mary Jane C. Showers [et al.] Philadelphia, 
Toronto, Llppincott [c!969] 108 p. lllua. 34 
plates 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 300 R787m 1969 

Clt. No. 221702 

•PHYSIOLOGY 

Andersen, Per. Physiological basis of the alpha 
rhythm (by] Per Andersen [and] Sven A. 
Anderason. [New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts, C1968] vll, 235 p. 
Ulus. (Neurosclence series [no. 1]) 
DNLM: WL 102 A544p 1963 Clt. No. 158332 

Smith, Christopher Upham Murray. The brain; 
towards an understanding. London, Faber and 
Faber [1970] 392 p. lllus. SBN 571-09170-9, 
DNLM: WL 300 S644b 1970 Clt. No. 252210 

Smith, Wallace Lynn, 1922- ed. 

Neuropsychological testing In organic brain 
dysfunction, compiled and edited by W. Lynn 
Smith and Marlon John Phllippu*. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [clt>69] xvli, 337 p. 
DNLM. SUNY: WL 348 S*63n 1969 

Cit No- 223216 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Hands, JyoJI. Dynamic aspect* of brain wanning. 
[American ed.] Baltimore, University Park 
Press [C1972] ISBN 0-8391-0733-1. 
DNLM: WL 141 H236d 1972 Cit. No. 332145 

Mishkln, Fred S„ 1937- Use and 

interpretation of the brain scan, by Fred S. 
Mlshkin and John Mealey. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [cl969] ill, 194 p. lllus. (American 
lecture series, no. 751. American lectures In 
living chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 141 M678u 1989 

Clt No. 213045 



Newton, Thomas H„ 1925- ed. Radiology of 

the skull and brain. Edited by Thomas H. 
Newton [and] D. Gordon Potts. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1971- v. Ulus. ISBN 0-801S-3844V9 (▼. 
1) Contents. - v. I. The skull. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WL 141 N5*«r 

at No. 313127 

Raimondt, Anthony J- I«S- Pediatric 

neuroradiology. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. 
xlll, 716 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7218-7437-2. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 340 R153P 1971 

Clt. No. 341245 

-RADIOGRAPHY - CONORE8SES 

Nuclear Medicine Seminar, 2d, University of Miami, 
1970. Central nervou* system Investigation with 
radionuclides. Compiled and edited by Albert J. 
GlUon and William M. Smoak, III. Springfield, 
III., Thorns [C1971] xv, 415 p. lllus. 
Seminar orpnnized by the Division of Nuclear 
Medicine of the University of Miami, School of 
Medicine. 

DNLM: W3 NU33 1970c 
SUNY: WN 440 N988p 1970 Cit No. 280423 

-SURGERY 

Dandy, Walter Edward, 1838- The brain. 

New York, Hoeber [cl969] ix, 671, 11 p. lllus. 
(A Classic reprint) Reprinted from v. 12, chap. 
1 of Practice of surgery, by D. D. Lewis. 
Published also under title: Surgery of the brain. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 358 D178* 1945 

Cit. No. 238887 

Needham, Charles W, 1934- Neurosurgical 

syndromes of the brain. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas FC1973J xl, 440 p. HlUB. ISBN 
0-33a-02So9-7. Bibliography: p. 414-427. 

DNLM. M2CO, SUNY: WL 141 N374n 1973 

Clt No. 347011 

BRAIN CHEMISTRY 

GurowiU, Edward M. The molecular basis of 

memory. Englewood Cliffs. N. J., Prentice-Hall 

[C1939] Iv, £2 p. 

DNLM, MBCO: WL 300 G978m 1989 

Cit. No. 234458 

Katxman, Robert 1925- Brain electrolytes 

and fluid metabolism [by] Robert Xatzman [and J 
Banna M. Pappius. Baltimore, Williams & 
Wllklns [C1973] xL 419 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-63 3- 04522-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 104 KI9b 1973 

Cit No. 355340 

HeUwain, Henry. Biochemistry and the central 
nervous system [by] Henry Mellwaln [and] H. S. 
Bachelard. 4th ed. Edinburgh, Churchill 
Livingstone; Baltimore, Williams * Wllklns. 1971. 
vll, 616 p. IllUS. ISBN 0-7000-1522-1. 
Baltimore imprint from mounted label. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 300 M152b 1971 

Cit. No. 317150 

MandelL Arnold J., ed. Piycbochemlcai research 
In man; methods, strategy, and theory, edited by 
Arnold J. Mandell [and] Mary P. MandelL 
Contributors: W. R. Adey [et aL) New York. 
Academic Press, 1969, 'xxlt, 443 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 300 M27Ip 1989 

Clt. No. 234248 

BRAIN DAMAGE, CHRONIC 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Grass I, Joseph R. The Grass! block substitution 
test for measuring organic brain pathology. 2d 
ed. Springfield, HI., Ttomaa [C1970] vll, 84 
p. Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 754. 
American lectures In psychology) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 141 G769g 1970 

Clt. No. 23*013 

RnsselL Elbert W. Assessment of brain damage; 
s neuropsychological key approach [by] Elbert W. 
Russell, Charles Neurlnger [and] Gerald 
Goldstein. New York, Wiley Intersclence 
Division [C1970] x, 167 p. Ulus. (Wiley series 
on psychological disorders) ISBN 0-471-74550-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 141 R962a 1970 

Ot No. 271051 



30 



BRAIN INJURIES, ACUTE 



Sehniman, Jerome L 1939- Brain 

damage and behavior; a clinical' experimental 
study, by Jerome L. Scbulman [et al.) 
Springfield, III. Thomas [clflOS] be, 164 p. 
DNLM: WL 1*1 S386b 1965 Cit. No. 41504 

•IN INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

C half ant, James C. Central processing 

dysfunctions In children; a review of research. 
Phase three of a three-phase project, by James C. 
C ha If a nt and Margaret A. Scheffolin. Bethesda. 
Sid., {For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. 
Print. Off., Washington] 1968. x, 148 p. 
(KINDS monograph, no. 9) Report based on 
research performed under Contract no. 
PH-43-67-01 with the National Institute of 
Neurological Diseases and Stroke. 
DNLM: Wl N139D no.9 1969 
MBCO: WL 100 Nil no.9 1969 Clt. No. 254342 

Deutsch, Cynthia P. Brain-da staged children; a 
modality- oriented exploration of performance, by 
Cynthia P. Deutsch and Florence Schumer. 
New York, Brunner/Mazel [cl970] vlli, 162 
p. lllus. SBN 6763(3-030-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 334 D486b 1970 

Clt. No. 263126 

Minimal brain dysfunction In children; educational, 
medical, and health related services. Phase two 
of a three-phase project. [Washington, For sale 
by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 
1»70] Ix, 81 p. lllus. (Public Health Service 
publication, no, 2015) N & SDCP monograph. 
A collaborative project co-sponsored by the 
Neurological and Sensory Disease Control 
Program and other agencies. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 340 MS65 1970 

Clt. No. 253570 

Schaln, Richard J., 1330- Neurology of 

childhood learning disorders, Baltimore, 
Williams & Wilkina, 1972. xl, 144 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-683-07574-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 340 S2flfln 1972 

Clt. No. 342703 

Wender, Paul H., 1934- Minimal brain 

dysfunction In children. New York, 
Wiley-Intersclence [C1971] xvl, 242 p. (Wiley 
series on psychological disorders) ISBN 
0-471-B33S2-7. Bibliography: p. 225-235. 
DNLM, MBCO: WS 340 W4fl9ra 1971 

Clt. No. 264315 

•REHABILITATION 

Dentsch, Cynthia P. Bra la-damaged children; a 
modality-oriented exploration of performance, by 
Cynthia P. Deutsch and Florence Schumer. 
New York, Brunner/Mazel [C1970] vlll, 162 
p. lllus. SBN 87630-030-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 354 D486b 1970 

at. No. 263126 

BRAIN DISEASES 

Blemond, Arte, 1902- Brain diseases. 

Amsterdam, New York, Elsevier, 1970. xxl, 879 
P. Ulus. SBN 444-49686-7. Translation of 
Hersciziekten; dlagnoutlek en the r a pie. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 348 B587d 1970 

Clt. No. 246024 

Mark, .Vernon H., 1925- Violence and the 

brain [by] Vernon H. Mark [and] Frank R. Ervin. 
[1st ed.] New York, Harper A- Row [C1B70] 
xlv, 170 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 102 M34Sv 1970 

Clt. No. 265255 

Smith, Wallace Lynn, 1921- ed. 

Neuropsychological testing In organic brain 
dysfunction, compiled and edited by W. Lynn 
Smith and Marlon John Phlllppus. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [C19691 xvil, 337 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 348 S693n 1969 

Clt. No. 113216 



-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on the Cerebral 
SphlngoUpldoies, 3d, Brooklyn and New York, 

1965. Inborn disorders of sphlngollpld 
metabolism; proceedings. Edited by Stanley M. 
Aronson and Bruno W, Voik. Oxford, New 
York, Pergamon Press [C1967] xvi, 513 p. 
lllus. Proceedings of the 1961 symposium, 
called Cerebral sphingo lipidoses,' are entered In 
this Library under Symposium on the Cerebral 
Sphlngollpldoses, 2d, Brooklyn and New York, 
1831. Co-sponsored by the Isaac Albert 
Research Institute of the Jewish Chronic Disease 
Hospital, DowtiBtate Medical Center of the State 
University of New YorK, and the National 
Tay-Saehs Association. 
DNLM: W3 IN923X 19651 
MBCO: WD 200 S993 19651 Clt. No. 116000 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Blemond, Arte, 1902- Brain diseases. 

Amsterdam, New York, E'eevter, 1970. xxl, 879 
p. ilius. SBN 444-40566-7. Translation of 
Hersenziekten; diagnostic en theraple. 
DNLM, SUNY; WL 348 B587d 1970 

Clt. No. 246024 

Ellnkov, Samnil Mikhaflorlch. Brain 
displacements and deformations [by] S. M. 
Blinkov and N. A. Sfiliraov. Translation editor: 
Donald B. Lindsley. New York, Plenum Press, 
1971. xl, 21Q p. lllus. ISBN 0-308-30447-3. 
Translation of Smeshchenila 1 deformatsll 
golovnogo mozga. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 141 B648S 1B71 

Clt. No. 2S0055 

Grossman, Charles Chasfclel. 1911- The use 

of diagnostic ultrasound in brain disorders. 

Springfield, 111., Thomas [elB66] xlv, 155 p. 

lllus. 

DNLM: WL 348 G874u 1966 Cit. No. 43663 

Mishkln, Fred 8., 1937- Use and 

Interpretation of the brain scan, by Kred S. 
Mishkln and John Mealey. ■ Springfield. 111., 
Thomas [clSoO] xii, 194 p. lllus. (American 
lecture sertes, no. 751. American lectures In 
living chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 141 M676u 1969 

at. No. 213065 

MosUfawy, Abbas. Pediatric 
sonoencephalography; the practical use of 
ultrasonic echues In the diagnosis of childhood 
intracranial disorders [by] A. Moitafawy, in 
cooperation with J. B. Nagle. Berlin, New York, 
Springer Verlag, 1971, xl, 137 p. Ulus. ISBN 
3-540-0521 5- X. Bibliography: p. [109]-133. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 354 M915p 1971 

Cit. No. 300S67 

Need ham, Charles W., 1936- Neurosurgical 

syndromes of the brain. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1973] xl, 440 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-398-02389-7. Bibliography; p. 414-427. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 141 N374n 1973 

Cit. No. 347011 

Plum, Fred, 1924- The diagnosis of stupor 

and coma [by] Fred Plum and Jerome B. Posner. 
Philadelphia, Davis [cl&68] x. 197 p. lllus. 
(Contemporary neurology series, 1) 
-- — Another copy. 

WB 1B2 P734d 1966 
DNLM: Wl C078BN v.l 1966 Ot. No. 115547 

Plum, Fred, 1924- The diagnosis of stupor 

and coma [by] Fred Plum [and] Jerome B. 
Posner. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Davis [C1972] 
Ix, 286 p. lllus. (Contemporary neurology series, 
v. 10) ISBN 0-8036-6991-7. Bibliography: p. 
241-75. 

DNLM: Wl C0769N v.10 1972 
MBCO: WL 100 C761 v.10 1972 
XNLM: [WB 182 P734d 1972] Clt. No. 342073 

Radionuclide applications la neurotomy and 
neurosurgery. Edited by Yen Wang and Pietro 
Paoletti. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] ix, 
387 p. lllus. (American lecture aeries, no. 771. 
American lectures In. nuclear medicine.) 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 141 R129 1970 

CU. No. 246060 






•IN INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

• IN INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

Moatafawy, Abbas. Pediatric 
sonoencephalography; the practical use of 
ultrasonic echoes In the diagnosis of childhood 
Intracranial disorders [by] A. Moitafawy, In 
cooperation with J. B. Nagle. Berlin, New York, 
Springer Verlag, 1971. xl, 137 p. Ulus. ISBN 
3-54O-05216-X, Bibliography: p. [109]. 133. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 354 M915p 1971 

at. No. 300547 

Wender, Paul H., 1934- Minimal brain 

dysfunction in children. New York, 
Wiley-Inter science [cl971] xvl, 242 p. (Wiley 
series on psychological disorders) ISBN 
0-47 t.9326 2-7. Bibliography: p. 225-235. 
DNLM, MBCO: WS 340 W469m 1971 

Clt. No. 104315 

-RADIOTHERAPY 

Radionuclide ap»licatlona in neorology and 
ncuroinr£t.-ry. Kdiled by Yes Wang and Pietro 
Paoletti. Springfield, III., Thomas [cI970] Ix, 
387 p. Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 771. 
American lectures In nuclear medicine.) 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 141 R123 1970 

at. No. 246060 

BRAIN EDEMA 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Brain Edema, Vienna, 19*5. Brain 

edema; proceedings of the symposium, September 
11-13, 1905, Vienna. Edited by Igor Klatio and 
Franz Seitelb»rger. New York, Springer, 1947. 
xvil, 700 p. liJus. Organized by the 
Oesterrelehlsche Arbeltsgemelnschatt fur 
Neuropathology and the Problem Commission for 
Neuropathology. 
DNLM: WL 343 S9S9b 1965 Cit. No. 122750 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Blinkov, Batnull Mikhaflovleh. Brain " ~~ 
displacements and deformations [by] S. M. 
Bliakov and N. A. Smirnov. Translation editor: 
Donald i>. Llndsley. New York, Plenum Press, 
1S71. xl, 218 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-336-30447-3. 
Translation of Smesbchenlta i deformatsll 
golovnogo mozga. 
DNLM. SUNY: WL 141 B648s 1971 

Ot. No. 200055 

-DRUG THERAPY - CONGRESSES 

Steroids and bratn edema [proceedings of an 
International worUthop in IL'alaa, W. Germany, 
June 19 to 21, 1572] Edited by H. J. Reuien 
[and] K. Behurmxnn, New York, 
Sprlngcr-Verlaff, 1972. xll, 300 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-387-CW33-X. Sponsored by Sharp At 
Dohme GmbH., Miinchen. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 348 S838 1972 

at. No. 347067 

BRAIN INJURIES, ACUTE 

Newcombe, Freda. MlaiUe wounds of the brain; a 
study of psychological deficits. [London] 
Oxford Univ. Prens, 1969. vi, 145 p. Ulus., 
plates (Oxford neurological monographs) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 354 N539m 1909 

Clt No. 233330 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Plum, Fred, 1924- The diagnosis of stupor 

and coma [by] Fred Plum and Jerome B. Posner. 
Philadelphia, Davis [C1960] x, 197 p. Ulu*. 
(Contemporary neurology series, 1) 

Another copy. 

WB 182 P734d 1960 
DNLM: Wl C0769N v.l 1966 Clt. No. 115547 

Plum, Fred, 1924- Tht> diagnosis of stupor 

and corns [by] Fred Plum [And] Jerome B. 
Poiner. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Davis [cl972] 
Ix, 286 p. Ulus. (Contemporary neurology series, 
v. 10) ISBN 0-6030-4991-7. Bibliography: p. 
241-75. 

DNLM: Wl C0769N v.10 1971 
MBCO: WL 100 C761 v.10 1971 
XNLM: [WB 182 P734d 1971] C1L No. 343073 



31 



BRAIN NEOPLASMS 



BRAIN NEOPLASMS 

Ot ■tier- Smith. P. C. Parasagittal and falx 
meningiomas. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [c 1970 J Ix, 350 p, 
llltu. ISBN 0-407-35240-8. 
DNLM: WL 353 G277p 1970 Clt. No. 270701 

-COUP LIGATIONS 

Bell, William E„ 1923- Increased 

Intracranial pr enure in children, by William E. 

Bell and William F. McCormick. Philadelphia, 

Saunders. 1971. x, 380 p. Ill us. (Major 

problem! In clinical pediatrics, v. 8> ISBN 

0-7216-1683-6. 

DNLM: Wl MA492N v.8 1073 

MBCO: WS 200 MS3 v.8 1972 

XNLM: [WS 340 B4551 1972} Clt No. 330783 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Brain Tumor Scanning, Buffalo, 

1958, Brain tumor (canning with radioisotope!, 
edited by Louis Bakay, assistant editor: David M. 
Klein. Springfield. III.. Thomas [C1969] x, 217 
p. lllui. 
DNLM, SUNV: WL 358 S986b 1963 

Clt. No. 222715 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Huber, Alfred, IBIS- Eye symptoms in 

brain tumors. 2d ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1971. 
xv, S7S p. lllua. ISBN 0-8016-2301-4. 
Translation of Augensymptome bel Birntumoren. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 358 H877a 1971 

at. No. 277620 

-EN INFANCY tc CHILDHOOD 

Bell, William E., 1929- Increased 

Intracranial pressure in children, by William E. 
Bell and William F. McCormick. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1972. x, 280 p. lllua. (Major 
problema in clinical pediatrics, v. 8) ISBN 
0-7213-1883-8. 

DNLM: Wl MA492N v.8 1972 
MBCO: WS 2C0 M33 v.8 1971 
XNLM: [WS 340 B4551 1972] Clt. No. 330783 

Boot, Wolfgang Tbeodor. Intracranial tumors of 
Infanta and children {by] Wolfgang Th. Kooa and 
Meredith H. Miller. St. Loula, Mosby, 1971. 
xv, 415 p. lllui., ports. 
DNLM: WL 358 K821 1S71 Clt. No. 255354 

-PATHOLOOY - ATLASES 

Zuleb, Klaus Joachim, 1910- Atlas of the 

histology of brain tumors. Berlin, New York, 
Sprlnger-Verlag, 1971. xvl, 161 p. lllua. 
ISBN 3-540-05274-7. Text and title In English, 
German, French, Spanish, Russian, and Japanese. 



DNLM: WL IT Z94a 1971 
-RADIOGRAPHY 



Cit. No. 303067 



Leeds, Norman E., 1928- Dynamic factors 

In diagnosis of a u prat en to rial brain tumors by 
cerebral angiography [by] Norman E. Leeds {and] 
Juan M. Ta versa. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1969. 
122 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 358 U8ld 1989 

Ctt. No. 206654 

Symposium on Brain Tumor Scanning, Buffalo, 
1988. Brain tumor scanning with radioisotopes, 
edited by Loula Bakay, assistant editor: David M. 
Klein. Springfield, III., Thomas [C1989] x, 217 
p. lllua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 353 5986b 1963 

Clt. No. 222715 

BRAIN STEM 

-ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY - ATLASES 

Everett, Newton B., 1918- Functional 

neuroanatomy; Including an atlas of the brain 
stem, and of the whole brain In coronal and 
horizontal sections, by N. B. Everett, with the 
assistance of John W. Sundsten and Raymond D. 
Lund. 8th ed., thoroughly rev. Philadelphia, 
Lea * Febkdger, 1971. x. 357 p. lllua. ISBN 
0-8121-0324-6. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 101 £93f 1971 

at. No. 254506 



Everett, Newton B 1916- 

Functlonal neuroanatomy. Including an atlas of 
the brain stem, by N. B, Everett, with the 
assistance of Charles W. Bodemer [and] William 
O. Ricke. 5th ed., thoroughly rev. London, 
Ktmpton, 1965. 420 p. illus. Earlier editions 
by Archibald Ray Buchanan. 
DNLM: WL 101 £93f 1965 Clt. No. 42173 

-COLLECTED WORKS 

Wolf, John K., ed. The classical brain stem 
syndromes. Translations of the original papers 
with notes on the evolution of clinical 
neuroanatomy. Springfield, III., Thomas [1971] 
xvl, 163 p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 310 W854c 1971 

Clt. No. 301337 

BREAST 

-SURGERY 

General principles and breast. Edited by Charles 
Rob and Rodney Smith. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Llpplocott [1S631 xlv, 304 p. Illus. (Rob, 
Charles, ed. Operative surgery, v, 1) 
DNLM: WO 500 R6280 v.l 1968 Clt. No. 212256 

-SURGERY - CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Aesthetic Surgery of the Face, 
Eyelid, and Breast, Phoenix, Ariz,, 1U70. 
Symposium on Aesthetic Surgery of the Face, 
Evelld, and Breast. Editors: Frank W. Masters 
[and] John R. Lewis, Jr. St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. 
xii, 212 p. lllus. ISBN 0-8016-3138-8. 
Constitutes v.4 or the Proceedings of the 
symposium of the Educational foundation of the 
American Sueiety of Plastic and Reconstructive 
Surgeons and the American Society for Aesthetic 
Plastic Surgery. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 600 SB37a 1970 

Clt. No. 334450 

Symposium on Neoplastic and Reconstructive 
Problems of the Female Breast, Memorial 
Sioan-Ketterln? Cancer Center, N*w York, 1972, 

Symposium on Neoplastic and Re constructive 
Problems of the Female £>re*st. Kdilor: Reuven. 
K. Snyderman. St. Louis, Mosby, 1973. xlll, 
120 p. Illus. ISMN 5-H016-4730-4. Constitutes 
v. 7 of the Proceedings of the symposium of the 
Educational Foundation of the Aerlcan Society of 
Plastic and Reconstructive Surgeons. 
Bibliography: p. 99-115. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 910 S989l 1972 

Clt. No. 376300 

BREAST DISEASES 

Egan, Robert L., 1920- Mammography and 

breast diseases. [Rev.] Baltimore, Williams 6c 
VV'Uklns, 1970. vlll, 287 p. illus. (Goldea'a 
Diagnostic radiology, section 19) 
DNLM: WN 200 G6181 Sect. 19 1970 

Clt. No. 266646 

Haagenien, C ashman Davis, 1900- Diseases 

of the breast. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1971. xvi, 829 p. illus. ISBN 0-7216-4440-6. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WP 840 HI 13d 1971 

Clt. No. 266651 

.DIAGNOSIS 

Leli, Henry Patrick, 1914- Diagnosis and 

treatment of breast lesions. Flushing, N. Y-, 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1970. 391 p. 
Illus. SBN 87488-748-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 870 L532d 1970 

Clt. No. 25*357 

-THERAPY 

Lets, Henry Patrick, 1914- Diagnosis and 

treatment of breast lesions. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1970. 391 p. 
Lllus. SBN 87488-748-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 870 L532d 1970 

at. No. I58357- 

BREAST NEOPLASMS 

Hasgensen, Cuhmii Davis, 1900- Diseases 

of the breast. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1971. xvl, 829 p. lllus. ISBN 0-72 16-4440-6. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WP 840 HI 13d 1671 

Cit- No. 266651 



Spratt, Job* Strtekilm, 1929- Cancer of the 

breast [by] John S. Spratt, Jr. [and) William L. 
Doncgan. With contributions by Raul Mercado, 
Jr. [et al.] Philadelphia. Saunders, 1967. xv, 
322 p. lllus. (Major problems in clinical surgery, 
v. 5) 
DNLM: Wl MA492R v.5 1967 at. No. 111027 

-ATLASES 

McDlvltt, Robert W„ 1931- Tumors of the 

brea«t, by Robert W. McDlvttt, Fred W, Stewart, 
and John W. Berg. Washington, Armed Forces 
Institute of Pathology, 1968. 156 p. UIus. 
(Unlveraltlea Associated for Research and 
Education in Pathology. AtUs of tumor 
pathology. Second aeries, fasc. 2) 
DNLM: QZ 200 US4a fasc.2 1968 at. No. 225206 

-CLASSIFICATION 

Sexrff, R. W. Histological typing of breast 
tumours [by] R. W. Scarff and H. Torlonl. in 
collaboration with twelve pathologists In ten 
countries. Geneva. World Healtb Organ txatl on, 
1P63. [40] p. illus., plates (International 
histological classification of tumours, no. 2) 
DNLM: WL IN7S4G no.2 1963 
SUNY: QZ 15 1602 no.2 1063 at. No. 246713 

.CONGRESSES 

Clinical Conference on Cancer, M. D. Anderson 
Hospital and Tumor Institute, Houston, 13th, 

15SK. Breast cancer: early and late 

F proceedings] Chicago, Year Book Medical 

Publishers [cI970] 447 p. lllus. 

DNLM: W3 C162H 1983b 

MliCO:^ WP 870 C638b 1968 at. No. 246724 

Gynecological oncology; * comprehensive review 
and evaluation. Prc-eedf^s of the symposium 
held at tbe Lenox 11 Hospital in New York, N. 
Y., 19-23 Hay 1969. Editors: Hugh R. K. Barber 
[and] Edward A. Grab- r. [Ameterdam. New 
York] Excerpta Medlca Foundation [1970] xx, 
385 p. lllua., port. (Excerpta medlca. 
International congress aeries, no. 203) ISBN 
90-2 19-0 134-X. 
DNLM: YV3 EX89 no.203 1969 at. No. 152503 

Symposium on Breast Cancer, Oc inner Medical 
Center, New Orleans, 1656. Current concepts in 
breast cancer, edited by Albert Segaloff [et al.] 
Baltimore, Williams A- Wllkins, 1967. xili, 878 
p. illus. 
DNLM: WP 870 S989C 1966 Clt. No. 124164 

Sympoilnm on Neoplastic and Reconstructive 
Problems of the Femsle Breast, Memorial 
61o*s-Ketterlng Cancer Center, New York, 1972. 

r ..poslum on Neoplastic and Reconstructive 
Problems of the Female Breast. Editor: Reuven 
K, Snyderman. SI. Louis, Mosby, 1973. xlll, 
120 p. lllua. ISBN 0-a0 18-4730-4. Constitutes 
v. 7 of the Proceedings of the symposium of the 
Educational Foundation of tbe Aerlcan Society of 
Plastic and Reconstructive Surgeons. 
Bibliography: p. 99-115. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 910 S989s 1972 

at. No. 376300 

Tenovus Symposium, 1st, Cardiff, Wales, 1967. 

Prognostic factors In breast c-mcer; 

proceedings. Edited by A. P. M. Forrest [and] P. 

B. Kunkler. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1968. xv, 

481 p. lllua., port Sponsored oy the Tenovus 

Institute for Cancer Research ard the Welsh 

National School of Medicine. SBN 443-00546-8. 

U, S. publisher: Williams A Wllkins Co., 

Baltimore. 

DNLM: WS TE89 19«7p 

MBCO, SUNY: WP 870 T312p 1967 

Clt. No. 1MS30 

-DIAONOBIJ 

Lets, Henry Patrick, 1914- Diagnosis and 

treatment of breast lesions. Flushing, N. Y-, 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1970. 391 p. 
lllus. SBN B74S3-748-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 870 L5324 1970 

Clt. No. 256357 



< 



32 



c 



BURNS 






Tenons STWfMtttnm, lit, Cardiff, Wale*, 1967. 

Prognostic factors la breast cancer; 

proceeding!. Edited by A. P. M. Forrest [and] P. 

B. Kunkler. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1968. xv, 

481 p. Ulus., port Sponsored by the Tenovus 

Institute for Cancer He search and the Welsh 

National Scbool of Medicine. SBN 443-00546-8. 

U. S. publisher: Wit llama A Wilkin* Co., 

Baltimore, 

DNLM: W3 TESt I967p 

MBCO, SUNY: WP 870 TSISp 19*7 

Clt. No. 166636 

-DRUG THERAPY 

Hxyward, John, Hormones and human breast 
cancer; an account of IS years study, Berlin, 
New York, Springe r-Verlag. J 970. a v. 149 p. 
lllus., ports. (Recent results In cancer research, 
14) 

DNLM: WI RE106P v.I4 1670 
MBCO: QZ 208 H4 v.24 1970 Clt, No. 257373 

8 toll, Basil Arnold, Hormonal management In 
breast cancer. Philadelphia, LIpplncott [cl969] 
vUi, 169 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 870 S875h 1989 

v Clt. No. 120133 

-PAT' loot 

Scarff, R. W, Histological typing of breast 
tumours [by] R. W. Scarff and II. Torloni, In 
collaboration with twelve pathologists In ten 
countries. Geneva, World Health Organization, 
1968. [40] p. Ulua., plates (International 
histological classification of tumours, no. 2) 
DNLM: WL IN764G no.1 19Q8 
SUNY; QZ IS IS02 no.l 1968 Clt. No. 248713 

-SURGERY 

Crlle, George, 1907- A biological 

consideration of treatment of breast cancer. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl987] xili, 189 P. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 870 C929b 1987 Clt. No. 113045 

-THERAPY 

Clinical Conference on Cancer, M. D. Anderson 
Hospital and Tumor Institute, Houston, 13th, 
19Ga. Breast cancer: early and late 
[proceedings] Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers [C1970] 447 p, Ulus. 
DNLM: W3 C182H 1968b 
MBCO: WP 870 C636b 19S8 Clt. No. 146724 

Crile, George, 1907- A biological 

consideration of treatment of breast cancer. 
Springfield, 111,, Thomas [C1987] xili, 189 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 870 C929b 1967 Clt. No. 113045 

Deaoix, Pierre, 1912- Treatment of 

malignant breast tumors; indications and results, 
a study based on 1174 cases treated at the 
Instltut Gustave-Rouasy between 1954 and 1962. 
Translated into English by Barbara Crook. 
Berlin, New York, Sprlnger-Verlag, 1970. x, 92 
P. Ulus, (Recent results In cancer research, 31) 
DNLM: Wl RE10SP v.31 1970 
MBCO: QZ 106 R4 v.31 1070 Clt. No. 257711 

Juret, Paul, 1918- Endocrine surgery In 

human cancers. fd ed. Springfield, 111,, 
Thomas [C1966] xxvi, 412 p. Ulus. 
Translation and revision of Trait ement des 
cancers humalns par let Interventions 
endocrlnlennes, issued in 1982. 
DNLM: QZ 268 J95t 1964 Clt. No. 57464 

Lets, Hear* Patrick, 1914- Diagnosis and 

treatment of breast lesions. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1970. 391 p. 
litus. SBN 87488-748-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 870 L5S2d 1970 

Clt. No. £56357 

Symposium tta Breast Cancer, Ochiner Medical 
Center, New Orleans, 1966. Current concepts 'In 
breast cancer, edited by Albert Segalotf [et at] 
Baltimore, Williams & Wllklna, 1967. xlll, 378 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 870 6989c 1966 Clt. No. 114164 



BREEDING 

Un nerd a hi, Norman R. Specific pathogen free 
swine; development, application, consequences. 
Lincoln, Univ. of Nebraska Press [c!973] xli, 
157 p. lllus. ISBN 0-S032-0833-2. Text based 
In part on previously published articles. 



Clt. No. 413310 






DNLM: SF 396.9 U5Ss 1973 

BRONCHI 

-ATLASES 



Becker, Walter, 1911- ed. Atlas of 

otorhlnolaryngoiogy and bronchoesophagology [by] 
Walter Becker [et nl.] Philadelphia, Saunders 
[1BS9] 315 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 17 B396a 1969 

Clt. No. 172135 

-BLOOD SUPPLY 

Art ado, Domingo Mariano. The lung circulation. 

[let ed.] Oxford [Eng.] Pergamon [c!965] 2 

v. Ulus. 

DNLM: WF 600 A957L 1965 Clt. No. 46571 

Cudkowlcs, Leon. The human bronchial 
circulation In health and disease. Baltimore, 
Williams 4 Wilkins [clBCS] xvi. 424 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WF S0O C964h 1968 

Clt. No. 160175 

BRONCHIAL ARTERIES 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Botenga, A. S. J. Selective bronchial and 
Intercostal arteriography. Baltimore, Williams 
and Wllklna; Leiden, Stenfert Kroese, 1970. xi, 
1(17 p. lllus. ISTjM 9O-E07-C237.fi. "Appendix: 
tables one to thirtcon" (10 p.) inserted In pocket 
at end. Bibliography: p. [177J-187. 
DNLM: WG 500 B748s 1970 Clt. No. 267235 

BRONCHIAL DISEASES 

Holman, Cranston W. t 1907- ed. 

Bronchopulmonary diseases and related 
disorders. Editors: Cranston W. Holman [and] 
Carl Muschcnheim. Hagerstown, Mel., Medical 
Dept., Harper & Row Jcl972] 2 v. (xxi. 1077, 
1111 p.) Ulus. ISBN 0-06-141807-2. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WF 140 H747b 1972 

Clt. No. 344240 

BRONCHIAL NEOPLASMS 

Le Ronx, Bernard Theodore. Bronchial carcinoma. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, I960. xll, 143 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WF GOO L618b 1968 

Clt. No. 181005 

-COMPLICATIONS 

Howard, Norman. Mediastinal obstruction in lung 
cancer. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1967. vli, 100 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WF 500 H851m 1967 Cit. No. 75753 

-RADIOTHERAPY 

Howard, Norman. Mediastinal obstruction In lung 
cancer. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1967. vli, 100 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WF 500 H851m 1967 Cit. No. 75753 

BRONCHITIS 

-OCCURRENCE - NETHERLANDS 

Lende, R, van der. Epidemiology of chronic 
non-specific lung disease (chronic bronchitis); s 
critical analysis of three field surveys of CNSLD 
carried out in the Netherlands. Assen, Van 
Gorcum, 1969. 2 v. Ulus. VoL 2 lacks 
subtitle. 
DNLM: WF 546 L564e 1969 Cit. No. 176726 

-PATHOLOGY 

Heard, Brian Edyrean. Pathology of chronic 
bro nchi t la and emphysema. Bal tlm or e, W U 1 lams 
& Wllklna, 1969. vl, 136 p. Ulus. SBN 
7000-1419-5. 
DNLM: WF 140 H435p 1969 at. No. 254241 



-POPULAR WORKS 

Be link off, Stanton, 1917- Emphysema and 

chronic bronchitis. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown [clS71| xll, 108 p. Ulus. ISBN 
04261-12I1-M1/71. 
DNLM, MBCO: WF 648 B431e 1971 

Clt. No. 151141 

Petty, Thomas L., 1932- For those who lhra 

and breathe with emphysema and chronic 
bronchitis, by Thomas L. Petty and Louise M. 
Nett. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl967] ix, 108 
P. Ulus. 
DNLM: WF 648 P512f 1967 Clt. No. 137433 

BRONCHOSCOPY 

StradUng, Peter. Diagnostic bronchoscopy; as 
Introduction. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1968. 
vili, 103 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY; WF 141 S395d 1968 

Clt. No. 145712 

BURKlTrs LYMPHOMA 

Burkltt, Deals P. Burkltt's lymphoma [by] D. P. 
Burkltt [and] D. H. Wright. Edinburgh. 
Livingstone, 1970. vtli, 251 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-44 3-C 370 'J- 4. U. S. publisher: WUliama * 
Wllldrrs Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WH 525 B959b 1970 

Clt. No. 246062 

BURNS 

Order, Stanley Ellas, 1934- The burn 

wound, by Stanley E. Order and John A. 
Moncrlefl Springfield, HI., Thomas, [el96i] 
xl, 72 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WO 704 065b 1965 Clt. No. E0240 

-BIBL. 

Feller, Irving, 1925- International 

bibliography on burns; thermal, electrical, 
chemical, radiation, cold injuries, for better 
patient care, research and teacttlng. [n. p., 
American Burn Research Corp., cl969] xxi, 341 
p. Over &0*;a references to all medical 
Uterature published since 1950, 27 languages 
represented. ClaasliW arrangement under 11 
major categories. Besides the bibliographical 
citation, e.icb entry often indicates In code If the 
work Is bas-ed on animal reaearcn. If It Is only of 
supplementary interest to burns, or If It deals 
with clinical treatment or clinical research. 
Author, subject heading Indexes. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: ZWO 704 F38U I960 

Clt. No. 221645 

-CONGRESSES 

International Congress on Research la Bunas, Id, 
Edinburgh, 1965. Research In burns; 
transactions of the second International Congress 
on Research in Burns, held In Edinburgh, BOtb to 
24th September 1965. Edited by A. B. Wallace 
[and] A. W. Wilkinson. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1966. xll, 644 p. lllus-, port. 
DNLM: W3 IN851 1965r Clt- No. 137654 

International Symposium on Pharmacological 
Treatment in Burns, Lilian, 196fi. Proceedings 

... Under the auspices of -the Italian Ministry of 

Health. Editors: A. Berteill and L. Donatt- 

Amsterdam, Excerpta Med lea Foundation, 1969. 

xi, 372 p. lllus. (Excerpta medica 

International congress aeries, no. 190) 

Spor.sored by the International Society for Bum 

Injuries and the Italian Society of Clinical 

Pharmacology. Half title: Pharmacological 

treatment In burns, 

DNLM: W3 EXS9 no.190 1968 

MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no.l»0 1968 Clt. No. 265611 

-DRUG THERAPY 

International 8 jra post am an Pharmacological 
Treatment In Burns, Milan, 1968. Proceedinga 
... Under the auspices of the Italian Ministry of 
Health. Editors: A. Berteill and L. DonaU. 
Amsterdam, Excerpts Medica Foundation, 1969. 
xl, 372 p. Ulus. (Excerpta medica 
International congress series, no. 190) 
Sponsored by the International Society for Burn 
Injuries snd the Italian Society of Clinical 
Pharmacology, Half title: Pharmacological 
treatment In burns. 
DNLM: WS EX89 no.190 1968 
MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no.190 1968 Clt. No. 265611 



BURNS 



■METABOLISM 

Dolecek, Rajko. Metabolic response of the 
burned organism. Edited bv Wtktor W. Nowlassl. 
Springfield, lit., Thomas [C198B] net, 233 p. 
lilus. Revised translation of Metaboliclca odeiva 
orcanlemu po popiicaf. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 704 DS«3m 1969 

Cit. No. 200187 

-THERAPY 

Arte,. Curtis Price, !915- The treatment of 

b;irna, by Curtis P. Artr. [and) John A. Moncrief.. 
2d ed. Philadelphia! Saundera, 1969.. ..Xi 395 
p. Illus,, porta. 
DNLM; MBCO: WO 704 A7921 19S9 

Clt. No. 164848 

Pumas. David W., 1931- A bedside outline 

for the tre^tm^nt (if burns. Springfield, III., 
Thorns [clSoS] xlll, 89 p. Illus. 
DNLM SUNY: WO 704 FP37b 1E30 

Git. No. ,203413 

Moyer, Carl Alfred, 1902- Burns, ihock, 

and plasma volume regulation [by] Carl A. Moyer 

[andl Harvey R. Butcher, Jr. St. Louta, Mosby, 
1967. xl, 423 p. illus. 

DNL: .0 149 M938b 19S7 Clt. No. 123753 

Pol*, Hiram C, 1936- ed. Contemporary 

□urn management, edited by Hiram C. Polk [and] 
H. Harlan Stone with 23 contributing authors. 
Boston. I.Utle, Brown [clOTl] u, 434 p. Ulua. 
ISLN 0-316-71280. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 704 P763C 1971 

Clt. No, 305142 

-THERAPY ■ CONGRESSES 

Symposium on the Treatment of Burns, Galveatoa, 

1871. Symposium on the Treatment of Burn*. 
Edit era" S. B Lynch [and] Stephen H. Uewis, 
Proceedings of the symposium of tho Educational 
Foundation of the American Society at Plastic 
and Reconstructive Surgeons, Inc., with th« 
cooperation of the American Burn Association, 
held £t Galve&ton. Texas, SeotPmber 10-18, 1071. 
St. Louis. Moeby. 1973. xll, 253 p. illus. 
ISBN a-')'»;G-uu ;h-5. Constitutes v. 5 of tbe 
Proceedings of the symposium of the Educational 
Foundation of the American Society of Plastic 
an.l nVtonsiructlve Surgeon*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 704 S039S 1971 

Clt. No. 383103 

CACHEXIA 

.ETIOLOGY 

plttman, Joseph Oarrttson, 1E31- The 

pathogenesis of cardiac cachexia [by] Joseph G. 
Pitt^an [and} Phln Cohen. New York, Grune & 
Strattoa [C1985] xi, 88 p. illus 
DNLM: WG 370 P«89p 1935 Clt. No. 40*00 

■IN INFANCY ft CHILDHOOD 

Steleer, Matthew K„ 1809- Clinical 

approach to endocrine problems In children. St. 
Louli, Mcsby, 1970. ix, 408 p. illus. ISBN 
0.8013-4774-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 330 S822c 1970 

Clt. No. 2*2151 

CALCIFICATION, PHYSSOI.OGIC 

Scaraer, Karald, ed. Biological calcification; 
cellular and molecular aspects. New York, 
Appleton-Ceotury-Crofts [cl970] lx, 482 p. 
Illus SBN 390-7E9J2-7. 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: QU 130 S377b 1970 

Clt. No. 242042 

CALCINOSIS ***';, 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

SalxmaB, tmanEel, 1918-* Lung 

calcifications in X-ray diagnosis. Springfield, 
III., Thomas [C1968] ix, 123 p. lliua. 
DNLM: WF 0£H) S1SSL 1968 Clt. No. 137430 

CALCIUM 

-METABOLISM . ' 

roar man, Paul. Caelum metabolism and tbe 
bant-, {by) Paul Fourman [and] Pierre Royer, 
with the collaboration of Michael J. Le.vell and D. 
Bilan Morean. 2d ed. Oxford, Blaekwell 
[JflCif] xxt, 656 p. Illus. 
DNLM; WE 200 F778c 1988 Clt. No. 156742 



, 



CALCIUM METABOLISM DISORDERS 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Nordia, Borje Edjar Christopher. Diagnostic 
procedures In disorders of calcium me La holism by 
B. E. C. Nordln and D, A. Smith. Eoston, Little, 
Brown, 1985. ill. 233 p. Illus. 
DNLM: WD 200 N832d 1985 Clt. No. 44257 

CANDIDA 

CONGRESSES 

Bvrapoalum on Candida Infections, Royal College of 
Physicians, Loadma, 1SS5. [Proceedings] Ed. by 
H. I. Winner and Rosalinda Hurley. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, UBS. *ii, 249 p. Hlufi. 
BNUi: WC 470 S'JS9p 1&35 Clt. No. 67527 

CANNABIS 

Gfins^ooa, Lester, 1P23- Marihuana 

reconsidered. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 
1971. xl. 443 p. ISBN 0-87i.54aS5-S. 
Selected blbLlo^s^v: p. [3791-329. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: HV 5822. M3 G838m 1?71 
Ctt. No. 263731 

Smith, David F, 1939- ed. The new social 

dru.c; cultural, medical, and legal perspectives on 
iF.irlJuana. En^lewood Cliffs, N. 3., 
Prentice-Kail [clS70] vl, ltU p. (A Spectrum 
boo^) 
DNLM: WM 276 S«5n 1070 Clt. No. 2*4622 

U. 3. National Commission on flarihuana and 

Drujr Ahu ,.->. .'.;,irlliuana, a Bignal of 
mleund?rat.ar!dS/iL'; first report of the N^tlon^l 
Commission oa Marihuana and Drug Aouse, r.Iarcn 
1072. [ilaymond P. Sliafor, Chairman. 
Washlniitcn, For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. 
Govt. Print. Off.. 1372] X, 184 p. 

App^r.'Kv; tlie tccftn1c.il papers of the 

first report. [Waehlntfton; For sale by the Supt. 
of DOCS., U. S. Govt. Print. Off] 1972. 2 v. Illus. 
WM 276 UoStn 1972 Appendix 
MBCO: WM 276 U59m 1972 Clt. No, 331932 

-ABSTRACTS 

Gamare, James B. A comprehensive Riiide to the 
English iangu2,~e literature on cannabic 
(wsrihuaaf-.) [l;y] J. P.. Gama^e & E. L. "erkln. 
Eeloit, Wis., ST ASK Prer.3, 1^9. Xi, K5 P. 
(STASH biWiOgrapllic aerios, no. 1) Over B00 
refcrencca, arrdnr^d under author and subject 
Eectloas. Annotations Included only in author 
section. Covers every significant dlrclpllne 
concerned with marihuana. Author index. 
DNLM, MBCO: ilQV 103 S7S3 no.l ISCj 

Clt. No. 2S5751 

CAPILLARIES 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on SSIcroclretJlatloii, Perfuafoo, and 

Tfin.'iplantEtloa of Orgtas, Miami, FU., 19C3. 
Microcirculation, perfujiou, and transplanUllon of 
orpaas; proceedlnns. Edited by Theodnre I. 
Malinim [et al.] New York, Academic Press, 
1970. xvl, -123 p. il'i- T s. Sponsored by the 
Office of Naval Research and the University of 
Miami School of Medicine. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WG 700 C748m 1SQ9 

CH. No. £55118 

The Microcirculation; a symposium; coup! led and 
edited by tVIlliam L. Winters, Jr. and Albert N. 
Brest. SpringEieW, 111., Thomas [c15Sj] vlll, 
11)5 p. Sympoilum held In Philadelphia, Mar. 

10-11, 1968, under the auspices of the Heart 
Association of Southeastern Pennsylvania. 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: WG 700 M828 196ft 

Cit. No, 206150 

PATHOLOGY 

Davis, EU. Clinical capillary microscopy, by Ell 
Davis and Jacob Landau with the assistance of 
MoKhe Ivry. Springfield, HL, Thomas [C1966J 
xl, 231 p. Illus. 
DNLM: WG 700 D261C 1988 Clt. No. 61255 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Mairio, Elfo. Mlcrohemoclrculatlon; observable 
va-tablea and their biologic control. Springfield, 
111., Thomas Jcl96S] xilt, 194 p. Illus. 
Revised translation of Micro- e 
ma c ro- em oc I r co laxi o ne . 
DNLM: WG 103 M193ra 1965 Clt. No. 55084 



CARBOHYDRATE METABOLISM, 
INBORN ERRORS 

Corablath, Marvin. Dlsordera of carbohydrate 
metabolLim In Infancy, by Msrvirf CorcbUth and 
Robert Schwartz. Philadelphia^ Saunders, 1968, 
xlv, 2H7 p. illus. (Major problems in clinical 
pediatrics, v. 3) 
DNLM: Wl MA492N v.S 19*8 Clt. No. 41*52 

CARBOHYDRATES 

Plfman, WilUam Ward, 1910- «d. The 

carbohydrates: chemistry and biochemistry. 
Edited by Ward Pieman [and] Derek Horton; 
assistant editor: Anthony Berp. 2d 'ed. New 
York, Academic Pre**, 1970- v. Illus. 
DNLM: QU 75 P831ca Clt. No. 2S2214 

-ANALYSIS 

Complex carbohydrates. Edited by Elisabeth P. 
Nenfeld arid Victor Ginsburg. New York, 
Ac.-.demle Press, I96S. xxv, 759 p. Illus. 

(Methods In e/wymclogy, v. 8> 
; DNLM: Wl MT.VJ15K v.8 1968 
MBCO; QU 25 M592 v.S 1988 Clt. No. 212248 

-CONGRESSES 

IntcstlB.il trasaport of electrolytes, ajalio adds, 

ard s-Jsan, edited by W. MrD. Arm^.trone acd A. 
B. Nbbis. Jr. Springfield, III. TUonus [c!971, i.e. 
1970] x, 252 p. illus. Papura presented at a 
aympcsiiim hi-'ld at Indiasapolis, Sept. 4-5, 1968, 
at j sooriEOTcd by the International Union of 
riivalologlcal Sciences and by Indiana UniverEity. 
DNLM, iiBCO: Wl 402 161 1938 Clt. No. 270712 

CARBON DIOXIDE 

Bennett, P. B. The aetiology of compressed air 

Intoxication and inert gaa narcosis. [1st ed.] 
Oxford, Persamoo Press [1^8] xvl, 113 p. 
Hlua. (Iaternattottal series of monographs on pure 
and appbi-'.l hlnlcgy. Division: Zoology, v. 31) 
DNLM; QV 310 B472a 19C8 Clt. No. 53470 

-TKER.\PEUTIC USE - PP.OGR. INSTR. 

Seed or, Msrte M. Therapy with oxypen and other 
prases; a prorramed unit in fimdamenL-vU of 
auratcg. Nov* YorS, Pub. fcr the Dept. of 
Nuis::o(j Education by Teachers College Press, 
Teachers Coileje, Columbia Univ. [clECS] ill, 
172 p. liluj;. (Nursing education monographs) 
DNLM: WY 153 S451t 19«G Clt. No. 62727 






CARCINOGENS 



Koeper, Wllh?lm C„ 1B94- Occupational 

and environmental cancers of the urinary system. 
New Haven, Yale Univ. Press, 1963. xlx, 455 
p. Illus. SBN SOO-0-1128-1. Bibliography: p. 
[371H53. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WJ 100 HQ87o 1989 

Clt. No. 214488 

-CONGRESSES 

Hanford Biology Symposlam, 12th, Rlehlaad. Wasn., 

1972. HadlouucLde carcinogenesis; 

proceedlni-s. Editors: C. L. Sanders [et al. Oak 

Kldire, Ter.n,] U. S. Atomic Energy Commission, 

Office of In/.jrnsatlon Services; [available from 

the National Technical Information Service, 

jjprinffielt;, Va.) 1973. viil, 500 p. illua. (ASIC 

symposluri series, £9) ISBN 0-B 7079-007-2. 

Coof-TZOSoS. Sponsored by the Battetle 

Memorial Institute, Pacific Northwest 

Laboratoriea and the U. S. Atomic Energy 

Commission. 

DNLM: W3 HA2I 1972r 

MHCO: QZ 2C2 K238 1972r 

SNLM: [QZ 202 H238 1972r] Clt. No. 370063 

Symposium on CarciBoreicals, Jeraaalem, 19*8. 
Physico-chemical mechanisms of carcinogenesis; 
proceedings of an international symposium held 
In Jerusalem, 21-25 October, 1968. Edited by 
Ernst D. Berpmann and Bernard Pullman. 
Jerusalem, Israel Academy of Sciences and 
Humanities, 1£G9. 338 p. Illus. (Jerusalem 
symposia on quantum chemistry and biochemistry, 
v. 1) Sponsored by the Hebrew University of 
Jerusalem and the Inatitut de biologic 
phyaico-eblminue of Paris. 
DNLM: W3 JE58 v.l 1968 Cit. No. 250044 



( 



34 






'1 . 






CARCINOID TUMOR 



Ittl- Carcinoid and 

serotonin. RerUn, New York, Springer, 1968. 
x, 111 p. {Recent results In ■ cancer research, 15) 
Sponsored by the Swiss League against Cancer. 
DNLM: Wl RE10SP no.15 1968 
DNLM: Wl RE108P no.15 IMS 
MBCO: QZ 206 R4 v.15 IMS Cit. No. 157010 

CARCINOMA 

•enmlerto*. Janet Lyase, 1935- Renal 

carcinoma {by] James L. Bennington [and] Robert 
M. Kradjlan. Philadelphia, Saunders. 1B67. vt, 
263 p. illus. 
DNLM: W4 356 B471r 1987 Clt. No. 73457 

CARCINOMA, EPIDERMOID 

Coppleson, Malcolm, Preclinical carcinoma of the 
cervix uteri; Ua nature, origin, and management, 
by Malcolm Coppleion and Bevan Reld, with the 
assistance of El 11a Plxley. Oxford, Pergamon 
Press [1967} xii, 321 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 480 C785p 1967 Clt. No. 125133 

CARDIAC OUTPUT 

Gorton, Arthur Clifton, 1919- Circulatory 

pbvslology: cardiac output and It* regulation [by] 
Arthur C. Guy ton, Carl E. Jones [and] Thomas G. 
Coleman. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saundera, 1973. 
vll, 556 p. lltui. ISBN 0-7216-4330-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 202 G992c 1973 

Cit. No. 353651 

CARDIOLOGY 

•CONGRESSES 

Allan-Pacific Congress of Cardiology, 4th. 
Jerusalem and Tel-Avlv, 1963, Proceedings. 
Editor: Marcel Ellaklm. Jerusalem, 1969. p. 
453-957. Ulus. (Israel Journal of medical 
sciences, v. 5, no. 4) Sponsored by the 
Aalan- Pacific Society of Cardiology, 

Another copy. New York, Academic 

Press [C1969] 515 p, Ulus. Issued without 
aeries note. 

W3 AS143 1988p 
DNLM: Wl ISflJTU v.5 no.4 1969 

Clt. No. 212724 

Cardiovascular Symposium, 2d, New York, 1989? 
Therapeutic advances In the practice of 
cardiology, edited by Charles P. Bailey, A. Gerald 
Shapiro [and) Seymour Gollub. New York, 
Grune & Stratton [C1970] xtx, 470 p. lllua. 
Sponsored by St, Barnabas Hospital, New York. 
DNLM: W3 C12 1969t 
MBCO: WG 200 C267t 1969 Clt, No, 240668 

Pre- and postoperative management of the 
cardiopulmonary patient; the nineteenth 
Hahnemann symposium , Editors: Wilbur W. Oaks 
[and] John H. Meyer. New York, Grune & 
Stratton [cl970J xlv, 407 p. Ulus. 19th 
symposium of the Dept. of Medicine, Hahnemann 
Medical College and Hospital, held in Philadelphia 
from April 8 to 10, 1B68. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 200 P022 1968 

Clt. No. 241043 

Rand nil, Walter Clark, 1916- ed. Nervous 

control of the bcart. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wllklna, 1965. xx, 251 p. Ulus. Papers 
presented at the symposium sponsored by the 
American Physiological Society at the annual 
meeting of the Federation of American Societies 
for Experimental Biology, held In Atlantic City, 
April 16-20, 1963. 
DNLM: WG 202 RlB9n 1983 Cit. No. 66305 

World Congress of Cardiology, 5th, New Delhi, 1966. 

Symposia. [Bruxelles] Acta cardtologiea [1968?] 
680 p. Ulus. Most articles In English, but a 
few In French, with summaries In English, French 
and Spanish. 
DNLM: W3 W0337 ltosa Clt. No. 146627 

-NVEStNO TEXTS 

Vlnsant, Marlelle Ortlx. A commonsease approach 
to coronary care: a program [by] Marlelle Ortiz 
Vlnsant, Martha I. Spence [and] Dlanne E. 
Chapel 1. St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. xit, 212 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-6016-5238-3. 
DNLM: WY 18 V788C 1972 Cit. No. 350111 



-POPULAR WORKS 

Fhlbbs, Brendan Penrte, 1916- The human 

heart; a guide to heart disease [by] Brendan 
Phibbs, with contributions by Lane Craddock [et 
al.J 2d ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1971. xlv, 247 
p. Ulus, ISBN 0-8016-391 5-8. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WG 113 P543h 1971 

Clt. No. 276351 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Vlnsant, Marlelle Ortlx. A commonsense approach 
to coronary care; a program [by] Marlelle Ortii 
Vlnsant, Martha I. Spence [and] DUnne E. 
Chapell. St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. xli, 222 p. 
Ulus. ISBN O-aOl 6-5238-3. 
DNLM: WY IB V78BC 1972 Clt. No. 350211 

CARDIOSPASM 

El Us, Franklin Henry, 1920- Achalasia of 

the esophagus, by F. Henry Ellis, Jr. and Arthur 
M. Olson. Philadelphia, London, Saunders 
[cI9S9] xil, 221 p. Ulus. (Major problems in 
clinical surgery, v. 9) 
DNLM: Wl MA4 n ;>R v.9 1969 
MBCO: WO 100 M234 v.9 1989 Clt. No. 205038 

CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES 

Ayrei, Stephen M., 1929- ed. Cardiology: a 

cllnicophyslologic approach. [ Editors: Stephen M. 
Ayre3, John J. Gregory, with the assistance of 
Meta E. Buohier] New York, 
Appleton-Century- Crofts [C1971] xvll, 667 p. 
Ulna. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 100 A885C 1971 

Clt. No. 271062 

Bajusa, Ears, ed. Electrolytes and cardiovascular 
diseases; physiology, pathology, therapy. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wilklns, 19S5- v. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 100 B165e Clt. No. 36130 

Brest, Albert N., 1928- ed. Cardiovascular 

disorders, edited by Albert N. Brest and John H. 
Moyer, with the editorial assistance of William B. 
Aliranis [et si.] Philadelphia, Davis [cl963J 
xxi, 1104, 36 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 100 B843e 196B 

Clt. No, 155664 

Conn, Hadtey L., ed. Cardiac and vascular 

diseases. Edited by Hadlcy L. Conn [and] Orville 
Horwitz. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1971. 2 
v. Ulus. ISBN 0-8121-0043-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 100 C752e 1971 

Clt. No. 254775 

Hurst, John Willis, 1920- ed. The heart, 

arteries, and veins. Editors: J. WUlls Hurst |aod] 
R. Bruce Lugue. With the editorial assistance of 
Robert C. Schlant [et al.] 2d ed. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [C1970] xx, 1631 p. Ulus., plates 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: WG 100 H966h 1978 

Clt. No. 235014 

Hurst, John WllUs, 1920- ed. The heart, 

arteries and veins. Editors: J. Willis Hurst [and] 
R. Bruce Logue. With the editorial assistance of 
Robert C. Schlant [et al.] New York, 
McGraw-Hill fcl9fi6) xv, 1255 p. illus. 
DNLM: WG 100 H968h 1963 Cit. No. 45870 

Hypertension and the cardiovascular system; review 
of Modern medicine. [Minneapolis, Minn., 
Modern Medicine Publications Division of the 
New York Times Media Co., cl972] 207 P. 
Ulus. 
MBCO, SUNY: WG 340 H998 1972 

Clt. No. 335508 

Luisada, Aldo Angus to, 1901- ad. 

Examination of the cardiac patient ... New 
York, McGraw-HUl [cl9fi5] 1 v. (various 
paglngs) Ulus. "Chapters 1 to 20 appeared 
previously as part* 3 and 4 in Cardiology, volume 
2: Methods." 
DNLM: WG 141 LB53e 1985 Clt. No. 15644 

Scire, Hans. 1907- Experimental 

cardiovascular diseases. New York, 
Sprlnger-Verlag, 1970. 2 v. [xvll, 1155 p.) 
Ulus. (Analytleo synthetic monographs) 
Bibliography: pt.2, p. [881J-1099. 
DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WG 100 S469e 1970 

Clt No. 181377 



CARDIOVASCULAR DISEASES 



-CONGRESSES 

National Conference os Cardiovascular Diseases. 
2d, Washington, D. C, 1984. The heart and 
circulation. Editor: E. Cowles Andrus, associated 
editor: Cyrus H. Maxwell. [Bethesda, Md., 
Federation of American Socle Ues for 
Experimental Biology, cl665] 2 v. Ulus. "A 
digest for community leaders" (17 p.) Inserted at 
end of v. 2 , 

DNLM: W3 NA437 1984b Clt. No. 144744 

•DIAGNOSIS 

Constant, Jules, 1922- Bedside cardiology. 

[1st ed.] Boston, Little, Brown [cl969] x, 347 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 141 C757D 1989 

Cit. No. 224451 

Gordon, Barrets Lee, 1892- ed. Clinical 

cardiopulmonary physiology. Sponsored by the 
American College of Chest Physicians. [Editors: 
Burgess L. Gordon, Richard A. Carleton [and] L. 
Penfield Fabcr] 3d ed., rev. New York, 
Grune & Stratton [C19S9] x, 755 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WF 970 G662c 1969 

Clt. No. 232478 

Luisada, Aldo Augusta, 1901- The 

differential diagnosis of cardiovascular diseases, 
by Aldo A. Luisada and Sheldon J. Slodkl. New 
York, Grune & Stratton [C1965] xlv, 226 p. 
DNLM: WG 141 L953d 1965 Clt. No. 40377 

Meyers, Phi! Up Henry, 1933- Differential 

diagnosis of cardiovascular disease by X-ray, with 
an atlas of 93 plates [by] Phillip H. Meyers [et 
al.] New York, Hoeber [cl966] x, 187 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM; WG 141 M617d 1966 Cit. No. 62342 

Physical diagnosis in cardiovascular disease, edited 
by Charles K. Fried herg, with 28 contributors. 

New York, Grune &. "tratton, 1969. vt, 3iJ2 p. 
Illus. Originally published In Progress In 
cardiovascular diseases. 
DNLM: WG 141 P578 1969 Clt. No. 233220 



Rushmer, Robert Frsx*r, 1914- 
Cardlovaicular dynamics. 3d ed 
Saunders, 1970. xv, 559 p. 
DNLM, MBC: WG 141 R953c 1970 



Philadelphia, 



Clt. No. 246712 

Rashmer, Robert Praxer, 1914- 

Cardtovascular dynamics. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1901. 503 p. Ulus. 1st ed. has 
title: Cardiac diagnosis. 
DNLM: WG 141 R9S3c 1981 Clt. No. 246711 

Tavel, Morton E., 1932- Clinical 

phonocardiography and external pulse recording. 
r cago. Year Book Medical Pubilahera (cl967] 
'i^O p. illus. 
DNLM: WG 141 T789c 1967 Clt. No. 75801 

Tavel, Morton E., 1932- CUnlcal 

phonocardiography and external pulse recording. 
2d ed. Clilca^o, Year Rook Medical Publishers 
[cl972] xvl, i>22 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8151-8724-6. 
BlbUography: p. 293-309. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 T769C 197* 

Clt. NO. 3I574I 

Zdansky, Erich, 1893- Roentgen diagnosis 

uf the heart and gTeat vessels. 2d American 
ed.; new enl. revision. * New York, Grune * 
Stratton, 1965. vii, 423 p. Ulus. Translation 
of Rdntgendiagnostlk des Hcnem und tier 
grosson Gefasse, 
DNLM: WG 141 Z41r 1965 Clt, No. 65242 

-DIAGNOSIS • CONGRESSES 

American College of Cardiology -It. Barnabas 
Hospital Symposium "Paths of Progress 1m , 
Cardiovascular Disease, " New York, 1972. 
Cardiovascular disease; new concepts in diagnosis 
and therapy. Edited by Henry I. Russek. 
Baltimore, University Park Press Icl974] xM, 
520 p. Ulus., port. ISBN 0-8 39 1-071 9-8. 
Based oo the proceedings of the fifth annual 
symposium of the American College of 
Cardiology. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WG 100 A497c 1971 

Clt. No. 407713 



35 



CARJXOVASCEJI.AR 1>IS£ASE£ 



-emjo TJ'ETtAPY 

Cturcnf. svf.tai of diiig* fa *ard't. vascular dlnease, 
editec" by CJuiries K. Friertf-erg, wish 29 
Cnatrlbut0rs. Nt?w York. Cru.rte U Stratton, 
11K3. vlt, 282 i> tllus. Originally published 
In Progress Li cardiovascular disease*. 
DNL^T yV 150 C87S IMS at. No. 233077 

-ETIOLOGY 

Bajusx. t 6r». Nutritional aspect* of 
cardiovascular diseases. London, Lock wood 
[19' 51 xix, 244 p. illus. (International 
monoai-aphs; aspects of animal and human 
EU'rt' !■:!!) 
DNLM: WG 100 MlBSn 1985 Clt. No. 44403 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Oltaurke, Robert A., 1939- Self-assessment 

of current knowledge In cardiovascular disease; 
1200 multiple choice questions and referenced 
answers, by Robert A. O'Rourke and John Ross, 
Jr. Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination Pub. 
Co., ciy?3. 289 p. ISBN 0-87488-275-3. 

DNLM. WG IS 074s 1973 Clt. No, 373432 

-IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Wntsc Ixmisb, ed. Paedlatrlc cardiology. St. 
Lou tosby, 1998. zz, 988 p. Ulus. 

DNL„*. WS 290 W33Sp 1B«8 Clt. No. 160320 

■IN OLD AGE 

Harris, Raymond, 19)9- The management 

of geriatric cardiovascular disease. Philadelphia, 
Llpplucott [C1970] xlii, SOB p. Ulus, 
DNLM, SUNY:WG 100 H315m 1970 

Clt. No. 261438 

■NURSING 

Arming ton, Catherine. Nursing of people with 

cardiovascular problemafby] Sister Catherine 
Arralnston [and] Helen Crelghtaa. [1st ed,] 
Boston, Little, Brown [cl971] lx, 910 p. Ulus. 
port. ISBN 0-318-05150. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WY 156 A729n 1B7I 

Clt No. 307745 

Kernlckl, Jeanette. Cardiovascular nursing; 
rationale for therapy and nursing approach [by] 
Jeanette Kernickl, Barbara L, Bullock [and] Joan 
Matthews. New York, Putnam [cl970] Kill. 
431 p. 111ns. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WY 158 K39e 1970 

Clt. No. 270760 

Nursing- la cardiovascular diseases. Compiled by 
Edith P. Lewis. New York, American Journal of 
nursing [cI971] x, 340 p. Ulus. (Contemporary 
is urs in if series) Consists of article* from the 
American journal of nursing, Nursing research, 
and Nursing outlook. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 156 N0737 1971 

at. No. 311333 

Powers, Mxryann. The cardiac surgical patient; 
pathophysiologic considerations and nursing care 
[by] Maryann Powers [and) Frances Storlle. 
Contributors, Elizabeth Rambauiek [and] Richard 
G. Sanderson. * [New York] Maemlllan [cl969] 
xl, 239 p. Ulus. 
SUNY: WY 181 P888C 1M9 at. No. 177267 

•PATHOLOGY 

Adams, Colla Wallace Maltland. Vascular 

histochemistry In relation to the chemical and 
structural pathology of cardiovascular disease. 
London, Lloyd-Luke, 1987. 448 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 141 A211v 1967 CiL No. 114465 

Hudson, Reginald Ernest Bates. Cardiovascular 
pathology. Baltimore, WUUams At Wilkin* 
1985-70. 3 v. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 142 HSStc Clt. No. 266403 

-PREVENTION A CONTROL 

Stamltr, Jeremiah, 1919- Lectures] on 

preventive cardiology. New York, Grune A 
Stratton [c!967] xiv. 434 p. Ulus. 



DNLM: WG 100 S7B3L 1967 at. No. 110507 

-THERAPY 

Cardiovascular therapy; Albert N. Brest, editor. 
Philadelphia, Davis [C1969] xili, 290 p. Ulus. 
(Cardiovascular clinics, v. 1, no. S) 
DNLM: Wl CA77N v.l no.J 1969 Clt- No. 157455 



Kernlckl, jeiartte. Cardiovascular nursing; 
rationale Ut tnerapy aijj nursing approach [by] 
Jeanette Kernkki, Barbara L. Bulloch [arid] Joan 
Matthews. Ne* York, Putnam fcI870] xill 
431 p. Ulus. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WY 156 K39c 1970 

Clt. No. 270760 

-THERAPY - CONGRESSES 

American College of Cardiology-St. Barnabas 
Hospital Symposium on Major Advances la 

Cardiovascular Therapy, New York, 1971. The 
Paul D. White symposium: major advances In 
cardiovascular therapy, edited by Henry I. 
Russek. Baltimore, WUuams & WUklns [cl973] 
xvlll, 481 p. Ulus, ISBN 0-683-07456-3. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 168 AS12p 1971 

Clt. No. 373571 

American College of Cardiology-St. Barnabas 
Hospital Symposium -paths of Progress In 
Cardiovascular Disease," New York, 1972. 
Cardiovascular disease; new concepts in diagnosis 
and therapy. Editfd by Henry I. Russet. 
Baltimore, Untvor^ity P^rk Press [clB'M] xvll, 
5?0 p. Illus., port. ISBN 0-8391-0719-6. 
Based on the proceedings of the fifth annual 
symposium of the American College of 
Cardiology. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 100 A497c 1072 

Clt. NO. 407713 

CARDIOVASCULAR SYSTEM 

-CONGRESSES 

Physical bases of circulatory transport: regulation 
and exchange; lite proceeding* cf a conference 
[held In Sept. 19€S] ... Edited by E. B. Reeve 
[and] Arthur C. Guytv>n_ Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1G". xi. S"l p. Ulus. Conference 
sponsored by the University of Colorado Medical 
Center with the collaboration of the Committee 
on Shock, Nations! Research Council and 
supported by funds provided by the National 
Heart Institute and other agencies. 
DNLM: WG 103 P57S 19G9 Cit. No. 124380 

•DRUG EFFECTS 

Abramaon, David Irvin, 1905- Circulation 

In the extremities. New York, Academic Press, 
1987. xvi, 557 p. tllua. 
DNLM: WG 103 Alfllc 1087 at. No. 140032 

-DRUG EFFECTS - CONGRESSES 

The Study of the systemic, coronary and 
myocardial eifects of nitrates, edited by Goffredo 
G. Gesslul; assistant editors: Ann E. Kelly and 
Peter P. Huntlnttoa, Springfield, 111.. Thomas 
[C1972] xiv, 3Sd p. illus. ISUN 0-393-02231-7. 
Revised, amplified, and updated proceedings of a 
symposium held in Syracuse, New York, under 
the auspices of the American College of 
Cardiology and the Heart Association of Upstate 
New York. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 154 S933 1972 

at. No. 347570 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Berne, Robert M, 1918- Cardiovascular 

physiology [by] Robert M. Berne [and] Matthew 
N. Levy. St. Louis, Mosby, 1987. Ix. 254 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 101 B525e 1987 Clt. No. 124460 

Berne, Robert M., 1918- Cardiovascular 

physiology [by] Robert M. Berne fand] Matthew 
N. Levy. 2d ed. St. Louis, Mosby, J 972. lx, 
285 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 102 BS25c 1972 

Qt. No. 315443 

Gordon, Burgess Lee, 1892- ed. Clinical 

cardiopulmonary physiology. Sponsored by the 
American College of Chest Physicians. [Editors: 
Burgess L. Gordon, Richard A. Carloton [and] L. 
Pe afield Faber] 3d ed., rev. New York, 
Grune A Stratton [C1969] x, 755 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WF 870 G6€3c 1969 

Clt. No. 132476 

Ruihmer, Robert Frsier, 1914- 
Cardlovaacular dynamics. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1981. 503 p. Ulus. 1st ed. hat 
title: Cardiac diagnosis. 
DNLM: WG 141 R953c 1981 Clt. No. 248711 



RuaVmer, Robert Eraser, 1914- 
Car3 In vascular dynamic*. 3d ed. 
Saunders, 1970. xv, S59 p, 
DNLM, MBC: WG 141-R953? i»7» 



Philadelphia, 



Clt. No. 248711 

-SURGERY - NURSING TEXTI 

Bain, William *I. Cardie- vascular surgery for 
nurses and students [by] WUilam H. Bain [and] 
J. Kennedy Watt. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1970. 
vi, 174 p. Illus. ISBN 0-443-00709-8. U. S. 
publisher: WUUams i, WUkiis Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 168 B182c 1970 

at. No. 250223 

CAROTID ARTERIES 

■ABNORMALITIES 

Lie, T. A. Congenital anomalies of the carotid 

arteries, including the carotid -basilar and 
carotid-vertebral anastomoses; an angiographic 
study and a review of the Uterature. 
[Amsterdam, New York] Excerpta Medics 
Foundation [1968] 143 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 510 L717c 1968 

Clt. No. 153530 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Lie, T. A. Congenital anomalies of the carotid 
arteries, Including the carotid -has liar and 
carotid-vertebral anastomose 7 ; an angiographic 
study and a review of the Uterature. 
[Amsterdam, New York) Excerpta Medio 
Foundation [llit'i] 143 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 510 A717C 1968 

at. No. 153520 

CAROTID ARTERY DISEASES 

Ham by, Wallace Bernard, 1903- 
Carotld-cavemou* fistula. Springfield, I1L, 
Thomas [elHOI] ix, 139 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 580 H199c 1966 at. No. 55651 

-SURGERY 

Thompson, Jesse E. Surgery for cerebrovascular 

insufficiency (stroke); with special emphasis on 
carotid eivJ r.tt erect omy. Springfield, I1L, 
Thoimuj [cl'JSd] vlll, 96 p. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 368 T47S* 1968 

Clt. No. 162001 

CARTILAGE 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Frost. Harold Maurice, 1921. The 

physiology of cartilaginous, fibrous, and bony 
tissue. Springfield. 111.. Thomas [C1972] xil, 
249 p. lilus. UUs Orthopaedic lectures, v. 2) 
ISBN 0-393-02562-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 200 F939p 1971 

Clt. No. 151133 

CASTRATION 

Jure i, Paul, 1918- Endocrine surgery In 

human cancers. 2d ed. Springfield, DL, 
Thomas [clt'oS] xxvt, 412 p. Ulus. 
Translation and revision of Tralteraent dea 
canci-Ta hnmatns par lex Interventions 
endocrtniennes, Issued in 1962. 
DNLM: Q2 283 J95t 1966 at. No. S7464 



( 



CAT DISEASES 



Oiborne, Carl A. Canine and feline urology [by] 
Carl A. Osborne, Donald G. Low [and] Delmar R. 
Finco. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. x, 417 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-7216-7019-9. 
DNLM: SF 985 031c 1972 at. No, S4424S 

-SURGERY 

Leonard, EIUs P. Orthopedic surgery of the dog 
and cat. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. 
xiv. 351 p. Uluj. ISBN 0-7216-5721-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: SF 981 L58Io 1971 

at. No. 173115 

Ormrod. A. Noel. Surgery of the dog and cat; a 

practical guide. London, Bali Here, TlndaJI A 

Cassell [1988] x, 138 p. Ulus. 

DNLM: SF 981 073a I960 at. No. 66275 



36 









.SURGERY - ATLASES 

Plermattet, Donald L An atlas of 

surgical approaches to the bone a of the dog and 
cat; [by] D. L. Plermattel land) R. G. Greeley. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. lx, 132 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: SF 881 PS19a 1966 Clt. No. 50117 

CATALOGING 

8 locum, Robert B. Sample cataloging forma; 
Illustrations of solution! to problems In 
descriptive cataloging, by Robert B, S locum and 
Lois Hacker. 2d rev. ed., with a aectlon on 
comparison of the Anglo-American cataloging 
rules and the A. L. A. cataloging rules. 
Metuchen, N. J., Scarecrow Press, 1868. 205 p. 
First published In 1962 under title: Sample 
catalog cards. 
DNLM, SUNY: Z 895 S634s 1968 Clt. No. 2252S3 



CATECHOLAMINES 



CATALOGS, LIBRARY 



American Library Association, ALA rules for 
filing catalog cards. Prepared by the ALA 
Editorial Committee's Subcommittee on the ALA 
Rules for Filing Catalog Cards, Pauline A. Seely, 
chairman and editor. 2d ed„ abridged 
Chicago, 1968. x, 84 p. 
DNL? MBCO, SUNY: Z 695.95 A512a 19«8a 

Clt. No. 105705 

CATALYSIS 

Jenck-f, William P. Catalysis In chemistry and 
eniymology. New York, McGraw-Hill [C1969] 
xvt, 644 p, lllus. (McGraw-Hill series In 
advanced chemistry) 
DNLM: QD 501 J51c 1969 Clt. No. 204037 

Westley, lotto. Enzymlc catalysis. New York, 
Harper & Row [cl969] silt, 205 p. lllu*. 
(Modern perspectives In biology) 
DNLM, MBCO: QU 135 W529e 1969 

Clt. No. 202407 

CATARACT EXTRACTION 

Jafle, Norman 8., 1824- Cataract surgery 

and Its complications. St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. 
x, 417 p. lllus. ISBN 0-8016-2402-9. 

DNLM, MBCO, SONY: WW 260 J23c 1972 

Clt. No. 341505 

Knwahara, Yasuharu. Aspiration method of a 
hard cataract: ultrasonic vibration. (1st ed.] 
Tokyo, Igaku Sholn; New York, Grune 4 Stratton 
[C1972] vlll, 142 p. lllus, ISBN 0-8089-0773-5. 
Translation of Hakunalsho kyulnho. 
Bibliography: p. 135-139. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 260 K97b 197J 

Clt. No. 344X06 

-ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Jaffe, Norman S„ 1924- Cataract surgery 

and Its complications. St, Louis, Mosby, 1972. 
x, 417 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-2402-9. 

DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WW 260 J23c 1972 

Clt. No, 341505 

-ATLASES 

Havener, William Henry, 1924- Atlas of 

cataract surgery [by J William H. Havener [and] 
Sallle L. Gloeckner. St. Louli, Mosby, 1972. 
lx, 180 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-2100-3. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 17 H388ac 1972 

Clt. No. 3+4236 

McLean, John Milton. Atlas of cataract surgery. 
St. Louis, Mosby 1965. x, 130 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 17 M163* 1965 Clt. No. 40611 

-CONGRESSES 

Cataract Surgical Congress, 1st, Miami Beach, 1969. 

The new report on cataract surgery; 
proceedings. Complied and edited by Robert C. 
Welsh and Judith Welsh; assistant editor: Alleen 
Balding. Miami, F*la.. Miami Educational Press, 
Inc. [C1969] xxlv, 512 p. 
DNLM: W3 C12SK lMSn at. No. 250343 



Wurtmin, Richard J., 1936- 
Catecholamlnes. Boston, Little. Brown [cl9M] 
x, 111 p. Ulus. (New England Journal of 
medicine. Medical pro^esa series) Originally 
appeared In New England Journal of medicine, 
beginning In Sept. 1965. 
DNLM: QV 129 W96Bc 1966 Clt. No. 63723 

-METABOLISM 

Hlngerty, Daniel. Clinical chemistry of the 

adrenal medulla, by Daniel Hlngerty and Aldan 
O'Boyle. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1972] xl, 
124 p. (American lecture series, no. 850. 
American lectures In Uvlng chemistry) ISBN 
0-393-02454-5. Bibliography: p. 103-119. 

DNLM, SUNY: WK 725 H663c 1972 

Clt. No. 347117 

CATHETERIZATION 

Blerman, Howard Richard, 1915- Selective 

arterial catheterization; diagnostic, therapeutic 
and Investigative. Sprlngtleld, 111., Thomas 
[C19G3] xlli, 60S p. lllus. (American lecture 
series, no. 727. American lectures in tumours) 
DNLM, MBCO: WO 500 B588S 1939 

Clt. No. 201325 

CATS 

-ANATOMY tc HISTOLOGY 

Walker, Warren FrankUn. A study of the cat, 

with reference to man. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 

Saunders, 1972. lx, 188 p. lllut. ISBN 

0-721C-9095-5. 

DNLM: QL 737.C2 W186g 1972 Cit. No. 322522 



CATTLE DISEASES 



-CONGRESSES 

Conference on Parturient Paresis in Dairy Animals, 
University ol Illinois, 1938. Parturient 
hypocalcemia. Edited by John J. B. Anderson. 
New York, Academic Preas, 1970. xi, 273 p. 
Hint. SBN 02-05e350-X. 
DNLM: SF 967.P2 C748p 1988 Clt. No. 247563 

CAVERNOUS SINUS 

Ham by, Wallace Bernard, 1903- 
Carotld- caver nous fistula. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [cl966] lx, 139 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WG 580 H199C 19G6 Clt. No. 55651 

CELIAC ARTERY 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Cellar, and superior mesenteric arteries; a 
correlation of angiograms and dissections [by] 
Robert A. Nebesar [et al.] 1st ed. Boston, 
Little, Brown [C19S9] xil, 223 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WI 500 C392 1969 Clt. No. 204507 

CELL DIFFERENTIATION 

Harrison, Ross Granville, 1870-1959. Organization 
and development of the embryo. Edited by Sally 
WUena. New Haven, Yale Univ. Preas, 1969. 
xxlv, 290 p. Ulus., port. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 604 H322o 1969 

CIL No. 215527 

tissue Culture Association. Differentiation and 
defense mechanisms In lower organisms. M. 
Michael SIgel, editor. [Baltimore, Williams and 
WUklns, cl968) xl, 211 p. Ulus., port. (In 
vitro, v. 3) Includes abstracts of papers 
presented at the 18th annual meeting of the 
Tissue Culture Association, June 4-7, 1967. 
DNLM: Wl IN106 v.3 1967 
MBCO: QS 530 15 v.S 1967 
MBCO: QS 530 15 v.S 1967 Clt. No. 161362 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Cell Differentiation, London, 1967. 

Cell differentiation; a Ciba Foundation 
symposium. Edited by A. V, S. de Reuck and 
Julie Knigbt. Boston, Little, Brown [1967] 
257 P. lllus. 
DNLM: QS 604 S9B9c 1867 Clt, No. 135673 



CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM 



Symposium on Fundamental Cancel Research, M. 
D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute, 
Houston, Tex„ 19th, 1965. Developmental and 

metabolic control mechanisms and neoplasia; a 
collection of papers. Baltimore, WUUains and 
WUklns, 1965. 514 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: W3 SY5177 1965d Clt. No. 47534 

CELL DIVISION 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Hemopoietic Cellular Pf alteration, 
Boston, 19€9. Symposium on Hemopoietic 
Cellular ProUferatlon. St. Elizabeth's Hospital 
centennial, 1869- 19S9. Edited by Frederick 
Stohlman, Jr. New York, Grune it Stratton 
[C1970] xlt, 333 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8089-0656-9. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 140 S888s 1839 

at. No. 253033 

CELL MEMBRANE 

Dowtwn, Robert M., 1927- ed. Biological 

membranes, by 9 authors. [1st ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown [cl989] xil, SOS p. Ulus. SBN: 
7000-0 137-9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QB 601 D744h 1969 

Cit. No. 172771 

Lakshmlnarayanalah, N, Transport phenomena in 
membranes. New York, Academic Prens, 1969. 
xt, 517 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 601 L192t 1969 

Cit. No. 221402 

-CONGRESSES 

American National Red Cross Annual Scientific 
Symposium, 2d, Washington, D. C, 1969. Red 
cell membrane; structure and function. Edited 
by G. A. Jarnleson and Ttbor J. Greenwalt. 
Philadelphia, LUiplr.tott [C1969] 384 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: W3 AM 5 8 1969r 
MBCO: QH 601 A512r 1869 Clt. No. 226571 

-PHYSIOLOGY - ESSAYS 

Biophysics and physiology of excitable membranes, 
edited by William J. Adelman, Jr. New York, 

Van Nostrand Iltirhald [cli>71] xlv, 527 p. 
Ulus. Baaed on aeries of lectures given at the 
Marine Biological Laboratory in 1969. 

DNLM, MBCO: QH 601 B62I 1971 

Clt. No. 322057 

CELL MEMBRANE PERMEABILITY 

Stein, W. D. The movement of molecules across 
cell membranes. New York, Academic Press, 
1907. xvlt, 369 p. lllus. (Theoretical and 
experimental biology, v, 6) 
DNLM: Wl TH12 no.6 1967 CIL No. 127105 

CELL TRANSFORMATION, 
NEOPLASTIC 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Fundamental Cancer Research, 14th, 
M. D, Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute, 
1SS0. Cell physiology of neoplasia; a collection 
of papers. Austin, Univ. of Texas Press [C19A0] 
653 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W3 SY5177 1960c* Clt. No. 284764 

CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM 

Bailey, OrrtUe T., 1909- ed. The central 

nervous ay stem; some experimental models of 
neurological diseases, by 18 authors. Edited by 
Orvllle T. BaUey an 3 David E. Smith. 
Baltimore, Williams St WUklns, 1968. xllL 364 
p. Ulus. (International Academy of 
Pathology. Monographs In pathology, no. 9) 
DNLM: Wl IN701 no.9 19*8 
MBCO: WL 300 BISflc 1968 
MBCo: WL 300 Bl 56c 1968 Clt. No. I5737I 

Cushaari, Valentino. Central pain; a 
neurosurgical survey [by] Valentino Caaslnarl 
[and] Carlo A. Pagnl. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. 
Press, 1969. x, 192 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 700 C345c 19» 

Clt. No. 174531 



S7 



CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM 



GruUt, Rama*. WW- . The bull of motor 

control; Integrating the activity of mu*cle*, alpha 
and gamma motoneuron* and their leading control 
•ystem*. London, New York, Academic Pre**, 
1970, vll, 348 p, Ulu*. ISBN 0-12-295350-8. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WL 102 G759b 1B70 

Clt. No. 25S6S1 

Jeaklns, Leonard C, General anesthesia and the 

central nervous system; ■ basic *clence and 
Clinical consideration. Baltimore, Wtl llama it 
Wilkin* [C1969] x, 544 P. Ulu*. 
DNLM. SUNY: WO 275 J5Ig 1069 

Clt. No. 221660 

•ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY 

Bowsher, David. Introduction to neuroanatomy. 
Oxford, BtackweH Scientific Publication* (19fll] 
xlll, 110 p. Mux. Later ed. hat title: 
Introduction to the anatomy & physiology of the 
nervous *yatem. 
DNLM: WL 101 B7B8I 1961 at. No. 244405 

-ANATOMY * HI8TOLOOY - ATLASES 

Miller, Richard A. Atlaa of the central nervous 
ay*tem in man [by J Richard A. Miller [and 3 Ethel 
Burack. Baltimore, Wllllama & Wllklna, 1963. 
63, 63 p. Ulu*. Opposite page* numbered In 
duplicate. 
DNLM: WL IT MHOS 1968 Clt. No. 137670 

.CONGRESSES 

Cerebral Function Symposium, 1st, Aspen Institute 

for Humanistic Studies, 1963. Drug* and 
cerebral function. Compiled and edited by W, 
Lynn Smith. Springfield, I!!., Thoma* [C1S70] 
xlx, 233 p. lllua. Sponsored by Clba 
Pharmaceutical Company and others. 
DNLM: WS C129K I889d Clt. No. 287223 

-DRUG EFFECTS 

Cerebral Function Symposium, 1st, Aspen Institute 
for Humanistic Studies, 1H9. Drug! and 
cerebral function. Compiled and edited by W. 
Lynn Smith. Springfield, III- Thoma* [cl970J 
xlx, 288 p. lllui. Sponsored by Clba 
Pharmaceutical Company and others. 
DNLM: W3 C129K 1989d Clt. No. 167223 

Cooper, Jack R. The biochemical baal* of 
neuropharmacology, by Jack B. Cooper, Floyd E. 
Bloom [and] Robert H. Roth. New York. 
Oxford Univ. Preas, 1870. vlll, 220 p. Mm. 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 77 C777b 1970 

Clt. No. 247634 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Association for Research In Ne cross and Mental 
Disease. Endocrlnes and the central nervous 
system; proceedings of the association, December 
6 and 7, 1983, New York, N. Y. [Editor: 
Rachmiel Levlne) Baltimore, Williams 4 
Wllklna, 1968. xl, 475 p. tllus. Clt* Research 
publications, v.43) 
DNLM: Wl AS481 v.43 I9M Clt. No. 80506 

Association for Research In Nervous and Mental 
Disease. Pattern* of organization In the central 
nervous system; proceedings of the association, 
December 15 and 18, 1950, New York, N. Y. 
Facsimile of 1952 ed. New York, Hafner, 1988. 
all, 581 p. Blu*. (It* Reaearch publications, v. 
30) 
DNLM: Wl AS481 v.30 1B52T Clt. No. 128654 

Elettrophyslolog y of the central nervous system. 
Edited by V. S. ftusino*. Translated from 
Russian by Basil HaJgh. Translation edited by 
Robert W. Doty. New York, London, Plenum 
Press. 1970. ail. 516 p. tllus. SBN 
306-30381-7. Tran*lat!on of Sovremennye 
probleray elektroflziologll Uentral'nol nervnol 
slstemy. "Thla collection commemorate* the 
sixtieth birthday of Profe**or M. N. Uvanov." 
Bibliography: p. 487-510. 
DNLM. SUNY: WL 300 ST» 1970 

C1L No. 165570 



-RADIOGRAPHY' - CONGRESSES 

Nuclear Medicine Seminar, 2d, University of Miami, 

1970. Central nervou* aystem investigation with 

radionuclides. Compiled and edited by Albert J. 

GOson and William M. Smoak, III. Springfield, 

IlL, Thoma* [cl371] x v. 415 p. lllus. 

Seminar organized by the Division of Nuclear 

Medicine of the University of Miami, School of 

Medicine. 

DNLM: W3 NU33 1970c 

SUNY: WN- 440 N9S8p 1970 Clt. No. 560423 

CENTRAL NERVOUS SYSTEM 
DISEASES 

Bailey, Onrlile T, 1909- ed. The central 

nervous system; some experimental models of 
neurological diseases, by 18 authors. Edited by 
Orvllle T. Bailey and David E. Smith. 
Baltimore. Wlluama & Wllklna, 196a. xlll, 364 
p. Ulus. (International Academy of 
Pathology. Monographs In pathology, no. 9) 
DNLM: Wl IN.Ut no.9 ID33 
MBCO: WL 300 B156C 1988 
MBCo: WL 300 B156c 1963 Clt. No. 15J371 

Fetter, Bernard F„ 1921- Mycoses of the 

central nervou* avstem [by] Bernard F. Fetter 
[et al.] Baltimore, Williams & Wilkin* [cl267] 
X, 214 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 300 F*21m 1987 Clt. No. 73022 

Klrschbaum, Walter R„ 1394- 
Jakob-Creutrf^ldt disease; (spa*tlc pseudoaclerosl* 
A. Jakob; Helden]i:>jn syndrome; subacute 
aponplform encephalopathy). New York, 
American Elsevier, 19G8. 251 p. lllua. 
B.o!logra!>hy: p. 23; 47. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 359 K61J 1988 

Clt. No. 153227 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Contributions to the Pathogenesis 
and Etiology of Demyeuaattng Diseases, Locarno, 

1967. PatnogencF'.j and etiology of 
demyellnating d^oaiCj. A symposium organized 
bv Edith Pelte and O. Westphat. Edited by 
krystlr.a Burdiy and P. Kallos. Bajel, New 
York, Kargcr, 19£9. xl, 701 p. lllus. 
(International archives of allergy and ppplled 
Immunology, v. 30. Adtfltamentum) 
MBCO, SUNY: WL 3tt> 5936p 1SG7 

Qt. No. 243075 

Virus diseases and the nervous system; * 
■ ymnoslum celled by C. W. M. Whitty, J. T. 
Humes [*ed] F. O. MticCallunt. Oxford, 
Blackwell Scientific; Publications [19691 xll, 259 
p. Ulus. The symposium was held In Oxford, 
1988. SBN 632-055.VO-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 300 V815 1983 

Clt. No. 217274 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Florenttao, Mary R. Reflex testing methods for 
evaluating C. N. S. development. Springfield, 
III., Thomas [1985. clPS3] xlv, 58 p. Ulus. 
(American lecture series, no. 543. American 
lectures In orthopedic surgery) 
DNLM: WL 141 F518r 1963 Clt. No. 64173 

Neuro unclear medicine. Editors: E. J. Potches 
and V. R. MeCready. Baltimore, University 
Park Pre**. 1972. vll. 429 p. lllua. (Progress 
in nuclear medicine, v. 1) ISBN O-B39I-054O-1. 



DNLM: Wl PR675H v.l 1972 
•ETIOLOGY 



at. No. 322110 



Symposium on Contributions to the Pathogenesis 
and Etiology of Derayellnatlng Diseases, Locarno, 

1987. Pathogenesis and etiology of 
demyellnating diseases. A symposium organised 
by Edith Pette and O. Wealphal. Edited by 
Kryatlna Burdiy and P. Kail 6a. Basel, New 
York, Karger, 1969. x I, 701 p. lllii*. 
(International archives of allergy and applied 
Immunology, v. 38. Addttamentum) 
MBCO, SUNY: WL 300 S98Sp 1967 

at. No.' 243075 

-PATHOLOGY 

SUrer, Ursula E. Trxugott, 1925- Basle 

neuropathology. Baltimore. Williams * WUkln* 
[cl970] xlv, 311 p. Ulu*. SBN 883-07729-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 100 S«31b 1970 

Clt. No. 251 125 



CEREBELLAR DISEASES 

-CONGRESSES 

Dallas Neurological Symposium, 1968. The 
cerebellum In health and disease. Compiled and 
edited by William S. Fields and William D. Will!*, 
Jr. St. Louis, Green [cl970] xv, 557 p. 
lllus., port*. Sponsored by the Dept. of 
Neurology, University of Texas Southwestern 
Medical School. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 320 D145c 1968 

Clt. No. 248744 

CEREBELLUM 

-ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY 

Mussen, Aubrey T., 1874- The cerebellum 

and red nucleus; anatomy and physiology. New 
York. Hafier, 1957. x, 291 p. Ulu*. Paper* 
issued previously In various medical journal*. 
DNLM: WL 320 M989C 1967 Clt. No. 127624 

-ATLASES 

Muisen, Aubrey T., 1874- The cerebellum 

and red nucleus; *natomy and physiology. New 
York,. Hafner, 1987. x, 291 p. Ulu*. Paper* 
Issued previously In various medical Journal*. 
DNLM: WL 320 M989c 1W7 Clt. No. 127624 

-CONGRESSES 

Dallas Neurological Symposium, 1988. The 

cerebellum In health and disease. CompUed and 
edited bv William S. Fields and William D. Willi*, 
Jr. St. Luuls, Green [C1970] xv, 557 p. 
lllua., porta. Sponsored by the Dept. of 
Neurology, University of Texas Southwestern 
Medical School 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 320 D145c 1988 

at. No. 246740 

Institute for Biomedical Research. Neurobiology 

of cerebellar evolution and development; 
proceedings the first International symposium of 
the Institute i"or Biomedical Research, America!) 
ilfdiL.il AsaoclaUon/Edaextlol & Reaearch 
Foundation, tilted by R. Ltlnas. [Chicago, 
American Medic*! A*an.rerP63] *, 931 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WL 320 I6In 1969 

at. No. 240301 

-EMBRYOLOGY 

Institute for Biomedical Research. Neurobiology 
of cerebellar evolution and development; 
proceedings the first International symposium of 
the Institute for Biomedical Research, Americas 
SlL'dici.1 Ass ocl.it I on /Education & Research 
Foundation. Edited by R. Llinas. [Chicago, 
American Medical Axcn- cl969] x, 931 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 320 I«In 1969 

at. No. 240301 

•PHYSIOLOGY 

Eccles, John Carew, 1903- The cerebellum 

as a neuronal machine, by John C. Eccles [et al.] 
New York, Sprlnser, 1967. 335 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WL 320 E17c 1967 at. No. 113572 

Mnssen, Aubrey T, 1874- » The cerebellum 

and red nucleus; anatomy and physiology. New 
York, Hafner. 1967. x, 291 p. Ulus. Paper* 
Issued previously In various medical Journal*. 
DNLM: WL 320 M989C 1967 at. No. 127824 

CEREBRAL ANEURYSM 

Intracranial aneurysm* and subarachnoid 
hemorrhafe; a cooperaUve study, edited by 
Adolpb L, Sahs [et aL] Philadelphia, Toronto, 
Uppincott [ClS>89] xl, 296 p. tllus. The 
study was supported by the National Institute of 
Neurological Disease* and Blindness. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 355 161 1B69 Clt. No. 170307 

Pool, Junes Lawrence, 1908- Aneurysms 

and arteriovenous anomalies of the brain; 
dlagnoal* and treatment [by] J. Lawrence Pool 
jand] D. Gordon Pott*. New York, Boeber 
[C1965] xv, 463 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WL 355 Paila 1965 Ot- No. 16012 






5,-; 









CEREBRAL ANGIOGRAPHY 

Decker, Kurt. Angiography of cerebral 
circulation, by Kurt Decker and Herbert 
Backmund. Stuttgart, Thleme, 1949. 75 p. 
lllus. Tra natation of Angiographic del 
Hlrnkrelllauft. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 141 DI95a 1969 

Ot. No. 101772 

Leeds, Koran E., 1928- Dynamic factors 

tn diagnosis of supra tentorial brain tumors by 
cerebral angiography [by] Norman E. Leeds {and] 
Juan M. Tavcraa. Philadelphia, Saundera, 19S9. 
122 p. lllus. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WL 358 L464d 1999 

Clt. No. 206*54 

Ring, B. Albert, 1920- The neglected cause 

of stroke; occlusion of the smaller Intracranial 
arteries and their diagnosis by cerebral 
angiography. St. Louis, Green [C1939] x, 214 
p. lllus., plates (Modern concepts of radiology, 
nuclear medicine, and ultrasound) Bibliography 
n 188-203 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 355 R581n 1989 

Clt. No. 130601 

Wilson, McClnre. ' The anatomic foundation of 
neuroradiology of the brain. 2d ed. Boston, 
Little, Brown [C1972] xll, 390 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-316-91413. Title of 1st ed. varies atightly. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WL 141 W751a 1972 

Clt. No. 327800 

-ATLASES 

Nomura, Takayoshl. Atlas of cerebral 
angiography. [1st ed.] Tokyo, New York, 
Iqaku Sholn [1970] xl, 322 p. lllus., plates 
Issued also In Japanese with title: No keska 
rentogen zuf. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 17 N811a 1970 

Ot. No. 2T1343 

Schmltx, Alfred L. Illustrative cranial 
neuroradiology, by Alfred L. Schmitz, Samuel B. 
Haveson [and] Duke Banna. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1937] xlll, 387 p, lllus. (American 
lecture series, no. S74. American lectures In 
roentgen diagnosis) 
DNLM: WL 17 S3551 1907 Cit. No. 141684 

-TH INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Ralmondl, Anthony J.. 1928- Pediatric 

neuroradiology. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. 
xlll, 716 p. lllus, ISBN 0-7218-7437-2. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 340 R153p 1972 

Clt. No. 341245 

CEREBRAL ARTERIES 

•ABNORMALITIES 

Pool, James Lawrence. 1948- Aneurysms 

and arteriovenous anomalies of the brain; 
diagnosis and treatment [by] J. Lawrence Pool 
[and] D. Gordon Potts. New York, Hoeber 
[C1965] xv, 463 p. lllus. 
4>NLM: WL 355 P821i 1983 at. No. 36012 

CEREBRAL CORTEX 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Bergamlnl, Lodorico. Cortical evoked potentials 
In man, by Ludovtco Bergamlnl and Bruno 
Bergamasco. [Translated from the Italian] 
Springfield, HL, Thomas [cl9«7] xL 116 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WL 307 B49IC 1967 Clt. No. 11SI72 

CEREBRAL PALSY 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Flotentino, Mary R. . Reflex testing methods for 
evaluating C. N. S. development. Springfield, 
111.. Thomas [1985, cl»«3] xlv, 58 p. lllus. 
(American lecture series, no. 543. American 
lectures in orthopedic surgery) 
DNLM: WL 141 F518r 1963 Clt. No. 64173 

•DRUG THERAPY 

Carter, Charles HerscheL 1917- Drugs In 

neuroapastlc disorders, by Charles H. Carter and 
Sarah R. Gustafaon. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
Icl&flS) u. 178 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 340 C323d 1965 at. No. 36010 



-REHABILITATION 

Mecham, Merlin J., romp. Communication 

training In childhood brain damage; camp, and ed. 
by Merlin J. Mecham [et al.] Springfield, I1L, 
Thomas [C1966] ix, 392 p. lllus. (American 
lecture series, no. 880. American lectures in 
speech and hearing) 
DNLM: WS 340 M4S6c 1966 Clt. No. 66101 

•THERAPY 

Wolf, James M., ed. The results of treatment In 
cerebral palsy. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl969] 
xlv, 327 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 340 W854r 1969 

Clt. No. 221812 

CEREBRAL SCLEROSIS, DIFFUSE 

Leukodystrophies and po 11 odys trophies, edited by P. 
J. Vinheo and G. W. Bruyn. Amsterdam, 

North-Holland; New York, American Elsevier 
[C1970] xlv, 899 p. lllus. (Handbook of clinical 
neurology, v. 10) ISBN 0-7204-7210-5. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 100 H2S8 v.10 1970 

Clt. No. 262175 

CEREBRAL VENTRICLES 

-SURGERY 

Cantu, Robert C, 1938- 

V ent r Ic ulocls te r nostomy : long-term experiences, 
by Robert C. Cantu, Jost J. Mlcfcelaen and James 
C. White. With assistance in the radiological 
atudles section of chapter IV from Paul F. J. 
New. Springfield, HI., Thomas [C1970] x, 138 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WL 350 C233v 1970 Cit. No. 250105 

CEREBROSPINAL FLUID 

Lakke, J. P. W. T. Queekenstedt's test; 
electromauometrlc examination of CSF pressure 
on Jugular compression and Its clinical value. 
Amsterdam, Excerpta medioa, las!3. vit, 194 
p. lllus., port. (Excerpta medica monograph) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 203 L192q 1969 

Cit. No. 217705 

Mi! ho rat, Thomas Herrick, 1933- 
Hydroccpfialua and the cerebrospinal fluid. 
Baltimore. Williams & WilUlns [C1972] xll, 237 

p. iHus. isbn o-eas-GS^a-o. 

DNLM, SUNY: WL 350 M644h 1972 

at. No. 3343C3 

-METABOLISM 

Kntiman, Robert, 1925- Brain electrolytes 

and fluid metabolism [by] Robert Katzman [and] 
Hanna M. Papptus. Baltimore, Williams & 
Wilkins [C1973] xl, 419 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-883-04522-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 104 K19b 1973 

Clt. No. 355340 



-PHYSIOLOGY 

D arson, Hugh, 1909- 
cerebrosplnal fluid 
vll, 445 p, lllus. 
DNLM: WL 203 D287p 1967 



Physiology of the 
London, Churchill, 1967. 



at. No. 76515 



CEREBROVASCULAR CIRCULATION 

Carr, Charles Jelleff, 1910- A study of new 

methods of measuring cerebral circulation, by C. 
Jelleff Carr [and] Kenneth D. Fliher. Bethesda, 
Md., Life Sciences Research Office, Federation of 
American Societies for Experimental Biology, 
1970, 123 p. lllus. Prepared for the 
National Institute of Neurological Diseases and 
Stroke and the National Heart and Lung Institute 
under contract no. NIH 70-105. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 141 C311s 1970 

at. No. 255577 

Cerebral blood flow; relationship of cerebral blood 
flow and metabolism to neurological symptoms. 
Edited by John Stirling Meyer and J. P. Schade. 
Amsterdam, New York, Elsevier, 1972, vii, 437 
p. lllus. (Progress In brain research, v. 35) 
ISBN 0-444-40352-1. 
DNLM: Wl PR887J v,35 1972 
MBCO: WL 300 P7 v.35 1972 at. No. 315345 



CEREBROVASCULAR 



Naamenko, Andrei" Iranotlch. The physiological 
mechanisms of cerebral blood circulation, by A. I, 
Naumenko and N. N. Benua. Translated and 
edited by Josef Brofek and Ernst Simonson. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] xvll, 123 p. 
lllus. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 300 N299p 1970 
Ot. No. 



-CONGRESSES 

International Saliburf Confers ace, 3d, 1966. 
Research on the cerebral circulation; third 
International Salzburg Conference, complied and 
edited by John Stirling Meyer, Helmut Lechner, 
and Otto Elcbhorn. Springfield, HI., Thomas 
[C196S] xlll, 403 p. lllus. Second conference 
entered In this Library under: International 
Symposium on Questions of Cerebral Circulation. 
DNLM: W3 IN878 1966r 
MBCO: WL 300 I598r 1966 at. No. 211546 

International Balsburg Conference, 5th, 1970. 
Research on the cerebral circulation; 5th 
International Salzburg Conference, complied and 
edited by John Stirling Meyer [et al.] 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [c!972] xxv, 475 p.. 
lllus. ISBN 0-393-C2524-X. 
DNLM: W3 INS78 197Qr 
XNLM: [WL 355 1602 1970r] Clt. No. 357641 

International Symposium on the Clinical 
Applications of Isotope Clearance Measurement of 

Cerebral Blood Plow, Malnx, 1969. Cerebral 
blood flow; clinical and experimental results, 
edited by M. Brock [et al.] Berlin, New York, 
Springe r-Verlag, l£ra9. xx, 291 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 355 1805c 1969 

Clt. No. 226006 

Recent ad ran res In the study of cerebral 
circulation; transactloas of a round table 
discos si on. Edited by Juan M. T» Teres, Herman 

Fischsold, and Dom»alco Dilenge. Springfield, 
lil., Thomas [clE70, xlll, 199 p. lllus. 
Sponsored by the nth Symposium 
Neuroradlologlcum, Paris and by International 
Brain Research Grpanizatlcn (IBRO) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 307 R295 1970 

at. No. 246166 

CEREBROVASCULAR DISORDERS 

Alvarez, Walter Clements, 1884- Little 

strokes. Philadelphia, Lipplncott [cl966] ix, 
190 p. 
DNLM: WL 355 A473L 1966 at. No. 47416 

Cerebral blood flow; relationship of cerebral blood 

flow and metabolism to neurological symptoms. 

Edited by Jo ha Stirling Merer and J, P. Scbs.de: 

Amsterdam, New York, Elsevier, 1972. vll, 437 

p. Ulus. (Progress In brain research, v. 35) 

' .;N 0-444-4C052-1. 

UNLM: Wl FR6S7J v.35 1971 

MBCO: WL 300 P7 v,35 1972 Ot. No. 515S4S 

Loeb, Carlo. Strokes due to vertebro-baxllar 
disease; Infarction, vascular Insufficiency and 
hemorrhage of the brain stem and cerebellum, by 
Carlo Loeb and John Stirling Meyer. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl9S5] xix, 907 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WL 355 L825« 1965 at. No. 37661 

Toole, James P., 1925- Cerebrovascular 

a Is orders; with chapters on applied embryology, 
vascular anatomy, and physiology of the brain and 
aplnal cord [by] James F, Toole [and] Aneel N. 
Patel. 2d ed. New York, M.-Graw-Hill [clB74] 
xlv, 412 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-07-J64970-7. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 355 T671e 1974 

at. No. 4047*7 

Vascular diseases of the nerrons system, edited by 
P. J. Vlnken and O. W. Bruyn. Amsterdam, 
North-Holland; New York, American Elsevier, 
1972. 2 v. Ulus. (Handbook of clinical 
neurology, v. 11-11) ISBN 0-444-10064-1 ( T . n>. 

DNLM, MBCO: WL 100 H136 v.11-12 1972 

at. No. S27077 

Wood, Paul Hamilton. Diseases of the heart and 
circulation. 3d ed., rev. and enl. by his friends 
and colleagues. Philadelphia, Lipplncott [1968] 
xlvil, 1164 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 100 W878d 1968 at. No. 151452 



39 



CEREBROVASCULAR 



•B1IL, 

Atvarrx, Walter CfcaraU, 1884- UtUe 

stroke*. Philadelphia, Llppincott [cl966] is, 
ISO p. 
DNLM: WL 355 A473L 1969 CIL No. 4741S 

-COMPLICATIONS - CONGRESSES 

Behavioral change la cere srovasc alar disease, by 21 
a nt tun. Edited by Arthur L, Benton, [1st ed.] 
New York. Harper & Row [c!970] x, 157 p. 
ISBN-0-06-140424-1. Proceeding! of a workshop 
held In Swampscott, Man,, la September 1968, 
sponsored by the Joint Council Subcommittee on 
Cerpbro vascular Disease. BibUography: p. 
219-249 
DNLM, SUNY; WL 355 Ml) 1MB 

Ot. No. 28S644 

-CONGRESSES 

International Salzburg Conference, 5th, 1970. 

Research on the cerebral circulation; 5th 

International Salzburg Conference, complied and 

edited by John Stirling Meyer [et al.] 

Springfield, 111., Thomaa [cl972] xrv, 475 p. 

Jlln». ISBN Q-393-02S24-X. 

DNJ W3 IN876 187QT 

3CNI [WL 355 1602 1970rJ Clt. No. 857641 

Inters alien al Symposium on the Clinical 
Apj Ucaiiorii of Isotope Clearance Measurement ot 
Cerebral Blood Flow, Mainz, 1969. Cerebral 
blood flow; clinical and experimental results, 
edited by M. Brock [et al.] Berlin, New York, 
Springer- Verlag, 1909. xx, 291 p. illua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 355 1635c 1369 

Clt. No. 226009 

Recent advance* In Ike stndy of cerebral 
tlrculatict; transactions ot a round table 
discussion. Edited by Juan M. Taveras, Herman 
Flschg old, and Domenico Dllenge, Springfield, 
111., Thomas [cl973] xlil, 199 p. Ulus. 
Sponsored by the 8th Symposium 
Neuroractiologlcum, Paris and by International 
Brain Research Organization (IPRO) 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WI 307 R295 1970 

at. No. 246106 

•DIAGNOSI 

Carr, Charles Jellfff, 1910- A study of new 

methods of measuring cerebral circulation, by C. 
Jelleff Carr J and J Kenneth D. Fisher. Betnesda, 
Md., Life Science* Research Office, Federation of 
American Societies for Experimental Biology, 
1970. 123 p. ill as. Prepared for the 
National Institute of Neurological Disease* and 
Stroke and the National Heart and Lung Institute 
under contract no. N2H 70-105, 
DNLM, 53ECO: WL 141 CSlls 1970 

at. No. 255577 

-DIAGNOSIS 

BtBf. B. Albert, 1920- The neglected cause 

of stroke; occlusion of the (mailer Intracranial 
arterle* and their diagnosis by cerebral 
angiography. St. Louis, Green [CI969] x. 214 
p. Ulus., plates (Modern concepts of radiology, 
nuclear medicine, and ultrasound) Bibliography 
p. 1B9-203, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 355 RSBln 1969 

Clt. No. 130601 

Wjlle, Edwin 1„ 1918- Extracranial 

occlusive cerebrovascular diseases: diagnosis and 
management (by] Edwin J. Wylle [and] William 
K. Ebrenfeld. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. x, 
231 P. Ulus. SBN 0-7216-9913-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 355 W933e 1970 

Clt. No. 260096 

-OCCURRENCE 

Kurtxke, John F„ 1926. Epidemiology of 

cerebrovascular disease. Berlin, New York, 
Springer, 1949. xv, 197 p. illua. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 355 K98e 1969 

at- No. 206375 

.PATHOLOGY 

Gillespie, James Alexander, ad. Extracranial 
cerebrovascular disease and Its management. 
New York, A ppie tan-Century -Croft* [C1909J ix, 
210 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 35S C47B* 1969 at. No. 222640 



-RADIOGRAPHY - ATLASES 

Welbet, Jorge. Alia* of arteriography In occlusive 
cerebrovascular disease [by] Jorge Welbel [and] 
William S. Field*. Philadelphia, Saunders; 
Stuttgart, Thieme, 1999. ISO p. Ulus. 
MBCO, SUNY: WL 17 W415a 1999 

at. No. 225077 

-REHABILITATION 

Fields, William Straus, 1913- com p. Stroke 

rehabilitation: basic concepts and research 
trends. Compiled and edited by William S. 
Fields [and] William A. Spencer. St. Loula, 
Green £cl937J xii, 171 p. illua. 
DNLM; WL 355 F483* 1967 at. No. 122533 

King don- Ward, Winifred. Helping the 'stroke' 
patient to speak. London, Churchill, 1969. 
vlll, 159 p. 
DNLM: WL 355 K54h 1969 Clt. No. 116312 

-REHABILITATION - CONGRESSES 

Behavioral change In cerebrovascular disease, by 22 
authors. Edit*d by Arthur L. Brnton. [1st ed.] 
New York, Harper & Row [C1970] x, 257 p. 
ISRN-0-08-140424-1. Proceeding* of a workshop 
held in Swampscott. Mass., In September 1903, 
sponsored by the Joist Council Subcommittee on 
Cerebrovascular Disease. Elbliograpoy: p. 
219-249 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 355 B419 1968 

Clt. No. 262644 

-SURGERY 

Thompson, Jesse E. Surgery for cerebrovascular 
Insufficiency (stroke); with sped,.! emphasis on 
csrond endarterectomy. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [cl963] vlll, 90 p. illu*. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WL 3S8 T473.1 1968 

Clt. No. 162002 

-THERAFY 

Gillespie, James Alexander, ed. Extracranial 

cerebrovascular disease and It* management. 
New York, Apple ton -Century- Croft* [cl969] ix, 
210 p. llius. 
DNLM: WL 355 C478e 1S69 Clt. No. 222640 

Marshall, John, 1922- The management of 

cerebrovascular disease by John Marshall, with a 
chapter on pathology by T. Crawford and M. 
Rufus Crompton. 2d ed. Boston, Little, 
Brown, 1968. vlll, 215 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 355 M363m 1988 at. No. 163326 

Wylle, Ed win J., 1918- Extracranial 

occlusive cerebrovascular diseases; diagnosis and 
management [by] Edwin 3. Wylle [and] William 
K. Ehrcnfeld. Phli.idelp.hia, Saunders, 1970. x, 
231 p. illua. SBN 0-7316-9312-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 355 W983e 1970 

Clt. No. 260066 



CERVICAL VERTEBRAE 

Brain, Walter Russell, 1695- ed. Cervical 

spondylosis and other disorders of the cervical 
spine, edited by Lord Brain and Marcia 
Wilkinson. London, Helnemann (1968, C1967] 
Ix, 232 p. Ulus. - 
DNLM: WE 725 B814c 1967 at. No. 137036 

Cyrlax, James Henry. Cervical spondylosis. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [el971] x, 
108 p. Ulus. ISBN O-407-1332O-B. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 525 C997c 1971 

at. No. 252766 

Smith. Bernard Hooper, 1917- Cervical 

spondylosis and It* neurological complication*. 
Springfield, HI., Thomas [cl968] vlll, 231 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 715 SMSc 1998 

at. No. 163713 

Wilkinson, Mar da, ed. Cervical spondylosis; Its 
early diagnosis and treatment. [2d ed.] 
Philadelphia, Saunders (1(37!] ix, 182 p. Ulus. 
First edition, edited by Lord Brain and Marcia 
Wilkinson, has title: Cervical spondylosis and 
other disorders of the cervical spine. 



-INJURIES 

Abel, Martin B„ 1916- Occult traumatic 

lesions of the cervical vertebrae. St. Loula, 
Green, 1971. vill, 148 p. Ulus. (Modern 
concepts of radiology, nuclear medicine, and 
ultrasound) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 725 AI41o' 1971 

Clt. No. 270424 

Jackson, Ruth, 1902- The cervical 

syndrome. 3d ed. Springfield, 111., Thomaa 
[cl966] xvl, 333 p. Ulus. (American lecture 
series, no. 644. American lectures] in orthopaedic 
surgery) 
DNLM: WE 708 J13c IBM Clt'. No. 67111 

•RADIOGRAFHY 

Abel, Martin B., 1916- Occult traumatic 

lesions of the cervical vertebrae. St. Loula, 
Green, 1971. vill, 148 p. Ulus. (Modern 
concepts of radiology, nuclear medicine, and 
ultrasound) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE T25 A141o 1971 

at. No. 270424 

Torklns, Detlef tod. The upper cervical spine; 

regional anatomy, pathology and traumatology, a 
systematic radiological atlas and textbook, by 
Detlef ven Torfelo* [and] Walter Gehle. New 
York, Grune it Stratton, 1372, 101 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-KC89-0739-5. Translation of Die obere 
Halswirbclsaule; reglonale Morphologic und 
Traumatologic 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 725 T683o 1972 

Clt. No. 340073 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Kaplan, Emanuel B Surgical approaches 

to the neck, cervical spine, and upper extremity. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. ix, 246 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 17 KlHj 1969 Clt. No. 46752 

CERVICO-BRACHIAL NEURALGIA 

Jackson, Rath, 1902- The cervical 

syndrome. 3d ed. Springfield, 111., Thomaa 
[cl9901 xvl, 533 p. Ulus. {American lecture 
series, no. 644. American lectures in orthopaedic 
surgery) 
DNLM: WE 708 JI3c 1966 at. No. 67111 



CERVIX NEOPLASMS 

Coppleson, Malcolm. Preclinical carcinoma of the 

cervix uteri; its nature, origin, and management, 
by Maicoim Coppleson and Be van Reld, with the 
assistance of Ellis Plxley. Oxford, Pergamon 
Press [1C37J xii, 321 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 480 C785p 1967 at. No. 125133 

Kern, Gazther. Preinvasive carcinoma of the 
cervix, theory and practice, Berlin, New York, 
Springer 1^63. vllL 211 p. Ulus. Translation 
of Carcinoma in situ; VorsUdlum des 
Gebarra utter hal* krebses, Grundlagen und Praxis. 
DNLM: WP 480 K39c 1968 Clt. No. 137243 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Coppleson, Malcolm. Colposcopy; a scientific and 
practical approach to the cervix In health and 
disease, by Malcolm Coppleson, Ellis Plxley [and] 
Bevan Reld. Springfield, III, Thomas [cl9711 
xl, 346 p. Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 
799. American lectures in gynecology and 
obstetric!) Bibliography: p. 293-323. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 480 C785C 1971 

at. No. 274300 

Fatten, Stanley F, 1924- Diagnostic 

cytology of the uterine cervix. Baltimore, 
William* & Wilkins, 1999. Ix, 209 p. Ulus. 
(Monograph* In cUnlcal cytology, v. 1) 
DNLM: Wl M0567KF v. 3 1969 , at. No. 227030 

-DIAGNOSIS - ATLASES 

Burgnardt, Erich. Early histological diagnosis of 
cervical cancer. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. 
xl, 404 p. Ulus. (Major problems in obstetrics 
and gynecology, v. 6) ISBN 0-7216-2175-9. 
Translation of Hlstologische Frubdlagnose des 
Zervlxkrebses; Lehrbucb und Atlas. 



SUNY: WE 725 W687C 1971 



at. No. 305403 



DNLM: Wl MA4S2V v.6 1973 
XNLM: [WP 17 BSSOh 1973] 



at. No. 400173 



40 



C 






CHEMISTRY, ORGANIC 






Kolitad, Per. Atlas, of colposcopy (by] Per 
Kolstad [and] Adolf SUfl. Baltimore, University 
Park Press [el972] 146 p. 11! uf. ISBN 
0-8391-0337-1. 
DNLM: WP 17 KBla 1971 Clt. No. 344052 

•SURGERY 

Lonros, Nlkotaos KotwUnllDOo. Three 
gynecologic surgical techniques; radical 
hysterectomy for cancer of the cervix, 
myomectomy, operation of stress incontinence. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas (C1958] xl, «4 p. lilus. 
DNLM: WP 860 L892t I960 Clt. No. 11067 

CERVIX UTERI 

-CONGRESSES 

Pathways to conception; the role of the cervix and 
the oviduct In reproduction. Edited by Alfred I. 

Sherman. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C197I] 
xll, 299 p. lilus. The fifth In a aerlea of 
■ymposla dealing with the physiology and 
pathology of reproduction sponsored by the 
Wayne State University School of Medicine. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WQ 205 P297 1971 

Clt. No. 256438 

■cr' MKJY 

Fatten, Stanley P., 1924- Diagnostic 

cytology of the uterine cervix. Baltimore, 
Wii'lams & Wilktna. 1989. lx, 209 p. iHua. 
(Mcno^raphi In clinical cytology, v. 3) 
DNLM: Wl M0567KF v.3 1989 Clt. No. 227030 

CESTODA 

■CLASSIFICATION 

Schmidt, Gerald D. How to know the tapeworms. 
Dubuque, Iowa, Brown [1970] xll, 268 p. illua. 
(Pictured-key nature series) ISBN 0-697-04360-8. 
DNLM: QX 15 S351h 1970 Clt. No. 253425 

CHARACTER 

Rosenfield, Israel. Freud: character and 
consciousness: a study of Freud's theory of 
unconscious motives. New York, University 
Books [C1970] 190 p. 
DNLM, SUNY; WZ 100 R889RS 1870 

Clt. No. 246441 

CHEMISTRY 

Chert m, Stanley M. Chemistry for laboratory 
technicians. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. x, 
402 p. lilus. (Saunders golden scries) ISBN 
0-7216-2515-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 90 C521c 1971 

at. No. 301283 

Jencks, William P. Catalysis In chemistry and 
eniymology. New York, McGraw-Hill [C1969] 
xvl, 644 p. llius. (McGraw-Hill series In 
advanced chemistry) 
DNLM: QD 501 J51e 1969 Clt. No. 204037 

Martin, Alfred Nicholas, 1919- Physical 

. pharmacy; physical chemical principles In the 
pharmaceutical sciences [by] Alfred N. Martin, 
James Swarbrlck [and] Arthur Cammarata. 2d 
ed. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1969. vll, 
637 p. lUus. SBN 8121-0163-4. 
DNLM, SUNY; QD 453 M379p 1969 

Clt. No. 216603 

Bouth. Joseph Isaac 1910- Essentials of 

general, organic and biochemistry [by] Joseph 1. 
Routh, Darrell P. Eyman (and] Donald J. Burton. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunders [cl969] x, 718 
p. Illua., ports. 

Instructor's manual. Philadelphia, 

London. Saunders, 1969. 134 p. 

QD 33 R869e 1969 SuppL 
DNLM: QD 33 R869e 1969 Clt. No. 201623 

Routb. Joseph Isaac, 1910- Fundamentals 

of Inorganic, organic and biological chemistry. 
Sth ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1965. xl, 414 
p. Ului. 
DNLM: QD 33 R869f 1965 Clt. No. 36513 

White, Emit H. Chemical background for the 
biological sciences. Id ed. Englewood Cliffs, 
N. J., Prentice- Hall [c!970] x, 19* p. Ului. 
(Prentice-Hall foundations of modern biology 
Series) ISBN 0-13-128447-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 33 W583e 1970 

Clt. No. 265101 



-NURSING TEXTS 

Verleur, H. Inleldlng tot de schelkunde en 

natuurkunde voor verplegenden. 2. druk. 
Leiden, Stafleu, 1967. 78 p. lllua. (Genees- en 
verpleegkundlije reeka, deel 4) 
DNLM: Wl GE184R deel 4 1967 Clt. No. 142755 

CHEMISTRY, ANALYTICAL 

Fischer, Robert Blacchard, 1920- Basic 

theory and practice of quantitative chemical 
analyals [by] Robert B. Fischer [and] Dennis G. 
Peters. 3d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1063. 
xxlv, 883 p. lilus. Earlier editions have title: 
A basic course in the theory and practice of 
quantitative chemical analvsls, 
DNLM: QD 101 F529b 1988 at. No. 137671 

Selverd, Charles Edward, 1913- Chemistry 

for medical technologists. 2d ed. [by] Wilms L. 
White [and] Sam Frankel. St. Louis, Mosby, 
1985. xlv, 430 p. lllua. 
DNLM: QD 75 S402c 19S5 at. No. 35035 

Skoog, Douglas A, Analytical chemistry; an 
Introduction (by] Douglas A. Skoog [and] Donald 
M. West. 2d ed. New York, Holt, Rlnehart 
and Winston [cl974] lx, 593 p. lllua. IS3N 
0-03-001976-1. 
DNLM: QD 75 S828a 1974 Clt. No. 412330 

White, Wllma L. Chemistry for medical 
technologists [by] Wilna L. White, Marilyn M. 
Erlckson (and] Sue C. Stevens. [With 
contributions by Mary E. Comfort, et al.] 3d 
ed. St. Lould, Mosby, 19J0. Xli, 710 p. lllu*. 
SBN 8016-5431-9. Earlier edition by C. E. 
Keiverd. 
DNLM, MBCO: QD 75 W589c 1970 

Clt. No. 267037 

Wolf, Prank J. Separation methods in organic 
chemistry and biochemistry. New York, 
London, Academic FYe^s, 1969. vill, 237 p. 
lllua. SBN 12-731 efift-O. 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 83.S4 W853* 1969 

Clt. No. 2355S1 

CHEMISTRY, CLINICAL 

Chertm, Stanley M. Chemistry for laboratory 
technicians. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. x, 
i : .;2 p. lilus. (Saunders golden series) ISBN 
0-7216-2515-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 90 C521C 1971 

Clt. No. 301262 

Dawson, J. B. Speetrochemlcal analysis of clinical 
material, by J. B. Dawson and F. W, Heaton, 
Springfield, III., Thomas £1ES7] xvi, 118 p. 
Ill us. (American lecture series, no. 676. American 
lectures in living chemistry) 
DNLM. SUNY: QD 95 D272a 1967 

Clt. No. 154023 

Eastham, Robert Duncan. Biochemical values In 
clinical medicine; the results following 
pathological or physiological change. 3d ed. 
Bristol, Wright, 1937. lv, 162 p. 
DNLM: QY 90 E13b 1967 at. No. 107425 

Gray, Charles Horace. Clinical chemical 
pathology. [4th ed.] Baltimore, Williams * 
Wilklns, 1965. vill, 251 p. lilus. 
DNLM: QY 90 G77BC 1965 C1L No. 43057 

Hanok, Albert, Manual for laboratory clinical 
chemistry. Los Altos, Calif., Geron-X, 1989. 
408, S5 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 90 H247m 1969 

Clt. No. 202110 

Henry, Richard J., 1918- ed. Clinical 

chemistry: principles and technics [edited by] 
Richard 3. Henry, Donald C. Cannon [and] James 
W. Wlnkelman. 2d ed. Hagerstown, Md., 
Medical Dept., Harper & Row (C1974] xll, 1629 
p. illua. ISBN 0-06-141181-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 90 H523c 1974 

at No. 422445 

McAllister, Ronald A, Theory of chemical 

pathology technique; a guide for medical 
laboratory technologists. London, Butterworth, 
1967. yll, 185 p. lllua. 
DNLM: QY 90 Mint 1967 at. No. 121432 

Searcy, Ronald L. Diagnostic biochemistry. 
New York, McGraw-Hill [C1969] xl, 660 p. 
lilus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 90 S439d 1969 

at. No. 201626 



Tlets, Norbert W., ed. Fundamentals of clinical 
chemistry. With contributions by Sheldon Berger 
[et al.] Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. xxl, 983 
p. lilus. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 90 T564f 1970 
at. No- 



-CONGRE8IEI 

Internationa] Congrats of Clinical Chemistry, 7th, 
Geneva and Evlan, 1969. 7th International 
Congress of Clinical Chemistry, Geneva 
(Switierland)-Evian (France), September 8-13, 
1989. General editor: M. Roth. Basel, Karger. 
1970. 4 v. lltus. ISBN 0-839 1-058 9-4. 
Contents. • v. 1. Methods In clinical chemistry. - 
v. 2, Clinical eazymology. - v. 3. Hormones, lipids 
and miscellaneous. • v. 4. Digestion and Intestinal 
absorption. 

DNLM: W3 IN597 1969s 
SUNY: QY 90 I61s 1969 at. No. 270221 

-INSTRUMENTATION - LAB. MANUALS 

Bender, Gary T. Chemical Instrumentation: a 

laboratory manual baaed on clinical chemistry. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. xl, 291 p. lllua. 
ISBN 0-7218-1634-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 25 B458C 1972 

Clt No. 333432 

•LABORATORY MANUALS 

Elevlteh, Franklin It, 1935- Flu or ome trie 

techniques In clinical chemistry. Bolton, Little, 
Brown [clS73] xll, 327 p. illus. (Series In 
laboratory medicine, 6) ISBN 0-316-23250. 



DNLM: Wl SE718H v.6 1973 
MBCO: QY 25 E30f 1973 
XNLM: [QY 25 E39f 1973] 



Clt. No. 360763 



Kamath, S, H. Clinical biochemistry for medical 
technologists. [1st ed.] Boaton, Little, Brown 
[C1972] vll, 259 p. lilus. ISBN 0-316-48253. 



DNLM: QY 25 KISc 1972 



Cit. No. 322453 



Methods sad tecbalqnes in clinical chemistry [by] 
Paul L. Wolf ret al.) New York, 
Wlley-InterscSence [C1972] xlil, 417 p. Ulus. 
(Stanford series on methods and techniques In 
the Clinical laboratory) ISBN 0-471-95900-6. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 90 M592 1972 

at. No. 334177 

Natelsoss, Samuel. Technique* of clinical 
chemistry. 3d ed. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[1971] xl, 9S5 p. lilus. 2d ed. has title: 
Microtechniques of clinical chemistry. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 25 N273m 1971 

at No. 2773QS 

Reynolds, Molra Davison. Clinical chemistry for 
the small hospital laboratory. Springfield, DL, 
Thomas [cl9691 x, 196 p. lilus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 90 R464C 1969 

at. No. 225312 

-NOMENCLATURE 

Dybkser, Rene". Quantities and units In clinical 
chemistry, Including Recommendation 1966 of the 
Commission on Clinical Chemistry of the 
International Union of Pure and Applied 
Chemistry and of the International Federation for 
Clinical Chemistry [by] R, Dybkaer & K. 
Jergensen. (K0benhavn] Munksgaard [cl9S7] 
x, 102 p. (Scandinavian university books) 
DNLM: QY 90 D994q 1967 Clt No. 132706 

-STAT. 

Barnett, Roy N. Clinical laboratory statistics. 
(1st ed.] Boston, Utile, Brown [cl971] xllL 
197 p. lilus. (Series in laboratory medicine, 4) 
ISBN 0-316-18190. 
DNLM: Wl SE71RH v.4 1971 
MBCO: QY 4 S4C5 v.4 1971 
SUNY: QY 4 B262c 1971 at No. 263373 

CHEMISTRY, ORGANIC 

March, Jerry. Advanced organic chemistry: 

reactions, mechanisms, snd structure. New 
York, McGraw-Hill [cl968] lx, 1098 p. lilus. 
(McGraw-Hill series in advanced chemistry) 
SUNY: QD 251 M315a 1968 Clt, No. 126053 



41 



CHEMISTRY, ORGANIC 



"Mtk. Joseph Isaac, 1910- Essentials of CHILD BEHAVIOR 

general, orjanle and biochemistry [by] Joseph I, 
Routh, Darrell P. Eyman [and] Donald J. Burton. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunden [cl969] x, 718 
p. lllus., ports. 

Instructor 'a manual. Philadelphia, 

London, Saunders. 1969. 134 p. 

QD 33 R8S9e 1949 SuppL 
DNLM: QD S3 ft£69e 1869 Clt. No. 101623 

Wolf, Prank J. Separation methods In organic 
Chemistry and biochemistry. New York, 
London, Academic Press, 1869. vili 137 p 
lllus. SBNf 12-761650-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 6S.S4 W85S* 1969 

Clt. No. 235531 



Talbot, Nathan B. Behavioral science In pediatric 

medicine [by] Nathan B. Talbot, Jerome Kagan 
[and] Leon Elsenberg. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1971. vlll, 467 p. lJlus. ISBN 0-7216-8750-4 



DNLM, SONY: WS 105 T141b 1971 



at. No. 304104 



-TABLES 

Rappoport, Zrt. Handbook of tables for organic 
compound Identification. 3d ed. Cleveland, 
Chemical Rubber Co, [clB87] Ix, 564 p. 2d 
ed. has title; Tables for identification of organic 
compounds, comp. by Max FrankeL 
DNLM: QD 251 R221t 1937 CU. No. 249 185 

CHEMISTRY, PHARMACEUTICAL 

Barter, Alfred, *d. Medicinal chemistry. 3d ed 
New York, Wiley [cl870] 2 v. lllus. 
DNLM: QV 744 B954m 1970 CU. No. 246402 

Martin, Alfred Nicholas, 1B19- Physical 

Pharmacy; physical chemical principles in the 
pharmaceutical sciences [by] Alfred N. Martin, 
James Swarbrlck [and] Arthur Cammarata. 2d 
ed. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1969. vll 
637 p. lllus. SBN 8121-0163-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 453 M379p 1969 

Clt. No. 216603 

CHEMISTRY, PHYSICAL 

Bull, Henry Bolivar, 1905- An Introduction 

to physical biochemistry. Philadelphia, Davis 

[C1964] mil, 433 p. lllus. 

DNLM: QT 34 B9351 1964 Clt. No. 50201 



Bull, Henry Bolivar, 1905- 
to physical biochemistry. 
Davla £cl971] *L 469 p 
0-8036-1403-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: QT 34 B9351 1971 



An introduction 
2d ed. Philadelphia, 
illus. ISBN 



Clt. No. 264605 



-TABLES 

Clba-Gelty Limited. Scientific tables. Edited by 
K, Diem aad C. Lentner. 7th ed. Basle £1972, 
C1970] £09 p. lllus. (DocumcnU Geigy) 
Distributed in the U.S. by Geigy Pharmaceuticals, 
Ardsk-y, N.Y. Translation of Wissenschaftllche 
Tateliea. Earlier ed. by Geigy (J. K.) A. G., 
Basel. Part of illustrative material in pocket at 
end. 
SUNY: Q 19B C587W 1970 Clt. No. 403524 



CHEMORECEPTORS 



.ATLASES 

Glenner, George O.. 1927- Tumors of the 

extra-adrenal paraganglion system, including 
chemoreceptors, by George G. Gleaner and Philip 
M. Grimley, Washington. Armed Forces 
Institute of Pathology, 1974. 90 p. lllus. 
(Universities Associated for Research and 
Education la Pathology. Atlas of tumor 
pathology. Second series, faac 9) 
DNLM: QZ 200 U64a fcsc.9 1973 Cit. No. 414035 

CHILD ABUSE 

Pontana, Vincent J, 1923- The maltreated 

child; the maltreatment syndrome in children. 
2d ed. Springfield, HL, Thomas [1971] xv, 96 
P. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 320 r679m 1971 

Clt. No. 256113 

Heifer, Raj E„ ed. The battered Child, edited by 
Ray E. Heifer and C. Henry Kempe. Chicago, 
London, Univ. of Chicago Frees [ 1968] xv 288 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 3x0 H474b 1968 

Clt. No. 150331 



CHILD BEHAVIOR DISORDERS 

Bakwln, Harry, 1894- Clinical management 

of behavior disorders In children fby] Harry 

Bakwln [and] Ruth Morris Bakwln. 3d ed. 

Philadelphia, Saunders, 1596, ill, 653 p. 111ns. 

4th ed. has title: Behavior disorders in children. 

DNLM: WS 350 B169c 1966 Cit. No. 61512 

Jenkins, Richard Leos, 1803- Behavior 

disorders of childhood and adolescence. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [c!973] vii, 140 p . 
ISBN 0-338-02786-2 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 350 J52b 1973 

Cit. No. 337543 

Talbot, Nathan B. Behavioral science in pediatric 

medicine [by] Nathan B. Talbot. Jerome Kagan 
[and] Leon Elsenber*. Philadelphia. Saunders 
1B71. vlll, 4&7 p. lllus. ISDN 0-7216-8750-4.' 

DNLM, SUNY: WS 105 T141b 1971 

Clt. No. 304104 

-CLASSIFICATION 

Eron, Leonard D., ed. Tbe classification of 
behavior disorders. Chicago, Aldine [1966] 
rii, 1B0 p. {Current concerns In clinical 
psychology, 1) Modern applications in 
psychology. Lectures held in the spring of 
IMS. 
DNLM: Wl CU738BI v.l 1966 Cit. No. 1225SO 



•COLLECTED WORKS 

Faas, Larry A., comp. The emotionally disturbed 
child; a book of Tradings. Springfield, IH 
Thomas [c!970] xlv, 3ij3 p. illus. Articles 
reprinted from books. Journals, and proceedings 
of meetings. 
DNLM: WS 350 Fllle 1970 Clt. No. 255472 

-THERAPY 

Seoul man, Jerome L., 1925- Management of 

emotional disorders In pediatric practice with a 
fncua on techniques of interviewing. Chicago, 
Year Book Medical Publishers [C1S67] 307 p 
DNLM: WS 350 S3SSm 1937 Cit. No. 105058 

Senn, Milton J. E., 1902- . Problems in child 

behavior and development [by] Milton J. E. Senn 
[and] Albert J. Solnit. Philadelphia, Lea 6c 
Feblger, 1&68. xlv, 238 p. 
DNLM: WS 350 S47Bp 1928 
MBCO. SUNY: WS 350 S47Bp 1968 

Clt. No. 152620 

-THERAPY - BIBL. 

Brown, Daniel O. Behavior modification in child 
and school mental health; an annotated 
bibliography on applications with parents and 
teachers. Rockvllle, Md., National Institute of 
Mental Health; {for sale by the Supt. of Docs.. U. 
S. Govt, Print. Off., Washington] 1971. vlll, 41 
p. (DHEW publication no, (HSM) 71-8043) 

118 annotated citations on behavior 
modification in children. Covers Journal articles 
books, and some unpublished papers. Journal and 
paper citations include author's address, and book 
citations Include publisher's address and price. 
References arranged In sections according to 
applications to parents, teachers, and parents and 
teachers. Subject index. 
DNLM: ZWS 350 B877b 1971 Clt. No. 306625 

CHILD CARE 

-CONGRESSES 

Child care is health and disease, symposium to 
commemorate tbe dedication of tfes fillraln and 
Anna Wyltr Children's Hospital and the Joseph 
P. Kennedy Jr. Mental Retardation Researck 
Center, August 29-SepUmbtr 2, 1866, the 
University of Chicago. Edited by Albert Dorfmaa, 
assisted by Nina Thorp. Chicago, Year Book 
Medical Publishers (cl963] 390 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WS 100 CS34 1966 Cit. No. 161331 



Early child care; the new perspective* [by] 
Caroline A. Chandler, Reginald 8. Lourls [and] 
Anne [ilc] DeHuff Peters [et aL] Edited by 
Laura L. Dlttman*. [1st ed.] New York. 
Atherton Press. 1968. x, 385 p. Baaed on 
papers and discussions from a series of four 
conferences hold in Bethesda, Md., April 1964-Oct 
196a and sponaored Jointly by the National 
Institute of Mental Health, the Children's 
Hospital of Washington, D.C., and the Committee 
on Day Care of the Maternal and Child Health 
Section of the American Public Health 
Association. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 113 E12 1965 Cit. No. 200716 

-POPULAR WORKS 

Growing pains, prepared cooperatively by to* 
American titdStai Association aid the American 

AcEderay of Pediatrics. E CI Jed by Kike 
fciichaelson. [Chicago, American Medical Aaan 
cl&K] ill, 229 p. Illus. The questions and 
answers in this book have appeared as a regular 
feature of Today's health magazine. 
DNLM, MBCO: WS 113 GS84 1969 

Clt. No. 235010 

II ling worth, Ronald Stanley, 1909- Babies 

and young children; feeding, management, and 
care, by Ronald Ulingwortli and Cynthia 
Iilinsworth. $ t h ed. London, Churchill [19681 
vll, 3,J p. Him. SBN; 7000-1371-7 
DNLM: WS 113 I29b 1968 cit. No, 173220 

CHILD DEVELOPMENT 

Giutbur;, Herbert. Placet's theory of Intellectual 
development; an Introduction [by] Herbert 
Ginsburg and Sylvia Opper. Knglewood Cliffs, 
Prentice-Hall [cl959] je|, 237 p. m ui . 
(Prentice-Hall series In developmental 
psychology) 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 105 G493p 1969 

Clt. No. 104417 

IlliBgworth, Ronald Stanley, 1909. Tbe 

development of the Infant and yonrg child, 
normal and abnormal. 4th cd. Baltimore 
Williams dc WUtins, 1970, 332 p. lllus. *SBN 
443-CO&77-6. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 103 I29d 1870 

Clt. No. £54244 

Lewis, MelrlB. Clinical aspects of child 
development; an introductory synthesis of 
psychological concepta and clinical problems 
Philadelphia, Lea &. Feblger, 1971. xv 212 D 
ISEN 0-81 21 -C3 13-0. 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: WS 105 L«71c 1971 

Clt. No. 270353 

Mitchell, Boss Gaihralth, ed. Child life and 
health. 5th ed. London, Churchill, 1970. 
xvl, 5SS p. lllus. ISBN 0-7000-1478.0. Earlier 
editions, edited by R. W. B. Ellis, have title: 
Cb.:a health and development. U. S. publisher 
Williams 4 Wltklna Co., Baltimore 
DNLM. SUNY: WS 105 M684c 1970 / 

Clt. No. 247033 

Senn, Milton J. E., 1902- Problems In child 

behavior and development [by] Milton J. E Senn 
[and] Albert J. Solnit. Philadelphia. Lea * 
Feblger, I&68. xlv, 268 p. 
DNLM: WS 350 S478p 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: WS 350 S478p 1963 

Clt. No. 15X6JO 

Stone, L, Joseph. Childhood and adolescence; a 
psychology of the growing person [by] L- Joseph 
Stone [and] Jo-eph Church. 2d ed. New 
York, Random House [1968] ivi. 616 p liiua, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 105 S878c 1963 

at. No. 174165 



c 



42 



CHIROPRACTIC 






-am* 

HiUoul Institute of Mental Health. Television 
•nd »oclal behavior; an annotated bibliography of 
research focusing on television's Impact on 
children. Edited by Charles K. Atkln, John P. 
Murray [and} Oguz B. Nay man. Rockville, lid. 
[1971] lx, 150 p. Ulus. (Public Health Service 
publication, no. 2099) 498 references to 
monographs, Journal articles, and dissertations 
about the entertainment and Informational 
aspects of television In relation to children and 
their behavior. Includes some foreign 
literature, 385 annotated references arranged 
alphabetically by author under broad topics; 111 
supplementary references arranged alphabetically 
by author. Besides citation and abstract, each 
entry indicates the number of references 
Included. Author Index. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: ZWS 105 N277t 1971 

Clt. No. 172103 

-CONGRESSES 

Association for Research In Nervous and Mental 
Disease. Biological and environmental 
determinants of early development; proceedings 
of the association, December 3 and 4, 1971, New 
York, N. Y. [Editor: John I. Nurnberger] 
Baltimore, Williams & Wtlklns, 1973. x, 457 
p. Ulus. (Its Research publications, v. 51) 
ISBN 0-633-00245-7. 
DNLM; Wl AS481 v.5I 1S73 
XNLM: [WS 105 A848b 1973] Clt. No. 377772 

Early child care; trie new perspectives [fay] 
Caroline A. Chandler, Reginald S. Lourle [and] 
Anne [sic] Dellurf Peters [et al.] Edited by 
Laura L. Dirtmam. (1st ed.) New York, 
Atherton Press, 1963. x, 385 p. Based on 
papers and discussions from a series of four 
conferences held in Bethcsda, Md., April 1964- Oct. 
1965 and sponsored jointly by the National 
Institute of Mental Health, the Children** 
Hospital of Washington, D.C., and the Committee 
on Day Care of the Maternal and Child Health 
Section of the American Public Health 
Association. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 113 Ell 1985 Clt. No. 200716 

CHILD DEVELOPMENT DEVIATIONS 



CHILD NUTRITION 

Heald, Felix P., ed. Adolescent nutrition and 

growth. New York, AppIeton-Cenlury-Croft* 

[C1969] xlv, 258 p. Ulus. 

DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WS 115 H4S4a 1969 

Clt. No. 208361 

Lindberi, Tor. Barnets normals uppfodnlng. 
Pedagoglsk ridglvnlng: Karl-A^el Nllaaon. 
[Lund] StudentUtteratur [C1972] 97 p. Ulu*. 
ISBN 91-44-08601-6. 
DNLM: WS 115 L742b 1972 Clt. No. 340773 

CHILD PSYCHIATRY 

Freud, Anna, 1895- Normality and 

pathology In childhood; assessments of 
development. New York, International 
Universities Press 'cl8G5) xli, 273 p. 
DNLM: WS 350 F889n IMS Cit. No. 36025 

Gonsalez, Viktor R„ 1937- Psychiatry and 

the army brat. Springfield, II!., Thomas [cl9?0J 

lx, 87 p. Ulus. 

DNLM: WM 420 G643p 1970 Clt. No. 237359 

Work, Henry Harem, 1911- A guide to 

prevent] ve child psychiatry; the art of parenthood 
[by] Henry H. Work and Justin D. Call. New 
York. McGraw-Hill [cl9«5] x, 215 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 350 W923g 1955 Clt. No. 52210 

-NORWAY 

Sunday, Hllchen Sommerschild. Prognosis In 
child pnychiatry, by H lichen Sommerschild and 
Peter Cnrictlan Kreyberg, Calu, 
UnlverslteUforlaget; Baltimore, Williams & 
Wllilus [IOCS] 117 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: Wa 350 S957p 1968 

Clt. No. 170539 

CHILD PSYCHOLOGY 

Carmlchael, Leonard, 1838- ed. Manual of 

child psychology. 3d ed. Paul H. Muasen, 
editor. New York, Wiley [el970]- v. IHua. 
SBN 471-62695-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 105 C2a?m 1970 

Cit. No. 255579 



Flag et, Jeaa, 1896- The child and reality; 

problem* of genetic psychology. New York, 
Grossman, 1973. 182 p. ISBN 0-670-21591-0. 
Translation of Problemea de paychologlo 
gGnetlque. 
DNLM: WS 105 P579pa 1973 Clt. No. 367414 

PI a ret, Jean, 1896- The psychology of the 

child [by] Jean Piaget and Barbel Inhelder. 
New York, Basic Books [C1969] xlv, 17S p. 
Translation of La psychologic de I'enfant, 
DNLM: WS 105 P579p 1969 Clt. No. 236105 

Read, Katherlne Haskill. The nursery school; a 

human relationships laboratory. 5th ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. xL 399 p. Ulua. 
ISBN 0-72 16-7437-9. 
DNLM: LB 1140 R283n 1971 Clt. No. 250177 

Smart, Mollis Stevens. Children: development 

and relationships [by] Mollle S. Smart and 
Russell C. Smart. New York, MacmUlan [c!967] 
lx, 582 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 105 S63SC 1967 Clt. No. 115453 

Stone, L. Joseph. Childhood and adolescence; a 
psychology of the growing person [by] L. Joseph 
Stone (and] Joseph Church. 2d ed. New 
York, Random House [1933] xvt, 618 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 105 S878C 1968 

Clt. No. 174165 

Talbot, Nathan B. Behavioral science In pediatric 
medicine {by] Nathan B. Talbot, Jerome Kagan 
fand] Leon Eisenberg, Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1971. vlli, 467 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7216-8750-4. 

DNLM, SUNY: WS 105 TUlb 1971 

Cit. No. 304104 

Vernon, Darid T. A. The psychological responses 
of children to hospitalization and illness; a review 
of the literature, by David T. A. Vernon [et al.] 
Kprlnpfield, 111., Th -uas [cl965] vil, 192 p. 
DNLM: WS 105 V54.P 1965 Clt. No. 64610 

Whipple, Dorothy Vermllya, 1900- 
Dynamlcs of development: euthenle pediatrics. 
New York, McGraw-IlUl [c!966] xvt, 648 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WS 103 WST4d 1966 at. No. 56481 






-CONGRESSES 

Association for Research In Nervous and Mental 
Disease. Biological and environmental 
determinants of early development; proceedings 
of the association, December 3 and 4, 1971, New 
York, N. Y. [Editor: John I. Nurnberger] 
Baltimore, Williams Sc Wllklna, 1973. x, 457 
p. lllus. (Its Research publications, v. 51) 
ISBN 0-683-00:245-7. 
DNLM: Wl AS481 v.51 1973 
XNLM: [WS 105 A848b 1973] Clt. No. 377772 

CHILD HEALTH SERVICES 

Mitchell, Ross Galbralth, ed. Child life and 
health. 5th ed. London, Churchill, 1S70. 
xvl, 588 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7000-1478-0. Earlier 
editions, edited by R. W. B. Ellis, have title: 
Child health and development. U. S. publisher: 
Williams & Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 105 M684C 1970 

Clt. No. 247033 

CHILD, HOSPITALIZED 

Hards-rove, Carol B. Parents and children In the 
hospital: the family's role In pediatric* [by] Carol 
B. Hard grove [and] Rosemary B. Dawson. [lit 
ed.] Boston, Little, Brown [cl972] x, 276 p. 
ISBN 0-316-34600. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 105 H259p 1971 

Clt. No. 325471 

CHILD, INSTITUTIONALIZED 

-CONGRESSES 

Early child care; th* new perspective* [by] 
Caroline A. Chandler, Reginald S. Lourle [and] 
Anne (sic] DeUuff Peters [et al,] Edited by 
Laura L. Dlttmann. [1st ed.] New York, 
Atherton Press, 1968. x, 385 p. Based on 
paper* and discussions from s aerie* of four 
conference* held In Betnesda, Md., April 1964-Oct. 
1965 and sponsored Jointly by the National 
Institute of Mental Health, tbe Children's 
Hospital of Washington, D.C., and the Committee 
on Day Care of the Maternal and Child Health 
Section of the American Public Health 
Association. 
DNLM. SUNY: WS 113 Ell 1965 Clt. No. 100716 



Falkner, Frank, ed. Human development, by 29 
authorities. Philadelphia, Saunders [C1968] 
xx, 644 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 103 F193h 1968 Clt. No. 63164 

Freud, Anna, IfIS 5- Normality and 

pathology In childhood; assessments of 
development. New York, International 
Universities Press [clflSS] xli, 273 p. 
DNLM: WS 350 F889n 1935 Clt. No. 36025 

ilardjrove, Carol B. Parents and children In the 
hospital: the family's role In pediatrics [by] Carol 

B. Hard prove [and] Rosemary B. Daw*on. [lit 
ed.] Boston, Little, Brown [C1972] x, 276 p. 
ISBN 0-316-34600. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 105 n259p 1971 

Clt. No. 325471 

II Ung worth, Ronald Stanley, 1909- The 

development of the Infant and young child, 
normal and abnormal. 3d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wllktns, 1966. lx, 378 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 103 I29d 1968 Clt. No. 61510 

IlUngworth, Ronald Stanley, 1909- Lesson* 

from childhood; some aspects of the early life of 
unusual men and women, by R. S. Illlngworth and 

C. M, Illlngworth. Baltimore. Wllllam[*] and 
Wilkin s, 1966. xl, 334 p. 

DNLM: WS 105 I2BL 1966 Cit. No. 121106 

Kllman, Gilbert. Psychological emergencies of 
childhood. New York, London, Grune & 
Stratton 'cl968] vt, 154 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 105 K6Sp 1968 
SUNY: WS 105 K65p 1968 Clt. No. 144706 

Mitchell, Ross Galbralth, ed. Child life and 
health. 5th ed. London, ChurchUl, 1970. 
xvl. 588 p. Ulus. ISBN Q-7KXJ-1 478-0. Earlier 
editions, edited by R. W. B. Kills, have title: 
Child health and development. U. S. publisher: 
Williams & Wllklna Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 105 M684c 1976 

Clt. No. 147033 



-HIST. 



Kessen, William, 1925- 
York. Wiley [cl965] 
in psychology) 
DNLM: WS II K42c 1965 

CHILD WELFARE 



The child. New 
xli, 301 p. (Perspectives 



Clt. No. 15087 



Yudkin, Simon. The health and welfare of the 
1^ nlgrant chUd. London, National Committee) 

,r Commonwealth Immigrants [1967] 15 p. 
Address presented to a conference on Immigrants 
and their babies, London, Mar. 12, 1965. 
DNLM: W6 P3 Cit. No. 142303 

-O. g. 

Foil tana, Vincent J., 1923- The maltreated 

child; the maltreatment syndrome In children. 
2d ed. Springfield, Hi., Thomas [1971] XV, 96 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 320 F679m 1971 

at. No. 258113 

CHIN 

-SURGERY - CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Aetthetie Surgery of the No**, Ears, 
and Chin, Phoenix, Ail*., 1971. Symposium on 
Aesthetic Surgery of the Nose, Ears, and Chin. 
Editors: Frank W. Masters [and] John R. Lewis, 
Jr. St. Loul*, Mosby, 1973. xil, 207 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-8016-31 40-3. Constitute* v. 6 of the 
Proceedings of the symposium if the Educational 
Foundation of the American Society of Plastic 
and Reconstructive Surgeon* and the American 
Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery. 

DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: WO 600 S988S 1971 

at. No. 3*4307 

CHIROPRACTIC 

■POPULAR WORK* 

Smith, Ralph Lc*. At your own risk; the case 
against chiropractic. New York, Pocket books 
[CI969J xl, 179 p. SBN 671-77079-9. 
MBCO, SUNY: WB 905 S657* 1969 

Clt. No. 21*371 



43 



CHOLANGIOGRAPHY 



CHOLANGIOGRAPHY 

Sehefn, Clmaw J„ 1 918- The common bile 

duct; operative cholangiography, biliary endoscopy 
and choledocholithotomy, by Clarence J. Sehein 
[et aL] Springfield, III,. Thomas [C1963] xlv, 
290 p. lllui. (American lecture series, no. 649. 
American lecture* In roentgen diagnosis) 
DNLM: Wl 750 S319e 1SS8 Clt. No. 62730 



CHOLERA 

■CONGRESSES 

Cholera Research Symposium, Honolulu, IMS, 
Proceeding! of the Cholera Research Symposium, 
January 24-29, IMS, Honolulu, Hawaii. Convened 
■t the East-West Center of tbe University of 
Hawaii. Sponsored by tbe Unlvenlty of Hawaii's 
Pacific Biomedical Research Center and the 
Center for Cultural and Technical Interchange 
between East and West. Washington, IMS. 
xlv, 397 p. iHus. (Public Health Service 
publication, no, 1333) Funded by s contractual 
arrangement with the Unlvenlty of Hawaii, 
financed by the National Institutes of Health 
from funds made available to It by the Agency 
for International Development for tbe SEATO 
Cholera Research Program. 
DNLM: WC 262 C5472p 1965 Clt. No. 42150 

CH< EA, HEREDITARY 

-CONGRESSES 

Huntington's chores, 1872-1972. Editors: Andre" 

Ittarbeau, Thomas N. Chase [and} George w. 
Paulson. New York, Raven Press [clB73] 
xxlt, 626 p. illus. (Advances In neurology, v. 1) 
ISBN 0-91216-40-5. Based on papers presented 
at a centennial symposium held at Ohio Sule 
University In Columbus, Ohio, March 26-29, 197J, 
and sponsored by the Research Group on 
Huntington's Chorea of tbe World Federation of 
Neurology. 

DNLM: Wl AD684H v.l 1973 
XNLM: IWM 220 H853 1972] Clt. No. 371026 

CHORIOCARCINOMA 

Baggnawe, K. D. Choriocarcinoma; the clinical 
biology of the trophobi:'jt and its tumours, 
Baltimore, Williams & WUktns, 1969. xli, 360 
p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WQ 210 B149c 1969 

at. No. 224552 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Borell, UU Karen Mendelsson. 1916- The 

dlagooils of hydatid!/ orm mole, malignant 
hydatldlform mole, and choriocarcinoma with 
special reference to the diagnostic value of pelvic 
arteriography, by Ulf Borell [et si.] 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [clS46] x, 109 p. Illus. 
DNLM: WG 500 B731d 1966 Clt. No. 63601 

CHOROID 

Zweng, II. Christian, Laser photocoagulation and 
retinal angiography; with current concepts In 
retinal and choroidal diseases [by] H. Christian 
Zweng, Hunter L. Little [and] Robert R. 
Peabody. St, Louis, Moiby, 1969. ail, 297 
p. illus. SBN 8016-5696-6. 
DNLM, MBCO: WW 270 Z97L 1969 

Clt. No. 227211 

CHROMATOGRAPHY 

Kirk Land, J. J„ ed. Modern practice of liquid 
chromatography. Contributors: Karl J. Bombaugh 
[et al.] New York, Wiley- In terse ience [cI971J 

Ixlx, 454 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-471-48878-X, 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 271 K59m 1971 

Clt. No. 272757 

•CONCUUHSI* 

International Symposium on Chromatography and 
Electrophoresis, 5 th, Brass els, 1968. Fifth 
International Symposium on Chromatography and 

! Electrophoresis, Brussels, 16-18 September, 1968. 

[Ann Arbor, Humphrey Science Publishers, 1968] 
594 p. Ulus. SBN 87591-010-6. Organized by 
the Belgian Society of Pharmaceutical Sciences. 
Text in English, French or German, 
DNLM: W3 IN916V 1988f 
MBCO: QD 171 I8U 1968 Clt. No. 2M343 



44 



-LABORATORY MANUALS 

StahU Egon, ed. Thin- layer chromatography; a 
Laboratory handbook, by H. R. Bollinger (et sL] 
Berlin, Springer, 1985. xv, 553 p. Illus. 
Translation of DiinniChleht-Chromatographie eln 
Laboratoriumshandbueh. 
DNLM: QD 171 S78Id 1965 Clt. No. 27455 

CHROMATOGRAPHY, GAS 

Ettre, L. s., ed. Ancillary techniques of gas 
chromatography, edited by Leslie S. Ettre and 
William K. McFadden. New York, 
WUey-Intersclence [C1969] xl, 395 p. Illus. 
SBN 471-24*700. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QD 271 E85a 1969 

Clt. No. 233271 

Oadxinowicx, Benjamin J. Gas chromatographic 
analysis of drugs and pesticides. New York, 
Dekker, 1B87. ix, 605 p. Ulus, 
(Chromatographic science, v. 2) 
DNLM: Wl CH943 v.2 1967 Clt. No. 127225 

Jones, R. Alan. An introduction to gas- liquid 
chromatography. London, New York, Academic 
Press, 1970. xt, 202 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-12-389853-1. 
DNLM: QD 271 J781 1970 Cit. No. 264121 

Leathard, D. A. Identification techniques In gas 
chromatography [by] D. A. Leathard [and] B. C. 
Shurlock. London, New York, 
WHey-lnlersclenee [1970] x, 283 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-471-5£0;O-9, 
DNLM: QD 271 L4381 1970 Clt. No. 246425 

Llttlewood, Anthor.y Clair, Gas chromatography; 
principles, techniques and applications. 2d ed. 
New York, Academic Press, 1970. xi, 548 p. 
Ulus. SBN 12-4.1275S-6. 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 271 L781g 1970 

Clt. No. 247613 

•CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Gas Chromatography in Biology sad 

Medicine, London, li?o9. Gas chromatography in 

biology and medicine; a Clba Foundation 

symposium. Kdlted by Ruth Porter. London, 

Churchill, 19t>y. lx, 213 p. Ulus. SBN 

7000-1428-4. 

DNLM, SUNY: QD 271 S9B9g 1969 

Cit. No. 234020 

CHROMATOGRAPHY, THIN LAYER 

Haer, Frederick C. An Introduction to 
chromatography on impregnated glass fiber. 
[Ann Arbor, Mich., Ann Arbor Science 
Publishers, C1969] vllt. 173 p. Ulus. SBN 
87591-007-6. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: QD 271 H136I 1969 

Cit. No. 221136 

Scott, Ronald M. Clinical analysis by thin-layer 
ehro autography techniques. Ann Arbor, 
Humphrey Science Publishers [clM9] xl, 227 
p. Ulus. SBN 014-87591-7. 
DNLM: QD 271 S423C 1969 Clt. No. 222110 

-ABSTRACTS 

Haywood, B. 3, Thin-layer chromatography; aa 
annotated hlbUography 1964-1963. A 1,000 
reference bibliography of especially selected 
useable abstracts Including book section, Instant 
thin-layer chromatography, and electrophoresis. 
[Ann Arbor, Mich., Ann Arbor Science 
Publishers, cieea] 234 p. 

DNLM, SUNY: Z S524.C55 H427t 1964-88 

Clt. No. 211075 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Patau, Gyorgy. Techniques of thin- layer 
chromatography Is amino add and peptide 
chemistry. 2d English ed. (revised) Ann 
Arbor, Mich., London, Ann Arbor -Humphrey 
Science Publishers [cl9€9J xvlll, 252 p. Ulus. 
SBN 875M-0I1-4. Translation of 
Dunnschlcht chromatographic in der Amlnosaure- 
und Peptld-Chemle. 
DNLM. SUNY: QU 25 P294d 1969 

at. No. 224262 

BtabL Egon, ed. Thin-layer chromatography; a 
laboratory handbook. 2d ed., fully rev. and 
expanded. BerUn, New York, Springer, 1949. 
xxiv, 1041 p. Ulus., plates Translation of 
Dunnschicht-Chromatographle. 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 271 S781d 1969 

Ot. No. 225704 



CHROMATOPHORES 



-CONGRESSES 

Seminar on the Biology of the Normal sad 
Abnormal Melanocyte, Tokyo, 1969. Biology of 
normal and abnormal melanocytes. Edited by 
Taro Kawamura, Thomas B. Fitzpatrlck, and 
Makoto Seljl. Baltimore, University Park Press 
[CI971J xvll, 411 p. Ulus. ISBN 
O-839I-0586-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: QL 767 S471b 1969 

Clt. No. 2752*3 

CHROMOSOME ABERRATIONS 

Barnes, Allan Campbell, 1911- 

Intra-uterlne development Phlladephla, Lea * 

Febiger, 1903. aill, 530 p. Ulus. 

DNLM: WQ 210 B261I 1968 C1L No. 135356 

Levins, Harry. Clinical cytogenetics. [1st ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [cl971] x, 572 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-316-5Z225. Bibliography: p. 491-553. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 605 L6650 1971 

at. No. 300379 

Turpls, Raymond Alexandra, 1895- Human 

afflictions and chromosomal aberrations [by] 
Raymond Turpln and Jeramo Lejeuue. [1st 
English ed.] Oxford, New York, Pergamon 
Press [1939] x. 332 p. Ulus. (International 
series of monographs In pure and applied 
biology. Division: Modern trends In physiological 
sciences, v. 32) SBN 03-0132S3-4. Translation 
of L03 chromosomes hu mains; caryotype normal 
et variations pathologlques, 
DNLM: Wl IN841 v,32 1969 
SUNY: QS 675 T9S7h 1969 Clt. No. 228255 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Mutation as Cellular Proems, 
London, l?u3. Mutation as cellular process; a 
Clba Foundation symposium. Edited by G. E. W. 
Wolstenholme and Maeve O'Connor. London, 
Churchill, 1969. xL 244 p. Ulus. SBN 
7000-1-130-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 401 S991m 1969 

at. No. 233784 

CHROMOSOME ABNORMALITIES 

Bartalos, Mlhaly. ed. Genetics In medical 

practice. Philadelphia, Lipplncott [c!968] all, 

244 p. Ulus. 

DNLM, SUNY: QZ 50 B283g 1968 

at. No. 150106 

Egges, Robert Ralph, 1930- Chromosome 

diagnostics In cUnlcal medicine. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [cl985] xx, 347 p. Ulus. 
(American lecture series, no. 610. American 
lectures In Uvlng chemistry) 
DNLM: QH 605 E29c 1965 Clt. No. 7452 

Goodman, Richard H., 1932- ed. Genetic 

disorders of man by 21 authors. Edited by 
Richard M. Goodman. [1st ed.} Boston, 
Little, Brown [cl970] xvll, 1009 p. Ulus. 
SBN 70CO-0142-5 (British). 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 G653g 1970 

at. No. 254143 

Lertne. Harry. CUnlcal cytogenetics. [1st ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [C1971] x, 572 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-316-5222S. Bibliography: p. 491-553. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 605 LSSSc 1971 

Clt. No. 300278 

Tnrpin, Raymond Alexandre, 1895- Human 

affliction* and chromosomal aberrations [by] 
Raymond Turpln and Je>ome Lejeune. [1st 
English ed.] Oxford, New York, Pergamon 
Press [1SS9] x, 392 p. Ulus. (International 
series of monographs In pure and appUed 
biology. Division: Modern trends In physiological 
sciences, v. 32) SBN 08-013203-4, Translation . 
of Lea chromosomes bumalnx; caryotype normal 
et variations pathologlquea. 
DNLM: Wl IN841 V.32 1969 
SUNY: QS 675 T957h 1M9 at. No. 228255 

Valentin*. Gordon Howard, 1919- The 

chromosome disorders; an introduction for 
cUnicUns. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Lipplncott 
[1969] xtv, 172 p. Ulus, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 675 V157c 1969 

Ot. No. 135537 






( 



I 



CLEFT PALATE 






-HDL. 

HcKDtlck, Victor Almoa, 1811- Mendelian 

inheritance in roan; catalogs of autosomal 
dominant, autosomal recessive and X-Unked 
Phenotypes. 3d ed. Baltimore, Johna Hopkins 
Press [cl971] xlv, 738 p. ISBN 0-B01S-1298-B. 
PNLM, MBCO: Z 5322.H4 MISBm 1971 

. Clt. No. 302000 

McKnstek, Victor A Ira on, 1921- Mendelian 

inheritance In man; catalogs of autoiomai 
dominant, autosomal recessive, and X- linked 
phenotypes, 2d ed. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins 
Press [1968] xtx, S21 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: Z 5322.H4 M159ra 1968 

Clt. No. 160114 

-ENCYC. 

McKuslck. Victor Almon. 1921- Mendelian 

Inheritance in man; catalogs of autosomal 
dominant, autosomal recessive and X- linked 
phenotypes. 3d ed. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins 
Preas [CI971] xlv, 738 p. ISBN 0-80 IB- 1296- 8. 
DNLM, MBCO: Z 5322.H4 MISSm 1971 

Clt. No. 302000 

McKnslck, Victor Almon, 1921- Mendelian 

Inheritance in man; catalogs of autosomal 
dominant, autosomal recessive, and X-Unked 
phenotypes, 2d ed. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins 
Press [1963] xlx, 521 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SONY; Z 5322.H4 M159m 1968 

Clt. No. 160114 

CHROMOSOME MAPPING 

Lewis, Kenneth Roderick. The organization of 

heredity [by] Kenneth R. Lewis and Bernard 

John. New York, American Elsevier Pub. Co. 

[1970] lx, 241 p. llluj. (Series of student 

texts In contemporary biology) ISBN 

0-44-19637-4. 

DNLM, SUNY: QH 431 L«74o 1970 

Clt. No. 251047 

CHROMOSOMES 

Ergen, Robert Ralph, 1930- Chromosome 

diagnostics In clinical medicine. Springfield, 
111,, Thomas [cl9d5] xx, 347 p. lllus. 
(American lecture series,, no. 610. American 
lectures In living chemistry) 
DNLM: QH 605 E29c 1965 at. No. 7452 

-CONGRESSES 

Tissue Culture Association. The chromosome; 
structural and functional aspects. A symposium 
organized by Dr. George Yerganlan... Miami, June 
1-4, 19G5. [Baltimore, Williams 4 Wllklna, 1965] 
xill, 107 p. Ulus., ports. (In vitro, v, 1) 
DNLM: Wl INI06 v.l 1985 Clt. No. 63373 

•CYTOLOGY 

Tisane Culture Association, The chromosome; 
structural and functional aspects. A symposium 
organized by Dr. George Yerganlan... Miami, June 
1-4, 1S35, [Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 1965] 
xlli. 107 .p. lllus., ports. (In vitro, v. 1) 
DNLM: Wl IN108 v.l 1965 Clt. No. 63373 



Landman, G. H. M. Laryngogrsphy and 

cinelaryngogTBphy, Amsterdam, ExcerpU 
Medics Foundation, 1970, vlll. 153 p. lllus. 
(Excerpta medlca monograph) 
DNLM: WV 500 L257L 1870 Clt. No. 233126 



CHRONIC DISEASE 



Reynolds, Frank Walker, 1912- Adult 

health; services for the chronically 111 and aged 
[by] Frank W. Reynolds [and] Paul C. Barsam, 
New York, Macmlllan [1987] x, 242 p. Ulus 
DNLM: WT 500 R463a 1967 Clt, No. 110050 



CICATRIX 



-COMPLICATIONS 

Lonjacre, J. J. Scar tissue: Its use and abuse; 

the surgical correction of deformation due to 
hypertrophic scar and the prevention of Its 
formation. Springfield, I1L, Thomas [cl972J 
xv, 170 p. Ulua. ISBN 0-898- 02343- S, 

DNLM, MBCO; WO 135 L851s 1973 

Clt. No, 326024 



CINERADIOGRAPHY 






Died rich, William M. Alaryngeal speech, by 
William M. Dledrlch and Karl A. Youngstroro. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl9M] xi, 220 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WV 500 DSSSa 1966 Clt! No. 85446 



CISTERNA MAGNA 



-RADIOGRAPHY • CONORESSEB 

Cisternography and hydrocephalus; s symposium. 
John C. Harbert, editor, with the assistance of 
David- C. McCullough [et al.] Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1972] xv, 5.">9 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-398-02308-5. Proceedings of a symposium held 
May 6-8, 1971, In Washington, D. C. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 350 C579 1971 

Clt. No. 346364 

CITRATES 

•ANALYSIS 

Citric add cycle. Edited by John M. Lowenatetn. 

New York, Academic Preas, 1969. xlx, 723 p. 

Ulus. (Methods in eruymology, v. 13) 

DNLM: Wl MEPS15X v.13 1969 

MBCO: QU 25 M592 v.13 1969 Clt. No. 212333 

CIVIL DEFENSE 

-BIBL. 

U. S. Division of Emergency Health Services. 
Emergency health services selected bibliography. 
[Rev. ed,] Rockvllle, Md. [For csle bv the 
Supt. of Doce., U. S. Grcvt. Print. Off., 
Washington, 1970] 175 p. lllus. (Emergency 
health series A-l) Public health bibliography 
series, no. 73. Public Health Service 
publication, no. 1071-A-l. Earlier ed. has title; 
Emergency health preparedness; publication 
catalog. 
DNLM: Wl EM681S no.l 1970 Clt. No. 252554 

CIVILIZATION 

Fischer, Robert Blanchard, 1920- Science, 

man, and society. Philadelphia, Saunders 1971 
124 p. lllus. ISBN 0-C-7216-36S0-2. 
DNLM: HM 3B F52Sa 1971 Clt. No, 274402 



CLASSIFICATION 



Fernsteln, Air a a R., 1925- Clinical 

Judgment. Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns 1967 
vil, 414 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WB 141 F299c 1967 Cit. No, 102716 

CLEFT UP 

Drllilen, Cecil Mary. The causes and natural 
history of cleft !lp and palate [by] Cecil M. 
Drllilen [et al.J With contributions by A. D. R. 
Batchelor [et al.] BUtlroore, WUUams and 
Wllklns, 1986. vlll, 283 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WV 440 D779c 1988 Cit. No. 67176 

Grabb, William C, 1928- ed. Cleft Up and 

palate; surgical dental, and speech aspects, by 71 
authors. Edited by WUllam C. Grabb, Sbeldon W. 
Rosenateln [and] Kenneth R. Bzoch, J lat ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [C1971] xxxlll, 916 p. 
lllus., ports. ISBN 0-31S-322&8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 440 G727c 1971 

Cit. No. 287010 

Rosa, Robert B. Cleft lip and palate [by] R. B. 
Ross [and] M, C. Johnston. With contributions 
by W. K. Lindsay [and] M. Q. Hamlen, and In 
consultation with J. D. Ntswander. Baltimore, 
WUUams 8c Wllklns, 1S72. lx, 319 p. Ulur, 
ports. ISBN O-683-O7363-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 440 R825c 1972 

Clt. No. 334728 

Stark, Richard Boles, 1915- ed. Cleft palate, 

a multldlscipUne approach, by 19 authors. Edited 
by Richard B. Stark. New York, Hoeber [clE68] 
xil, 339 p. Ulua. BlbUography: p. 307-339. 
DNLM: WV 440 S795C 19C3 
MBCO, SUNY: WV 440 S79Sc 1068 

Clt. No. 152812 

-ATLASES 

Kratu, Bertram B 1913- Atlas of 

developmental anatomy of the face, with special 
reference to normal and cleft lip and palate [by] 
Bertram S. Kraus [et al.] New York, Hoeber 
[C1966] xl, 37B p, (chiefly Ulus.) 
DNLM: WE 17 K01a 1966 Clt. No. 43203 



CLEFT PALATE 

Drllilen, Cecil Mary. The causes and natural 
history of cleft Up and palate [by] Cecil M. 
Drlllien [et al.] With contributions by A, D. R. 
Batchelor [et al.] BalUmore, Williams and 
WUkins, 1868. vlll, 238 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WV 440 D77Bc 1986 Clt. No. 67171 

Grabb, WHUam C, 1928- ad. Cleft lip and 

palate; surgical dental, and speech aspects, by 71 
authors. Edited by William C. Grabb, Sheldon W. 
Rosenateln [and] Kenneth R. Bzoch. [1st ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [c!971] xxxlll, 916 p. 
lllus., port*. ISBN 0-318-32288. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 440 G727e 1971 

Clt. No. 267010 

Morley, Muriel Elisabeth. Cleft palate and 

speech. 7th ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1070. 
XX, 307 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-443-00697-0. U. S. 
publisher: WUUams 6e Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WV 440 M854c 1970 

at. No. 281131 

Morlay, Muriel Elisabeth. Cleft palate and 

speech. 8 th cd. BalUmore, WUUams and 

WUklns, 19C3. xx, 285 p. Ulus. 

DNLM: WV 440 Ml}84c 19G6 Clt. No. 48517 

Ross, Robert B. Cleft Up and palate [by] R. B. 
Rosa [and] M. C. Johnston. With contributions 
by W. K. Lindsay [and] M. O. Hamlen, and in 
consultation with J. D. Nlswander. Baltimore, 
Williams & WUklus, 1072. lx, 319 p. Mux., 
port*. ISBN 0-633-07363-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 440 R825c 1972 

Cit. No. 334726 

Stars, Hlchn.rd Boies, 1915- ed. Cleft palate, 

a multldlscipUne approach, by 19 authors. Edited 
by Rtchara U. Stark. New York, Hoeber [c!968] 
xll, 33& p. lllus. Bibliography: p. 307.339. 
DNLM: WV 4-10 S705c 1983 
MBCO. SUNY: WV 440 S795c 19*8 

Clt. No. 152*12 

Westlait, Harold, 1908- Cleft palate [by] 

Harold WestJake [and] David Rutherford. 
EuHlewood Cliffs, N. J., Prentice-Hall [cl9#8] 
jd, 157 p. Ulus. (Prcntlcc-Hall foundations of 
speech pathology series) 
DNLM: WV 440 W529c 1966 Clt. No. 105773 

-ATLASES 

Kraus, Bertram S 1913- Atlas of 

developmental anatomy of the face, with special 
reference to normal and cleft Up and palate [by] 
Bertram S. Kraus [et al.] New York, Hoeber 
[elSCiJ xi, 378 p. (chiefly Ulus,) 
DNLM: WE 17 K91n 1963 Clt. No- 43203 

-CONGRESSES 

National Institutes of Health. Dental Study 
Section. Congenital anomalies of the face and 

associated structure!. Proceedings of an 
international symposium, camp, and ed. by 
Samuel Pruzansky. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[cl98I] x, 3u5 p. Ulus., ports. Held at 
GatUnburg, Tennessee, on Dec 6-9, 1959. 
Supported by Grant D-940 from the National 
Institute of Dental Research. 
DNLM: WE 70S U58c 1958 Clt. Wo. 7272S 

-ETIOLOGY * 

Lont-acre, J. J, Cleft palate deformation; 
causation and prevention. Springfield, BL, 
Thomas fcl970] xl, 109 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WV 440 LB4fle 1970 Clt. No. 282755 

-PREVENTION 4t CONTROL 

Lonracre, J. J. Cleft palate deformation; 
causation and prevention. Springfield, I1L, 
Thomas [C1970] kL 109 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WV 440 L849C 1970 Clt. No. 262755 

•REHABILITATION 

Sp Hester a bach, D, C, ed. Cleft palate and 
communication, edited by D. C. S pries terabech 
and Dorothy Sherman. New York, Academic 
Press, 1968. xv, 291 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WV 440 5769c 1968 Clt- No. 142*43 



45 



CLOMIPHENE 



CLOMIPHENE 

•THERAPEUTIC D3K 

Shearman, Rodney P. Induction of ovulation. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl969J a I, 14! p. 
illus. (American lecture series, no. 747. American 
lecture* In living chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 540 S5391 1969 

Cit No. 310607 

CLOSTRIDIUM INFECTIONS 

Willis, Allan Trevor. Clostridia of wound 
Infection. London, Butter worth [cl9«9] lx, 
490 p. illus. SBN 407-13730-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 255 W735c 1969 

Cit. No. 244355 

CLUBFOOT 

Frlpp, Alfred T. Club-foot [by] Alfred T. Frlpp 
[and] Norman E. Shaw, Edinburgh, Llvlngitone, 
1967. vlll, 122 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WE 883 F915e 1M7 at. No. U2563 

Hanser, Emll Daniel William, 1R97- 
Congenital clubfoot. Sprlngrfleld, III., Thomas 
[C1S55] vl(, 94 p. Ului. 
DNLM: WE 883 H37«e 1966 Clt. No. 41017 

LeNolr, lames L, 1917- Congenital 

Idiopathic talipes. Springfield, III., Thomaa 
[ci968] xlv, 354 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WE 883 L569o 1968 Clt. No. 70475 



COENZYMES 

Vitamin* and coeaxymet. Edited by Donald B. 
McCnrrr.icic acd Lemuel D. Wright. New York, 
Academic Press, 1970- v. Ulna. (Method! in 
enzymology, v, 18) 
DNLM: Wl ME9813K v.18 Clt. No. 275257 

COGNITION 

Berger, Milton Miles, 1918- ed. Videotape 

techniques in psychiatric training and treatment. 
New York, Brunner-Maxel [el97Q] xv, 301 p. 
lllua. SBN 87530-024-7. Bibliographies: p. 
250-278. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WM 18 B495v 1970 

Clt. No. 254334 

Staats, Arthur W. Learning, language, and 
cognition; theory, research, and method for the 
study of human behavior and lis development. 
New York, Holt, Rinehart and Winston [C1968] 
xvtl, 614 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: LB 1051 S775L 1968 C1L No. 182175 

-CONGRESSES 

Imagery; current cognitive approaches. Edited by 
Sydney Joels on Segal. New York, Academic 
Press. 1971. xlli, 137 p. Illus. Papers 
presented at a conference entitled "The adaptive 
function of imagery" held June 5, 1970, at the 
Graduate Center of the City University of New 
York. 
DNLM: BF,367 131 1970 Cit. No. 324613 

-IN INFANCY at CHILDHOOD 

Center for Cognitive Studies. Studies in cognitive 

growth; a collaboration at the Center for 
Cognitive Studies [by] Jerome S. Bruner [et al.] 
New York, Wiley [1988] xvlll, 343 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 105 C397s 1966 Clt. No. 71445 

COLITIS, ULCERATIVE 

Barren, Jacob Arnold, 1894- Chronic 

ulcerative colitis; a lifelong study. Springfield, 
111.. Thomaa [cl989] xl, 123 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 522 B251ed 1969 

Ot. No. 172036 

tTlceratlr* colitis (by] 1. C. QoUgber [et aL) With 
a chapter on pathology by B. C. Morton. 
Baltlmore, Williams and Wilkin* [1968] vii, 365 
p. Ulus. SBN: 7020-0244-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: Wl 522 USB 1968 Clt. No. 174611 

-PATHOLOGY 

Mottct, Norman Katie, 1914- 
Hlstopathologtc spectrum of regional enteritis and 
ulcerative colltl*. Philadelphia, Saunder*, 1971. 
xlv, 249 p. Ulus. (Major problem* In pathology, 
v. 2) ISBN 0-7218-6570-5. 
DNLM: Wl MA492X v. I 1971 
MBCO: QY 4 M234 v.t 1971 at. No. 253300 



46 



-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Turnbnli, Rnpert B., 1913- Atlas of 

intestinal stomas [by] Rupert B. Turnbnli, Jr. 
[and] Frank L. Weakley. St. Loula, Mosby 
IC1907] xli, 207 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WI 17 T943a 1967 Clt. No. 110416 

COLLAGEN DISEASES 

Bennett, J. Claude, comp. Vista* In connective 
ti**ue diaeaae*. Springfield, lit, Tboma* [cl987] 
xl, 314 p. illus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WD 375 B47Iv 1968 

at. No. 154762 

Copeman, William Sydney Charles, 1900- ed. 

Textbook of the rheumatic diseases. 4th ed. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone [clS-39] ill, 959 p. 
llius. SBN 443-00130-8. U. S. publisher: 
William* & WUkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY; WE 140 C782te 1969 

Clt. No. 178443 

Goldlng, Douglas N. A synopsis of rheumatic 
diseases. Baltimore, William* & Wilkin* [clSOfl] 
vill, 1S2 p. Imprint on mounted label. 
Original publisher: Wright, Bristol, 1938. 
DNLM: WE 140 G619s 1968 Cit. No. 70050 

-FAMILIAL * GENETIC 

McKosick, Victor Aim on, 1021- Heritable 

disorders of connective tissue. 3d ed, St. 
Louis, Mosby, lUo. xviti, 499 p. Illus., port. 
DNLM: WD 375 M159h 1988 Cit. No, 45S84 

COLLATERAL CIRCULATION 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Strandl'.ess, D. E., 192S- cd. Collateral 

circulation in clinical surgery. Edited by D. E. 
Strandne**, Jr., with conlributlom by John H. 
[sic) Atesne [et al.] Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1B89. xiv, 633 p. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 103 SB97c 1969 

Clt. No. 171722 

COLON 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Dreyfuss, Jack R. Radiologic examination of the 
colon {by] J. R, Dreyfusa [and] Al. L. Janower. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wiiklns, 1S39. vtii, 929 
p. Illus. Reprinted from a section of Golden'* 
Diagnostic radiology. Section 5, edited by L. R. 
Robblns. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 520 D778r 1969 

at. No. 227141 

-SURGERY 

Conn, Isidore, 1885- Intestinal antisepsis. 

Springfield, III., Tboma* [1988] xlli, 245 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 430 C6781 19*8 

Clt. No. 171056 

Ottlnger, Leslie W.. 1931- Fundamentals of 

colon surgery. Boston, Little, Brown [cl974] 
xl, 274 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-316-66324. 



COLOSTOMY 

-POPULAR WORKS 

Happenle, Sylvene Dillon. Colostomy; a second 
chance. Springfield, HL, Thomas [cl9*8] vilL 
85 p. 
DNLM: WI 520 H252e 1968 at. No. 136247 



COLPOSCOPY 



CopplMon, Malcolm. Colposcopy; a scientific and 
practical approach to the cervix In health and 
disease, by Malcolm Coppjeson, Ellis Plxley [and] 
Bevan Reid. Springfield, III., Tboma* [cl971] 
xl, 346 p, lllu*. (American lecture aeries, aa. 
799. American lecture* in gynecology and 
obstetrics) Bibliography: p. 293-323. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 480 C785C 1971 

Clt. No. 274360 

FraBgenbeim, Hans, Laparoscopy and culdoacopr 

In gynecology; textbook and atlas. London, 
Butterworth, 1972. 109 p. Mu*. ISBN 
0-407-90100-0. Translation of Die Laparaskople 
und die Kuldoakopie In der Gyaakologle. 



DNLM, SUNY: WI 520 0893f 1974 



Cit. No. 4O6OG0 



COLONIC DISEASES 



Morton, Basil C, ed. Diseases of the colon, 
rectum and anus, London, Heinemann {1969] 
xlli, 314 p. lllu*. (Tutorial* ii postgraduate 
medicine, v. 1) SBN 433-223S0-4. 
DNLM: Wl TU989 v.l 1969 Clt No, 234580 

TBI* It, Robert, ed. Diseases of the colon and 
anorectum. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1969. 2 v. lllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 400 T9S4d 1969 

Clt, No, 215817 

COLONIC NEOPLASMS 

Burdette, Walter James, 1915- ed. 

Carcinoma of the colon and antecedent ' 
epithelium. Springfield, 111., Thoma* [cl970] 
xv, 375 p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: Wl 520 B951C 1870 

at- No. 271384 



DNLM: WP 141 F827L 1971 
-ATLASES 



at. No. S64157 



Kolstad, Per. Atlas of colposcopy [by] Per 

Kolstad [and] Adolf Stafl. Baltimore, University 

Park Press [cl972] 146 p. Illus. 1SUN 

0-8391-0537-1. 

DNLM: WP 17 KSla 1972 Clt. No. 344052 

COMA 

•DIAGNOSIS 

Plum, Fred, 1924- The diagnosis of stupor 

and coma {by] Fred Plum and Jerome B. Posner. 
Philadelphia, Davl* [C1963] x, 197 p. lllu*. 
(Contemporary neurology series, I) 
-- --• Another copy. 

WB 182 P734d 1966 
DNLM: Wl C0769N v.l 1966 Clt. No. 115547 

Plum, Fred, 1924- The diagnosis of stupor 

and coma [by] Fred Plum [and] Jerome B. 
Posner. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Davis [c!972] 
lx, 2J6 p. Ul'ia. (Contemporary neurology series, 
v. 10) ISBN 0-8038-6991-7. Bibliography: p. 
241-75. 

DNLM: Wl C0789N v.10 1972 
MBCO: WL 100 C761 v,10 1972 
XNLM: {WB 182 P734d 19T2] at. No. 342073 



COMMON COLD 

Tyrrell, D. A. J. Common colds and related 
disease*. London, Arnold [1965] vii, 197 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WC 510 T993c 1965 Clt. No. 52407 

COMMUNICABLE DISEASE CONTROL 

American Public Health Association. Coordinating 
Committee on Laboratory Helhods. Diagnostic 
procedures for bacterial, mycotic and parasitic 
infections; technics for the laboratory diagnosis 
and control of the communicable diseases- 
Howard L Bodily, editor, Elaine L. Updyke, 
coed i tor and Jainrrs O. ilasoa, associate editor. 
5th ed. New York. American Public Health 
Assn., 1970. xlv, BP8 p. illus. SBN 
87553-0^5-9. Earlier eds. issued by the: 
association's Subcommittee on Diagnostic 
Procedures and Reagent*, with title: Diagnostic 
procedure.- and recent*. 
DNLM, MLCO: QY 25 A512d 1970 

at. No. 255737 

America! PnbUc Health AasociaUon. Program 
Area Committee oa Communicable Diseases. 
Control of communicable diseases In man; an 
official report. Abram S. Benenson, editor. 
lltb ed. New York, 1970. rx, 316 p. SBN 
87553-054-0. 10th ed. prepared by the 
association's Committee on Communicable Disease 
Control. 
DNLM. SUNY: WC 100 A512c 1970 

at No. 242420 

Cockbum, Aldan, ed. Infectious disease*; their 
evolution snd eradication. Springfield, HL, 
Thomas [c!967] xvi, 402 p. illus. 
DNLM: WC 100 C6851 1967 at. No. 135054 



c 






COMMUNITY HEALTH 









National Communicable Dlitut Center. Isolation 

technique* for use In hospitals. Atlanta [For 
Sale by the Supt, of Doc*., U. S. Govt. Print. OH., 
Wa*nlngton, 1970] vltl, 87 p. (Public Health 
Service publication, no. 2054) 5 laolatlon or 
precaution door signs Inter ted In pocket at end 
of book. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WA 110 N2771 1970 

Cat. No. 253364 

•HIS TORT 

Wright, Wtllard Hall, IBM- 40 yean of 

tropical medicine research; a hlitory of the 
Gorgaa Memorial Inatltute of Tropica] and 
Preventive Medicine, Inc., and the Gorgaa 
Memorial Laboratory. Washington, 1970. xll, 
426 p. 111m., porta. Bibliography: p. 333-394. 

DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WC 24 G667W 1970 

Clt. No. 310105 

COMMUNICABLE DISEASES 

Coekburn, Aldan, ed. Infeetiou* dl*eases; their 
evolution and eradication. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [cl9S7] xvl, 40! p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WC 100 C6851 1987 Clt. No. 135050 

Krngman. Saul, 1911- Infection* disease* 

of children and adult* [by] Saul Krugman [and] 
Robert Ward. 5th ed. St. Louts, Moaby, 1973. 
x, 494 P. lllu*. ISBN 0-8016-2783-0. Earlier 
ed. ha* title: Infeetiou* disease* of children. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 100 K931 1973 

Clt. No. 360627 

Mudd, Stuart, 1893- ed. Infectious agent* 

and host reaction*. Philadelphia, Sa under*, 
1970. xlv, 625 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO: QW 504 M9431 1970 

Clt. No. 227170 

Top, Franklin Henry, 1903- Communicable 

and Infeetiou* dt*ea»e«; diagnosis, prevention, 
treatment. 8th ed. St. Loula, Mosby, 1968. 
xvli, 755 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, MBCo: WC 100 T673C 1988 

Clt. No. 157603 

-COMPLICATIONS 

Conference on Prevention of Mental Retardation 
through Control of Infections Diseases, Cherry 
Hill, N. J„ 1908. The prevention of mental 
retardation through control of Infectious disease*; 
proceedings. [Edited by] Helm F, Elchenwald. 
Bethesda, Md., National Institute of Child Health 
and Human Development; [for sale by the Supt. 
of Doc*., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington, 
196E] JU, 398 p. ilius. (Public Health Service 
publication, no. 1692) Sponsored by the 
National Institute of Child Health and Human 
Development and other agencies. 
DNLM: WS 107 C748p 1966 Ctt. No. 137158 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on Prevention of Mental Retardation 
through Control of Infections Diseases, Cherry 
Hill, N. J., 1966. The prevention of mental 
retardation through control of Infectious disease*; 
proceedings. [Edited by] Helm F. Elchenwald. 
Bethcsda. Md., National Institute of Child Health 
and Human Development; [for sale by the Supt. 
of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington, 
1963] xl, 398 p. Ulus, (Public Health Service 
publication, no. 16S2) Sponsored by the 
National Institute of Child Health and Human 
Development and other agencie*. 
DNLM: WS 107 C748p 1966 Ctt. No. 13715* 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Cobb*, C. Glenn, 1934- Infectious diseases 

case studies; a compilation of 50 case hlatorle* 
related to Infectious diseases, by C. Glenn Cobbs 
and Frank M. Griffin, Jr. Flushing, N. Y.. 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., 01971. 142 p. 
lllu*. ISBN 0-87488-011-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 18 C0541 1971 

Clt. No. 272051 

•Of INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Kmgmam, Saul. 1911- Infeetiou* disease* 

of children [by] Saul Krugman [and] Robert 
Ward. 4 th ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1968. xl, 
428 p. 11 Jus, 
DNLM: WC 100 KS31 1968 at. No. 141240 



-IN PREGNANCY 

Charles, David, 1924- ed. Obstetric and 

perinatal Infections, edited by David Charles and 
Maxwell Finland. Philadelphia, Lea A Feblgcr, 
1973. XV. 652 p. lltui. ISBN 0-H 121-0369-8. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WQ 240 C475o 1973 

Clt. No. 362654 

•NURSING 

Johnston, Dorothy P. Essentials of communicable 
disease with nursing principles. St. Loula, 
Mosby, 1968. Ix, 400 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 153 J72e 1968 

Clt. No. 164253 

Land on, John Fitch, 1805- Communicable 

disease* [by] Landon and Sider. 9th ed., rev. 
by Shirley T, Morrison J and] Carolyn R. Arnold. 
Philadelphia, Davis [1553] xlv, 559 p. lllu*. 
DNLM. SUNY: WY 153 L259c 1969 

Clt. No. 221867 

•OCCURRENCE 

Mapping of Disease (MOD) Project, 

Computerized mapping of disease and 
environmental data; a report of the Mapping of 
Disease (MOD) Project. Prepared by: Howard C. 
Hoops [et al. Washington, Armed Forces 
Institute of Pathology, I96J] 1 v. (various 
paging) Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WC 100 M297C 1989 

Clt. No. 250716 

-PREVENTION Sc CONTROL 

National Research Council. Panel on 
Microbiologics) Problems of Manned Space 
Flijbts, Infection* disease in manned space 
flight; probabilities and countermeasure*. 
Washington, 1970. 211 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: WD 756 N2771 1970 

Clt. No. 250300 

COMMUNICATION 

Committee on Scientific and Technical 

Communication. Scientific and technical 
communication; a pressing national problem and 
recommendation* for its solution. A report by 
the Committee on Scientific and Technical 
Communication nf the National Academy of 
Sciences- National Academy of Engineering. 
Washington, 1S69. xili, SS2 p. (National 
Academy of Sciences. Publication 1707) 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: Q 223 C734S 1969 

Clt. No. 310247 

Hawkins, Clifford Frank. Speaking and writing in 

medicine; the art of communication. 
Springfield. 111. Thomas [C1S87] xvill, 159 p. 
ill us. (American lecture series, no. 685. American 
lectures In living chemistry) 
DNLM; WZ 345 H3S3s 1967 Clt. No. 112116 

Llllywhlte, Herald S. Communication problems in 
mental retardation; diagnosis and management 
[by] Herold S. Lilly white [and] Doris P. Bradley. 
New York. Harper 6c Row [C1969] xlll, 198 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 107 L729c 1969 

Clt. No. 201465 

Montagn, Ashley, 1905- Touching: the 

human significance of the skin. New York. 
Columbia Univ. Press, 1971. vlli, 338 p. lllu*. 
ISBN 0-231-03483-1. Bibliography: p. [293]-324. 
DNLM: WR 102 M758t 1971 Clt. No. 270765 

Verwoerdt, Adriaan, 1927- Communication 

with the fatally til. Springfield. HI, Thomas 
(C1966] xl, 183 p. 
DNLM: W 62 V572c 19W Clt. No. 68144 

-CONGRESSES 

Rutgers Symposium on Drag Abuse, 2d, New 
Brunswick, N. J., 1969. Communication and 
drug abuse; proceedings. Compiled and edited by 
3. R. Wlttenborn, Jean Paul Smith, and Sarah A. 
Wlttenborn. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1970] 
Xlll, 542 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WS RU973 1989c Clt. No. 251445 

•NURSING TEXTS 

Kron, Tbora. Communication In nursing. 
Philadelphia, Saunder*, 1967. vitl, 244 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: P 121 K93c 1967 Clt. No. 87501 



Kron, Thora. Communication In nursing. 2d ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. vlli. £99 p. 
ISBN 0-7216-5521-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: P 121 K9Sc 1972 Clt. No. 314445 

Lewis, Garland X, Nurse-patient communication. 
Dubuque, Brown [cI969] vlli, 93 p. 
(Foundation* of nursing series) 
DNLM. SUNY: WY 87 L»74n 196S 

at. No. 203567 

Locker by, Florence X. Communication for nurses. 
3 ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1988. vlli, 120 p 
DNLM, SUNY: WY B7 L615c 19*8 

Clt. No. 152646 

COMMUNITY HEALTH SERVICES 

•CONGRESSES 

National Health Forum, Washington, D. C, 1970. 
Meeting the crlr.l* in health care services In our 
communities; report. Editor: Harry Milt. New 
York. National Health Council, 1970, 249 p. 
DNLM: W3 NA589 1970m 
MBCO: WA 525 N277m 1970 Ctt. No. 261540 

-CALIFORNIA 

California Student Health Project. California 

Student Health Project, summer 1968, Department 
of Pediatrics, Los Angeles Count y-Unlverstty of 
Southern California Medical Center. Report 
written by Teas W"lner. [Bethesda, Md., Health 
Services and Mental Health Administration, 1969] 
x, 84 p. tllus. Pro]ect supported in full by U. 
S. Division of Regional Medical Programs 
(Contract no. 43.b(i-153-) and Social and 
Rehabilitation Service (Grant no. 53-5132-5437) 
and the Rosenberg foundation. Sponsored by 
the University of Southern California School of 
Medicine. 
DNLM, MBCO. SXT'Y: WA 546 AC2 C14c 1909 

Clt. No. 255501 

-CHICAGO 

Chicago Student Health Project, Chicago Student 

Bcaith Project, summer 1968. Student director: 
Lee Ballade. [Ecthcsda, Md., Health Services 
and Mental Health Administration, 1970] vlfl, 
12'J p. illu.1. Sponsored by Student Health 
Orpanlxattort of Chicago and Presbyter I an-St. 
Luke's Hospital, Project supported In full by 
the Division of Regional Medical Programs, 
Contract no. 43-63-1534. 
DNLM. MBCO: WA AI3.2 C5S9c 1970 

Clt. No. 254501 

■COLORADO 

C<" .rado Stndent Health Project. Colorado 

.undent Health Project, summer 1968. Editor: 
Michael Relff. (Eethecda, Md., Health Services 
and Mental Health Administration, 1970] v, 101 
p. lllus. Sponsored by the Student Health 
Organization of Colorado, In conjunction with the 
University of Colorado Medical Center. Project 
supported in full by the Division of Regional 
Medical Programs (Contract no. 43-68-1528) 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 548 AC6 C8c 1970 

Clt. No. 255244 

-NEW YORK CTTY 

Greater New York Student Health Project. The 

Student Health Project of Greater New York, 
summer 1968. [Bethcsda, Md] Health Services 
and MenUl Health AdmUUstrat .on [1969] vlli, 
155 p. Sponsor*: Albert Einstein College of 
Medicine of Yeshivs University and Monteflore 
Hospital and Medical Center. Project supported 
in full by the Division of Regional Medical 
Program*, Contract no. 43-68-1515. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WA 546 AN7 G5* 1969 

Clt. No. 26714* 

-PENNSYLVANIA 

Philadelphia Undent Health Project. Philadelphia 
Student Health Project, summer 1968. 
[Betbeada. Md.) Health Service* and Mental 
Health Administration [1969] vL 1S3 p. 
Sponsored by the Student Health Organization In 
Philadelphia. Project •imported In full by 
Contract no. 43-08-1533 with the Division of 
Regional Medical Health Programs, Health 
Service* and Mental Health Administration. 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 546 AP4.2 P4S9p 1969 

Clt. No. 155573 



47 



COMMUNITY HEALTH 



-c. s. 

National Health Forum, Washing ton, D. C, 1970. 

Meeting the crisis tn health care services In our 
communities; report. Editor: Harry Mtlt. New 
York. National Health Council, 1870. 249 p. 
DNLM: W3 NA589 1970m 
MBCO: WA 515 N277m 1970 Clt. No. 181540 

COMMUNITY MENTAL HEALTH 
SERVICES 

•EDUCATION • U. S. 

Gold i ton, Stephen E. Mental health training and 
public health manpower, by Stephen E. Golds ton 
and Elena Pad 11 la. Rockvllle, Md„ National 
Institute of Mental Health; [for (ale by the Supt. 
of Doc*., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington] 
1971. x, 294 p. (DHEW publication no. 
(HSM) 72-9024) 
DNLM, MBCO, SONY: WA 18 GS24m 1971 

Clt No. 337050 

COMPLEMENT 

Clba Foundation. Clba Foundation symposium 
[onl complement, ed. by G. E. W. WoUtenholme 
and Julie Knight. Boiton, Little, Brown, 1965. 
xlU, 353 P. illui. 
DNLM: QW 680 C567c 1965 Clt. No. 5355 

.CONGRESSES 

International Sjmposinm on Immunopatholog j, 5th, 
Pasta Ala, 1867. Immu no pathology. 
Mecfcmlsni* of Inflammation Induced by Immune 
reaction*. Edited by Peter A. Mlescher [and] 
Pierre Grabar. New York, Grune & Stratton 
[IK-7J iZ% p. liliu. Sponsored by F. 
Hoffmann-La Roche & Co. et al. Includes 
summary of the WHO Conference on Uae of 
An time tab oil tea In Disease Associated with 
Abnormal immune Response! and the CIOS 
Conference on the Biochemistry of the Acute 
Allergic Reaction!. 
DNLM: W3 IN919 10871 Clt. No. 223420 

COMPREHENSIVE HEALTH CARE 

Conn, Howard Franklin, 190B- ed. Family 

practice. Edited by Howard F. Conn, Robert E. 
Rakel [and] Thomas "".. 1 liiwn Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1973. xxl, 1093 p. Illus. ISBN 
0-7218-2635-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 100 C7S2f 1973 

Clt. No. 351 174 

COMPUTER ASSISTED 
INSTRUCTION 

Caeeres, Cesar Aujtuto, 1927- ed. Clinical 

electrocardiography and computers. Edited by 
Cesar A. Caceres and Leonard S. Drelfus. 
Contributors: J. A. Abtldskov [et al.] New 
York, Academic Press, 1970. xxlx, 171 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 140 C118c 1970 

Clt. No. 255112 

Krleg, Arthur F., 1930- Clinical laboratory 

computerization, by Arthur F. Krleg [et al.) 
Baltimore, University Park Press (C1971] v, 125 
p. illus. ISBN 0-8391-0096-5. 
DNLM: QY 28.5 K92c 1971 Clt, No. 251774 



Llndberg, Donald A. B., 1933- 

coinputer and medical care. 
Thomas [el96S] xl, 210 p. 
DNLM: W 28.5 L742c 1948 



The 
Springfield, 111.. 
Ulus. 

Clt. No. 151558 



MeLarbtan, Gordon, ed. Computers in the service 
of medicine; essays on current research and 
applications, edited by Gordon McLachlan and 
Richard A. Shegog. London, New York, 
Published for the Nuffield Provincial Hospital! 
Trust by the Oxford Univ. Press, 1948. 2 v. 
DNLM, MBCO: WB 28,5 M181c 1988 

at. No. 151240 

Ryan, G. A. Computer assisted medical practice: 
the AMA's role [by] G. A. Ryan {and] K. E. 
Monroe. Chicago, Center for Health Services 
Research and Development, American Medical 
Assn., 1971. Xj 98 p. illus. Bibliography: p. 
91-98. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: W M.5 RB38c 1171 

at. No. 31X143 



Wartak, Josef. Computers In electrocardiography. 
Springfield, III.. Thomas [cl970] xi, 250 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM: WG 140 W296c 1970 at. No. 271355 

-CONGRESSES 

Computers and brains, edited by I. P. Schade' and 
J. Smith. Amsterdam, New York, Elsevier, 1970. 
233 p. illus. (Progress in brain research, v. 33) 
ISBN 0-444-40855-X. Proceedings of a workshop, 
sponsored by the Netherlands Government and 
other agencies. 
DNLM: Wl PR667J v.33 1970 
MBCO: WL 300 P7 v.33 1970 Clt. No. 254571 

Conference on the Use of Computers in Medical 
Education, University of Oklahoma, 19S3. 
Proceedings. Oklahoma City, 1QC8. 105 p. 
Co-sponsored by the U. S. Public Health Service, 
Bureau of Health Manpower and the School of 
Medicine, University of Oklahoma Medlenl Center. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 18 C754p 1968 Cit. No. 150368 

International Meeting on the Use of Composers In 
Radiology, Brussels, ITG3. Computers In 
radiology; procFCrfln?s. Edited by R. De Haene 
[and] A. Wambersie. Bas:>l, New York, Kargor, 
1970. xvtii, 857 p. illus. Issued under the 
auypices of the European Association of 
Radiology. Organized by the Royal Belgian 
Society of Radiology, Supplemontum to the 
Journal belee de radiologic. Text In English, 
French, or German; some summaries in the three 
languages. 
DNLM: WN 28.5 I61c 11)09 Clt. No. 255213 

Medical computing: progress and problems,' the 

proccedlDrs of a conference held at the 
Uciversity of Birmingham, ft-10 Janu.sry 19<!9. 
Editor: F.i. E. Abrar.iis. Louaon, Chatto & 
Windus for the British Computer Society, 1970. 
Ix, SDJ p. Illus. SBN 7211-1575-0. Organized 
by the Medical Specialist GrouD of the British 
Computer Society. 
DNLM: WB 26.5 M489 I9B9 Clt. No. 265512 

Symposium on Computers In Medicine, Blackburn 
Co!Ie;e of Technology and Design. 1S63. 
Proceedings of U;e Symposium on Computers In 
Medicine, held at the. Blackburn College of 
Technology and Design la February, 1933 In 
co-operation with the Institution of Computer 
Sciences. Edited by J. Roeb. London, 
Churchill, 1989, vili, 152 p. Illus. SBN 
7C(T0-i39S-X. 
DNLM, MBCO: WB 28.5 S983p 1988 

Cit. No. 220740 

Workshop on Medical Laboratory Applications of 
Programmable Calculators, Providence Hospital, 

Bo'Uliiiela, Mich., 1SJ9. Mi til computers In the 
clinical laboratory. Edited by Edwin M. Kniphts, 
Jr. Springfield, 111., Thomas [clSTO] xl, 113 
p. Illus. Sponsored by the Pathology Dept. 
and the Research Dept. of Providence Hospital, 
Southficld, Mich. 
DNLM: QY 26.5 W926m 1989 Clt. No. 246010 

World Congress of Psychiatry, 4 th, Madrid, 1966. 
Computers and electronic devices In psychiatry, 
edited by Nathan 5. Kline and Eugene Laska. 
New York, London, Grune & Stratton [cl&63] 
x, 341 p. illus. Mainly papers presented to a 
symposium on the use of electronic devices In 
psychiatry during the fourth World Congress of 
Psychiatry held in Madrid, Spain, on Sept. 10th 
and 11th, 1968. 
DNLM: WM 28.5 W927C 1966 Clt. No. 144707 

-ENCYC. 

Jordaln, Philip B., ed. Condensed computer 
encyclopedia [edited by] Philip B. Jordaln [and] 
Michael Breslau. New York, McGraw-Hill 
[C1969] xv, 605 p. illus. 
DNLM: 2 699 J82c 1989 Cit. No. 221772 

-INDEXES 

National Library of Medicine. Automation or use 
of computers In laboratory diagnosis; recent 
literature. Jan. 1968-Apr. 1970. 419 citations. 
[Belhesda, Md.] 1970. 21 p. (National Library 
of Medicine literature search, no. 70-30) 
DNLM: ZW 1 N272 no.70-30 at. No. 255777 



Turner, Arch H., ed. Computers In medicine: 
bibliography. Arch H. Tamer, Jr., and Dean A. 
Schmidt, editors. Columbia, Mo., 1968. 131, M 
p. Supported in part by USPHS grant no. 
Ca-O6263-05. National Cancer Institute. Published 
Jointly by Dept. of Radiology and the Medical 
Center Library, School of Medicine, Univ. of 
Missouri. 
DNLM: Z 699 T944c 1968 at. No. 103377 

■UTIUZATION 

Wled, George L., ed. Automated cell 
identification and cell sorting. Contributors: 
Gunter F. Bahr [et al.] Edited by George L- 
Wled and Gunter F. Bahr. New York, Academic 
Press, 1970. Xl, 403 p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 26.5 W«42a 1970 

Cit. No. 265134 

•UTILIZATION - ABSTRACT! 

Allen, Rath, comp. An annotated bibliography of 
biomedical computer applications. [ Washington, 
19S3] 213 p. Prepared by the Interunlverslty 
Communications Council, inc. (EDUCOM) for the 
National Library of Eledlclne under Contract no. 
PH-43-S7-1152. Ovor 9CO reference* to 
monographic and Journal literature about the use 
of computers in biology and medicine. Emphasis 
In the annotations Is on computer applications, 
rather than on methods and recalls generally 
common to authors' abstracts. Entries arranged 
by topics under bibliographies, monographs, and 
articles. Author, subject indexes. 
DNLM, MECO. SUNY: ZW 26.5 A428a 1969 

at. No. 204400 

COMPUTERS 

Ludwljr, Herbert, 1939- Computer 

applications and techniques In clinical medicine. 
New York, Wiley [cl974] x, 317 p. illus. 
(Stanford series on methods and techniques In 
the clinical bsboratu.y) ISBN 0-471-55356-5. A 
Wiley biomedlcal-h.ialth publication. 

DNLM, SUNY: W 26.5 L948C 1974 

at. No. 425518 

COMPUTERS, DIGITAL 

Krssnoff, Sidney O., 1913- Computer* In 

medicine; a primer for the practicing physician. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [el9«7] xill, 128 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM: W 20.5 K91c 1987 Clt. No. 117767 

CONNECTIVE TISSUE 

Bennett, J. Claude, comp. Vistas In connective 
tissue diseases. Springfield, ILL, Thomas [cl987] 
t' 314 p. Illus. 
,WLH, SUNY: WD 375 B471v 1983 

at. No. 154782 

McKntlck, Victor Aim on, 1921- Heritable 

disorders of connective tissue. 3d ed- SL 
LouU, Mosby, 1956. xvill, 499 p. illus., port. 
DNLM: WD S75 M159h 1968 at. No. 45344 

Schubert, Maxwell. A primer on connective 
tissue biochemistry [by] Maxwell Schubert [and] 
David Hamerman. Philadelphia, Lea At Feblger, 

leta. xiu, 317 p. iiius. 

DNLM, MBCO: QS 533 S343p 1968 

Cit. No. 154457 

Wagner, Bernard M., 1928- ed. The 

connective tissue, by 30 author? . Ed. by Bernard 
M. V, r agner and David E. Smith. Baltimore, 
Williams & YtTLkins, 1BS7. xl, 408 p. Ulu*. 
(International Academy of Pathology. 
Monographs In pathology, no. 7) 
DNLM: Wl IN701 no.7 1987 Clt. No. 104535 

-PATHOLOGY 

Gardner, Durald Lindsay. Pathology of the 



connective tissue diseases. 
A- WLlklns, 1965. X, 458 p. 
DNLM: WE 140 GZ26p 1945 

-PHYSIOLOGY 



BaJ Imore, William* 
lltua., ports- 

at. No. 4X503 



The 



Frost, Harold Maurice, 1921- 
phytlology of cartilaginous, fibrous, and bony 
tissue. Springfield, III., Thomas [el 972) xll, 
249 p. Illus. (His Orthopaedic lectures, v. 1) 
ISBN 0-398-02582-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 200 F939p 1971 

CTL No. 151133 



4S 









CONSCIOUSNESS 

Association (or Research In Nervous and Mental 
Disease. Sleep and altered states of 
consciousness; proceed lnga of the association, 
December 3 and 4, 1965, New York, N. Y. 
t Editors: Seymour S. Kety. et al.) Baltimore, 
WilUama and Wllklns, 1967. xli, SSI p. Ulus. 
(Its Research publication*, v. 45) 
DNLM: Wt AS4B1 v.45 1967 Clt. No. 112430 

Roaenneld, Israel. Freud: character and 
consciousness; a study of Freud's theory of 
unconscious motives. New York, University 
Book* [C1970] 190 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WZ 100 R889RS 1970 

Clt. No. 346441 

CONTACT LENSES 

Hartstetn, Jack, 1914- Questions and 

answers on contact lens practice. 2d ed. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1973. xv, 254 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8018-1088-0. 
DNLM. SUNY: WW 355 B575q 1973 

Clt. No. 373513 

M and ell, Robert B. Contact lens practice: basic 
and advanced. Springfield, 111,, Thomas [cl965] 
Xli. 471 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 355 M171c 1945 Clt. No. 16412 

-CONGRE3SE8 

Contact Lena Seminar, 5th, Ohio State University, 
1970. Symposium on the flexible lens; the 
future of flexible lenses vs. rigid lenses. 
Co-editors: Joseph L. Bitonte [and] Richard H. 
Keates. Assistant editor: A. Joseph Bitonte. 
St. Louis, Mocby, 1971. xlv. 241 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-8016-0632-9. Sponsored by the Ohio 
State University College of Medicine, Dept. of 
Ophthalmology and Center for Continuing Medical 
Education. 

DNLM: W3 C097BSK 1970s 
MBCO: WW 355 C759 1970s 
SUNY: WW 355 C769s 1970 
XNLM: [WW 355 C759s 1B70J Clt. No. 327710 

International Congress on Corneal and Scleral 
Contact Lenses, Houston, Tex., l^SB. Corneal 
and scleral contact lenses; proceedings of ihe 
International Congress. Louis J. Glrard, editor; 
Joseph W. Soper, associate editor; Carleen Gunn, 
assistant editor. St. Louis, Mosby. 1867, xlx, 
512 p. Ulus, Sponsored by the Dept. of 
Ophthalmology, Baylor University College of 
Medicine and The Eyes of Texas, Inc., Sight 
Foundation. Distributed In Great Britain by 
Henry Klmpton, London. 
DNLM, MBCO: WW 355 Ifllc 19*6 

Cit, No. 130320 

Soft contact tenses; symposium and workshop of 
the University of Florida, Gainesville. Edited by 
Antonio R, Gasset [and] Herbert E, Kaufman. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. xv, 323 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-8016-1757-X. 
DNLM: WW 355 S681 1972 Cit. No. 340440 

Symposium on Contact Lenses, New Orleans, 1972. 
Symposium on Contact Lenses [by] Cheater J. 
Black [et ai.] St. Louis. Mosby, 1973. x, 296 
p. Ulus., ports, (New Orleans Academy of 
Ophthalmology. Transactions, 1972) ISBN 
("-{1016-3578-0. 21st annual session of the New 
Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology. 

DNLM: WS NEB72 1971 
SUNY: WW 355 S939s 1972 
XNLM: [WW 355 S989s 1972] 

-STAT. 



CONTRACEPTION 



Cit. No. 353320 






National Center for Health Statistics. 

Characteristics of persons with corrective lenses, 
Unlte&Btate*. July 1965- June 1966. Statistics on 
persons aged 3 years and over by selected 
demographic characteristics, age when corrective 
lenses were first obtained, type of prescription, 
usage, and source of examination if examined in 
past 2 years. Based on data collected in 
household Interviews during the period July 
1965- June 1966. Washington, Health Services 
and Mental Health Administration; [for sale by 
the Supt. of Boca., U. S. Govt. Print. Off.] 1969. 
iv. 44 p. Ulus. (Vital and health statistics. Ser. 
10: Data from the National Health Survey, no. 53} 
Public Health Service publication, no. 1000-Ser. 
10-no. 53. 
DNLM: Wl A N148v) no.53 1M9 at. No, 205365 



Calderone, Mary Stelchen, 1904- ed. Manual 

of family planning and contraceptive practice. 
Id ed. Baltimore, Williams & Wllklna, 1970. 
xvll, 475 p. Ulus. SBN 6K3-01S10-6. 1st ed. 
has title: Manual of contraceptive practice. 
DNLM, MBCO, SONY: WP 630 C146m 1970 

at. No. 256736 

Hubbard, Charles William. FamUy planning 
education; parenthood and social disease control. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1973. xlll, 173 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-8016-2297-2. 
DNI*M, SUNY: WP 630 H875f 1973 

Cit. No. 346404 

Feet, John. Textbook of contraceptive practice, 
by John Peel and Malcolm Potts. Cambridge, 
University Press, 19tS9. xli. 296 p. Ulus. 
SBN 521-0751S-7. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WP 630 P374t 1969 

Clt. No. 206034 

CONTRACEPTIVE DEVICES 

Jackson, Harold. Antlfertility compounds in the 

male and female; development, actions and 
applications of chemicals affecting the 
reproductive processes of animals, insects and 
msii. Springfield, 111., Thomas [1966] xvii, 214 
p. Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 631. 
American lectures In living chemistry) 
DNLM: QV 177 J12a 19SS Clt. No. 50262 

CONTRACEPTIVES, ORAL 



Lednlcer, Daniel, ed. 

control of fertility 
Xlv, 289 p. Ulus, 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 177 L473c 1969 



Contraception; the chemical 
New York, Dekker, 1909. 



Cit. No. 235103 

Wharton, Lawrence Richardson, 1887- The 

ovarian hormones; safety of the pill, bablea after 
fifty, Springfield, HI., Thomas [cl967] xlll, 
319 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 520 W554o 1967 at. No. 138263 

-ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Uterine contraction; side effect* of steroidal 
contraceptives. Edited by John 11. Josimovich. 
New York, WUey [cia?3] x, 385 p. Ulus. 
(Problems of human reproduction: a 
Wtiey-Intersclence series, v. 1) ISBN 
0-471-45090-1. A Wlley-Intersclence pubUcatlon. 

DNLM, SUNY: WP 400 U89 1973 



Cit. No. 354244 



-CONGRESSES 



Conference on the Metabolic Effects of Gonadal 
Hormones and Contraceptive Steroids, Boston, 

1968. Metabolic effecta of gonadal hormones 
and contraceptive steroids. Edited by HUton A. 
Salhanlek, David M. Klpnls rand J Raymond L. 
Vande Wiele. New York, Plenum Press, 1909. 
xx ix, 762 p. Ulus. Sponsored by the National 
institute of Child Health and Human 
Development and the Center for Population 
Studies of the Harvard University School of 
Public Health and conducted pursuant to Contract 
no. PH-43-68-1456 with the National Institutes of 
Health, Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 177 C748m 1968 

Cit. No- 222157 

-PHARMACODYNAMICS 

Conference on the Metabolic Effects of Gonadal 
Hormones and Contraceptive Steroids, Boston, 
1963. Metabolic effects of gonadal hormones 
and contraceptive steroids. Edited by HUton A. 
Saihanick, David M. Kipnls [and] Raymond L. 
Vande Wiele. New York. Plenum Press, 1969. 
xxix, 762 p. Ulus. Sponsored by the National 
Institute of Child Health and Human 
Development and the Center for Population 
Studies of the Harvard University School of 
PubUc Health and conducted pursuant to Contract 
no. PH-43-63-1459 with the National Institutes of 
Health, Dept. of Health, Education and Welfare. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 177 C748m 1968 

at. No. £22157 

Klitner, Robert William, 1917- The use of 

progestins In obstetrics and gynecology. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers [cl969] 
151 p. Utus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 520 K61u 1969 

at. No. 234m 



CORNEA 



CONVALESCENCE 

Covalt, Nils Klrkpatrlck, 1905- Bed 

exercises for convalescent patients. Springfield, 
ill., Thomas [el96S] xv, 228 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WB 541 C873b 1968 at. No. 146530 

CONVULSIONS 

-IN INFANCY AND CHILDHOOD 

Lennox- Bach thai, Margarrt A., 1913- 

FebrUe convulsions; a reappraisal. Amsterdam, 

New York, Elsevier, 1973. x, 138 p. Ulus. 

(Electroencephalography and clinical 

neurophysiology. Supplement, no. 33) ISBN 

0-444-4 102S-0. Bibliography: p. 121-132. 

Summary In French. 

DNLM: Wl EL3251 no.32 1973 

XNLM: [WS 340 L563f 1973] at- No. 346146 

COOKERY 

Cooper, Leans Frasees, 1884- Nutrition in 

health and disease. 15th ed. by Mitchell [et al.] 
Philadelphia, Toronto, Llpplncott [cl968J xv, 
685 p. Ulus. Distributed in Great Britain by 
Pitman Medical Publishing Co., London. 
DNLM: WB 4fl0 C777n 1968 Cit. No. 137464 

Kllnger, Judith Lannefeld, comp. Mealtime 
manual for the aged and handicapped. Compiled 
by the Institute of Rehabilitation Medicine, New 
Yorlt University Medical Center: Judith Lannefeld 
KUnger, Fred H. Frieden [and] Richard A. 
S:tlUvan. New York [Easandeas Special 
Editions, C1B70] xli, 242 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-671.lltf.M-6. 
DNLM: TX 652 K65m 1970 at. No. 307050 

COOKING AND EATING UTENSILS 

Kilns er, Jcdlth Lannefeld, comp. Mealtime 
manual for the aged and handicapped. Compiled 
by the Intitule of ^hablUlation Medicine, New 
York University Meuical Center: Judith Lannefeld 
Klin ser, Fred H. Frieden [and] Richard A. 
Sullivan. New York [Essandess Special 
Ed! tic nu, C1970J xli, 212 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-67MM6I-6. 
DNLM: TX 652 K65m 1970 at. No. 307050 

COPYRIGHT 

FlipeL Harriet F. A copyright guide, by Harriet 
F. PUpel and Morton David Goldberg. [4th ed.] 
New York, R. R. Bowker Company In co-operation 
with the Copyright Society of the U- S.A., 1969. 
40 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: Z 642 P643c 1969 at. No. 203500 

CORNEA 

G" inn, Merrill, 1919- Manual of diseases 

ut the cornea, [by] Merrill Grayson [and] Richard 
H. Keates. Boston, Little, Brown [C1969] x, 
311 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 220 G784m 1969 

Clt. No. 224365 

Blocker, Frederick W., 1893- The 

endothelium of the cornea and Its clinical 
implications. 2d ed. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1971] vil, 250 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WW 220 S864e 1971 

at. No. 274275 

-ABNORMALITIES * 

Alkemade, F. F. H. Dysgenesia mesodermal!* of 
the Iris and the cornea; a study of Rleger's 
syndrome and Peters' anomaly. Assen, Van 
Gorcum, 1969. xi, 206 p. Ulus. Bibliography: 
p. 179-192. 
DNLM, MBCO: WW 240 A415d 1969 

at No. 315501 

-ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY 

The Cornea; macromolecolar orgajnxaUoa of a 
coaiBjectlve tissue; papers from a ymposlum held 
in Kyoto, Japan, 1967 under the auspices of the 
Dept. of Ophthalmology, Osaka University. 
Director: Takaahl Mlsukawa. Edltsd by Mauri es 
E. Lang ham. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press 
[C1969] ix, 239 p. Ulus. SBN 8018-1055-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 120 C813 1967 

Cit. No. 337014 



49 



■-- . ■ sjLs^p. isj ii s ij m ,K 



CORNEA 






■coNomsu 

The Cornea; uuronoltcilu organization of a 
connrctlve tissue; papers from a symposium held 
In Kyoto, Japan, 1987 under the auspice* of the 
Dept. of Ophthalmology, Osaka University. 
Dlr.-etor: TakashI Mlzokawa. Edited by Maurice 
E. Langham. Baltimore, John* Hopkins Press 
[eI969] la, 339 p. Ulus. SBN 6018-1055-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 220 C813 1987 

Clt. No. 137014 

later- Americas Symposium on Corneal and 
External Diseases of the Eye, 1st, Gainesville, 
Fli., 1569. Corneal sod external diseases of the 
eye; compiled and edited by Frank M. Polack. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] xvi, 383 p. 
lllus. Sponsored by the Department of 
Ophthalmology of the University of Florida. 
Summaries In Spanish. 
DNLM: W3 INUB8G IMS* 
MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 158* 1969 

Clt. No. 2553*4 

International Corneo-Flastic Conference, 2d, 
London, 1987. Corneo-plaatlc surgery; 
proceedings. Dedicated to the memory of Sir 
Benjamin Rycroft. Edited by P. V. Rycroft; 
Incorporating the Pockilngton memorial lecture, 
19S7. [lit ed,} Oxford. New York, Pergamon 
Press [1989] xl, 828 p. illus., ports. SBN 
08-01S31S-S. 

DNLM: W3 IN8857 1967c 
MBCO: WW 220 181c 1989 Clt. No. 217700 

Symposium on the Cornea, New Orleans, 1971. 
Symposium on the Cornea [by] Ramon 
Castrovlejo [et al.] St. Louis, Moiby, 1972. x, 
308 p. Ulus., ports. (New Orleans Academy of 
Ophthalmology. Transactions, 1972) ISBN 
0-83I8-36S2-3. 
DNLM: W3 NE873 1971 
MBCO, SUNY: WW 220 S989* 1B71 

Clt. No. 320211 

World Congress on the Cornea. 1st, Washington, 
D. C, 1964. The Cornea World Congress; papers 

presented. Ed. by John Harry King, Jr. and John 
W. McTlgue. Washington, Butterworth, 1985. 
xxvl, 754 p. lllus, 
DNLM: W3 WOS435 1965c Clt. No. 38707 

-SURGERY 

Internationa] Cornea-Plastic Conference, 3d, 
London, 1987. C or neo- plastic surgery; 
proceedings. Dedicated to the memory of Sir 
Benjamin Rycroft. Edited by P. V. Rycroft; 
Incorporating the Pockilngton memorial lecture, 
1967. [1st ed,] Oxford. New York, Pergamon 
Preas [1B69J xl, 828 p. Ulus., ports. SBN 
03-013013-5. 

DNLM: W3 IN6857 1887c 
MBCO; WW 220 181c 1989 Clt. No. 217700 

Btoeker, Frederick W„ 1893- The 

endothelium of the cornea and Its clinical 
Implications. 2d ed. Springfield, III., Thomas 
tei971) vll, 150 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WW 220 S8«4e 1971 

Clt. No. 274275 

-SURGERY ■ ATLASES 

Castroriejo, Ramon, 1904- Atlas of 

keratectomy and keratoplasty. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1988. xlx, 462 p. Ulus., port. 
Translation of Atlas de queratectomias y 
queratoplastlaa. 
DNLM: WW IT C355a 1988 Clt. No. 50538 



-TRANSPLANTATION 

Casey, T. A, ed. Corneal grafting. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofu [cl972] xl. 340 p. 
Ulus., Dorts, ISBN 0-407-13945-1. 
DNLMFmBCO: WW iM CS38* 1972 

Clt No. 322573 

Symposium en Suppression of Graft Rejection with 
Emphasis on the Cornea, Little Rock, Ark., 1985. 
(Proceedings]. Ed. by Calvin Hanoa. Baltimore, 
Williams 8c Wllklns, 1988. p. 391-558. lllus. 
Sponsored by Visual Sciences Study Section, 
National Institutes of Health and Dept. of , 

Pharmacology, Univ. of Arkansas Medical Center. 
Supported by National Institute of Neurological 
Diseases and Blindness, Conference Grant no. 
-NB-08039-01. Reprinted from Survey of 
ophthalmology, vol; 11, 1988. 

Another copy. (Survey of 

ophthalmology, v. 11, no. 4, pt. 2) 

ZWW 100 S983 v. 11, no. 4 pt. 2 19*8 
DNLM: WW 188 S989p 1985 Clt No. 72757 



£0 



•TRANSPLANTATION - ATLASES 

CastroTleJo, Ramon, 1904- Atlas of 

keratectomy and keratoplasty. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1988. xlx, 482 p. lllus., port. 
Translation of Atlas de queratectomias y 
qu era top last las. 
DNLM: WW 17 C355* 1988 Clt. No. 50538 

CORONARY CARE UNITS 

Meltzer, Lawrence Edward, ed. Textbook of 
coronary care. Editors; Lawrence E. Meltzer 

[and] Arend J. Dunning. Philadelphia, Charles 
Press, 1972. xvill, 320 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-913488-11-8. Bibliography: p. J77SJ-806. 



DNLM: WG 300 M52at 1972 



Clt. No. 388052 



Nursing In cardiovascular diseases. Compiled by 
Edith P. Lewis. New York, American Journal of 
nursing [C1971] x, 340 p. Ulus. (Contemporary 
nursing series) Consists of articles from the 
American Journal of nursing. Nursing research, 
and Nursing outlook. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 158 N973T 1971 

Clt. No. 311223 

White, Barry B., 1931- Therapy In acute 

coronary care. Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers [c!S71] vlil, 158 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8151.9275-4. 
DNLM: WG 300 W582t 1971 Clt. No. 318575 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Acute coronary care [by] Gerald H. Whipple [et 
al.] Boston, Little, Brown [cl972] x, 383 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-318-&3i21. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 158 A1B9 1972 

Clt. No. 315812 

Hamilton, Willi am P., 1338- Decision 

making In the coronary care unit; a manual and a 
workbook for nurses [by] WUUam P. Hamilton 
[and] Mary Ann Lavin. St. Louis, Mosey, 1972. 
lx, 150 p. lllus. ISBN 0-8016-2025-2. 

DNLM, SUNY: WY 156 H222d 1972 

Clt. No. 344303 

Meltser, Lawrenrt Edward. Intensive coronary 
care; a manual for nurses. [By] Lawrence E. 
Meltzer, Rose Plnneo [and] J. Roderick Kttehell. 
Rev. ed. PMiaddphia, Charles [cl970] vl, 230 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 300 M5281 1970 Clt. No. 321177 

Meltzer, Lawrence Edward. Intensive coronary 
care; a manual for nurses [by] Lawrence E. 
Meltzer [et al.] [Philadelphia] CCU Fund, 
Presbyterian Hospital In Philadelphia [C1985] 
rOI, il p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 300 M5281 1985 Clt. No. 35873 



CORONARY DISEASE 

Coronary heart disease. Albert N. Brest, editor. 

Philadelphia, Davis [cl939] xl, 325 p. HI. is. 
(Cardiovascular clinic*, v. 1, no. 2) 
DNLM: Wl CA77N v.l no,2 1969 
MBCO: WG 100 C267 v.l no.2 1989 

Clt. No. 226317 

Robo- Smith, Aiastalr Hamlin Tearlocb. The 

enigma of coronary heart disease. Chicago, 
Year Book Medical Publishers, 1987. lx, 150 
P. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 300 HBJle 1987 Clt. No. 105864 

-CONGRESSES 

Advanced cardiac nursing [symposium] presented 
by the American College of Cardiology and 
Baptist Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee. Program 
director: Fred D. Owxby. Co-director: Norma J. 
Shtpard. Philadelphia, Charles [C1970] vlil, 
213 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WY 158 A244 1870 

Clt No. 343403 

American College of Cardlology-St. Bananas 
Hospital Symposium on Advances In Coronary 
Heart Disease, New York, 1983. Coronary heart 
disease; a medical-surgical symposium. Edited by 
Henry I. Russek and Burton L. Zobman. 
Philadelphia, Llpptncott [c!971] xlv, 502 p. 
Ulus., port. One of the courses In the Program 
for Continuing Medical Education of the 
American College of Cardiology. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 300 ASlJc 1988 

Clt. No. 362411 



Atherosclerosis and coronary heart disease; the 
twenty-fourth Hahnemann symposium. Edited by 
WUUam Likoff, Bernard L. fcegal (and] WUUam 
Insult, Jr„ under the general editorship of John 
H, Moyer. New York. Grune A Stratton [C1972] 
xvill, 532 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8089-0764-6. 

DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WG 300 A86S 1973 

Clt. No. 344530 

New York Symposium on Myocardial Ischemia, 
1970. Myocardial ischemia; proceedings of a 
symposium held In New York, N. Y., 12-13 March 
1970. Editors: Richard S. Ross and Fredrlc 
Hoffman. [Amsterdam] 1971. 124 p. lllus. 
(Excerpta medlca. International congress; 
series, no. 225) ISBN 9O-219-0O1S0-3. 
Sponsored by Warner-ChUcott Laboratories. 
DNLM: W3 EXES no.225 1970 
MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no.22S 1970 Clt. No. 287186 

-ETIOLOGY 

Cleave, Thomas Latimer. Diabetes, coronary 
thrombosis, and the saccharine disease, by T. L. 
Cleave and G. D. Campbell, with the assistance of 
N. S. Painter. 2d ed. Bristol, Wright, 1969. 
xlli. 162 p. lllus. SBN 7258-0219-0. U. S. 
publisher; Williams & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 75 C823d 1939 

Clt. No. 175161 

Cleave, Thomas Latimer. Diabetes, coronary 
thrombosis, and the saccharine disease, by T. L. 
Cleave and G. D. Campbell. Bristol, Wright, 
'196a. Xl, 1-43 p. illus. 
DNLM: QU 75 C623d 1968 Clt. No. 60215 



Schneider, Daaltl Edward, 1907- 
Pfychoanalyila of heart attack. 
Pren, 1SS7. xxvll, 234 p. 
DNLM: WG 300 S353p 1967 

-NURSING 



New York, Dial 
C1L No. 126223 



Advanced cardiac Farting [symposium] presented 
by the American College of Cardiology and 
Baptist Hospital, Nashville, Tennessee. Program 
director: Fred D. Ownby. Co-director: Norma J. 
Bhepsrd. Philadelphia; Charles [cl973] vlil, 
213 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WY 154 A244 1970 

at. No. 343401 

Goodland, Norman L, Coronary care. Bristol, 

Wright, 1970. vlil, 88 p. Ulus. ISBN 

0-7J36-0S59-7. U. S. pubUsher; WUUams & 

Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 

DNLM: W6 P3 

SUNY: WY 15S G652* 1970 at. No. 267504 

Hamilton, WUUam P., 1938- Decision 

fixing in the coronary care unit; a manual and a 
-orkbook for curses [by] WUUam P. Hamilton 
[and] Mary Ann Lavin. St. Louis, Mojby, 1972. 
lx, 150 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-B016-2025-2. 

DNLM. SUNY: WY 158 H222d 1972 

at. No. 344803 

Seeor, Jane. Coronary care; a nursing specialty. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [cl971] xvL 
167 p. lllus. ISBN 0-390-79228-4. 



( 



DNLM: WY 158 S445C 1971 



at. No. 306268 



It harp, LaVaoghn. Nursing In the coronary care 
unit [by] La Vaughn Sharp [and] Beatrice Rabin. 
Philadelphia, IJpplncott [cl970] X, 213 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 150 S531n 1970 

at. No. 3B2553 

-PATHOLOGY 

McLetehle, Norman G. B. Coronary atheroma; a 
diary of discovery. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[C1970] lx, 114 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 300 M185* 1970 

at. No. 250287 

-PREVENTION * CONTROL 

Raab, WUhelm, 1895- Preventive 

myocardlology; fundamentals and Largeta. 
Springfield, III., Thomas £cl970] xviil, 237 p. 
lllus. (American lecture aeries, no. 767. American 
lectures In Uvlng chemistry) Bibliography: p. 
149-202. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 300 Rlllpe 1970 

at. No. 35133S 






***** 



^w ' .f fiiryw w.W i »»* ; * ■ 









-RADIOGRAPHY 

Baitaxe, Harold A., 1931- Coronary 

angiography, by Harold A. Baitaxe, Kurt Araplatz 
[and] David C- Levin. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[cl973] xL 239 p. lllus. ISBN 0-398-02709-9. 

DNLM, SUNY: WG Ml B197c 1873 

Clt. No. 171343 

•REHABILITATION ■ FOP. WKS. 

Gnlld, Warren R„ I810- After your heart 

attack. [lit ed.] New York, Harper St Row 

[ciaeej xlv, 177 p. 11 iu*. 

DNLM: WG IIS G955a 1989 Ctt. No, 225043 

-SURGERY 

Pavaloro. Rene G- 1923- Surgical 

treatment of coronary arteriosclerosis. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 1970 xvl. 132 
p. Ulna. ISBN 0-883-03066-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 188 F272s 1970 

Clt. No. 252236 

BewelL William H„ 1928- Surgery for 

acquired coronary disease. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1887] xvt, 377 p. lllui. 
DNLM: WG 168 S517i 1907 Clt. No. 102315 

-THERAPY 

Helt, Erie II. Coronary care unlU In small 
hospitals; the Standlih, Michigan experience, by 
Eric H. Melt, with the collaboration of M. K. 
Dolbee and Arthur F. Southwick. Battle Creek, 
Mich., W. K. Kellogg Foundation, 1970. v, 89 
p. lllus. (An Experience brochure J 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 300 H484c 1970 

Clt. No. 250324 

Meltser, Lawrence Edward, ed. Textbook of 
coronary care. Editor*: Lawrence E. Mettzcr 
[audi Arend J. Dunning. Philadelphia, Charlei 
Press. 1972. xvtil, 820 p. lliua. ISBN 
0-9134H8-11-8. Bibliography: p. [775].B06, 

DNLM: WG 800 M528t 1972 Clt. No. 336051 

-THERAPY - NURSING TEXTS 

Mettzer, Lawrence Edward. Intensive coronary 

care; a manual for nurses. I By] Lawrence E. 
MetUer, Rose Pinneo [and] J. Roderick Kltehell. 
Rev. ed. Philadelphia, Charles [cl970] vt, 230 
p. lilus. 
DNLM: WG 300 M5281 1970 Clt. No. 321177 

Meltxer, Lawrence Edward. Intensive coronary 
care; a manual for nurses [by] Lawrence E. 
Meluer (ct aU [Philadelphia] CCU Fund, 
Presbyterian Hospital In Philadelphia [cl965) 
201, II p. tllua. 
DNLM: WG 300 M528I IMS Clt. No. 35673 



COSTS AND COST ANALYSIS 

-BIBL. 

Dougherty, Richard H. Management and costs of 
technical processes; a bibliographical review, 
1876-1968, by Richard M. Dougherty and Lawrence 
E. Leonard. Metuchen, N. J. Scarecrow Press, 
1970. 1*5 p. ISBN 0-8108-0320-8. 
DNLM: Z 688.5 D7S2m 1676- 1969 

Clt. No. 250720 

COUNSELING 

Lynch, Henry T. Dynamic genetic counseling for 
clinicians. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl969] 
xill, 354 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 L987d 1969 

Ot. No. 122651 

Noland, Robert L., ed. Counseling parents of the 

mentally retarded; a sourcebook. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [clBTO] xv, 404 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 107 N789c 1970 

Clt. No. 250774 

Relsman, Leonard E., 1931- Genetics and 

counseling In medical practice [by] Leonard E. 
Relsman [antl] Adam P. Matheny, Jr. St. Louis, 
Mosby [clSta] Ix, 215 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 R377g 1969 

at. No, 202567 

Truss, Charles B. Towird effective counseling 
and psychotherapy; training and practice, by 
Charles B. Truax arid Uohert R. Carkbuff. 
Chicago. Aldlru? [1637] xlv, 418 p. (Modern 
applications In psychology) 
DNLM: WM 420 TiSJtd 1987 at. No. 117104 

-CONGRESSES 

Psychiatry and the Internist. [Proceedings of a 
Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital 
symposium] Editors: Paul Jay Flrdt [and] WHUur 
W. OaUs. New York, Grune St Stratton [C1970J 
Xl, 127 p. lllus. IS UN 0-G088.O645-S. Consults 
of papers presented at the 21st Hahnemann 
symposium, held In 10"0. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 100 P9B62 1989 

Cit. No. 252518 

-IN ADOLESCENCE 

Semmens, James P., 1919- Teen-age 

pregnancy, Including management of emotional 
and constitutional problems, by James P. 
Semmens and Willi am M. Lamera. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [el5"! vll, 118 p, lllus. 
DNLM: HQ 998 S472t 1938 Clt. No, 2020*0 



CRANIAL NERVES 






CORONARY VESSELS 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Baitaxe, Harold A, 1931- Coronary 

angiography, by Harold A. Baitaxe, Kurt Amplati 
[and] David C. Levin. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1973] xl, 239 p. lllus. ISBN 0-398- 02708-8- 

DNLM, SUNT: WG 141 B197c 1873 

Clt. No. 371343 

Feirenbaitm, Harvey. Echocardiography [by] 
Harvey Feigenbaum, with the assistance of Sonla 
Cbang. Phlladelpbia, Lea & Feblger, 1872. 
Kill, 239 p, lllus. ISBN 0-8121-0406-4. 

DNLM, SUNY: WG 141 r288e 1872 

* at. No. 345302 

J 
-SURGERY 

SewelL WllUam H., 1928- Coronary disease 

management; coronary arteriography, nitrates, and 
the trlp'e pedicle operation. St. LouU, Green 
[C1969] xlv, 213 p. lllus, (Monograph in 
modern concepts of cardiovascular diseases) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 168 S517c 1969 

Cit. No. 230358 

CORPUS CALLOSUM 

Gasxafttf a, Michael 8. The bisected brain. New 
York, Appleton-Century-CrofU [C1870] xll, 171 
p. lllus. (Neurosclence series [do. 1)) SBN 
S90-35278-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 307 G»lb 1970 

Ctt. No. 137485 



-SURGERY 

Oliver, Leslie C. Removable Intracranial tumours. 
New York, Grune & Stratton [1999] 168 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 330 048r 1939 

Clt. No. 240463 



CRANIOTOMY 



Wright, Raleigh Lewis, 1931- Postoperative 

craniotomy infection*. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1988] x, 166 P- IHua. 
DNLM: WL 368 WB52p 19*6 Clt. No, 65301 



CRIME 



Johnston, Norman, 1921- The sociology of 

punishment and correction [by] Norman Johnston, 
Leonard Savltz [and] Marvin E. Wolfgang. 2d ' 
ed. New York, Wiley [C1970] xll, 843 p. 
lllus. SBN 471-44633-5. 
DNLM: HV 8789 J73s 1970 Clt. No. 2*3321 

National Institute of Mental Health. Center for 
Studies of Crime and Delinquency. The role of 
Federal agencies In the crime and delinquency 
field; a compilation of Federal support programs. 
Chevy Chase, ted.. For sale by the Supt. of Docs., 
U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington, 1970. vl, 
156 p. (National Clearinghouse for Mental Health 
Information publication, no. 5029) 
DNLM: HV 7428 N277r 1870 Clt, No. 256371 

CRIMINAL PSYCHOLOGY 

Hal leek, Seymour L„ 1929- Psychiatry and 

toe dilemmas of crime: a study of causes, 
punishment, and treatment. New York, London, 
Harper and Row [cl968] xlv, 382 p. 
DNLM: WM 100 HIBlp 1968 Clt No. 137721 



CROSS INFECTION 



Johnston, Norman, 1921- The sociology of 

punishment and correction [by] Norman Johnston, 
Leonard Savlit [and] Marvin S. Wolfgang.' 2d 
ed. New York. Wiley [cl870] xll, 843 p. 
lllus. SBN 471-44833-5. 
DNLM: HV 67B9 J73* 1870 at. No. 243321 

Macdonald, John Marshall, 1920- Homicidal 

threats. With a chapter by Margaret Mead. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl9*8] Ix, 123 p- 
DNLM: HV 6515 M135h 1868 Clt. No. 163327 

Meaning er, Karl Augustas, 1893- The 

crime of punishment. New York, Viking Press 
[cl963] xll, 305 p. (Isaac Ray award lecturea) 
MBCO, SUNY: HV 6030 M547c 1868 

at. No- 111171 

West, Donald James. Murder followed by suicide; 
an Inquiry carried out for the Institute of 
Criminology, Cambridge. London, Helnemann 
[lSij] vll, 131 p. (Cambridge studies In 
criminology, v. 21) Helnemann library of 
criminology and penal reform 
DNLM: HV 6505 W517m 1365 Clt, No. 533M 

CRIMINOLOGY 

Faulus, Ralner, Der strafrechtUche Begriff der 
Sacbiuelfinung. (Neuwled] Luchtcrhand [1968] 
221 p. (Strafrecht, Strafverfahren. Krlminologle, 
Bd. SO) 
DNLM: Wl ST742 Bd.20 1968 Clt. No. 142165 

CRISIS INTERVENTION 

Agullera, Donna C. Crisis intervention; theory 
and methodclORy [by] Donna C. Agullera, Janice ' 
M. Messtck [and] Marlene S. Farrell. St. Louts, 
Mosbv, 1970. Xll I, 152 p. SBN 8016-0092-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 4Z0 A283c 1870 

at. No. 247114 

Usb, Julian. The ci Is team; a handbook for the 
mental health professional [by] Julian Licb, Ian I. 
Lipaiteh [and] Andrew Edmund Staby. 
Hagerstown, Md., Medical Dept., Harper A r ow 
[C1973] xx, 1S6 p. ISBN 0-06-141538-3. 

DNLM, SUNY: WM 420 L716c 1973 

Clt. No. 362141 

Moss, C. Scott, 1924- Dreams, images, and 

fantasy; a semantic differential casebook. 
Urbana, 111., Chi v. of Illinois Press [cl970] xlv, 
SC2 p. lllvs. ISBN O-252-CO102-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 415 M913d 1970 

Clt. No. 250120 

Small, Leonard, 1913- The briefer 

psychotheraples- New York, Brunner/Masel 
[C1971] xvll, 262 p. ISBN 0-87630-025-5. 
«- .iography; p. 235-249. 
L.NLM, M3CO: WM 420 S635b 1971 

at. No. 252020 

CROSS INFECTION 

-PREVENTION it CONTROL 

American Hospital Association. Infection control 
in the hospital. Rev. ed. Chicago [C1970] X, 
154 P. lUus. 
DNLM: WX 165 A5121 1970 at. No. 251351 

Le Rlche, Harding. The control of Infections la 
hospitals, with special reference to a surrey In 
Ontario. By W. Harding Le Rlchd [ct aL 
Toronto] Univ. of Toronto Press [1966] xvlll, 
341 p. 
DNLM: WX 165 L615c 1966 Clt No. 55050 

National Communicable Disease Center. Isolation 

techniques for use In hospitals. Atlanta [For 
Sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S Govt. Print. Oft, 
Washington, 1970] vlll, 87 p. (Public Health 
Service publication, no. 2054) S Isolation or 
precaution door signs Inserted he pocket at end 
of book. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WA 110 Nl*71 1870 

Clt. No. 153364 

-PREVENTION * CONTROL - CONGRESSES 

Utter natloasi Conference on Nosocomial Infections, 
Center for Disease Control, 1970. Proceedings. 
[Chicago, American Hospital Assn., cl871] 334 
p. lllus. Sponsored by the Center for Disease 
Control, American Hospital Association and 
American Public Health Association, Inc. 

DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WC 200 161 p 1970 

Ot. No. 112434 



51 



CROWNS 



CROWNS 

Johnston, Joan F-, (900- Hod era practice 

in dental ceramic* [by] John F. Johnston [et al.] 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1967. xi. 312 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WU 515 JTJmd 1987 Clt. No. 87077 

Tylmaa, 8 tan If; Daniel, 1893- Theory and 

practice of crown and fixed partial prosthodontlc* 
(bridge). 8th ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1S70. 
xix, 1023 p. Ulua. SBN 8016-5185-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 515 T985t 1970 

Clt. No. U7325 

CRYOGENIC SURGERY 

Band, Kobcrt Wheeler, 1913- ed. 

Cryosurgery. Edited by Robert W. Rand, Arthur 
P. Rinfret [and] Hans von Leden. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [C1968] ill, 428 p. Ulu*., plate* 
DNLM, MBCO: WO 510 R187c 1988 

Clt. No. 183325 

Von Leden, Hani, ed. Cryogenic* In forgery, 
[edited] by Han* von Leden and William G. 
Cahan. Flushing, N. Y., lied leal Examination 
Pub. Co., 1971. 539 p. Ulua. ISBN 
0-87483-754-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 500 V947C 1971 

Clt. No. 301335 

Zacarian, Sctrag A., 1921- Cryosurgery of 

■kin cancer and cryogenic technique* In 
dermatology. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl963] 
xlil, 22-1 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WR 500 ZI3c 1989 

Clt. No. 170533 

Za cart an, Set rag A, 1921- Cryoiurgery of 

tumora of the skin and oral cavity. Springfield, 
I!!., Thomas [C1973] xvli, 293 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-393-02855.0. 
DNLM: WR 500 Z13ca 1973 Clt. No. 400114 

-ATLASES 

Kelman, Charles D., 1930- Atlai of 

cryosurgical techniques In ophthalmology. St. 
Loula, Mosby, 1953. ix, 118 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WW 17 K29a 19*8 Clt. No. S4300 

CRYOTHERAPY 

Licht, Sidney Herman, 1907- ed. 

Therapeutic heat and cold. Edited by Sidney 

Licht, assisted by Herman L. Kamenetz. 2d ed. 

New Haven, E. Licht [1972, cl»C5) xvll, 593 

p. Ulu*. (Physical medicine library, v. 2) First 

ed. published in 1953 under title: Therapeutic 

heat. 

SUNY: WB 489 LS99t 1985 Clt. No. 408135 

CUES 

Silverman, Samnet, 1912- Psychologic cues 

in forecasting physical illness. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Croft* [C1970] 403 p. 
(Appleton psychiatry aeries) SBN 390-80980-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 90 S587pc 1970 

Clt. No. 238558 

CULDOSCOPY 

Cohen. M elfin R., 1911- Laparoscopy, 

culdoscopy, and gynecography; technique and 
atiaa. Philadelphia, Saunders [e!970J xvi. 171 
p. Ulua. (Major problems In obstetrics and 
gynecology, v. 1) SBN 0-7118-2850-5. 
DNLM: Wl MA492V V.l 1970 
■ MBCO: WP 100 M234 v.l 1970 Clt. No. 281824 

Decker, Albert, 1895- Culdoscopy. 

Philadelphia, Davis [cl987] 298 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WP 141 D295c 1967 at. No. 121718 

Frangenheim. Han*. Laparoscopy and culdoscopy 
In gynecology: textbook and atlas. London, 
Butterworth, 1972. 109 p. ilius. ISBN 
0-407-90100-0. Translation of Die Lapaxaskople 
und die Kuldoakople In der Gynakologle. 



Clt. No. 384157 



DNLM: WP 141 F827L 1971 

CULTURE 

•CONGRESSES 

Ctba Foundation. Clba Foundation symposium 
[on] transcultural psychiatry. Ed. by A. V. S. de 
Reuck and Ruth Porter. Boston, Little, Brown, 
1985. ill, 398 p. 
DNLM: WM 100 C568e 1985 Clt. No. 45167 



52 



CURRICULUM 

Bangs, Tina E. Language and learning disorders 
of the pre-academie child; with curriculum guide. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofta [cl9*8] il, 
408 p. Ulut. 
SUNY: LC 4831 B216L 1983 Clt. No. 200303 

Be vis, Em Oliria. Curriculum building In nursing; 
a process. St. Louis, Mosby, 1S73. x, 172 p. 
Ulus, ISBN O-80! 6-0682-9- 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 B572c I97S 

at. No. 373383 

CYBERNETICS 

Burns, B. Delisle. The uncertain nervous system. 

London, Arnold [1563] vilL 194 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 102 B965u 1SS3 
MBCO, SUNY: WL 102 B985u 1988 

Clt. No. 152321 

Conference on Information and Control Processes 
In Living Systems, 1st, Princeton, N. J., 1965. 
Information and control processes In living 
systems; proceed In -a of the first interdisciplinary 
conference. Edited by Diane M. Ramsey. New 
York, New York Acr.deroy of Sciences, 
Interdisciplinary Communications Program [cl907] 
261 p. Ulua. (Molecular coding problems, v. 1) 
DNLM: W3 C6S9H 1S65I 
MBCO: WL 102 C7-SBI 1965 
MBCo: WL 102 C748I 1905 Cit. No. 13G317 

Yam a mo to, William S., ed. Physiological controls 
and regulations. William S. Yamamoto and John 
R. BrobecK, editors. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1m6j. xl, 562 p. Ulus. Bicentennial volume of 
the Dept. of Physiology, School of Medicine, 
University of Pennsylvania. 
DNLM: QT 4 Y192p 1935 at. No. 52G07 

CYSTOSCOPY 

Bauer, Karl M. Cystoscopic dlagnoil*; technique 
and typical findings. Philadelphia, Lea 8c 
Fcbiger, 1969. Xli, 155 p. lllus., port. 
Translation of Die zystoskoplsche Dlagnostlk. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WJ 141 B344* 1S39 

Cit. No. 200803 

Rosenbloom, David, 1911- The practice of 

cystoscopy. Springfield, 111., Thomaa C1S6S] 

xill, 210 p. lllus. 

DNLM: WJ 500 R813p 1968 Clt. No. S5644 



CYTODIAGNOSIS 



Eamforth, J. Cytological diagnosis In medical 

practice. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, Brown 
- [IMS] vi, 246 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QY 4 B199c 1986 Clt. No. 112222 

Dal len bach-Hell we g, Gisela. Hlstopathology of the 
endometrium. New York, Sprln^er-Verlag, 1971. 
xl, 277 p. Ulus. IS3N 0-387-0444^3. 
Translation of Endometrium. Bibliography: p. 
22'J-2i7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 141 D148e 1971 

Clt. No. 318702 

Frost, John Kingsbury, 1922- The cell In 

health and disease; an evaluation of cellular 
morphologic expression of biologic behavior. 
Baltimore, WULam* & Wililni [C1989] xil, 147 
p. Ulua. (Monographs In clinical cytology, v. 2) 
DNLM: Wl MQ567KF v.2 1969 Clt. No. 228507 

Glbbs, D. D. Exfoliative cytology of the stomach. 
London, Butterworth [C19W] x, 147 p. Ulua. 
SBN 407-17000-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 320 C448e 1938 

Clt. No. 254217 

Graham, Ruth Moore, 1917- The cytologic 

diagnosis of cancer. 3d ed, Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1972. x, 478 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-72 1 B-4 196-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 241 C741c 1972 

Clt. No. 326357 

Hughes, Helena E. Handbook of diagnostic 
cytology [byi Helena E. Hughes and T. C. Dodds. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone. 396<1. 255 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 4 HB93h 1988 Clt. No. 1-51505 

Koss, Leopold George, 1920- Diagnostic 

cytology and Its histopathologic bases. 2d ed. 

Philadelphia. Lipplncott [cI968] xvttL 653 p. 
Ulus. 

DNLM: QY 4 KBSd 1963 Clt. No. 152450 



Nalb, Zuber W., 1927- Exfoliative 

cytopathology. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 

Brown [cl970] x, 398 p. Ulua. SBN 
7000-0175-1. 

DNLM, MBCO: QY 4 N155e 1970 at. No, 237180 

Niebart/i, H. E. Diagnostic celt pathology In 
tissue and smears. New York, Grune «t 
Stratton [cl967] x, 310 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QY 4 N665d 1987 at No. 12*478 

Sprlggs, Arthur It«bs. The cytology of effusions; 

pleural, pericardii, and peritoneal and of 
cerebrospinal fluid, by A. I. Spriggs and M. M. 
Boddtngton. 2d ed. New York, Grune * 
Stratton [C1963] 174 p. Ulua. Title of 
earlier ediLlon varies slightly. 
DNLM, M3CO, SUNY: QY 210 S769c I960 

Clt. No. 202147 

WachteL Erica Gertrnd. Exfoliative cytology In 
gynaecological practice. 2d ed. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofta [cl969] xlll, 245 p. 
illus. SBN 407-1G9O1-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 141 W114e 1969 * 

Clt, No. 234750 

•ATLASES 

Henlng, Norbert, 1898- Atlas of 

gastrointestinal cytodlagnosls [by] Norbert 
Hennlns and Siegfried Wltte. Stuttgart, 
Thlcme; New York, International Medical Book 
Corp., 1970. 133 p. Translation of Atlas der 

gaxtrocrtterolo^Lschcn Z y tod iagnos tile. This 
edition is only for dlstrlbuUon In USA, Canada, 
South- America. 
MBCO: WI 17 H517a 1970 at. No. 262081 

■INSTRUMENTATION 

Wted, George L., ed. Automated cell - 

Identification and cell sorting. Contributor*: 
Gunter F. tahr (et al.] Edited by George L. 
Wicd and Gunter F. Bahr. New York, Academic 
Pres*. 11)70. xl, 403 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 28.5 W642a 1970 

Clt. No. 285134 

CYTOGENETICS 

Bartalos, Klhily, ed. Genetics In medical 
practice. Philadelphia, Lipplncott [cl968] xli, 
244 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QZ 50 B283g 1988 

Cit." Nok 156108 

Levlne, Harry. Clinical cytogenetic*. [1st ed.] 
Boston, Little. Brown [c!971j x, 572 p.» Ulua. 
ISBN 0-316-52225. Bibliography: p. 491-553. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 605 L6o5o 1971 

Clt. No. 300476 

Priest, Jean H., 1928- Cytogenetic*. 

Philadelphia, Lt-a & Feblger, 1969. xv, 233 p. 
Ulus. (Medical technology series) SBN 
8I21-0193-C. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 605 P949c 1989 

Cit. No. 210741 

Watson, James D., 1923- Molecular biology 

of the gene. 2d ed. New York, Benjamin, - 
1970. xxl, 882 p. Ulua. SBN 8053-9020-0. 
DNLM, MBCO: QH 605 W339m 1970 

at. No. 268 146 

-DICT. 

Rleger, Rlgomsr. A glossary of genetic* and 

cytogenetic*, classical and molecular, by Rlgomar 
Rie<rer, Arnd Micbj.clis [and] I! el via M. Green. 
3d completely rev. ed. Berlin, New York, 
Springer, 1963. 508 p. Ulus. Earlier ed*. 
issued In German, with title: Genetlsches und 
cytogenetlsches Worterbuch. 
DNLM: QH 431 R554g 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: QH 431 RS54g 1968 

at No. 166756 

CYTOLOGY 

BItUr, Erely* Edward, 1928- ad. The 

biological basis of medicine, edited by E. Edward 
Bltur assisted by Neville Blttar. London, 
Academic Press, 1968- v. Ulua. 
DNLM: QH 581 B624b 
MBCO, SUNY: QH 581 B6!4b OL No. 170367 

Botande, Robert P. Cellular aspect* of 
developmental pathology. Philadelphia, Lea A 
Feblger, 1967. ix, 374 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: QZ 40 B637c 1967 at. No. 125407 



( 



c 






Brown, Walter V. Textbook of cytology [by] 
Walter V. Brown [and] Eldrtdge M. Berlke. St. 
Loul*. Moiby, 1969. x, 607 p. Ulu*. SBN 
B019-0830-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: QH 581 B881t 1969 

at. No. 135203 

Burke, Jack D. Cell biology. Baltimore, 
William* it Wllktna. 1970. xvt, 343 p. 111m. 
ISBN 0-683-91212-8. 
DNLM. SUNY: QH SSI B9S9c 1970 

Cit. No. 2571M 

Burnet, Sir Prank Macfarlane, 1899- 
Immunological surveillance. Oxford. New York, 
Per tara on Preu [1970] 280 p. ISBN 
0-08-017481.7. 
DNLM, MBCO: QW 604 B964lc 1970 

Qt. No. 204806 

Conn, Norman 8. Element* of cytology. Sd ed. 
New York, Harcourt, Brace & World [cl93D] 
xvl, 495 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QH 581 C87fie 1939 at. No. 214784 

Flshman, William H., ed. Metabolic conjugation 
and metabolic hydroly*!*, edited by William H. 
Flshman. Contributor*: Eugene A. Davidson [et 
■1.] New Y"rie, Academic Pre**, 1970- v. 
Ulu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 120 FS37m Clt. No. 263461 

Freeman, James Alrin, 1932- Cellular fine 

atructure; an Introductory student text and atia* 
tby] James A. Freeman, with the collaboration of 
Jack C. Geer. New York, McGraw-Hill [ci£64] 
lx, 198 p. iilus., port. 
DNLM: QH 581 If 655c 1964 Clt. No. 10210 

Olese, Arthur Charles, 1904- Cell 

physiology. Sd ed. Philadelphia, Saunder*. 
1B68. xx. 671 p. Ulu*. Issued also In 
Spanish and Russian edition*. 
DNLM, MBCO: QH 631 G455c 19*8 

Clt. No. 142127 

Ornndtnana, Efckehard. General cytology; sn 
Introduction to functional morphology of the cell. 
Baltimore, Williams & WUklns, 1965. x, 428 p. 
Ulu*. Translation of AUgemelne Cytologic. 
DNLM: QH 581 G&89a 19«8 Clt. No. 68314 

Roberits, Ednardo D. P. de. Cell biology. [By] 
E. D. P. de Robertls, Wlktor W. Nowlnski [and] 
Francisco A. Saez. 5tn ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunder* [C197Q] xvll, 555, p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-7218-3042-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: QH 581 R643C 1970 

Clt. No. 275038 

Robert!*, Ednardo D. P. de. Cell biology [by] E. 
D. P. De Robert!* [et al.] 4th ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunder* [1C86, cl935] xvl I, 448 
p. Ulus. Translation of Bioiogfa celular. 
Earlier ed*. have title: General cytology. 
DNLM: QH 581 H643c 1965a Clt. No. 86252 

Schmld, Franx, ed. Cell research and cellular 
therapy. Ed. by F. Schmld and J. Stoln with 
contributions of G. Andres (et al. 2d ed.] 
Thoune, Oti, 1987. 573 p. Ulus. 1st ed. 
Issued in German with title: Zellforacbung und 
Zelluiartberaple. 
DNLM: WB 391 S348i 1M7 Clt. No. 100573 

Schraer, Uarald, ed. Biological calcification; 
cellular and molecular aspect*. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Croft* [C1970] lx, 462 p. 
Ulus. SBN 390-7E632-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 130 S377b 1970 

at. No. 242042 

Thorn is, J. Andre 1 , 1985- ed. Organ culture, 

edited by J. Andre Thomas. Contributors: F. 
Dieterlen-Llevre [et al.J New York, Academic 
Press, 1970. xlll, 512 p. Ulu*. A translated 
and updated edition of work firit published 1964 
under title: Les cultures organotyplquei. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 530T453C 1970 

Clt. No. 263177 

-ATLASES 

Fawcett, Don Wayne, 1917- The cell: It* 

organelles and Inclusions. An at!** of fine 

■ atructure. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. vUL 
446 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: QH 581 F278C 19M at. No. 40655 



Lents, Thomas L., 1939- Cell fine 

structure; sn atlas of drawings of whole-cell 
structure. Philadelphia, Saunder*. 1971. xlv, 
437 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-7216-5718-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 581 L574c 1971 

at. No. 263575 

Matthews, J. h. Atlas of human histology and 
ultrastructure [bv] J, L. Matthew* and J, H. 
Martin. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1971. 
xlll, 332 p. iilus. ISBN 0-8121-0347-5. 
DNLM: QS 517 M437a 1971 Clt. No. 275701 

Porter, Keith R. Fine structure of cell* and 
tlBSues, by Keith R. Porter and Mary A. 
Bonneville, with the collaboration of Susan A. 
Badenbausen In electron microscopy. 3d ed. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1E63. vil, 196 p. 
ilius. 2d ed. has ikle: An introduction to the 
fine structure of cells and tissues. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 517 PB431 1968 

at. No. 156335 

Forter, Keith R. Fine structure of cells and 
tissues, by Keith R. Poller and Mary A. 
Bonneville, with the collaboration of Susan A. 
EadenhJ-.usen in transui'ulon electron microscopy 
and Peter Andrews In sc.r'nlrtg electron 
microscopy. 4 th ed. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 11)73. vil, 204 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8121-0130-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 517 P8481 1973 

Clt. No. 376217 

Banduorn. Edmund B, Cell* and tissues by light 
and electron microscopy. New York, Academic 
Press [c!G70] 2 v. Ulus. Added title page 
in French; text in English and French., 
DNLM. MBCO: QH 5S 1 S213c 1970 

Clt. No. 241673 

-CONGRESSES 

Cellular biology and toxicity of anesthetics; 
proceed!'; "si of a research symposium held In 

Seattiff, May 11-12, 1970. KC\i<t& by B. R. Fink. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins, IS72, xiil. ;j2il 
p. illus. ISRN O.SJ3-03215-X. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: QV Rl C393 1970 

Clt. No. 31^377 

CJbs Found &tl on. Clba Foundation symposium 
[on] cellular Injury, edited by A. V. S. de Reuck 
and Julie Knight. Boston, Little, Brown, 1964. 
xi, 403 p. Iilus, 
DNLM: QH 581 C567cf 1984 at. No. 33535 

Clba Foundation. Clba Foundation symposium 
[on] principle* of bloraolecular organisation, Ed. 
G. E. W. Wolstenholme and M.aeve O'Connor. 
London, Churchill, 1663, xil, 491 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QU 4 C567C 1966 Cit. No. 67704 

Clba Foundation Symposium on the Regulation ol 
Ct!l Metabolism, London, 1958. [Proceedings] 
Editors for the Clba Foundation: G. E. W. 
Wolstenholme and Cecilia M. O'Connor. Boston, 
Lltile, Brown [19S9] xt, 3S7 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QH Eiil C572p 1958 Cit. No. 76602 

Hoi brook Memorial Symposium, Tucson, Arts., 1904. 
Cellular concept* in rheumatoid arthritis. Comp. 
and ed. by C, A. L. Stephens, Jr. and A. B, 
Stanfleld with the assistance of Margaret L, 
Doorly. Springfield, 111., Thomaa [cl966] xvll, 
212 p. Ulus., ports. Sponsored by the 
Southwestern Cllr.lc and Research Institute. 
DNLM: WE 346 H742c 1664 Clt. No. 61462 

Internationa I Symposium la Biochemical 

Pathology, lit. Champion, Pa., 1965. 
Biochemical pathology; proceeding* of the firjt 
International Symposium in Biochemical 
Pathology, held at Seven Springs, Champion, 
Pennsylvania, June 13 through June 16, 1935, 
Organized and ed. by Emmanuel Farber and Peter 
N. Mapee. Baltimore, Williams 4t Wilkin*, I960, 
vil, 244 p. Ulu*. Spon*ored by the Dept. of 
Faihology, University of Pittsburgh School of 
Medicine, aided by grants from the National 
Institute of General Mfdlcal Sciences of the 
National Institutes of Health. United State* 
Public Health Service and from Fiaher Scientific 
Company. Reprinted from Laboratory 
Investigation, v. 15, no. 1, pt. 1. 
DNLM: W3 IN911 1965b at. No. 51033 



DE LANGE'S SYNDROME 



Rochester Conference on Toxicity, 2d, 1969 

Effect* of metals on cells, subcellular element*, 
and maerotnoleeulea. Edited by Jack Manlloff, 
Jame* R. Coleman (and] Morton W. Miller. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl970] xv, 397 p. 
Ulu*. Organized by the Dept. of Radiation 
Biology and Biophysics, School of Medicine and 
Dentistry, University of Rochester. 
DNLM: W3 R0668 I963e 
MBCO: QV 290 R676e 1989 dt No. 2461 12 

Symposium on Control Processes la Haiti cellular 

Organisms, New Delhi, 1969. Control processes 
in multicellular organisms; a Clba Foundation 
symposium [held at the India International 
Centre, New Delhi, 17-21 March 1989] Edited by 
G, E. W. Wolstenholme and JuUe Knight. 
London, Churchill, 1973. XL 424 p. Ulu*. 
SBN 7000- U3 1-4, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 4 S991c 1989 

at. No. 247645 

3yni?ostvim on Normal sad Maligttaat Cell Growth, 

Ucivsrgity of Chlcaro, 1963. Normal and 

mr.llKnant cell growth, edited by R, J. M. Fry, M. 

L. Griem and W. H. Kirs ten. Berlin, New York. 

Springer. 19S9. xiv, 2 n ,3 p. Ulus. (Recent 

re">:lt!i Li csnetr lesejrth, 17) 

DNLM: Wl RIil«-iP v. 17 1969 

MI..CO: QZ 206 R4 v.17 1969 at. No. 21074*5 

Symposium on the Frozen Cell, London, 1989. 

The frozen cell. Edited by G. E. W. 
Wolstenholme and M.-.eve O'Connor. London, 
ChurehlU, 1B70. xi, 316 p. Ulus. SBN 
7i"'". '}-14*5-4. A Clba Foundation symposium. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QH 653 S9S9f 1969 

at. No. 254477 

Tissue Ccltnre Association. Phenotyplc 
espres::!on; inununolnitlcal, biochemical, and 
morphological. A symposium organized by Dr. 
Milton N. Goldstein ... San Francisco, May 
31 -June 3, 1965. Baltimore. Williams & Wilkin* 
[!?■;■!)?] xi, 170 p. ilius., port. (In vitro, v. 2) 
includes abstracts of papers presented at the 
17th annual meeting of the Tissue Culture 
Association, May 31-June 3, 1936. 
DNLM: Wl IN106 v.2 1P60 Clt. No. 116023 

CYTOMEGALIC INCLUSION DISEASE 

Krech, Ulrich H., 1918- Cytomegalovlru* 

infectiors of man [by] U. Krech, M. Jung and F. 
Jung. Fusel, Kargcr, 1971. 124 p. Ulu*. 



DNLM, SUNY: WC 500 K92c 1971 



Clt. No. 313633 



-COLLECTED WORKS 



Han? haw, Jame* B., 1928- ed. Human 

cytomegalovirus infection; journal articles, a 
collection of se leered paper*. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., cl971. 365 p. 
ilius. ISUN 0-874 bB-522.1, Articles reprinted 
from various sources. 
DNLM, MBCO: QW 160.C9 H249h 1971 

at. No. 301251 

CYTOMEGALOVIRUSES 

Krech, Ulrich H., 1918- Cytomegalovlru* 

Infections of man [by] U. Krech, M. Jung and F- 
Jung. Basel, Kargcr, 1971. 124 p. Ulu*. 



DNLM, SUNY: WC 500 K92c 1971 



at. No. 313633 



-COLLECTED WORKS 



Hanshaw, James B., 19"8- ed. Human 

cytomegalovirus infection; Journal articles, a 
collection of selected papers. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examins'.Son Pub. Co., C1971. 365 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-87438-522-1. Article* reprinted 
from various «ourcs*. 
DNLM, MBCO: QW 1S0.C9 H249h 1971 

at. No. 301251 

DE LANGE'S SYNDROME 

The De Laafe syndrome, hy 1. M. Barf [et aL 
1st ed.] Oxford, New York, Pergamon Pre*« 
1970. vil, 127 p. Iilus.. port. (Institute for 
Research into Mental Retardation. Monograph, 
no. 2) 
DNLM: Wl IN529J Do.2 1970 at No. 255403 






53 



DEAFNESS 



DEAFNESS 

D»t1s, IlallowelL 1B98- Hearing and 

deaf new [by J Hallo well Da via [and] S. Richard 

Silverman. 3d ed. New York, Holt, Rlnehart. 

and Winston [C1970] xxll, SIS p. Illu*. SBN 

03-077180-3. 

DNLM, SUNY: WV 170 D262h 1970 

Ctt. No. M3421 

-CONGRESSES 

Interdisciplinary Symposlom on Bfochemlcal 
Mechanisms In Hearing and Deafness, 

Minneapolis, 1968. Biochemical mechanisms In 
hearing and deafness; research otology 
International symposium, Unlventty of 
Minnesota. Edited by Michael M. Paparella. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] nil. 380 p. 
lllus. Sponsored by the Dept. of Otolaryngology 
of the University of Mlnneiota, College of 
Medical Science!, In collaboration with the 
Deafness Research Foundation. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WV 270 I81b 1988 

Ctt. No. 135018 

Symposium on Sensorineural Hearing Lou, London, 
19(39. Sensorineural hearing loss; a Ciba 
Foundation symposium. Edited by G. E. W, 
Wolstenholme and Julie Knight. London, 
Churchill. 1870. x, 353 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-7000- 14S3-4. U. S. publisher: Williams & 
Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO: WV 170 S987t 1SM9 

Cit. No. 253587 

-REHABILITATION 

Montgomery, G. W. G. Vocational guidance for 
the deaf; a classified fulde to the basic 
requirements for occupations open to the 
profoundly deaf, Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1987. 
42 p. 
DNLM: W8 P3 Clt. No. 122887 

DEATH 

Bob*, Antonio, 1927- Death In the 

operating room. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[C1BF5] xli, 105 p. (American lecture series, 
no, 628. American lectures In anesthesiology) 
DNLM: WO 245 BB83d 1S05 Cit. No. 51241 

Verwoerdt, Adriaan, 1927- Communication 

with the fatally ill. Springfield, III., Thomas 
fcl046] xl, 183 p. 
DNLM: W 83 V57!c 1»W Cit. No. 88144 

■CONGRESSES 

The Moment of death; a symposium. Edited by 
Arthur Winter. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl969] 
kill, 84 p. Ulus- Symposium presented Sept. 
13, 196«, in N'utley, N. J. 
DNLM, MBCO; W S20 M732 1968 Clt, No. 128140 

Psychiatry and the Internist. [Proceedings of a 
Hahnemann Medical College and Hospital 
symposium! Editors: Panl Jay Ftp* [and] Wilbur 
W. Oats. New York, Grune & Stratton >c1970] 
xl, 127 P. lllus. ISBN 0-8089-0845-3. Consists 
of papers presented at the 21st Hahnemann 
symposium, held In 19G9, 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 100 P98S1 1989 

Cit. No. 1515H 

■ IN ADOLESCENCE 

Euion, William M., 1W1- The dying child; 

the management of the Child or adolescent who Is 
dying. Springfield, IlL, Thomas [cl970] vtl, 
103 P. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 440 ElSd 1970 

Clt. No. 244883 

-IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Futon, William M„ 1931- The dying child; 

the msnagement of the child or adolescent who Is 
dying. Springfield, HL, Thomas [C1870] vil, 
103 p. 
DNLM. SUNY: WS.440 BISd 1970 

Clt. No. 148883 



DEATH, SUDDEN 



-CONGRESSES 

International Conference on Close* of Sodden 
Death la Infant*, 2d, Orcas Inland, 1969. 

Sudden Infant death syndrome; proceedings. 

Edited by Abraham B. Bergman, J. Bruce 

Beck with [ar.dj C. George Hay. Technical editor: 

Mary D. Kelter. Seattle, Univ. of Washington 

[cl&70] xtx, 248 p. illu«. Supported by a 

grant from the National Institute of Child Health 

and Human Development (HD 03933). First 

conference called Conference on Causes of 

Sulden Death in Infants. 

DNLM: W3 IN171H 1968s 

MBCO, SUNY: WS 430 16 Is 1989 Clt. No. 280504 

-IN INFANCY it CHILDHOOD 

Geertlnger, Preben, Sudden death In Infancy. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl9*8] iv, 107 p. 
ill us. {American lecture series, no. 704. American 
lectures in llvtnjr chemistry) 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 430 G29Bs 1838 

Clt. No. 148531 

International Conference on Causes of Sadden 
Death in Infants, 23, Ores* Island, 1989. 
Sudden infant (JtaUi syndrom*; proceedings. 
Edited by Abraham B. Bergman, J. Bruce 
Bee!; with [and] C. Geon-e Ray, Technical editor: 
Mr.ry D. Keiter. Seattle, Univ. of Washington 
[Cl97^] xtx, 2*H p. Uli'S. Supported by a 
grant from lh« National Institute of Child Health 
and Human D.-.velopTJPot (:TD 03933). First 
Conference called Conference on Causes of 
Su'^cn Death Id Infants. 
DNLM: W3 IN171H ltu9a 
MDCO. SUNY: V.S 430 IBJs 1689 Clt. No. 260504 

DECALCIFICATION TECHNIC 

Brain, Edward B The preparation of 

decalcified sections. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[cl9-?-6] X, 2i6 p. UIus. 
DNLM: QS 525 B314p 1S68 Clt. No. 51041 

DECOMPRESSION SICKNESS 

Bennett. P. B., ert. The physiology and medicine 
„f diving and compressed air work, edited by P. 
B Bennett ani D. K. Elliott. London, Bailliere, 
llnd^ll and Cassoll [1959] xlv, 532 p. lllui. 
SUN' 7020-0:7^-7. U. S. publisher: Williams * 
Wllitlns Co., Baltimore. 
MBCO, SUNY: UD 650 B472p 1989 

Clt. No. 213351 



DECONTAMINATION 



Benarde, MelTln A., ed. Dlalnfectlon. New 

York, Defcker, 1870. xv, 46S p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WA 240 B458d 1970 

Clt. No. 250724 



DECUBITUS ULCER 



Bailey, Brace Noel. Bedsores. London, Arnold 
[I "o7] vil, 130 P. Ulus. 
DNLM: Wtt 598 B154b 1937 Clt. No. 127514 

DEFENSE MECHANISMS 

LaaghUn, Henry Frathtr, 1918- The ego 

and Its defense!. New York. 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [cl970] x, 570 p. 
SBN 390-54105-2. 
DNLM: WM 190 L374e 1970 Clt. No. 270615 

DEFICIENCY DISEASES 

Marks, John, 19?4- The vitamins In health 

and disease; a modern reappraisal. Boston, 
Little, Brown [1963] IBS p. lllus. 
MBCY, SUNY: QU 180 M348v 19*8 

at. No. 103245 

-CONGRESSES 

Clinical Symposium on Iron Deficiency, Arosa, 
Switzerland, 18B9. Iron deficiency; pathogenesis, 
clinical aspects, therapy [proceedings] ... Edited 
by L. Hailberg, H.-G. Harwerth [and] A. Vannottl. 
London, New York, Academic Pres*, 1970. xl, 
628, 8 p. lllus., port. (Colloqula Geigy) ISBN 
0-11.714750-8, Organised by J. R. Gelgy S. A. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 183 C8411 1969 

Clt. No. 150713 



Colloquium os Calorie Deficiencies and Protein 
Deficiencies, Csmtridgc, Eng., 1987. Calorie 
deficiencies and protein deficiencies; proceedings 
of a colloquium held In Cambridge, April 1087. 
Editors: H. A. McCance [and] Elsie M. 
Wlddowson. Boston, Little, Brown, 1948. xlv, 
SB6 p. lllus. SBN 7000-1382-8. 
SUNY: WD 105 C7Me 19*7 Clt. No. 208827 

DEHYDRATION 

-m INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Harris, FTank. Paedlatrlq fluid therapy. 
Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publlcationji (19"] 
154 p. lllus, ISBN 0-832-08690-3. Distributed 
In the U. S. by Davis Co., Philadelphia. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WD 220 H314p 1971 

Cit. No. 3*4177 

-THE RAFT 

Harris, Frank. Paediatrlc fluid therapy. 
Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications [1972] 
154 p. lllus. ISBN 0-832-06890-3. Distributed 
in the U, S. by Davis Co., Philadelphia. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WD 220 H314p 1972 

Clt. No. 324177 

DELIVERY 

Oxorn, Harry, 1920- Human labor and birth 

[by] Harry Oxorn [and] WtlUam R. Footo. 2d 
ed. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [cl9*8] 
vill, 533 p. lllua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WQ 300 098h 1968 

Clt. No. 173021 

DELIVERY OF HEALTH CARE 

-U. 8. 

Committee for Economic Development. Research 
and Policy Commutes. Building a national 
bcakh-care system; a statement on national 
polio*. [New York] CED, 1973. 105 p. ISBN 
n*87186-049-X. 
MBCO. SUNY: WA 540 AA1 C«b 1973 

Clt. No. 344405 

-U. S. • CONGRESSES 

Applying the problem-oriented system. Editors: H. 

Keaneth Wall er, J. Willis liars t (and] Mary F. 
Woody. [New York] Modcom Press [C1973] 
Evi, 472 p. lllus. (Medcoro medical update 
series) ISBN 0-8iS3-OI03-2. Articles are based 
on two conferences held In Atlanta, September 
1972 and February 1873. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 50 AA1 A6 1972-73 

Clt. No. 406701 

DEMENTIA, PRESENILE 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Alzheimer's Disease and Related 
Conditions, London, 1969. Alzheimer's disease 
and related conditions. A Clba Foundation 
Symposium. Edited by G, E. W. Wolatehbolme 
and Maeve O'Connor. London, Churchill, 1970, 
xl, 316 p. Ulus., ports. SBN 7000-1484-5. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 220 S9B9a 1989 

at. No. 247031 

DEMYELINATION 

Multiple sclerosis and other demyeUnsting diseases, 
edited by F. 1. Vlnken and G. W. Brnyn. 

Amsterdam, North-Holland Pub. Co.; New York, 
American Elsevier Pub. Co. [CI970] xl, 708 
p. lilUir. {Handbook of clinical neurology, ▼. 9) 
ISBN 0-7204-7209.1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 100 H238 y.9 1970 

at. No, 284754 

DENGUE 

Hotta, Sttinmn. Dengue and related hemorrhagic 
diseases. St, Louis. Green [cl969] lx, 164 
p. lllus. (Modern concepts of medical virology, 
oncology and cytology) 
DNLM, MBCO: WC 523 B834d 1989 

at. No. 






■ 



( 



DENTAL ASSISTANTS 



LsTlson, Henry. Textbook for dental nurse*. 2d 
ed, Oxford, Blackwell [1989] vlli. Its p. 
lllus. SBN 632-05590-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 155 L44ft 1989 

at. No. 222041 



54 



( 



DENTURE, PARTIAL 









DENTAL CARIES 

Toechint, Joha J„ 1911- ed. Restorative 

dentistry. New York, McGraw-Hill [C1967] 

xlll, 490 p, Ulu*. 

DNLM: WU 170 T631r 1947 Clt. No. 1067*1 

DENTAL HYGIENISTS 

Wllklns, Esther M. Clinical practice of the dental 
hygierust. 3d ed. Philadelphia, Lea St 
FebLger, 1971. xiv, 519 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-8121-0349-1. 
DNLM: WU 90 W684c 1971 Clt, No. 240154 

.EDUCATION 

Steele, Pauline F., ed. Dental specialties for the 
dental hygleniat [by) 11 contributor!. 
Philadelphia, Lea A Febiger, 1969. xiv, S37 
p Ulna. SBN 81210230-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 90 S814d 1969 

Clt. No. 314420 

•EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Peterson, Shailer Alvarey, 1908- ed. 

Comprehensive review for dental hyglenistx. 2d 
ed. St. Louis, Moiby {cl969] X, 312 p. Ulu*. 
SBN 8016-3798-8. 
DNLM: WU 90 P485ce 1949 Clt. No. 217356 

DENTAL IMPLANTATION 

Cranio, A. Norman, ed. Oral Implant ology. 
Edited bv A. Norman Cranln. [Contributors: Ertc 
Bausch et al.] Springfield, 111., Thomas [el970] 
Ml, 340 p. lllua. 
DNLM, MBCO: WU 500 C8910 1970 

Clt. No. 248711 



DENTAL MATERIALS 



Peyton, Floyd Avery, 1905- Restorative 

dental materials [byj Floyd A. Peyton, with 
aasoclates Kam;»t Aagar Jet al.] 3d ed. St. 
Louts, Mosby, 1968. xiv, 553 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WU 190 P519r 1948 Clt. No. 143034 

Phillip*, Ralph W. Elements of dental materials 
for dental byglenlsts and assistant*. Id ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. ix, 2B3 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-7214-7231-0. Earlier ed. by R. W. 
Phillips and E. W. Skinner. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 190 P582e 1971 

Clt. No. 250122 

Phillip*, Ralph W. Materials for the practicing 
dentUt. [By) Ralph W. Phillips, Marjorle L. 
SwarU [and] lUehard D. Norman. St. Louis, 
Mosbv, 1989, xl, 211 p. tlliu. SBN 
8016-3921-2. Distributed lu Gt. Brit, by Henry 
Klmpton, London. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 190 P562m 1969 

Clt. No. 210221 

Skinner, Enrene William, 1896- The 

science of dental materials [by] Eugene W. 
Skinner [and] Ralph W. Phillips. Sth ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1947. xi, 470 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WU 190 S628S 1947 Clt No. 101554 

-CONGRESSES 

National Institute of Dental Research. Bio-Materials 
Research Advisory Committee. Adhesive 
restorative dental materia is- II; proceedings of a 
workshop held at the University of Virginia, 
Charlottesville, Virginia, December B and 9, 1965. 
Bethesda, Md. [I960] xl, 293 p. lllus. (Public 
Health Service publication, no. 1491) 
DNLM: WU 190 U585a 19S5 Cit. No. 40440 

•LABORATORY MANUALS 

MartlnelU, Nicholas. Dental laboratory 
technology. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. 287 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-8014-3135-1. 
DNLM: WU 500 M384d 1970 Clt. No. 254040 

DENTAL OCCLUSION 

Kraua, Bertram S„ 1913- Dental anatomy 

and occlusion; ■ study of the masticatory system 
[by] Bertram S. Kraus, Ronald E. Jordan [and] 
Leonard Abrams. Baltimore, Williams & 
Wllklns [01968] XvL 317 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WU 101 K91d 1969 

Clt. No. 204345 

Posselt, Ulf . Physiology of occlusion and 
rehabilitation. Oxford, Blackwell [1942] xiv, 
282 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WU 440 PBMp 10S2 Clt. No. 201154 



Ross Ira Franklin. Occlusion; a concept for the 
clinician. St. Louis. Mosby, 1970. ix. 293 p. 
lllus. SBN B016-4190-X. 
DNLM SUNY: WU 440 R324o 1970 

Cit. No. U1171 

DENTAL PORCELAIN 

Johnston, John F., 1900- Modern practice 

In dental ceramics (by] John F. Johnston [et al.] 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 196T. al, 312 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WU 515 J72md 1967 Clt. No. 67077 

DENTAL PROPHYLAXIS 

Bernler, Joseph Leroy, 1909- ed- Improving 

dental practice through preventive measures, 
edited by Joseph L. Bernler and Joseph C. 
Muhler. 2d ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. x, 
443 p. lllus. SBN ft016-0660-a, 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 113 B5281 1970 

Clt. No. 265555 

DENTAL PROSTHESIS 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Mart in el 11, Nicholas. Dental laboratory 
technology. St. Louis, Mosby, 1B70. 287 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-80 16-3135- 1. 
DNLM: WU 50O M334d 1970 Clt. No. 254040 

-POPULAR WORKS 

Sears, Victor Hugo. New teeth for old. [Rev. 
bv] Walter A. Hall, Jr. 5th ect. St. Louis, 

Mosby, isea. xiit, 101 p. nius. sbn 

8016-?I.»1G-X. 

DNLM: WU B0 S439n 1969 Clt. No. 217721 

DENTAL RESTORATION, 
PERMANENT 

Bell, Bruce H. Basic operative dentistry 
procedures [by] Bruce H. Bell [and] David A 
Grahicer. 2i3 ed. PhSlsaolpb!^. Lea & Febiger, 
1971. xiv. 405 p. Hlua. ISBN 0-8121-0298-7. 
Bibliography: p. 339-495. 
DNLM: WU 300 B433b 1971 Clt, No. 270433 

Tocc!u>«, John J., 1912- >d. Restorative 

dentistry. New York, McGraw-Hill [cl»67] 
x!ll. 490 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WU 270 T831r 1967 Clt. No. 104721 



DENTAL RESTORATION, 
TEMPORARY 

Toecbini, John J.. 191 2- ed. Restorative 

dentistry. New York, McGraw-Hill [cl967] 

xill, 4'"0 p. lllus. 

DNLM: WU 270 T831r 1967 Clt. No. 104721 

DENTISTRY 



-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Miller, Sidney L., 1913- Legal aspect* of 

dentistry: a programmed course In dental 
Jurisprudence. New York, Putnam [cl970] xi. 
428, XV-XXil p. 
DNLM: W 705 M651L 1970 Clt. No. 250142 

DENTISTRY, OPERATIVE 

Bell, Brnee H. Basic operative dentistry ' 
procedures [by] Bruce H. Bell [and] David A. 

Grainger. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Lea * Febiger, 
1971. xiv, 405 p. lllus. ISBN 0-8 121-0294-7. 
Bibliography: p. 389-405. 
DNLM: WU 300 B433b 1971 Clt. No. 270433 

Gilmore, Homer William. Textbook of operative 
dentistry. St, Louis, Mosby [cl9*7] xiv, 805 
p. lllua. 
DNLM: WU 300 G488t 1967 Clt. No. 132141 

Sturdcvant, Clifford M., ed. The art and science 
of operative dentistry. Editors: Clifford M. 
Sturdevant, Roger E. Barton [and] John C. 
Brauer. New York, Blaklston [cl968] xv, 529 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 300 S935a 1948 

Cit. No. 154255 

-ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Kliley, Homer Charles. The prevention of 
complications In dental surgery [by] H. C. Kliley 
(and) L. W. Kay. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1969. 
vl I, 223 p. lllus. SBN 443-00631-8. U. S. 
publisher: Williams & Wllitna Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WU 300 K48p 1969 Clt. No, 210584 

-ATLASES 

Howard, WUUam W„ 1932- Atlai or 

operative dentistry, St. Louis, Mosby, 1968. 
xvt, 159 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU "7 H853a 1948 

Clt. No. 161453 

DENTISTS 

-DIRECT. 

Oral surrery directory, of the world. W. Harry 
Archer, editor-in-chief. Ross P. Cafaro, assistant 
editor-in-chief. Elisabeth D. Albrecbt, editorial 

editor. [4th ed.] Pittsburgh [cl971] xv, 461 
p. porta Blofraphlcil information for oral 
surireona in the United States and names and 
addresses for thos;) In foreign countries. Name* 
and addresses of members of the American Board 
oi Oral Surgery and the American Society of Oral 
Surgeons. Includes state dental laws relating to 
oral surgery; statistics of distribution; city, state, 
and regional societies; faculty and departments of 
r*- .ital schools; and 4 chapters on the history of 

.al surgery. Recommended books. Name Index. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 22 OS3 1971 Clt. No. 274260 



Frarier, Claude Albee, 1920- ed. Dentistry 

and the allergic patient. Springfield, 111., 

Thomas fcl973] xxlv, 429 p. Ulus. ISBN 

0-398-02:35-1. 

DNLM, MBCO: WU 164 F848d 1973 

Cit. No. 347166 

Hooley, James R, Hospital dentistry. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1970. x, 204 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-8121-0273-8. 
DNLM: WU 27 H784h 1970 Cit. No. 254761 

Kllpitrtck. Harold C. Work simplification In 
dental practice; applied time and motion studies 
25 contributing authors. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Snunders, 1989. xvtil, 702 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WU 77 K48w 1969 

CTt. No. 204042 

Pennlnf ton, Qeors* William. Dental 

pharmacology [bv] George W. Pennington [and] 
T N Calvey. 2d ed. Oxford, Blackwell 
Scientific publications [1969] Ix, 180 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 50 P414d 1969 

Clt. No. 235722 

Shapiro, Max, ed. The scientific bases of 
dentistry. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. xvt, 
334 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WU 100 S529s 1964 Clt. No. 41313 

Wood, L. Brent. A handbook of dental 
malpractice. Springfield, Ul„ Thomas [cl967] 
ix, 100 p. 
DNLM: WU 44 AA1 W8h 1987 CiL No. 100475 



DENTITION 

Krans, Bertram 8 1913- The 

human dentition before birth [by] Bertram S. 
Kraus [and] Ronald E, Jordan. London, 
Klmpton. 1965. 218 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WU 210 K91h 1965 Clt. No. 52214 

DENTURE, COMPLETE 

Heartwell, Charles M. Syllabus of complete 
dentures. Philadelphia, Lea * Febiger, 1968. 
xv, 458 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WU 530 H436* 1948 Clt. No. 164151 

Swenson. Merrill GtttUf, 1892- Complete 

dentures, edited by Carl O. Boucher. Sth ed. 
St. Louts, Moiby. 1970. xvll, 650 p. Ulu*. 
SBN 8016-0723-X. 
DNLM, MBCO: WU 530 S974C 1B70 

Clt. No. M2«l 

-ATLASES 

Bnchman, Jack M., 1910- An atlas of 

complete denture prosthesis, employing biologic 
and simplified gnathologlc principle*. 
Philadelphia, Ltpplncott [C1970] x, 201 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WU 17 B919* 1970 Clt. No. 256847 



DENTURE, PARTIAL 



Johnston, John P., 1900- Modern pracUce 

In dental ceramic* [by] John T. Johnston [et aL] 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1967. xi, 312 p. Mu*. 
DNLM: WU 515 J72md 1967 Clt. No. §7077 



55 



DENTURE. PARTIAL 



McCracken, William L„ 1915- Partial 

denture construction; principle* and technique*. 
3d ed. [by] Davis Henderson [and] Victor L. 
Steffel. St. Louis, Mosby, 1969. xvl, 478 p. 
Illua, SBN 8016-2139-9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNV: WU 516 MI32p 1989 

Clt. No. 212606 

Singer, Frltx. Partial denture*; a textbook for 
the practitioner, by Frlti Singer and Fritz Schfln. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publlahera [el9SS] 
207 p. lllus. Translation of Die partlelle 
Pro these; eln Lehrbuch fiir den Praktlker. 
DNLM; WU 51S S617P 1949 Clt. No. 85332 

-ATLASES 

Weinberg, Lawrence A 1928- Atlas 

of crown and bridge prosthodonUcs. St. Loula, 
Mosbv, 1965. xv, 233 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WU 17 W423a 1965 Clt. No. 40*47 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Bates, John F. Partial denture construction; a 
laboratory manual, Bristol, Wright, 1970. 128 
p. ISBN 0-7138-0248-4. U. S. publisher: 
Williams & Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WU SIS B329p 1970 Clt. No. 257548 

DE?^ 'JRE, PARTIAL, FIXED 

Trlmait, Stanley Daniel, 1893- Theory and 

practice of crown and fixed partial proathodontlc* 
(bridge). 6th ed. St. Louis, Moeby, 1970. 
Xtx, 1023 p. Illua. SBN 8018-5183-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 515 T9B5t 1970 

Clt. No. 247323 

DENTURE, PARTIAL, REMOVABLE 

Dykema, Roland W. Modern practice In 
removable partial prostbodontlcs [by] Roland W. 
Dykema, Donald M, Cunningham [and] John F. 
Johnston. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1939. xjv, 
417 p. Illua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WU 515 F99«m 1989 

Clt. No. 200812 

-ATLASES 

Weinberg, Lawrence A., 1928- Atlas of 

removable partial denture proathodoutic*. St. 
Louis, Moaby, 1989. xv, 255 p. Illua. SBN 
B016-3378-9. 
DNLM, MBCO: WU 17 W423ab 1989 

Clt. No. 232233 

DEPRESSION 

Beck, Aaron T., 1921- Depression; clinical, 

experimental, and theoretical aspects. New 
York, London, Hoeber [c!9«7] xlv, 370 p. 
DNLM: WM 170 B393d 1987 Cit. No. 120373 

Mendels, Jo&«ph. Concept* of depression. New 
York. Wiley [cI970] xlll, 124 p. (Approaches 
to behavior pathology seriea) ISSN 
0-471-S3350-8. 
DNLM: WM 207 M537c 1970 Clt. No. 264750 

-CONGRESSES 

Maddlson, David, ed. Aspect* of depressive 
Illness; s symposium arranged by the 
Postgraduate Committee In Medicine, University 
of Sydney, May 1983, ed- by David Maddlson and 
Glen M. Duncan. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1985. 
xll, 183 p. 
DNLM: WM 207 MITfla 1963 Clt. No. 44335 

Neuropsychiatry Institute, 22th, Veterans 
Administration Hospital, CoaUsrille, Pa., 1989. 
Patterns of self -destruction: depression and 
suicide, proceedings. Edited by Kurt Wolff. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1970] xl, B8 p. 
13th meeting called: Institute In Psychiatry and 
Neurology. 
DNLM: W3 NE712 198Bp Clt. No. 258211 

-DIAONOtn 

BUlas, Nilau Behellenberg, 1616- 
Depresstos: It* diagnosis and treatment. Lithium; 
the history of it* use In psychiatry. Basel, New 
York, Karger, 1989. vill, 92 p. (Modern 
problems of pharmacopsychiatry, v. 3) 
DNLM: Wl M0188P 1989 
MBCO: WM 402 M689 v.3 1989 
SUNY: WK 20? K8SD 1069 Clt. No. 208445 



•DRUG THERAPY 

Cole, Jonathan Otis, 1925- ed. 

Pharmacotherapy of depression; eomp. and ed. by 

Jonathan O. Cole and J. R. Wittenborn. 

Springfleld, 111,, Thoma* [cIS63] xl, 189 p. 

lllu*. 

DNLM: WM 207 C689p 1968 Clt. No. 87114 

Hordcrn, Anthony. Depressive states; a 
Pharmaeotherapeutlc study, by Anthony Hordera, 
In collaboration with C. G. Burt and N. F. Holt. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C19G5] ivi, 188 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: QV 108 HSlld 1985 Clt. No. 40548 

-THERAPY 

Kline, Nathan Scbelleaberg, 1916- 
Depresslon: Its diagnosis and treatment. Lithium: 
the history of Its use in psychlatrv. Baael, New 
York, Karger, 1969. vlll, 92 p. (Modern 
problems of pharmacopsychiatry, v. 3) 
DNLM: Wl MOlcfiP 1953 
MBCO: WM 402 MSH9 v.3 1969 
SUNY: WM 207 K65D 1969 Clt. No. 206445 

DERMATITIS 

-ETIOLOGY 

Lampe, Kenneth F. Plant toxicity and dermatitis; 
a manual for physicians [by] Kenneth F. Lampe 
£aud] Rune Fagerstrbm. Baltimore, Williams & 
Wilting. J868. X, 231 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WD 500 L237p 1983 Cit, No. 133277 

DERMATITIS, CONTACT 

Adams, Robert M„ 1928- Occupational 

contact dermatitis. Philadelphia, Toronto, 
Lipplncott [clEGfl) xlll, ZC3 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WR C&0 A21flo 1669 

Clt. No. 210035 

Fisher, Alexander A., 1905- Contact 

dermatitis. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1987. 
324 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WR 175 F533c 1967 Clt. No. 72045 

Fisher, Alexander A., 19f>S- Contact 

dermatitis. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1973. xl, 448 p. ISBN 0-8121-0411-0. 

DNLM, SUNY: WR 175 F53Sc 1973 

Cit. No. 375742 



DERMATOLOGY 

-ATLASES 

Frfeboes, Walter, 1880- Color atlas of 

dermatology, by Joseph Klmmlg ?nd Michael 
Jannt-r. Amer. ed. tr. and rev. by Herbert 
Goldschmiit. Philadelphia, Sounders, 1966. lx, 
304 p. liius. Translation of Atlas dor liaut- 
und Geschlochtskrankhelten. At head of title: 
Friehoe«/5chdnfe!d. 
DNLM: WR 17 F899* 196«a Clt. No. 62335 

-CONGRESSES 

International Academy of Pathology. The skin, 
by 30 authors. Edited by Els on B. Helwig and F. 
K. Mostofl, Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 
1971. xv, 818 p. lllus. (Its Monographs In 
pathology, no. 10) ISBN 0-68J-03y^2-9. Most 
of the chapters are expansions of lectures given 
at the Academy's 57th annual meeting held In 
Chicago, 

DNLM: Wl IN701 no. 10 1971 
MBCO: WR 100 I63s 1971 Clt. No. 308745 

International Congress of Dermatology, 14th, Padna 
and Venice, 1972. Abstracts of papers 
presented. Editors: F. Flarer [et al. 
Amsterdam, 1972] vll, 170 p. lllus. (Excerpts 
medlca. International congress scries, no. 248) 
ISBN 0-90-219-1196-5. 
DNLM; W3 EX89 no.248 1972 
MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no.248 1972 
XNLM: [WR 100 I84a 1972] at. No. 3T764J 

-DICT. 

Leidcr, Harris, 1908- A dictionary of 

derma to logical words, terms and phrases [by] 
Morris Lolder and Morris Rosonblum New 
York. McGraw-Hill [1968] xviii, 440 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WR 13 L527d 1988 

Clt. No, 



-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Welgand, Dennis Allen, 1939- Dermatology; 

1200 multiple choice question* and answers 
referenced to textbooks and Journals. Flushing, 
N. Y., Medical Examintjon Pub. Co., CI970. 164 
p. (Medical examination review book, v. 21) 
ISBN 0-87438-127-7. 
DNLM: W IS M488 v.21 1970 Ctt. No. Z545S1 

Welgand, Dennis Allen, 1939- Dermatology; 

1200 multiple choice question* and answers 
referenced to textbooks and journals. 2d ed. 
Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination Pub. Co., 
cl972. 164 p. (Medical examination review 
book, v. 21) ISBN 0-87488-127-7. 
DNLM: W 18 M488 v.21 1972 Clt. No. 347740 

-NOMENCLATURE 

Bntterworth, Thomas, Manual of laboratory aids 
for the derma tologixt [by] Thomas Butterworth 
[and] Jaaper G. Chen See. New York, Toronto, 
McGraw-Hill [e!9S7] 171 p. 
DNLM; WR 140 B988m 1987 Cit No. 130708 

DERMATOPHYTES 

Resell, Gernrrt. Dermatophytes; their recognition 
and Identification, by Gcrbert Rebell and David 
Tapiin. [Rev. ed.] Coral Gables, Fla., Univ. of 
Klanf Press [c!970] vi, 124 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-!; 7024- 185-0. 
DNLM, MBCO: QW 180 R2t)ld 1970 

Clt. No. 253074 



DIABETES MELLITUS 



CI OS Foundation. Aetiology of diabetes ua el lit us 
and Its complication*, ed. by Margaret P. 
Cameron and Mauve O'Connor. Boston, Little, 
Brown, 1964. xiv, 405 p. lllu*., port. <ab* 
Foundation- Colloquia on Endocrinology, v. 15) 
DNLM: WX 810 C587a 1964 «t. No. 5352 

EHenberg, Max, 1911- ed. Diabetes me! lit us; 

theory and practice, edited by Max Ellenberg 
[and] Harold Hlffcln. New York, 

McGraw-Hill [CIB70] xix, 1031 p, lllus. 1st 
ed. hns title; Clinical diabetes mellltus- 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 810 E4Sc 1970 

CTt- No. 285571 

Jo«lio, Elliott Proctor, 1869- Diabetes 

mellitus, edited by Alexander Marble [et al.] 
11th i-d. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1971. 
ail. 884 p. UIu*. ISBN 0-8121-0137-5. 
Previous eds. have title: Treatment of diabetes. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 810 J83t 1971 

at. No. 304710 

Mallns, John. Clinical diabetes mellltu*. 
London, Eyre 8c S pott is wood e, 1968. xlx, 502 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WK 810 M231c 1068 

at. No. 142353 

Oakley, W. G. Clinical diabetes and Its 
biochemical basis [by] W. G. Oakley, D. A. Pyke 
[and] K. W. Taylor. Oxford, Blackwell 
Scientific Publications [1S68] xl, 7B8 p. lilus. 
SBN 632-03180-3. 
DNLM, MBCO; WK 810 Olio 1988 

at. No. 163000 

-COMPLICATIONS » 

Cslrd, Francis Irrfn*. Diabetes and the eye [by] 
F. I. Calrd, A. Pirie [and] T, G. Ramsell. 
Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications [1969] 
x, 230 p. lllus. SBN 632-04980-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 835 C136d 1969 

Clt. No. 211244 

Geevarghese, P. J. Pancreatic diabetes; a 

clinl co- pathologic study of growth onset diabetes 
with pancreatic calculi. Bombay, Popular 
Prakashan [1968] xl, 140 p. lllus., Plate* 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 810 G296p 1968 

at. No. 238814 

Lena, MarTln E., 1924- ed. The diabetic 

foot. Edited by Marvin E. Levin [and] Lawrence 
W. O'Neal. St. Louis, Hosby, 1973. xvii, 262 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-8018-2979-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 835 L665d 1973 

at No. 370154 



5S 



c 






DIAGNOSIS 






-CONGRESSES 

Diabetes melUtns. Editor: L, J. P. Duncan. 
Edinburgh, Unlvenity Press [cl966] 189 p. 
lllus. (Pflier medical monographs, 1) Papers 
read at the opening symposium of the Pflier 
Foundation of the Post-Graduate Medical School, 
University of Edinburgh, 1965. 
DNLM: W3 PrlSS no,l IMS Cit. No. 113526 

International Diabetes Federation. Diabetes; 
proceedings of the alxth congreaa of the 
international Dlabetea Federation, Stockholm, 
Sweden, July 30-August 4, 1987. Editor: J. 
Oeatman; co-editor; Ft. D. G. Hllner. 
Amsterdam, Excerpta Medlca Foundation, 1989. 
Ix, 926 p. Ulus. (Excerpta medlca. 
International congreaa aerlea, no. 171) 

Supplement. Amsterdam, Excerpta 

Medlca Foundation, 1969. vli. 238 p. Ulus. 
(Excerpta medtca. International congreaa aerlea, 
no. 172S) 

W3 EX89 no.172 1987 Suppl, 
DNLM: W3 EX89 no.172 1967 
MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no.172 1967 Clt. No. 216016 

International Symposium on Early Diabetes, 1st, 

Marbella, 1968. Early diabetes, edited by Rafael 

A. Camerlnl-Davaios and Harold S. Cole: associate 

ertlt'-r: William S. Gallmor. New York, 

Ac -nlc Press, 1970. xxi, 488 p. lllus. 

(A ices In metabolic disorders. Supplement, 

1) Sponsored by the Dlabetea Center of the 

New York Medical College. 

DNLM: Wl AD63A v.l 1970 Clt. No. 242*51 

Nobel Symposium, 13th, Stockholm, Sept. 1969. 

Pathogenesis of diabetes mellitus; proceedings. 

Edited by Erol Cerasl and Rolf Luft. 

Stockholm, Almqvlat & Wlksell; New York, Wiley 

[1970] 354 p. Ulus- 

DNLM: W3 N0369 l»89p Clt. No. 164645 

■DRUG THERAPY 

Campbell, George Duncan. Oral hypoglycaemlc 

agents; pharmacology and therapeutics. London, 
New York, Academic Press. 1989. xvtli, 482 
p. lllus. (Medicinal chemistry, v. 9) 
DNLM: Wl ME84 v.9 1969 Clt. No. 217651 

-ETIOLOGY 

C lea re, Thomas Latimer. Dlabetea, coronary 
thrombosis, and the saccharine disease, by T. L. 
Cleave and G. D. Campbell, with the assistance of 
N. S. Painter. Id ed. Bristol, Wright, 1E39. 
xlll, 162 p. lllua. SBN 7236-0219-0. U. S. 
publisher: Williams 4 Wllklna Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 75 C623d 1969 

Clt. No, 175161 

Cleave, Thomas Latimer, Diabetes, coronary 
thrombosis, and the saccharine disease, by T. L. 
Cleave and G. D. Campbell. Bristol, Wright, 
1966. xi, 148 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QU 75 C823d 1986 Clt. No. 60115 

Nobel Symposium, 13th, Stockholm, Sept. 1989. 

Pathogenesis of diabetes mellitus; proceedings. 

Edited by Erol Cerasl and Rolf Luft, 

Stockholm, Almqvist & Wlksell; New York, Wiley 

[1970] 354 p. lllus. 

DNLM: W3 N0389 1969p Clt. No. 284845 

-METABOLISM 

Weller, Charles, 1911- ed. The new 

management of stable adult diabetes; a 
compendium Of recent research findings, new 
metabolic insights, and Improved clinical 
management. Springfield, 111.. Thomas [cl9S9J 
xl, 162 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 615 W448n 1969 

Clt. No. 202406 

-PATHOLOGY 

Warren, Shields, 1898- The pathology of 

diabetes mellltua [by] Shields Warren [et »1.J 
4th ed. Philadelphia, Lea «■ Feblger, 1968. 
523 p. Ulus., ports. 
DNLM: WK 81Q W293p 1986 Clt. No. 7X044 

-POPULAR WORKS 

Dolger, Henry, IMS- How to live with 

diabetes [by] Henry Dolger and Bernard Seeman, 
Rev. ed. New York, Norton [el&flS] 101 p. 
DNLM: WK 850 D6*4h 1985 Clt. No. 52410 



Dnnean, Garfield George, 1901- A modern 

pilgrim's progress, with further revelations, for 
diabetics [by] Garfield G. Duncan, in 
collaboration with Theodore G. Duncan. Id ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1987. xix, 227 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WK B50 D911m 1967 Clt. No. 110711 

-PREVENTION ft CONTROL 

U. S, Division of Chronic Disease Programs. 
Diabetes and Arthritis Control Program. 

Diabetes control; a public health program guide. 
Arlington, Va. [For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington. D. C, 1989] v, 
57 p. (Public Health Service publication, no. 508) 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 810 U5Sd 1969 

Clt. No. 211104 

-THERAPY 

Ralli, Elaine Pandta, 1694- The 

management of the diabetic patient; a practical 
guide. New York, Putnam [cl965] xlll, 207 
p. lllua. 
DNLM: WK 815 R183m 1965 Clt. No. 45231 

Weller, Charles, 1011- ed. The new 

management of stable adult diabetes; a 
compendium of recent research findings, new 
metabolic Insights, and Improved clinical 
management. Springfield, 111., Thomas [c!989] 
xl, 162 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 615 W448n 1969 

Clt. No. 202406 

DIABETES MELLITUS, JUVENILE 

Juvenile-type diabetes and Its complications; 
theoretical and practical considerations, edited by 
Karl E, Sf.ssmar. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[c 11)71] xvl, 437 p. lllus. (American lecture 
series, no. 815. American lectures In living 

DNLM, MBCO: WK 810 J97 1971 Clt. No. 302522 

DIABETIC ANGIOPATHIES 

Ciba Foundation. Aetiology of diabetes mellltua 
and its complications, ed. by Margaret P. 
Cameron arid Maeve O'Connor. Boston, Little, 
Brown, 1964. xlv, 405 p. lllus., port. (Ciba 
Foundation. Colloquta on Endocrinology, v. 15) 
DNLM: WK 610 C567a 1964 Clt. No. 5352 

-CONGRESSES 

Klmura, Samuel Jiro, 1912- ed. Vascular 

complications of diabetes mellltua, with special 
emphasis on microangiopathy of the eye. Ed. by 
Samuel J. Klmura [and] Wayne 51. Cay gill. St. 
Louis, Mosby 1S57. nil, 277 p. lllus. 
Proceedings of a symposium held at the 
University of California Medical Center, San 
Francisco, Dee, IB 35. Sponsored by the 
University of California School of Medicine, Dept. 
of Ophthalmology, and Continuing Education In 
Medicine and the Health Sciences, University of 
California San Francisco Medical Center. 
DNLM: WK 835 K49v 1965 Clt. No. 115554 

DIABETIC RETINOPATHY 

Calrd, Francis Irvine, Diabetes and the eye [by] 
F. I. Calrd, A. Pirle [and! T. G. Ramseil. 
Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications [1989] 
X, 230 p. lllua. SBN 632-04980-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 835 C136d 1989 

Clt. No. 111244 

Ciba Foundation. Aetiology of diabetes mellitus 
and Its complications, ed. by Margaret P. 
Cameron and Maeve O'Connor. Boston, Little, 
Brown, 1964. xlv, 4«5 p. lllus.. port. (Clb* 
Foundation, Colloqula on Endocrinology, v. 15) 
DNLM: WK 810 C547a 1984 Clt. No. 5352 

•ATLASES 

Dolenek, A. Color atlas of diabetic retinopathy 
[by] A. Dolenek [and] A. Takac. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [cl&67] 92 p. lllus. 
Translation of Atlas der Rettnopathla diabetica. 
DNLM: WK 17 D863a 1987 Clt. No. 124227 



-CONGRESSES 

Klmura, Samuel Jlro, 1912- ed. Vascular 

complications of diabetes mellitus, with special 
emphasis on microangiopathy of tbe eye. Ed. by 
Samuel J. Klmura [and] Wayne M. CaygilL St. 
Louis, Mosby 1987. xll, 277 p. lllus. 
Proceedings of a symposium held at the 
University of California Medical Center, San 
Francisco, Dec. 1985, Sponsored by tbe 
University of California School of Medicine, Dept. 
of Ophthalmology, and Continuing Education In 
Medicine and the Health Sciences, University of 
California San Francisco Medical Center. 
DNLM: WK 835 K49v 1965 Clt. No. 115554 

Symposium on the Treatment of Diabetic 
Retinopathy, Kaxrentoa, Vs., 1983. Symposium 
on the Treatment of Diabetic Retinopathy, edited 
by Morton F. Goldberg [and] Stuart L. Fine. 
Arlington, Va. [For aale by the Sunt, of Docs., U. 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington, D. C, 1989] 
xxlv, 913 p. Ulus. (Public Health Service 
publication, no. 1890) Sponsored by the Public 
Health Service and icsucd by Its Neurological and 
Sensory Disease Control Program and Its Diabetes 
and Arthritis Control Program. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WK 835 S9891 1968 

Clt. No. 218351 

-THERAPY 

Oknn, Edward, 1931- Management of 

diabetic retinopathy; a stereoscopic presentation 
[bv] E-iaard Okun, Glen Paul Johnston [and] 
Isaac Boiiluk. St. Louis, Mosby, 1971. xl, 165 
p. Ulus, 112 stereoscope slides In 16 
cardboard reels and vlewmaster issued with text. 
ISBN 0-8016-371 2-0. Supported in part by the 
National Eye Institute under Grant EYOO-200-13. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 835 041m 1971 

Ot. No. 314403 

Symposium on the Treatment of Diabetic 

Retinopathy, Warren ton, Va., irsa. Symposium 
on the Treatment of Diabetic Retinopathy, edited 
by Morton F. Goldberg [and] Stuart L. Fine. 
Arlington, Va. [For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington. D. C, 1989] 
xriv, 913 p. lllus. (Public Health Service 
publication, no. 18S0) Sponsored by the Public 
Health Service and Issued by Its Neurological and 
ScDsory Disease Control Program and Its Diabetes 
and Art'riLla Control program. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 835 S639s 1968 

Clt. No. 216351 

DIAGNOSIS 

Barondess, Jeremiah A., 1924- ed. 

Diagnostic approaches to presenting syndromes. 
Baltimore, Williams 4 Wiiklns [cl971] lx. 547 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-683-00418-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 141 B237d 1971 

Clt. No. 271404 

Buckingham, W 11 Lara B., 1924- A primer 

of clinical diagnosis [by] William B. Buckingham, 
Marshall Spar berg [and] Martin Brandfonbrener, 
with contributions by Paul O'Brien [et al. 1st 
ed.] New York, Harper 6c Row [cl971] x, 34* 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-06-140548-5. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WB 200 B923p 1971 

Clt. No. 301420 

Campbell, Edward James, Moras, ed. Clinical 
physiology, edited by E. J. Moran Campbell, C. 1. 
Dickinson, and J. D. H. Slater. 3d ed. Oxford. 
Blackwell [1958] xlv, 657 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 141 C187c 1988 

Clt, No. 150721 

Feimstein, Aivaa R„ 1925- Clinical 

Judgment. Baltimore, WUliama & wiiklns, 1967. 
vlt, 414 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WB 141 F299C 1967' Clt. No. 101718 

Fisher, Jack C, 1937- Clinical procedures; 

a concise guide for students of medicine. 
Baltimore, WUUams 4 Wiiklns [cl970] xlv, 192 
p. Ulus. SBN 683-03239-9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 100 F534c 1970 

Clt. Nn. 245355 

OUlls, Leon. Diagnosis In orthopaedics), New 
York, Appleton-Century-Crofts; London, 
Butterworth [1989] vli!. 312 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 141 G481d 1969 

Clt. No. 207M1 






57 



DIAGNOSIS 



4 



Hod skin, Keith. Towards e arlier diagnosis; a 
family doctor'! approach. 2d ed. Edinburgh, 
Llvlnrstone, 1966. xvl, 459 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WB 141 H689t 1966 Cit. No. 874*7 

Hutchison, sir Robert, bart,, 1871- Clinical 

methoda, by Donald Hunter and R. R. Bomford. 
14th ed. London, BaUUere. Tlndail & Caxsell 
[1965] sv, 454 p. lllui. First published 1983. 
DNLM: WB 141 Ht78c 1963 Clt. No. 50183 

Hntchlson, Sir Robert, bart,, 1871- Clinical 

method* [by] Donald Hunter and R. R. 
Bomford. Revlaed with the assistance of David 
G. Penington. 15th ed. Philadelphia, 
Llpplncott [C1983] 404 p. Ului. SBN 
7020-0287-1. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WB 141 H078c 1968 

Clt. No. 187355 

Judge, Richard D., 1915- ed. Physical 

diagnosis: a physiologic approach to the clinical 
examination, by 15 contributing authors. Edited 
by Richard D. Judge [and] George D. Zuldoma. 
2d ed. Boston, Little, Brown [c!9C3] xlv, 495 
p. tllua. Title of earlier ed. varies- slightly. 
DNLM, SUNY; WB 200 JS2p 1983 

Cit. No. 183158 

Lowe Robert D. A physiological approach to 
cl .1 methods, by Robert D. Lowe and Brian F 
R' .son, with a chapter on the nervous system, 
by C. David Marsden. London. Churchill [1970] 
vli, 218 p. Ulus. SBN 7000-1424-1. 
D'*LM: WB 200 L913p 1970 Cit. No. 2422'J1 

Lyons, Don Chalmers. Oral and facial signs and 
symptom* of systemic diseases; a diagnostic 
manual. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cI86f j ix, 
340 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 143 L991o 1£G8 

Clt. No. 15502! 

MacBryde, Cyril Mitchell, 1908- :.d. Signs 

and symptoms; applied pathologic 'jhyslaloj;y and 
clinical interpretation. Edited by Cyril Mitchell 
MacBryde and Robert Stanley H'.acklow. 
Contributors: Richard D. Aa<"a [et ai.J 5th ed. 
Philadelphia, Llppincott [c!9?d] xx, 1025 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 141 Mil 9s 1970 

Clt. No. IS8287 

Major, Ralph Hern) on, 1'j84- , Physic*! 

diagnosis, edited by fiahlon H. Delp and Robert 
T. Manning. 71b. ed. Philadelphia, London, 
Saunders, 19S8. ''::il, 356 p. illus., ports. 
DNLM: WB 2C0 Ki34p 1988 Cit. No. 135357 

Merck Sharp a.r-1 Pohme Research Laboratrrtes. 

The Merck rr.anu*! of diagnosis and therapy. 
11th ed. t Kah'.vay, N. J.] xvl, IhGO p. 
DNLM: Y/J 100 M555m 19C6 Clt. No. 7832* 

Prior, Jc',n A„ 1913- Physical ils gnosis; 

the hlitory and examination of the patient [by] 
Johr A. Prior, Jack S. Sllbersteln, and 
cor iTibu tors. 3d ed. St. Louis, Moiby, 1989, 
x'i, i30 p. ilius. SBN 8016-4051-2. 
TJNLM: WB 200 P958p 1969 Cit. No. 202530 

Seward, Charles Mackay. Bedside diagnosis, by 
Charles Seward, with the assistance of David 
Matt in dy. 8th ed. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilklns, 1989. xlll, 517 p. SBN 443-00628- 8. 
DNLM: WB 200 S514b 1969 Cit. No. 221704 

Walker, Sydney, 1931- Pay chla trie signs 

and symptoms due to medical problems. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl967] xxl, 129 p. 
DNLM: WM 90 W184p 1967 Clt. No. 1J7041 

•IK INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

Harness, Lewis Abraham, 1S2I- Manual of 

pediatric physical diagnosis. 4th ed. Chicago, 
Year Book Medical Publishers [C1973] xlli, 247 
p. Illus. ISBN O.815L0492-8. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WS 141 B281m 1971 

Clt. No. 353471 

Current pediatric diagaoi.lt A- treatment, by C. 
Henry Kemp*, Henry H.. SlWer, Donooih O'Brien 
and associate autho's. Los Altos, Calif,, Lange, 
1970. 883 p. Urn. ISBN 0-87041-180-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 141 C976 1970 

at. No. 254771 



Current pediatric diagnosis & treatment, by C. 
Henry Kempt, Henry X.. Silver, Donottfh O'Brien 
and associate authors. 2d ed. Los Altos, 
Calif , Lange, 1972. 1003 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-B7041-1H2-9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 141 C97« 1972 

Clt. No. £34284 

DIAGNOSIS, DIFFERENTIAL 

Bitter. Julius, 1087- Differential diagnosis 

of internal diseases; clinical analysis and 
synthesis of symptoms and signs on 
pathophysiologic basis. 3d rev. and enL ed. 
New York, Grane & Stratton [C19S7] xx, 1071 
p. Uhis. 
DNLM: WB 141 B344d 1937 Cit. No. I13«l 

Donth watte, Arthur Henry, 1898- ed. 

Frcr.ch's index of dlfiercntlal diagnosis. 9th ed. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wilklns, 1987. xl, 1034 
p. illus. 
DNLM: WB 141 D742f 1967 Clt. No. 137277 

Geeraets, Walter Jean, 1S22- Ocular 

syndromes. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Febljer, 1989. xli, 2fi9 p. SBN 8121-00. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 475 G23Ho 1989 

CU. No. 227414 

Hart, Jfrancis Dudley, ed, French's Index of 
diffcrrn ial diarnosls. 10th ed. Baltimore, 
William? & Wilkin*. 197S. xl, 972 p. Ilius. 

ish^ o-.i^a-oaoy-x. 

DNLM: WB 141 H325f 1973 Clt. No. 407353 

Harvey, A. McGebee, 1911- Differential 

diagiiQ^i;., the Interpretation of clinical evidence, 
by A. McUehce Harvey and Jinwa Bordley. 2d 
ed, Philadelphia, Saunilerj, 1970. xx, 1238 p. 
D.\L MLCO: WB 141 U34Id 1970 

Clt. No. 24543S 

Janien, Rudolph, *d. Pain analysis; a guide to 
& gnosis. [1st Enclish ed.) Bristol, Wright, 
li 70. iv, 87 p. lllua. IiJBN 0-72*6.024.0.8. 
Translation of Schmerzanalyse ala Wegwelser lur 
Diagnose. U. S. publisher: Williams 4 Wilklns 
Co.. Bill! more. 
D.SLM, MBCO, SUNY: W3 170 J35a 1970 

Clt, No, 250750 

La^os, Jorge C, 1933- Differential 

cdagnosis In pediatric neurology. [1st ed.] 
ll'istun, Little, Brown [cl971] x, 3i3 p. illus. 
ISSN 0-318-5lE£0. 
DNLM: WS 340 L177d 1071 Cit, No. 311637 

Mackenzie, D. II. The differential diagnosis of 
i.broblasttc disorders. Ojfnrd, Blackwell 
Scientific Publications [1970] ix, 187 p. tllua. 
S.1M 6i2-Cm0-l. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 340 MloSd 1970 

Clt. No. 256254 

Matousek, William Charles, 1923- 
Dlficrontlal dlacno&is, [2d ed.] Chicago, Year 
Book Med'cal Publishers [1067] 351 p. 1st ed. 
has title: Manual of differential diagnosis. 
DNLM: W3 141 M433m 1937 Cit, No. 76304 

Shackelford, Richard T„ 1002- Diagnosis of 

surgical disease, with I he assistance of Donald W. 
Bensun [et al.] Philadelphia, Saunders, 1968. 
3 v. (xiv, 2,131, lxlii p.) lilus. 
DNLM: WO 141 S524d 1658 Clt. No. 157574 

-ATLASES 

Klostermann, Gerald Pranx. Color atlas of 
external manifestations of disease, by G. F. 
Klosiermann Jet al.] Contributors: J. Koncx fet 
al ] Marcel Tuchmann, ed. New York, Toronto, 
McGraw-Hill [1P68J xvl, 298 p. illus. 
Translation of Der dlagnostische Bllck, Atlas iur 
Dlfferenllaldlagnose innerer Krankhelten. 
DNLM: WB 17 KS6d 1966 Clt. No. 106607 

•OUTLINES 

Berkowltx, Stanley B„ 1926- Differential 

diagnosis; a memory stimulus system for pocket, 
punchcard and computer. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [cI937] xxl, 333 p. 
DNLM: WB 141 B514d 1967 Clt. No. 75566 



-TABLES 

Schroder, Rolf. Practical evaluation of the 
electrocardiogram; a synopsis of differential 
diagnosis, by R. Schroeder and H. Suedhof. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1969] xlv, 104 p. 
Illus. Translation of the 3d edition of 
Praktlsche EKG-Auawertung. Illustrative. 
electrocardiograms (74 p.) In pocket. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 16 S381p 1969 

Clt. No. 205401 

DIAGNOSIS, LABORATORY 

American Public Health Association. Coordlnatln* 
Committee 00 Laboratory Methods. Diagnostic 

procedures for bacterial, mycotic and parasitic 
infections; technics for the laboratory diagnosis 
r.rjd control of the communicable diseases. 
Howard L. Bodily, editor, Elaine L, Updyke, 
coedltor and James O. Mason, assc elate editor. 
5th ed. New York, American Public Health 
Assn., 1970. xiv, &9H p. Ulus. SBN 
87553-055-9. Earlier eda. Issued by the 
association's Subcommittee on Diagnostic 
Procedures and Reagents, with title: Diagnostic 
procedures and reagents. 
DNLM, MECO: QY 25 A512d 1970 

Clt. No. 255737 

Baker, Francis Joseph. An introduction to 
medical laboratory technology [by] F. J. Baker 
[et al.] 4lh ed. Washington, Butterworth, 
19M. xlv. 655 p. illus. 
DNLM: QY 25 B1671 19W Cit. No. 50474 

Bennington, James Lynne, 1935- Laboratory 

diajinoEbi [by] Jamea L. Bennington, Robert A. 
Fouty [and] Cecil Hougte. {New York] 
ESa<-raUlan [cl970] Jx, 720 p. Illus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 4 E472L 1970 Clt. No. 245S73 

Brurhera-Joses, AntontlU, 1930- Manual of 

laboratory medicine. lUt ed.] New York. 
Harper tc Row [cl970] xlv, 363 p. illus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 4 B889m 1970 

Clt. No. 266046 

Cartwright, George Eastman, 1917- 
Diagnostlc laboratory hematology. 4th ed., rer. 
and enl. New York, London. Grime & Stratton 
fcIPGS] xlll, 441 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 400 C329d 1946 

Cit. No. 133515 

Cohen, Alan S., 1926- ed. Laboratory 

diagnostic procedures in the rheumatic diseases; 
cd. by Alan S. Cohen, by 11 authors. [1st ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [cI987] xli, 383 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 544 C678L 1967 Clt. No. 103026 

Co' tins, R. Douglas. Illustrated manual of 
laboratory diagnosis: indications and 
Interpretations. Philadelphia, Lipplncolt [C1968] 
sv, 2S3 p. Illus. 
DNLM, M3Co: QY 4 C7121 1968 Clt. No. 151554 

CruickshanjE, Robert, ed. Medical microbiology; a 
guide to laboratory diagnosis and control of 
infection. Assistant editors: J. P. Duguld [and] 
R. H. A. Swain. 11th ed. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 19E5. xl. 1087 p. Ulus. 10th ed., 
by T. J. Mackie and J. E. McCartney, has title: 
Handbook of bacteriology. 
DNLM: QW 4 C955m 1965 at. No. 44442 

Dacle, John Vlrlan. Practical haematology, by J. 
V. Dacle and S. M. Lewis. 4th ed. New York, 
Grune As Stratton, 1968. vli, 568 p. Illus. 
SBN 7000-1386-5. 
MBCO, SUNY: QY 400 D118p 1966 

Cit. No. 205147 

Damm, Henry C., ed. Handbook of clinical 
laboratory data. Editor: Henry C. Damm and 
associate editor: John W. King, CompUer: 
Carolyn Thomas. Cleveland, Chemical Rubber 
Co. [C1965] lx, 469 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QY 4 D162h 1965 Clt. No. 0372 

Daridiohn, Israel, 1895- ed. Todd-Sanford 

clinical diagnosis by laboratory methods, edited 
by Israel Davldsohn [and] John Bernard Henry. 
14th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1969- xxlx, 
1303 p. Ulus., ports. Earlier editions by James 
C. Todd. 
DNLM. MBCO: QY 4 D252t 1969 Clt. No. 187360 



( 



58 



I 









Davldsohn, Israel, 1865- ed. Todd-S*nford 

Clinical diagnosis by laboratory methods, edited 
by Iirael Davldsohn [and] John Bernard Henry. 
15th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1974. xxv, 
1443 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7115-2921-9. \ 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 4 D2S2t 1974 

at. No. 420306 

Dyke, Sldfnej Campbell, 1888- ed. Recent 

advances in clinical pathology. Set. 5, Boiton, 
Little, Brown, 1998. xlv, 523 p. lllus. SBN 
7000-1387-3. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 4 D996r 1968 Ctt. No. 213047 

Ei earn Ilia, Roberto Francisco, 1905. edGf- 

Laboratory testa In the diagnosis and 
Investigation of endocrine function. Ed. 2. 
Philadelphia, Davis [cl971] xvll, 456 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-8036-3250-9, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 100 E47L 1971 

Clt. No. 276103 



Qirb, Solomon, 1920- 
common use. 4th ed. 
[C19G6] 192 p. 
DNLM: QY 25 G213L 1966 



Laboratory tests In 
New York, Springer 



Clt. No. 110456 



Good ale, Raymond Hamilton, 1898- Clinical 

Interpretation of laboratory tests, E<1, 7, by 
Fr ?s K. WUlmami. Philadelphia, Davis 
[c- ] x, SOJi p. Ului. ISBN 0-8336-9320-6. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 4 G646c 1973 

Clt. No. 364162 

Good ale, Raymond Hamilton, 1893- Clinical 

Interpretation of labnrrory teats [hyj Raymond 
H, Goodale (and] Frances K. Wldmann. 3th ed. 
Philadelphia, Davis [19119] ill, 56H p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 4 GSi'Sc 1969 

Clt. No. 177423 

GradwohL Rutherford BIrchard Hayes, 1877- 
Cllnlca! laboratory methods and diagnosis; a 
textbook on laboratory procedures and their 
Interpretation. Edited by Sam Frankel, Stanley 
Reltman [and] Alex C. Sonaenwlrth. 7th ed. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. 2 v. (ix, 2002, 164 p.) 
lllus. SBN 8018.1670-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SONY: QY 4 G733c 1970 

Clt. No. 252767 

Grist, N. R. Diagnostic methods In clinical 
virology [by) N. R. Grist {et al.J Oxford, 
Black well (1966] vlll, 129 p. lllus. 
DNLM: QY 100 G889d 1966 Clt. No. 54750 

Hans ten, F hi lip D. Drug Interactions; clinical 
significance of drug-drug Interactions and drug 
effects on clinical laboratory results. 2d ed. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1973. Ix, 491 p. 
ISBN 0-6 1 2 1-0432-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 38 H251d 1973 

Clt. No. 3641S3 

Hans ten, Philip D. Drug Interactions; clinical 
significance of drug-drug Interactions and drug 
effects on clinical laboratory results . 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1971. Ix, 437 p. 
ISBN 0.8121-0334-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; QV 38 H251d 1971 

at. No. 272530 

Harper, Trevor A. The peripheral blood film. 
London, Butterworth [C19S3] Ix, 134 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 402 H295p 1908 

Clt. No. 145620 

Hoeh-Llgetl, Cornelia, 1906- Laboratory 

aids In diagnosis of cancer. Springfield, 111,, 
Thomas [cl9G9] x, 123 p. (American lecture 
series, no, 737. American lectures In living 
Chemistry) 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: QZ 241 H685L 1969 

Clt. No. 210000 

Holt, Stephen H„ 1919- Laboratory aids In 

diagnosis. Baltimore, Williams & Wilkins 
[C1971] ix, 185 p. ISBN 0-683-04121-S. 
DNLM. MBCO: QY 23 H758L 1971 

at. No. 2S5207 

Eoepke, John A., 1919- Guide to clinical 

laboratory diagnosis. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofta [cI969] vlll, 310 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 4 K78g 1969 at. No. 224377 

Krlei, Arthur F„ 1930- ainlcal laboratory 

computerization, by Arthur F. Krleg (et aL] 
Baltimore, University Park Press [cl971] t, 125 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-8391-0096-5. 
DNLM: QY 26.5 K92c 1971 at. No. 251774 



Lam eta, Alberto. Introduction to medical 
laboratory methods. New York, Medical Dept., 
Harper St Row [cl971] vlll, 298 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-06-141506-5. 
DNLM: QY 4 L2281 1971 at. No. 311547 

Levinson, Samuel Asor, 1895- Clinical 

laboratory diagnosis, by Samuel A. Le Vinson and 
Robert P. MacFBte. 7th ed. Philadelphia, Lea 
St Feblger, 1969. xx, 1323 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 4 L6«5c 1969 

at. No. 167425 

Methods and techniques In clinical chemistry [by] 
laul L. Wolf [et a).] New York, 
Wlley-lntersclence [cl972] xilt, 417 p. lllus. 
(Stanford series on methods and techniques In 
the clinical laboratory) ISBN 0-471-95900-6. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 90 M592 1972 

at. No. 334177 

Miller, Seward Elmore, 1905- Textbook of 

clinical pathology, edited by Seward E. Miller and 
John M. Weller. 8th ed. Baltimore, Williams 
& Wilkins [C1971] 697 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-883-06000-7. 
DNLM: QY 4 M65H 1971 Clt. No. 277670 

Miller, Seward Elmore, 1905- ed. A 

textbook of clinical pathology. 7th ed. 
Baltimore, Williams At Wilkins, 1966. xvl, 999 
p. lllus. 
DNLM; QY 4 MB5It 1966 Clt. No. 46753 

Naval Medical School, Urinalysis, gastrointestinal 
contents, and endocrinology. Bethesda, 1959. . 
Iv, 128 p. lllua. 
DNLM: QY 25 U583u 1959 Clt. No. 30737 

Pa»et, G. E., ed. Methods In toxicology. 
Philadelphia, Davis [1S70] x, 390 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 602 P135m 1970 

Clt No. 255443 

Ravel, Richard, 1932- Clinical laboratory 

medicine; application of laboratory data. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers [cl989] 
413 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 4 R253c 1969 Clt. No. 202645 

Rtnjt, A Mb M„ 1913- Laboratory 

correlation manual. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1933] xlv, 142 p. 
DNLM. SUNY: QY 25 R581L 1989 

at. No. 218512 

Wallaeh, Jacques Burton, 1926- 
Interpretatlon of diagnostic tests; a handbook 
synopsis of laboratory medicine. Boston, Little, 
Brown and Co. [ci97u] xxxli, 441 p. SBN 
7000-0136-3. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 25 W195I 1970 

Clt. No. 262244 

-ATLASES 

Schnelerson, Sol Stanley, 1906- Atlas of 

diagnostic microbiology. Photographs by S. 
Stanley Schnelerson; text by Alan F. Sewell. 
North Chicago, 111,, Abbott Laboratories [1971] 
79 p. lllus. 
DNLM: QW 17 S359a 1971 at. No. 330244 

•CONGRESSES 

Applied Seminar on the Clinical Pathology of 
Infancy, Washington, D. C, 1965. The clinical 

pathology of infancy, compiled and edited by F. 
William Sunderman and F. William junderman, 
Jr. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl967] xlv, 585 
p, lllus. Held under the auspices of the 
Association of Clinical Scientists. 
DNLM: WS 200 A848c 1935 Clt. No. 117676 

Applied Seminar on the Laboratory Diagnosis of 
Diseases Caused by Toxic Agents, Washington, D. 

C, 1970. Laboratory diagnosis of diseases 
caused by toxic agents, complied and edited by 
F. William Sunderman and F. William Sunderman, 
Jr. St. Louis, Mo., Green [cl970] xvll, 592 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 602 A652L 1970 

Clt. NO. 264671 



DIAGNOSIS, LABORATORY 



Applied Seminar on the Laboratory Diagnosis of 
Endocrine Disorders, Washington, D. C, 1969. 
Laboratory diagnosis of endocrine diseases, 
compiled and edited by F. William Sunderman 
and F. William Sunderman, Jr. St. Louis, Green 
[cl971] xv, 693 p. lllus. Held under the 
auspices of the Association of Clinical Scientist*. 

DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 A652L 1969 

Clt- No. 311371 

Applied Seminar on the Laboratory Diagnosis of 
Kidney Diseases, Washington, D. C, 19«8. 
Laboratory diagnosis of kidney disease*, complied 
and edited by F. William Sunderman and F. 
William Sunderman, Jr. St. Louis, Green 
[C1970] xv, 537 p. lllua. Held under the 
auspices of the Association of Clinical Scientists. 
DNLM, MBCO: WJ 300 A652L 1963 

at. No. 237ZZ4 

Automation and data processing In the clinical 
laboratory; proceedings of the symposium 
presented by the Division of Clinical Pathology 
and Laboratory Medicine, University of California, 
San Francisco, Met-ic&l Center [In February of 
1909] Edited by Geoffrey M. Brlttln and Mario 
Werner. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl976] x, 
174 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 26.5 A939 1969 

at. No. 247050 

Conference on Multiple Laboratory Screening - 
Systems and Interpretations, University of 

ftilnnesota, 1003. Multiple laboratory 
screening. Edited by Ellis S. Benson and Paul E. 
Strandjord. New York, Academic Press, 1969. 
xlv, 310 p. lllus. Sponsored Jointly by the 
University of Minnesota and the Academic 
Clinical Laboratory Physicians and Scientists. 
DNLM: QY 4 C748m 19i8 Clt. No, 227576 

Workshop on Medical Laboratory Applications of 
Programmable Calculators, Providence Hospital, 
Southfleld, Mich., ICS9. Mini computers In the 
clinical laboratory. Edited by Edwin M, Knights, 
Jr. Springfield, 111., Thomas (C1970] xl, 113 
p. lllus. Sponsored by the Pathology Dept. 
and the Research Dept. of Providence Hospital, 
Southfleld, Mich. 
DNLM: QY 26.5 W928m 1969 at. No. 246010 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Medical technology examination review book; 2000 
multiple choice type questions and referenced 
answers. Edited by Aaron A. Alter (et al,] 2d 
ed. Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination Pub. 
Co., 196B- V. 
DNLM: QY 18 H489 at. No. 150370 

Medical technology examination review book; 2000 
multiple choice type questions and referenced 
answers. Edited by Aaron A. Alter [et al.] 
Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination Pub. Co., 
1984-63. 2 V. 
DNLM: QY 13 M489 at. No. 150411 

Meyer, John Stirling, 1924- Review of 

laboratory medicine [by] John S. Meyer [and] 
Lawrence S. Steinberg. St. Louis, Mosby, 1971. 
vlll, 275 p. lllus. (Mosby's comprehensive review 
series) ISBN 0-8016-3415-6. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 18 M612r 1971 

at. No. 305650 

-INDEXES 

National Library of Medicine. Automation or use 
of computers in laboratory diagnosis; recent 

literature. Jan. l&ea-Apr. 1970. 419 citations. 
[Bethesda, Md] 1970. 21 p. (National Library 
of Medicine literature search, no. 70-30) 
DNLM: ZW 1 N272 no. 70-30 at. No. 255777 

-INSTRUMENTATION 

Ackermann, Philip O. Electronic Instrumentation 
In the clinical laboratory. [1st ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown [cl972] x, 349 p. lllua. ISBN 
0-316-00643, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 20 A182c 1972 

at. No. 313271 

Automation and data processing In the clinical 
laboratory; proceedings of the symposium 
presented by the Division of Clinical Pathology 
and Laboratory Medicine, University of California, 
Ban Francisco, Medical Center (in February of 
1969] Edited by Geoffrey M. Brlttln and Mario 
Werner. Springfield. 111., Thomas [cl970] x, 
174 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 26.5 A939 1969 

at. No. 247050 



59 



DIAGNOSIS, LABORATORY 



White, Wilms. L. Practical automation for the 
cilnlcal laboratory [by] Wilms L. White, Marilyn 
M. Ertekson [and] Sue C. Steven*. St. Loula, 
Mosby. 1988. x, 401 p. lllua. Distributed In 
Great Britain by Klmpton, London. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 26.5 W5B9p 1963 

at. No. 141256 

Wblte, Wilms L. Practical automation for the 
clinical laboratory [by] Wtlma L, White, Marilyn 
M. Erlckson [and] Sue C. Stevens. Id ed. St. 
Loula, Moibv, 1971. Mil, 591 p. Lllus. ISBN 
0-8016-5426-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 16.5 W589p 1972 

Clt. No. 340305 

-NURSING TEXTS 

French, Both M. The nurse's guide to diagnostic 
procedurei. 3d ed. * New York, McGraw-Hill 
[C1971] xlv, 352 p. lllua. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 4 F875n 1971 Clt. No. 267572 

-STAT. 

Harriett, Roy N. Clinical laboratory statistic*. 

[lit ed.] Boiton, Little, Brown [C197I] xlll, 
. 197 p. lllua. (Series in laboratory medicine, 4) 

ISBN Q-318-1B1M. 

DNI M: Wl SE71SH v.4 1971 

Ml 1 ■ QY 4 S4S5 v.4 1971 

SI' : QY 4 BM2C 1971 Ctt. No. 263373 



DIAGNOSIS, ORAL 



Kerr, Donald A. Oral diagnosis [by] Donald A. 
Kerr, Major M. Aah, Jr. [and] H. Dean Millard. 
3d ed. St. Loula, Mosby, 1970. sill, SU8 p. 
lllua. SBN 8016-2653-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 141 K41o 1870 

Clt. No. 232070 

McEtroy, Donald L. Handbook of oral diagnosis 
and treatment planning [by] Donald L. McElroy 
[and ] William F. Malone. Baltimore, WU llama At 
Wtlklns, 1B89, x, 2Z0 p. Ulua. _ 
DNLM: WI 2CQ M141h 1969 Clt. No. 203122 

Mitchell, Dartd Fsrrar, 1818- Oral 

diagnosis/oral medicine [by] David I". Mitchell, S. 
Miles Stand If h [and] Thomaa B. Fast 2d ed. 
FhiUuelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1071. xl, 458 p. 
lllua. ISBN 0-8121-0344-0. 
DNLM: WU 141 M3310 1871 .Clt No. 276213 

Mitchell. David Farrar, 1916- Oral 

dia» noils/oral medicine [by] David F. Mitchell, S. 
Mtlea SUndlah [and] Thomaa B. Faat. 
Philadelphia. Lea & Feblger, 1869. Ix, 426 p. 
IHus. SBN 812I-0174-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 141 M6810 1909 

Clt No. 216752 

WahL Norman. Oral sign* and symptoms; a 
diagnostic handbook. A guide to the 
Identification or lesions of the mouth. 
Springfield, HI., Thomaa [cl9B9] xil, 313 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 141 W136o 1969 

Clt. No. 221113 

SSegarelll, Edward V, ed. Dlagnoila of diseases of 
the mouth and Jaws. Edited by Edward V. 
Zegarelli, Austin H. Kutscher and George A. 
Hyman. Philadelphia, -Lea A Feblger, 1969. 
xxlll, 583 p. lllua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 141 Z44d 1969 

Clt. No. 214752 

DIAGNOSIS, SURGICAL 

Baste tt, John W., 1920- Exploration of the 

abdomen. Springfield, UL, Thomaa [C1967] ix, 
109 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WI 800 B31Be 1867 Cit. No. 140022 

Morrla, John A., 1926- Posterior 

colpotomy; surgical technique and clinical 
experience. Springfield, 111.. Thomaa [el9*9] 
xv. 57 p. lllua. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 141 M876B 1869 

Ctt No. 222421 

Shackelford, Richard T„ 1901- Diagnosis of 

surgical disease, with the assistance of Donald W. 
Benson [et al.] Philadelphia, Saunders, 1868. 
3 v. (xlv. 2,131, UIU p.) lllus. 
DNLM: WO 141 S514d 1968 Clt No. 157574 



DIAGNOSTIC SERVICES 

Sharp, CIItb L. E. H., ed. Pre symptomatic 
detection and early diagnosis: a critical 
appraisal. Edited by C. L. E, H. Sharp and Harry 
Keen.. Baltimore, Wll llama and Wtiklos, 1968. 
xvl, 384 p. IHus. 
DNLM: WA 100 S531p 1868 Cit No. 170734 

DIALYSIS 

•CONGRESSES 

European Dialysis and Transplant Association. 

Dialysis and renal transplantation; proceedings of 
the fifth conference held in Dublin, Republic of 
Ireland, June, 1968. Editor: David N. S, Kerr; 
associate editors: Daniel Fries [and] R. Walter 
Elliott Amsterdam, New York, Excerpta 
Medlca Foundation [c!369] xl, 426 p. lllus. 
(Excerpta medlca. International congress 
series, no. 179) Its Proceedings, v. 5. Papers 
In English or French. 
DNLM: W3 EX89 no.179 1068 
MBCO: ZW 1 E339 no.179 1968 Clt No. 201341 

DIAPHRAGMATIC HERNIA 

Gastroesophageal reflux and hiatal hernia, by nine 
authors. Edited by David B. Skinner [et al.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [C1972] X, 203 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-319-79677. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WF 810 G257 1972 

Clt. No. 314704 

DIATHERMY 

Thorn, ilarald. Introduction to shortwave and 
microwave therapy. 3d ed. Springfield, III., 
Thomaa [clEiifl] xil, 167 p. lllus. Issued also 
in German with title: Einfuhrung In die 
Kur^wollen- und Mikrowellentheraple. 
DNLM; WB 510 T452e 1986 Clt No. 55646 

DICTIONARIES 

The American heritage dictionary of the English 
language. W II liam Morris, editor. Boston, 
Houghton Miffiin [CI9S9] xlix, 1550 p. IHus., 
ports. SBN 3P5-OL'033.0, 
DNLM: PE 1825 A512 1969 Clt No, 222215 

-FRENCH 

Grelmas, A. J. Dlctlonnalre de 1'ancien francals 
jusqu'au miiieu du XlVe slfccle, Paris, Larousse 
[cl969] xv. 675 p. 
DNLM: FC 2640 GS24d 1969 Clt No. 230670 

-GERMAN 

Bctterldge, Harold T. The new Cassell's German 

dictionary; German-English, English- German. 
Completely rev. and re-edlled. New York, 

Funk & Wagnalls [cl&aj] xx, 630, 619 p. 
Based on Cassell's new German and English 
dictionary by Karl Breui. 
DNLM: PF 3640 B565n 1965 Clt No. 260703 

•RUSSIAN 

Alford, M. H. T. Russian- English scientific and 
technical dictionary [by] M. H. T. and V. L. 
Alford. [1st ed.] Oxford, New York, 
Pergamon Press [1970] 2 v. ISBN 
0-08-012227-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: Q 123 A389r 1970 

Cit No. 171304 

DICTIONARIES, CHEMICAL 

Dictionary of chemistry and chemical technology Is 
six languages, English, German, Spanish, French, 
Polish, Russian. Edited by Z. aobecka and W. 
Cholnski, P. Majorrk. Rev. ed., enl. Oxford, 
New York, Pergamon Frees; Warsaw, Wydawn. 
Naukowo-Technlcine [1966] 1325 p. Earlier 
edition has title: Dictionary of chemistry and 
chemical technology In four languages. 
DNLM: QD 5 DS54 1966 Clt. No. 211254 

Marler, E. E. J., com p. Pharmacological and 
chemical synonyms: a collection of names of 
drugs and other compounds drawn from the 
medical literature of the world. 4th ed. 
Amsterdam, New York, Excerpta Medlca 
Foundation, 1967. vlt, 349 p. 
DNLM: QV 13 M347p 1967 at. No. 76310 



DICTIONARIES, DENTAL 

A Lexicon of English dental terms; wltk their 
equivalents In espaflol, Deutich, franc*!*, itailuo, 
comp. by Federation dentaire Internationale. 
The Hague, Stjthoff, 1866. 424 p. 
DNLM: WU 13 L679 1966 Cit No. 65208 

DICTIONARIES, MEDICAL ) 

Blakls ton's Gould medical dictionary; * modern 
comprehensive dictionary of tha terms mad la sdl 
branches of medicine and allied sciences; with 
illustrations and tables. Chairman of tha 
editorial board: Arthur Osol. 3d ed. New 
York, McGraw-Hill [C1972] xxl, 1328 p. Ulua. 
Title of earlier edg. varies slightly j 

Over 75,000 words defined, with 
pronunciations. Includes eponyms, brief 
biographical information. abbreviaUons, and 
selected drug terms from United States adopted 
names. Illustrated plates; miscellaneous tables, 
such as phobias, common radioactive 
pharmaceuticals, and elements. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: W 13 B637 1972 

Clt No. 336162 



Borland, William Alexander Hen 
Illustrated medical dictionary. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1965. 
lllus. 
DNLM: W 13 D7Ila 1865 



iu, 1864- 
24th ed. 
txxvlL 1724 p. 

at. No. 7144 



Dor land, William Alexander Newman, 1864- 

Illustrated medical dictionary. 25th cd. 
Philadelphia, Saunders [cl974] Xl, 1748 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-7£H*-3Ma-7. Comprehensive 
blomeolcal dictionary that reflects standard and 
current terminology derived from medicine and 
related disciplines. Official nomenclature from 
virions fields used In compilation. Also includes 
eponyms, acronyms, abbreviations, and hitanlcal 
terms, as well as generic and trade names of 
many drugs. Entries Include pronunciation, 
derivation, plural, definition, and subentrles. 
Cross references. Ulustratlons throughout. 1st 
ed., 19<H>. 

DNLM, SUNY: W 13 D7Ua 1974 at. No. 425012 

* 
Finch, Bernard Ephrai/n. Multilingual guide for 
medical personnel; uncfu] expressions, questions 
and directions for medical personnel In English, 
French, Italian, German, Spanish and Russian. 
Flushing, New York, Medical Examination Pub. 
Co., Iue>7. 159 p. 1963 London ed. has title: 
Eetng ill. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 13 F492b 1967 Clt No. £20614 

Jabtonskl, Stanley. Illustrated dictionary of 
eponymic syndromes and diseases and their 
synonyms. Philadelphia, Sunders [cl969J 
vtil, 335 p. lllus. Alphabetical listing of some 
lO.C-C-O eponymic names of pathological 
conditions. Each entry consists of eponym, 
synonyms, definition, and original (or other) 
citation. Many cross references. Photographs. 
DNLM; WB 15 J 131 19G9 Clt. No. 220204 

Mnfsllni, Sergio. Dictionary of medical 
syndromes. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [C1971] 
x, 591 p. Alphabetical listing of syndromes, 
including eponyms. Most entries Include signs 
and symptoms, pathology, diagnosis, therapy, and 
prognosis. Synonyms and references) also 
included. General Index. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 15 M18Bd 1971 

at. No. 266245 

Miller, Benjamin Frank, 1907- 
En cyclopedia and dictionary of medicine and 
nursing, by Benjamin F. Miller and Claire 
Brackman Keane. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. 
x, 1089 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7216-6355-9. 

Alphabetical trrangement of terms and 
definitions or explanations, Intended as 
authoritative vocabulary for students In the 
nursing and paramedical sciences. Pronunciation 
Indicated. Abbreviations, biographical entries, 
and drug trademarks are included, among other 
terms. Appendix of miscellaneous information. 
11 lustrations. 
DNLM: W 13 M647e 1972 at No. 317240 

A Reference handbook and dictionary of nnrtlag 
Philadelphia, London, Saunders JC1968] xx, 699, 
xl, 548 p. lllua. Contents: - Olson's Nurses* 
handbook, 10th ed. and Dor Land's Pocket medical 
dictionary, 21st ed. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 13 R332 1868 

Ot No. 112415 



SO 






DIET THERAPY 






Schmidt, Jacob Edward, 1903- Paramedical 

dictionary; a practical dictionary for the 
•em I- medical and ancillary medical professions, 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1969] vi, 423 p. 
Over 9000 words and definition! for the practical 
uie of personnel In the paramedical profession*, 
such ai physical therapists, court stenographers, 
and others. Prounclatlon Indicated. Includes list 
of medical abbreviations. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: W 13 SSStpa 1949 

Clt. No. 175018 

8 ted man, Thomas Lathrop, 1853-1938. Medical 
dictionary; a vocabulary of medicine and its allied 

sciences, with pronunciations and derivations. 
22d ed„ completely rev. by a staff of 33 editors, 
covering 44 specialties and subspecialties. 
Baltimore, William* & Wtlklns [C1972] 111, 1533 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-633-07919-0. 
Comprehensive standard medical dictionary. 
Medical entomology section. Includes eponyms 
and brief biographical Information. Over 7100 
new vocabulary entries and over £4,000 revised 
terms reflect expanded knowledge in fields such 
as biochemistry, bacteriology, virology, and 
genetics. 11 appendixes Include pharmaceutical 
preparations, blood groups, laboratory analyses, 
and subentry Index. lst-17th ed., 1811-43, have 
title Practical medical dictionary; title varies 
slightly. 14th-15th ed. by S.T. Garber; 18th-17th 
ed. " N.B. Taylor. 
D> ., MBCO, SUNY: W 13 S81Xm 1972 

Clt. No. 328374 

Stedman, Thomas Lathrop, 1853-1938. Medical 
dictionary; a vocabulary of medicine and Its allied 
sciences, with pronunciations and derivations. 
Consulting editors: Isaac Aslmov [et al.] 21st 
ed. Baltimore, Williams & Wllkini, 19<16. xltx, 
1838 p. lllus. 
DNLM: W 13 S812m 1944 Cit. No. S1084 

•FRENCH 

Vellloa, Emanuel, ed. Medical dictionary. 

Medlzinlsches Wtirterbuch, Dlctionnalre medical. 
5th ed„ rev. and enl. by Albert Nobel. New 
York, Springer [cl989] kjU, 1329 p. 
Dictionary of over 40,000 numbered terms given 
In Ensliah, German, and French. Main body if 
English vocabulary, with indexes from German 
snd French words referring to the English. 
Gender is Indicated for German and French 
words In the entries. 1st ed.. 1950; 4th ed., 1944. 

Spanish supplement. Spaniacnes 

Supplement. Supplement espagnol. Su piemen to 
espanol [by] A. Garrldo Juan. Berlin, New 
York, Springer Verlag; Barcelona, Editorial 
Cientitlco, 1970. 535 p. Added main title in 
Spanish also. 

DNLM: W 13 V427m 1969 Suppl. 
DNLM: W 13 V427m 1940 Clt. No. 225583 

•GERMAN 

Lejeune, Frttx, 1892- Deutsch-Lngllsches, 

Enyllsch-Deutsches Wdrterbuch fur Aerzte, von 
FrlU Lejeune und Werner E. Burtjes. 2., volllg 
neubearb, Aufl. Stuttgart, Thleme; New York, 
Intercontinental Medical Book Corp. 19S3-69. 2 
v. Added title page In English. Contents.-Bd. 

1. Deutsch-EngUsch.-Bd. 2. English-German. Bd. 

2. Is 2d, unrevised edition. Comprehensive. 
85,000 entries to vocabulary of all fields of, 

| medicine. Pronunciation, spelling, and 

syllabication Is based on British English, although 
variants with American English are often 
indicated. Anatomical nomenclature and 
vocabulary of special, peripheral fields, e.g., 
veterinary medicine, are restricted. 
Quasi-medical words, formerly included, are 
excluded. 1st ed.: v. 1, 1951; v. 1, 1953. 
SUNY: W 13 LS34d Clt. No. 2*5510 

VelUon, Emanuel, ed. Medical dictionary. 
Mediiinlsches Wdrterbuch. Diction nalre medical. 
5th ed., rev. and enl. by Albert Nobel. New 
York, Springer [cl889] xxlt, 1329 p. 
Dictionary of over 40,000 numbered terms gtven 
In English, German, and French. Main body Is 
English vocabulary, with Indexes from German 
and Frentn words referring to the English. 
Gender Is Indicated for German and French 
words in the entries. 1st ed., 1950; 4th ed., 1W4. 
-- --- Spanish supplement. Spaniaches 
Supplement. Supplement espagnol. Suplemento 
espanol [by] A. Garrldo Juan. Berlin, New 
York, Springer Verlag; Barcelona, Editorial 
Clentfflco, 1970. 535 p. Added main title In 
Spanish also. 

DNLM: W 13 V427m 1949 SuppL 
DNLM: W 13 V427m 1649 Clt. No. 225543 



DICTIONARIES, PHARMACEUTIC 

Bnrack, Richard. The handbook of prescription 
drugs; official names, prices, and sources for 
patient and doctor. New York, Pantheon Books 
[clP67] xlv, 181 p. 2d ed. has title: The new 
handbook of prescription drugs. 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 55 B945h 1947 

Clt. No. 257554 

Mirier, E. E. J., coup. Pharmacological and 

chemical synonyms; a collection of names of 
drugs and other compounds drawn from the 
medical literature of the world. 4th ed. 
Amsterdam, New York, Exccrpta Medica 
Foundation, 1947. vll, 349 p. 
DNLM: QV 13 M347p 1947 Clt. No, 78310 

The Merck Index; an encyclopedia of chemicals and 
drugs 8th ed. Rahway, Merck, 1968. xlt, 
1713 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 772 M555 1968 

Clt. No. 152331 

DICTIONARIES, POLYGLOT 

Dictionary of chemistry and chemical technology In 
six languages, English, German, Spanish, French, 
Polish, Russian. Edited by Z. Sobecka and W. 
Cholmkl, P. KajortSt. Rev. ed., enl. Oxford, 
New York, Pergamon Press; Warsaw, Wydawn. 
Naukowo-Techr.tcine [1966] 1325 p. Earlier 
edition ha* title: Dictionary of chemistry and 
chemical technology In four languages, 
DNLM: QD S D554 1968 Clt. No. 211254 

Finch, Bernard Ephralm. Multilingual guide for 
medical personnel; useful e> press iona, questions 
and directions for medical personnel In English, 
French, Italian, German. Spanish and Russian. 
Flushing. New Yorfc, B'edicsl Examination Pub. 
Co., 1367. 159 p. 1963 London ed. has title: 
Being 111. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 13 F492b 1937 Clt. No. 220614 

A Lexicon of English dental terms; with tbelr 
equivalents In espafiol, Denis ch, francals, ItaJlano, 
comp. by Federation dentaire Internationale, 
The Hague, Sljthcff, 1966. 424 p. 
DNLM: WU 13 L«79 1JI6B Clt. No. 65208 

DIENCEPHALON 

Ramon y Cajal, Santiago, 1852-1934. Studies on 
the dlencephalon, by Santiago Ramon y Cajal; 
comp. and translated by Enrique Ramon- Mo liner. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [ClSSS] xvl, 227 p. 
lllus., port. Translation of various papers and 
chapters written in French and Spanish, and 
reorganised Into a monograph. Supported in 
part by U. S. Array Research and Development 
Command Grant DA-49-OO7-MD-1C0S. 
DNLM: WL 312 H175s 1946 Clt. No. 41211 

-PHYBIOFATHOLOGY 

Leon- Soto mayor, Luis A., 1931- Epidemic 

dlenecphalomye litis: a possible cause of 
neuropsychiatry, cardiovascular, and endocrine 
disorders. [1st ed.] New York, Pagent Preas 
[clM9] 150 p. lllus., plates 
DNLM, SUNY: WC 542 L587e 1969 

Clt. No. 23S105 



DIET 

Bogert, Lotta Jean, 1838- Nutrition and 

physical fitness [by] L. Jean Bogert [et al.] 8th 
ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. xlll, 614 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: QU 145 B674n 1946 Clt. No. 56153 

Hutchison, Sir Robert, bait., 1871- Food 

and the principles of nutrition. 12th ed. [by] 
Hugh M. Sinclair [and] Dorothy F. Hoi ling a worth. 
London, Arnold [1669] vltl, 644 p. lllus., port. 
SBN 7131-4139-5. Earlier eds. have title: Food 
and the principles of dietetics. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 145 H978f 1969 

Ot. No. 201134 



DIET, REDUCING 



Solomon, Neil, 1932- The truth about 

weight control; how to lose weight permanently 
[by] Nell Solomon with Sally Sheppard. New 
York, Stein and Day [cl971] 228 p. ISBN 
0-812801425-6. 
DNLM: WD XIX S639t 1971 Clt. No. 31555X 



DIET THERAPY 

Brown, Charles If., 1913- ed. Diagnostic 

procedures In gastroenterology; with nurse's 
notes and supplements on Instructions to patients 
and dietary treatment. St. Louis, Mosby, 1947. 
xvili, 438 p. lllus, 
DNLM: WI 141 B877d 1967 Clt. No- 120573 

Clark, James W. Diet and the periodontal 
patient. By James W. Clark, E. Cheraksin [and] 
W. M. Rlngsdorf, Jr. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[cl9?0] xlll, 378 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WU 240 C593d 1970 

at. No. 256051 

Cooper, Lenna Frances, 1B84- Nutrition In 

health and disease. 15th ed. by Mitchell [et aL] 
Philadelphia, Toronto, Llpplncott [C1968] xv, 
635 p. lllus. Distributed In Great Britain by 
Pitman Medical Publishing Co.. London. 
DNLM: WB 400 C777n 1948 Clt. No. 137464 

Davidson, Leybourne Stanley Patrick, 1894- 
Humar, nutrition and dietetics [by] Sir Stanley 
Davidson [and] R. Passmore. 3d ed. reprinted. 
Baltimore. Williams it Wllklns. 1947 [C1964] xlL 
864 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WB 400 D252h 1944 Clt. No. 152700 

Davidson, Sir Ley bourne Stanley Patrick, 1894- 

Human nutrition and dietetics [by] Sir 
Stanley Davidson [and] R. Passmore. 4th ed. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1939. xll, 899 p. IHus. 
SBN 443-00333-5. U. S. publisher: Williams * 
WllSlns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO: WB 400 D252h 19S9 

at. No. 222404 

Krause, Marie V Food, nutrition and 

diet therapy. 4th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1!>GS. xlx, G37 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WB 400 K91n 1986 at- No. 41041 

Mayo Clinic, Rochester, Minn. Committee on 
Dietetics. Mayo Clinic diet manuaL 4th ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. vii, 166 p. ISBN 
0- 7216-6211-0. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WB 400 M473m 1971 

at. No. 247031 

Proudiil, Miss Fairfax Throckmorton. Normal 
and therapeutic nutrition. 13th ed. [by] 
Corinne H. Robinson. New York, Ma cm I Han; 
London, CoHler-Macmillan [1948, cl967] xlv, 891 
p. lllus. 
DNLM:WB 400 P948d_1947 Clt. No. 144344 

Robinson, Corinne Hogdeo. Baste nutrition and 
diet therapy. 2d ed. [New York] Macmlllan 
[19701 x, 351 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 400 R655b 1970 

Clt. No. 257210 

Turner, Dorothea Fletcher, 1905- Handbook 

of diet therapy. [5th ed.] Chicago, Univ. of 
Chicago Press [1970] xl, 260 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-225-81718-0. Written and complied for the 
American Dietetic Association. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 400 T945h 1970 

at. No. 250002 

Wohi, Michael Gershon, 1389- ed. Modern 

nutrition In health and disease; dletothcrapy; 
edited By Michael *G. Wohl [and] Robert S. 
Goodhart. 70 contributors. 4th ed. 
Philadelphia, Lea At Keblger, 1948. xv, 1340 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 400 W844m 1048 

at. No. 154470 

•CONGRESSES 

Nutrition In renal disease; proceedings of a 
conference held at the University of Manchester 
on June the 29th and 30th 1967. Edited by O. M. 
Beriyne. Edinburgh. Livingstone, 1988. vtlL 
251 p. lllus, • 

DNLM: WJ 300 N97B 1967 
MBCO, SUNY: WJ 300 N978 1947 

aL No. 151514 

■EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Nutrition and diet therapy, edited by Rose M trend a, 
Antoinette V. arnndy (and] Esther K, Plotner. 
Flushing, N. Y„ Medical Examination Pub. Co, 
1949. 211 p. (Nursing examination review 
book, v. 8) 
DNLM; WY IS N979 v,8 1949 at No. 230203 



61 



DIET THERAPY 



-Of INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Francis, Dorothy E. M. Diet* for «!ck children 
[by] Dorothy E. M. Francis [and] Daphne J. W. 
Dixon. Id ed. Oxford, Black well Scientific 
Publication* [1070] xl, 310 p. SBN 
832-08030-1. 
DNLM, SUMY: WB 400 F818d 1970 

Clt. No. 133174 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Mo wry, LilUan. Basle nutrition and diet therapy 
for nurses [by] Lillian Mo wry [and] Sue Rodwell 
William*. 4th ed. St. Loula, Mosby, 1989. 
ill, 328 P. SBN 8018-3553-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 400 MQ3«n 1989 

Cit. No. 12X424 

Nutrition and diet therapy, edited by Ro«e Mlrenda, 
Antoinette V. Grundy [and] Esther K. *>lotner. 

Flushing, N. Y„ Medical Examination Pub. Co., 
1969. 211 p. (Nursing examination review 
book, v. 8) 
DNLM: WY 18 N979 v.8 1969 Clt. No. 13010S 

Wayler, Thetma J Applied nutrition 

[by] Thetma J. Wayler [andl Rose S. Klein. 
N<-w York, Macmlilan [1985] xxvl, 309 p. Ulaa. 
DNLM: WB 400 W358a 1965 Clt. No. 52201 

DH iRY CARBOHYDRATES 

-ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Cleave, Thomas Latimer. Dlabete*, coronary 
thrombotls, and the saccharine disease, by T. L. 
Cleave and G. D. Campbell, with the aaaistance of 
N. S. Painter. 2d ed. Bristol, Wright, 1969. 
xtil, 162 p. Hlui. SBN 7236-021S-0. U. S. 
publisher: William* * Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 75 C823d 1969 

Cit. No. 175181 

Cleave, Thorn a* Latimer. Dlabete*, coronary 
thrombosis, and the saccharine disease, by T. L. 
Cleave and G. D. Campbell- Bristol, Wright, 
1986. xl, 148 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: QU 75 C623d I960 Cit. No. SOUS 

DIETETICS 

- NURSING TEXTS 

Beck, Mary E. Nutrition and dietetic* tor nurse*. 
2d ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone. 18S5. xli, 132 
p. lilu*. 
DNLM, MBCO: WB 400 B393o 19«S 

at. No. 51551 

DIGITALIS 

•CONGRESSES 

Digitalis. Edited by Char le* Ft* eh [and] Bmys 
Surawla, In collaboration with Suzanne B. 
Knoebel [and] Kaltnan Greenspan. New York, 
London, Grune & Stralton [el 989] x, 230 p. 
lllu*; Ba*ed on a symposium held at the 
Indiana University School of Medicine, 
Supported by the Herman C. Krannert Fund and 
Public Health Service Grant* HHE-63G3, HTS-5363 
and HE-5749 from the National Institute* of 
Health and the Indiana Heart Association. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 153 D574 1969 

Cit. No. 117754 

DIGITALIS GLYCOSIDES 

-ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Chung, Edward K. Digital!* Intoxication. 
Baltimore, Williams * Wllklns; Amsterdam, 
Excerpts Med lea Foundation, 1989. xl, 188 p. 
tllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 153 C5S9J 1989 

Clt. No. 137338 

-PHARMACODYNAMICS 

Basic and clinical pharmacology of digitalis. 
Compiled and edited by Bernard II. Marks and 
Arnold M. Welsiler. Springfield, I1L, Thomas 
[C1972] xli, 328 p. Ulu*. Proceedings of a 
symposium sponsored by Ohio Stale University, 
College of Medicine, the American Heart 
Association, snd Central Ohio Heart Chapter on 
Sept. 29-30, 1970. 
DNLM: QV 153 Bttt 1970 Cit. No. 334333 






Lyon, Alan F., 1929- Digitalis therapy; a 

reappraisal of digitalis and cardiac glycosides [by] 
Alan F. Lyon and Arthur C. DeGraff. St. Loula, 
Moiby, 1967. vli, 38 p. Reprinted from 
article* appearing In 1968-1987 Issues of American 
heart Journal, Distributed In Great Britain by 
Henry Ktmpton, London. 
DNLM: W8 P3 ClL No. 136758 

-THERAPEUTIC DSE 

Lyon, Alan F, 1929- . Digitalis therapy; a 

reappraisal of digitalis and cardiac glycosides [by] 
Alan F. Lyon and Arthur C. DeGraff. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1987. vll, 33 p. Reprinted from 
articles appearing in 1986-1967 Issue* of American 
heart Journal. Distributed in Great Britain by 
Henry Klmpton, London. 
DNLM: WS P3 Clt. No. 138758 

DIPHENYLHYDANTOIN 

-BIBL. 

Bogocfa, Samuel, 1928- The broad range of 

use of dlphenylhydantoln; bibliography and 
review [by] Samuel Bogoch [and] Jack Dreyfus. 
[New York] Dreyfus Medical Foundation [C1970] 
xv, 169 p. 
MBCO, SUNY: ZQV 85 B«75b 1970 

Clt. No. 281450 

DISABILITY EVALUATION 

American Medical Assort" t Son. Committee on 
Ratios ol Mental and Physical Impairment. 

Guides to the evaluation of permanent 
impairment. [Chicago, cl&71] 1S4 p. Hlu*. 
Constitutes revision of a series of articles which 
appeared in the Journal of the American Medical 
Association between 1258 and 1970. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: W 9-5 A512g 1971 

Clt. No. 270709 

Kessler, Henry Howard, 1898- Disability; 

determination and evaluation, by Henry H. 
Keller, assisted by Joan K. Faber. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblgcr, 1970. xl, 250 p. 
ISBN 0-8121-0142-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 925 K425d 1970 

at. No. 284205 

Rice, Carl Oliver, 1893- Calculation of 

industrial disabilities of the extremities and the 

back. 2d ed. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1968] 

xl, 170 p. Ulus. Title of earlier edition varies 

slightly. 

DNLM: W 925 R495c 1968 Clt. No. 142053 

Symposium on Physical Activity sad the Heart, 
Helsinki, 1964. Physical activity and the 
heart. Proceedings of a symposium, Helsinki, 
Finland, ed. by Martti J. Karvonen and Alan J. 
Barry. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1967] xvili, 
405 p. lllus. Sponsored by the Research 
Committee of the International Society of 
Cardiology. 
DNLM: WG 202 S989p 1984 Clt. No. 87083 

DISASTERS 

Garb, Solomon, 1920- Disaster handbook 

[by] Solomon Garb [and] Evelyn Ens. 2d ed. 
New York. Springer [C1&69] viit, 310 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WA 292 G213d 1989 

Cit. No. 224457 



-DICT. 



DISEASE 



Gmyton, Arthur Clifton, 1919- Basic human 

physiology: normal function and mechanisms of 
disease. Philadelphia. Saunders, 1971. xl, 721 
p lllus. ISBN 0-7208-4iG2-5. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QT 104 G992b 1971 

Clt. No. 157354 

Roberts, John Alexander Eraser, 1899- An 

introduction to medical genetics. 4th ed. 
London, New York, Oxford Univ. Press, 1987. 
xli, 290 p. lllus. (Oxford medical publications) 
DNLM: QZ 50 R8451 1S87 Cit. No. 77575 

-CONGRESSES 

Han* Sclye Conference. Mont Trembtant, 1988. 

Endocrine aspect* of disease processes: 
proceeding* of the conference held in honor of 
Hans Selye, Mont TrembLant, Quebec. Edited by 
Gaetan Jasmin. St. Louis, Green [CI988] xl, 
458 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 H249e 1988 

CU. No. 160657 



Magallni, Sergio. Dictionary of medical 
■yndromes. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [cl971] 
x, 591 p. Alphabetical listing of syndromes. 
Including eponyms. Most entries Include signs 
and symptoms, pathology, diagnosis, therapy, and 
prognosis. Synonyms and references also 
Included. General index. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 15 MlBSd 1971 , 

at. No. 28834$ 

DISEASE VECTORS 

Fsuat, Ernest Carroll, 1890- Animal agents 

and vectors of human disease [by] Ernest Carroll 
Faust, Paul Chester Beaver [and) Rodney Clifton 
Jung. 3d ed. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger 
[cl968] Ix, 481 p. lllus. 
DNLM: QZ 85 F287a 1988 Clt. No. 134855 

DISLOCATIONS 

•ATLASES 

Wiles, Philip. Fracture*, dislocations, and sprains, 
by Philip Wiles. Edited and rev. by Rodney 
Sweetroan. 2d ed. Baltimore, Williams fc 
Wllklns, 1989. x. 133 p. lllus. SBN 
70CO-H22-5. 
DNLM: WE 17 W678f 1989 at. No. 254818 

-THERAPY 

Maxet, Robert, 1901- A manual of dosed 

reduction of closed fractures and dislocations. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [CIS67] lx, 131 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WE 175 M478m 1987 at. No. 103627 



DISPENSATORIES 



The United States dispensatory sad physicians' 
pharmacology [by] Arthur Osol Let al.] 26th 
ed. Philadelphia, Lippineolt [C1967] vll, 1277 
p. lllus. Earlier editions have title: 
Dispensatory of the United States of America. 
DNLM: QV 740 AA1 USB 1967 at. No. 100373 

The United States dispensatory [by] Arthur Osol 
[aed] Kobtriion Pratt. Kedfclnal chemistry 
•dltor: Airomo B. Genasro. 27th ed. 

PhtladclohU. Lirrincott [1B73] xlx, 1292 p. 

lllus. ISBN 0-397-55901-1. Earlier cd. has title: 

The United States dlapensatory and physicians' 

pharmacology. 

DNLM, SUNY: QV 740 AA1 U58 1973 

Cit. No. 382550 

DISSECTION 

Altken, John Thomas. A manual of human 
anatomy, by J. T. Altken [et al.] 2d ed. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1968- v. lllu*. 
Distributed In the U. S. by Williams & Wllklna. 
DNLM: QS 130 ASllm at. No. 82344 

Cunningham, Daniel Jobs, 1850-1909. Manual of 
practical anatomy. 13th ed. rev. by G. J. 
Romanes. London, Oxford Univ. Press, 1988- 
v. lllus. (Oxford medical publications) 
DNLM: QS 130 C973d at. No, 53518 

Flgge, Frank Henry John, 1904- 

Programmed guide to study and dissection of the 
human body. 2d rev. ed. New York, Hafner. 
1968. xxii, 314 p. lllus. First ed. ha* title: 
A guide to the dissection and study of the human 
body. Cover title: Guide to dissection. 
DNLM: QS 130 F47Ig 1988 at. No. 178137 

Grant, John Charles Bollean, 1888- 
Dlssector. 6tb ed. Baltimore, Williams 8r 
Wllklns, 1967. xvt, 451 p. lllus- Earlier 
edition* have title: A handbook for dissectors. 
DNLM: QS ISO G762h 1967 at. No. 114683 

Lanrenson, R. D. An Introduction to clinical 
anatomy by dissection of the human body. 
Philadelphia, Saunders [C19881 nvL 532 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: QS 130 L3811 1988 Clt. No. 155753 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Miller, Malcolm En gen*. Guide to the dissection 

of the dog [by] Howard E. Evans and Alexander 
DeLahunLa. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. 

vl, 291 p. lllus. ISBN 0-0-7218-3442-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: SF 767 Jjfl M649g 1971 

ClL No. 171874 



( 






62 



DRUG ABUSE 



Shearer, Edwin Morrill, 1901- Manual of 

hum in d bisection, ed. by Char lei E. Too In. 5th 
ed. New York, McGraw-Hill [C1967] xlll, 1*50 
p. Ulna. 
DNLM: QS ISO SMlm 19*7 Cit. No. 114545 

Walker, Warren Franklin. Vertebrate dtaiectlon, 
4th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. xvl, 402 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QL 812 WI80v 1870 

Clt. No. 256162 

Walker, Warren Franklin. Vertebrate dissection. 
3d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, IMS. xlll, 374 
p. mm. 
DNLM: QL 312 WI86v 1985 Clt. No. 50173 

DIVING 

Bennett, P. B. The aetiology of compr eased air 
Intoxication and inert gas narcosis, [lit ed,] 
Oxford, Pergamon Press [19*8] xvl . 116 P- 
Ulna. (International series of monographi on pure 
and applied biology. Division: Zoology, v. 31) 
DNLM: QV 310 B472a 1966 Clt. No. 53470 

Bennett. P. B„ ed. The physiology and medicine 
of diving and compressed air work, edited by P. 
B. Bennett and D. H. Elliott. London, Ballllere, 
Tindall and Cassell [19S9] xlv, 532 p. tllua. 
SBN 7020-0274-7. U. S. publisher: Williams & 
Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
MBCO, SUNY: WD 850 B472p 1969 

Clt. No. 213351 

Miles, Stanley. Underwater medicine. 3d ed. 
Philadelphia, Lipplncatt [C1969] 363 p. illua, 
DNLM, MBCO: WD 650 M643u 1949 

Cit. No. 225755 

•ABSTRACTS 

Shlllini, Cliarles Wesley. Underwater medicine 
and related scleoces; a guide to the literature; an 
annotated bibliography, key word Index, and 
mlcrotheaaurus {by J Charles W. Shilling and 
Marearst F. Worts. New York, IFI/Flenum, 
1973. ix, 695 p. ISBN 0-309-85131-0. 
Supported jointly by the Bureau o( Medicine and 
Surgery and the Office of Naval Research under 
ONR contract N-0OOH-87-A-021 4-0009. Updates 
the authors' An annotated bibliography on diving 
and submarine me di clue. 
DNLM, SUNY: ZWD 650 S556a 1968-71 

Clt. No. 366500 

.CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Underwater Physiology, 4th, 
Philadelphia, 1969. Underwater physiology; 
proceedings. Edited by C, J. Lambertsen, New 
York, Academic Prosa, 1971. xxi, 575 p. illua. 
Sponsored by Institute for Environmental 
Medicine, the University of Pennsylvania Medical 
Center; Physiology Branch, the Office of Naval 
Research; and the Undersea Medical Society. 



DNLM: W3 SY731M 1969u 



Clt. No. 304102 



Symposium on Underwater PhyslolOfy, Washington. 

D. C„ 3d. 1986. Underwater physiology; 
proceedings. Sponsored by the Committee on 
Undersea Warfare of the National Academy of 
Sciences-National Research Council and the Office 
of Naval Research. C. J. Lambertsen, ed. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wllkins, 1967, xx. 497 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: W3 SY731M 1996u at. No. 75474 

DNA 

Watson, James D„ 1923- The double helix; 

s personal account of the discovery of the 
structure of DNA. New York, Atheneum, 1968. 
xvl, 228 p, lllu*., ports. Portions of this book 
were first published In the Atlantic monthly. 
DNLM: QU 55 W339d 1968 Clt. No. 141106 

•BIOSYNTHESIS 

Symposium on Fundamental Cancer Research, M. 
D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute, 
Houston, Tex., 10th, 1965. Developmental and 
metabolic control mechanisms and neoplasia; a 
collection of papers. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wllklns, 1965. 514 p. lllus. 
DNLM: W3 SY5177 19«5d Clt. No. 47534 



DNA, NEOPLASM 

•CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Fundamental Career Research, M. 
D. Anderson Hospital and Tumor Institute, 23d, 

Houston, 1569. Genetic concepts and neoplasia; 

a collection of papers ... Baltimore, Williams 4 

WllKlus, 1970. Xlll, 620 p. lllus, 

Co-sponsored by the University of Texas 

Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences at 

Houston. Supported In part by grant 

R1SCA-11078-01 from the National Cancer 

Institute. 

DNLM: W3 SY5177 1989g 

MBCO; QZ 206 S939gc 1969 Clt. No. 262575 

DOG DISEASES 

Osborne, Carl A. Canine and feline urology [by] 
Carl A. Osborne, Donald G. Low [and} Delmar R. 
Ftnco. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. x, 417 
p. lllus. ISDN 0-72 16-7019-9. 
DNLM: SF 935 OSIe 1972 Clt. No. 344246 

■DIAGNOSIS 

Hoerlein, B F Canine 

neurology; diagnosis and treatment. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1965. xl, SOS p. illua. 
DNLM: SF 991 H694c 1905 Clt. No. 45402 

•SURGERY 

HalL Leslie W. Fluid balance In canine surgery; 
an Intro auction. London, Hal nitre, Tindall and 
Cassell [1937] vlll, 117 p. illua. 
DNLM, MECO; SF 991 IU7Vf 1937 

Clt. No. 144174 

Leonard, Ellis P. Orthopedic surgery of the dog 
and cat. 2d cd. .Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. 
Xlv, 351 p. lllus. ISBN 0-721C-5721-4. 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: SF 9al L5;ilo 1871 

Clt. No. 273215 

Onmrod, A. Noel, Surgery of the dog and cat; a 

practical guide. London, Ballllere, Tindall 6t 

Cassell [lOf/i] x, 233 p. lllus. 
DNLM: SF B31 073* 1963 Cit. No. 6*275 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Plermattel, Donald L An atlas of 

surgical approaches to the bonea of the dog and 
cat; [by] D. L. Flermatt&l [and] B. G. Greeley. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1983. Ix, 132 p. lllus. 
DNLM: SF 981 P619a 1963 Cit. No. 50117 

•THERAPY 

Hoerlein, B F Canine 

neurology; diagnosis and treatment. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1985. xl, 303 p. lllus. 
DNLM: SF 991 H694c 1965 Clt. No. 45402 

DOGS 

■ANATOMY & HISTOLOGY 

Miller, Malcolm Eugene. Guide to the dissection 
of the dog thy] Howard E. Evans and Alexander 
DeLahunta. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. 

vi, 291 p. lilus. ISBN 0-U-7216-S442-7. 
DNLM. SUNY: SF 767.D8 M649g 1971 

Clt. No. 271674 



DOPA 



-PHARMACODYNAMICS 

L-Dopa and Parkinsonism, edited by Andre 1 Bar bean 
[and] rietcber 11. McDowell. Philadelphia, 

Davis [cl970] 433 p. Ulua. ISBN 
0- 8 3(5-0 595-1. Baaed on an international 
conference held in Quebec, November 9th-llth, 
1U39, and supported in part by the National 
Institute of Neurological Diseases and Stroke. 
Selected bibliography on L-Dopa, dopamine and 
Parkinsonism: p. 421-433. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WL 359 LI IS 1969 

Clt. No. 265716 

RlsJan, Mannel. L-Dopa and parkinsonism; a 
psychological assessment. Springfield, HI., 
Thomas [c!973] Ix, 402 p. ISBN 0-398412606-8. 



DNLM: WL 359 R57IL 1973 
-TOXICITY 



at. No. 360566 



-CONGRESSES 

L-Dopa and Parkinsonism, edited by Andre" Bar beau 
[and] Fletcher H, McDowell. Philadelphia, 
Davis [C1970] 433 p. lllus, h?BN 
0-8036-0595.1. Based on an International 
conference held In Quebec, Novemher 9th-llth, 
1989, and supported in part by the National 
Institute of Neurological Diseases and Stroke. 
Selected bibliography on L-Dopa, dopamine and 
Parkinsonism: p. 421-433. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 359 L113 1969 

Cit. No. 265716 



L-Dopa and Parkinsonism, edited by Andre* Barbeau 
[r.ml] rielcber H. McDowell. Philadelphia, 
Davis [C1970] 433 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-8036-0535-1. Based on an international 
conference held In Quebec, November 9th-ltth, 
1969, and cupported In t>art by the National 
Institute of Neurological Diseases and Stroke. 
Selected bibliography on L-Dopa, dopamine and 
Parkinsonism: p. 421-433. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 359 L113 1969 

Clt. No. 265716 

DOSAGE FORMS 

Ar.;sel, Howard C. Introduction to pharmaceutical 
dosage forms. Philadelphia, Lea & Fcblger, 
1&3.1, vil, 3<!4 p. lllus. SBN 8121-0005-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 743 A6181 1969 

Clt. No. 211432 

DRAINAGE 

Von Hlppel, Arndt, 1932- Chest tubes and 

ches:t bottles. Springfield, 111., Thomas [CI970] 
xv, 08 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WF 980 V945C 1970 

Clt. No. 226162 

DREAMS 

Dreams and dreaming, edited by Lawrence Edwin 
Abt [*cd] Bernard F. Ritss. New York. Grune 
St Stratton, 1608. vlll, 192 p. lllus. (Progress 
in e'inlcal psychology, v. 8) 
DNLM: Wl PR668H v.8 1968 Cit. No. 172324 

Grlnslrtn, Alexander, 1918- On Sigmund 

Freud's dreams. Detroit, Wayne State 
University Press, 196S. 475 p. lilus., porta. 
DNLM, SUNY: WZ 100 FB89GD 1968 

Clt. No. 204260 

Jones, Richard M. The new psychology of 
ilreainlns;. New York, Grune Ac Stratton [cl970] 
xvtl, £21 p. lllus. Blbliocraphy: p. 190-205. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: BF 1078n 1970 

Clt. No. 252261 

Mack, John E., 1929- Nightmares and 

human conflict, [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown [c 1970 J xv, 258 p. lllus. ISBN 
70*t*-018S-S. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 460 M153n 1970 

Clt. No. 247618 

Moss, C. fccolt, 1924- Dreams, Images, and 

fant.-\ay; a semantic differential casebook. 
Urbana, III., Univ. of Illinois Press [cl970] xlv, 
3412 p. lllus. ISBN 0-252-00102-8. 
DNLM. SUNY: WM 415 M913d 1970 

Cit. No. 250120 

National Institute of Mental Health. Research 
Grants Branch. Current research on sleep and 
dreams. Bethcsda, Md. [1965] vil, 125 p. 
(Public Health Service publication, no. 1389) 
DNLM: WL 108 USSlc 1965 Clt. No. 40003 






DRUG ABUSE 

American Medical Association. Drug dependence); 
a guide for physicians. Chicago, C1969. IBS p. 
Mostly papers presented at the 14th Annual 
Conference of Mental Health Representatives of 
State Medical Societies, or statements Issued 
Jointly by tbe association's Council on Mental 
Health and Its Committee on Alcoholism And 
Drug Dependence. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WM 170 A509d 1969 

at- No. 173371 



63 



DRUG ABUSE 



Association tot Research In Nerrons nod Mental 
Diseaae. Tie addictive states; proceedings of 
the sssoctation, December t and 3, 1966, New 
York, N. Y. [Editor: Abraham Wlkler] 
Baltimore, Williams 4 Wilkin*. IMS [C1967] ill, 
520 p. Ulus, (It* Research publication*, v, 48) 
DNLM: Wl AS481 v.48 19*8 Clt. No. 136512 

Brill, Leon, *d. Major modalities In the 
treatment of drug abuie, edited by Leon Brill 
[and] Loul* Lieberman. New York, Behavioral 
Publication!, 1872. xlv, 813 p. lllu*. (Drug 
abuae series) 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 370 B857m 1871 

at. No. 350448 

The Dili *e*n« la Great Britain: Journey Into 
loneliness [by] Mai M. Qlatt [et aL] London, 
Arnold [1967] vlll, 117 p. 
DNLM: WM 270 D794 1987 Clt. No. 133330 

Llngemaa, Richard R. Drug* from A to 2: a 

dictionary. New York, McGraw-Hill [cl969] 
xvl, 277 p. Drug terms, including ilang, defined 
from both a pharmacological and sociological 
point of view. Beside* the definition, entries 
Include synonyms, eros* reference!, and quotaton* 
(to ihow how slang term la uaed or to give 
■ubjectlve description). 4 appendixes pertinent 
to le^ai and official classification* of drugi. 
DNlil, MBCO, SUNY: QV 13 L755d 19(59 

Clt. No. 202735 

Smith, David E, 1939- ed. The new toclal 

drug: cultural, medical, and legal perspective* on 
marijuana. Enekvwood Cliffa, N. J., 
Prentlce-HaH [cl970] vl, 188 p. (A Spectrum 
book) 
DNLM: WM 276 SMSn 1970 Clt. No. 244622 

Stearn, Jess. The seeker*, [lit ed.) Garden 
City N. Y., Doubleday, 1969. 384 p. 
DNLM: WM 270 S799s 1969 Cit. No. 174607 

Wilder-Smith, A. E. The drug u*er; the 

pharmacology of turning on. [l»t ed.] 

Wheaton, III., Shaw [C18S9] 294 P. 

DNLM: WM 270 W873d 1849 Clt. No. 237886 

-CONGRESSES 

Rutgers Symposium on Drug Abuse, M, New 
Brunswick, N. J„ 1SC9. Communication and 
drue abu*e; proceedings. Compiled and edited by 
J R. Wlttenborn, Jean Paul Smith, and Sarah A. 
Wittenborn. Springfield, 111, Thomaa [cl970] 
xlU, 542 p. illoi. 
DNLM: W3 EU973 1869c Cit. No. 251445 

Westers Instltnte or Drug Problem* Snmmer 
School, 2d, Portland State Uhiyerslty, 1969. 
Dru? abuae; data and debate. Edited by Paul H. 
Blachly. Springfield, 111., Thomaa [C1970] xvl, 
322 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: W3 WE522 lM9d 
MBCO: WM 270 WS27d 1969 Clt. No. 260641 

-THERAPY 

The Treatment of drug abuse: programs, problems, 
protpects [by] Raymond M. Olaaseote [et aL] 

Washington, Joint Information Service of the 
American Psychiatric Aaan. and the National 
A*sn. for Mental Health, 1972. xl, 250 p. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 270 T7S4 1972 

Clt. No. S24601 



The Drug scene in Great Britain; Journey lato 
loneliness [by] Max M. Glatt [et aL] London, 

Arnold [1E67] vlll. 117 p. 

DNLM: WM 270 D794 1B«7 Cit. No. 133330 

Lindesmith. Alfred Ray, 1905- Addiction 

and opiate*. Chicago, Aldlne [1868] vH, 285 

DNLM, SUNY: WM 288 L745a 1983 

Clt. No. 156138 

■CONGRESSES 

Scientific has Is of drug dependence; a symposium. 
Edited by Hannah Steinberg, London, Churchill, 
1969. xvii, 429 p. lilua. SBN 7000-1394-6. 
At head of title: Biological Council. 
Co-ordinating Committee for Symposia on Drug 
Action. Symposium held at the Middlesex 
Hospital Medical School, London, In April 1968, 
sponsored by the British Pharmacological Society 
and other organizations. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 270 S416 1988 

Clt. No. 232537 

Western Institute ol Drug Problems Snmmer 
School, 2d, Portland State University, 1969. 
Drug abuse; data and debate. Edited by Paul H. 
BLachly. Springfield, Hi, Thoaws [cl970] xv1, 
S22 p. tllui. 
DNLM; W3 WE522 1989d 
MBCO: WM 270 W527d 1969 Clt. No. 260641 

-REHABILITATION 

Brill, Leon. Authority and addiction [by] Leon 
Brill [and] Louis Ueht-rman. [1st ed.] 
Boston. Little, Brown [C1S39] xvi, 318 p. lllux. 
SBN 70C0-0Mii-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 270 B357a 1989 

Clt. No. 225725 

-THERAPY 

BelL R. Gordon, Escape from addiction. New 
York, McGraw-HUI [C1970] xiv, 201 p. SBN 
07-ODi3<?5-7. 
DNLM. MBCO: WM 270 B435e 1970 

Cit. No. 265313 

Brill, Leon, ed. Major modalities in the 
treatment of drug abuse, edited by Leon Brill 
[anal Louis Lieberman. New York, Behavioral 
Publications. 1972. xlv, 313 p. Ulus. (Drug 
abuse series) 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 270 B857m 1972 

Cit. No. 350446 

DRUG ADULTERATION 



DRUG ADDICTION 



American Medical Association. Drug dependence; 

a guide for physicians. Chicago, el968, 138 p. 
Mostly pspen presented at the I4th Annual 
Conference of Mental Health Representatives of 
State Medical Societies, or statements latued 
Jointly by the association'* Council on Siental 
Health and it* Committee on Alcoholism and 
Drue Dependence. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WM 270 ASOBd 1988 

at. No. 173372 

Association for Research in Nervous and Mental 
Disease. The addictive *t*te«; proceeding* of 
the sasoclstlon, December 2 and 3, 1968, New 
York, N. Y. [Editor: Abraham Wikler] 
. Baltimore. William* A Wilkin*. 18(18 (el967] ill, 
620 p. Ulus. (It* Research publication*, v. 46) 
DNLM: Wl AS481 v.48 1868 Clt, No. 136512 

Cloatt, Doris H, ed. Narcotic drug*; biochemical 
pharmacology. New York, Plenum Pre**, 1971. 
xxii, 608 p. lllu*. ISBN 0-308-30495-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 30 C647n 1971 

Clt. No. 287445 



G4 



Krelg, Margaret B. 

Englewood Cliffs, 

304 p. lllua. 

DNLM: QV 773 K92b 1987 



Black market medicine. 
N. J, Prentice- Hall [cl9<7] 



at. No. 110535 



DRUG AND NARCOTIC CONTROL 
-u. s. 

V. S. National Commission on Marihuana aid 
Drug Abuse. Marihuana, a signal of 
misunderstanding; first report of the National 
Commi^lon on Marihuana and Drug Abuse, March 
1972. [Raymond P. Shafer, Chairman. 
Wa*bington, For sale hy the Supt. of Doc*, U. S. 
Govt. Print. Off, 1972] x, 184 P- 

Appendix; the technical papers of the 

first report, [Washington: For sale by the Supt. 
of Doc*, U. S. Govt. Print. Off.] 1972. 2 v. Lllu*. 
WM 276 U59m 1972 Appendix 
MBCO: WM 276 U59m 1972 Cit. No. 331032 

DRUG ANTAGONISM 

Martin, Erie Wentworth, 1912- Hazards of 

medication; a manual on drug interactions, 
incompatibilities, contraindications, and adverse 
effects [by] Eric W. Martin. Editors: Stewart F. 
Alexander, Donald J. Farage [and] William E. 
Hassan, Jr. Associate editor; Ruth D. Martin. 
Philadelphia, Llppineott [cl971] xlv, 895 p. 
lllua. ISBN 0-397-50238-5. Bibliography: 
p.837-875. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV SB M373h 1971 

at. No. 302125 

DRUG COMPOUNDING 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Lowentbit, Werner. Pharmaceutical calculation*; 
■ s elf -Instructional text. Baltimore, William* * 
Wtlklns [C1969] 419 p. 
DNLM: QV 18 L917p 1869 at. No. 117354 



DRUG HYPERSENSITIVITY 

rraxJer, Claude Albee, 1920- cd. Dentistry 

and the allergic patient. Springfield, III, 
Thomas [cl973] xxiv, 429 p. illu*. ISBN 
0-398-02585-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: WU 168 F84Bd 1873 

at. No. 367160 

DRUG INDUSTRY 

-u. s. 

Mint*. Morton, 1922- The therapeutic 

nightmare. A report on the roles of the United 

States Food and Drug Administration, the 
American Medical Association, pharmaceutical 
manufacturer*, and other* in connection with the 
lrr?iional and massive use of prescription drug* 
that mav be worthless, Injurious, or even lethaL 

Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 1965. xxvlil, 590 
p. Later ed. ba* title: By prescription only. 
DNLM: QV 21 M667t 1985 at. No. 187716 

DRUG INTERACTIONS 

HftBsten, Philip D. Drug Interaction*; clinical 
significance of drug-drug interaction* and drug 
efiVct* un clinical laboratory results. 2d ed. 
Philadelphia, Lea ti Febiger, 1973. lx, 491 p. 
ISBN 0-S121-04S2-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 38 H251d 1973 

at. No. 384163 

DRUG LABELING 

-CONGRESSES 

DRUG RESISTANCE, MICROBIAL 

Allen. Bryan William. Myobacteria: isolation. 
idntlf 'cation and sensitivity teallng [by] B. W. 
Allen and F. J. Baker, London, Butterworth 
[clSCB] v, 75 p. (Laboratory aids *erie*> 
SBN 07-75700-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 125 A425m 1968 

at. No. 145187 

Mltsubasht. Susama, ed- Transferable drug 
resistance factor R. Baltimore, University Park 
Press [1 71] x, 203 P. lllu*. ISBN 
0-8S3M019-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 52 M6S4t 1971 

aL No. 255435 

Peters, Wallacs, 1924- Chemotherapy and 

drug reeistance In malaria. London, New York, 
Acr-demic Frew, 1970. xvi, 876 p. Ulus. 
ISI1N 0-12-552750-0. "References": p. 688-768, 
804-316. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 256 P48Sc 1970 

at. No. 281420 

-BIBL. 

Peters, Wallace, 1924- Chemotherapy and 

drug resistance In malaria. London, New York, 
Academic Pre**, 1970. xvi, B78 p. Ulu*. 
ISDN 0-12-552750-0. "Reference*": p. 688-766, 
804-318. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QV 258 P4B3c 1970 

at. No. 281420 



DRUG SYNERGISM 



Hans ten, Philip D. Drug Interaction*; clinical 
significance of drug-drus Interaction* and drug 
effects on clinical laboratory result*. 
Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 1971. lx, 437 p. 
ISBN 0-8121-0334-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 38 H25Id 1971 

Clt. No. 172530 

Martin, Erie Wentworth, 1912- Haiarda of 

medication; a manual on drug interactlona. 
Incompatibilities, contraindications, and adverse 
effects [by] Eric W. Martin. Editor*: Stewart T. 
Alexander, Donald J. Farage [and] WUliam E. 
Hiasan, Jr. A**ociate editor; Ruth D. Martln. 
Phlladelphia, Upplncott [C1971] xlv, 895 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-397-50288-5. Bibliography: 
p.837-875. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 38 M378h 1971 

CIL No. 302123 

DRUG THERAPY 

Albert, Adrien. Selective toxicity and related 
topic*. [4th ed.] London, Methuen [1968] 
iv'u. 531 p. Ulu*, porta. Distributed in the U. 
S. by Barnes A Noble. 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 38 A333* 1988 

OL No. 153073 



( 



c 



DRUGS 






Reckman, Harry, 1B93- Dilemma* In drug 

therapy. Philadelphia. Saunders, 1967. it, 404 
P. 
DNLM: WD 390 B396d 1947 Cit. No. 70054 

Bosch, Harris, 1923- Chemotherapy; an 

Introductory text [by] Harris Buach [and] 
Montague Lane. Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers [clM7] SIS p. 
DNLM: QV 250 B977c 1967 Cit. No. 11 140 J 

Drugs 1960-1970. Editor: Graeme S. Avery, [lit 
ed. Seaforth, N. S. W., Australasian Drug 
Information Services, 19S9] xv, 280 p. lllua. 
U. S. publisher: Williams and Wilkin* Co., 
Baltimore. Reprinted from the Sept. 1969 l*aue« 
of New ethical*, v. 10, no. 9; and New ethical* 
and medical progress, v. 6, no. 9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 4 D794 1989 

Cit. No. 247084 

Garb, Solomon, 1920- Pharmacology and 

patient care [by] Solomon Garb, Betty Jean Crlm 
[and] Garf Thomas. 3d ed. New York, 
Springer [cl970] x, 597 p. lllua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 4 G213p 1970 

Cit. No. 247703 

Garrod, Lawrence Paul, IB 95- Antibiotic 

and chemotherapy, by Lawrence P. Garrod and 
Francis O'Grady. 3d ed. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1971. Ix, 499 p. lllua. ISBN 
0-443-00740-3. CI. S. publisher: Williams &. 
Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 350 G143a 1971 

Cit. No. 281477 

Garrod, Lawrence Paul, 1895- Antibiotic 

and chemotherapy by Lawrence P. Garrod and 
Francis O'Grady. 2d ed. Baltimore, Williams 
and Wllklns, 1983. vlll, 475 p. tllut., plates 
SBN 443-0Q547-B. First edition by M. Barber and 
L. P. Garrod. 
MBCO: QV 350 G243* 1968 Cit. No. 200103 

Goodman, Louis Sanford, 1908- ed. The 

pharmacological basis of therapeutics; a textbook 
of pharmacology, toxicology, and therapeutics for 
physicians and medical student*. Edited by Louis 
S. Goodman and Alfred Oilman. 4th ed. [New 
York] Macmlllan [1970] xx. 1794 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 4 GG53p 1970 

Cit. No. 257142 

Goodman, Louis Sanford, 1906- ed. The 

pharmacological basis of therapeutics, ed. by 
Louis 5. Goodman 6c Alfred Oilman. 3d ed. 
New York, Macmlllan [C1935] xvill, 1785 p. 
DNLM: QV 4 G853p 1965 Cit. No. 10647 

Lorian, Victor. Antibiotics and cbemotberapeutlc 
agents In clinical and laboratory practice. 
Sortncfleld, 111., Thomas [cl883j ill, 337 p. 
lllua. 
DNLM: QY 100 L872a 1966 at. No. 60635 

Melmon, Kenneth L., 1934- ed. Clinical 

pharmacology: basic principles in therapeutics. 
Edited by Kenneth L. Melmon and Howard F. 
Morreill. New York, Macmlllan [C1972] xll, 
718 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 330 M527c 1B72 

Cit. No. 315151 

Merck Sharp and Dohtne Research Labor stories. 
The Merck manual of diagnosis and therapy. 
11th ed. [Rahway, N. J.] xvl, 1850 p. 
DNLM: WS 100 M555m 1966 Cit. No. 7B326 

Model!, Walter, 1907- ed. Drugs of choice, 

1963-1969. St, Louts, Mosby, 1967. xv, - 

907 p. lllus. "Drug index": p. 713-835. 
DNLM: WB 330 H689d 1967 Cit. No. 154462 

Panksy, George A. A manual of antimicrobial 
therapy. Springfield, 11., Thomas [c!969] lx, 
149 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 350 P193m 1969 

Cit. No. 114741 

Seneca, Har* j, 1909- Biological basts of 

chemotherapy of Infection* and Infestations. 

Philadelphia, Davis [C1971J xi, 1130 p. ISBN 

0-8036-7790-1. 

DNLM. SUNY: QV 150 S47Sb 1971 

Cit. No. 254010 



-ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Delehmann, William B, Toxicology of drugs and 
chemical*, by William B. Detchmann and Horace 
W. Gerarde. [4th ed.] New York, Academic 
Press, 1969. xvl, 805 p. lllus. 1964 ed. has 
title: Symptomatology and therapy of toxicoioglcal 
emergencies. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 600 D324* 1969 

at. No. 217437 

Martin, Eric Wtntworth, 1912- Hazards of 

medication; a manual on drug Interactions, 
Incompatibilities, contraindication*, and adverse 
effects [by] Eric W. Martin. Editor*: Stewart F. 
Alexander, Donald J. Farage [and] William E. 
Hassan, Jr. Associate editor; Ruth D. Martin. 
Philadelphia, Llppincolt [cl971] xlv, 895 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-397-50288 5. Bibliography: 
p 837*875 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 38 M378h 1971 

Cit. No. 302125 

Mints, Morton, 1922- The therapeutic 

nightmare. A report on the role* of the United 
States Food and Drug Administration, the 
American Medical Association, pharmaceutical 
manufacturers, and others in connection with the 
Irrational and matsive use of prescription dru&a 
that may be worthless, injurious, or even lethal. 

Boston, Houghton Mifflin, 19G5. xxvllt, 590 
p. Later ed. has title: By prescription only. 
DNLM: QV 21 M667t 1985 Cit. No. 187716 

Orlandl, Francesco, ed. Liver and drugs, edited 
by F. Orlandl and A. M. Jezequel. London, New 
York Academic Pros 3, 1972. xt, 287 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-12-52<,35(M. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 702 071 L 1972 

Cit. No. 342220 

Shader, Richard I., 1935- Psychotropic 

drug aide effects; clinical and theoretical 
perspectives [by] Richard I. Shader, Alberto 
DlMarcto and associates. Baltimore, Williams & 
Wi'hlns [C1970] xll, 290 p. ISBN 
0-883-07653-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 77 S524p 1970 

Ctt. No. 250755 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Asperhelm, Mary Kaye. The pharmacologic basis 
of patient care. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1938. 
vll, 417 p. lllus, 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 4 A839pa 1968 

Cit. No. 156031 

Asperhelm, Mary Kaye. Tbe pharmacologic basis 
of patient care [by] Mary K. Asperhelm [and] 
Laurel A. Eleenhauer. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1S73. vlll, 520 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-7216-1433-1. 
DNLM. SUNY: QV 4 AB39pa 1973 

at. No. 352345 

-POPULAR WORKS 

Chemical Robber Company. "Take as directed"; 

our modern medicines. [Kdltor: F. E. 

Shldeman, Writer: John Paul Ruaso) 

Cleveland, CRC Preas [C1967] xlv, 457 p. 

lllus. 

DNLM: QV 55 C498t 1967 Cit. No. 114305 

DRUGS 

Baslow, Morris H. Marine pharmacology; a study 
of toxins and other biologically active substances 
of marine origin. Baltimore, William* & 
Wllklns, 1989. xlv, 286 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QH 90 B315m 1909 

Cit. No. 220044 

Rrodle, Donald C. Drug utilization and drug 
utilization review and control. Rockvllle, Md., 
Health Services and Men Lai Health Administration 
[1971] ill, 43 p. (DHEW publication no. <HSM> 
72-3002) Study supported by National Center 
for Health Service* Research and Development. 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 704 B884d 1971 

at. No. 301552 

Burack, Richard. The handbook of prescription 
drugs; official names, prices, and sources for 
patient and doctor. New York, Pantheon Books 
[C1967] xlv, 181 p. 2d ed. has title: The new 
handbook of prescription drugs. 
DNLM, MBCO: QV 55 B945h 1967 

ClU No. 257554 



McETllla, Joseph D, Drug use data; assessment of 
terminal devices used for acquisition and 
retrieval. Rockvllle, Md., For sale by the Supt. 
of Doc*., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington 
[1971] vlll, 75 p. lllus. (National Center for 
Health Services Research and Development. 
Pharmacy-related Program* Branch. Case study 
series) DHEW publication no. <HSM) 72-3032. 
Supported by Personal services contract B-38713. 

DNLM, SUNY: QV 26.5 M142d 1971 

at. No. 330601 

-ADMINISTRATION d. DOSAGE 

Baxton. Dolores P. Programmed Instruction In 

arithmetic, dosages, and solutions [by] Dolores F. 
Saxton [and] John F. Walter. 2d ed. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1970. vll, 60 p. SBN 

ft 1 *S- A.332- S 

DNLM, SUNY: QV 16 S273p 1970 

Ot. No. 250756 

Technique* of medication; a manual on tn» 
administration of drag product*. [Editor. In-chief] 
Eric W. Martin; editors: Stewart P. Alexander [et 
*!.] Philadelphia, Llppincott icl969] vll. 239 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 748 T255 1969 

Cit. No. 210470 

-ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Symposium on Drui Responses In Man, London, 

19iH). Drug responses In man. Edited by 
Gordon Wolstenholme and Ruth Porter. 
London, Churchill, 1967. 257 p. lllus. A 
Ctba Foundation volume. 
DNLM: QV S3 S939d 1966 Cit. No. 117300 

-ANALYSIS 

Gearien, James E. Methods of drug analysts [by] 
Jarre 3 E. Gearlen and Bernard F. Grabowekl. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1969. lx, 281 p. 
Lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 2S G292m 1969 

Cit. No. 200616 

Gudxtnowlcx, Benjamin 1. Gas chromatographic 

anilyais of dru^a and pesticides. New York, 
DeSker, 1987. lx, 605 p. Ului. 
(Chromatographic science, v. 2) 
DNLM: Wl CH943 v.2 1967 Ctt. No. 127225 

•BIBL. 

King, Charles M. Drug Information services; two 
operational models. Model I. A complete drug 
Information service In a hospital, by Charles M. 
King, Jr. and Betty A. Heliums. Model II. A 
regional drug information service network, by 
Vera F. Thudlum and Robert E. Pearson. 
Roclrvllle, Sid., Pharmacy-Related Programs 
Branch, National Center for Health Services 
Research and Development; for sale by the Supt. 
of Docs.. V. S. Govt. Print. Off. [1972] xIL 285 
p. lllus. (DHEW publication no. (HSM) 72-3030) 
Case study scries. 
DNLM: WX 179 K52d 1972 Cit. No. 354227 

■CONGRESSES 

Conference on Drat Information for the Health 
Professions, 1st, Prlncrton, N.J., 1967. Drug 
Information for the health professions, edited by 
Isaac D. Welt; proceedings. New York, London, 
Gordon and Breach [C1969] xll I, 465 p. lilus- 
Supported by a PHS research grant from the 
National Library of Medicine to tbe New York 
Academy of Sciences. 
DNLM: WS C611 19«7d 
SUNY: QV 709 C748d 1967 at. No. 237701 

-ENCYC. 

Modern drug encyclopedia and therapectle index; a 
compendium. Editor: Arthur 1, Lewis. 11th ed. 
New York, Donnelly [C1970] x, 788 p. 
MBCO, SUNY: QV 772 M6SS 1970 

at. No. 240453 

-NOMENCLATURE 

National Library of Medicine. Russian drug 
Index, by Stanley Jablonskl. 2d ed. Bethesda, 
Md., 1967. HI, 334 p. (Public Health Service 
publication, 00. 814) 
DNLM: QV 15 U58r 1967 at. No. 77101 






65 



DRUGS 



-nursing TEXTI 

Hopkins, Sidney John. Drugs and pharmacology 
for nurses. 4th ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1968. vili, 350 p. SBN-443-0Q573-7. U. S. 
publisher: WUllam* & Wltkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SONY; QV 4 H794d 1988 Cit. No. 167540 

Pleln, Joy B. Fundamental* of medication*; a 
text-workbook of do*age*, solution*, mathematics 
and Introductory pharmacology, by Joy B. Plela 
and Elmer M. Plela. Philadelphia, 

Llpplncotl [C1967] 147, 30 p. Ulu*. Earlier 
ed. ha* title: Fundamental* of medication* far 
■tudenU of nursing. 
DNLM: QV 704 P734f 1967 Clt. No. 111750 

-POPULAR WORK* 

Chemical Bobber Company. "Take a* directed"; 
our modern medicine*. [Editor: F. E. 
Sbtdernan. Writer: John Paul Russo) 
Cleveland, CRC Pre** [cl967] xiv, 457 p. 
tllu*. 
DNLM: QV 55 C498t 1967 Cit. No. 114305 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Saxton, Dolores 7. Programmed tnatruetloa In 
arithmetic, dosage*, and solution* [by] Dolores F. 
Saxton [and] John F. Walter, 2d ed. St. 
Louli, Mosby, 1970. vil, «0 p. SBN 
8019-4332-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 18 S273P 1970 

at. No. 2507S6 

DUODENAL DISEASES 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Harper, R. A. Kemp. Radiology of the duodenum. 
London, Lloyd-Luke, 1967. xil, 225 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: Wl 505 HZ95r 1967 Clt. No. 73487 

•SURGERY 

Welch, Claude Emerson. 1906- Surgery of 

the stomach i duodenum. 4th rev. ed. 
Chicago, Year Book Medeal Publisher* [IMS] 
403 p. Ulus. (Handbook of operative surgery) 
DNLM: WI 330 W433s 1906 Clt. No. 70753 

DUODENAL ULCER 

Wastell, Christopher, ed. Chronic duodenal ulcer. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [1872] U, 
284 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-407-13565-0. 

DNLM: WI 370 W323c 197J at. No. 341732 

DUODENUM 

Jacqaemet, Paul. The early rsrilologlcal diagnosis 
of disease* of the pancreas and ampulla of Vater, 
by Paul Jacquemet [et al.] Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [cl9d5J xvlll, 238 p. ilius. Revised 
and enlarged English edition of La 
duod*noj?raphie hypotonlque. 
DNLM: WI 800 J19d 1965 Cit. No. S2I56 

RADIOGRAPHY 

Eaton, 8. Boyd, 1938- Radiology of the 

pancreas and duodenum [by] S. Boyd Eaton, Jr. 
[and] Joseph T. Farmed, Jr. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1973. xvi, 399 p. lllu*. (Saunder* 
monographs in clinical radiology, v. 3) ISBN 
0.7218-33 10-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 800 EHr 1973 

Clt. No. 400067 

Harper, R. A. Kemp. Radiology of the duodenum. 
London, Lloyd-Luke, 1967. xil, 225 p. Hlu*. 
DNLM: WI 505 H295r 1967 Clt. No. 73467 

-SORCERY 

Huklns, Henri NeUon, 1905- ed. Surgery of 

the stomach and duodenum, by 77 author*. 
Editor*: Henry N. Harkln* [andl Lloyd M. Nyhus. 
2d ed. Bo*ton, Little, Brown [C1969] xxlv, 
934 p. Ulus., porta. SBN 70O0-0143-3. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WI 100 H282* 1939 

Clt. No. 115526 



DYES 

Conn, Harold Joel, 1886- Biological stain*; 

s handbook on the nature and uses of the dye* 
employed in the biological laboratory. With a 
chapter on hlstochemlcai reagents by G. G. 
Gli'nner. 8th ed. [by] R. D. Lillie; rev. with the 
assistance of E. H. STotx, V. M. Kmmel and Mary 
A. Darrow. Baltimore, William* & Wilkin*, 1969. 
xil. 498 p. lllu*. Prepared with the 
collaboration of various member* of the 
Biological Stain Commission. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 237 C752b 1969 

Cit. No. 213042 

Gnrr, Edward. The rational use of dye* In 
biology, and general staining method*. London, 
Hill, 19SS. xlt. 422 p. illu*. 
DNLM: QH 237 G981r 1965 at. No. 11471 



DYSLEXIA 



DWARFISM 



Btclner, Matthew M.. 1909- Clinical 

approach to endocrine problems In children. St. 
Louis, dloaby, 1970. lx, 406 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8016-4774-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 330 S822e 1970 

Cit. No. 352181 



Hartsteln, Jack, 1924- ed. Current concept* 

In dyslexia. St. Loulo, Mosby, 1971. xil, 212 

p. lllu*. ISBN 0-B016-2tK0-2. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 340 HS24C 1971 

Clt. No. 313007 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Carter, Homer L. J. Diagnosis and treatment of 
the disabled reader [by] Homer L. J. Carter 
fand) Dorothy J. McGintUs. [New York] 
Mscmlllan [cl970] vill, 370 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 340 C323d 1970 Clt. No. 257355 

Keeney, Arthur H., 1920- ed. Dyslexia; 

diagnosis and treatment of reading disorders, 
edited by Arthur H. Keeney [andl Virginia T. 
Keeney. St. Loul*, Mosby, 1908. xil, 182 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 340 K26d 1968 

Clt. No. 144078 

-EN INFANCY St CHILDHOOD 

Crltchley, Macdonald. The dyslexic chUd. 2d 

and augta. ert. Springfield, Hi., Tboma* [1970] 
xv, 137 p. ilius. 1st ed. ha* title: 
Developmental dvslcxla, 
DNLM, SUNY: WL M0 CB34d 1970 

Clt. No. 24233d 

-THERAPY 

Carter, Homer L. i. Dlagnosl* and treatment of 
the disabled reader [by] Homer L, J. Carter 
[and] Dorothy J- McGinnls. [New York] 
Macmlllan [cl970] vili, 370 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: Wt 340 C323d 1970 Clt. No. 257355 

Keeney, Arthur n., 1923- ed. Dyslexia; 

dismasts and treatment of reading disorder*, 
edited by Arthur H. Keeney [and] Virginia T. 
Kcenoy. St. Louis, Mosby, 1968. xil, 182 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 340 K28d 1968 

Clt. No. 144076 

DYSTOCIA 

Kerr, John Martin Monro, 1868- Operative 

obstetrics. 8th ed. by J. Chassar Molr and P. R. 
Myerscough. [Heavllv rev.] London, BallUfcre, 
Tlndall and Cassell [cl971] vtii, 971 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-7020-0311-7. U. S. publisher: WUlUm* ic 
Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 400 K41o 1971 

at. No. 264142 

EAR 

■ANATOMY & HISTOLOGY 

Anson, Barry Joseph, 1894- The surgical 

anatomy of the temporal bone and ear [by] Barry 
J. Anson [and] James A. Donaldson. 
Philadelphia, Saunder*, 1967. x, 211 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WV 201 A622* 1967 Cit. No. 100473 

-ANATOMY & HISTOLOGY - ATLASES 

Vldle, Brasilia* . An atU* of the anatomy of the 
ear. with accompanying color *Ude* [by] Branialav 
Vldlc [and] Roaan O'RahUly. Philadelphia, 
Saunder*, 1971. 1 v. (unpaged! Hlu*. ISBN 
0-73 16-9015-7. 
DNLM: WV 17 V653* 1971 at- No. 275062 



-RADIOGRAPHY ■ ATLASES 

Mittemtaler, Richard. Otorhinolaryngologic 
radiology; a radiologic atlas of ear, nose, and 
throat dtsease*. English edition arranged by Paul 
W. Hoffmann. New York. Grune A stratton, 
1370. xl, 403 p. Ulus. Translation of 
Hal*-Nasen-Ohren-ICrankhelten lm Rontgenhlld. 
DNLM, SUNY: WV 17 M685h 1970 

at. No. 241162 

•RADIOGRAPHY ■ CONGRESSES 

Scandinavian Society of Radiology. Fundamental* 
of ear tomography, edited by J*rgen Jen*en and 
Han* Rovslng. Springfield, 111., Thomas [clB71] 
xlll, 222 p. Ulus. Papers presented at a 
course during 29th congress of the Scandinavian 
Society of Radiology In May 1968. 
DNLM, SUNY: WV 210 S283f 1968 

at. No. 360435 

-SURGERY 

Eye* and ear, most and throat, edited by Sir 
Stewart Duke-Elder and Maxwell Ellis. 
Philadelphia, Llpplncott [cl9G9] mill, 540 p. 
lllu*. (Rob, Charle*. ed. Operative surgery, t. 
10) 
DNLM: WO 500 R82SQ v.10 1969 Clt. No. Z21S57 

•SURGERY - ATLASES 

Saunders, William H.. 1920- Atlas of ear 

aurgerv [by] WUilam H. Saunder* [and] Michael 
M- Paparella. St. l^uis, Mosby, 1968. lx, 365 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WV 17 S257a 1968 at. No. 160374 

Saunders, WHUam H„ 1920- AtU* of car 

surgery [by] William H. Saunders [and] Michael 
M. Paparella. 2d ed. St. Loui", Mosby, 1971. 
Dc, 3P0 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-4317-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: WV 17 S257a 1971 

at. No. 374131 

■SURGERY ■ CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Aesthetic Surgery of the Nose, Ears, 
and Chin, Phoenix, Aria., 1971. Symposium on 

Aesthetic Surpery of the Nose, Ears, and Chin. 
Editors: Frank W. Misters [and] John R. Lewifl, 
Jr. St. Louis, Mosby, 1973. xil, 207 p. Ulu*. 
ISBN 0-80 10-S 140-8. Constitute* v. 6 of the 
Proceedings of the symposium of the Educational 
Foundation of the American Society of Plastic 
and Reconstructive Surgeons and the American 
Society for Aesthetic Plastic Surgery. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 600 S988S 1971 

Clt. No. 364307 

EAR DISEASES 

i. .wson, Stuart Radeliffe. Disease* or the ear. 
2d ed. London, Arnold [cl967] 554 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WV 200 M4flZd 1967 Clt. No. 131627 

•SURGERY 

Shambaufh, George Elmer, 1903- Surgery 

of the ear. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunder*, 
1967. xl, 722 p. Ulu*., port*. "The ear In 
anatomical transparencies" (10 p.) Inserted In 
pocket at end. 
DNLM: WV 168 S525* 1967 at. No. 111373 

EAR, MIDDLE 

■SURGERY 

Wo Herman, Adolph, 1916- Recon*tructlve 

•urgery ol the middle ear [by] Adolph 
Wolferman, Contribution* by Herbert J. Flach 
[and] Morton D. Stone. New York, Grune It 
Stratton 11970] xtv, 184 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 230 W855r 1970 

C1L No. 250124 

EAR NEOPLASMS 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Pool, James Lawrence, 1906- Acoustic 

nerve tumors; early dlagnoal* and treatment, by 
J. Lawrence Pool and Arthur A. Pava and ElUott 
C. Greenfield. 2d ed. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1970] xlil, 332 p. Ulu*. lit ed. 
ha* title: The early dlagnoal* and treatment of 
acoustic nerve tumor*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 350 PB21e 1970 

at. No. 250I3J 



66 



I 






EDUCATION, MEDICAL 






-TH2KAFY 

Pool, Jimti Lawrence, 190*- Acoustic 

nerve tumor*; early diagnosl* and treatment, by 
J. Lawrence Pool and Arthur A. P*v* and Elliott 
C. Greenfield. 2d ed. Springfield, 111,, 
Thomai [C1870] xllt. £32 p. lllua. lat ed, 
hat title: The early diagnosis and treatment of 
acoustic nerve tumor*. 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY; WV 250 P82Ie 1970 

Clt. No. 250123 

ECHOCARDIOGRAPHY 

Felgenbaum, Harvey. Echocardiography [by] 
Harvey Felgenbaum, with the assistance of Sonla 
Chang. Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1972. 
xllt, 239 p. lllua. ISBN 0-8121-0406-4. 

DNLM, SUNY: WG 141 F29Be 1872 

Clt. No, 345302 

ECHOENCEPHALOGRAPHY 

Cematiu, Snmto, 1934- A manual of 

echo encephalography [Bv] Sumlo Uematau [and] 
A. Earl Walker. Baltimore, William* & Wllklns 
[C1971] xt, 149 p. lilus. ISBN 0-683-08505-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 154 U22m 1971 

Clt. No. 272131 

-IN INFANCY <fe CHILDHOOD 

Mostafawj, Abbas. Pediatric 

■onoencephalography; the practical uae of 
ultrasonic echoea In the diagnosis of childhood 
Intracranial disorder* [by] A. Mostafawy, In 
cooperation with J, B. Nagle. Berlin, New York, 
Springer Verlag, 1971, xl, 137 p. lilus. ISBN 
3-540-0521 S-X. Bibliography: p. [109J-133. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 354 M915p 1971 

Cit. No, 300587 

ECOLOGY 

Alexander, Martin. Microbial ecology. New 
York, Wiley [C197I] x, 511 p. lllua. ISBN 
0-471-02054-0. 
DNLM, MBCO: QW 4 A377m 1971 

Clt. No. 291823 

Odum, Eugene P. Fundamental* of ecology. 3d 
ed. Philadelphia, Saunders [C1971] xlv, 574 
P. lllua. ISBN 0-7210-6941-7. Bibliography: p. 
517-555. 
DNLM, SUNY: QH 541 027f 1971 

Clt, No. 377343 

Warren, Charles E. Biology and water pollution 
control [by] Char lea E. Warren, In collaboration 
with Peter Doudoroff. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1971, xvl, 434 p. lllu*. ISBN 0-7218-9120-X 
DNLM: WA 889 W287b 1971 Clt. No. 255071 

•COLLECTED WORKS 

Ford, Richard P., ed. Reading* In aquatic 
ecolosy, edited by Richard F. Ford [and] William 
E. Hazen. Philadelphia, Saunder*. 1972. vl, 
397 p. lllu*. ISBN 0-72 16-3B 10-4. Reprinted 
from varlou* scientific Journal*. 
DNLM: QH 90 F711r 1972 Clt. No. 333237 

-CONGRESSES 

Bretton Wood* Symposium . Physiological 
Characterization of Health Hazards In Man'* 
Environment, 1886. Physiology, environment, 
and man. Edited by Douglas H. K, Lee and David 
Mtnard. New York, Academic Pre**, 1970. xv, 
239 p. lllu*. ( Environmental science*; an 
Interdisciplinary monograph series) Organized 
by the National Research Council. Issued alao 
as v. 2, no, 5-8, Oct. 1969, of Environmental 
research ((lightly abridged) with title" 
Physiological characterization of health hazards In 
man's environment. 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 30 B845p 1968 

Clt. No. 250355 

-ESSAY* 

Shepxrd, Paul, ed. The subversive science; essay* 

toward an ecology of man, edited by Paul 
Sbepard and Daniel McKinley. Bo* ton, 
Houghton Mifflin [C1989] x, 453 p. lilus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QH 541 5547* 1MB 

Clt. No. 212111 



ECONOMICS, DENTAL 

KMlpatrlck, Harold C. Work amplification In 
denial practice; applied time and motion studies 
25 contributing authors. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunder*, 1969, xvl 11, 702 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WU 77 K48w 1969 

Clt. No. 204043 

ECONOMICS, HOSPITAL 

Somen, Herman Miles, 1911- Medicare and 

the hospitals; Issues and prospect* [by] Herman 
Miles Somers [and] Anne Ramsay Somen. 
Washington, Brookings Institution [cl967] xvl, 
303 p. (Studies In social economics) 
DNLM: WT 30 S694m 1967 Clt. No. 132717 

ECONOMICS, MEDICAL 
-p. s. 

Conference on Job Development and Training, for 
Workers In Health Services, Washington, D. C, 
1958. Training health service workers; the 
critical challer-fie. Sponsored by the U. S. Dept. 
of Labor [and] U. S. Department of Health, 
Education, and Welfare, Washington, D. C, 
February 14-17, Ii«3. Washington, 1963. v, 
102 p. lllua,, ports. Issued from the Office of 
the Assistant Secretary for Education In the 
Dept. of Health, Education, and Welfare and the 
Manpower Administration, Dept. of Labor. 
DNLM: W 73 C748t 1U58 Clt. No. 61137 

Ft in, Has hi. The doctor shortage; an economic 
diagnosis. Washington, Brookinga Institution 
[1SF7] xl, 193 p. 
DNLM: W 78 F299d 1967 Cit. No. 103740 

ECONOMICS, NURSING 

Saraer, Harvey. The nurse and the law. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1963. lx, 219 p. 
DNLM: WY 32 AA1 S2n 1963 Clt. No. 1S6033 



EDEMA 

Selye, Hans, 1907- Anaphylactoid edema. 

St. Louis. Warren H. Green [1968] xxlll, 318 
p. lllu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 900 S469a 1985 

Clt. No. 105265 

EDUCATION 

-ABSTRACTS 

National Communicable Disease Center. Training 
methodology [by] National Communicable Disease 
Center, Atlanta [and] National Institute of Mental 
Health, Chevy Chas;e, Md. [Washington, U. S. 
Govt. Print. Off., 1SS9] 4 pts. In 1 v. (Public 
Health Service publication, no. 1862) Content*. 
- pt, 1. Background theory and research; an 
annotated bibliography. - pt. 2. Planning and 
administration; an annotated bibliography. - pt. 
3. Instructional method* and techniques; an 
annotated bibliosrapJiy. Rev. - pt. 4. Audiovisual 
theory, aids, and equipment; an annotated 
bibliography. 1434 annotated reference* from 
monographs. Journals, and government 
publications indicating current thought on 
training methodology. Most were published from 
Jan., 1SC3, to Mar,, 1968. Entries arranged 
according to topics. Each of the four part* ha* a 
subject index. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: Z 5811 N277t 1999 

Clt. No. 202221 

-U. 8. 

Carnegie Commission on Higher Education. 

Quality and equality: new level* of Federal 
responsibility for higher education; a special 
report and recommendations by the commission, 
December 1938. New York, London, 
McGraw-Hill [cl968] 54 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: LB 2342 C289q 1988 Clt. No. 1727S5 

■U. S. • DIRECT. 

American Council on Education. American 
universities and college*. Edited by Otis A. 
Slngletary; Jane P. Newman, associate editor. 
10th ed. Washington [C1963] xxv, 1782 p. 



EDUCATION, DENTAL 

Cowle* Education Corporation. How to pass 
dental aptitude test. New York [cl967] 35t 
p. lilus. (Score-high exam book) 1964 ed. 
issued by the College Publishing Corporation. 
DNLM; WU IB C875H 1967 Clt. No. 142750 

EDUCATION, MEDICAL 

Charvit, Josef. A review of the nature and use* 
of examinations In medical education [by] Josef 
Charvat, Christine McGulre [and] Victor Parsons. 
Geneva, World Health Organization, 1988. 74 
p. (Public health papers, no. 36) 
DNLM: Wl PU542 no.38 1968 Clt. No. 165713 

The Future of medical education [by] William a. 
Anlyan [et al,] Durham, N. C, Duke Untv. 
Press, 1973. xxl, 192 p. ISBN 0-8223-0294-2. 

DNLM, SUNY: W 18 F994 1973 Clt. No. 355432 

Howard, D, Robert. Media utilization and needs 
In physician's assistant programs and related 
medical-health education, by D. Robert Howard, 
Saul H. Jacobs [and] David E. Lewi*. 
[Washington] Assn. of American Medical Colleges 
[C1B73J vlll, 73 p. 
DNLM. MBCO: W 18 H849m 1973 

Clt. No. 376165 

Intersodetr Committee for Research Potenttsl la 

Ifatholciry. Committee oa Analysis of Training 
for Research in Pathology. Survey of American 
pathologists; an analysis of sources and training 
of rcBe-nrch pathologists. Survey Committee: 
Thomas D. Kinney [et al.] Sally M, Hotchki**, 
cd. Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 1966. 204 
p. UIue. Reprinted from Laboratory 
Investigation, v. 14, no. 12. 
DNLM: QZ 18 ISls 1968 Clt. No. 51032 

lodge, Richard D 1925- ed. Health 

science television : review, ed. by Richard D. 
Jud^e [and] Michael T. Romano. [Ann Arbor, 
Mica., Ed wards, C196S] 111 p. lllu*. Selected 
papers from the 7th annual meeting of the 
Council on Medical Television, held on May 17-19, 
19<i> at the University of Michigan Medical 
Center, Ann Arbor. Issued as a supplement to 
Health sciences TV bulletin. 
DNLM: W 18 JS2h I960 Clt. No. 50402 

Moore, Margaret L. Form and function of 
written atrreements In the clinical education of 
health professionals, by Margaret L, Moore, with 
Mabel M. Parker and K. Shepley Nourse. 
Thorofare. N. J„ Slack [C1972] lx, 81 p. A 
revision of M. L. Moore's thesis, Duke University, 
with title: Interlnstitutlonai agreement* for 
clinical education in physical therpay. 



jNLBI: W 18 M821f 1972 



Qt. No. 4237M 



DNLM: L 901 A512a 1968 



Cit. No. 325352 



Prynae, T. A. Handbook on ho* pita 1 television. 
Columbia, S. C, Educational Resources 
Foundation [1972] 94 p. Ulu*., ports. 

DNLM, SUNY: W 16 P973h 1972 Clt. No. 338331 

-CONGRESSES 

Bunker, John Philip, 1920- ed. Education In 

ane*the*lology; report of a Macy conference. 
New York, Columbia Univ. Pres*. 1997. xli, 1«7 
p. Sponsored by the Josiah Macy Jr. 
Foundation of New York, 
DNLM: WO 218 B942e 1947 Clt. No. 112675 

Computer assisted instruction in the health 
professions; the proceeding* of a coaf treses at 
the Harvard Medical School. Edited by Lawrenc* 
M. Stolarow, Theodore I. Peterson [and] Asa* C. 

Cunningham. [Newburyport, Mass., ENTELEK 
C1970] v. 258 p. Ulus. SBN 87567-031-8. 
Supported by the Personnel and Training 
Research Program, Psychological Sciences 
Division, Office of Naval Research, under 
Contract no. N00014-C-0236 Mod. P002. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: W 26.5 CT38 1970 

Clt. No. 236311 

Conference oa the Us* of Com paters ta Mtdlcal 
Education, University or Oklahoma, 1968. 
Proceedings. Oklahoma City, 1968. 105 p. 
Co-*pon*ored by the U. S. Public Health Service, 
Bureau of Health Manpower and the School of 
Medicine, University of Oklahoma Medical Center. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 18 C754p 1966 Clt. No. 15036s 






67 



EDUCATION, MEDICAL 



-HIST. - OX BEIT. 

Pointer, Frederick Noel Lawrence, 1808- ed. 

The evolution of medical education In Britain. 

London, Pitman [el9M] 13a p. 

DNLM: W 18 P8«e 1»M Clt, No. 71715 - 

.CHINA 

Ferguson, Mary B. China Medical Board and 
Peking Union Medical College; ■ chronicle of 
fruitful collaboration, 1914-1951. New York, 
China Medical Board of New York, 1870, 263 
p. lllus., porta. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 10 P378F 1970 Clt. No, 251365 

-c. i. 

Conference on the Uie of Computer* in Medical 
Education, University of Oklahoma, 19SS. 
Proceeding*. Oklahoma City, 19GB. 105 p. 
Co-aponsored by the U. S. Public Health Service, 
Bureau of Health Manpower and the School of 
Medicine University of Oklahoma Medical Center. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 18 C75*p 19S3 Clt. No. 1503*6 

National Board of Medical Examiners. Committee 
on GoaU and Priorities. Evaluation In the 
continuum of medical education; report. 
Phl : delphla, 1973. xill, 94 p. 
Jil , MBCO, SUNY: W 40 AA1 N12e 1973 

Clt. No. 34*018 

Richmond, Julius Benjamin, 1918- Current* 

In American medicine; a developmental view of 
medical care and education. Cambridge, 
Harvard Univ. Press, 1989. xli, 138 P- Uiu*- 
(Commonwealth Fund book) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: W 18 R532C 1989 

Clt. No. 178373 

Stevens, Rosemary. American medicine and the 
public Interest. New Haven, Yale Univ. Pre**, 
19T1. xlll, 572 P. ISBN 0-300.QM19-B. 
Supported by the U. S. P. H. S. Research grants 
CH 00017 from the Division of Community Health 
Services and HS 00374 from the National Center 
for Health Services Research and Development. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WB 50 AA1 S8a 1S71 

Clt. No. 302335 

EDUCATION, MEDICAL, 
CONTINUING 

Citizens Commission ox Graduate Medical 
Education. The graduate education of 
phvslclans. [Chicago, 1968] xli, 114 p. 
DNLM: W 20 C581g 1988 Clt. No. 88117 

•OUTLINES 

Barton, John Lloyd. Aid* to postgraduate 
medicine. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1970. vll, 

133 p. Mm. SBN 443-0066 1-X. U. S. 
publisher: Williams & Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM. MBCO: W 18 B974a 1970 Clt. No, 237007 

-U. S. - CONGRESSES 

Allen O. Whipple Surgical Society. The 

continuing education of the surgeon. Editor: 

Harold G. Barker. Springfield, 111., Thomas 

[1971] a, 121 p. (It* Transitions of the 12th 

annual meeting) Papers presented at the 

meeting In Albany, April 18-19, 1969. 

DNLM: Wl AS53K 12th 1969 

SUNY: WO IB A42Sc 1989 Clt. No. 254757 

EDUCATION, MEDICAL, GRADUATE 

Citterns Commission on Graduate Medical 
Education. The graduate education of 
physician*. [Chicago, 186*] xll, 114 p. 
DNLM: W 20 CSSlg 1968 Clt, No. 66117 

EDUCATION, NURSING 

Berts, Em Olivia. Curriculum building In nunlng; 
a protest. St. Loul*, Mosby, 1973. x, 171 p. 
lllua. ISBN 0-8018-0882-9, 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 B572c 1973 

at. No. sras&s 

Fnhr, Mary Tfaomaslna. Clinical experience 

record and nurtlng care planning; a guide for 
student mine*. St. Loul*. Mosby, 1972. Ix, 

134 p. ISBN 0-8016-1710-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 100 FSSflc 1872 

Clt. No. 346375 



Gillies, Dee Ann. Saunders testa for 
self-evaluation of nursing eompetenco [by] Dee 
Ann Gillies [and] Irene Barrett Alyn. 
Philadelphia, London, Sa under*, 1968. vll, 282, 
A-95, B-43 p. 
DNLM: WY 18 G431* 1988 Cit. No. 137033 

Olllies, Dee Ann. Saunders tests for 
self-evaluation of nursing competence [hy] Dee 
Ann Gtlbe* [and] Irene Barrett Alyn. 2d ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders. 1973. vlil, 392, A-123, 
B27 p. ISBN 0-7216-1131-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY IB G481* 1973 

Cit. No. 355337 

National Commission for the Study of Nursing and 
Nursing Education. An abstract for action. 
Jerome P. Lysau«ht, director. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [clS'/O] xx. 167 p. Mus, 
Consists of report of the commission's findings. 

Appendices. New York, McGraw-Hill 

[1971] xvil, 509 p. 

WY 18 N273a 1970 Suppl. 1B71 
DNLM. SUNY: WY 18 N273a 1970 

Clt. No. 257415 

Nordmark, Madelyn Titus. Scientific foundation* 
of nursing [by] Madelyn T. Nordmark [and] Anne 
W, Rohweder. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Upplncott 
[C1S87] xll. 3^3 |3. Earlier ed. has title: 
Science principles applied to nursing. 
DNLM: WY IG NB32* 1937 Clt. No. 102302 

Scbwecr, Jean E. Creative teaching in clinical 
nursing. 2d ed. St. Loul*. Mosby, 1972. xill, 
318 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-3016-4376-7. 



DNLM, SUNY: WY IB S412c 1972 



-CONGRESSES 



Clt. No. 314037 



Forers affecting nursing practice; the proceedings 

of the Continuing education series, conducted 
under the kusuics* or the U orkshops Ofllce of 
the Catholic University of America, ^irch 7 to 
May 2, 1968. Eiited by Dorothy V. Petrowikl and 
Margaret T. Parthey:nu!W. Washington, 
Catholic Univ. of America Press [cl£U] vt, 117 
p. (Nursing Education Workshop proceedings, 
1S68) SBN: 8132-0*^0-7. Continuing education 
series, 
DNLM. SUNY: WY 100 F697 1968 

Clt. No. 2136S2 

-U. s. 

Shaffer, Stuart M. Teaching in schools of nursing 
[by] Stuart M. Shaffer, Karen L. Indorato [and] 
Janet A. Denesclya. St. Louis, Mosby. 1972. 
' xl, 110 p. ISBN 0-B016-4531-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 SS25t 1972 

Cit. No. 323022 

EDUCATION, NURSING, 
CONTINUING 

-COLLECTED WORKS 

Popiel, Elda S„ 1912- comp. Nursing and 

the process of continuing education. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1973. xix, 248 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-8016-3968-9. Reprinted from various 
publication*. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 PB28n 1873 

Clt, No. 367054 

-C. S. 

Cooper, Slgne Skott. Continuing nursing 
education {by] Signe Skott Cooper [and] May 
Shiga Hornback. New York, McGraw-Hill 
[C1973] vlll, 261 p. lllus. ISBN 0-07 -01 2940-1. 

DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 C778c 1973 

Cit. No. 350066 

EDUCATION OF MENTALLY 
RETARDED 

Blnbm, Donna L. Teaching the retarded visually 
handicapped; Indeed they are children. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1968. xll, 127 p. lllu*. 
DNLM. MBCo: LC 4601 B658t 1888 

Clt. No. 156030 

Lilly white, Berold 8. Communication problem* In 
mental retardation; diagnosis and management 
[by] Herold S. Llllywhlte [and] Dorl* P. Bradley. 
New York, Harper & Row [C1969] xllt, 196 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 107 L729C 1969 

Cit. No. 201465 



EDUCATION, SPECIAL 

Fait, Holli* P Special physical 

education; adapted, corrective, developmental. 
2d ed. Philadelphia. Saunders, 1968. xi, 38*. 
p. lllus. First ed. ha* title: Adapted physical 
education. 
DNLM: QT 255 F174a 19*6 Clt. No. 430*0 

EDUCATION, VETERINARY 

Pulker, Wilber H. Techniques with tangibles; a 
manual for teaching the blind, by Wilber H. 
Fulker and Mary Fulker. Springfield, HI., 
Thomas [cl968] xll, 72 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: BY 1701 F9*4t 19*8 

Clt. No. 152041 

Wolf, James M., comp. The multiply handicapped 
child, compiled and edited by James M. Wolf and 
Robert M. Anderson. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[C19691 xvll, 468 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: LC 4015 W854m 1969 

Clt. No. 213115 

-COLLECTED WORKS 

Fax*, Larry A,, comp. The emotionally disturbed 

child; a book of readln.7*. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas (clS70) xlv, 386 p. lllus. Article* 
reprtntod from books, Journals, and proceedings 
of meetings. 
DNLM: WS 350 Fllle 1970 Clt. No. 255472 

EDUCATIONAL MEASUREMENT 

Charvat, Josef. A review of the nature and use* 
of examinations in medical education [by] Josef 
Charvat, Christine McGuire [and] Victor Parson*. 
Geneva, World Health Organisation, 1968. 74 
p. (Public health papers, no. 38) 
DNLM: Wl PU542 no.36 1968 Cit. Nc. 165713 

Oil lies, Det Ann. Saunder* test* for 
SPlf-evaluallon of nursing competence [by] Dee 
Ann GlUlcs [and] Irene Barrett Alvn. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunder*, 1968. vll, 282, 
A-95, B-48 p. 
DNLM: WY 18 G481* 19*8 Cit. No. 137033 

Gillies. Dee Ann. Saunder* t**t* for 
■elf-evaluation of nuratng competence [by J Den 
Ann Glilies land] Irene Barrett Alyn. 2d ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. vili, 392, A-123, 
Bli7 p. ISGN 0- 72 16-4131-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 G481* 1973 

at. No. 355337 

Oruber, Edward C. Medical college admission 
test; the complete study guide for scoring high. 
[3d ed.] New York, Arco [cl970] vl, 346 p. 
(Arco professional career examination series) 
ISBN O-BCS-OOihl-S. Cover title and title of 
earlier ed.: How to score high on the medical 
college admlulon test. 
DNLM: W 18 Gfi85h 1970 Cit. No. 264350 

EFFICIENCY 

Poult on, E. C. Environment and human 
efficiency. Springfield, III., Thomas Jcl970] 
xxl, 328 p. lllus. (American lecture series, no. 
765. American lectures in living chemistry) 
DNLM, SUNY: QZ 160 P876e 1970 

Clt. No. 245471 

EGO 

Ountrlp, Henry James Samuel. Psychoanalytic 
theory, therapy, and the self. New York, Basle 
Book* [CI971] lx, 204 p. ISBN 0-465-06627-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 460 G977pe 1971 

Clt. No. 2*4130 

Laug hlin, Henry Prather, 1916- The ego 

and Its defenses. New York, 
Apple ton-Century-Crofts [cl970] x, 570 p. 
SBN 390-54105-2. 
DNLM: WM 180 L374e 1870 Clt. No. 170*15 

WIdroe, Harvey J. Ego psychology and 

psychiatric treatment planning. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [C1968] xi, 201 p. 
(Apple ton psychiatry series) 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 400 W*41e 19*8 

CiL No. 1SS15T 

EHLERS-DANLOS SYNDROME 

Belgbton, Peter. The Ehlers-Danlo* syndrom*. 
[London] Helnemann Medical Book* [1970] 104 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-433-02150-0. Bibliography: p. 
178-190. 
DNLM: WR 200 B422* 1970 CIL No. 255141 



( 



18 



ELECTROCOAGULATION 









ELBOW 
-surgery 

Smith, Frederick Merwln, 1SW- Surgery of 

the elbow. Id ed. Philadelphia. Saunders, 
1972. xv, MO P. Ulus. ISBN 0-7216-8382-7. 
BlbUograpby: p. 309-320. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNV: WE 810 S647s 1971 

Clt. No. 324577 

ELECTRIC INJURIES 

-CONGRESSES 

Electric hazards In hoi pita la; proceedings of a 
workshop held on 4-5 April 1968, sponsored by 
the Committee on Anesthesia and the Committee 
on Shock, Division of Medical Sciences, National 
Research Council. Edited by Carl W. Walter. 
Washington, National Academy of Sciences, 1970. 
277 p. Ulus. SBN 309-017G7-X. Supported by 
Office of the Surgeon General: Dept. of the 
Army, Dept. of the Navy, and Dept. of the Air 
Force under Contract* DA-49-193-MD-2077 and 
DADA-69-C-9Q84, and the National Institutes of 
Health, Public Health Service under Contract 
PH43-64-44, Task Order 3. 
DNLM, MBCO: WX 185 E38 18*8 

Clt. No. 267171 

-PREVENTION ft CONTROL 

Electric hazards In hospitals; proceedings of a 
workshop held on 4-5 April 1968, sponsored by 
the Committee on Anesthesia and the Committee 
on Shock, Division of Medical Sciences, National 
Research Council. Edited by Carl W. Walter, 
Washington, National Academy of Sciences, 1370. 
277 p. illus. SEN 309-01767-X. Supported by 
Office of the Surgeon General: Dept. of the 
Army, Dept. of the Navy, and Dept. of the Air 
Force under Contracts DA-49-193-MD-2077 and 
DADA-69-C-9034, and the National Institutes of 
Health, Public Health Service under Contract 
PH43-64-44, Task Order 3. 
DNLM, MBCO: WX 185 E38 1968 

Clt. No. 287171 

ELECTROCARDIOGRAPHY 

Armstrong, Michael Lawrence. 

Electrocardiograms; a systemic method of reading 
them. 2d ed. Bristol, Wright, 1988. vll, 76 
p. illus. SBN 7237 0214 X. U. S. publisher: 
Williams & Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 A737e 1968 

Clt. No. 170115 

Boutkan, J. ABC of the ECG; a guide to 
electrocardiography. Eindhoven, 1998] vlil, 
204 p. 11 lus (Philips technical library) Issued 
also In Dutch. 
DNLM: WG 140 B749a 1968 Clt. No. 201225 

Bur eh, George Edward, 1910- 
Eieetrocardlography In the diagnosis of congenital 
heart disease [by] George E. Burch [and] 
Nicholas P. DePasquale. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1967. 755 p. illus. 
DNLM: WG 140 B947e 1987 Clt. No. 100167 

Burch, George Edward, 1910- A primer of 

electrocardiography [hy] George E. Burch [and] 
Travis Wlnsor. 5th ed. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1966. 304 p. illus., port. 
DNLM: WG 140 B947p 1966 Cit. No. 54314 

Burger, Herman Car el, 1893- Heart and 

vector; physical basis of electrocardiography [by] 
H. C. Burger. Editor: H. W. Julius. [New 
York] Gordon and Breach [cl»68] xlll, 143 p. 
Illus., ports. (Philips technical library) 
MBCO: WG 140 B954h 1968 Cit. No. 265316 

C ace res, Cesar A a gas to, 1927- ed. Clinical 

electrocardiography and computers. Edited by 
Cesar A. Caceres and Leonard S. Dreifus. 
Contributors: J. A. Ablldskov [et si.] New 
York, Acderalc Press, 1970. xxlx, 471 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 140 CI18C 1970 

Clt. No. 155111 

Chang, Edward K. ECG diagnosis: self 
assessment [by] Edward K. Chung [and] Donald 
K. Chung. [1st ed.] New York, Medical 
Dept., Harper & Row [C1972] 1 v. (unpaged) 
lllu*. ISBN 0-06-140638-4. 
DNLM: WG 140 C55Se 1971 Clt. No. 316511 



Dlraond, Edmund* Grey, 1918- 
Electrocardlography and vectorcardiography. 
4th ed. Boston, Little, Brown [01967] xtll, 
152 p. Illus. Earlier edition* have title: 
Electrocardiography, 
DNLM: WG 140 D582e 1967 Cit. No. 113171 

Dower, Gordon Ewbank. Polar cardiography. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1971] xlli, 314 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 D746p 1971 

■ Clt. No. 266053 

Ferrer, Marie Iren6, 1915- 
Electrocardlo graphic notebook- 3d ed. New 
York, London, Hoeber [C1988] 143 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCo, SUNY: WG 140 F385e 1968 

Clt. No. 147387 

Friedman, Henry Harold, 1917- Diagnostic 

electrocardiography and vectorcardiography. 
[Rev.] New York, McGraw-Hill [cl?71] x, 486 
p. Illus. ISBN 0-07-022418-8. Earlier ed. has 
title: Outline of electrocardiography. 
DNLM. MBCO: WG 140 F9110 1971 

Clt. No. 246472 

Friedman, Henry Harold, 1917- Outline of 

electrocardiography. [1st ed.] New York, 
McGraw-Hill {C1963] ix, 3G0 p. Ulna. 
(Blaklston outline series) Later ed. has title: 
Diagnostic electrocardiography and 
vectorcardiograph v. 
DNLM: WG 140 F911o 1983 Clt. No. 246473 

Garcia-Palmiert, Mario R. The electrocardiogram 
and vectorcardiogram In congenital heart disease 
[by] Mario 11. Garcja-Palmleri [et al,] New 
York, Grune & Stratton, 1935. vll, 123 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WO 140 G2163e 1965 Clt. No. 66364 

Goldman, Mervln Jack, 1914r Principles of 

clinical electrocardiography. 7th ed, Los 

Altos. Calif., Lange. 1970. 400 p. Ulus. SBN 

87041-080-". 

DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WG 140 G619p 1970 

Clt. No. 233017 



Goldman, Mervin Jack, 1914- 
electroearulography. 6th ed. 
Lange, 1P37. 334 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 140 G819p 1967 



Principles of 
Los Alios, Calif., 



Cit. No. 103830 



Grant, Robert Purves. Clinical 
electrocardiography; the spatial vector approach. 
2d ed. rev. by Julian R. Beckwlth. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [C1970) v, 225 p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 C782c 1970 

Clt. No. 255475 

Hurst, John Willis, 1920- Introduction to 

electrocardiography, by J. Willis Hurst and 
Hobert J. Myerburg. New York, Toronto, 
Biaklston Dlv„ McGraw-HUl [1968] xvl, 314 
p. Ulus. 

DNLM: WG 140 H9661 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 H9661 1968 

Clt. No. 150110 

Lamb, Lawrence Edward, 1926- 

Electrocardlography and vectorcardiography; 
Instrumentation, fundamentals, and clinical 
applications. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1965. 
xvil, 809 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 140 L218e 1965 Cit. No. 36013 

Lindsay, Alan E„ 1923- The cardiac 

arrhythmias; an approach to their 
electrocardiographic recognition [by] Alan E. 
Lindsay [and) Alberto Budkin. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers (cl989] 155 p. Ulus. 
SBN 8151-5427-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 330 L748C 1969 

Clt. No. 131704 

Llttmann, Da rid, 1906- Textbook of 

electrocardiography. [1st ed.) New York, 
Medical Dept., Harper & Row [CI972] xL 553 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-08-141544-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 L7BU 1972 

Clt. No. 330721 

Marriott, Henry Joseph Llewellyn, 1917- 
Practlcal electrocardiography, 5th ed. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns [c!972] xv, 32S 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-683-05572-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 M359p 1972 

Clt. No. 326466 



Phillips, Raymond E„ 1930- The cardiac 

rhythms; a systematic approach to interpretation 
(by) Raymond E. Phillips [and] Mary K. Feeney. 
Philadelphia, Saunden, 1973. viiL 354 p. lllu*. 
ISBN 0-7216-7220-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 201 P361e 1973 

Clt. No. 377167 

RolUton, William Norman. Electrocardiography 
for the anaesthetist. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Davis [1969] xvl, 147 p. illus. SBN 
632-03510-2, 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 140 R749e 1969 

Clt. No. 301501 

Robin, Ira Lloyd, 1917- ECG case studies 

[by] Ira L. Rubin and Julian Frleden. 100 
challenging electrocardiograms. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., C1969. 293 p. 
Illus. Many of tbeae cases appeared la the New 
York State Journal of medicine. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 RS96e 1969 

at. No. 223027 

Zimmerman, Henry Ahrsm, 1915- The 

auricular electrocardiogram, by Henry A. 
Zimmenuan, Eduartfo Bcraano [and] Carlos 
Dlcoaxy. Springfield, 111., Thomas [CI968] ix, 
124 p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 I75a 1968 

Clt. No. 147321 

-CONGRESSES 

Ernst Slmonson Conference, Minneapolis, 1S87. 
Measurement In exercise electrocardiography. 
Edited by Henry Blackburn. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [Cl9u9] xxv, 488 p. Ulus., port. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 E68m 1967 

Clt. No. 223243 

International Symposium on Electrical Activity of 
the Heart, University of Western Ontario, 1967. 

Electrical activity of the heart; a symposium, 
sponsored hy the Ontario Heart Found aUon, held 
at the University of Western Ontario, London, 
Ontario, Canada. Complied and edited by G. W. 
Manning and S. P. Abuji. Springfield, III., 
Thom:is |19i}3] xvil, S-ll p. Ulus. Called 4th 
International symposium as one of a series 
sponsored by the Ontario Heart Foundation "to 
be held every second year on a specific area of 
cardiovascular research." 1965 symposium 
called International Sympoaium on the 
Cardiovascular and Respiratory Effects of 
Hypoxia. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 102 I61e 1967 

Cit. No. 206061 

-INSTRUMENTATION 

War tax Josef. Computers In electrocardiography. 
Soringfleld, 111., Thomas [cl970] xi, 250 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 140 W29«c 1970 Clt. No. 271355 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Conover, Mary H. Cardiac arrhythmias; exercises 

In pattern Interpretation. St. Louis, Mosby, 
1974. xl, 291 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-1023-0. 

DNLM, SUNY: WY 152.5 C753c 1974 

Clt. No. 407141 

-TABLES 

Schroder, Rolf. Practical evaluation of the 

electrocardiogram; a synopsis of differential 
diagnosis, hy R. Schroeder and H. Suedhof. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl969] xlv, 104 p. 
Ulus. Translation of the* 3d edition of 
Prakttsche EKG-Auswcrtung. Illustrative 
electrocardiograms (74 p.) in pocket. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 16 SS81P 1909 

Cit. No. 205401 

ELECTROCOAGULATION 

Mitchell, John Fhiliinior*. A handbook of 
surgical diathermy, by J. P. Mitchell and G. N. 
Lumb. Bristol, Wright, 1966. xlll, 88 p. Ulus. 
On cover: Baltimore, Williams * Wllklns. 
DNLM: WO 198 M681h 1966 Cit. No. 62031 

Strauss, Alfred A, 1883- Immunologic 

resistance to carcinoma produced by 
electrocoagulation; based on fifty-seven years of 
experimental and clinical results. Springfield, 
111.. Thomas [cl»69] xL 221 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ £66 S8721 1969 

Clt. No. H257S 



69 



ELECTRODIAGNOSIS 



ELECTRODIAGNOSIS 

Cohen, flfmu L, IMS- A manual of 

electroneuromyography [by] flyman L, Cohen 
[and] Joel BrumlUt. New York, Hoeber [cl968] 
xl, 178 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WL 141 C676ra 19*8 
MBCO, SUNY: WL 141 C87am 1968 

Ctt. No. 158330 

Ueht, Sidney Benniii, 1907- mi. 

El e ct rod li gnosis and electromyography. 3d ed. 

New Haven, Llcht, 1971. xl, 533 p. Ulus. 

( Phvsical medicine library, v. 1) ISBN 
, 0-910883-01-9. 

DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WL 500 L699s 1971 

cit. No. 268657 

8 mono, Mario F. Clinical electr one urography; an 

introduction to nerve conduction testa [by J Mario 
P. Smorto and John V- Basmajlan. Baltimore, 
Williams & Wllklns [C1972] ix, 234 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-631-07789-9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 141 SM8c 1971 

Ctt. No. 321075 

Whitby, Morton, 1888- Bto-electronlc 

detection of cancer and other diseases; methods 
of diagnosing symptomless disease*. London, 
Lockwood, [1B87J sill, 152 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WB 141 W579b 1987 Clt. No. 75171 

-INSTRUMENTATION 

Filler, Lauren ee W, Electronic Instrumentation 
theory of cardiac technology. London, Staples 
Press [1970] 224 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-288-62728-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 28 PMle 1970 

Clt. No. 255303 

ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY 

Andersen, Per. Physiological basin of the alpha 
rhythm [by] Per Andersen [and] Sven A. 
Anderaeon. [New York, 
Apnleton-Century-Crofta. cl968] vll, 235 p. 
tllu<!. (Ncuroselcnce series [no. 1]) 
DNLM: WL 102 A544p 1968 at. No. 158332 

Bergamtiil, Lodovteo. Cortical evoked potentials 
in man, by Ludovlco Bergaralnl and Bruno 
Bergamaseo. [Translated from the Italian] 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl987] xl, 116 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 307 B492c 1987 Clt. No. 113172 

Cooper, B. EEG technology [by] R. Cooper, J. W. 
Osselton [and] J. C. Shaw. London, 
Butter wortb [1959] xill, 188 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 150 C778e 1969 

Clt. No. 207653 

Gastant, Henri. Epileptic seliures; clinical and 
electrographic features, diagnosis, and treatment, 
by Henri Gastaut and Roger Brougaton, 
Springfield, 111., Thomaa [cl972] xvli, 288 p. 
Hlus. 
DNLM: WL 385 GJ55e 1972 Clt. No. 338173 

Handbook of electroencephalography and clinical 
neurophysiology. [Handbook editorial committee: 
Antolne Reraond, <t al.) Amsterdam, Elsevier 
[1971]- v. lllu*. ISBN 0-444-40908-3. 

issued by the International Federation of 
Societies for EEG and Clinical Neurophysiology. 



DNLM, SUNY: WL 150 H238 



Clt. No. 316433 



Klloh, Leslie Gordon. Clinical 
electroencephalography [by] L. G. Klloh and J. 
W. Oiseltorj. 2d ed. Washington, 
Butterworth. 1988. lx, 147 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WL ISO K48C 1988 Clt. No. 51586 

Bool, Kenneth A., 1922- Fundamentals of 

electroencephalography; with an Introductory 
chapter on basic electrical principles, by Vefik A. 
Basman. New York, Harper & Row [cl971] 
xl 260 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-08-141475-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 150 K82f 1971 

Cit. No. 267156 

LaJdiaw, John. The EEG In clinical practice [by] 
John Laid Saw [and] J. B. Stanton. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone. 1966. 128 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 150 L185e 19*6 Clt. No. 86244 



Sadove, Max Bamael, 1914- 
Electroencephalography for anesthesiologists and 
surgeoni [by] Max S. Sadove [et al.] 
Philadelphia, Toronto, Upplncott [cl9S7] vll, 95 
p. lllus. Distributed In Gt. Brit, by Pitman 
Medical Pub. Co., London. 
DNLM: WL 150 S126e 1987 Cit. No. 132726 

-ABSTRACT* 

Brown, Barbara B. The alpha syllabus; a 
handbook of human EEG alpha activity. Edited 
by Barbara B. Brown and Jay W. Klug. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl974J xvit, 347 p. 
ISBN 0-398-0302^0. "Supplemental references": 
p. 310-334. 654 references with abstracts to "all 
known scientific reports on EEG alpha activity". 
Covers 1960-1972. Mostly Eneliah-language lournal 
articles, although foreign languages and 
monographs arc also covered. Topical 
arrangement under headings such aa 
Measurement, Development, and Cognitive 
Influences. Supplemental references without 
abstracts cover pre-l&SO literature. Descriptor 
index. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: ZWL 150 B377a 1974 

Clt. No. 428230 

■l»L 

Bickford, Reginald O., camp. A KWIC index of 

EEG literature (and society proceedings) 

compiled by Reginald G. Bickford [et al.] 

Amsterdam, New York, Elsevier, 1985. vllL 581 

P. 

DNLM: ZWL 150 B583k 1985 Cit. No. 62274 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on Clinical Electroencephalography of 

Children, GuteLorg, 1SS7. Clinical 
electroencephalography of children, edited by 
Peter Kellaway a;id Ingemar Petersen. New 
Yurie, Grune & Stratton [clSCG) 332 p. Ulus. 
SUNY: WL 150 C748C 1067 Clt. No. 203545 

Synchronization of KEG actlrity In epilepsies; a 
symposium organised by (be Austria Academy of 
Sciences, Vienna, Austria, September 12-13, 1971. 
Edited by H. * etsche and fsary A. B. Drajder. 

Berlin, New Yor'.;, Springer- Wrlag, 1072. x, 431 

p. lllus. ISSN 0-IW7-810M-1. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 385 S992 1971 

Clt. No. 354081 

Wilson, William Preston, 1922- ed. 

Applications of electroencephalography in 
psychiatry: a symposium. Durham, N. C, Duke 
Univ. Press, ISSS. vlll, 268 p. lllus. Consists 
chiefly of a review of the literature. 
Symposium sponsored by the Research Committee 
of the American Psychiatric Association and the 
Dept. of Psychiatry of the Duke University 
School of Medicine. 
DNLM: WL 150 W754a 1965 Cit. No. 32773 

-INDEXES 

Burses, Thomas Cnnllffe, 1904- Synopsis of 

electroencephalography; or, Guide to brain waves. 
New York, Loudon, Hafner, 1968. 177 p. 
DNLM, SUNY ZWL 150 B28U 19*8 

Cit. No. 200501 

California. University, Los AB?elei. Brain 
Information Serrtri. A KWIC Index to E. E. G. 
and allied literature, 1969-106'.). Complied by the 
staff of the UCLA Brain Information Service, 
NINDS Neurological Information Network; edited 
by Pat L. Walter. Amsterdam, New York, 
Elsevier, 1870. 548 p. (Electroencephalography 
and clinical neurophysiology. Supplement, no. 29) 
ISBN 0-444-4090i>-7, Published with the support 
of the International Federation of Societies for 
Electroencephalography and Clinical 
Neurophysiology. 
DNLM: Wl EL3251 no.29 1970 Clt. No. 247735 

University of California, Los Angeles. Brain 
Information Service. A KWIC Index to E. E. G. 
and allied literature, 1964-1986, complied by the 
staff of the UCLA Brain Information Service, 
NINDS Neurological Information Network. Edited 
by Margaret Wineburgh and Pat L. Waiter. 
Amsterdam, New York. Elsevier, 1971. 392 p. 
(Electroencephalography and clinical 
neurophysiology. Supplement, no. 30) ISBN 
0-444-40995-5, Published with the support of the 
Inter nations) Federation of Societies for 
Electroencephalography and Clinical 
Neuxoph vsl ol o g y . 
DNLM; Wt EL3251 no.30 1971 Clt. No. 320305 



Wilson, William Preston, 1922- ed. 

Applications of electroencephalography in 
psvchUtry; a symposium. Durham, N. C, Duke 
Univ. Press, 1965. vlll, 268 p. lllus. Consists 
chiefly of a review of the literature. 
Symposium sponsored by the Research Committer 
of the American Psychiatric Association and the 
Dept. of Psychiatry of the Duke University 
School of Medicine. 
DNLM: WL 150 W754a 1965 Clt No.'3277J 

■IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Conference on Clinical Electroencephalography of 
Children, Goteborg, 1967. Clinical 
electroencephalography of children, edited by 
Peter Kellaway and Ingomar Petersen. New 
York, Grune & Stratton [c!968] 332 p. Ulus. 
SUNY: WL 150 C748C 1967 Clt. No. 203545 

ELECTROKYMOGRAPHY 

Alexander, Gilbert H., 1908- The heart and 

Its action; roeatgenkymographle studies. St. 
Louts, Mo.. Warren H. Green [c!970] xl, 259 
p. Ulus. (Modern concepts of radiology, nuclear 
medicine, and ultrasound) 
DNLM, MSCO: VVG 141 A375h 1970 

at. No. 282641 



ELECTROLYTES 



Mason, Edward Eaton, 1920- Fluid, 

electro! v to, and nutrient therapy In surgery. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1974. vl, 352 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-8121-0447-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 178 M398f 1974 

Clt. No. 420033- 

•CONORESIES 

Intestinal transport of electrolytes, amino adds, 
and sugars, edited by W. Men. Armstrong and A. 
S. Nunn, Jr. Spr' - "field. III. Thomas [c!971. I.e. 
1970] x, 35Z p. ilIils. Papers presented at a 
symposium held at Indianapolis, Sept. 4-5, 1968, 
and sponsored by the International Union of 
Physiolorlcal Sciences and by Indiana University. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 402 161 196a Clt, No. 270712 

.PHARMACOLOGY 

Bajusz, Ebra, ed. Electrolytes and cardiovascular 
diseases; physiology, pathology, therapy. 
Baltimore, Williams St Wllklns, 1965- v. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 100 B165e Clt. No. 36130 

ELECTROMYOGRAPHY 

Baamajlan, John V., 1921- Muscles alive; 

their functions revealed by electromyography. 
2d ed. Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 1967. 
- 421 p. lllus. 
^NLM: WE 500 B315m 1987 Clt. No. 137275 

Cohen, flyman L., 1925- A manual of 

electroneuromyography [by] Hyman L. Cohen 
{and] Joel Brumllk. New York, Hoeber [clOSS] 
xl, 178 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 141 C876m 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: WL 141 C676m 1968 

Clt. No. 156330 

Lenman, J. A. R. Clinical electromyography [by] 
J. A. R. Lenman [and] A. E. Ritchie. 
Philadelphia, Llpplncott [1970] xvL 175 p. 
lllus. Bibliography: pt 146-187. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 141 L56*c 1970 

Clt. No. 252016 

Llcht, Sidney Herman, 1907- ed. 

Elect rcdl-.gnosia and electromyography. 3d ed. 
New Haven, Llcht, 1971. xi, 533 p. illu*. 
(Physical medicine Ubraxy, v. 1) ISBN 
0-910388-01-9, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 500 L899s 1971 

Cit. No. 266857 

Maricacel, Alberto Antonio, 1905- Applied 

electromyography. Philadelphia Lea at Feblger, 
1968. x, 298 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 141 M337a 1968 

Ot. No. 152375 

ELECTRONICS 

Brown, Clinton Carl, 1B21- Instrumentation 

with semiconductors for medical researchers. In 
consultation with George N. Webb. Springfield, 
III., Thomas [c!964] xvtl, 254 p. Ulun. 
(American lecture series, no. 591. American 
lectures in objective psychiatry) 
DNLM: QT 34 B877I 1964 Ctt. No. 



( 



70 



c 



EMBRYOLOGY 






Cattlshlon, Rudolph Carmen, 1917- Basle 

medical elect ronlcs. [lit ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown [C1984] xl, 204 p. llluj. 
DNLM: QT 34 C183b IBM Clt. No, 4611 

Offner, Franklin F, Electronics for biologists. 
New York, McGraw-HUl [c!987] xl. 185 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: TK 7803 029e 1907 at. No, 132843 

Tmmtnei, A, R„ 1928- Electronics for 

medical and biology laboratory personnel. 
Baltimore. Williams A Wllklns [cl071] xlv, 253 
P. lllus. ISBN 0-883-08090-3. 
DNLM: TK 7816 T158e 1871 Clt, No. 265252 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Price, L. W. Electronic laboratory techniques. 

London, Churchill, 1969. 245 p. lllus. SBN 

7000-1388-1. 

DNLM: TK 7B1B PMSe 1969 Clt. No. 201373 

ELECTRONICS, MEDICAL 

White, Wilms L. Practical automation for the 
clinical laboratory [by] Wllma L. White, Marilyn 
M. Erlckson [and] Sue C. Stevens. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1968. x, 401 p. lllus. Distributed In 
Great Britain by Klmpton, London. 
Df M, MBCO, SUNY: QY 28.5 W589p 19«8 

Clt. No. 141258 

White, Wilms L. Practical automation for the 
ci'.nlcal laboratory [by] Wllma L. White, Marilyn 
M. Erickson [and] Sue C. Stevens. 2d ed. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1972. ill, 591 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-1,016-5426-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SONY: QY 28.5 W589p 1972 

Clt. No. 340305 

-CONGRESSES 

World Congress of Psychiatry, 4th, Madrid, 19-58. 

Computers and electronic devices In psychiatry, 
edited by Nathan S. Kline and Eugene Laaka. 
New York, London, Grune & Stratton [cl»68] 
x, 3*1 p. lllus. Mainly papers presented to a 
symposium on the use of electronic devices In 
psychiatry during the fourth World Congress of 
Psychiatry held In Madrid, Spain, on Sept. 10th 
and ilth. 1986. 
DNLM: WM 26.5 W927e 1986 Clt. No. 144707 

•INSTRUMENTATION 

Ackermann, Philip O. Electronic Instrumentation 
In the clinical laboratory. [1st ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown [CI972] x, 349 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-316-00843. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 26 A182c 1972 

Clt. No. 313271 

Dura me r, O. W. A., ed. Medical electronic 
equipment, 1969-70, edited by G. W. A. Dummer 
and J. Mackenzie Roberta on, [1st ed.] 
Oxford, New York, Pergamon Press [1970]- 
v. lllus. (Pergamon electronics data series) 
SBN 08-006906-1. Contents. - v. 1. Clinical, 
diagnostic, and therapeutic equipment. - v. 2. 
Monitoring, recording, and computing equipment. 
DNLM: W 26 D89mb Clt, No, 240427 

Hill. D. W. Electronic measurement techniques 
In anaesthesia and surgery. New York, 
Appletfn-Century-CrofU [C1970] Ix, 358 p. 
lllus. SBN 407-16400-6. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 240 H645e 1970 

Clt. No. 263465 

Lenlhan, 3. M. A., ed. Instrumentation In 
medicine; essays by members of the Department 
of Chemical Physics and Blo-englneerlng, Western 
Regional Hospital Board, Glasgow. London, 
Morgan -Grampian, 1968. vill, 98 p, lllus, (A 
Control series book) Distributed In the U. S. 
by Williams At Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 26 L568; 1968 

Clt. No. 202827 

Filler, Laurence W. Electronic instrumentation 
theory of cardiac technology. London, Staples 
Press [1970} 224 p. illus. ISBN 
0-286-62726-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 26 P641e 1970 

Clt. No. 255303 



-INSTRUMENTATION • DIRECT. 

Dnramer, O. W. A., ed. Medical electronic 
equipment, 1989-70, edited by G. W. A. Dummer 
and J. Mackenzie Robertson. [1st ed.] 
Oxford, New York, Pergamon Press [1970]- 
v. lllus. (Pergamon electronics data series) 
SBN 08-006906-1. Contents. - v. 1. Clinical, 
dlagnostic, and therapeutic equipment, - v. 2. 
Monitoring, recording, and computing equipment. 
DNLM: W 26 D89mb Clt. No, 240427 

ELECTROPHORESIS 

Brewer, George j., 1930- An Introduction 

to Isozyme techniques [by] George J. Brewer, 
With a contribution by Charles F. Sing. New 
York, Academic Press, 1970. ill, 186 p. SBN 
12- 133250-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 135 B84781 1970 

Clt. No. 256557 

Cawler, Leo P. 1922- Electrophoresis and 

Immunoelectrophoresis [1st ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown [1E>:9] xlli, 360 p. lllus. (Series 
In laboratory medicine, 1) British SBN 
7000-0141-7. 

DNLM: Wl SE7I8H v.l 1969 
MBCO, SUNY: QY 4 S4B5 v.l 1968 

Clt. No. 173404 

Shaw, Duncan J. Electrophoresis. London, New 
York, Academic Freaa, 1363. vill, 144 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QD 553 S534e 1969 

Clt. No. 216520 

-ABSTRACTS 

Haywood, D. J. Electrophoresis: technical 
applications; a bioiiogTaphy of abstracts. Ann 
Arbor, Mich., Ann Arbor- Humphrey Science 
Publishers [clft.i} 440 p. SBN 07591-012-2. 
Over lfiOO abstracts presenting a selective survey 
of Journals, monographs, and symposia describing 
clectrophoreslc techniques. Unnumbered 
citations are arranged by topics and 
chronologically in U sections, I.e., current 
literature (1985-1969) and background literature 
(pre-1965). No Indexes. 
DNLM, MBCO: ZQY 455 H427e 1969 

Clt. No. 212383 

•CONGRESSES 

Internationa] Symposium on Chromatography and 
Electrophoresis, 5th, Brussels, 1963. Fifth 
International Symposium on Chromatography and 
Electrophoresis, Brussels, 18-18 September, 19ea. 
[Ann Arbor, Humphrey Science Publishers, 1989] 
594 p. lllus. SBN 87591-010-6. Organized by 
the Belgian Society of P bar mac eut leal Sciences. 
Text In English, French or German. 
DNLM: W3 IN916V 19G3f 
MBCO: QD 271 I61f 1963 Clt, No. 222243 

•LABORATORY MANUALS 

Nerenberg. S. T., 1919- Electropboretlc 

screening procedures. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Febiger, 1973. 238 p. Ulus. (Medical 
technology series) ISBN 0-8 12 1-0428- 5. 



DNLM, SUNY: QY 25 N444e 1873 



Clt. No. 3756J4 



ELECTROPHYSiOLOGY 



BergamlnL Ladorlco. Cortical evoked potentials 
In man, by Ludovlco Bergaminl and Bruno 
Bergamasco. [Translated from the Ttallan] 
Springfield, HL, Thomas [cl967] xl, 116 p. 
Illus. 
DNLM: WL 307 B49Zc 1967 Clt. No. 113172 

B raster, Mary Agnes Bur tils ton, 1904- The 

neurophysiologies! background for snes thesis. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl972] ix, 130 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-398-2567-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 200 B827n 1972 

Clt. No. 350653 

ElfctrophyilolOfy of the central nervous system. 
Edited by V. S. Rnslnov. Translated from 
Russian by Basil Halgh. Translation edited by 
Robert W. Doty. New York, London, Plenum 
Press. 1970, xli, 516 p. Ulus. SBN 
306-30381-7. Translation of Sovremennye 
problemy elektroftzJologii tsentral'noi nervnoi 
slstemy. 'This collection commemorates the 
sixtieth birthday of Professor M. N, Llvsaov." 
Bibliography: p. 487-510. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 300 S729 1970 

Clt. No. 265570 



ELECTROSURGERY 

-INSTRUMENTATION 

Burdlck, Kenneth H., 1923- Electrosurglcal 

apparatus and their appllcaUon In dermatology. 
Springfield, III.. Thomas (C1968] Ix. 60 p. 
Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 658. American 
lectures in dermatology) 
DNLM: WR 500 B951e 1966 Clt. No. 141733 

ELECTROTHERAPY 

Clayton, Edward Bellls, 1B82- 

Electrotherapy and a ctln others py; a textbook for 

student physiotherapists. 6th ed. [by] Pauline 

M. Scott. London, BaUUere, Tlndall & Cassell 

[CI969] vill, 366 p, Ulus. SBN 7020-0312-3. 

U. S. publisher: WUllams & Wllklns Co., 

Baltimore. 

DNLM, MBCO: WB 495 C622e 1969 

Clt. No. 226775 

Clayton, Edward Bellls, 1882- 
Electro therapy and actlnotberapy; a textbook for 
student physiotherapists. 5th ed. by Pauline M. 
Scott. London, BaUUere, Tlndall and Cassell, 
1965. X, 379 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WB 495 C622e 1985 Clt. No. 36581 

Walking, Arthur Lancaster, 1909- A """"'a 1 

of electrotherapy. 3d ed. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1G63. v. 2S2 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCo: WB 495 W335m 1968 

Clt. No. 154456 

-INSTRUMENTATION 

Filler, Laurence W. Electronic Instrumentation 
theory of cardiac technology. London, Staple* 
Press [1970] 224 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-288-82726-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 26 P64te 1970 

Clt. No. 255303 

EMBRYO 

Harrison, Ross Granville, 1870-1959. Organisation 

and development of the embryo. Edited by Sally 
WUens. New Haven, Yale Univ. Press, 1969. 
xxlv, 290 p. Ulus., port. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 604 H322o 1969 

Clt. No. 215527 

Stevenson, Roger E., 1940- The fetus A 

newly born infant: influences of the prenatal 
environment. St. Louis, Mosby, 1973. x, 391 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-8016-4795-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 S843f 1973 

Qt. No. 367067 



EMBRYOLOGY 



Allan, Prank Duaae, 1925- Essentials of 

human embryology, 2d ed. New York, Oxford 
Univ. Press, 1969. ill, 344 p. Ulus, 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 604 A417e 1969 

Clt. No. 171635 

Ballnsfcy, Boris Ivan, 1905- An Introduction 

to embryology. 3d ed. Philadelphia. Saunders, 

1970. xvlli, 725 p. Ulus. Bibliography: p. 

683-709. 

DNLM, SUNY: QL 955 B1861 1970 

Clt. No. 155376 

Cralrmyle, Marshall Buchanan Lans;. Embryology. 
Baltimore, WUUams and WUkins [cl966] vil, 203 
p. Ulus. (Concise medical textbooks) 
DNLM: QS 604 C8B6e 1966 Clt. No. 85172 

Lanx/man, Jan, Medical embryology; human 
development - normal and abnormal. 2d ed. 
Baltimore, WUllams A- WUkins, 1969. xlL 386 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 604 L284m 1969 

Clt. No. 211467 

Patten, Bradley Merrill, 1889- Foundations 

of embryology [by] Bradley M: Patten [and] 
Bruce M. Carlson. 3d ed. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [cl974] ill, 650 p. Ulus. 
(McGraw-Hill series In organlamlc biology) 
ISBN 0-07-048797-9. BlbUograpfay: p. 593-62*. 



DNLM: QS 604 P316f 1974 



Clt. No. 416508 



Patten, Bradley Merrill, 1889* Human 

embryology. 3d ed. New York, Btaklston 
[C196S] xlx, 651 p. illus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 604 P316b I960 

Clt No. 152044 



71 



EMBRYOLOGY 



Thomas, James Blake. Introduction to human 
embryology. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1988. 
vill, 348 p. lilus. 
DNLM: QS 904 T4581 1098 Clt. No. 1542*6 

.CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Growth of the Nervou* System, 
London, 1947. Growth of the nervou* *y*tera; a 
Clba Foundation symposium. Edited by G. E. W. 
Wourtenholme and Maeve O'Connor. Bo»ton, 
Little, Brown [1968] xl, 295 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WL 101 S989f 1997 Clt. No. 15111* 



EMERGENCIES 



American College ot Surgeons. Committee on 
Trauma Early care of acute *oft tl*aue Injuries. 
3d ed. Philadelphia, Saundera, 1995, xi, 232 
p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WO 700 A512e 1995 at. No. 43117 

American Collei* of Surgeons. Committee on 
Trauma. Early care of the Injured patient. 

I Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972, Ix, *41 p. Ulua. 

ISBN 0-7218-1160-5. Earlier ed*. have title: The 
management of fracture* and *oft tlaaue lnjurte*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 700 A5I2rn 1972 
Clt. No. 333430 

American Collere of Surgeons. Committee on 
Trauma, Emergency care of the alck and 
Injured; a manual for law-enforcement officer*, 
flre-flghter*. ambulance personnel, reacue squads 
and nurse*. Ed. by Robert H. Kennedy. 
Philadelphia, Saundera, 1988. xvli, 128 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WA 292 AS12e 1966 Clt. No. 54Sa5 

American College of Surgeons. Committee on 

Trauma. The management of fractures and soft 
tlasue injuries. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1965. xv, 3£5 p. lllua. Based on An outline 

I of the treatment of fractures, 8th ed., and Early 

care of acute soft tissue Injuries. 3d ed. 
DNLM: WO 700 A5I2m 1985 Clt. No. 37133 

Bailey, Hamilton, IB94- Emergency 

surgery. 8th ed., edited by T. J. MeNalr. 
Brlitol, Wright, 1P57. xv, 1028 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WO 700 B154e 1987 Clt. No. 110218 

Birch, Charles Allan, ed. Emergencies In medical 
practice. 8th ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1987. xvl, 852 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WB 100 B817e 1987 Cit. No. 118228 

Birth, Charles Allan, ed. Emergencies in medical 
practice. 9th ed. Baltimore, Williams & 
Wilkin*, 1971. xiv, 782 p. Ulua. ISBN 
0-443-90721, Imprint from mounted label. 

(Original imprint: Edinburgh, Churchill, 
Livingstone. 
DNLM. MBCO: WB 100 B817e 1971 

Clt. No. 2787S4 

Curry, George James, 1B91- ed. Immediate 

care and transport of the Injured. Springfield, 
III,, Thomas [cl965] xlv, 187 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WX 215 C9781 1985 Clt. No. 50325 

d'Atreig Alphonxus Liguori, 1908- 
Intrathoracle crises [by] A. L. d'Abreu, A, Brian 
Taylor and D. B. Clarke. London, Butterworth 
[1988] vill, 334 p. UIu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WF 970 D1181 1983 

Clt. No. 102075 

Flint, Tiomu. 1903- Emergency treatment 

and management I by] Thos, Flint, Jr. [and] 
Harvey D. Cain. 4th ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1970, xill, 733 p. lllua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 100 F825e 1970 

Clt. No. 245215 

Gardiner-Bill, Harold, ed. Compendium of 
emergencies. 3d ed. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Croft* [1971] *H, 427 p. 
ISBN 0-390-84381 -8, 
DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: WB 100 G224C 1971 

Clt. No. 160310 

Grant, Harvey, 1934- Emergency care, by 

Harvey Grant and Robert Murray. Washington. 
Brady [clBTJ] 334 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WX 213 G78Je 19T1 Clt No. 375900 

Griaxnora, Irtna MtkbaCoraa. Neotloihnaia 
poraosheh" v glnekologll. 1. bid., lspr. t dop. 
Moskva, Medltslna, 1987. 219 p. lllus. 
(Blblloteka sredoego medltalnakogo rabotnika) 
At bead of title: I. M. Gruunova. G. IA. 
Molchanova. 
DNLM: WP 100 G64«n 18*7 Cit, No. 1417S1 



72 



Kaye, Sidney. Handbook of emergency 

toxicology; a guide for the Identification. 
diagnosis, and treatment of poisoning. Sd ed. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] xxlil, 514 p. 
lllua. (American lecture series, no. 781. American 
lectures in public protection) 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 600 K23b 1970 

at. No. 153257 

Lewin, Walpole. The management of head 

injuries. London. Ballliere, Tlndall At Caasell 

fclP5S] vill, 318 p. Ulua. 

DNLM: WB 705 L*72m 1966 Clt. No. 71225 

London, Peter Stanford. A practical guide to the 
care of the Injured. Edinburgh, Livingstone. 
1987. xil, 777 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WO 700 L847p 1987 Clt. No. 127725 

Mo berg, Erik, 1905- Emergency surgery of 

the hand. Edinburgh. Livingstone, 1967. 74 
p. lllus. Translation of Dringliche 
Handchlrurgle. 
DNLM: WE 830 M687d 1987 Cit. No. 105571 

Pie we*, L. W., ed. Accident service. London, 
Pltm3n [1958] xvl, 493 p. llius. 
DNLM: WX 215 P728a 1988 Clt. No. 55609 

Powley, Philip. Trauma surgery, excepting bones 
and Joints [by] Philip Powley with contributions 
from John Garfield [and] Ronald Thexton. 
BalUrnore, Williams h WtiMaa [elS73] x, 127 
p. lllus, ISBN O-7233-0H43-5. Imprint from 
mounted label; original publisher: Bristol, Wright, 

DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WO 700 P888t 1973 

Clt. No. 367358 

Schneewind, John H., 1916- ed. Medical A 

sure leal emergencies. [2d ed.] Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [1953] 318 P- Ulus. 
1st ed h?.s title: Emergency service manual. 
DNLM: WB 100 S358e 1968 Clt. No. 161155 

Sharpe, John Charles, 1907- ed. Management 

of Medical emergencies. Edited by John C. 
Sharpe and Fredrick W. Blarx, Jr. 2d ed. 
New York, BlaKiston Division, McGraw-Hill 
[C198S] xv, 7;io P. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WB 100 S532ra 1989 

Clt. No. 212821 

Shire*. George Thomas, 1925- , ed. Care of 

the trauma patient. New York, McGraw-Hill 

[clS«3] xiil, 698 p. lllua. 

DNLM: WO 700 S558c 1963 Clt. No. 51776 



Thornton, Harry Lestock, ed. Emergency 
anaesthesia, ed. by Harry L. Thornton and Peter 
T. Knight. Baltimore, Williams 4c Wllklns, 1965. 
451 p. lllua, 
DNLM: WO 200 T513e 1985 Clt. No. 43860 

-BIBL. 

U. S. Division of Emergency Health Services. 
Emergency health services selected bibliography. 
[Rev. ed.] Rockville. Md. (For sale by the 
Supt of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Ofr., 
Washington, 1970] 175 p. lllua. (Emergency 
health series Al) Public health bibliography 
aeries, no. 79. Public health Service 
publication, no. 1071-A-l, Earlier ed. has title: 
Emergency health preparedness; publication 

DNLM: Wl EM691S no.l 1970 Clt. No. 252554 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on Emergency Medical Services, 

Chicago, 1967. Proceedings. Chicago, c!967. 
58 p. Edited by the Dcpt. of Hospital and 
Medical Facilities, American Medical Association. 
DNLM: WX 215 C743p 1E87 Cit. No. 114162 

Symposium on Emergency Room Care, Philadelphia, 
1970. Emergency room care; the twenty-third 
Hahnemann symposium. Edited by Wilbur W. 
Oaks [and] Stanley Spluer, Under the general 
editorship of John H. Moyer. New York, Grune 

. & Stratton [cl9721 ISBN 0- BOB 9- 0749-2. 

Sporiaored by the Dept. of Medicine. Hahnemann 

Medical College and Hospital. 

DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WX 215 S989e 1970 

Ot. No. 319472 



-IN INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Varga, Charles. Handbook of pediatric medical 
emergencies [by] Char lea Varga and contributor*. 
4lh ed. St. Loula, Mosby, 1948. xlv, 694 p. 
lllus. Earlier editions by Adolph G. DeSancti* 
and Charles Varga. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 200 V297h 1948 

Clt. No. 180494 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Mann, T. S, Accident surgery for nurses [by] T. 
S. Mann, in collaboration with Wm. Henry Reld, 
[et al.] Edinburgh. Livingstone, 1969. vl, 120 
p. tllus, (Livingstone nursing texts) SBN 
433-00644-x. U. S. publisher: William* St Wilklni 
Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 181 M281a 1969 

Cit. No. 232395 

RleaL Cannella Lnlse. Emergency nursing [byj 
C. Luise RiehL Consultant: John J. Minster. 
Peoria, 111,, Bennett [el 970] 286 p. Illu*. 
DNLM: WY 162 R555e 1570 Clt- No. 234303 

-OUTLINES 

Combos, George M., 1931- ed. Handbook of 

ophthalmologic emergencies; a guide for 
emergencies in ophthalmology. Flushing, N. Y„ 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., C1973. 251 p. 
ISBN 0-37438-633-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 18 G632h 1973 

Cit. No. 394703 

-TABLES 

An* ell, George. Notes on radiological 
emergencies. Rev. reprint. Edinburgh, 
Llvin f -nione, 1SCG. [11] leave*. 
DNLM: WB 100 AS18n 1860 Cit. No. 79770 

EMERGENCY HEALTH SERVICES 

Grant, Harvey, 1934- Emergency care, by 

Harvey Grant and Robert Murray. Washington, 
Brady [C1971J 331 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WX 215 G762e 1971 _ Clt, No. 375600 

Uankoff, L. D. Emergency psychiatric treatment; 

a bandbuok of aeiundary prevention. 
Sprincfleld. 111., Thomas [cl969] xilL B6 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 400 H24Ie 1969 

Clt. No. 200227 

London, Peter Stanford. A practical guide to the 
care of the injured. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1967. xli, 777 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WO 700 L847p 1967 Cit. No. 127725 

-BDJL. 

U. 8. Division of Emergency Health Service*. 
Emergency health services selected bibliography. 
[Rev. ed.] Rocxville, lid. [For sale by the 
Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 
Washington, 1970] 175 p. Ulu*. (Emergency 
health series A-l) Public health bibliography 
series, no. 79. Public Health Service 
publication, no. 1071-A-l. Earlier ed. ha* title: 
Emergency health preparedness; publication 
catalog. 
DNLM: Wl EM691S no.l 1970 Clt- No. 252554 

■U. S. - LEGISLATION 

U. S. Division of Emergency Health Beiriee*. 

State statutes on emergency medical service*. 
Rockville, Md. [For *ala by the Supt. of Doc*., U. 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington] 1972. iv. 192 
p. (DHEW publication no. (HSM) 72-2017) 

SUNY: WX 32 AA1 U45s 1972 at. No. 420447 

EMIGRATION AND IMMIGRATION 

Yndkin, Simon. The health and welfare of the 
Immigrant child. London, National Committee 
for Commonwealth Immigrant* [1967] 15 p. 
Address presented to a conference on immigrants 
and their bable*, London. Mar. 12, 1995. 
DNLM: W6 1*3 C1L No. 1*1303 



( 



EMOTIONS 

Black, Ferry. 1930- ed. Physiological 

correlate* of emotion*. [Contributor*: Magna B. 
Arnold, et al.] New York, Academic Pre** 
[C1970] xvl, 309 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 102 B627p 1970 

Clt. No. 270SM 



( 



I 



ENDOCRINE GLANDS 












Plank, Robert. The emotional significance at 

imaginary beings; a study of the Interaction 
between psyehopathology, literature, and reality 
In the modern world. Springfield, 111.. Thomas 
[C1968] xl, 1T7 p. 
DNLM: BF 408 PTlle 1968 Clt. No. 181814 

-CONGRESSES 

Bam an moods, feelings, and emotions; the 
Influence of psycbopharmaceutlcals on pat hie 
existence, edited by J, J. G. Prick, Philadelphia, 
Davli. 1908. 138, 5 p. Hint. Proceeding* of 
■ ■ympoalum held In Utrecht on May 12, 1963. 
SUNY: WM 401 H918 1988 Clt. No. 223425 

-Of INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Kllman, Gilbert. Psychological emergencies of 
childhood. New York, London, Grune At 
Stratton [CI963] vl, 154 p. Ulm. 
DNLM: WS 105 K65p 1968 
SUNY: WS 105 K85p 1*J8 Clt. No. 14470* 

EMPHYSEMA 

-PATHOLOGY 

Heard, Brian Edjrean. Pathology of chronic 
bronchitis and emphysema. Baltimore, Williams 
& Wllktns, 1989. vi, 138 p. lllua. SBN 
7000-1419-5. 
DNLM: WF 140 H435p 1689 Clt. No. 254241 

ENCEPHALITIS, EPIDEMIC 

■DIAGNOSIS 

Leon-Sotomayor, Lois A., 1931- Epidemic 

diencephalorayelltts: a possible cause of 
neuropsychiatry, cardiovascular, and endocrine 
disorders. [1st ed.] New York, Pagent Press 
[clS89J 150 p. lllus., plates 
DNLM, SUNY: WC 542 L587e 1969 

Clt. No. 235:05 

ENCEPHALITIS PERIAXIALIS 

-IN INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Bogaert, Ludo Tan. Spongy degeneration of the 
brain In Infancy (by} L. van Bogaert and I. 
Bertrand. [Translated by W. and R. McMenemy] 
Amsterdam, North-Holland Pub. Co., 1967. 178 
p. lllua. Distributed in the U. S. by Thomas, 
Spring field, 111. 
DNLM: WL 348 B674* 1987 Clt. No. 123244 

ENDARTERECTOMY 

Thompson, Jesse E. Surgery for cerebrovascular 

Insufficiency (stroke): with special emphasis on 
carotid endarterectomy. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [cl968] vlll, 96 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 388 T473s 1968 

Clt. No. 182002 

ENDOCRINE DISEASES 

Botella-Llustl, ]os4. Endocrinology of woman 
[byj Jose" Botella-Liusli. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1073. XXl. 1084 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7216-1890-1. 
Translation of Endocrlnologfa de la mujer. 

DNLM, SUNY: WP 505 B748e 1873 

Cit. No. 354010 

Brown, Jack Harold Upton, 1918- Basic 

endocrinology for students of biology and 
medicine [by] 1. H. U. Brown [and] S. B. Barker. 
2d ed. Philadelphia, Davis [cl966] x, 219 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WK 100 B878b 1946 Clt. No. 115140 

Catt, K. J. An ABC of endocrinology. [1st ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [C1971] 154 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-316-13190. Most of this monograph first 
appeared as a series of articles In the Lancet. 

DNLM, MBCO: WK 100 C368a 1971 

Clt. No. 315670 

Clinical endocrinology . New York, Grune & 
Stratton, 1960- v. lllus. Vol. 1 edited by 
Edwin B. Aatwood; v. 2 by Edwin B. Ait wood sad 
Carl E. Casaidy. Expanded and revised version 
of Progress In clinical endocrinology, edited by S. 
Soak in. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 C841 Cit. No. 144453 

Danoweki, Thaddea* 6 Unity, 1914- Outline 

of endocrine gland syndromes. Id ed. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wllktns, 1968. ix, 437 p. 
DNLM: WK 100 D1800 1988 Clt. No. 157731 



Duncan, Garfield George, 1901- ed. Diseases 

nf metabolism. Edited by Philip K. Bondy and 
Leon E. Rosenberg. 7th ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders [cl974] 2 v. lilus. ISBN 
0-7218-1842-1 [v. 1] Contents. - [v. 1] Genetics 
and metabolism. - [v, 2] Endocrinology. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WD 200 D911d 1974 

Clt. No. 408273 

Gold, Jay J,, ed. Textbook of gynecologic 
endocrinology, by 38 authors. New York, 
Hoeber [cl9&3] xxii, 832 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WP 505 G818t 1988 Clt. No. 133064 

Hall, Reginald. Clinical endocrinology [by] 
Reginald Hail, John Anderson (and] George A. 
Smart. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [1969] vll, 
418 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 H179c 1969 

at. No. 228430 

Hutton, James Harry, 1882- Practical 

endocrinology. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1968] 
xvlll, 99 p. 
DNLM: WK 100 H984p 1956 Clt. No. 86336 

Paschxts, Karl Ernst, 1898-1981. Clinical 
endocrinology [by] Karl E. Paachkis, Abraham E. 
RaliOff [et ai.] 3d ed. New York, Hoeber 
[clCS7] xxvl. 1060 P- lllus. 
DNLM: WK 100 P279c 1967 Cit. No. 74004 

fichneeberg, Norman G., 1915- Essentials of 

clinical endocrinology. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. 
X, 419 p. lilus. SBN 8016-4S47-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 100 S3.iHe 1970 

Clt. No. 2S2223 

Speroff, Leon, 19S5- Clinical gynecologic 

endocrinology ami Infertility, by Leon Speroff, 
Robert H. Glacs [pr.d] Nathan G. Kase. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns [cl973] vtll, 266 
p. lllus. ISDN 0.683-07391-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 505 S749c 1973 

Clt. No. 400140 

Williams, Robert Hardin, 1909- ed. 

Textbook of endocrinology. 4th ed, 
Philadelphia, London. Saunders [C1968] xxlll, 
1258 p. 111U3., ports. 
DNLM: WK 100 W726t 1983 Clt. No. 132140 

-COMPLICATIONS 

f.Sar=rrr, William Kulr, 1920- ed. Hormones 

and hypertension. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
(CIS a] xvll, 2&5 p. ports. (American lecture 
series, no. 656. American lectures in 
endocrinologv) 
DNLM: WG 340 M275b 1933 Clt. No. 55161 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Escamllla, Roberto Francisco, 1905- ed. 

Laboratory tests In the diagnosis and 
Investigation of endocrine function. Ed. 2. 
Philadelphia, Davis [cl971] xvil, 456 p. lllus. 
15 3N 0-8033-3250-9. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WK 100 E47L 1971 

Clt. No. 278103 

Mazxaferri, Ernest L., 1938- Endocrinology 

CJise studies; a compilation of 62 case histories 
representing cllnlc?.l endocrlnologic syndromes, by 
Ernest L. M»*iaforrf. Edited by Thomas G. 
Sklllman. Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination 
Pub. Co., 1971. 412 p. lllus. (Medical outline 
series) ISBN 0-87488-008-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 18 M477e 1971 

Cit. No. 280548 

-DIAGNOSIS - CONGRESSES 

Applied Seminar on the Laboratory Diagnosis of 
Endocrine Disorders, Washington. D. C, 1969. 
Laboratory diagnosis of endocrine diseases, 
compiled and edited by F. William Sunderman 
and F. William Sunderman, Jr. St. Louis, Green 
[C187I] xv, 696 p. lllus. Held under the 
auspices of the Aasociation of Clinical Scientists. 

DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 A652L 1969 

Clt. No. 311371 

-FAMILIAL * GENETIC 

Rlmoln, David I.., 1936- Genetic disorders 

of the endocrine glands [by] David L. Rlmoln 
[and] R. Nell Schlmke. St. Louis, Motby, 1971. 
xvl, 333 p. lllus. ISBN 0-B016-4 123-3. 
Bibliography: p. 341-358. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 100 R577g 1971 

Clt. No. 305068 



-IN INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

Gardner, Lytt Irrine, 191T- ed. Endocrine 

and genetic diseases of childhood. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1989. xvlll. 1072 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 330 G227e 1989 

Cit. No. 165233 

Hobble, Douglas, ed. Paediatrtc endocrinology. 

Philadelphia. Davis [1969] xit, 492 p. illus. 

SBN 632-05123-5. 

MBCO: WS 330 H876p 1969 Clt. No. 217453 

Keller, Vincent Charles, 1918- ed. Metabolic, 

endocrine, and genetic disorders of children. 
Edited by Vincent C. Kelley, with the editorial 
assistance of George A. Limbeck, with 69 
contributors. Hagerstown, Md., Medical Dept. 
Harper & Row [cl»74] 3 v. (xxlt, 1759 p.) 
lilus. ISBN 06-141423-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 200 K29m 1974 

Clt. No. 416771 

Sterner, Matthew M., 1909- Clinical 

approach to endocrine problems In children. SL 
Louis, Mosby. 1970. Ix, 408 p. lllua. ISBN 
0-8018-4774-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 330 S822c 1970 

Cit. No. 252151 

Wllktns, Law son, 1894- The diagnosis and 

treatment of endocrine disorders In childhood 
and adolescence. By Lawson Wllklns, with the 
editorial ass Lrtance of Robert M. Billiard and 
Claude J. Migeon. [3d ed.] Springfield, IH., 
Thomas [1985] xxxvli, 619 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 330 W684d 1965 Clt. No. 113250 

-NURSING 

Spencer, Roberta T. Patient care In endocrine 

problems. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. nil, 
230 p. lllua. (Saunders monographs In clinical 
nursing, 4} ISBN 0-7216-851 7-X. 
DNLM: WY 158 S7-TP 1973 Cit. No. 353446 

-PATHOLOGY 

Blood worth, J. M. 3., 1925- ed. Endocrine 

pathology. Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 1968. 
x, 750 p. lllus., poi t. 
DNLM, MBCO: WK 100 B655e 1968 

Clt. No. 154461 

-FHYSIOFATHOLOGY 

Kashgatian, Mlcbael, 1933- The endocrine 

glands [by] Michael Kaahgarlan [and] Gerard N. 
Burrow. Baltimore, Williams it Wllklns, 1974. 
xitl, 147 p. Ulus. (Structure and function In 
disease monograph series) ISBN 0-683-04544-X. 

DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: WK 100 K19e 1974 

Clt. No. 413264 

ENDOCRINE GLANDS 

Brown, Jack Harold Upton, 1918- Basic 

endocrinology for students of biology and 
medicine [by] J, H. U. Brown [and] S. B. Barker. 
2d ed. Philadelphia, Davis [cl966] x, 219 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WK 100 B878b 1986 Clt. No. 115140 

Catt. K. J. An ABC of endocrinology. [1st ed.) 
Boston, Little, Brown [cl971] 154 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-316-13130. Most of this monograph first 
appeared as a series of articles in the Lancet. 

DNLM, MBCO: WK 100 C368a 1971 

Clt. No. 315470 

Clinical endocrinology. New York, Grune & 
Stratton, 1940- v. Ulus. Vol. 1 edited by 
Edwin B. Astwood; v. 2 by Edwin B. Aatwood and 
Carl E. Cassldy. Expanded and revised version 
of Progress In clinical endocrinology, edited by S. 
Soskln. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 C641 Clt. No. 144453 

Halt, Reginald. Clinical endocrinology [by] 
Reginald Hall, John Anderson [and] George A. 
Smart. Philadelphia, Llpplncott (1989] viL 
418 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 H179C 19*» 

at No. 



Williams, Robert Hardin, 1909- ed. 

Textbook of endocrinology, 4th ed. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunders [C1968] xxlll. 
1258 p. Ulus., ports. 
DNLM: WK 100 W7281 1908 Clt. No. 132140 



75 



ENDOCRINE GLANDS 



-INNERVATION 

Qijux, EOrs, ed. An Introduction to clinical 
neuroendocrlnology. Basel, New York, Karger, 
1967. zv, 573 p. lllus. Distributed In North 
America by Wll llama h Wllkins. 
DNLM: WK 10 1 B1661 1947 C1L No. 111307 

-PATHOLOGY 

Warner, Nancy E., 1923- Baale endocrine 

pathology. Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publisher* [cl971] 177 p. lllus. TSBN 
0-8 131 -9101-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 100 WJSSb 1971 

Clt. No. 265263 

•PHYSIOLOGY 

Association lor Research In Nervous and MenUl 

Disease. Endocrine* and the central nervous 
system; proceedings at the association, December 
8 and 7, 1963, New York, N. Y. [Editor: 
Kaebmle! Levlne] Baltimore, Williams & 
Wllklns. 1966. xL 475 p. lllus. (Its Research 
publications, v. 43) 
DNLM: Wl AStal v.*3 19M Clt. No. 60506 

Atria Ratnfrex, Artnro, 1907- Endocrine 

funct'en tests. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl97Q] 
iv, * p. Hlus. (American lecture series, no. 
789. nerlcan lectures In living chemistry) 
DNL^. MBCO, SUNY: WK 102 A882e 1970 

Clt. No. 270065 

Botelia-LlusU, Jos*. Endocrinology of woman 
[by] Jose Botella-Llusia. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1973. xxl, 108* P. Hlus. ISflN 0-7216-1B90-1. 
Translation of Endocrinology de la mujer. 

DNLM, SUNY: WP 505 BT48e 1973 

Clt. No. 35401i 

Endocrine* and sflnt; a symposium presented 
before the Gerontological Society 17th annua! 
meeting, Minneapolis, Minnesota, with financial 
snpport of the Ford Foundation. Compiled and 
edited by Leo Git man. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[C1987] xvl, 3C5 p. iilus. (American lecture 
series, no. 662. American lectures In geriatrics 
and gerontology) Symposium hold In Nov. 1964. 
DNLM, SUNY: WT 104 E56 1964 Clt. No. IS 1721 

Endocrinology. Section editors: Roy O. Greep 
[and] Edwin B. Astwood. Executive editor: 
Stephen K. Gelgcr. Washington, American 
Physiological Society, 1972- v. lllus. 
(Handbook of physiology; a critical, 
comprehensive presentation of physiological 
knowledge and concepts, sect. 7) Contents. • v. 
1. Endocrine pancreas. 
DNLM: QT 104 H238 sect.7 Clt. No. 335213 

Escarallla, Roberto Francisco, 1905- ed. 

Laboratory tests in the diagnosis and 
Investigation of endocrine function. Ed. 2. 
Philadelphia, Davis [cl971] xvll, 456 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-8038-3253.9. 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: WK 100 E47L 1971 

Clt. No. 276103 

Gold, Jay J., ed. Textbook of gynecologic 
endocrinology, by 36 authors. New York, 
Hoeber [C1963] xxll, 682 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WP 505 G618t 1968 Clt. No. 133064 

Sawtn, Clark Timothy, 1934- The 

hormones; endocrine physiology. [1st ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [1989] xvill. 308 p. 
SBN 7000-0159-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 104 S271h 1969 

at. No. 221405 

Symposium on Nenroendoerinology, Hokkaido 
University, School of Medicine, 1967. 
Integrative mechanism of neuroendocrine system 
[based on a Symposium on Neuroendocrlnology 
held at the Hokkaido University School of 
Medicine on August 8 and 9, 1967] Edited by 
Shlnjl Itoh. [Sapporo] Hokkaido Univ. School of 
Medicine, 1968. 203 p. lllus. (Hokkaido 
University Medical Library series, v. 1) 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 10* S9891 1967 

Cit. No. 152262 

Teppermam, lay, 1913- Metabolic and 

endocrine physiology; an Introductory text. Id 
ed. Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers 
[1968] ISO p. lllus. 
DNLM: WK 102 T314oa 1968 Clt, No. 13*463 



-FHYSIOPATHOLOGY 

Han* Selye Conference, Mont TrembUat, 1968. 
Endocrine aspects of disease processes; 
proceedings of the conference held In bonor of 
Hans Selye, Mont Tremblant, Quebec. Edited by 
Gaetau Jasmin. St. Louis, Green [C1968] xl, 
456 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 H249e 1968 

Ctt. No. 160657 

Kashgarlan, Mir haeL 1933- The endocrine 

glands [by] Michael Kashgarlan [and] Gerard N. 
Burrow. Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns, 1974. 
xili, 147 p. lllus. (Structure and function In 
disease monograph series) ISBN 0r68 3-045 44- X. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 100 K19e 1974 

Ctt, No. 413264 

-RADIOGRAPHY - ATLASES 

Stelnbaeh, Howard L. The endocrlnes, by Howard 
L. Stelnbach and Hldeyo Mlnagl. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [cl909] xili, 330 p. 
lllus. (Atlas of tumor radiology [v. 10]} SBN 
8151-8194-9. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 17 A88I v.10 1989 

Clt. No. 231723 



ENDOCRINOLOGY 

■CONGRESSES 

Endocrlnes and aging; a symposlam presented 

before the Gerontological Bnrttty 17th annual 
meeting, Eiijm >anells, Minnesota, with financial 
support of tb» Ford Foundation. Compiled and 
edited by Leo Gltman. Spring tic Id, II!., Thomas 
[C14S7] xvl, 3u5 p. lllus. (American lecture 
series, no. 661. American lei-H sires In geriatrics 
and Perontolo^v) Symposium held In Nov. 1984. 
DNLM. SUNY:WT 104 E58 19iS-i Ctt. No. 151721 

Endocrinology and human behavior; proceedings of 
a confereaco held at the Instttuts of Psychiatry, 
London, 9 to 11 May 1967. Kcited by Richard F. 

Michael. London, New York, Oxford Univ. 
Press, 19S3. xvil, 349 p. lllus, (Oxford medical 
publications) SBN I9-2G3310-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 102 ESS 1987 

Cit. No. 166336 

Hans Selye Conference, Kont Tremblant, 1968. 
Endocrine aspects of disease processes; 
proceedings of the conference hald In honor of 
liana Selye, Mont Tremblant, Quebec. Edited by 
Gaetan Jasmin. St. Louis, Green [cl9&3] xL 
456 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 100 H249e I96B 

Cit. No. 160657 

Sympcslnm on Neuroendocrine logy, Hokkaido 
University, School of Medicine, 1967. 
Integrative mechanism of neuroendocrine system 
[based on a S>mpoimm on heuroendocrinology 
held at the llotcitaido University School of 
Medicine on Aue;:st B and 9, 1C37] Edited by 
Shlnjl Itoh. [Sapporo] Hokkaido Univ. School of 
Medicine, 19C3. 203 p. lllus. (Hokkaido 
University Medical Library series, v. 1) 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 102 S9891 1987 

Ctt. No. 152262 

Workshop Conference on Integration of Endocrine 
snd Non Endocrine Mechanisms In tae 
Hypothalamus, Stress, 19fl9. The hypothalamus; 
processings. Edited by L. Martini, M. Motta, and 
F. Fraschlnl. New York, Academic Press, 1970. 
xl, 705 p. lllus. Sponsored by NATO Scientific 
Affairs Division, Brussels. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 132 W928h 1969 

Clt. No. 263704 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Maazaferri, Ernest L., 1936- Endocrinology 

case studies; a compilation of 62 case histories 
representing clinical endocrlno logic syndromes, by 
Ernest L. Mazraferrl. Edited by Thomas G. 
Skillman. Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination 
Pub. Co., 1971. 412 p. lllus. (Medical outline 
series) ISBN 0-87488-0O8-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 18 M477e 1971 

Clt. No. 160546 



-OUTLINES 

Ferriman, David George. A synopsis of 
endocrinology and metabolism, by David G. 
Ferriman and Ian C. Glllliand. Bristol, Wright, 
1968. 159 p. lllus. (Synopsis series) 
Distributed In the U. S. by the Williams & 
Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WK 100 F391a 1968 Clt. No. 161161 

ENDODONTICS 

Grossman, Louis Irwin. Endodontic practice. 
7th ed„ thoroughly rev. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Febiger, 1970. xili, 483 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-8121-0294-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WU 230 G878r 1970 

Cit. No. 244103 

Ingle, John Ids, 1919- Endodontic* [by] 

John Ide Ingle [and] 22 contributors. 
Philadelphia, Lea 4 Febiger, 196S, 656 p. Hlus. 
DNLM: WU 230 I51e 1963 Clt. No. 40273 

Ogllvle, Alfred L 1921- An atlas of 

pulpal and periapical biology [by] Alfred L 
OoLIvle [and] John I. In»le. Philadelphia, Lea * 
Febiger, 196S. viil. Z33-335 p. lllus. 
Reprinted from Endodontics, by J. I. Ingle. 
DNLM: WU 230 034a 1935 Clt. No. 43340 

Soraraer, Ralph Frederick. Clinical endodontics; a 

manual of scientific endodontic* [by] Ralph 
Frederick Soraraer [ct al.] Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1963. xlll, 571 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WU 230 S6»7c 1936 Clt. No. 50065 

ENDOMETRIUM 

Bchmldt-Msttbieten, Helsrich, ed. The normal 
human endometrium, with contribution* by F. 
Feyrter [et al.] Editor of English ed.; Alexander 
Scdlls. New York, McGraw-Hill [1968] 303 
p. lllus. Translation of Da* normale 
menschLlche Endometrium. 
DNLM: WP 400 S353n 1968 Clt. No. 170534 

-PATHOLOGY 

Dallenbach-Hellwsg, Glsela. Histopathology of the 
endometrium. New York, Springer-Verlag, 1971. 
xl, 277 p. lllus. ISiSN G-387-04449-3. 
Translation of Endometrium. Bibliography: p. 
229-207. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 141 DI46e 1971 

Clt. No. 316702 

ENDOSCOPY 

Berry, Leosidas H., 1902- Gastrointestinal 

pan-endoscopy; eaophagoscopy, gastroscopy, 
bulbar and postbulbar duodenoacopy, 
p roc to- sigmoidoscopy, cotonoocopy, and 
peritoneoscopy. With International contributor*. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [ct974] xxlv. 633 p. 
lllus., plates ISBN 0-393-02912-L 
DNLM, SUNY: WT 141 B534g 1974 

Clt. No. 424517 

Nelson, Robert Stuart, 1911- Endoscopy la 

gastric cancer. Berlin, New York, 
Springer-Verlag. 1970. xll, 85 p. lllus. (Recent 
results in cancer research, 32) 
DNLM: Wl RE106P v.32 1970 
MBCO: QZ 206 R4 v.32 1970 Clt. No. 257742 

Scheln, Clarence J., 1918- The common bile 

duct; operative cholangiography, biliary endoscopy 
and choledochollthotomy, hy Clarence J. Sehein 
[et al.] Springfield, 111., Thomas [el 966] xlv, 
290 p. tllu*. (American lecture series, no. 649. 
American lectures In roentgen diagnosis) 
DNLM: WI 750 S31&C 1968 Clt. No. 62730 

Step toe, Patrick C. La poroscopy in gynaecology 
[by] Patrick C. Steptoe. H. Frangenhelm 
contributes a section on sterility. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1967. vilL 9S p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WP 141 S837L 1967 Clt. No. 73155 

-ATLASES 

Watanabe, BtaaakL Atlas of arthroscopy [by] 
Maaakl Watanabe, Sakae Takeda [and] Hlrosbi 
Ikeuchl. Entirely rev. 2d ed. Tokyo, Igaku 
Shoin; Berlin, New York, Springer-Verlag [cl969, 
reprinted 1970} 176 p. lllus. 
MBCO: WE 17 W314a 1969 Clt. No. 252604 



( 



74 



c 












-CONGRESSES 

European CongTets of Dtf eitlve Endoscopy, 1st, 
Prasue, 1668. Endoscopy of the digestive 
system: proceeding* of the lit European Conjrress 
of Digestive Endoscopy, Prague, July 5-8, 1968. 
Edited by Z. Manuka and J. Setk*. Basel, New 
York, Karger, 1949. xvl, 194 p. lllus. 
DNLM: W3 EUB4 196Ge Clt. No. 110423 

ENDOTOXINS 

Microbial toxin*. Edited by Samuel I. AJ1 [et at. J 
New York, Academic Press, 1970- v. lllu*. 
Content!. - v. 1-3. Bacterial protein toiins. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QW 630 H626 

Clt. No. 162101 

ENERGY TRANSFER 

Green, David Ezra, 1910- Energy and the 

mitochondrion [by] David E. Green [and] Harold 
Baum. New York, Academic Press [cl970] 
xlt, 205 p. lllus. SBN 12-297950-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: Qlf S03.M5 G795e 1970 

Clt. No. 234034 

ENTERITIS, REGIONAL 

Kyle, James. Crohn's disease. New York, 

Apple ton-Century-Crofts [C1972] 210 p. lllus., 
ports. ISBN 0-390-53052-2. 

DNLM: WI 420 K99c 1972 Clt. No. 34(413 

-PATHOLOGY 

Mottet, Not man Karle, 1924- 

Histopathologle spectrum of regional enteritis and 

ulcerative colitis. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971, 

xlv, 249 p. iilus. (Major problem* In pathology, 

v. 2) ISBN 0-72I6-S570-5. 

DNLM: Wl MA4C2X v.2 1971 

MliCO: QY 4 M234 v.2 1971 Clt. No. 253500 

ENTEROBACTERIACEAE 

Edwards, PhlUp R, Identification of 
Enterobacterlaceae [by] P. R. Edwards [and].W. 
H. Ewlng, 3d ed. Minneapolis, Burgess [1972] 
Ut, 362 p. Olm. ISBN 0-8087-0518-4, 

DNLM, SUNY: QW 140 E2S1 1972 

Cit. No. 350585 

KaoffmanB, Frits. Tbe bacteriology of 

enterobacterlaceae; collected studies. [3d ed.] 
Baltimore, Williams & Wllfcloj [CI968] 400 p. 
Earlier ed*. have title: Enterobacterlaceae. 
DNLM: QW 140 K21e 1963 Clt. No. 50640 

-NOMENCLATURE 

Kaoff mann, Frit*. The bacteriology of 
enterobacterlaceae: collected studies. [3d ed.] 
Baltimore. Williams & Wilkin* [C196SJ 400 p. 
Earlier eda. have title: Enterobacterlaceae. 
DNLM: QW 140 K21e IMS at No. 50640 

ENTOMOLOGY 

Perms, William Brodbeck, 1876- Medical 

entomology [by] Maurice T. James [and] Robert 
F. Harw»od. 6th ed. [New York] MacmUlan 
[C19B9] vlil, 484 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QX 5O0 HSMta 1969 

Ctt. No. 224025 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Naval Medical School. Medical entomology 
[compiled by Oscar Taboada] Bethesda, 

Md. [For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. 
Print. Off., Washington] 1997. vll, 395 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: QX 25 N318m 1987 Clt. No. 177231 

ENVIRONMENT 

Barton, RnsselL Institutional neurotl*. 2d ed. 
Bristol, Wright, 1906. 65 p. lllu*, 
DNLM: WM 170 B293c I9«» Clt. No. 82036 

Edbolm, Otto G., ed. Tbe physiology of human 
survival, ed. by O. G. Edholm and A. L. 
Bacharach. London, New York, Academic Pre**, 
196S. Mil, 881 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: QP 82 Et3p 1085 Clt. No. 85115 

Poultoa, E. C. Environment and human 
efficiency. Springfield, III., Thoma* [cl970] 
xxt, 320 p. lllu*. (American lecture aeries, no. 
763. American lecture* in living chemistry) 
DNLM, SUNY: QZ 180 P875e 1970 

Ctt. No. 245471 



'Richardson, Stephen A., ed. Chlldbearlng: Its 
social and psychological aspects, ed. by Stephen 
A. Richardson and Alan F. Guttmachor. [By] 
Elaine R. Grimm [et. al. Baltimore] William* & 
Wilkin* [C19C7] xvll, 334 p. 
DNLM: QP 251 R525c 1987 Clt. No. 104452 

Rosenthal, David, 1916- Genetics of 

psychopathology. New York, McGraw-Hill 
[cl971) vlil. 182 p. lllu*. (McGraw-Hill 
paperback series In psychopathology) 
DNLM. SUNY: WM 100 R815ge 1971 

Clt. No. 286527 

-CONGRESSES 

Association for Research In Nervous and Mental 
Disease. Biological and environmental 
determinant* of early development; proceedings 
of the association, December 3 and 4, 1971, New 
York, N. Y. [Editor: John I, Nurnberger] 
Baltimore, William* A Wilkin*, 1973. x, 457 
p. illus. (Its Research publication*, v. 51) 
ISBN 0-6S3-OG245-7. 
DNLM: Wl AS431 v.51 1973 
XNLM: [WS 105 A848b 1973] Clt. No. 377772 

-TABLES 

Federation of American Societies for Experimental 
Biology. Committee on Biological II an c) books. 
Environmental biology; comp, and ed. by Philip L. 
ARman and Dorothy S. Dlttmer. Bethesda. Md. 
[cliioGJ xxl, 634 p. (Biological handbooks) 
DNLM: QH 307 F2S3e 1956 Clt. No. 84822 

ENVIRONMENTAL HEALTH 

-ABSTRACTS 

MetroStndy Corporation. Pollution: Its Impact on 

mental he?.ltrt; a literature survey and review of 
research. Rockville, Md., Nat tonal 
Clearinghouse for Mental Health Information; [for 
*ale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 
Washington, IS, 2] lv, 81 p. (DHEW publication 
no. (KSM) 72-9135) Prepared under Contract 
No, HSM*2.7i-iM by MetroStudy Corporation, with 
Herner and Company a* subcontractor. 

DNLM: ZWM 100 M594p 1972 Clt. No. 337S31 

-CONGRESSES * 

Bretton Woods Symposium - Physiological 
Characterization of Health Hazard* in Man's 
Environment, I9CJ. Physiology, environment, 
and man, Erilitd by Dougl.is H, K. Lee and David 
Mlnard. New York, Academic Presa, 1970. xv, 
239 p. lllus. (Environmental sciences; an 
interdisciplinary monograph series) Organized 
by the National Uesearch Council. Issued also 
a* v. 2, no. 5-S, Oct. 1909, of Environmental 
research (siigi.tly abridged) with title: 
Physiological characterization of health hazard* In 
man's environment. 
DNLM, SUNY: WA 30 B845p 1938 

Clt. No. 250355 

The Effects of abnormal physical conditions at 
work; the report of the proceetiMjra of a meeting 
held jointly by the British Occupational Hygiene 
Society, the Ergonomics Research Society, and the 
Society of Occupational Medicine on 5th and 6th 
January 1967. Editors: C. N. Daviea [et al.] 
Edinburgh. Livingstone, 1987. vill, 185 p. 
lllu*. 
DNLM: WA 400 E27 1987 Clt. No. 125212 

Symposium on Health of Mankind, London, 1967. 

Health of mankind; Clba Foundation l&Oth 
symposium. Edited by Gordon Wolstenholme and 
Maeve O'Connor. London, Churchill, 1987, xlL 
297 p. 
DNLM: WA 100 S988h 19*7 Clt. No. 131703 

ENZYME INDUCTION 

Kit, Saul. Enzyme Induction by viruses, by Saul 
Kit and Del Rose Dubbs. Basel, New York, 
Karger, 1969. vill, 114 p. lllus. (Monograph* 
In virology, v. 2) 
DNLM: Wl M0569P v.2 1989 Ctt. No. 208253 

ENZYME TESTS 

Batiakl*, John O. Interpretive enzymdlogy, by 

John G. Batsakl* and Russell O. Brlere. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [1967] iv, 291 p. 
lllus. (American lecture scrip*, no. 688. American 
lectures In living chemistry) 
DNLM. SUNY: QY 490 BS34I 1987 

Clt. No. 144IM 



ENZYMES 



Coodley, Eugene L., 1920- ed. Dlagno*tlc 

enzyinology. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1970. 
xlll, 323 p. lllus. ISNB: 0-8121-0044-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 490 C789d 1970 

Clt. No. 244174 

ENZYMES 

Barman, Thorns* E. Enzyme handbook. Berlin, 
New York, Springer, 1969. 2 v. Manual giving 
In concise form molecular data on some 800 
enzymes. Enzyme* arranged according to the 
Enzyme Commission Hat of enzyme*. Entries 
Include references. V. 2 has enzyme Index. 
DNLM, MBCO: QU 135 B258e 1989 

Qt. No. 114311 

Boyer, Paul D-, ed. The enzyme*. 3d ed. 
New York, Academic Press, 1970- v. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 135 B791e 

at. No. 288011 

Jeneks, William I\ Catalysis In chemistry and 
enzymology. New York, McGraw-Hill [cl969] 
xvl, 644 p. lllu*. (McGraw-Hill series in 
advanced chemistry) 
DNLM: QD 501 JSlc 1989 at. No. 204037 

Kits, John Egben. Enzymes of the arterial wall. 
New York, Academic Press [cl969] xlv, 494 

p. tilUb, 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 135 K59e 1989 

at. No. 221602 

Mattenhelmer, Hermann. Clinical enzymology; 
urlnclples and applications. [Rev. Engltsh ed. 
/inn Arbor, Mich.] Ann Arbor Science Publishers 
[cl r <71) xlv, 168 p. lllu*. ISBN 
0-2JO-i3H75-X. Translation of Enzymologle fur 
den praKUschen Arzt. 
DNLM, MECO, SUNY: QU 135 M435e 1971 

Cit. No. 274407 

Mullan, D. P. Studies la clinical enzymology. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1SG9. xl, 238 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 135 M958a 1969 

Clt. No. 217481 

Rootlyn, D. B. ( ed. Enzyme cytology. London, 
New York, Academic Pre**, 1987. xx, 587 p. 

UlUB. 

DNLM: QU 135 R778e 1987 at. No. 111217 

Seegers, Waiter Henry, 1910- Prothrombin 

in enzymology, thrombosis and hemophilia. 

Sprln;;fleld, III., Thoma* [C19C7] xvtll, 181 p. 

lilua., porta. (Beaumont lecture, 19S6) American 

lecture scries, 681. American lectures In 

hem a to! or y. 

DNLM: WH 310 S451pe 1987 at. No. 107074 

-CONGRESSES 

International Congress of Clinics) Chemistry, 7th, 
Geneva and Evlan, 1£69. 7th International 
Conjfresi of Clinical Chemistry, Geneva 
(SwitzorLaad)-Evlan (France), September 8-13, 
1889. General editor: M. Roth. Basel, Karger, 
1970. 4 v. lllus. ISBN 0-8391-0589-4. 
Contents. - v. 1. Methods In clinical chemistry. - 
v. 2. Clinical enzymology. - v. 3. Hormones, lipids 
and miscellaneous. - v. 4. Digestion and Intestinal 
absorption. 

DNLM: W3 IN597 1989* 
SUNY: QY 90 161* 1989 Ot. No. 270221 

-METABOLISM 

Jenulnrs, Isobel W. Vitamins In endocrine 
metabolism, London, Helnemann [1970] xL 
143 p. SBN 433-17320-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 160 J54v 1970 

at. No. 152341 

Wet tie jr, John. Enzymic catalysis. New York, 
Harper A- Row [C1989] xlll, 208 p. lllus- 
( Modern perspective* In biology) 
DNLM, MBCO: QU 135 W529e 1089 

at No. 101407 

-PHARMACOLOGY 

Henley, Keith S., 1914- Enzyme* In serum, 

their use In diagnosis, by Keith S. Henley [et al.] 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1908] xl, 110 p. 
lllu*. (American lecture series, no. 853. American 
lecture series in living chemistry) 
DNLM: QU 135 H514e 1988 Ctt- No. SOWS 



75 



ENZYMES 



•PHYSIOLOGY 

Batsakls, Jobn G. ' Interpretive eaiymology, by 
John G. Batsakl* and Russell O. Brlere. 
Springfield, lit., Thomas [1967] iv, 291 p. 
Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 688. American 
lecturet in living chemistry) 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 490 BS341 1967 

Clt. No. 144104 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Chrlsteusen, Halvor H1*U, 1915. Enzyme 

kinetic*; a learning program for students of the 
biological and medical science* [by] Halvor N. 
Chrlstensen and Graham A. Palmer. 
Philadelphia. Saunders Jcl967] vlll, 124 p. 
lllut. 
DNLM: qO 133 C35*e 1987 Clt. No. 66733 



EOSINOPHIUA 

Allcata, Joseph Everette, 1904- 

Angloetrongyiosl* In the Pacific and Southeast 
Asia, by Joseph E. Allcata and Karel Jlndralt. 
Sprlns field. 111., Thomas [c!970] x, 105 p. 
llluj. (American lecture series, no. 755. American 
lecturei In tropical medicine) 
DNLM, SUNY: WC 850 A4I4a 1970 

Clt. No. 223101 

EPIDEMIC HEMORRHAGIC FEVER 

Hotta, Baiima. Dengue and related hemorrhagic 

disease*. St. Louis, Green [C1969] ix, 166 
p. lllus. (Modern concepts of medical virology, 
oncology and cytology) 
DNLM, MBCO: WC 52a H834d 1969 

Clt. No. 1033*0 

EPIDEMIOLOGY 

MaeMahon, Brian, 1923- Epidemiology; 

principle* and method! [by] Brian MaeMahon 
[and] Thomas F. Pugh. [l«t ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown [CI970J lx, 376 p. lllui. SBN 
7000-0197-2. 
DNL, MBCO: WA 100 M167ee 1970 

at. No. 204744 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on tbe Kidney, 15th. Princeton, N. J-, 

1963. Renal metabolism and epidemiology of 
•ome renal diseases; proceedings, by 21 authors 
and other participants. Edited by Jack Metcoff. 
[lit ed.] New York, National Kidney 
Foundation [cl9S4] zx, 344 p. lilus. 
DNLM: W3 C926S 1963r Clt. No. 125540 

Racial and geographical factors la tumour 
incidence. Editor; A. A. Shiva*. Edinburgh, 
University Pre** [c!9«7] vlil, 291 p. lllus. 
(Pfizer medical monograph*, 2) Papers read at 
the second symposium of the Pfizer Foundation 
of the Post- Graduate Medical School, University 
of Edinburgh, i&M. 
DNLM: W3 PF269 no.2 1996 Clt. No. 114423 

EPIDERMOLYSIS BULLOSA 

Gedde-DaM, Tobias. Epidermolysis bullosa; a 
clinical, genetic and epidemiological study. 
Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press [cl971] 1B0 
p. lllus. 
MBCO, SUNY: WR 100 GSBSe 1971 

Clt. No. 266770 



EPILEPSY 

Boshes, Louis D, 1908- Epilepsy handbook, 

by Louis D. Boshes and Frederic A. Glbbs. 2d 
ed. Springfield, 111., Thomas [1972] x, 196 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-398-02194-5. lit ed. by F. 
A. Glbba and F. W. Stamps. Bibliography: p. 
160-170. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 385 B743e 1972 

Clt. No. 316511 

Gastaat, Heart. Epileptic seizures; clinical and 
electro graphic features, diagnosis, and treatment, 
by Henri Gastaut and Roger Broughton. 
Springfield, III. Thomas [cl972] xvli, 286 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WL 383 G155e 1971 Clt. No. 136173 

Pryse-Phltllps, wllUnm. Epilepsy; with a chapter 
on electro- encephalography by S. G. Bay 11**. 
Bristol, Wright, 1969. vlll, 96 p. SBN 
7238-0228-X. U. S. publisher: WUUsxn* A 
Wllxlna Co.. Baltimore. 
DNLM: WL 385 F973e 1989 Clt. No. 103510 



Schmidt, Kl chard Penrose. Epilepsy [by] Richard 
Penrose Schmidt and B. Joe Wilder. 
Philadelphia, Davis [cl983] viil, 220 p. lllus. 
(Contemporary neurology series, 2) 
DNLM: Wl C0769N v.2 1968 
DNLM: Wl C0769N v.2 1958 
MBCO: WL 100 C781 v.2 1998 Clt. No. 157575 

-CONGRESSES 

International Institute of Advanced Studies In 
Human Electroencephalography, 2d, Marseille, 

1906. .The physiopathogenesls of the epilepsies, 
edited by Henri Gastaut [et al.] Springfield, 
111., Thomas [ciM9] xxl, 318 p. lllus. 
DNLM: W3 IN721K 19«9p 
SUNY: WL 385 I61p 1968 Clt. No. 214238 

Symposium os Basle Mechanisms of the Epilepsies, 
Colorado Sprints, 1068. Basic mechanisms of 
the epilepsies. Editors: Herbert H. Jasper, 
Arthur A. Ward, Jr. [and] Alfred Pope. [1st 
ed.] Boston, Little, lirown [c.1969] xxlv, 835 
p. illu*. SBN 70O0-C155-7. Sponsored by the 
Public Health Service Advisory Committee on the 
Epilepsies and the National Institute of 
Neurological Diseases and Stroke. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 325 SS89b 1988 

Clt. No. 239012 

Synchronization of EEG activity in epilepsies; a 
symposium organized br tne Austrian Academy of 
Sciences, Vienna, Austria. September 12-13, 1971. 
Edited by H. Fetiche and Mary A. B. Brazier. 
Berlla, New York, Sprlnrer-Verlag, 1972. x, 431 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-3B7-b 1051-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 335 S993 1971 

Clt. No. 354061 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Jonas, Adolphe Destderlus, 1913- Ictal and 

subtotal neurosis: diagnosis and treatment. 
Springfield, HI., Thomas [CIS85] xl, 128 p. 
DNLM: WL 3B5 J781 1965 Clt. No. 45855 



ed. The prognosis of 
Springfield, HI., Thomas 



Rodin, Emit A., 1925- 
pallents with epilepsy. 
[cl9&3] jclit, 455 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 335 R6a2p 19C3 

Clt. No. 171713 



Sutherland, Jobn M. The epilepsies: modern 
diagnosis and treatment, by John M. Sutherland 
and Howard Talt. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1969, 
128 p. lllus. SBN 443-OiBEU-X. U. S. 
publisher: WilUatns A Wliklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 385 $9663 1SS9 

Clt. No. 232275 

-DRUG THERAPY 

Woodberj, Dixon M, ed. Antleptleptk drugs. 
Editors: Dixon M. Woodbury, J. Klffln Penry 
[and] Richard P. Schmidt. New York, Raven 
Press [cl372] xxUl, 538 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-911218-29-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 85 W884a 1972 

Clt. No. 327142 

-ETIOLOGY 

International Institute of Advanced Studies la 
Human Electroencephalography, 2d, Marseille, 
1993. The physiopatbcgenesls of the epUepsies, 
edited by Henri Ga*iiut [et al.] Springfield, 
III., Thomas [01963] xxl, 316 p. lllus. 
DNLM: W3 IN721K 19QI)p 
SUNY: WL 385 I61p 1969 at. No. 214238 

•IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Livingston, Samuel, 1903- Comprehensive 

management of epUepsy In Infancy, childhood and 
adolesce ace, by Samuel Livingston, assisted by 
Irving M. Pruce. Springfield, HI., Thomas 
[C1972] ill I, 657 p. Ulus. 
DNLM. MBCO: WL 385 L787C 1971 

at. No. 311835 

•THERAPY 

Alrd, Robert Burns, 1903- The management 

of epUepsy, by Robert B. Alrd snd Dixon M. 
Woodbury. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1974] 
xvli, 448 p. lllus. (American lecture series, no. 
910. American lectures in living chemistry) 
ISBN 0-398-02881-8. Bibliography: p. 395-430. 

DNLM, SUNY: WL 385 A198m 1974 • 

Clt. No. 411631 



Jonas, Adolphe Desldrrlus, 1913- Ictal and 

sublctal neurosis; diagnosis and treatment. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1995] xl, 128 p. 
DNLM: WL 385 J761 1965 C1L No. 45655 

Livingston, Samuel, 1908- Comprehensive 

management of epilepsy in Infancy, childhood and 
adolescence, by Samuel Livingston, assisted by 
Irving M. Pruce. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
LC1972] xlii, 657 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 385 L787c 1972 

Clt. No. 31261S 

Sutherland, Jobs M. The epilepsies: modern 
diagnosis and treatment, by John M. Sutherland 
and Howard Talt. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1969. 
128 p. Ulus. SBN 443-00658-X. U. S. 
publisher: Williams 8c Wliklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 385 S9686 1969 

at No. 132279 

EPILEPSY, TEMPORAL LOBE 

-REHABILITATION 

Horowitz, Nazal J., 1934- Psychosocial 

function in epilepsy; rehabilitation after surgical 
treatment far temporal lobe epUep*y, by Mardl J. 
Horowitz, with the assf.-tsnee of Fredda M. Cohen 
[et al.] Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl070] xv, 
180 p. 
DNLM: WL 385 H818p 1970 Clt. No. 285058 

-SURGERY 

Horowitz, Mardl J., 19*4- Psychosocial 

function In epilepsy; rehabilitation after surgical 
treatment for temporal lobe epUepsy, by Mardl 1. 
Kurowttz, with the anski Lance of Fredda M. Cohen 
[et al.] Springfield, 111., Thomas [clS70] xv, 
ICO p. 
DNLM: WL 385 H816p 1B70 Clt. No, £65059 

EPITHELIUM 

Burdette, Walter James, 1915- *d. 

Ctrclnoma of the colon and antecedent 
epithelium. Springfield, I1L, Thomas [cl970] 
xv, 375 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: Wl 52H BSSlc 1970 

Clt. No. 271344 

-CONGRESSES 

EpItheUal-mesenehymal Interactions; lath 
Hahnemann symposium. Edited by Raul 
Fleirchmajer [and] Rup>rt E. BllUngham. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wliklns, 1968. Kill, 326 
p. Ulus., port. 
DNLM: QS 532 E64 1968 Clt. No. 142550 

-EMBRYOLOGY 

EpItheUal-mesencbymal Interactions; 18th 
Hahnemann symposium. Edited by Raul 
Flelschmajer [and] Rupert E. BUlinghjun. 
Baltimore, Williams 8c Wliklns, 1968. xllL 326 
p. Ulus., port. 
DNLM: QS 532 E64 1988 at. No. 141550 



EPONYMS 



Sehnitz, Robert Jordan, 1930- The language 

of fractures. Baltimore, WUUams A Wilkin* 
[C1972] xiv, 394 p. lllus. ISBN 0-683-07609-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 180 S387L 1972 

at. No. 340177 

-DICT. 

Jsblonski, Stanley. Illustrated dictionary of 
eponymlc syndromes and diseases and their 
synonyms. Philadelphia, Saunders [cl969] 
vlii, 335 p. Ulus. Alphabetical listing of some 
10,003 eponymlc names of pathological 
conditions. Each entry consists of eponym, 
synonyms, definition, and original (or other) 
citation. Many cross references. Photographs. 
DNLM: WS 15 J131 1969 Clt. No. 130104 

EQUILIBRIUM 

Lang worthy, Orthsllo Richardson, 1897. 
The sensory control of posture and movement; ■ 
review of the studies of Dorek Denny-Brown. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wliklns [cl970] vUL 149 
p. Ulus. SBN 683-04872-4. 
DNLM: WE 103 L287* 1970 at. No. 28)0741 



76 









EQUIPMENT AND SUPPLIES 

Canals Won, Rudolph Carmen, 1927- Basic 

medical electronic*. [I»t ed.] Boston, Little 
Brown [clSMJ xl, 204 p. Mu*. 
DNLM: QT 34 C183b 1944 Clt. No. 4811 

Palker, Wllber H. Technique* with tangible*; a 
manual for teaching the blind, by Wllber H. 
Fulker and Mary Fulker. Springfield, 111., 
Tboma* [cl968] xll, 72 p. lllu*. 
DNLM. SUNY: HV 1701 F9«4t IMS 

Clt. No. 152042 

Goldsmith, Selwyn. Designing for the disabled. 
2d ed., rev. and expanded. London, Royal 
Iutltute of BrltUh Architect*, 1967, 207 p. 
lllu*. 
DNLM: WA 785 G624d 1967 Clt. No. 128447 

Lee, Leslie W. Elementary principle* of 

laboratory Instrument*. 2d ed. St. Loul*, 

Mosby [G1970] x, 215 p. llluj. SBN 

8016-2915-2. 

DNLM, SUNY: L478e 1970 Clt. No. 238172 

Lenlhan, J. M. A., ed. I natni mentation In 
medicine; e*«ay* by aembcn of the Department 
of Chemical Physic* and Bio- engineering, We* tern 
Regional Hospital Board, Glasgow. London. 
Morgan-Grampian, 1908. vlll. 98 p. llhia, (A 
Control scries book) Distributed In the U. S. 
by Wlltlam* A Willi in* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 28 L568; 1933 

Clt, No. 202827 

Medical supply In World War II; prepared and 
published under the direction of Leonard D, 
Beaton. Editor lit chief: Rorei t S. Anderson. 
Editor for medical supnly: Charles M. Hi 1 tie. 

Washington. Ofiice of the Surgeon General, 
Department of the Army [for cale by the Supt. of 
Doc*., U. S. Govt. Print. Off.] 19E8. xxv, 882 
P. lllu*., port*. (Medical Department, United 
State* Army) 
DNLM, SUNY: UN 215 A2 S9md pt.8 v.3 1988 

Clt. No. 175707 

Von Hlppel, Arndt, 1933- Cheat tube* and 

cheat bottle*. Springfield, 111., Thomaa fcl9701 
xv, 96 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: WF 980 V945c 1970 

Clt. No. 226182 

-STANDARDS 

Wlnstead, Martha. Instrument check ■vitema. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1871. 327 p. 
lllu*. (Medical technology aerie*) ISBN 
0-8121-02t;0-9. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: QY 28 W7BS1 1971 

Clt. No. 273258 



ERUCTATION 

-POPULAR WORKS 

Pollock, Joseph H . 1913- Gaaeou* dlgeitlve 

condition*. Including belching, bloating, "wind" 
and air « wallowing. What they are, what cauaea 
them and how they can be controlled. 
Springfield, 111., Thomaa [C1987] xv, 183 p 
. lllu*. 

DNLM: WI 113 P778g 1987 Clt. No. 111373 

ERYTHROBLASTOSIS, FETAL 

Michael Reese Hoipltal and Medical Center, 

Chicago. Rh laolmmunliatlon and 

erythroblaatoai* fetall*, edited by Allan G. 

Charles and Emanuel A. Friedman. Written by 

the ataff of the Michael Ree*e Ho*pltal and 

Medical Center, New York, 

Apple ton-Century- Croft* [cI969] xll, 235 p. 

lllu*. 

DNLM, MBCO: WH U5 M821r 1989 

at. No. 206461 

-THERAPY 

Qneenan, John T„ 1933- Modern 

management of th* Rh problem; with ... a 
chapter by John M. Bowman. New York, 
London. Boeber 11987) xll, 303 p. lllu* 
DNLM: WH 425 Q3m 1987 Clt. No. 121200 



ERYTHROCYTE AGGREGATION, 
INTRAVASCULAR 

Blcher, Halm I. Blood cell aggregation In 

thrombotic processes. Springfield, III., Thoma* 
[CIB72] x, 182 p. lilu*, (American lecture 
aeries, no. B35. American lecture* In hematology! 
ISBN O-S93-02232-1. Bibliography: p. 132-176. 

DNLM: WH 140 B533b 1972 Clt. No. 337884 

ERYTHROCYTES 

Harris, John William, 1920- The red cell 

production, metabolism, deatructlon: normal and 
abnormal [byj John W. Harris [and] Robert W. 
Kellermeyer. Rev. ed. Cambridge, Ma**., 
Published for the Commonwealth Fund by 
Harvard Univ. Press, 1B70. xxii, 795 p. illua. 
{Commonwealth fund book) ISBN 0-874-75102-7 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WH ISO H3Ur 1970 

Cit. No. 262872 

•CONGRESSES 

American National Red Cross Annual Scientific 
Symposium, 2d, Washington, D. C, 1969. Red 
cell membrane; structure and function. Edited 
by G. A. Jaiaioson and Tlbor Jf. Greenwalt. 
Philadelphia, Llppincott [cl959] 381 p. Illua 
DNLM: W3 AM58 lS-:9r 
MBCO: QH 601 A512r 1969 Clt. No. 226572 

Conference on Red Blood Cell Preservation, 

Wasbin-ion, D. C, 1972. Preservation of red 
blood ceils; proceeding* of a conference 
sponsored by Committee on Red Blood Cell 
Preservation, Division of Medical Science*, 
National Research Council. Edited by Hugh 
Chaplin, Jr. Washington, National Academy of 
Sciences, 1973. 358 p. Illus. ISBN 
0-309-02135-0. Conference supported, In part, by 
the National Institutes of Health Contract 
PH43S4-44, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 460 C743p 1972 

Clt. No. 372220 

Hereditary disorders of erythrocyte metabolism. 
Proceedings of ti>e symposium h»Id February 
13-15, lUu/, at the City of Hope Medical Center, 
Duarte, California. Edited by Ernest Beutler. 
New York, London. Grune & Stratton [C1963J 
xll, 343 p. tllu*. (City of Hope *ympo*lum 
serle*. v. 1) 
DNLM: W3 C162F v.l 1987 Clt. No. 145134 

International Conference on Red Cell Metabolism 
and Function, 1st, University of Michigan, 1969. 
Red cell metabolism and function; proceedings. 
Edited by George J. Brewer. New York, 
Plenum Press, 1B70. xvll, 390 p. lllu*.. port. 
(Advance* In experimental medicine and biology 
v. 6) SBN S06-3S003-X. 
DNLM: Wl AD559 v.8 1970 
MBCO: W 20.5 A3 v.6 1970 Clt. No. 242104 

-METABOLISM 

Hereditary disorder* of erythrocyte metabolism. 
Proceedings of the symposium held February 
13-15, 1&S7, at tbe City of Hope Medical Cescer, 
Duarte, California. Edited by Ernest Beutler. 
New York. London, Grune A Stratton [cl9E3] 
xll, 343 p. lllu*. (City of Hope «ympo*lum 
series, v. 1) 
DNLM: W3 C162F v.l 1967 Cit. No. 145134 

International Conference on Red Cell Metabolism 
and Function, 1st, University of Michigan, 1969. 
Red cell metabolism and runctlon; proceedlnga. 
Edited by George i. Brewer, New York, 
Plenum Press, 1970. xvll, 3SO p. Illua., port. 
(Advance* In experimental medicine and biology 
v. 6) SBN S06-39OO8-X. " 

DNLM: Wl AD559 v.6 1970 
MBCO: W 20.5 A3 v.8 1970 Ctt. No. 242104 

Yonis, Jorge J, ed. Biochemical method* In red 
cell genetic*. New York, Academic Pre**, 1969 
xill, 530 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QY 4S0 Y95b 1969 

Ctt. No. 174715 



ESOPHAGEAL DISEASES 



-PHYSIOLOGY 

International Conference on Red Cell Metabolism 
and Function, 1st, University of Michigan, 1969. 
Red cell metabolism and function; proceeding*. 
Edited by George i. Brewer. New York, 
Plenum Press, 1970. xvll, 390 p. lllu*., port. 
(Advance* In experimental medicine and biology 
v. 6) SBN 306-3&006-X. 
DNLM: Wl AD559 v.6 1970 
MBCO: W 20.5 A3 v.6 1970 CU. No. 242104 



ERYTHROPOIESIS 



Kraetx, Sanford B., 1934- Erythropoietin 

and the regulation of erythropolesl* [by) Sanford 
B. Krantx and Leon O. Jacobaon. Chicago, Unlv 
of Chicago Press [cl970] lx, 330 p. SBN 
228-45255-7, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 150 KB9e 1970 

Clt. No. 235024 

Ponder, Eric, 1898- Hemolytic and related 

phenomena. Reissued ed. New York, Grune 
A- Stratton [1971] x, 393 p, lllu*. ISBN 
0-80a9-OS72-0. 
MBCO: WH 140 P796h 1971 



Clt. No. 273723 



-CONGRESSES 



American National Red Cros* Annual Scientific 

Symposium, 3d, Washington, D. C, 1970. 
Formation & destruction of blood cella. Edited 
by Tiber J. Greenwalt and G. A. Jamleaon 
Philadelphia, Llppincott Jcl970] 311 p. Ulu* 
DNLM: W3 AM5:i 1970f 
MBCO, SUNY: WH 140 A512I 1970 

at. No. 265665 

ERYTHROPOIETIN 

Fisher, James W., 1925- Kidney hormone*. 

London, New York, Academic Press, 1971 xvlll 
etiri p. tllus. ISBN 0-12-257850-0 
DNLM: WK 180 F534k 1971 Clt. No. 270744 

Krantx, Sanford B., 1934- Erythropoietin 

and the regulation of eryttaropolesi* [by] Sanford 

B. Krantz and Leon O. Jacobson. Chicago, Univ. 

of Chicago Press [C1970J lx, S30 p. SBN 

225-45255-7. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 150 K89e 1970 

Qt. No. 235024 

ESOPHAGEAL DISEASES 

Ellis, Franklin Henry, 1920- Achalasia of 

the esophagus, by F. Henry E1U«, Jr. and Arthur 
M. Olsen. Philadelphia, London, Saunders 
[C1BC9] xll, 221 p. Ulu*. (Major problem* In 
clinical surgery, v. 9) 
DNLM: Wl MA492R v.9 1969 
MBCO: WO 100 M234 v.9 1989 Cit. No. 205038 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Demllng, Lndwlf. Endoscopy and biopsy of the 
esophagus and stomach, by L. Deriding, R, 

Ottcnjann, [and] K. Elster. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1972. xlil, 12(1 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-7216-3013-3. Translation of Endoskople und 
Blop*le der Spelaerbbre und de* Mag en*. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 141 DSSle 1972a 

Clt. No. 350685 

Payne, William Spencer, (P24- The 

esophagus [by] W. Spencer Payne, Arthur M. 
Olsen [and] members of the staff of the Mayo 
Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota. Philadelphia, Lea 
A Feblger, 1974. xvl, 339 p. Ulna. ISBN 
0-8 121-0444- 7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 250 P348e 1974 

at. No. 417572 

•PATHOLOGY 

V Rides- Da pena, Antonio M„ 1913- 
Morphologic pathology of the alimentary canal; 
gross, radiographic and microscopic [by J Antonio 
M. Vaides-Dapena [and] George N. Stein. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. xxL 902 p., 359 
plates 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 100 V145m 1970 

Cit. No. 255551 






77 



ESOPHAGEAL DISEASES 



;■: :*\ 



•THERAPY 

Payne, William Spencer, 1928. The 

esophagn* [by] W, Spencer Payne, Arthur M, 
Olien [Slid) member* of the ataff of the Mayo 
Clinic, Rochester, Minnesota. Philadelphia, Lea 
<Se Feblger, 1974. xvl, 339 p. Mu*. ISBN 
0-8121-0+44-7 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 150 P346e 1971 

Clt. No. 417571 

ESOPHAGEAL NEOPLASMS 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Payne, William Spencer, 1926- The 

e»ophagu* [by] W. Spencer Payne, Arthur M. 
OUea [and] members of the itaff of the Mayo 
CLtnlc, Rocheater, Minnesota. Philadelphia, Lea 
A Febl S er, 1974. Jtvl, 339 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0*81^1 -0444-7 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 2S0 P348e 1974 

Ctt. No. 41T57S 

-PATHOLOGY 

Vaides-Dapena, Antonio M„ 1913- 
Morphologle pathology of the alimentary canal; 
ero**, radiographic and microscopic [by] Antonio 
M Valdes-Dapena [and] George N. Stein. 
Philadelphia, Saunden, 1970. xxl, 902 p.. 359 
plate*. 

DNLM, MBCO: WI 100 V14Sm 1970 „„„«, 

Clt. No. 155552 

•THERAPY 

Payne, WIHUm spencer, 1928- The 

esophagus [by] W. Spencer Payne, Arthur M. 
Olien [and] memberi of the itaff of the Mayo 
' Cilnle Rocheater, Minnesota. Philadelphia, Lea 
& Feblger, 1874. xvl, 339 p. Hlua. ISBN 
0-8121-0444-7 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 250 P346e 1974 

Clt. No. 417572 

ESOPHAGEAL REFLUX 

Gastroesophageal reflux and hiatal hernia, by nine 
author*. Edited by DaTld B. Skinner [et al.] 

Boston. Little, Browa [C1972] M, 208 p. Ulua. 

ISBN 0-31S-79S77, 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 810 G257 1972 

Clt. No. 314704 

ESOPHAGOGASTRIC JUNCTION 

-CONGRESSES 

The Esophagogastric junction; proceeding* ol a 
symposium held la Las Croabas, Puerto Rico, 3-4 
November 1989. Editors: David KaU and Fredric 
Hoffman. [ Amsterdam] 1971. 187 p. Ulua. 

(Excerpt* raedlca. International congre** 

serle*, no. 228) ISBN 80-2I9-0179-X. 

DNLM: W3 EX89 no.228 1983 

MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no.228 1989 Clt. No. 173777 



ESOPHAGOSCOPY 



-ATLASES 

Becker, Walter. 1911. ed. Atlas of 

otorhlnolarvngotogy and bronchocaophagotogy [by] 
Walter Becker [et al.] Philadelphia, Saundera 
[1989] 315 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WV 17 BS9«a 1989 

Clt. No. 171135 

•PHYSIOLOGY 

The Pharyngoesopbageal sphincter, by Co* taut I bo 
Zalno [et al.] Springfield, Ilk, Thoma* [cl970] 
x, 209 p. Ulua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 250 P538 1970 

Clt. No. 25174S 

.RADIOGRAPHY 

KUnkbamer, A. C. Esophagography In anomalle* 
of the aortic arch system. Amsterdam, 
Excerpta Mcdlca Foundation, 1989. Ix, 128 p. 
lllut. (Exeerpta medlca monograph) 
DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WG 220 K6Be 1S69 

Clt. No. 207501 

ESTROGENS 

Wharton, LawTence Richardson, 1887- The 

ovarian hormones; safety of the put, bablca after 
fifty. Springfield, 111., Thoma* [C1967] xlll, 
319 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WP 520 WS54o 1967 Clt. No. 138283 



ETHICS, MEDICAL 



Demllng, Lndwtg. Endoscopy and blopay of the 
esophagus and itomach, by L. Demllng, R. 
Ottenjann, [and] K. El*ter. Philadelphia. 
Saundera. 1972. xlll, 128 p. Ulua. ISBN 
0-7216-3013-8. Tranalatlon of Endoakople und 
Blopxle der Spelaerbhxe und des Magen*. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 141 DSSle 1972a 

Clt, No. SSOOSo 

ESOPHAGUS 

Dltdrlcb, William M. AUryngeal apeech, by 
William M. Dledrlch and Karl A- Youngstrom. 
Springfield, III., Thoma* [cl9M] xi. 220 p. 

DNLM: WV 500 D559a 19W Clt. No. 85448 

Thompson, Charles Mlddleton, 1907- ed. The 

stomscb. Including related area* In the esophagus 
and duodenum; the thirteenth Hahnemann 
symposium. Editor*: Charle* Thompaon [et al.] 
New York, Grune A Stratton [CI947] xlll, 474 
p. lllut. 
DNLM: WI 500 T«6»a 1907 Clt. No. 77304 

-ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY 

The Pba»TMo«*oph*g«aJ sphincter, by CosUntlno 
Zalno [et *L) Springfield, I1L, Thorn** [cl»70] 
x, 209 p. tllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 150 P53* 1970 

Clt. No. 151744 



Current ethical Issues la mental health. Based on 
a workshop at the 47th annual meeting of tha 
American Orthopsychiatry Association San 
Prandsco, California, March 1970. Milton P. 
Shore [and] Stuart E. Golann, editors. 
Rockvllle, Md., National Cleartnghou*e for Mental 
Health Information; for aale by the Supt. of 
Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Waahlngton (1971] 
v, 55 p. (DHEW publication no. (HSM) 7J.9029) 
Bibliography: p. 47-55. 
DNLM. SUNY: WM U C974 1970 

Clt No. M415S 

The Moment of death; a symposium. Edited by 
Arthur Winter. Springfield, 111., Thoma* [clW9J 
xlll, 84 p. lilu*. Sympoalum presented Sept. 
18, 1930, In Nutley, N. J. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 820 M732 1948 C1L No, 228140 



Edmunds, Vlaeeat, cd. Ethical responsibility In 
medicine; a Christian approach. Ed. by Vincent 
Edmunds [and] C. Gordon Scorer. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1537. vlll, 2u0 p. 
DNLM; W 50 E24e. 1987 Clt. No. 10S515 

Gelfand, Michael. Philosophy and ethic* of 
medicine. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1968. vlll, 
174 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 50 G318p 1988 Clt. No. 146153 

Gross, Martin L. The doctor*. New York, 
Random House [de&6] 805 p. 
DNLM: W 21 G376d 1988 Clt. No. 71722 

Ohnyaty, Jamss. Aids to ethics and professional 
conduct for student radiologic technologist a. 2d 
ed. Springfield, III., Thomas [1S3B] xv, 180 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WN 100 03^ 19J8 

Clt. No. 172382 

Ramsey, Paul. The patient a* person; 
explorations In medical ethic*. New Haven, 
Yale Univ. Press, 1970. xxll, 183 p. (Lyman 
Beeeher lecture* at Yale University) ISBN 
0-300-01357-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: W 50 R183p 1970 

Clt. No. 2457S3 

Torrey, E. Puller, ed. • Ethical lesuea in medicine; 
the role of the physician In today's society. By 
20 atr.hors. Contributing authors: Robin F. 
Badgley [ct al. 1st ed.] Boston, Little, Brown 
[elE03] xil, 433 p. 
DNLM, MBCo: W 50 T694e 1988 Clt. No. 157018 

-CONGRESSES 

Clba Foundation. Clba Foundation symposium 
[on] ethics In medtcal progreaa: with special 
reference to transplantation. Ed. hy G. E. W. 
Wol»tenholme and Maeve O'Connor. London, 
Churchill, 1965. x, 257 p. 
DNLM: W 50 C566c 1988 Clt. No. 72850 

Conference on Antenatal Diagnosis, University of 
Chicago, 1970. Antenatal dlaguoal*. Edited by 
Albert Dorfman. Chicago, Univ. of Chicago 
Pre*S [1972] xll. Ia8 p. Ulu*. (NICHD . 
Menial Retardation Research Centers series) 
ISBN 0-22S- 15804-7. Sponsored by the Mental 
Retardation Branch of the National Institute of 
Child Health and Human Development. 
Bibliography: p. 259-271. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 C748* 1972 

Clt. No. 134544 



ETHICS, NURSING 



earner, Hsrrey. The nurte and the law. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1968. Ix, 219 p. 
DNLM: WY 32 AA1 S2n 1908 at. No. 134033 



ETHICS, PHARMACY 

Krefp, f-:*rcaret B. Black market medicine. 
Enslewood Cliffs, N. J., Prentice-Hall [cl9*7] *» 
304 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: QV 773 K92b 1987 Clt. No. 110S3S 

Mints, Morton. 1923- The therapeutic 

nightmare, A report on the roles of the United 

St?t^s Food a-id Drug Administration, the 
A me, lean Medical Asocial, on, pharmaceutical 
nianuf.;clurt;rs, and others In connection with the 
Irrational and massive use of prescription drugs 
that may ho worthies*, Injurious, or even lethal. 

Boston, Houghton Mifflin, t!t65. xxviit, 590 
p Later cd. has title: By prescription only. 
DNLM: QV 21 MC57t 1985 Cit, No. 18771B 

ETHICS, PROFESSIONAL 

Betfan, Charles E„ 1942- 
sclemtflc researchers. 2d ed. 
Thomas [1971] xll, 186 p. 
DNLM: Q 175 R287c 1971 



Ethic* for 
Springfield, 111., 



Clt. No. 255045 



ETHNOLOGY 

Zubor, A. A. Problemy evollulsll cheloveka l ego 
ras fsost.] A. A. Zubov, G. L. Kbit*. V. P. 
Alokseev. Moskv.-i, Naulta, 1963. 277 p. Ulus. 
Issued by the InsUlut etnogTafil Akademll nauk 
SSSR. 
DNLM: QH 431 Z93p 1988 Cit. No. 14T7M 

EVOKED POTENTUIS 

- CONGRESSES 

Average evoked potential*: methods, results, and 

evaluations. Edited by Emanuel Donchln [and] 
Dcaaid B. IJndsley, A conference organised by 
fit American Institute of Biological Sciences 
under the sponsorship of the Behavioral Biology 
Projsam or tna National Aeronautics and Space 
Adtnlolscratlott, and held at San Frnnciaco, 
California, September 10-12, 1968. Washington, 
National Aeronautic* and Space Admlnlatration; 
[For sale by the Supt. cf Doc*., U. S. Govt. Print. 
Off.] 1969. xvill. 400 p. lUus. (U. S. National 
Aeronautic* and Space Administration. NASA 
SP-1S1) 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 102 A952 1968 

Clt. No. 231356 



EVOLUTION 



Zubov. A. A. Problemy evoliuUll cheloveka 1 ego 

raa [sost-I A. A. Zubov, G. L. Kbit', V. P. 

Alekseev. Moskva, Nauka, 1963. 277 p. Ulua. 

lasued by the Inatltut etnograill Akademll nauk 

SSSR 

DNLM: QH 431 Z93p 19«S at. No. 141720 



EXERCISE TEST 



Amerlrm Heart Association. Commute* on 
Exercise. Exercise testing and training of 
apparently healthy Individ uala; a handbook for 
physicians. New York, American Heart Aavtu, 
1972. vlll, 40 p. mmmm 

DNLM: W6 P3 CI*- **<>■ S30155 



( 



78 









-CONGRESSES 

Alrlle Conference In Exercise Testing and Training 
of Coronary Patients, Warrenton, Va., 1972. 
Exercise testing and exercise training In coronary 
heart disease. Edited by John Naughton [and] 
Herman K. Hellersteln. Irvin C. Mohler, 
coordinating editor. New York, London, 
Academic Press. 1973, xx, 473 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-12-515050-4. Sponsored by American 
Association for Health, Physical Education, and 
Recreation, and other agencies. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 300 A298e 1971 

Clt. No. 377431 

Ernst Simons on Conference, Minneapolis, 1967. 
Measurement In exercise electrocardiography. 
Edited by Henry Blackburn. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [cl»89] xxv, 488 p. Ulua., port. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 E«8m 1987 

Clt. No. 223243 



EXERCISE THERAPY 

Bolton, Elisabeth, An Introduction to pool 
exercises, by Elizabeth Bolton and Diana 
Goodwin. 3d ert. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1957. 53 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WB 520 B8941 1967 Clt. No. 127551 

Bnuuutrom, Slgne. Movement therapy In 
hemiplegia; a neurophvsiologlcal approach. [1st 
ed,] New York, Harper & Bow tcl970] 192 
p. lllus. Includes 25 abstracts of articles from 
various medical Journals, p. 129-181. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 3S5 Bfl97ra 1970 

Clt. No. 254157 

Covalt, NIU Klrkpatrick, 1905- Bed 

exercises for convalescent patients. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [cl903l xv, 228 p. Unit. 
DNLM: WB 541 C873b 1988 Clt. No. 148530 

Duf field, M. H., ed. Exercise In water. London, 
Ballllere, Tlndall and Cassell 11089) lx, 125 
p. lllus.. plates SBN 7020-0303-4. U. S. 
publlaher: Williams & WllKlns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WB 520 D857e 1969 Clt. No. 247568 

Knott, Margaret. Proprioceptive neuromuscular 
facilitation; patterns and technique [by] Margaret 
Knott [and] Dorothy E. Voes, 2d cd. New 
York, Hoeber [01968] xlv, 225 p. lllus. 
DNLM; WB 541 K72p 1968 Clt. No. 150057 

Kraus, Hans, 1905- Clinical treatment of 

back and neck pain. New York, McGraw-Hill 
[C1970] xlll, 158 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 708 K91C 1970 

Clt. No. 257563 

Sohler, Raymond. Klneil therapy of the shoulder: 
the fundamentals, the techniques, the specific 
treatments. Bristol, Wright, 1967. vll, 124 
p. lllus. Translation of La klneslthfiraple de 
1'fipaule. 
DNLM: WE B10 S882k 1967 Clt. No. 105570 

Tidy. Noel Marraret. Massage and remedial 
exercises In medical and surgical conditions. 
Edited and rev. by J. O. Wale. 11th ed. 
Baltimore, Williams & WUktna, 1988. vll, 510 
p. lllus. SBN 7236-0203-4. 
MBCO, SUNY: WB 535 T558m 19*8 

Clt. No. 240263 

-CONGRESSES 

Air 11* Conference la Exercise Testing and Training 
of Coronary Patients, Warrenton, Vs., 1972. 

Exercise testing and exercise training In coronary 
heart disease. Edited by John Naughton [and] 
Herman K. Hellersteln. Irvln C. Mohler, 
coordinating editor. New York, London, 
Academic Press, 1973. xx, 473 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-12-515050-4. Sponsored by American 
Association for Health, Physical Education, and 
Recreation, and other agencies. 
* DNLM, SUNY: WG 300 A2fl8e 1B71 

at. No. 377431 

EXERTION 

Carlsten, Arne, The circulatory response to 
muscular exercise In man, by Arne Carlsten and 
Gunn.ir Grlmby. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1968J 129 p. (American lecture series, no. 
625. American lectures In sportamedlelne) 
DNLM: WE 103 C2S4c 1966 Clt. No. 40265 



Exercise and cardiac death. Editors: E. Jofcl and J. 
T. McClelian. Baltimore, University Park Press, 
1971, lx, 185 p. lllus. (Medicine and sport, v. 
5) ISBN 0-8391 -0529-0. 
DNLM: Wl ME649P v.5 1971 
MBCO: QT 280 M489 v.5 1971 Clt. No. 272423 

Jok), Ernst, 1907- Nutrition, exercise and 

body composition. Springfield. 111., Thomas 
[cl964] vil, 115 p. lllus. (American lecture 
series, no. 574. American lectures In 
sportsmedlelne) 
DNLM; QT 255 J74n 1964 Clt. No. 13505 

Karpotfch, Peter Vastly. 189«- Physiology 

of muscular activity [by] Peter V. Karpovlch and 
Wayne E. Sinning. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. 
xlll, 374 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7215-5297-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 103 KIBlp 1971 

Clt. No. 274403 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Exercise Biochemistry, 

1st, Brussels, 1S68. Biochemistry of exercise; 

proceedings. Edited by J. R. Poortmans. Basel, 

New York, Karger, 1969. vlll, 384 p. lllus. 

(Medicine and sport, v. 3) 

DNLM: Wl ME6-S9P v.3 1969 

MBCO: QT 260 M4S9 v.3 1D89 Clt. No. 210558 

International Symposium on Physical Activity In 
Health and Disease, Beltostolen, 1968. Physical 
activity in henlth and disease; proceedings of the 
Beitosttilen Symposium, 1998. Edited by Karl 
Evang [and] K. Lance Andersen. [Baltimore] 
Williams & Wllklns [1906] 271 p. lllus. 
Published In O.^io, Norway, by 
Unlverittetrfcrlaeet. 
DNLM: WE 103 lOlp 1968 Clt. No. 137760 

Symposium on Physical Activity and the Heart, 

HelsinVJ. 1S34, Physical activity and the 
heart. Proceedings of a symposium, Helsinki, 
Finland, ed. by Martti J.-Karvans-'n and Alan J. 
Barry. Spring Held, 111., Thomas [C1967] xviil, 
403 p. lllus. Sponsored by the Renearch 
Committee of the International Society of 
Cardiology. 
DNLM: WG 202 S989p 1964 Clt. No, 670C3 

-IN OLD AGE 

Physical activity and arlnir: with special reference 
to the effect of exercise and training on the 
natural history of arteriosclerotic heart disease. 
Edited by D. Oruoner and E. JoUl. New York, 
Basel, Karger, 1970. x, 315 p. Illua. (Medicine 
and sport, v.4) ISBN: 0-8391-0028-0 
DNLM: Wl MES49P V.4 1970 
MBCO: QT 260 M489 v.4 1970 Clt. No. 237525 

•LABORATORY MANUALS 

Rlcrl, Benjamin. Experiments In the physiology 
of human performance. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1970. x, 208 p. lllus. SBN 
8121-0Z86-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 25 R491e 1970 

Clt. No. 238110 



-PHYSIOLOGY 



New 
xlll, 471 



EXTREMITIES 



EXPERT TESTIMONY 

Tracy, John Evaiti. 1880-1959. The doctor u a 
wltne»3. 2d ed. [by] William J. Curran. 
Philadelphia. Saunders. 1965. xvt, 196 p. 
DNLM: W 725 T761d 1965 Clt. No. 38520 

EXTENDED CARE FACILITIES 

American Medical Association. Dept. of Hospitals 
and Medical Facilities. The extended care 
facility; a handbook for the medical society. 
Chicago, 1987. iv, 167 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WX 27 AA1 A8e 1BS7 

Cit. No. 132004 

Brown, Esther Luc! It, 1893- Nursing 

reconsidered; a study of change. Philadelphia, 
Lipptncott (cl970-71] 2 v. Contents. - pt, 1. 
The professional role In Institutional nursing. - 
pt. 2. The professional role la community 
nursing. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WY 101 B877n 

Cit. No- 151283 

EXTRACORPOREAL CIRCULATION 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium os Artificial Organs and 
Cardiopulmonary Support Systems, New York, 
1S7I. Artificial organs and cardiopulmonary 
sunport systems. Editors: Felix T. Rapaport 
[and] John P. Merrill. New York, Grune As 
Stratlon lcl972] vl, 1E6 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-t; OS 3-07*13-4. Sponsored by the Artificial 
Organs Division of Traveiiol Laboratories, Inc. 
Issued also as v. 3, no. 4 of Transplantation 
proceedings with title: Proceedings. 

DNLM, MBCO: WO 660 S986a 1971 

Clt. No. 325516 

EXTRATERRESTRIAL 
ENVIRONMENT 

National Research Council. Space Radiation Study 
PaneL Radiobiological factors In manned space 
flight; report. Wright H. Langham, editor. 
Washington, 1367. xvt I, 274 p. lllus. (National 
Research Council. Publication 1437) 
DNLM: WD 758 N281r 1967 Clt. No. 113157 

Wnnrter, Charles C. Life Into space; an 

introduction to snace biology. Philadelphia, 
Davis [c 196-3] 524 p. lllus. (Physiology aeries) 
DNLM: WD 758 W985L 1963 Clt. No. 75743 



EXTREMITIES 






Falls, Harold B. Exercise physiology. 
York, London, Academic Press, 1968. 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 103 F198e 1988 

Cit. No. 162205 

EXISTENTIALISM 

Yankelovlch, Daniel. Ego and instinct; the 
psychoanalytic view of human nature - revised, by 
Daniel Yankelovlch 4t William Barrett. New 
York, Random House [ct970] xlv, 494 p. 
DNLM. MBCO: WM 460 Y23e 1970 

at. No. 237427 

EXOPHTHALMOS 

-ETIOLOGY 

Ham by, Wallace Bernard, 1903- 
Carotld-cavernous fistula. Springfield, HL, 
Thomas [cI9B6] tx, 139 p. lllus. 
DNLM; WG 580 H199C 1968 C1L No. 55851 

EXPECTORANTS 

Boyd, Eld on M. Respiratory tract fluids. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl972] lx, 321 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-398-02238-9. 
DNLM: WF 102 B789r 1972 CtL No. 334137 



Rice, Carl Oliver, 1898- Calculation of 

industrial disabilities of the extremities and the 

back. 2d ed. Springfield. III., Thomas [cl»68] 

xl, 170 p. lllus. Title of earlier edition varies 

■tightly. 

DNLM: W 925 R495c 1988 Clt. No. 142053 

-ABNORMALITIES 

Swinyard, Chester Allen, 1907- ed. Limb 

development and deformity: problems of 
evaluation and rehabilitation, by fifty- three 
contributors. Springfield, 111., Pub. for the 
Assn. for the Aid of Crippled Children by 
Thomas [C1969] xvtl 672 p. lllus. 
Bibliography: p. 541-621. 
DNLM. MRCO, SUNY: WE 800 S979L 19«9 

at. No. 200670 

-ANATOMY ft HISTOLOGY - ATLASES 

Quiring, Daniel FanL 1894- The 

extremities. Kev. and ed. by John H. WarfeL 
3d ed. Philadelphia, Lea 8c Feblger, 1907. 124 
p. lllus. Companion volume to the author's 
The head, neck, and trunk. 
DNLM: WE 17 Q8e 1967 at No. 100312 

-BLOOD SUPPLY 

A br am son, David Irvtn, 1905- Circulation 

In the extremities. New York, Academic Press, 
1967. XVl, 557 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 103 AlSlc 1967 at. No. 140031 

Lad brook, John. Aspects of venous function In 
the icwer limbs. Springfield. 111., Thomas 
[cl9M] xll. 137 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 600 L944a 1966 C1L No. 41744 



79 



EXTREMITIES 



■GROWTH A DEVELOPMENT 

Swtnyard, Chester Allen, 1607- ad. Limb 

development and deformity: problems of 
evaluation and rehabilitation, by fifty- three 
contributor*. Springfield, 111., Pub. for the 
Aug. for the Aid of Crippled Children by 
Thomas [C1969] xvil, 672 p. lllua. 
Bibliography: p. 541-031. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 800 S979L 1969 

at. No. 100*70 

•WffUU 

Moskowltx, Eugene. Rehabilitation In extremity 

fracture*. Springfield, 111., Thomas £cl93SJ 

xil, 150 p. llius. (American lecture aeries, no. 

703. American lecture! in rehabilitation 

medicine) 

DNLM: WE 800 M911r 1968 Clt. No. 141261 

-SURGERY ■ ATLASES 

Kaplan, Emanuel B ' Surgical approaches 

to the neck, cervical spine, and upper extremity. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. lx, 248 p. illua. 
DNLM: WE 17 K18» 1968 Clt. No. 46751 



EYE 

-ABNORMALITIES 

Benton, Curtis Dudley, 1911- Spectacles for 

aphakia, by Curtis D. Benton and Robert C. 
Welsh. Springfield, lit., Thomas [cl94S] xil, 
164 p. llius. 
DNLM: WW 360 B478S 1966 Clt. No. 51423 

Symposium on Snr-kal and Medical Management 
of Cong enltal Anomalies of the Eye, New Orleans, 
1967. Symposium on surgical and medical 
management of congenital anomailp* of the eye 
{by] Crowell Beard {et al.] St. Louis, Mosby 
[elSSO] xli. SSO p. llius., ports. [New Orleans 
Academy of Ophthalmology. Transactions, 1967) 
DNLM: W3 NEG72 1957 
MBCO: WW 3 N532t 1967 
SUNY: WW 101 S909* 1967 Cit. No. 167412 

Taylor, Earl A. The fundamental reading skill; as 
related to eye-movement photography and visual 
anomalies. 2d ed. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[CISCO] Xvlli, 157 p. llius. 
DNLM: WW 103 T238f 1966 Cit. No. 62641 

-ANALYSIS 

anymore, Cilve N, ed. Biochemistry of the eye. 
London, New York, Academic Press, 1970. xlll, 
783 p. llius. SBN 12-297146-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 101 G783b 1970 

Clt. No. 261435 

-ANATOMY ti HISTOLOGY 

Pine, Ben B., 1928- Ocular histology; a text 

and atlas I by] Ben S. Pine [and] Myron Yanoff. 
{1st ed.} New York, Medical Dept., Harper & 
Row [C1972] xil, 260 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-08- 140815-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 17 F*95o 1972 

Clt. No. 320616 

Wolff, Eugene. Anatomy of the eye and orbit, 
including the central connections, development, 
sod comparative anatomy of the visual apparatus. 
6th ed., rev. by R. J. Last. London, Lewis, 1968. 
vll, S2S p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 101 W353* 1968 

Clt. No. 144807 

•ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY - ATLASES 

Pine, Ben S„ 1918- Ocular histology; a text 

and atlas [by] Ben S. Pine [and] Myron Yanoff. 
[1st ed.] New York, Medical Dept., Harper & 
Row [C1972] xil, 160 p. llius. ISBN 
0-06-140825-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 17 F49S° 1971 

Clt. No. 320614 

Hog an, Michael John, 1907- Histology of 

the human eye; an atlas and textbook [by] 
Michael J. Hngan, Jorge A. Alvarado [and] Joan 
Esperson WeddelL Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. 
xlll, 687 p. ill us. ISBN 0-0-7216-4220-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WW 17 H7I4h 1971 

Clt. No. 276331 



•ATLASES 

Stereoscopic atlas of slit-lamp biomicroscopy [by] 
AUon K. Braley [et »!.] St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. 
2 v. (lx, 225 p.) Ulus. SBN 8016-0730-2. 
Thirty slide reels and collapsible viewer in 
pocket* inside back covers of the volumes. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 17 S8S9 1970 

Cit. No. 166733 

-DRUG EFFECTS 

Symposium on Ocular Pharmacology and 
Therapeutics, New Orleans, 1969, Symposium on 
Ocular Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 
[Contributors] John Adrlanl [et ai.] St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1970. x, 311 p. Ulus., ports. (New 
Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology. 
Transactions, 1969) SBN 8016-3651-5. 
DNLM: W3 NE872 1969 
MBCO: WW 3 N532t 1669 Cit. No. 258121 

-INNERVATION 

Walsh, Prank Burton, 1896- Clinical 

neuro-ophthalmology. 3d ed [by J Frank B. 
Walsh [and] William Fletcher Hoyt. Baltimore, 
Williams & Wliklns, I960. 3 v. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 W224c 1989 

Cit. No. 221716 

-INNERVATION - ATLASES 

Llndenherg, Richard, 1911- Neuropathology 

of vision: an atk;3 [by] Richard Lindenberg, 
Frank B. Walsh [and] Joel G. Sacks. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Eeblger, 1973. vl, 500 p. 
llius. ISKN 0-8121-0435-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 17 L744n 1973 

Clt. No. 400030 

•METABOLISM 

Grayraore, CUve N-, ed. Biochemistry of the eye. 
London, New York, Academic Press, 1970, xlll, 
783 p. Ulus. SBN 12-23714S-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 101 G783b 1970 

Clt. No. 261435 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Adler, Francis Heed, 1895- Physiology of 

the eye, clinical application. [Revised by] Robert 
A. Moses. 5ih ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970, 
xtl, 713 p. Ulus. SBN 801R-S539-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 103 A237p 1970 

Cit. No. 245774 

D avion, Hugh, 1909- ed. The eye. 2d ed. 

New York, London, Academic Press, 1969- v. 
lllu*. Contents: - v.l. Vegetative physiology 
and biochemistry. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 103 D267e 

Clt. No. 216271 

-RADIOGRAPHY • CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Fluorescein 

Angiography, Albi, 1E*69. Fluore*celn 

angiography. Angiographic- fluorescelnlque. 

Proceeding*. [Edited hy] P. Amalrlc. Basel, 

New York, Karger, 1971. xxlll, 684 p. llius., 

ports. 

DNLM: W3 IN91BE 1969f Clt. No. 315530 

•SURGERY 

Eyes and ear, nose and throat, edited by Sir 
Stewart Duke-Elder and Maxwell Ellis. 

Philadelphia, Uppincott [cl969] xlll, 340 p. 

Ulus. (Rob; Charles, ed. Operative surgery, v. 

10) 

DNLM: WO 500 R628o v.10 1969 Cit. No. 221557 

Fox, Sidney Albert, 1898- Ophthalmic 

plastic surgery. 4th ed. New York, Grune At 
Stratton [c!970] xvl, 590 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-3089-0648-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 168 F7»4o 1970 

Clt. No. 150145 

Mutarde, John Clark. Ophthalmic plastic surgery 
- up-to-date, by John C. MusUrde, Lester T. 
Jones and Alston Callahan. Birmingham, Ala., 
Aesculapius Pub. Co., 1970. lx, ZOO p. 
DNLM, MBCO: WW 168 M991o 1970 

Cit. No. 265731 



Smith, Byron, 1903- Oculopiastic surgery; a 

compendium of principles and techniques [fay] 
Byron Smith [and] Thomas D. Cherublnl. SL 
Louis, Mosby, 1970. vill, 157 p. Ulus. SBN 
8016-4726-6. 
DNLM, MBCO: WW 168 S643o 1970 

Clt. No. 287503 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

King, John Harry, 1910- An atlas of 

ophthalmic surgery [by] John Harry King. Jr. and 
Joseph A. C. Wadsworth. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Llpplncott [cl970] xlv, 631 p. Ulus. 1st ed. 
by Conrad Berens and J. H. King. 
DNLM. SUNY: WW 17 E53a 1970 

Clt. No. 202X53 



( 



EYE DISEASES 



Aronson, Samuel B., 1929- Ocular 

Inflammation [by] Samuel B. Aronson [and] 
James H, Elliott. St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. Ix, 
357 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-0352-8. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 A769o 1971 

Clt. No. 346355 

Atkinson, Waiter Sydney, 1891- Anesthesia 

In ophthalmology. 2d ed. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas { 19c j ] lx, 139 p. Ulu*., porta. 
(American lecture series, no. 624, American 
lectures in ophthalmology) 
DNLM: WO 200 A878a 1965 Clt. No. 36014 

Ballantyns, Arthur James. Textbook of the 
funriu* of the eye, by Arthur J. Rallantyne and 
Ita£C C. Michaetson. 2d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wliklns, 1970. xxlv, 736 p. UIu*. 
ISBN 0-443^0859-8. 
DNLM: WW 143 B188t 1970 Clt. No. 254761 

Becker, Bernard, 1920- Current concepts In 

ophthalmology (by] Bernard Becker [and] Robert 
C. Drews. St. Louis, Mosby, 1967-69. 2 v. 
llius. SBN 8016-0553-3. Vol. 2 by Bernard 
Beclser and Ronald M. Burde. 
DNLM: WW 100 B395c Cit. No. 217424 

Cog an, David Glendennlnr, 1908- Neurology 

of the visual aystcrr;. Springfield, 111., Thomas 

[clSiiS] xllL 413 n. Ulu*. 

DNLM: WW 100 C678n 1086 Clt. No. 50300 

Duke-Elder, Sir William Stewart, 1898- 
N euro- ophthalmology, by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder 
and George I. Scott. St, Louis, Mo*by, 1971. 
xxl, 994 p. Ulus., ports. (His System of 
ophthalmology, v. 12) 
DNLM: WW 100 D877t v.12 1971 Clt. No. 331007 

Francois, Jules. Oculomycoses, by Jules Francois 
and M. Rysselaere. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[01972] xil, 430 p. 11 liis. ISBN 0-308-02282-8. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 F8!5o 1972 

Clt. No. J412O0 

Jackson, Charles Robert SweeUng. The eye In 
general practice. 4th ed. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1987. vlii, 174 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WW 100 J12e 1967 Cit. No. 73037 

Newell, Frank William, 1916- 
Ophthalraology; principles and concepts. 2d ed. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1969. x, 527 p. Ulu*. SBN 
8016-363, : t-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WW 100 N544o 1969 

Clt. No. 214S44 

Parsons, Sir John Herbert, 1868- Diseases 

of the eye. 15th ed. by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder. 
London, Churchill, 1970. vlll, 597 p. Ulus. 
£3N 7000-1431-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 100 P268d 1870 

Cit. No. 240735 

The Pbakomatotes, edited by P. J. Vinkea and G. 
W. Bruyn. Amsterdam, North-Holland Pub. Co.; 
New York, American Elsevier Pub. Co. tc!972] 
xl, 821 p. Ulus. (Handbook of clinical neurology, 
v. 14} ISBN 0-444-10375-9. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 100 H136 v.14 1972 

Clt. No. 354533 

Scheie, Harold Olsndon, 1909- Adter*s 

textbook of ophthalmology [by] Harold G. Scheie 
[and] Daniel M. Albert. 8th ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1969. xlv, 509 p. Ulus. 7th ed.. by 
F. H. Adler, has title: Textbook or ophthalmology. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 S318a 1969 

Clt, No. 215571 



I 









8 on by, Arnold, 1900- ed. Modern 

ophthalmology, 2d ed, London, Butterworth 
[1672] 4 v. (xlv, 1141 p.) Ulus. ISBN 
0-407-06041-3 (the let) 
DNLM: WW 100 5714rn 1971 Clt. No. 352271 

Vang han, DanleL 1921- General 

ophthalmology [by] Daniel Vaughan, Robert Cook 
[and] Taylor As bury. 5th ed. Lea Altos, 
Calif.. Lance, 1968. 316 p. Illus. 
DNLM: WW 100 VS65g 1968 Clt, No. 145763 

Vaughaa, Daniel, 1931- General 

ophthalmology [by] Daniel Vaughan, Taylor 
Aabury [and] Robert Cook. 6th ed. Loi 
Altos, Calif., Lange, 1971. 316 p. Ulua. ISBN 
0-87041-101-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 V365g 1871 

Clt. No. 301477 

Walsh, Frank Barton, 1896- Clinical 

o euro-ophthalmology. 3d ed (by) Frank B. 
Walsh [and] William Fletcher Hoyt. Baltimore, 
Wil llama & Wilkim, 1969. 3 v. lllua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 W224C 1969 

Clt. No. 221716 

-ATLASES 

Stereoscopic atlas of allt-Ump biomicroscopy [by] 
Alsoji E. Braley [et al.] St. Louis, Moiby, 1970. 
2 v. (lx. 223 p.) Ulua. SEN BO 18-0730-2. 
Thirty alldo reel* and collapsible viewer In 
pockets Inside back covers of the volumes. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW IT S839 1070 

Clt. No. 266733 

-CONGRESSES 

Inter- American Symposium on Corneal and 
External Diseases of the Eye, 1st, Gainesville, 
Fla., 1969. Corneal and external diseases of the 
eye; compiled and edited by Frank M. PoLick. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl970] xvl, 383 p. 
illus. Sponsored by the Department of 
Ophthalmology .of the University of Florida. 
Summaries In Spanish. 
DNLM: W3 IN1188G 1969c 
MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 I59c 1969 

at. No. 255344 

Symposium on Ocular Anti-Inflammatory Therapy, 
Unlrerslty of Florida, 1970. Symposium on 
Ocular A ntl- Inflammatory Therapy, edited by 
Herbert E. Kaufman. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1870] xlv, 272 p. Ulus. Sponsored by the 
National Eye Institute, under the aegis of Its 
Ocular Pharmacology Task Force. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 186 SB89s 1970 

Clt. No. 268127 

Symposium on Vascular Disorders of the Eye, San 
Francisco, 1985. Basic considerations In 
anatomy and physiology. Jerome W. Bettman, 
chairman. St. Louis, Mosby, 19SS. xil, 186 p. 
Ulua., port. Caver title: Vascular disorders of 
the eye. Sponsored by tbe Visual Sciences 
Study Section, National Institutes of Health, and 
the Dept, of Ophthalmology, Presbyterian Medical 
Center, San Francisco. From articles appearing 
In the Dec. 1985 issue of Investigative 
ophthalmology. 
DNLM: WW 100 S989b 1965 Clt. No. 60673 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Goldberg, Richard Earl, 1936- ' Ultrasonics 

in ophthalmology; diagnostic and therapeutic 
applications [by] Richard Earl Goldberg [and] 
Lov K. Sarin. Philadelphia, Saunders [1967] 
xlll, 223 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 166 G618U 1967 Cit. No. 117515 

Hrnby, Karl. SUtlamp examination of vitreous 
and retina. Translated and edited by Adolph 
Posner. Baltimore, Williams and Wllklns, 1987. 
si, 130 p. Ulus. Translation of 
Spaltlampenmlkroskople des hlnteren 
Aug ens bschnlt tea. 
DNLM: WW 143 H87Ss 1967 Cit. No. 121530 

Keener, Author a., 1920- Ocular 

examination, basis and technique. St. Louis, 
Mosby. 1970. ill, 172 p. Ulus. SBN 
6016-2633-1. 

■ DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 141 K28o 1970 

Clt. No. XS5143 



Vnnfiek, Jan. Ultrasonography In ophthalmology 
[by] Jan Vanjsek, Juliana Prelsova [and] Jaroslav 
Obrai. London, Butler worth; Prague, 
Czechoslovak Medical Press [1970?] lx, 220 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 143 V285u 1970 

Clt. No. 157766 

-DIAGNOSIS - ATLASES 

Perkins, Edward Sylvester. The differential 
diagnosis of fundus conditions [by] E. S. Perkins 
[and] .J. H. Dobree. London," Kim p ton, 1972. 
198 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-85313-764-1. 



DNLM, MBCO: WW 17 P448<J 1971 



at. No. 334063 



-DRUG THERAPY 



Ellis, Philip P., 1023- Handbook of ocular 

therapeutics and pharmacology [by] Philip P. 
Ellla [and] Donn L. Smith. 2d ed. St. Louli, 
Mcaby, 19C3, lx, 224 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 168 E47h 1838 at. No. 63803 

ElUs, Philip P., 1923- Handbook of ocular 

therapeutics and pharuia-iolugy [by] PhlUp P. 
Ellis [and] Donn L. Smith. 3d ed. St. Louis, 
Mosby, iy«9. lx, 251 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 168 E47h 1969 

Clt. No. 222634 

ElUa, PtlUp P., 1923- Handbook of ocular 

therapeutics and pharmacology [by] Philip F. 
Kills and Donn L. Smith, 4th ed. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1973, ix, 262 p. ISBN 0-B016-1515-1. 

DNLM, SUNY: WW 168 K47h 1973 

Clt No. 373376 

Havener, William He try, 1924- Ocular 

pharmacology. 2d ed. - St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. 
xil, 558 p. Illus. SBN 8016-2103-8. 
DNLM. MBCO: WW 168 H333o 1970 

Clt. No. 265605 

Havener, William Henry, 1924- Ocular 

pharmacology. St. Louis, Mosby, 1968 vlli, 456 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 168 H388o 1996 at. No. 115132 

Symposium on Ocular Anti-Inflammatory Therapy, 
University of Florida, 1P70. Symposium on 
Ocular Anti-Inflammatory Therapy, edited by 
Herbert E. Kaufir.an. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[cl97QJ xiv, 272 p, Illus. Sponsored by the 
National Eye Institute, under the aegis of its 
Ocular Pharmacology Task Force. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW " 166 SS89S 1970 

Cit. No. 288127 

Symposium on Ocular Pharmacology and 
Therapeutics, New Orleans, 1963. Symposium on 

Ocular Pharmacology and Therapeutics. 
[Contributors] John Adrlanl [et al.] St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1970. x, 311 p. Ulus., ports. (New 
Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology. 
Transactions, !0£9) SUN 8018-3851-5. 
DNLM: W3 NE372 1963 
MBCO: WW 3 N532t 1969 Clt. No. 236121 

-ETIOLOGY 

Rodger, Frederick Carson. MetaboUc and 
nutritional eye diseases, by F. C. Rodger and H. 
M. Sinclair. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl969] 
xlll, 419 p. illus. (American lecture series, no. 
708. American lectures in Uving chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 R691m 1&G9 

Clt. No. 207071 

-FAMILIAL A GENETIC 

Sorsby, Arnold, 1900- Ophthalmic genetics. 

2d ed. London, Butterworth [C1970] x. 289 
p. Ulus., plates SBN: 407-34450-0. First ed. 
has title; Genetics In ophthaimologv. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 S714g 1970 

Clt. No. 280347 

Symposium on Sorties! and Medical Management 
of Congenital Anomalies of the Eye, New Orleans, 

1987. Symposium on surgical and medical 
management of conge oiUtl anomalies of the eye 
[by] Crowd 1 Beard [et al.] St. Louts, Mosbv 
[C1S38] xll, 500 p. Ulus., ports. (New Orleans 
Academy of Ophthalmology. Transactions, 1987) 
DNLM: W3 NE872 1967 
MBCO: WW 3 N532t 1967 
SUNY: WW 101 S989i 1967 at. No. 167422 



EYE DISEASES 



-IN INFANCY ft CHILDHOOD 

Llebman, Sumner D., 1913- ad. The 

pediatricians' ophthalmology; a collaborative 
effort of several authors. Ed. by Sumner D. 
Llebman and Sydney S. Gel lis. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1968. lx, 352 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 100 L718p 1966 at. No. 52373 



Tasman, William, 1929- ed. Retinal 

In children, with 10 contributors. New York, 
Harper A- Row [1971] vilt, 146 p. Illus. 
ISBN 0-06-142529-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 870 TlB*r 1971 

Clt. No. 27571T 

Toronto. Hospital for Sick Children. The eye In 

childhood [by] the ophthalmologic staff of tba 
Hospital for Sick Children, Toronto. Chicago, 
Year Book Medical Publishers [cl967] xvL 537 
p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WW 109 T686e 1967 at. No. 66651 

■METABOLISM 

Grsymore, CUve N., ed. Biochemistry of the eye. 
London, New York, Academic Press, 1970. xlll, 
7t;3 p. Ulus. SBN 12-297143-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 101 G783b 1970 

at. No. 261435 

-MICROBIOLOGY 

Locate her- Khor mo, Deborah, 1900- ed. 

Microbiology of tho eye [Edited by] Deborah 
Lo eaten er-lih or azo [and] Beatrice Carrier Seegal. 
St. Louts, Mosbv 1972. xlv, 361 p. Ulus.. porta. 
ISBN 0-HOI£-M:.4-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 100 LSI 2m 1972 

at. No. 327736 

.NURSING 

Nor sing care In eye, ear. nose, and throat disorders 
[by] William H. Saunders [et al.] 2d cd. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1963. ix, 402 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 158 N974 1968 

at. No. 153016 

-PATHOLOGY - ATLASES 

Undenberg, Richard, 1911- Neuropathology 

of vision: an atlas [by] Richard Llndenberg, 
Frank B. Wakri [and] Joel G. Sacks. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 19Y3. vi, 500 p. 
illus. r;3N 0-* 121-0435-6. 
DNLM. SUNY; WW 17 L744n 1973 

Clt. No. 400030 

-RADIOGRAPHY - ATLASES 

Bhikai-.o, Bhinlchl. Atlas of fluorescence fundus 
angiography [by] Shlnlchl Shikano [and] Kolchl 
Shim&u. Philadelphia, Saunders [1968] 201 
p. Ulus. 
MBCO, SUNY: WW 17 SSSSa 1968 

at. No. 157734 

-SURGERY 

Harms, Helnrich. Ocular surgery under the 
microscope [by] H. Harms and G. Mackensen. 
Translated and edited by Frederick C. Blodt. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers [1967] 
vlli, 291 p. Ulus. Translation of 
Auf* enopc-atlonea outer dem Mlkroakop. 
DNLM: WW 168 H288a 1967 Cit. No. 120110 

International Symposium oa Plastic and 
Reconstructive Surgery of the Eye and Adnexa, 
2d, New \ork, 1567. Proceedings; Byron Smith 
and John Marqu's Converse, co-chairmen; Donald] 
Wood-Smith, and Margaret F. Obear, secretaries. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1967. XX, 548 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W3 IN921D 1967p Clt. No. 127323 

■SURGERY - ATLASES 

Kelman, Charles D„ 1930- Atlas of 

cryosurgical techniques in ophthalmology. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 19S6, lx, 118 p. illus. 
DNLM: WW 17 K29a 1966 at. No. 



-THERAPY 

Ellis, PhlUp P., 1923- Handbook of ocular 

therapeutics and pharmacology [by] Philip P. 
Ellis [and] Donn L. Smith. 2d ed. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1966. lx, 224 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 166 E47h 19M at. No. 



81 



EYE DISEASES 



Bills, PMllp P, IMS- Hind hook of ocular 

therapeutic* and pharmacology [by] Philip P, 
Ellis (and] Dona L. Smith. 3d ed. St. Louis, 
Moaby, 1949. U, 351 p. illua. 
DNLM, MBCO. SONY: WW 199 £471) 1M9 

Clt. No. 122934 

Ellli, Philip P, IKS- Handbook of ocular 

therapeutic* and pharmacology [by] PhUip P. 
Ellis and Dona L. Smith. 4th ed. St. Louis, 
Moaby, 1973. Ik, 161 p. ISBN 0-8919-1515-1. 

DNLM, SUNY: WW 169 E47a 1979 

Clt. No. 373378 

Goldberg, Richard Earl, 1938- Ultrasonics 

lo ophthalmology; diagnostic and therapeutic 
applications [by] Richard Earl Goldberg [and] 
Lov K. Sarin. Philadelphia, Saunders [1987] 
all I, 123 p. illu*. 
DNLM: WW IM G6IBU 1987 Clt. No. 117515 

EYE FOREIGN BODIES 

-DIAGNOSIS - ATLASES 

Havener, William Hear;, 1924- Atlia of 

diagnostic techniques and treatment of 
Intraocular foreign bodies [by] William H. 
Uavrier [and] Sallle L. Gloeckner. St. Louis, 
Mo 1989. XL 197 p. Ulus. SBN 

aor .10-0. 

DNtJa, MBCO, SUNY: WW 17 H386ab 1909 

Clt. No. 125740 

■THERAPY - ATLASES 

Havener, William Henry, 1914- Atlas of 

diagnostic technique* and treatment of 
Intraocular foreign bodies [by] William H. 
Havener [and] Sallle L. Gloeckner. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1989. xl. I9T p. illu*. SBN 
8018-2110-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 17 H386ab 1989 

Clt. No. 225740 

EYE INJURIES 

Ballantyne, Arthur James. Textbook of the 
iundua of the eye. by Arthur J. Ballantvne and 
Isaac C. Mlcnaelson. Id ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wliklca, 1970. xxlv, 738 p. Illu*. 
ISBN 0-443-00853-8. 
DNLM: WW 143 B188t 1970 Clt. No. 254791 

Duke-Elder, Sir William Stewart, 1898- 
Injuriei, by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder and Peter A. 
MacFaul. St. Louis, Moaby, 1972. 2 v. (xxll, 
1358, xxxlx p.) illu*.. porta., plates (Hla System 
of ophthalmology, v. 14) Contents. - pt. 1. 
Mechanical Injuries. - pt. 2. N on -mechanical 
injurle*. 
DNLM: WW 100 D877t v.14 1971 Clt. No. 3347*0 

New Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology. 
Industrial and traumatic ophthalmology; 
lympoaium of the New Orleans Academy of 
Ophthalmology. [Contributors]: Arthur H. 
Keeney [et al.] St. Lotas, Mosby, 1964. 321 
p. illu*., port*. 
DNLM: WW 505 N5321 1964 Clt. No, 21040 

Zafora. Edward. Eye Injurle*. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1970] xill. 801 p. Illu*. 
DNLM: WW 525 2U8e 1970 Clt. No. 244834 

-CHEMICALLY INDUCED 

Grant, Walter Morton, 1915- Toxicology of 

the eye; drug*, chemical*, plants, venom*. Id 
ed. Springfield, III., Thomas [c!974] xi, 1201 
p. ISBN 0-398-02299-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WW 100 G763t 1974 

Clt. No. 406114 

■DIAGNOSIS 

Paton, David, 1930- Injuries of the eye, 

the lids, and the orbit; diagnosis and management 
[by] David Paton [and] Morton P. Goldberg. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunders, 1968. xv, 181 
p. Illua. 
DNLM: WW S2S PSIM 1968 CK. No. 1S5761 

-SURGERY 

Balk, George Michel. 1910- Intraocular 

Injuries; their Immediate surgical management 
[by] George M. Halk, William H. Cole* [and] 
Elizabeth M. McFetrldge. Philadelphia, Lea A 
Feblger. 1972. Xi. 1S3 p. Illu*. ISBN 
0-8121-0394-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 52S H1491 1971 

Clt. No. S3715B 



Mustard*, John Clark. Repair and reconstruction 

In the orbital region; a practical guide. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1PM. xv, 382 p. illua. 
DNLM: WW 188 M991r 1966 at. No, 55361 

■THERAPY 

Paton, David, 1930- Injurle* of the eye, 

the lid*, and the orbit; diagnosis and management 
[by] David Pa too [and] Morton F. Goldberg. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunder*, 1968. xv, 161 
p. illua. 
DNLM: WW 525 P31U 1968 at. No, I3576I 

EYE MANIFESTATIONS 

BalUatyne, Arthur James. Textbook of the 
fundus of the eye, by Arthur J. Ballantyne and 
Isaac C. Mlehaplsnn, 2d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wllklna, 1970, xxlv, 738 p. Illua. 
ISBN 0-443-DOfi ;9-8. 
DNLM: WW 143 B188t 1970 Clt. No. 254791 

Blodi, Frederick Christopher, 1817- 
Stcreosecpte manual of the ocular fundus In local 
*nd systemic disuse [by] Frederick C. Blodi and 
Lee Allen. St. Louta, Mosby, 1954- v. Ulus. 
SBN 8016-070G-JC. View-master reels and 
view- master inserted In covers. Vol. 2 by F. C. 
Biodt, L. Allen, and O. Frailer. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 141 Be52* Clt. No. 281725 

Calrd, Francis Irvine. Diabetes and the eye [by] 
F. I. Calrd, A. PL'ie [and] T. G. Ramsell, 
Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications [1989] 
x, 230 p. Ulus. SBN 632-04H!>G-*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK B35 C13M 19«9 

Clt. No. 211244 

Cogxn, David Glendsnnlng, 1903- Neurology 

of the vlauai gystciu. Springfield, HI., Thomas 
[C1963] Xtll, 413 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 100 C8/8n 1996 Ctt. No. 50300 

Duke-Elder, Sir William Stewart, 189S- 
N euro-ophthalmology, by Sir Stewart Duke-Elder 
and George I. ScoU, St. Lout*, Mosby, 1971. 
xxl, S91 p. Illu*., port*. (His System of 
ophthalmology, v. 12) 
DNLM: WW 100 D877t v.ll 1971 Ctt. No. 331907 

Geeraeu, Waller Jean, 1922- Ocular 

syndromes. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Lea St 

Feblger, 1989. xll, 289 p, SBN 8121-00. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 473 G2J3o 1359 

Clt. No. 227414 

Htiber, Alfred, 1918- Eye symptoms In 

brain tumora. 2d ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1971. 
xv, 378 p, tllus. ISBN O-3018-S331-4. 
Translation of Augenaymptome bel Hirntumoren. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 358 H877a 1971 

Clt. No. 277620 

Jackson, Charles Robert Sweeting. The eye In 

general practice. 4th ed. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1937. vtli, 174 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW IW J12e 1967 Clt. No. 73037 

Paton, David, 1930- The relation of anglold 

streak* to syatemlc dUease. Springfield, 111., 
Thoma* [01972] xiii, 32 p. Ulus. (American 
lecture aeries, no. 847. American lecture* In 
Uving chemistry) ISBN 0-398-02375-1. 

DNLM, MBCO: WW 475 PSllr 1972 

Clt. No. 323341 

Pearlman, Maurice David, ISIS- A 

catalogue of eye signs in systemic disorder*. 
Springfield, 111., Thoma* [1995] vll, 195 p. 
DNLM: WW 475 P359c 1965 Clt. No. 40405 

Walsh, Frank Burton, 1896- Clinical 

neuro-ophthalraology. 3d ed [by] Frank B. 
Walah [and] WUliam Fletcher Hoyt. Baltimore, 
WUllain* A Wllkln*. 1969. 3 v. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WW 100 W124C 1989 

Clt. No. 221716 

-ATLASES 

Hoyt, William Fletcher, 1926- The ocular 

fundus In neurologic disease; a dlagnoallc manual 
and stereo atlas [by] William Fletcher Hoyt [and] 
Diane Beeston. St. Louis, Mosby, 1968. xlll, 
128 p. Illu*. A view-master with 14 reel* In 
pocket at end of book. 
DNLM: WW 17 H889q 1999 at. No. 59434 



Llndenberg, Richard, 1911- Neuropathology 

of vision: an atlas [by] Richard Undenberg, 
Frank B. Walah [and] Joel G. Sacks. 
Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 1973. vi, 500 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-8111-043:" -8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 17 L744n 1973 

at. No. 



-CONGRESSES l 

William MacKtnsie Centenary Symposium om the 
Ocular Circulation la Health and Disease, 
Glasgow, 1888. Proceedings of a symposium 
held at the Royal College of Physician* and 
Surgeons of Glasgow, 23rd-2Uh September 1968. 
Edited by J. Stanley Cant. St. Louis, Mosby, 
195y. xll, 270 p. Ulus., port. SBN 
85313-747-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: WW 475 W718p 1998 

at. No. txssio 
EYE MOVEMENTS 

Taylor, Earl A, Tbe fundamental reading skill; a* 

related to eye-movement photography and visual 
anomaUes. 2d ed, Springfield, III,, Thoma* 
[c!S6«] xvtll, 157 p. Illu*. 
DNLM: WW 103 T2391 1986 at. No. 62941 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Hortt, June. Comprehensive review of orthoptic* 

and ocular molUity; theory, therapy, and surgery 
[by] Jane Hurtt, Antonia Raslcovici [and] Charles 
YV. Windsor. St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. xl, 253 
p. lUu*. (Moaby's comprehensive review series) 
ISBN O-E01C2315-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 18 H967c 1972 

at. No. 330462 

EYE NEOPLASMS 

Ballantyne, Arthur James. Textbook of the 
fundus of the eye, by Arthur J. Ballantyne and 

Isaac C. Michaelson. 2d ed. Baltimore, 

Wil llama and Wilkin*. 1970. Xxlv, 738 p. Ulu*. 

ISBN 0-4-^.00859-8. 

DNLM: WW 143 B188t 1970 at. No. 254761 

EYE PROTEINS 

■ANALYSIS 

Graymore, Cllve N., ed. Biochemistry of the eye. 
London. New York, Academic Press, 1970. xllL 
7ti3 p. Ulus. SBN 12-297146-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 101 G783b 1970 

at. No. 291435 



EYEGLASSES 



Benton, Curtis Dudley, 1921- Spectacle* for 

aphakia, by Curtis D. Benton and Robert C. 
Welsh. Springfield, 111., Thomaa [C1966] Xll, 
164 p. illus, 
DNLM: WW 260 B478* 1969 at. No. 51423 

Bier, Norma a. Correction of subnormal vision. 
2d ed. London, Butter worth [cl970] vlil, 287 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-407-14001-8. Bibliography: p. 
257-279, 
DNLM: WW 350 B588C 1970 at- No. 159814 

-STAT. 

National Center for Health Statistic*. 

Characteristic* of person* with corrective lenses, 
United States, July 1965-June 1906. Statistics on 
persons aped 3 years and over by selected 
demographic characteristic*, age when corrective 
lease* were first obtained, type of prescription, 
usage, and source of examination if examined in 
past 2 year*. Based on data collected in 
household Interviews during the period July 
1995-June 1C06. Washington, Health Service* 
and Mental Health Administration; [for sale by 
the Supt, of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off,] 1969. 
Iv, 44 p. Illu*. (Vital and health statistics. Ser. . 
10: Data from the National Health Survey, no, 53> 
Public Health Service publication, no. lOOO-Ser. 
10-no. 53. 
DNLM: W2 A N148VJ no.SS 1969 at. No. S053O3 

EYELIDS 

-INJURIES 

Paton, David, 1930- Injuries of tbe eye, 

the lids, and the orbit; diagnosis and management . 
[by] David Paton [and] Morton F. Goldberg. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunders, 1998. xv, 161 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 515 P31H 1998 aL No, 1J576I 



82 



FAMILY PLANNING 



-SURGERY 

Symposium on Surgery of the Ocular Adnexa, New 
Orleans, IMS. {Lecture! and round table 
discussions. Contributor*]: Arthur Gerard DeVoe 
[et at.] St. Louis, Mosby, 1966. x, 245 p. 
lllus., porta. (New Orleans Academy of 
Ophthalmology. Transactions, 19S5) 
DNLM: W3 NE87J 1B69 Clt. No. 55264 

-SURGERY • CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Aesthetic Surgery of the Pace, 
Eyelid, and Breast, Phoenix, Art*., 1970. 
Symposium on Aesthetic Surgery of the Face, 
Eyelid, and Breait. Editors: Frank W, Hasten 
[and] John R. Lewi*, Jr. St. Louis, Moaby, 1972. 
xll, 222 p. Ulu*. ISBN 0-8018-3138-6. 
Constitute* v. 4 of the Proceeding* of the 
symposium of the Educational Foundation of the 
American Society of Plastic and Reconstructive 
Surgeons and the American Society for Aesthetic 
Pla*tlc Surgery. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 600 S987* 1970 

Clt. No, 334450 

gym post era oo Surg erj of the Orbit and Adnexae, 
New Orleans, 1973. Symposium on Surgery of 
the Orbit and Adnexae. [Contributors]: Crowell 
Bep i (et al.) St. Louis, Mosby, 1974. x, 314 
p. us., port*. (New Orleans Academy of 

Or .almology. Transactions, 1973) ISBN 
0-8016-3877-9. 22d annual session of the New 
Orleans Academy of Ophthalmology. 



DNLM: WS NE871 1Q7S 
SUNY: WW 202 S989 1973s 
XNLM: [WW 202 S989 1973*] 

FACE 



Clt, No. 415331 



Lyons, Don Chalmers. Oral and facial signs and 
symptom* of systemic diseases; a diagnostic 
manual. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1968] lx, 
340 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WB 143 L99Io 1968 

Clt. No. 155022 

-ABNORMALITIES 

National Institutes of Health. Dental Study 
Section. Congenital anomalies of the face and 
associated structure*. Proceedings of an 
International symposium, comp. and ed. by 
Samuel Pruzansky. Springfield, III., Thomas 
[C1981) x, 335 p. lllus,, ports. Held at 
Gatllnburg, Tennessee, on Dec 8-9, 1859. 
Supported by Grant D-d40 from the 'National 
Institute of Dental Research. 
DNLM: WE 705 U58C 1959 at. No. 72728 

-ABNORMALITIES - ATLASES 

Aita, John Andres, 1914- Congenital facial 

anomalies with neurologic defects; a clinical atlas. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl969] xv, 333 p. 
illus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 17 A311c 1988 

Clt. No. 173371 

•ATLASES 

Goodman, Richard M., 1932- The face In 

frenetic disorders (by] Richard M. Goodman [and] 
Robert J. Gorlln. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. xll, 
169 p. lliu*. SBN 6016-1892-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 17 GflSSf 1970 

Clt. No. 287781 

-CONGRESSES 

International Conference on Paclsl Pain, Atlantic 
City, 1967. Facial pain. Based on an 
International Conference on Facial Pain, held 
during the forty-nlnth annual meeting of the 
American Society of Oral Surgeons, October, 
1987. Editor: Charles C. Ailing; co-editors: 
Joseph L. Bernler [et al.) Philadelphia, Lea it 
Febiger [C1948J xvl, 234 p. lllus. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WE 705 IS2f 1987 

at. No. 184133 

•EMBRYOLOGY - ATLASES 

Kraus. Bertram B 1913- Atlas of 

developmental anatomy of the face, with special 
reference to normal and cleft Up and palate [by] 
Bertram S. Kraus [et al:] New York, Hoeber 
feme] xi. 378 p. (chiefly lllus.) 
DNLM: WE 17 K9U 1988 at. No. 43103 



-SURGERY 

Ree*, Thorns* D., 1927- Cosmetic facial 

surgery [by] Thomas D. Rees, Donald Wood-Smith 
[et al.] Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. xlv, 809 
p, lllus. ISBN 0-7216-751S-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 705 R328c 1973 

Clt. No. 347721 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Ranfcow, Robin M. t 1914- An atlas of 

surgery of the face, mouth, and neck. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunders, 1968. x, 292 
p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WE 17 R211a 1968 Clt. No. 131358 

-SURGERY - CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Aesthetic Surgery of the Face, 
Eyelid, and Breast, Phoenix, Aril., 1970. 
Symposium on Apathetic Surgery of the Face, 
Eyelid, and Breast, Editors: Frank W. Masters 
[and] John R. Lewis, Jr. St. Louis, Moiby, 1972. 
xll, 222 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-3138-8. 
Constitutes v.4 of the Proceeding of the 
symposium of the Educational Foundation of the 
American Society of Plastic and Reconstructive 
Surgeons and the American Society for Aesthetic 
Plastic Surgery. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 800 S987* 1970 

Clt. No. 334450 

FACIAL BONES 

-ABNORMALITIES 

Longacre, J. J., ed. Craniofacial anomalies; 
pathogenesis and repair. PhlladcIpMa, 
Lipplncott [clPSfi] xll, 389 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 70S LC4BC 1963 Clt. No. 147366 

FACIAL EXPRESSION 

-ATLASES 

Goodman, Richard M., 1932- The face In 

genetic disorders [by] Richard M. Goodman Jand] 
Robert J. Gorlin. St. Louis, Moaby, 1970. xll, 
169 p. Ulna. StfN 8016-11S92-4. 
DNLJ1, MBCO: WE 17 G853f 1370 

at. No. 237761 

FACIAL INJURIES 

8 chulli, Richard Carlton, 1927- Facial 

injuries. Chicago,, Year Book Medical Publisher 
[C1970]" 2C4 p. Ulus. SBN 8151-7578-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 705 S387f 1970 

Clt. No. 236117 

-SURGERY 

Rowe, Norman Lester. Fractures of the facial 
skeleton [by] N. L. Rowe [and] H. C. laiiey. 
Zd ed. Edlcburgh, Livingstone, 1968. xvlll, 
898 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WU 610 R879f 1988 

at. No. 162663 

FACIAL NEOPLASMS 

-RADIOTHERAPY 

MacComb, William Spencer, 1900- Cancer 

of the head and neci [by] WllUara S. MacComb 
[and] Gilbert H. Fletcher. Baltimore, WUllama 
& Wllktns, 1937, xvill. 598 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 705 M123C 1967 Clt. No. 122853 

-SURGERY 

MacComb, William Spencer, 1900- Cancer 

of the head and neck [by] WUllam S. MacComb 
[and] GUhert H. Fletcher. Baltimore, Williams 
& Wilklns, 1967. xvlll, 598 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 70S Ml 29c 1967 Clt. No. 122653 

FACIAL NERVE 

-BURGEBY 

Mlehlke, Adolf. Surgery of the facial nerve, by 
Adolf Mlehlke In collaboration with Ugo Flsch ... 
with contributions from Carl-Magnus Eneroth [et 
al,] 2d enl. ed. Miinchen, Urban A 
Schwarxenberg; New York, Saunders, 1973. xll, 
281 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7216-8318-4. Translation 
of Die Chlrurgle de* Ncrvu* facialis. 

DNLM, SUNY: WL 330 M631C 1973 

Ctt. No. 387481 



FACULTY, MEDICAL 



-HIST. 

Cnrran, Jean Aloiuo, 1893- Founders of 

the Harvard School of PubUc Health, with 
biographical notes, 1909-1946. (New York] 
Joslah Macy, Jr. Foundation [cl970] xvlll, 294 
p. Ulu*., port*. 
MBCO, SUNY: WA 1» H3393C 1970 

Clt. No. 281630 

FALLOPIAN TUBES 

Woodruff, J. Donald, 1912- The fallopian 

tube: structure, function, pathology, and 
management [by] J. Donald Woodruff [and] Carl 
J. Pauersteln. Baltimore, WUllam* * Wilklns, 
1969. vil, 361 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 300 W893f 1989 

Cit. No. 205114 

FAMILY 

Bosxormenyi-Nxgy, Iran, 1920- cd. Intensive 

famUy therapy; theoretical and practical aspects, 
by 15 author*. Ed. by Ivan Boszormcnyl-Nagy 
and Jam fa L. Framo, New York, Hoeber 
[cl9S5] xlx, 507 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WM 430 B7471 1965 Clt. No. 36110 

Gomtalex, Viktor R., 1937- Psychiatry and 

the army brat. Springfield. 111., Thomas [c!970] 
lx, 87 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WM 420 G843p 1970 Clt. No. 237358 



FAMILY PLANNING 



Calderone, Mary Stelchen, 1904- ed. Manual 

of famUy planning and contraceptive practice. 
2d ed. Baltimore, Williams & Wilklns, 1970. 
xvll. 475 p. Ulus. SBN 683-01310-6. 1st ed. 
has title: Manual of contraceptive practice. 
DNLM, MliCO, SUNY: WP 630 C14&TO 1970 

Clt. No. 258738 

Detnarest, Robert J. Conception, birth and 
contraception; a visual presentation [by] Robert 
J. Demurest [and] John J. Sclarra. [1st ed.] 
New YorX, McGraw-Hill [cl969] 129 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WQ 205 D372t; 1909 

Clt. No. 213045 

Haiti, EUajed Baafl EHte, 1922- ed. Human 

reproduction: conception and contraception, 
edited by E. S. E. Hafei and T. N. Evan*. 
Hagerstown, Md., Medical Dept., Harper U Row 
[cl'J73] xx, 778 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-O6-141065-9. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WQ 205 H133b 1973 

Clt. No. 361747 

Hubbard, Charles William. Family planning 
education; parenthood and social disease control. 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1973, xiil, 173 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-8018-3297-2. 
DNLM. SUNY: WP 830 H875f 1973 

at No. 



-CONGRESSES 

Family planning today, edited by Alan Rubla. 
Philadelphia. Davis [cl969] x. 149 p. Ulus. 
Most of the material In this publication given at 
a conference on family planning. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 630 F202 1969 

Clt. No. 223644 

Fertility and family planning; a world rlew. 8. J, 
Behrraan, Leslie Corsa, and Ronald Freedman, 
editors. Ana Arbor, Univ. of Michigan Press 
[19G&] vili, 503 p. Ulus. Papers from a 
conference held Nov. 15-17, 1967, a* part of the 
University or Michigan's seiquicentennlal 
observance. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: HQ 766 F41I 1967 

Clt. No. 211151 

-ESSAYS 

McCaUster, Donald V, comp. Readings In family 
planning; a challenge to the health profession* 
[compiled by] Donald V. McCaUster, Victor 
Thlessen (and) Margaret McDermott. St. Louis; 
Mosby, 1973. x, 256 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-6016-3200-5. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: BQ 766 MlJt2r 1973 

C1L No. 35734* 



S3 



FAMILY THERAPY 



FAMILY THERAPY 

Langsley, Donald O. ' The treatment of families In 
crista [by] Donald G. Langrley and David M. 
Kaplan With the collaboration of Frank S. 
Plttman [et a!.) New York, Grune * Stratton 
[ciesaj niv. 184 p. 

DNLM: WM 430 L285t 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: WM 430 L285t IMS 

at. No. 195551 

Minncbin, SslTador. Famllle. fc family ""«™I* 
Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Pre**, 1974. vlll, 268 
p. ISBN 0-874-29236-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 450 MM3f 1"4 

Clt. No. 407503 

FAMOUS PERSONS 

nitngworth. Ronald Stanley, 1908- Le »ou 

from childhood; wmf aapccta of the early life of 
unusual men and women, by R. S. Illlngworth i and 
C. M. Hllnj?worth. Baltimore, WUUani[a] and 
Wllkina, 1966, xi. 384 p. 
DNLM: WS 10S II9L 1869 Clt. No. 121106 

Lorls Frank L.. 1895- Historical aspects of 

abdominal Injuries, Springfield, 111., Thoma* 

rel96Bl xvil, 213 p. Ulus., porta. 

DNPM, MBCo: WI 11 L872h 1968 ^ ^ ^^ 

FAUVASY 

Mo* j, C. Scott, 1924- Dream*, Image*. *nd 

fantasy; a semantic differential casebook. 
Urban* 111., Univ. of Illinois Pre** [cl970] xiv, 
302 p lUu*. ISBN 0-252-00102-8. 
DNLM. SUNY: WM 415 M913d 1870^ ^ ^ 

Plank, Robert. The emotional significance of 

imaginary being*; a study of the Interaction 
between psyebopathology, literature, and reality 
In the modern world. Springfield, 111., Thomaa 
[cl9o8] xl, 177 p. 
DNLM: BP 408 P712e 1888 Cit. No. 181814 

FATTY ACIDS 

-METABOLISM 

Enselme, Jean. Unsaturated fatty acid* In 
atherosclerosis. Translated by R. D. Plummet. 
2d ed Oxford, New York, Pergamon Press 
[1939] ix, 163 p. Ulus. (International «erie* of 
monograph* In pure and applied biology. 
Division: Modern trepd* In physiological *clences, 
T, 16} 
MBCO, SUNY: WG 550 ES9u 1968^ ^ ^^ 



FEMUR HEAD 

-CONGRESSES 

Idiopathic Ue hemic necrosis of the femoral head In 
adult?, edited by Wilhelm M. Zian, wtth 
eon tri nations by L. D. Anderson [et al.] 
Baltimore, University Park Press, 1871. xll, 230 
p, ISBN 0- 839 1-0582-7. Baaed on work of a 

multi-center atudy group. „„„«,, 

DNLM: WE 885 119 1971 Clt. No. 307311 

-SURGERY 

Milch, Henry, 1895-1984. O*teotomy at the upper 
end of the femur, by Henry Milch; ed. by Robert 
Austin Milch. Baltimore, William* & Wllkina, 
1665. vlll, 170 p. Ulu*., port. 
DNLM: WE 885 M839o 1965 Clt. No. 4 la 14 

FERTILITY 

•CONGRESSES 

Fertility and family planning; a world view. S. i. 
Behrman, Leslie Corsa, and Ronald Freedman, 
editors. Ann Arbor, Univ. of Michigan Press 
[1989] vlll, 503 p. Ulu*. Papers from a 
conference held Nov. 15-17. 1&C7, a* part of the 
University of Michigan'* sesqulecntennial 
observance. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: HQ 768 F411 1987 

Clt. No. 311151 



FEES AND CHARGES 



FERTILIZATION 

-CONGRESSES 



Clba Foundation. Clba Foundation symposium 
[on] prelmplnnUUon stages of pre^n-ncy. Ed. by 
G E W Wolslcnhoime and Mseve O'Connor. 
Boston, Little, Brown, 1965. xll, 430 P- Ulu*. 
DNLM: QL 985 C567C 1965 Clt. No. 4a353 

Pathways to conception; the role of the errrlx and 
the orlduct in reproduction. Edited by Alfred I. 
Sherman. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl9711 
jtii 2L'9 p. Ulus. T..e fifth in a ierie» of 
■ymposta dealing with the physiology and 
pathology of re prfduetion sponsored by the 
Wavne Slate University School of Medicine. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 205 WlJ ^^ 



American Medical Association. Center for Health 
Services Research and Development, Reference 

data on the profile of medical practice. Compiled 
and edited by B. E. Balfe, J. H. Lorant [and] C. 
Todd. [Chicago) 19T1. U, 122 P- Ulu*. 

DNLM, SUNY: W 74 AS15r 1971 Clt. No. 307S44 

FEMUR 

-ABNORMALITIES 

Proximal femoral focal deficiency, » congenital 
anomaly. A symposium held In Washing ton, D. 
C , June 13, 19G8. Edited by George T. Altken. 
Washington, National Academy of Science*, 1989, 
lx, 111 p. Ulu*- SBN 309-01734-3. Sponsored 
by the Subcommittee on Child Prosthetic* 
Problem*, Committee on Prosthetics Research 
and Development, Divl*ion of Engineering of the 
National Research Council. 
DNLM. MBCO: WE 885 P9«9 1»«l c ^ Nomm 

•CONGRESSES 

Proximal femoral focal deficiency. » congenital 
anomaly. A *ympo*)ura held In Washington. D. 
C , June 13, 1968. Edited by George T. Altken. 

Washington, National Academy of Science*, 1988 
lx ill p. lllu*. SBN 309-01734-3. Sponsored 
by the Subcommittee on Child Pro«thetlc* 
Problems, Committee on Prosthetic* Research 
and Development, Division of Engineering of the 
National Research Council. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 685 P988 1MB 

Clt. No. 214418 



FETAL DEATH 



Pederson. Jftrgen. The pregnant diabetic and her 
newborn: problem* and manarement. 
Copenhagen, MankMaard [cl&S7] 219 p Ulu*. 
(Scandinavian university books) Published 
simultaneously In the United State* by William* 
& Wilklns. Baltimore. ,■_„_ 

DNLM: WQ 240 P371p 1987 Clt. No. 127847 



FETAL DISEASES 



Behrman, Richard E., 1931- ed. 

Neonatology: niieasea of the retus and Infant. 
Edited by Richard E. Behrman. assisted by John 
M Driscoll, Jr., with the collaboration of 
twenty-nine contributor*. St. Louts, Mosby 
1S73. xll, 693 P. lllu*. ISBN 0-8018-0^78-4. 

DNLM, SUNY: WS 420 B421n 1973 



Clt. No. 408705 

Morison, John Ediar. Foetal and neonatal 
pathology 3d ed. London, Buttcrwortb [1970] 
xlv 611 P. Hlus. ISBN 0-407-17801-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WQ 210 M8«lf 1970^ ^ ^^ 

Stevenson, Roger E„ 1940- The fetus 8. 

newly born Infant: Influences of the prenatal 
environment. St. Louis. Moiby. 1973. a. 391 
p Ulu*. ISBN 0-8016-4795-9. 
DNLM. SUNY: WQ 210 SB48f 1873^^ ^ ^^ 

■CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Diagnosis and 
Treatment of Disorder* Afleetlng the Intrauterine 
Patient, Dorado, 198'.. Diagnosis and treatment 

of fetal disorders; proceeding* of the 
International Symposium on Dlagno*!* and 
Treatment of Disorder* Affecting the Intrauterine 
Patient, Dorado, Puerto Rico, October 29-31, 
I9«7 Edited by Karila Adamaon*. New York. 
Springer [1983] iv, 304 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO: WQ 210 I58d 1987 

Cit. No, 201354 



Intra-ntertue dangers to the foetus; baaed on aa 
International symposium, Prague, October 
11th- 14th, 19C8- Organised by the Gynaecological 
and Obstetrical Section of the C*echoslo*ak 
Medical Society J. E. Fnrfcyne and the Initltnt* 
for the Care of Bother and Child, 
PragncFodotT. Editors: 1. Hortky and Z. K. 
Stembera; associate editors: I. R. Merkate, R. J. 
Dennis. Amsterdam, New York. Excerpta 
Medlca Foundation [1987] Xll, 815 > lllu* 
(Excerpta medica monograph) 
DNLM: WQ 210 181 1988 Clt. No. 131331 

Symposium on the Functional FbytiopathoIogT of 
the Fetu* and Neonate - Clinical Correlations, 
New York, 1970. Symposium on the Functional 

Physiopathology of the Fetus and Neonate - 
Clinical Correlations. Edited by Harold 
Abraroson. Presented on February 28, 1970, by 
the Special Committee on Infant Mortality, 
Medlc-il Society of the County of New York, and 
supported In part by the Association for the Aid 
of Crinkled Children, New York, New York. St. 
LouIj." Mosby, 1971. xvt, 182 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-£QI2-0C3i-0. 

DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: WQ 210 S991* 1970 

Clt. No. 270052 

.DIAGNOSIS 

Barnes, Allan Campbell, 1911- ed. The 

water metabolism of the retua, edited by Allan C. 
lUrnca :ind A. Elmore Seeds. Springfield, 111., 
Thorns [C1972] la, 171 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-39S-OS224-0. 
DNLM, MBCO: WQ 210 B181W 1972^ ^ ^ 

International Symposium oa Diagnosis and 
Tr-atme-t of Disorders AffecttE-; the IntrantertM 

Patient, Dorado, 1957. Dlasnctl* and treatment 
of fetal disorder*; proceedincs of tbe 
International Svroposium oo Diagnosl* and 
Treatment of Disorders Affecting the Intrauterine 
Patient, Dorado, Puerto Rico, October 29-31, 
lt-37. LtUted by Karlls Adamsons. New York, 
Sprinper [1986] iv, 304 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM. MBCO: WQ 210 I58d 1967 

Clt. No. 201354 

-DIAGNOSIS - CONGRESSES 

Conference on Antenatal Diagnosis, University of 

Cliicas-i, 1970. Antenatal diagnosis. Edited by 
Albert Dorfman. Chlc.-go, Univ. of Chicago 
Pre:-9 [V?Tl\ Xll, 2i;: P- lllus. (NICHD - 
Menial Retardation Research Center* series) 
ISBN 0-226-15E04-7. Sponsored by the Mental 
KeUrdalioA Branch of the National Institute of 
Child Health and Human Development. 
Bibliography: p. 259-271. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 C748a 1972 

-THERAPY 

International Symposium on Diagnosis and 
Treatment of Disorder* Affecting the Intrsutertna 
Patient. Dorado. 1967. Diagnosis and treatment 

of fetal disorder*; proceedln»s of the 
International Symposium on Diagnosl* and 
Treatment of Disordera Affecting the Intrauterine 
Patient, Dorado, Puerto Rico, October 29-31, 
11*7. Edited by Karlls Adamsons. New York, 
Springer [19S6] av, 304 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, M3CO: WQ 110 I53d 19*7 

Cit. No. 201354 






FETUS 

Barnes, Allan Campbell, 1911- 

Intra-uterine development Pniladephia, Lea * 

Febl^er, 1968. *.llt. 530 p. Ulu*. 

DNLM: WQ 210 B2811 1968 C1L No. 13555* 

Saling, Erich, Foetal and neonatal hypoxia In 
relation to clinical obstetric practice. 
Daltbnore, William* * Wllkina, 1968. X, 181 
p. Ulus. Tran*latlon of Das Kind 1m Berelco, 

der Geburtahllfe. 

SUNY: WQ 210 S165k 18*8 Clt. No. 20*701 

Bteyenson, Roger E., 1840- The fetu* * 

newly born infant: influence* of the prenatal 
environment. St. Louis, Mosby. 1973. x, 391 
p Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-4795-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 S84«f 1873 ^^^ 

Clt- No. 3*70*7 



( 



M 



I 












-ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY 

Ellas, Hans Michael, 19Q7- Bute human 

anatomy aj seen Id the fetus. Photography by 
Thomas M. Scanlan. St. Louis, Green [C1971] 
xlll. ISO p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 4 E41b 1971 

Clt. No. 254574 

-CONGRESSES 

European Com resj of Perinatal Medicine, lit, 
Berlin, IMS, Perinatal medicine; 1st European 
Congress, Berlin, edited by Peter John 

Huntincford, Karl Arno H titer [and] Erich Saltng. 
Stuttgart, Thleme, 1969. xll, 299 p. lllus. 
DNLM: W3 EU85K 1968p Clt. No. 218230 

International Symposium on F o* to- P Lac en til Unit, 

Milan, 1968. The Foeto-placentat unit; 

proceedings. Editors: A. i'eelle and C. Flnzl. 

Amsterdam, Excerpta Medlca Foundation, 1969. 

Lx, 425 p. lilus. (Excerpta medlca. 

International congress scries, no. 183) 

DNLM: W3 EX69 no.183 1063 

MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no. 183 1968 Clt. No. 211463 

Symposium on Foetal Autonomy, London, 1933. 
Foetal autonomy; a Clba Foundation symposium. 
Edited by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Maeve 
O'Conjiir. London, Churchill, 1969. x, 326 
p. I 1 SBN 7000-1418-7. 

DNLJi IBCO, SUNY: QS 645 S989f 1968 

Clt. No. 221200 

Symposium on the Functional Pnyslopathology of 
the Fetus and Neonate - Clinical Correlations, 
New York, 1970. Symposium on the Functional 
Physlopathology of the Fetus and Neonate - 
Clinical Correlations. Edited by Harold 
Abramson. Presented on February 26, 1970, by 
the Special Committee on Infant Mortality, 
Medical Society of the County of New York, and 
supported in part by the Association for the Aid 
of Crippled Children, New York, New York. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1971. xvl, 182 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-8012-0034-0. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY; WQ 210 S991s 1970 

Clt, No. 270052 

•METABOLISM 

Barnes, Allan Campbell, 1911- • ed. The 

water metabolism of the fetus, edited by Allan C. 

Barnes and A. Elmore Seeds. Springfield, 111., 

Thomas [C1972] tx, 171 p. lllus. ISBN 

0-393-02224-0. 

DNLM, MBCO: WQ 210 B261w 1972 

| Clt. No. 337103 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Dawes, Geoffrey S. Foetal and neonatal 
physiology; a comparative study of the changes at 
birth. Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers 
[cl968] 247 p. lllus. 
DNLM: QT 4 DJTlf 1968 Ot. No. 126653 

Stopper, Arnold, ed. Foetus and placenta, edited 
by Arnold Klopper and Egon Dlczfahisy. 
Oxford, Blackwell Scientific Publications [1909] 
lx, 629 p. lllus. SBN 632-05140- X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WQ 212 K68f 1969 

Clt. No. 235184 

Stare, Owe, ed. Physiology of the perinatal 

period; functional and biochemical development 
In mammals. New York, 

Appleton-Century-Crofts [cl970] 2 v. (xiv, 1097 
p.) lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QT 4 S798p 1970 Clt. No. 250214 

Symposium on Foetal Autonomy, London, 1968. 

Foetal autonomy; a Clba Foundation symposium. 
Edited by G. E. W. Wolstenholme and Maeve 
O'Connor. London, Churchill, 1969. x, 326 
P. lllus. SBN 7000-1418-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 645 S989f 1968 

Clt. No. 121200 

FEVER 

•CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Malignant 
Hyperthermia, University ot Toronto, 1971, 
International Symposium on Malignant 
Hyperthermia. Edited by R. A. Gordon, Beverley 
A. Brltt [and] Werner Kalow. Springfield, I1L, 
Thomas [C1S73] xx, 489 p. Lllus. ISBN 
0-398-02549-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WO 145 1911 1971 

Clt. No. 350112 



•IN INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Lennox- But ht hat, Margaret A., 1913- 
Febrlle convulsions; a reappraisal. Amsterdam, 
New York, Elsevlor, 1973. x, 133 p. lllus. 
(Electroencephalography and clinical 
neurophysiology. Supplement, no. 32) ISBN 
0-444-41026-0. Bibliography: p. 121-132. 
Summary In French. 
DNLM: Wl EL3251 no.32 1973 
XNLM; [WS 340 L588f 1973] Clt. No. 346146 

FIBRINOLYSIS 

Fearnley, George Roche. Fibrinolysis. London, 
Arnold [1965] xii, 191 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WH 310 F288f 1965 Clt. No, 50125 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium - Dynamics of Thrombus Formation 
and Dissolution, Washington, D. C, 1968. 
Dynamics of thrombus formation and dissolution; 
edited by Shirley A. Johnscn and M. Marion 
Guest. Philadelphia, Lipplncott [cl989] 376 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WG 540 S989d 1968 

Clt. No. 176184 

FIBROBLASTS 

-PATHOLOGY 

Maekenxie, D. H. The differential diagnosis of 
fibroblastic disorders. Oxford, Blackwell 
Scientific Publications [1970] lx, 167 p. lllus. 
SBN 632-05710-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 340 M156d 1970 

Clt. No. 236254 

FILES AND FILING 

American library Association. ALA rules for 
filing catalog carrts. Prepared by the ALA 
Editorial Committee's Subcommittee on the ALA 
Rules for Filing Catalog Cards, Pauline A. Seely, 
chairman and editor. 2d ed., abridged 
Chicago, I9S8. x, 94 p. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: Z 695.95 A51£a 1968a 

Clt. No. 165705 

FINANCING, GOVERNMENT 

Carnegie Commission on Higher Education. 
Quality and equality: new levels of Federal 
res pons! t: 111 ty for higher education; a special 
report and recommendations by the commission, 
December I9C3. New York, London, 
McGraw-Hill [clS<581 54 p. lllus. 
DNLM: LB 2342 C239q 1968 Clt. Nk 172765 

-DIRECT. 

National Institute of Mental Health. Center for 
Studies of Crime and Delinquency. The role of 
Federal agencies in the crime and delinquency 
field; a compilation of Federal support programs. 
Chevy Chase, Md., For sale hy the Supt. of Docs., 
U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington, 1970. vi, 
156 p. (National Clearinghouse for Mental Health 
InfurmJtion publication, no. 5029) 
DNLM: HV 7428 N277r 1970 Clt. No. 256371 

FINGERS 

-ANATOMY A HISTOLOGY 

Mllford, Lee W., 1922- Retaining ligaments 

of the digits of the hand; gross and microscopic 
anatomic study. Philadelphia, London, Saunders 
[C1963] Vlll, 60 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE B35 M844r 1968 Cit. No. 135128 



FIRST AID 

American College of Surgeons. Committee on 
Trauma. Emergency care of the sick and 
Injured; a manual for law-enforcement officers, 
(ire-fighters, ambulance personnel, rescue squads 
and nurses. Ed. by Robert H. Kennedy. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. xvii. 128 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WA 292 A51Ze 1986 Clt. No. 54356 

Grant, Haxrey, 1934- Emergency care, by 

Harvey Grant and Robert Murray. Washington, 
Bradv [C1971] 334 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WX 215 G782e 1971 Clt. No. 375600 

Henderson, John, 1906- Emergency medical 

guide. 2d ed. New York, McGraw-Hill [cl960] 
vlll, 556 p. lllus. 
DNLM. MBCO; WA 292 H496e 1989 

Clt No. 173514 



FLUORESCENT ANTIBODY 



Red Cross. U. 8. American National Red Cross. 
Advanced first aid and emergency care; prepared 
by the American National Red Cross for the 
Instruction of advanced first aid classes. 
Garden Clly, N. Y., Doubleday [C1973] 318 p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-385^)5901-7. 
DNLM: WA 292 R312Uab 1973 Clt. No. 374103 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on Emergency Medical Berries*, 
Chicago, 1967. Proceedings. Chicago, C1967. 
58 p. Edited by the Dept. of Hospital and 
Medical Facilities, American Medical Association, 
DNLM: VvX 215 C748P 1967 at. No. 114162 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Bowers, Warner Fremont, 1906- edi. 

Emergency medical technician examination review 
book, edited by Warner F. Bowers and David C. 
Dimandber?. 1320 multiple choice questions and 
answers referenced to textbooks. Flushing, N. 
Y., Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1969- v. 
lllus. (State board examination review book) 
DNLM, MBCO: WA 292 B7B6e Clt. No. 240421 

FLATULENCE 

-POPULAR WORKS 

Pollock, Joseph H., 1913- Gaseous digestive 

condltlu)Y3, including belching, bloating, "wind" 

and air swallowing. What they are, what causes 

them and how they can be controlled. 

Springfield, 111., Thomas [clB?-7] xv, 163 p. 

illus. 

DNLM: WI 113 P776g 1987 Clt, No. 111373 

FLUORESCEINS 

-DIAGNOSTIC USE 

Rosea, Emsnuel S. Fluorescence pbotograp iy of 
the eye; a manual of dynamic clinical ocular 
fundus pathology [by] Emanuel S. Rosen with 
contributions by Bryan Ashworth and Sven Jarpe, 
New York, Appleton-Cenlury-Crofts; London, 
Buttorworth [cl969] Xl, 3'15 p. lllus. SBN 
407-1 75CO-8. Bibliography: p. 326-339. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 17 R81Sf 1969 

Clt. No. 224563 

Bhikaeo, Shinlchl. Atlas of fluorescence fundus 
angiography [by] Shinlchl Shlkano [and] Koichl 
Shlmizu, Philadelphia, Saunders [1968] 201 
p. lllus. 
MBCO, SUNY: WW 17 S555a 1998 

at. No. 157734 

-DIAGNOSTIC USE - CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Fluorescein 
Angle Trapby, AIM, 1989. Fluorescein 

angiography. Angiographic fluorescelnlque. 

Proceedings. [Edited by] P. Amalrlc. Basel, 

New York, Karger, 1971. xxltl, 684 p. lllus., 

ports. 

DNLM: W3 IN918E 1989f Clt. No. 315530 

FLUORESCENT ANTIBODY TECHNIC 

Goldman, Morris. Fluorescent antibody methods. 
New York, London, Academic Press, 1968. xvl. 
30S p. lllus. Bibliography: p. 196-272. 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 525 CuI9f 1963 

Clt. No. 147560 

Rawamura, Akiyoshl, ed. -Fluorescent antibody 
techniques and their applications. Tokyo, Univ. 
of Tokyo Press; Baltimore, Manchester, Eng., 
University Park Press [cl969] 203 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QW 570 K22f 1969 

Clt. No. 216573 

-BIBL. 

Goldman, Morris. Fluorescent antibody methods. 
New York, London, Academic Press, 1968. xvL 
303 p. illus. Bibliography: p. 196-272- 
DNLM, SUNY: QW 525 G819f 1968 

at. No. 1475*0 



85 



FLUORESCENT ANTIBODY 






-CONGRB8SF.S 

Standardisation tn Immunofluorescence: a 
.yropostom edited by E. J, Holborow, assisted by 
W D. Brighton, O. Sander I and] C. E. 0. Taylor. 
Oxford Biackwell Scientific Publication* [1870] 
XV. £82 P. Ulus. SBN 632-051300-1. 
Proceedings of the International Workshop of 
Standardization In Immunofluorescence held In 
Florence, October 1967, and of a round table 
conference held In London, October 1963. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QW 570 S78S 1968 

CJt. No. 243517 

-STANDARDS 

Standardisation In lmtnnnoflnorescence; a 
symposium edited by E. J. Holborow, assisted by 
W D Brighton, G. Sander [and] C. E. D. Taylor. 
Oxford Biackwell Scientific Publications [1970] 
XV. 232 p. Ului. SBN 832-05900-1. 
Proceedings of the International Workahop of 
Standardisation In Immunofluorescence held lit 
Florence, October 1907. and of a round Uble 
conference held in London, October 1S58. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: QW 570 S785 1998 

Ctt. No, 243527 

FLUOROMETRY 

-L/ BATOBY MANUALS 

Elevltelw Franklin R-, 1935- Fluorometric 

techniques In clinical chemistry. Boston, Little, 
Briwn [C1973] xll, 327 p. Ulus. (Scries In 
laboratory medicine, 6) ISBN 0-318-23250. 

DNLM: Wl SE718H v.6 IS73 

MBCO: QY 25 E39f 1973 

XNLM: [QY 25 E39f 1973] Clt. No. 3607o3 

FOLLOW-UP STUDIES 

The First year out; mental patient* after 
hospitalization [by] William W. Mlchaux [et al.] 
Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Prea* [C1B33] xvll, 
299 p. SBN 8018-1057-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM 35 FS27 1969 

Clt. No, 221046 

Leaneberg, Edith. The Ueostomy patient; a 
deacrlptlve atudy of 1,425 person*, by Edltn 
Lenneberg and John L, Rowbotham. 
Sorln-fieid, III., Thomas [cl970] xvll, 208 p. 
"Ileostomy; a bibliography, 1913-1961;" p. 160-97. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WI 512 L5671 1970 

Clt. No. 246142 

While, Fanl Dndley, 1886- Hearts; their 

long follow-up [by] Paul Dudley White [and] • 
Helen Donovan. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1987. 
xzv, 357 p. illua. 
DNLM: WG 200 W587hr 1967 Clt. No. 72041 

Wolf. Jams* M., ed. The result* of treatment in 
cerebral palsy. Springfield, 111., Thoma* [c!969] 
xiv, 327 p. Illua. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 340 W854r 1939 

Ctt. No. 222612 

FOOD 

-POPULAR WORKS 

American Medical Association. Division of 
Scientific Activities. Let'* talk about food; 
answers to your questions about food* and 
nutrition. Philip L. White, editor. Chicago, 
1967. HI, 137 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QU 145 A514L 1967 Cit. No. 103443 

-TABLES 

Bowes, Anna de Planter, eomp. Food values of 
portions commonly used [by] Bowes and Church. 
11th ed., rev. by Charles Frederick Church and 
Helen Nichols Church. Philadelphia, Upplneott 
[C1870] ■ 180 p. 
DNLM, SUNK: QU 145 B786f 1970 

Clt. No. 247554 

Bowes. Anna d* Fuutler, eomp. Food value* of 
portion* commonly used [by] Bowes and Cburcb. 
10th ed., rev. by Charles Frederick Church and 
Helen Nichols. Church. Philadelphia. Upplneott 
[CI966] 154 p. .«_„ 

DNLM: QU 145 B7SSI 1»W Clt. No. 62054 



FOOD ADDITIVES 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Chemical Additives la Food, 
Coventry Technical College, 1935. 
[Proceedings] Edited by R. W. L. Goodwin. 
Boston, Little, Brown, 1987. vlll, 128 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WA 712 S939p 1965 Cit. No. 117071 

FOOD CONTAMINATION 

Benarde, Kelvin A., ed. Disinfection- New 
York, Dekker, 1970. xv, i^J p. Ulus. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WA 240 B456d 1970 

Clt. No. 250724 

Hnfcbs, Betty Constance. Food poisoning and food 
hygiene 2d ed. London, Arnold [1?68] ix, 
252 p. Ulus. SBN 7131-4128-X. U. S. 
puhUsher: Williams it Wllkins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WC 268 H682f 1963 Clt. No. 166400 



FOOT DISEASES 



FOOD HANDLING 



Hobb*. Betty Constance. Food poisoning and food 
hygiene 2d ed. London, Arnold [1963] ix, 
152 p. Ulus. SBN 71S1-4128-X. U.S. 
publlrfcer: Williams tt Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WC 263 KS82f 19C3 Clt. No. 166400 



FOOD INSPECTION 



Thornton, Horace. Textbook of meat Inspection, 
including the inspection of rabbits and poultry, 
lib ed. ' London, B.UIM-re, Tljdall and Cis-solI 
[cl&«3] vilt, SSS p. Ulus. PubUshi-d In the 
United State* bv WUtlain* & Wilkin*, Baltimore. 
DNLM: WA 707 T513t 19^3 Clt. No. 141273 

FOOD MICROBIOLOGY 

Jay, James M. Modern food microbiology. New 
York, Van Nostrand Relnhold [clS70] vlt, 328 

Ulus. 



DNLM: QW 85 J42ra 1970 



Clt. No. 242002 



Rlemanr., Hans, ed. Food-borne Infections and 
Intoxications. New York, Academic Press, 1969. 
xxvill, 698 p. Ulus. (Food science and 
technology? 5) '. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 268 R55Sf 1&69 

Cit. No. 113615 



FOOD POISONING 



Hobbs, Betty Constance. Food poisoning and food 
byciene. 2d ed. London, Arnold [1963] Ix, 
252 p. Ulus. SUN 7131-4U3-X. U. S. 
publisher: WUllam* & Wilkins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM; WC 208 H«8Zf 1863 Clt. No. 166400 

Rlemann, Hans, ed. Food-borne Infection* and 
intoxications. New York, Academic Prea*. 1969. 
xxviil, fi9d p. Ulus. {Food science and 
technolo^v, 5) 
DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WC 266 R556f 1969 

Clt. No. 213615 

FOOD-PROCESSING INDUSTRY 

-DICT. 

Render, Arnold Eric. Dictionary of nutrition and 
food technology. 3d ed. [Hamden, Conn.) 
Archon Books [1968] vlll, 228 p. 
DNLM: QU 13 B453d 1963 Clt. No. 225(23 

FOOT 

-ABNORMALITIES 

CaiUlrt, Ren*. Foot and ankle pain 
Philadelphia, Davl* [clH68] lx, 148 P. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 880 C134f 1968 Clt. No. 1340a6 



FOOT DERMATOSES 



Costello, Maurice J., 1901-1983, The palms and 

sole* In medicine, by Maurice J. Costello and 
Richard C. Glbb*. Sprlnufield, 111.. ThomM 
[C1967] xxlll, *88 p. Ulus., port- (American 
lecture series, no. 648. American lecture* in 
dermatology) ,««« 

DNLM: WE 830 C841p 1967 Clt, No. 135640 

Sxmlta, K. H., 190ft- Cutaneous lesions of 

the lower extremities [by] M. H. Samlta [and] 
Alan S. Dana, Jr. Philadelphia, Lipplncott 
[C1971] xil. 198 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 850 SiBflc 1971 

at. No. 276361 



Calltlet, Ren*. Foot and ankle pain. 
Philadelphia. Davis [cl988] lx, 148 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WE 880 C134f 1968 Cit. No. 134056 

MermeH. John McMillan, 1916- ' Foot pain. 

[1st ed.] Boston, Little, Brown [cl969J xy, 
251 p. Ulus. SBN 7000-0156-5. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 880 M547t !9»» 

Cit. No. 218751 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Gamble, Felton O CUnlcal foot 

roentgenology, an Ulustrated handbook [by] 
Felton O. Gamble [and] Irving Yale. Baltimore, 
Williams 4 Wilkin*, 1961 x, 295 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 880 G191C 1966 Clt. No. 45567 

-ETIOLOGY 

Levin, Marvin E., 1924- ed. The diabetic 

foot Edited bv Marvin E. Levin [and] Lawrence 
W O'Neal St. Louis, Mosby, 1973. xvil, 262 
p Ulus. ISBN O-B018-2979-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 835 L665d 1973 

at. No. 370154 

-SURGERY 

DnVriei, Henri Lsebe, 1898- Surgery of the 

foot, tn collaboration with members of the faculty 
of the University of California School of 
Medicine, San Francisco. 2d ed. St. Louis, 
Mosbv, 19^5. xvl, 588 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 880 D987S 1965 Cit. No. 42731 

-THERAPY 

Levin, Marvin E„ 192»- ed. The diabetic 

foot Edited bv Marvin E. Levin [and] Lawrence 
W O'Nsal. St, Louis, Mosby, 1973. xvil. 262 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8016-2979-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 835 L665d 1973 

at. No. 370154 

FOREARM INJURIES 

Spinner, Morton, 1923- Injuries to the 

, major branches of peripheral nerves of the 
forearm. With a translation of J. Tine I'*- original 
-Fourmillement" paper by Emanuel B. Kaplan. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. x, 141 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-T2I6-8513-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 820 S7571 1972 

Clt. No. 315226 

FOREIGN MEDICAL GRADUATES 

-SUPPLY ft DISTRIBUTION - U. S. 

-Stevens, Rosemary. Foreign trained physicians 
and American medicine, by Rosemary Stevens and 
Joan Vermeulen. [Bethesda, Md., U. S. Division 
of Manpower Intelligence; for sale by the Supt. 
of Docs.. U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington, 
1972] xvi, 170 p. Ulus. (DHEW pubUcatlon no. 
(NIH) 73-JU5) "Bibliographic supplement" (p. 
1T1-184) tipped in at end. „.,,« 

DNLM; W 76 SE45f 1972 at. No. 403413 

FORENSIC DENTISTRY 

Gust if ton, GbsU, 1906- Forensic 

odontology. New York, American Ebjevler 
[1966] 263 p. ulus. 
DNLM: W 705 G982f 1966 at. No. 116512 

FORENSIC MEDICINE 

Americas Medical Association. CoMmltt** o» 
Medicolegal Problems. Alcohol and the 
Impaired driver: a manual on the medicolegal 
aapects of chemical tests for intoxication. 
[Chicago, 1968] xlli, 234 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W 750 A512a 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: W 750 A512* 1968 

at. No. 165560 

FeegeL Jobs R-, 1932- Legal aspect* of 

laboratory medicine. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 

Brown [1973] xlv, 221 p. (Series In laboratory 

medicine, v. 8) ISBN 0-31BV27680. 

DNLM: Wl SE718H v.B 1B73 

SUNY: W 700 F295L 1973 

XNLM: [W 700 F29SL 1973] at. No. 402471 

Gee, D. J. Lecture notes on forensic medicine. 
Oxford, Blackwell Scientific PubUcatlon* [1968) 
i 268 p. Ulus. SBN: 632-0496O.X. 
DNLM MBCO, SUNY; W 700 G297L 1968 

at. No. 175052 



( 



M 



FUNDUS OCULI 









G Ulster, Joha, 1892- Medical juris prude nee 

and toxicology, by John G Ulster and Edgar 
Rentoul. 1 1th ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1968, xl, 724 p. lllus. 
DNLM: W 700 G0441m 1966 Clt. No. 74087 

Merits, Alan Richards, 1899- Handbook of 

leeal medicine [by] Alan R. Morlti [and] R. 
Crawford Morris. 3d ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 
1970. xlli, 233 p. Hlus. SBN 8018-3507-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 700 M882h 1970 

Clt. No. 252520 

Suss man, Leon N. Blood grouping testa; 
medicolegal uses, Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[1968] xvil, 138 p. 
DNLM: QY 415 S964b 1988 Clt. No. 184228 

Tracy, Jobs ETtrts, 18B0-19S9. The doctor as a 
witness. 2d ed. [by] William J. Currap. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1985. xvl, 198 p. 
DNLM: W 725 T761d 1965 Clt. No. 38520 

•ATLASES 

Watanabe, Tomlo. Atlas of legal medicine. With 
the editorial assistance of Dr. Hetpern and 
Michael M. Baden. Philadelphia, Lippincott 
[C1968] xll, 187 p. lllus, 
DNLM, SUNY: W 825 W314a 1B68 

Clt. No. 152451 

-CONGRESSES 

The Moment of death; a symposium. Edited by 
Arthur Winter. Springfield, 111., Thomas [c!969] 
xlll, 84 p. lllus. Symposium presented Sept. 
18, 1968, In Nutley, N. J. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 820 H733 1963 Clt. No. 226140 

-V. 8. 

Murcblson, Irene A. Legal foundations of nursing 
practice [by] Irene A. Murchison. [and] Thomas S. 
Nichols. [New York] Macmlllan fcl970] xxv, 
529 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 18 M973L 1970 

Clt. No. 354363 

FORENSIC PSYCHIATRY 

Alien, Richard C, 1926- ed. Readings in law 

and psychiatry, edited by Richard C. Alien, Elyce 
Zenoff Ferster, [and) Jesse G. Ruhtn. 
Baltimore, Johns Hopkins Press [C1968] xvl, 519 
P. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 740 A428r 1933 

Clt. No. 155267 

SloTenko, Ralph. Psychiatry and law. Boston, 
Little, Brown [C1973] xvl. 726 p. ISBN 
0-316-79868. Bibliography: p. 611-888. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 740 S835pa 1973 

Clt. No. 106085 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on the Mentally Abnormal Offender, 
London, 1967. The mentally abnormal 
offender. A Clba symposium, edited by A. V. S. 
de Reuek and Ruth Porter. London, Churchill, 
1968. xll, 260 p. 
DNLM. MBCO: W 740 SSBSm 1987 

Clt. No. 157141 

FRACTURE FIXATION 

American College of Surgeons. Committee on 
Trauma. Early care of the Injured patient. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. Ix, 441 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-7216-1160-5, Earlier eda. have title: The 
management of fractures and soft tissue Injuries. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 700 A512m 1972 

Ctt. No. 333430 

American College of Surgeons. Committee on 
Trauma. The management of fractures and soft 
tissue Injuries. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1965. xv, 385 p. lllus. Bated on An outline 
of the treatment of fractures, 8th ed., and Early 
care of acuU- soft tissue Injuries, 3d ed. 
DNLM: WO 700 A512m 1985 Clt. No. 37133 

Apley, Alan Graham. A system of orthopaedics 

and fractures. 3d ed. London, Butter worth 
[1966] x, 524, 21 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 168 A«42s 1948 

at. No. 144547 

Cameron, Brace Molloy. Shaft fractures and 
paeudarthroses. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1966J ix, 121 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 180 C182s 19*8 Clt. No. 64534 



Hotte, Hani H. A. Orbital fractures. 
[Springfield, III.] Thomas, 1970. 394 p. lllus. 

Bibliography: p. 350-367. 

DNLM: WW 202 H6H5o 1970 Clt. No. 266412 

Kiintscher, Gerhard. Practice of Intramedullary 
nailing. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl987] xiv, 
374 p. lllus. Translation of Praxis der 
Marknagelung. 
DxNLM: WE 180 K95p 1987 Clt. No. 88881 

Maxet, Robert, 1901- A manual of closed 

reduction of closed fractures and dislocations. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl987] Ix, 131 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WE 175 M476m 1967 Ctt. No. 103627 

Mlitler, Maurice Edmond, 1913- Manual of 

Internal fixation; technique recommended by the 
AO-Group,. By M. E, Muiler, M. Allgower [nnd] 
H. Wllleneggsr, In collaboration with W. Bandi 
[et al.] Heidelberg, New York, Sprlnger-Verlag, 
1970. IX, 297 p. lllus. ISBN O-337-05219-4. 
Translation of Manual dor Oateoaynthese. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE ISO M947m 1970a 

Clt. No. 257233 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Orbital Fractures, Amsterdam, 1999, 
Fractures of the orbit; proceedings. Edited by G. 
M. Bleekcr [and] T. Keith Lyle. Amsterdam, 
1970. xiv, 2^6 p. lllus. (Excerpta medtca. 
International congress series, no. 216) ISBN 
90-219-0163 5. 

DNLM: W3 EX8t> no.216 1933 
MBCO: ZW 1 E339 na.216 1969 Clt. No. 263435 

-NTJHSTNQ TEXTS 

Nay lor, Arthur, Fractures & orthopaedic surgery 
for nurses ;ind physiotherapists. 6ih ed. 
Baltimore, Williams & Wilklna, 1968. xvl, 394 
p. lllus, SCN 443-03571-0. 
MBCO: WE 168 NSSSf 1968 Clt. No. 240152 



FRACTURES 

Adams, John Crawford. Outline of fractures, 

including Joint injuries. 5th ed. Edinburgh, 
London, Livingstone, 19S3. vii, 304 p. lllus, 
DNLM: WE 1B0 A214o 19d8 Clt. No. 131530 

Adins. John Crawford. Outline of fractures, 
including Joint injuries. 6th ed. Edinburgh, 
Churchill Livingstons, 1972. vii, 312 i>. lllus. 
ISBN 0-443:00^7-6. U. S, publisher; Williams 8c 
Wllklns Co., Baltimore. Bibliography: p. 288-303. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 180 A214o 1072 

Clt. No. 335120 

Schnltz, Robert Jordan, 1930- The language 

of fractures. Baltimore, Williams St Wilklna 
[cl972] xiv. 334 p. tllus. ISBN 0-883-07609-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 180 S387L 1372 

Clt. No. 340177 

•ATLASES 

Wiles, Philip. Fractures, dislocations, and sprains, 
by Philip Wiles. Edited and rev. by Rodney 
Sweetman. 2d ed. Baltimore, Williams St 
Wilktns, 1969. x, 133 p. lllus. SBN 
7000-1422-5. 
DNLM: WE 17 W676f 1989 Clt. No. 254616 

-REHABILITATION 

Moskowitx, Eugene. Rehabilitation In extremity 

fractures. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl966] 

xll, 150 p. lllus. (American lecture series, no, 

703. American lectures In rehabilitation 

medicine) 

DNLM: WE 800 M911r 1968 Clt. No. 141281 

- TERMINOLOGY 

Bchultx, Robert Jordan, 1930- The language 

of fractures. Baltimore, Williams & Wllklns 
[cl972] xiv, 394 p. lllus. ISBN 0-88 3-07 61)9-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 180 SS87L 1972 

Ctt. No. 340177 

•THERAPY 

American College of Burgeons. Committee on 
Trauma. An outline of the treatment of 

fractures. 8th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 

1965. x, 197 p. lllus. 

DNLM: WE ISO A512o 1965 Clt. No. 430S1 



FRACTURES, SPONTANEOUS 

Morris, James Marshall, 1933- Fatigue 

fractures; a clinical study by James M. Morris and 
Loren D. Bllckenstaff. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[cl967] xlll, 217 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 180 M876f 1967 Clt. No. 134133 

FREEZING 

Current trends in cryoblology. Edited by .Audrey 
U. Smith. New York, Plenum Press, 1970. xl, 
252 p. lllus. (International cryogenics 
monograph series) ISBN 0-306-304234. 
SUNY: QH 653 C957 1970 Clt, No. 307801 

Turner, Arthur R., 1895- Frozen blood; a 

review of the literature 1949-1968. Editorial and 
support stiff: Rebecca R. Wise [et al.] New 
York, Gordon and Breach [cl970] xL 208 p. 
Sponsored by Biological Sciences Communication 
Project. Study supported by United States 
Navy ONH Contract no. NCO0 14-67- A-02 14-0008. 
Bibliography: p. 141-191. 
DNLM. MBCO: WH 460 T945f 1970 

at. No. 252450 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on the Frosen Cell, Loudon, 1969. 
The frozen cell. Edited by G. E. W. 
W olsten holme and Macvc O'Connor. London, 
Churchill, 1970. xl, 316 p. lllus. SBN 
7000-1445-4. A Clba Foundation symposium. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 653 S980f 1969 

Clt. No. 254477 

FUNDUS OCULI 

Ballaatyne, Arthur James. Textbook of the 
fundus of the eye, by Arthur J. Ballantyne and 
!&T7!c C. Mlchacison, 2d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wllklna, 1970. xxlv, 736 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-443-0O2J9-8. 
DNLM: WW 143 BiflSt 1970 Clt. No. 254781 

Hindi, Frederick Christopher, 19 17- 

Stereoscopic manual of the ocular fundus In local 
and systemic disease [by J Frederick C. Blodl and 
Lee Alien. St. Louis, Moaby, 1964- v. lllus. 
SBN'POie-O'iW-X, View-master reels and 
view-master Inserted tjv covers. Vol. 2" by W. C. 
Elodi, L. Allen, and O. Frailer, 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 141 B652s Clt. No, 282725 

Norer, Arno. The ocular fundus; methods of 
examination arid typical findings. 2d enl. ed, 
Philadelphia, Lea & fcebiger, 1971. xl, 175 p. 
ill us. ISBN 0-81 21 -0231*- 1. Translation of Der 
Augenhlntergrund. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 143 N941a 1971 

Ctt. No. 270501 

VTLAGES 

rioyt, YvilHam Fletcher, 1928- The ocular 

fundus In neurolnglc disease; a diagnostic m a n u a l 
and stereo atlas [by] William Fletcher Hoyt [and] 
Diane BeestoLi. St. Louis, Mosby, 1960. xiit, 
128 p. lllus, A view-master with 14 reels In 
pocket at end of book. 
DNLM: WW 17 H869o 1968 Clt. No. 50434 

Larsen, Hans-Walther. Manual and color atlas of 
■the ocular fundus. Philadelphia, London, 
Saunders [clBSS] 312 p. lllus. ( Scandinavian 
university books) Also published by 
Munlispaard, Copenhagen. 
DNLM, MBCO: WW \1 LS34m 1969 

Clt. No. 234377 

Perkins, Edward Sylvester. Ibe differential 

diagnosis of fundus conditions [by] E. S. Perkins 
[and] i. H. Dobree. London, Kimpton, 1872. 
196 p. lllus. ISBN 0-85313-764-1. 



DNLM, MBCO: WW 17 P448d 1972 



at No. 



■PATHOLOGY - ATLASES 



Jaeger, Ednard, Bitter von Jsxttial, 1816-1884. 
Atlas of diseases of the ocular fundus: with new 
descriptions, revisions, and additions by Daniel M. 
Albert. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. x>. 165 
p. lllus., ports. ISBN 0-7218- 1085-4. 
Reproduction of the tiatea from 
Ophthalmoskoplscher Band- Atlas. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 17 J 22* 1972 

Clt. No. 322452 



87 



FUNDUS OCUII 






•RADIOGRAPHY - ATLASES 

Shlka.no, BhlnlehL Atlas of fluorescence fundus 
anglogrsphy [by] Shlnlchl Shifcauo [and] Koichi 
Shimttu. Philadelphia, Saunders [1963] 201 
p. Ulus. 
MBCO, SUNY: WW 17 S555* IMS 

Clt. No. 157734 

FUNGI 

Barron, George L. The genera of Hyphomycete* 
from soU. Baltimore, William* A Wilkins, 1MB. 
xlll, 364 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: QW 180 B277g IMS Cit. No. 137664 

Burnett, J. H. Fundamental* of mycology. 

London, Arnold [cl588] xill, 540 p. Ulu*. 
SBN: 71 SI 2203 X. U. S. publisher: William* A 
Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: QK 603 B964f 1948 Clt. No. 170176 

Manual of clinical mycology [by] Norman F. 
Coaaci [et al.] 3d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1971. x, 7S5 p. Ulu*. ISBN 0-7216-^849-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 450 M294 1971 

Clt. No. 273220 

Manual of clinical mycology [by} Norman P. 
Conaut [et al.] 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1954. xli, 456 p. lllui. 
DNLM: WC 450 M294 1954 Clt. No. 273217 

Webster, John, professor of biological sciences. 

Introduction to fungi. Cambridge [Eng.] 
University Press, 1970. visi, 424 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-521-07640-4. Bibliography: p. 379-415. 
DNLM: QW 180 W381I 1970 Clt. No. 250571 

-DICT. 

8 Bel I, Walter Henry, 1889- A glossary of 

mycology [by) Walter H. Snell A Esther A. 
Die It, With Illustrations by Henry A. C. Jackson. 
Rev. ed. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 1971, 
xxxl, 181 p. lilus. ISBN 0-674-35451-6. 
Term* used In the study of fungi, representing 
both the modern atd obsolete, as well as the 
popular and scientific. Brief definitions and 
linguistic nrleln* of word*. 15 plates. 
DNLM, MBCO. QK 603 S87tg 1971 

Clt. No. 281433 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Benekr, E. S. Medical mycology manual, by E. S. 
Bent-fee and A. L. Rogers. 3d ed. 
.Minneapolis, Burces* [cl971] vlll, 226 p. 
Ulu*.. plates ISBN 0-8037-0233-7. Title of 
earlier edition* varies sightly. 
DNLM: QY 110 B464m 1871 Clt. No. 253612 

Hju. n, Elisabeth Lee, 1BP8- Labors 'ory 

identification of pathogenic fungi simplified, by 
Eltiabetb L, Hazon, Morris A. Gordon [and] 
Frick Curtis K»ed. 3d ed. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1B701 nix, 253 p. lllua. (American 
lecture serie*, no. 780. American lectures in 
testa and technique! J 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 110 H429L 1970 

Clt. No. 253877 

Naval Medical School. Clinical bacteriology and 
mycology. Bethcsua, National Naval Medical 
Center, 1961. *-g, vll, 277 p. lllus. 
DNLM: QW 25 U58c 1981 Clt, No. 30734 

GALACTOSEMIA 

-CONGRESSES 

International Conference on Galactosemia, 
Children's Memorial Hospital, Chicago, 1967. 
Galactosemia: compiled and edited by David 
Yl-Yoag H*U. Springfield, IlL, Thomas [cl969] 
xv, 318 p. lllus., port. 
DNLM, SUNY: WD 200 lilf 1967 

Clt. No. 212054 

GALLIUM 

-DIAGNOSTIC DBS - ATLASES 

Johnston, Gerald S„ 1930- Atlas of 

Kaiiium-67 sclntlgTspby; a new method of 
radionuclide medical diagnosis [by] Gerald S. 
Johnston and A. Eric J one*. New York, Plenum 
Press [CI973T] Is, 223 p. Illua. ISBN 
0-306- 30769-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WN 17 472* 1973 CU. No. 405637 



GAMMA GLOBULIN 

Grubb, Rune. The go tie tic markers of human 
Immunol Irbln*. Berlin, New York, 
Springer- Yerlag, 1970. xil. 15 p. lllua. 
(Molecular biology, biochemistry, and biophysics, 
9) 

DNLM: Wl M01S5T no.9 1970 
MBCO: QT 34 K3 no.9 1970 Clt No. 252031 

•BIOSYNTHESIS 

Janeway, Charles A, 1909- The gamma 

globulins [by] Charles A. Janeway [et al.] 
Boston, Little, Brown [C1967] xl, 148 p. (New 
England Journal of medicine. Medical progress 
series) First appeared a* a medical progress 
report In the New England Journal of medicine. 
DNLM: WH 400 J33g 1887 Clt. No. 105123 

-THERAPEUTIC USE 

Janeway, Charles A., 1909- The gamma 

globulin* [by] Charles A. Janeway Jet al.] 
Boaton, LlUle. Brown [C1967] xl, 143 p. {New 
England Journal of medicine. Medical progress 
series) First appeared as a medical progress 
report in the Mew England Journal of medicine. 
DNLM: WH 400 J33g 1B67 Cil. No. 105123 

GANGLIA, BASAL 

Vlnkcn, P. J., ed. Diseases of the basal ganglia, 
edited by P. J, Vlnkoo and G. W. Bruyn. 
Amsterdam, Nnrth-il;l)and Pub. Co.: New York, 
iter deuce Division [cl9MJ xl, 889 p. 
lllus. (Handbook of clinical neurology, v, 6) 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 1C0 H2Ci6 v.6 lSGd 

Cit. No. 201314 

GASTRIN 

■CONGRESSES 

Non-insnlin-prodisclnT tumors ol the pancreas. 
Modern aspects on ZolIlnser-Elliiou-iynirome and 
gastrin. In term liana! irmpoiton at Erlaogen, 

,: ; r. 1 IHh, IV 3. EcU*d by Ludv^g 
Demling [and] Burtolf Ottenjann. Contributors: 
P. Aa;as.rd [ec al.] Stuttgart, Thlrmc, 1389. 
vll. t!3 p. lllus. Svrmosium organised by the 
Medizlnliche Ualvers'.tatakllnik Erlangen. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 810 N8I3 1968 

Clt. No. 206566 

GASTROENTEROLOGY 

-CONGRESSES 

Leld en-Ed Inburjh Boerhsave Coarse on the 
Gastro.lcte&tibitl tract, Leyden, 19t>9. Diseases 
of the gastro-intestlnal tract; ioiw; diagnostic, 
therapeutic, sne fundamental aspects. Edited by 
W. R. O. Goslings. [Leiden] Leldea Univ. 
Preys. 1S70. vll. 123 p. lllua, <Hoerhaave 
series for postgraduate medical education) 
ISBN 90-602 1-0 11-5. The course held la Leiden 

(her 2-J and 30, 19S9 resulttd from the 
renewed cooperation between the medical 
faculties of Edinburgh and Leiden. 
DNLM, MBCO: Wl 100 L527d 1969 

Clt. No. 267207 

SEAMED Tropical Medicine Seminar on Infectious 
Disease* of the Gastrointestinal System ... 7th, 
Taipei, Formosa, 1970. Proceedings. John H. 
Cress, editor. [Bangkok, 1871] xxv, 355 p. 
lllus. Held under the auspices of the Central 
Coordinating Board for Tropical Medicine and 
Public Health of tlie Southeast Allan Ministers of 
Education Organization and the U. S. Naval 
Medical Research Unit No. 2 [et al] 
Constitutes also the 5th Regional Seminar on 
Tropical Medicine and Public Health. 
DNLM: W3 S14 1970p 
XNLM: [Wl 100 S14p 1970] Clt. No. 333313 

Thomson, Thomas J., ed. Postgraduate 
gastroenterology; the proceeding* of a conference 
held in Glasgow, December ist-3rd, 1985, under 
the auspices of the Glasgow Postgraduate Medical 
Board. Ed. by Thomas J. Thomson [and] Iain -E. 
Gillespie. London, BaUliere, Tladall A Casseil 
[1968] Xl, 330 p, iilus. 
DNLM: WI 100 T485p 1965 Clt. No. 66570 

GASTROINTESTINAL DISEASES 

Badenoch, John, ed. Recent advances In 

gastroenterology, ed. by John Badenoch and 
Bryan N. Brooke. Boston, Little, Brown, 1965. 
vlll, 381 p. lllus. 
DNLM: Wl 100 B!34r 1965 C!L No. 42601 



Badenoch, John, ed. Recent advances In 
gaatroenterology, edited by John Badenoch and 
Bryan N. Brooke. 2d ed. Baltimore, Williams 
and WllXlns, 1972. lx, 350 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-443-00939-9. 
DNLM: WI 100 B134r 1972 Cit. No. 366513 



New 
lllus. 



Bcjroch, Abraham, ed. Gastroenterology. 
York, McGraw-Hill [cl973] xlll. 1S58 p. 
ISBN 0-07-006385-6, 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 100 B675g 1973 

CIL No. 



Gamble, John R 1921- ed. Current 

concepts of clinical gaatroenterology; ed. by John 
R. Gamble (and] Dwight L. Wilbur, with 31 
contributing authors. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown [elQS5] xlv, 282 p. Ulus, 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 100 G19Ice 1965 

at. No. 40266 

Hawthorne, Herbert Beld, 1E94- ed. The 

acute abdomen and emergent lesions of the 
gastrointestinal tr;ict, comp. and cd. by Herbert 
R, Hawthorne [et al.] Springfield, III., Thomas 
[el 057] xlll, 465 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WI 900 H389a 1967 Clt. No. 100310 

Jones, Francis Avery. Clinical gastroenterology 
[by] F. Avery Jones, J. W. P. Gummcr [and] J. 
£. Lennard-Jonca. 2d ed. Oxford, Black well 
Scientific Publications [1968] xl. 388 p. lllus. 
Issued also in Spanish. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 100 J76c 1968 Clt. No. 157722 

Jones, Prancls Avery. Clinical gastroenterology 
[by] F. Avery Jones and J. W. P. Gummer. 
Oxford, BLackwell Scientific Publications [I960] 
vll, 652 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WI 100 J76C 1960 Clt. No. 157753 



Palmer, Eddy Davl*, 1917- 
gaslrolntestlnal disease. 
Wllltlns, 1TS7. I-, 123 p. 
DNLM: WI 150 P, Jf 1987 



Functional 
Baltimore, Williams A 



Clt. No. 116021 



Paulson, Moses, 1896- td. Gas troentero logic 

medicine. Philadelphia, Lea A Feblgcr, 1969. 
xvlll, W17 p. lllus., plate* SBN 8121-0185-5. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 100 P3S£(j 1969 

Clt. No. 222077 

SleUenger, Marvin H., 1924- 

(ipairointestlnal disease; pathophysiology, 
dLignoaU, management [by] Marvin H. Slelscnger 
[and] John S. Fordtran. Phlladephla, Saunders, 
1973. xlll, 1659 p. Ulna. ISBN 0-721 0-8 3.13-0. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 100 S632g 1973 

Clt. No. 367625 

Splro, Howard Mare et, 1924- Clinical 

■-istrcenterology. [New York] MacroUlan 
.C1970J xxll, 1011 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 100 S75SC 1970 

Clt. No. 237416 

Woodruff, A. W. ed. Alimentary and 

ha e ma to logical aspects of tropical disease. 
London, Arnold [1970] xlll, 478 p. Ulus. 
SBN 7131-4148-4. U. S. publisher: WUliams A 
Wilkin* Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 680 W89Sa 1970 

Clt. No. 242051 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Berry, Leonids* H„ 1902- Gastrointestinal 

panendoscopy; eaophagoscopy, gastroscopy, 
bulbar and postbulbar duoden sscopy, 
procto-plpmoldoacopy, colonoscopy, and 
peritoneoscopy. With International contributors. 
Springfield, HI., Thomas [C1974] xxlv, 632 p. 
lllus., plates ISBN 0-393^02912-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 141 B534g 1974 

Clt. No. 414517 

Brown, Charles H, 1913- -d. Diagnostic 

procedures In gastroenterology; with nurse's 
notes and supplements on Instruction* to patients 
and dietary treatment. St. Louis, Mosby, 1967. 
xvlil, 438 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WI 141 BS77d 1967 Clt. No. 120573 

European Congress of Digestive Endoscopy, 1st, 
Prague, 1963. Endoscopy of the digestive 
■y*tem: proceeding* of the lit European Congress 
of Digestive Endoscopy. Prague, July 5-6, 1968. 
Edited by Z. Maratka and J. Setka. Basel, New 
York, Karger, 1969. xvi, 193 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W3 EU84 1968e Clt. No. 210422 



( 



88 



GASTROINTESTINAL SYSTEM 









Hodges, Fred J tuner, 1895- The 

gaatrolnteatlnal tract; a handbook of roentgen 
dlagnoaia, by Fred Jenner Hodges [and] Walter 
Maclntlre Whltehouse. 2d ed. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publisher* [1965] 584 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WI 141 H688g 1963 Clt. No. 4280* 

■DIAGNOSIS - ATLASES 

Hennlng, Nortwrt, 1894- Atlai of 

gaatrolnteatlnal eytodlagnoila [by] Norbert 
Hennlng and Siegfried Wltte. Stuttgart, 
Thleme; New York, International Medical Book 
Corp., 1970. 132 p. Ttanalatton of Atiat der 

gastroenterologlschen Zytodiagnoatlle. Thli 
edition L* only for distribution In USA, Canada, 
South •America, 
MBCO: WI 17 H517a 1970 at. No. 262081 

-FAMILIAL * GENETIC 

McConnelt, Richard B. The genetlca of 
gastro-inteatlnat disorder*. London, New York. 
Oxford Univ. Pre**, 1983. Ix, 282 p. lllua. 
(Oxford monograph* on medical genetic*) 
Oxford medical publication*. 
DNLM: WI 100 M129g l&e6 Cit. No. 82045 

•IN INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Ga -intestinal tract. [Edited by H. J. 
I .mann] Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publisher!, 1889. x, 404 p. lllua. (Progress in 
pediatric radiology, v. 2) 
DNLM: WI PR67 7H v.2 1MB 
MBCO: WN 240 P72 v.2 1989 Clt. No. 281500 

Raffensperg er, John G., 1923- The acute 

abdomen In Infancy and childhood [by] John G, 
Raffensoerger, Ruth Andrea Seeler [and] Rogctlo 
Moncada. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [cl9701 x, 
130 p. lllua. 
DNLM, MBCO: WS 310 R137a 1970 

Clt. No. 284228 

Silverman, Arnold, 1933- Pediatric clinical 

gastroenterology [by] Arnold Silverman, Claude 
C. Boy [and] Frank I. Cozzetto. St. Loula, 
Mosby, 1971. x, 580 p. lllua. ISBN 
0-8016-4812-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS S10 S587p 1971 

Clt. No. 313141 

-NURSING 

Given, Barbara A. Nursing care of the patient 
with gaatrolnteatlnal disorder* [by] Barbara A. 
Given [and] Sandra J. Simmons. St. Loula, 
Mosby, 1971. xl, 271 p. lllua. ISBN 
0-8016-1847-9. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 158 G53fln 1971 

Clt. No. 282081 

-PATHOLOGY 

Morson, Basil C. Gaatrolnteatlnal pathology [by] 
Baall C. Moraon [and] I. M. P. Dawson. Oxford, 
Blr.ckwell Scientific Publication* [cl972] all, 
871 p. lllua. ISBN 0-332-06590-7. Distributed 
In the U. S. A. by F. A. Davla Co., Philadelphia. 

DNLM, SUNY: WI 100 MB8Sg 1972 

Clt. No. 347135 

Valdes-Dapena, Antonio M„ 1913- 
Morphoiogic pathology of the alimentary canal; 
grow, radiographic and microscopic [by] Antonio 
M. Va Idea-Da pena [and] George N. Stein. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. xxl. 902 p., 359 
plates 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 100 V145m 1970 

Clt. No. 255552 

-SURGERY 

Brooke, Bryan N. Metabolic derangements In 
gaatrolnteatlnal aurgery, by Bryan N. Brooke and 
Geoffrey Slaney, Springfield, III., Thomas 
[1987] xl, 189 p. (American lecture aerlea, no. 
651. American lecturea In living chemistry) 
DNLM; WD 200 B872m 19J7 Clt. No, 70*72 

GASTROINTESTINAL NEOPLASMS 

- Lowe, William C. Neoplaama of the 

qastrolnteatlnal tract. Flushing, N. Y., Medical 
Examination Pub. Co. [1972] S47 p. lllua. 
ISBN 0.87488-758-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 149 L913n 1972 

Clt. No. 321508 



Welch, CLande Emerson, 1908- Polypoid 

lesions of the gastrolutettlnal tract. 
Philadelphia, Saunders [1968, cl964] Ix, 148 
p. lllua. (Major problems In clinical aurgery, v. 
2) 
DNLM: WI MA492R v.2 19*4 at. No. 284058 

-CONGRESSES 

Clinical Conference on Cancer, M. D. Anderson 
Hospital and Tumor Institute, Houston, 10th, 
1965, Cancer of the gastrointestinal tract. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers [01967] 
300 p. lllua. 
DNLM: W3 C182H 1965c Clt. No. 114534 



■DIAGNOSIS 

Nelson, Robert Stuart, 1911- Endoscopy In 

gastric cancer. Berlin, New York, 
Sprlnger-Vcrlag, 1970. xll, 8S p. tllux. (Recent 
results In cancer research, 32) 
DNLM: WI RE106P V.32 1970 
MBCO: QZ 208 R4 v.32 1970 at. No. 257742 

-DRUG THERAPY 

Moertel, Charles George, 1927- Advanced 

gaatrolnteatlnal cancer; clinical management and 
chemotherapy [by] Charles G. Moertel [and] 
Richard J. Kelt erne I er [with contributions by 
Martin A. Adaon, et at.] New York, Hoeber 
[C1969] xvll, 218 p. Mm. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 320 M604a 196a 

Clt. No. 223155 

-PATHOLOGY 

Valdes-Dapena, Antonio M.» 1913- 
Morphoioglc pathology of the alimentary canal; 
gross, radiographic and microscopic [by] Antonio 
M. Valdes-Dapena [and] George N. Stein. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. xxl, 902 p., 359 
plates 
DNLM, MBCO; WI 100 V145m 1870 

Clt, No. 2S5552 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Nakayama, Komel. Atlaa of gaatrolnteatlnal 
surgery [by] Komel Nakayama, with th« 
assistance of Kcixo Yamaguciii. Philadelphia, 
Llpplncott [19CB] 848 p. UIus. 
DNLM, SUNY; WI 17 N163a 196a 

Clt. No. 205602 

GASTROINTESTINAL SYSTEM 

-ANATOMY & HISTOLOGY 

DlDlo, Liberate J. A., 1920- The 

"sphincters" of the digestive aystem; anatomical, 
functional, end surgical consideration! [by] 
Liberate J. A. DIDfo [and] Marlon C. Anderson. 
[Baltimore, Williams St Wllklna, 1968] xlll, 255 
p. Ulna. Cover title. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 101 D558a 1988 

Clt. No. 157731 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Q astro Intestinal Radiation Injury, 
Rlehland, Wash., 1968. Gastrointestinal radiation 
Injury; report. Editor, M. F. Sullivan. 
[Amsterdam, New York] Excerpta Medlca 
Foundation [C19S8] 542 p. lilua. (Blonograph* 
on nuclear medicine and biology, no. 1) 
DNLM: WI M0571J no.l 1988 Clt. No. 135088 

•PHYSIOLOGY 

Brooks, Frank P., 1920- Control of 

gastrointestinal function; an Introduction to the 
physiology of the gaatro intestinal tract. [New 
York] Macmlllan [cl970] x, 222 p. lllua. 
(Modern concepts In medical physiology) 
DNLM: WI 102 B873c 1970 Cit. No. 247557 

Davenport, Horace Wlllard. Physiology of the 
digestive tract; an Introductory text. 2d ed. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publlahera (c 1986 J 
130 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WI 102 D247p 1988 Clt. No. 40050 

Davenport, Horace Wlltard. Pbyalology of the 
digestive tract; an introductory text. 3d ed. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publlahera [1971] 
229 p. lllua. (Physiology textbook serlei) 
ISBN 0-B151-2333-7, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 102 D247p 1971 

at. No. 28411) 



DlDlo, Liberate J. A., 1920- The 

"sphincters" of the digestive system; anatomical, 
functional, and surgical considerations [by] 
Liber a to J. A. DlDlo [and] Marlon C. Anderson. 
[Baltimore, Williams i Wllklna, 1988] xlll, 255 
p. lllua. Cover title. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 101 D55«a 1988 

at. No. 157732 

Glass, George B. Jerry, 1905- Introduction 

to gaatrolnteatlnal physiology. Englewood aiffa, 
N. J., Prentice- Hall [C1988, 1. e. 1937] Xtv, 207 
p. lllua. Baaed on a aerlea of lecturea given 
at the New York Medical College. 
DNLM: WI 102 G5491 1967 at. No. 125134 

Physiology of the gastrointestinal tract [by] E. 
Clinton Tex tar [et a!.] St. Loula, Moaby. 1988. 
Ix, 2C2 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WI 102 P578 1988 
MBCO, SUNY: WI 102 P578 1968 

at. No. 167114 

•PHYSIOLOGY - ABSTRACTS 

Lnda, SalTatore Pablo, 1901- Wine and the 

digestive system: the effects of wine and Ita 
constituents on the organ* and function* of the 
gastrointestinal tract, San Francisco, Fortune 
House [clP7Q] v, 157 p. About 475 reference* 
to book and Journal literature dating from the 
4th century, B. C, through 1969, Arranged Into 7 
sections, each section dealing with a segment of 
the gastrointestinal tract. Listed under normal 
functions, abnormal functions, and 
contraindications In each section, the entrica are 
cited In aucendlng chronological order. Author 
Index. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: ZWB 444 L937w 1970 

at. No. 255258 

•RADIATION EFFECTS 

Symposium on Gastrointestinal Radiation Injury, 
Richland, Wash., 190a. Gastrointestinal radiation 
Injury; report. Editor, M. F. Sullivan. 
[Amsterdam, New York] Excerpta Medlca 
Foundation [cl988] 542 p. lllua. (Monograph* 
on nuclear medicine and biology, no. 1) 
DNLZ1: WI M0571J no.l 1983 Clt. No. 135068 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Oastrn-intestlnal tract. [Edited by H. J. 
Kaufmans] Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers, 1969. x, 404 p. lllua. (Progrea* In 
pediatric radiology, v. 2) 
DNLM: WI PR677H v.2 1989 
MBCO: WN 240 P72 v.2 1989 Clt. No. 281500 

Harrulls, Alexander R„ 1921- ed. 

Alimentary tract roentgenology. Edited by 
Alexander R. M^rgulls and H. Joachim Burhenne. 
St. Louis, Mosby [clS67] 2 v. lilus., port*. 
DNLM: WI 141 M331a 1967 Clt. No. 132240 

Mars-alls, Alexander R., 1921- ed. 

Alimentary tract roentgenology. Edited by 
Alexander R. M/irgulia and H. Joachim Burhenne. 
2d ed- St. Loula, Moaby, 1973. 2 v. (xlll. 1889 
42 p.) lllua., porta. ISBN O80 16-313 1-0. 



DNLM, SUNY: WI 141 M331a 1973 

at. No. 375779 

Renter, Stewart R., 1934- Gaatrolnteatlnal 

angiography [by] Stewart R. Reuter [and] Helen 
C. Redman. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. Jd, 
292 p. lllua. (Saunders monograph* In clinical 
radiology, v. 1) ISBN 0-7218-7565-4. 

DNLM, MBCO: WI 141 R447g 1972 

at. No. 541016 

-RADIOGRAPHY ■ ATLASES 

Cum mack, D. R. G astro- Intestinal X-ray 
diagnosis; a descriptive atlaa. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wilkin*. 1989. Ix, 351 p. Ulu*. 
SBN 443-00829-6. 
DNLM: WI 17 C971g 1989 at. No. Z34I0O 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Nakayama, Komel. Atlas of gastrointestinal 
surgery [by] Komel Nakayama, with tbe 
assistance of Keizo Yamaguchl. Philadelphia, 
Llpplncott [1968] 848 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 17 N185a 1988 

at No. 



GASTROSCOPY 



GASTROSCOPY 



Brfihl, Wilnelm. Clinical gastroscopy; s manual 
and atlas, by Wilbelm Brlihl and Klaus KrenU. 
Stuttgart, Thleme. 1970. 113 p. Uiui- 
Translation of Lehrbuch und Atlas der 
Gastroskopte. 
DNLM: WI 300 B889La 1970 Clt. No. 252501 

Demllar. Lndwig. Endoscopy and blopiy o£ the 
esophagus and stomach, by L. Demllng, S. 
Ottenjann, [and] K. Elster. Philadelphia. 
Saunders, 1972. mJlt, 128 p. IHua. ISBN 
0-7216-3013-8. Translation of Endosfcople und 
Blopsle der Speiserdhre und des Magens. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: Wl 141 D3Sle 1972a 

Clt. No. 350865 

Nelson, Robert Stuart, 1911- Gastroscopic 

photography. Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publllhera (C1986) 122 p. illus. 
DNLMr WI SuO N429g 1946 Clt. No. 47051 

Schlndler, Rodotf, 1888- Gastroscopy: the 

endoscopic study of gaitrlc pathology. 2d ed. 
[with addition* and corrections] New York, 
Hafner, 1838. xll, 442 p. llllii. 
DNLM: WI 141 S336g 1968 Clt- No. 57332 

Umeda, Noritsoffn. Diagnosis by 
esstrophotography, translated and adapted by 
Norltsusu Umeda. Edited by Yawara Yoahitoshi. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971. xll. 88 p. illus. 
S3N 0-T2I8.394O-X. 
DNLM: WI S00 U49d 1971 Cit. No. 260754 

GELATIN 

•CONGRESSES 

Modified gelatins s« plasma substitutes, edited by 
r. Lundsgaard-Hansen, A. Hassig and Ks. 
Nftschraana. Basel, New York, Karger, 1989. 
xll, 810 p. Ulus. (Elbilotheca haematologlca, no. 
33 j proceedings of a symposium held in Berne, 
October 16th 21st, 1967, 
DNLM: Wl B1412 no.33 1969 
MBCO: WH 450 M892 1967 Clt. No. 226061 

.THERAPEUTIC USE 

Modified gelatins at plasma snbstitntes, edited by 
P. Lundsgaard-Hansen. A. Hisstg and Hs. 
Nltschrr.ann. Basel, New York, Karger, 1989. 
ill, 610 p. Illus. (Blbllotbeca haematologlca, no. 
33) Proceedings of a symposium held in Berne, 
October 10th. 21st, 15167. 
DNLM: Wl B1412 no.33 1969 
MBCO: WH 450 M692 1967 Clt. No. 226061 



GENERAL PRACTICE 



Chapman, Arthur Harry, 1924- The 

physician's guide to managing emotional 
problems. Extensively rev. and much enl. 
Philadelphia, Toronto, Lippincott [cl969] x. 373 
p. illus. Earlier ed. has title: Management of 
emotional disorders; a manual for physicians. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 170 C46. p 1969 

Clt. No. 220056 

Conn, Howard Franklin, 1908- «d. Family 

practice. Edited by Howard F. Conn, Robert E, 
Rakel [and] Thomas W. Johnson. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1973. xxl, 1063 p. illui. ISBN 
7218-26S5-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 100 C752T 1973 

Clt. No. 351174 

Obstetrics In general practice; specially 
com missioned articles from the British medical 
journal. London, British Medical Assn., 1966, 
ISO p. Illus. 
DNLM: WQ 100 016 I9M Clt. No. 77314 

•BIBL. 

Zwell, Mary Etta. Training for family practice; a 
selected bibliography [by] Mary EtU Zwell and 
Lucy Zabarenko. [Pittsburgh] Staunton Clinic, 
1970. iv, 54 leaves. 270 references from 
English-language literature published In books 
snd Journals mostly between 1965-1989. Entries 
arranted under bibliographies, general references, 

. research, training, instructional and evaluative 
techniques, and psychotherapeutic aspects of 
family practice. Some annotations. No Index. 
DNLM, MBCO: ZW 89 Z«7t 1970 Cit. No. 262017 



Ml 



GENES 

Modern views on the ABO blood groups and 
secretor statu*. Baltimore, Williams dt WUklns 
Co., 1989. 82 p. (Series haematologlca, v. 2 
[no] 1) Contents. - A tentative approach to 
variations in ABH and associated erythrocyte 
antigens, by Cb. Salmon. The ABO, secretor, and 
Lewis systems: some aspects of the action of the 
secretor gene, by J^rgen Andersen. 
DNLM: Wl SE7I8 v.2 no.l 1989 Clt. No. 215677 

GENETICS 

Hlldemann, William H. Immunogenetlcs. San 

Francisco, Holden-Day [C1970] lx, 262 p. Illus. 
DNLM: QW 541 H6421 1970 Clt. No, 244164 

LengeroTi, Alcoa. Immunogenetlcs of tissue 
transplantation, Amsterdam, North-Holland Pub. 
Co., 1969. xv, 270 p. Ulus. (Frontiers of 
biology, v. 16) North-Holland research 
monographs. SBN 7204-7116-8. 
DNLM: WI ER948D v.16 1989 
MBCO: QH 315 F7 v.16 1969 Clt. No. 231611 



Levtne, Louis. 

Mcsby, 1669 
8016-2988-1. 
DNLM: QH 431 L684b 1989 



Biology of the gene, St. Louis, 
ill, 334 p. Illus. SBN 



at. No. 177158 



Lewis, Kenneth Roderick. The organization of 
heredity [by] Kenneth R. Lewis and Bernard 
John. New York. American Elsevier Pub. Co. 
[1970] lx, 241 p. Illus. (Series of student 
texts In contemporary biology) ISRN 
0-I4-1&8S7-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: QH 431 L6740 1970 

Clt. No. 251047 

Pate/son, David. Applied genetics: the 
technology of Inheritance. Garden City, N. Y., 
Doubleday, I96S. 1S2 p. Illus. (Doubleday 
science series) 
DNLM; QU 431 P296a 1959 Clt. No. 225068 

Zubov, A. A. Problemy evollutsil cheloveka 1 ego 
ras [sost.] A. A. Zubov, G. L, Knit', V. P. 
Aiekseev. Moskva, Nauka, 1968. 277 p. illus. 
Issued by the Institut etnografll Akademlt nauk 
SSS.H. 
DNLM: QE 431 Z93p 1958 Cit. No. 1427SS 

-CONGRESSES 

De Renck, Anthony V. S. ed. Htatones; their role 
In the transfer of genetic Information. In honor 
of academician W. A. ETgelhardt. Ed. by A. V. S. 
de Reuck and Julie Knight. London, Churchill, 
1966. 115 p. Illus. (Clba Foundation study 
group, no. 21} 
DNLM: W3 C181 no.24 1968 Cit. No. 64345 

Symposium on Fundamental Cancer Research, M. 
D. Anderson Hospital and Tomor Institute, 22d, 
Houston, 198a. Genetic concepts and neoplasia; 
a collection of papers ... Baltimore, Williams * 
WJlklns. 1970. xlli. 620 p. illus. 
Co-sponsored by the University of Texas 
Graduate School of Biomedical Sciences at 
Houston. Supported In part by grant 
R15CA-1IOTB-01 from the National Cancer 
Institute. 

DNLM: WS RY5177 19S9g 
MBCO: QZ 208 S939gC 1969 Clt. No. 262575 

-DICT. 

King, Robert Charles, 1928- A dictionary of 

genetics. New York, Oxford Univ. Press, 1968. 
291 p. Illus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 13 K54d 1968 

Clt. No. 161647 

Kief cr, Rlgomar. A glossary of genetics and 
cytogenetics, classical and molecular, by Rlgomar 
Rleger, Arnd Mlchaells [and] Melvln M. Green. 
3d completed rev. ed. Berlin, New York, 
Springer, 19&8. 506 p. illus. Earlier eds. 
Issued In German, with title: Genetlscbes und 
cytogenetlschei Wdrterbuch. 
DNLM: QH 431 R554g 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: QH 431 R554g 1988 

at. No. 168756 

GENETICS, BEHAVIORAL 

Joffe, J. M. Prenatal determinants of behaviour. 
[1st ed.] Oxford, New York, Pergamon Press 
[1969] xll, 388 p. (International series a* 
monographs In experimental psychology, v. 7) 
DNLM: Wl IN835K v.7 1989 
MBCO: BF 701 J64p 1989 at. No. 203167 



Lids, Theodore, The person: bis development 
throughout the lite cycle. New York, Basle 
Books [cl968] xxli, 574 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: BF 698 L715p 1968 

Cit. No. 202131 

Rosenthal, David, 1918- Genetic theory and 

abnormal behavior. New York, McGraw-Hill 
[C1970] xvll, 318 p. Illus. (McGraw-Hill series 
In psychology) Bibliography: p. 283-300. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 100 R816g 1970 

at. No. 257211 

Rosenthal, David, 1918- Genetics of 

psvchopathology. New York, McGraw-Hill 
[C1971] vlli, 182 p. Illus. (McGraw-Hill 
paperback series In psvchopathology) 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 100 R815ge 1971 

Clt. No. 268527 

GENETICS, BIOCHEMICAL 

Hart mm, Philip Fmlie, 192- Gene action 

[by] Philip E. Hartman [and] Stgmund R. 
Suskind. [2d ea .] Englewood Cliffs, N. J., 
Prentice-Hall [cl969] x, 260 p. lllua. 
(Prentice-Hall foundations of modern genetics 
series) 
DNLM: QH 431 H353g 1969 at. No. 204421 

Lewis, Kenneth Roderick. The organization of 
heredity [by] Kenneth R. Lewis and Bernard 
John. New York, American Elsevier Pub. Co. 
51970J ix, 211 p. Illus. (Series of student 
tests In contemporary biology) ISBN 
0-44-19SS7-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: QH 431 1,8740 1970 

at. No. 251047 



GENETICS, HUMAN 



Carter, Cedrle Oswald, 1917- An ABC of 

medical genetics. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown £cli>39] 94 p. Illus. First Issued as a 
series of articles In The Lancet, with additional 
material added. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 50 C323a 1969 

Ot. No. 227135 

Crlspens, Charles G. Essentials of medical 
genetics. [let ed.J New York. Harper & Row 
[ClG'l] ill, 202 p. Hlur. IS-PN 0=36-140669-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 50 C932e 1S71 

Clt. No. 281753 

Goodman, Richard M., 1932- The face In 

genetic disorders [hy] Richard M. Goodman [and] 
Robert J. Gorlln. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. xli, 
!Gi) p. Illus. SBN 8016-18S2-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 17 G653f 1970 

at. No. 187761 

Goodman, Richard M., 1932- ed. Genetic 

dlsoruers of man by 21 authors. Edited by 
Richard M. Goodman. [1st ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown [clS70] xvll, 1009 p. illus. 
SBN 7000-0142-5 (British). 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 G65Sg 1970 

at. No. 254142 

Hsls, David Yl-Yunr, 1925- Human 

developmental genetics. Chicago, Year Book 
Medical Publishers [cl96B] 400 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QH 431 H875H 1988 

Clt. No. 151241 

Hit a, David Yi-Yusg, 1915- ed. Lectures in 

medical genetics; a course for medical students- 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publishers [cl986] 
241 p. Ulus. Lectures given to the faculty and 
students of Northwestern University Medical 
School. 
DNLM: QZ 50 H87SL 1988 at. No. 5735S 

Lynch, Henry T. Dynamic genetic counseling for 
clinicians. Springfield, HI., Thomas [cl969] 
xiil, 354 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 L»B7d 1969 

Clt. No. 222851 

MeKnsick, Victor Alaom, 1921- Human 

genetics. 2d ed. Englewood CUffs, N. J, 
Prentice-Hall [C1969] xv, 221 p. Ulus. 
(Prentice- Hall foundations of modern gene ties 
series) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 431 M159h 1989 

at. No. 215313 



( 



I 



*JgW .&» M!- 1 -- ! t "'* ' *■ ' :U' J '. L -I4ff !f 






Nora, Junta J., 1918- Medical genetic*: 

principle! and practice [by] Jame* J. Nora [and] 
F, Clarke Fraser. Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 
1974. ill, 399 p. Ulu*. ISBN 0-8121-0373-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 50 NSZSm 1974 

Clt. No. 40574$ 

Reliman, Leonard E., 1931- Genetic* and ' 

counseling In medical practice [by] Leonard E, 
Reliman (and) Adam P. Matheny, Jr. St. Loul*. 
Moaby [C1969] lx, 215 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 R377g 1949 

at. No. 202567 

Robert*, John Alexander Fruer, 1899- An 

Introduction to medical genetic*. 5th ed. 
London, New York, Oxford Univ. Pre** [C1970] 
xlll, 296 p. Ulu*. (Oxford medical publication*) 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: QZ 50 R8451 1970 

Clt. No. 142137 

Roberts, John Alexander Fraser, 1899- An 

Introduction to medical genetic*. 4tb ed. 
London, New York, Oxford Univ. Pre**, 1967. 
xll, 290 p. llluj, (Oxford medical publications) 
DNLM: QZ 50 R6451 1987 Clt. No. 77575 

Stevenson, Alan Carrnth. Genetic counselling, by 
Alan Carruth Stevenson and B, C. Clare Davl*on, 
with assistance from Michael W. Oake*. 
Philadelphia, Lipplncott [1970] vil, 355 p. 
Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; QZ 50 S847g 1970 

Clt. No. 252041 

Thompson, James Scott, 1919- Genetic* In 

medicine [by] Jame* S. Thompson and Margaret 
W. Thompson. Philadelphia, Saunders. 1966. 
xll, 300 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: QH 431 T47Sg 1966 Clt. No. 45160 

GENITALIA 

■ABNORMALITIES 

Rashad, M. NablL ed. Selected topics on genital 
anomalies and related subjects, compiled and 
edited by M. Nabll Rashad and W. R. M. Morton. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1969] xvi, 931 p. 
Ulna. 
DNLM, MBCO: WJ 101 R224* 1969 

Clt. No. 110020 

GENITALIA, FEMALE 

■ANATOMY It HISTOLOGY 

Smout, Charles Frederick Victor. Gynecological 

and obstetrical anatomy, descriptive & applied, by 
C. F. V. Smout, F. Jaeobv and E. W. Lillle. 4th 
ed. Baltimore, William* & Wilklns, 1939. viii. 
422 p. Ulu*. Title of 3d ed. varle* slightly. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 101 SMa 1969 

Clt. No. 215336 

-CYTOLOGY - ATLASES 

Fercncxy, Alex, 1913- Female reproductive 

system: dynamic* of scan and transmission 
electron microscopy [by] Alex Ferenczy [and] 
Ralph M, Rlchart. New York, Wiley IC19741 
x, 401 p. Ulu*. (A Wiley biomedical- health 
publication) ISBN 0-471-25730-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 17 F349f 1974 

at. No. 416274 

GENITALIA, MALE 

-PATHOLOGY - ATLASES 

Mo* ton, FstnolUb Keshvar, 1911- Tumors 

of the male genital system, by F. K. Mostofi and 
Edward B. Price, Jr. Washington, Armed 
Force* Institute of Pathology, 1973. xlv, 310 
p. Ulu*. (Universities Associated for Research 
and Education In Pathology, Atlas of tumor 
pathology. Second aerie*, fate. B) 
DNLM: QZ 100 U64a fasc.8 1973 Clt. No. 410657 

GERIATRIC NURSING 

Birchenall, loan. Care of the older adult [by] 

Joan Birchenall [and] Mary Eileen Strelght. 
Philadelphia. Lipplncott [cl973] vil. 228 p. 
Ulu*. ISBN 0-397-54129-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 152 B617C 1973 

at. No. 366077 



Jaeger, Dorothea. The aged ill; coping with 
problems In geriatric care [by] Dorothea Jaeger 
[and] Leo W. Simmons. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [cl970] xiL 377 p. 
SBN 390-47930-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 152 J22a 1B70 

at. No. 254152 

Newton, Kathleen. Geriatric nursing. 5th ed. 
[by] Helen C. Anderson. St. Louis, Mo*by, 1971. 
lx, 362 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WY 152 N564g 1971 

Clt. No. 273425 

Newton, Kathleen. Geriatric nursing [by] 
Kathleen Newton [and] Helen C. Anderson. 4th 
ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1966. x, 390 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WY 152 N564g 1966 Clt. No. 51370 

GERIATRICS 

Hoffman, Adeline M., ed. The dally need* and 
IntercKis of older people. Complied and edited 
by Adeline M. Huffman. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [c!970] xxv, 493 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WT 100 H699d 1970 

Clt. No. 233120 

Isaacs, Bernard. An Introduction to geriatrics. 
Baltimore, William* & Wllklaa [1965] lx, 212 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WT 100 1741 1965 Clt. No. 42513 

Mitty, William F., 1922- Surgery la the 

aged: *eventv-five years of age and over. 
Sprlnpfield, 111., Thomaa [C1966] xlL 110 p. 
DNLM: WO 950 K6a5s 1966 Clt, No. 61072 

Reynolds, Frank Walker, 1912- Adult 

health; service 3 for the chronically Ul and aged 
[by] Fra;iK W. Reynold* [and] Paul C. Barsam. 
New York, Macmlllnn [1967] x, 242 d. Ulus. 
DNLM: WT 500 R463a 1967 Clt. No. 110050 

Rossman, Itadoie, 1913- ed. Clinical 

geriatrics. [Contributors: John Norman Agate et 
al.] Philadelphia, Lipplncott [C1971J xvill, 525 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WT 104 R837C 1971 

Clt. No. 264157 

Stevens, Marlon Keith. Geriatric nursing for 
practical nurses. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1965. 
vlll, 271 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WY 152 S845g 1965 Clt. No. 37262 

GERM-FREE LIFE 

Under dahl, Norman H, Specific pathogen free 
swlnc; development, application, consequence*. 
Lincoln, Univ. of Nebraska Press [C1973] xll, 
157 p. Ulus. IS B.N* 0-8032-OB33-2. Text based 
In part on previously published articles. 



DNLM: SF 396.9 U55* 1973 



Clt. No. 413310 



GIGANTISM 



Stvleer, Matthew M., 1909- Clinical 

approach to endocrine problems In children. St. 
Loui*, Mosby, 1970, lx, 406 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8016-4774-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 330 S822e 1970 

Clt. No. 252151 

GLASS 

Haer, Frederick C. An introduction to 
chromatography on Impregnated glass fiber. 
[Ann Arbor, Mich., Ann Arbor Science 
Publishers, cl969] vlll, 173 p. Ulu*. SBN 
B75B1-007-8. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QD 271 H1391 1969 

Clt. No. 221136 



GLAUCOMA 



Chandler, Paul Austin, 1896- Lectures on 

glaucoma [by] Paul A. Chandler [and] W. Morton 
Grant. Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 1965. 431 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 290 C465L 1965 at. No. 41442 

Halasa, Ad nan H. The basic aspects of the 
glaucomas. Springfield, III., Thomas (cl972] 
xvi, 126 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-398-02529-0. 



DNLM: WW 290 H157b 1971 



at. No. 347673 






GLAUCOMA 



-CONGENITAL 

Kwltko, liar via L. Glaucoma in infants and 
children. New York, Apple ton-Century-CrofU 
[cl973] xl, 651 p. Ulu*., port. ISBN 
0- 300- 53034-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 190 K93g 1973 

at. No. 367034 

Shaffer, Robert Nesbit, 1912- Congenital 

and pediatric glaucoma* [by] Robert N. Shaffer 
[and] Daniel I. Weiss. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970. 
x. 221 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 190 S525c 1970 

Clt. No. 262464 

-CONGRESSES 

GUston Glaucoma Symposium, 1966. Drug 
mechanisms in glaucoma; ed. by Gavin Pateraon 
[et al.] Boston, Little, Brown, 1963. x. 320 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 290 G489d 1966 Clt. No. 103625 

Hunt, Leonard Bryan, ed. Glaucoma; 
epidemiology, early diagnosis, and some aspects 
of treatment; proceedings of a symposium held at 
the Royal College of Surgeon* of England, June, 
1S35. Chairman; E. S. Perkins. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1SC3, x, 127 p. Ulus. On cover: 
Baltimore, William* A Wilkin*. 
DNLM: WW 290 II942g 1905 Clt. No. 46755 

Symposium on Glaucoma, New Orleans, 1966. 

, [Lecture* and round table discussion, by] 
Mansour F. Armaly [et al.] St. Louis, Mosby, 
1967. lx, 303 p, Ulus., ports. (New Orleans 
Academy of Ophthalmology. Transactions, 1966) 
DNLM: W3 NE872 1966 Clt. No. 120317 

Symposium on Microsurgery of the Eye, 2d, 
Burgess tor£s, Switzerland, 1968. Microsurgery la 
glaucoma; 2nd symposium of the Ophthalmic 
lilcr<)sur(, r ery Stu *v Group, Juue 1963, 
Biirgeustocl; (Sw,..erland). Edited by G. 
Macxenecn, In cooperation with A. E. Braley [et 
al.] Basel, New York, Kargor, 1970. vii, 287 
p. Ulus. (IJibllotheca ophthalmologics, no. 81) 
Advance* in ophthalmology, Fortachritte der 
Au^enbeilkunde, v. 22. First symposium of the 
Ophthalmic Microsurgery Study Group, held In 
Tubingen lei 1966, issued under title: 
Microsurgery of the eye. 
DNLM: Wl B1425 fasc.81 1970 Clt, No. 142514 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Becker, Bernard, 1920- Diagnosis and 

therapy of the glaucomas [by Bernard Becker and 

Robert N. Shaffer. Revised by] Allan E. Koike? 

[and] John Iletberington, Jr. 3d ed. St. 

Louis, Mosby, 1970. ix, 495 p. Ulus. ISBN 

".-a0l6-2719-Z. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 290 B395d 1970 

at. No. 252333 

•IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Kwltko, Marvin L. Glaucoma in Infants and 
chUdren. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts 
[cl973] xt, 651 p. Ulus.. port. ISBN 
0-390-53034-4. 
DNLM, SUNY: WW 290 K98g 1973 

Cit. No. 367094 

Shaffer, Robert Nesbit, 1912- Congenital 

and pediatric glaucoma* [by] Robert N. Shaffer 
[and] Daniel I. Weiss. St. Louis, Moaby, 1970. 
X, 221 p. lllus. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WW JTO S525c 1970 

at. No. £62464 

-SURGERY 

Symposium on Microsurgery of the Eye, Id, 
Biirfenstoek, Switurland, 1918. Microsurgery In 
glaucoma; 2nd symposium of the Ophthalmic 
M!cro«urgery Study Group, J ne 1968, 
Burgenstock (Switzerland). Edited by G. 
Mackensen, In cooperation witl A. E. Braley [et 
al.] Basel, New York, Karger, 1970. vil, 287 
p. Ulu*. (Blbliotheca ophthalmologic*, no. 81) 
Advance* in ophthalmology. ForUehrltte der 
Augenbellkunde, v. 22. First symposium of the 
Ophthalmic Microsurgery Study Group, held in 
Tubingen In 1906, Issued under title: 
Microsurgery of the eye. 
DNLM: Wl BI415 fasc.81 1970 at. No. 141514 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

McLean, John Milton Atlas of glaucoma surge]?. 
St. Louis, Moiby, 1967. vlll, 125 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WW 17 M163sg 1967 at. No. 11422S 



91 



GLAUCOMA 



Becker, Bernard, 1910- Diagnosis and 

therapy ot the glaucoma* [by Bernard Becker and 
Robert N. Shaffer. Revised by) Allan E. Koiker 
[and] John Hetherington, Jr. 3d ed. St. 
Loul*, Moaby, 1870. Ix, 485 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-8016-2719-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WW 290 B395d 1970 

at. No. 252333 

GLOMERULONEPHRITIS 

•CONGRESSES 

Glomerulonephritis: morphology, natural history, 
and treatment. Proceedings of an International 
*vmpostum, Royal Melbourne Hospital, February, 
1672. Edited by ?risrilU Kineald-Smith, T. H. 
Matbew [and] E. Lovell Becker. New York, 
Wiley [C1973J 2 pta. (xxvll, 1233 p.) Ulu*. 
(Perspectives In nephrology and hypertension, v, 
1) ISBN 0-471-47760-5 (pt. 1). A. Wiley 
hlomedlcal-hcalth publication. 
DNLM: Wl FE871C v.l 1971 
MBCO: WJ 353 G562 1972 
JCNLM: [WJ 353 G5B2 1B72] Clt. No. 377704 

■B"40NOL<K]T 

Q*r :n, Frederick G„ 1921- 

Immunopathology of the renal glomerulus 

Immune complex depoalt and antibasement 

membrane dteease [by] Frederick G. Germuth 

[and] Eugene Rodriguez. flat ed.] Boiton, 

Little. Brown [C1973] 227 p. Ulu*. ISBN 

0-3I8-30B39. 

DNLM, SUNY: WJ 353 G3751 1973 

Clt. No. 352617 

GOATS 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on ?artartent Far eats In Dairy Anlmala, 
University of Illinois, 1968. Parturient 
hypoca'cemla. Edited by John J. B. Anderion. 
New York, Academic Pre**, 1970. xi, 276 p. 
Ulu*. SBN 12-03H350-X. 
DNLM: SF 967.P2 C748p 19«8 at. No. 247583 

GOLD ISOTOPES 

-DIAGNOSTIC USE 

Rosenthall, Leonard. The application of 
radlolodlnated rose bengal and colloidal radlogold 
In the detection of hepatobiliary dlaeaie. St. 
Louts. Green [c19j3] x, Q8 p. Ului. (Modern 
concept* of radiology, nuclear medicine and 
ultrasound) 
DNLM, MBCO: WI 700 H818* 1969 

Clt. No. 203511 

GONADOTROPINS 

Gonad otrophin Club. Recent research on 

gonadotropic hormonea; proceeding of flftb 
Gonadotropliln Club meeting, Edinburgh, 
September 1P68. Edited by E. Trevor Bell and 
John A. Loralne. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1987. 
ix, 345 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WX 900 G635r 1»« CU. No. 114050 

-BIOSYNTHESIS 

Bntt, Wilfrid R. The chemistry of the 
gonad otrophin*. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[c!9d7] xL IIS p. lllua. (American lecture 
series, do. 878. American lectures In living 
chemistry) 
DNLM: WK 900 B9B8c 1967 Clt. No. 102151 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Gonadotropin*, New 
York, 1971. Gonadotropin*, edited by BrlJ B. 
Saxena, Carl G. Bellng [and] Hortenae M. Gandy. 
New York, Wlley-Interselence [cl972] xxxl, 799 
p. Ulu*., port. ISBN 0-471-75570-1. 
Bnpported by Grant No. 87-455 from the Ford 
Foundation. 
DNLM, MBCO: WX 900 I«Ig 1971 

at. No. 333010 

Wo it ten holme, Gordon Ethelbert Ward, ed. 
Gonadotropins: phyalcochemlol and 
Immunological properties; in honour of Dr. C. 
Hamburger. Ed. by G, E. W. Wolatenholme and 
Julie Knight. Boston, Little, Brown, 1995. 115 
p. Ulus. (Cibs Foundation study group, no. 12) 
DNLM: W3 CI81 no.21 1985 «t. No. 41403 



Workshop Conference on Gonadotropins, Vltta 
Hermota, Korelos, Mexico, 1MB. Gonadotropin* 
1968; proceedings of the Workshop Conference, 
held at Vista Hermosa. Mor., Mexico, June 24-28, 
196.1. Fdlted by Eugenia Rosemberg. Lo* 
AltOl, Calif., Geron-X [c19d3] 559 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 900 W9E6g 19*8 

Clt. No. 168205 

-THERAPEUTIC USE 

Shearman, Rodney F. Induction of ovulation. 
Springfield, III., Thoma* [C1969] xl, 142 p. 
Ulu*. (American lecture scries, no. 747. American 
lecture* in living chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 540 S5391 1969 

Clt. No. 210807 

-THERAPEUTIC USE - CONGRESSES 

Gonadotropin therapy In female Infertility; 

proceedir.ja ol the conference held at Worcester, 

Massachnsrtls. May 12 and 13, 1972. Editor: 

EujetiU Kesemberg. Amsterdam [Distributed In 

U. S. £nd Canada by Amertcan Elsevier, New 

York] 1973. xvli, 28S p. Ulus. (Excerpta 

medlca. International congress series, no. 268) 

ISBN 0-1S4. 15028-5. 

DNLM: W3 EXG9 no. 266 1972 

MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no. 2fi* 1972 

XNLM: [WP 570 GB35 1972] Clt. No, 376126 



GONADS 

-FHYSIOI.OGY 



New 
xv, 792 



McKercs, Kenneth W„ ed. The gonad* 
York, Appletou-Century-Crofts [G1989] 
p. HIus. (Biochemical endocrinology) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WK 900 Mla7g 1969 

Clt. No. 211024 

GONIOSCOPY 

Becker, Stanley C, 1925- Clinical 

gonloaeouv; a text and stereoscopic atlas. St. 

Louis, Jio'sby, 1972. xltl, 258 p. Ulus. ISBN 

0-£OlE-o;>75-X. Part of Ulustrative matter la 

poc!:>-t. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WW 143 B39«c 1972 

Clt. No. 344363 

Gorin, George, 1009- Slit-lamp gonloscopy 

[by] GeiTge Gorin [and] Adolj'h Posner. 3d ed. 
Baltimore, William* dc Wliklns, 1967. xvll. 254 
p. lllua. 
DNLM: WW 143 G969* 1967 Clt. No. 121531 

GOUT 

Taibott, Jihn H. Gout. With a chapter on 
Intermc llary purine metabolism, by J. E. 
SeegmtUer. 3d ed. New York, Grune & 
Stratton, 1967. x, 296 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 344 T142g 1967 Clt. No. 117136 

-CONGRESSES 

Rheumatic disease*. Editors: J. J. R. Duthle and 
W. R. M. Alexander, Edinburgh, Untveralty 
Preea [cisrfl] 296 p. Ulus. (Pfizer medical 
monographs, 3) Paper* read at the third 
symposium of the Pfizer Foundation of the 
Post-Graduate Medical School, University of 
Edinburgh, 1967. 
DNLM: W3 PF269 no.S 1967 Clt. No. 146365 

GOVERNMENT 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Decision Making tn National Selene* 
Policy, London, 1967. Decision making In 
national science policy; a Ciba Foundation and 
Science of Science Foundation *ympo*lum. 
Edited by Anthony De Reuck, Maurice Goldamlth 
and Julie Knight. Boston, Little, Brown [19681 
xili, 309 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: Q 17S S989d 1967 at. No. 150038 

-DIRECT. 

Nation*! Referral Center for Science and 
TeehnolOf y. A directory of Information 

reaources in the United States: Federal 
Government, with a supplement of 
Government- sponsored Information resource*. 
Washington (For sale by the Supt. of Doc*., U. S. 
Govt. Print. Off.] 1967. vll, 411 p. 
DNLM: Q 11 NI762de 1967 Clt. No. 121875 



GOVERNMENT PUBLICATIONS 

-BtBL. 

Seam eckebler, Laurence Frederick, 1877- 
Government publication* and their use [by) 
Laurence F. Sebmeckebler [and] Roy B. Eastln. 
2d rev. ed. W' ashing ton, Brooking* Institution 
[1989] vtll, 502 p. SBN 8157-7736-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: Z 1223.Z7 S347g 1969 

Clt. No. 235133 

-DIRECT. 

National Referral Center for Science mad 
Technology. A directory of Information 
resources In the United States: Federal 

Government, with a supplement of 
Government-sponsored information re*ource*. 
Washington [For sale by the Supt. of Doc*., U. S. 
Govt. Print. Off.] 1987. vil, 411 p. 
DNLM: Q 11 N2762de 1967 Clt. No. 121875 



r 



GROUP PRACTICE 



Uorwttx, John J. Team practice and the 

specialist; an Introduction to Interdisciplinary 
teamwork. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] 
vll, 164 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 90 HSZ41 1970 Clt. No. 231347 

-U. S. 

American Medical Atioclatlon. Survey of medical 

groups tn the U. S., 1Q3S [by J B. E, Balfe [and] 
M. E. McNamara. Chlc»no, 19*8. xlv, 135 p. 
Lllua. (Its Special ^Utlttieal scries) 
DNLM, MBCO: W 92 A516* 1968 Clt. No. 164727 

■V. S. - STAT, 

American Medical Association. Dept. of durrey 

Research. Medical group* In the U. S., 1969 
[by] C. Todd [and] M. E. McNamara, agisted by 
B. C. Martin. Chicago. 1971. xv, 129 

p. Ulu*. (American S'edlcal Association. 
Special statistical Bt-rica) Earlier ed. has title: 
Survey of medical croups In the U. S.. 1965. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: W 93 A51Sm 1971 

Clt. No. 271634 



GROWTH 



FalSrcer, Frank, ed. Human development, by 29 
suthcrlties. Philadelphia, Saundera [cl966] 
xx, £44 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 103 F193H 1966 Clt. No. 63164 

Heald, Felix P., ed. Adolescent nutrition and 
growth. New York, Appleton-Century-Crofta 
[clM9] xlv, 25B p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 115 H434a 1989 

at. No. 206381 

Illlnrworth, Ronald Stanley, 1909- The 

development of the infant and young child, 
normal and abnormal, 4th ed. Baltimore, 
W1I llama & Wilkin*, 1970. 382 p. lllus. SBN 
443-00377-6. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 103 I29d 1970 

at. No. 254244 

lllinf worth, Ronald Stanley, 1909- The 

development of the infant and young child, 
normal and abnormal. 3d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wilkin*. 1944. Ix, 373 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WS 103 I29d 1966 Clt. No. 81510 

Smart, Motile Stevens. Children: development 

and relationship* [by] MolUe S. Smart and 
Russell C. Smart. New York, Macmlllan [el 967] 
Ix, 5f:2 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 105 S835c 1967 Clt. No. 115453 

Whipple, Dorothy Vermllya, 1900- 

Dynamlcs of development: euthenle pediatric*. 

New York, McGraw-Hill [C1988] xvl, 648 p. 

Ulu*. 

DNLM; WS 103 W5744 1986 at. No. 58461 

GROWTH DISORDERS 

-CONGRESSES 

Association for Research in Nerron* and Mental 
Disease. Biological and environmental 
determinants of early development; proceeding* 
of the association, December 3 and 4, 1971, New 
York, N. Y. (Editor: John I. Numberger] 
Baltimore, Williams A Wilkin*, 1973. x, 457 
p. Ulu*. (It* Research publication*, v. 51) 
ISBN 0-683-00245-7, 
DNLM: Wl AS4A1 V.51 1973 
XNLM: (WS 105 Afl48b 1973] at No. 377771 



n 



GYNECOLOGIC DISEASES 









GUILT 

Litton. Robert Jay, 1918- Homo from the 

war; Vietnam veteran*: neither victims nor 
executioner!. New York, Simon snd Schuster 

J c 1973] 478 p. ISBN 0-671-11545-0, 

DNLM, MBCO: WM 184 L723h 1973 

Clt. No. 37004* 

GYMNASTICS 

Xiretlls, Ramon Walter. Handbook of physical 

activities for men [byl Ramon W, Klrellis, John 
W. Cobb, Jr. (and] Herman B. Segrest. 
Philadelphia, Davis [C1989J 273 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: QT 180 K58h 1969 Clt. No. 234240 

8telntrob.il, Peter Joseph, 1899- How to be 

lazy, healthy and fit. New York, Funk & 

WaenalU [C1988] 211 p. 

DNLM: QT 255 S819h 1966 Clt. No. 200055 

GYNECOLOGIC DISEASES 

Beacbam, Daniel Winston. Synopsis of 
cynecology [by] Daniel Winston Beacham [and] 
Woodward Davis Beacham. 7th ed. St. Louis, 
Mosby. 1987. lx, 384 p. Ulu*. 6th ed. has 
title: Croaien's Synopsis of gynecology. 
DNLM: WP 100 11365s 1967 Clt. No. 117520 

Demon, Ralph Criswell. 1911- Handbook of 

obstetrics and gynecology. 2d ed. Los Altos, 

Calif., Lange, 188S. 712 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WP 100 B473h 1935 Clt. No. 82340 

Benson, Ralph Criswell, 1911- Handbook of 

obstetrics it gynecology. 3d ed. Los Altos, 
Calif.. Lange, 1968. 752 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCo: WP 100 B473h 1603 

Clt. No, 153377 

Benson, Ralph Criswell, 1911- Handbook of 

obstetrics & gynecology. 4th ed. Los Altos, 
Calif., Lanee, 1971. 774 p. ISBN 0-87041-1*1-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 100 B473b 1971 

Clt. No. 266305 

BotelbntLlusIa, Jose". Endocrinology of woman 
(byl Jose Botella-Uusla. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1973. xxl, 1U84 p. Ulus. ISSN 0.7216-1600-1. 
Translation of EndocrinologVa de Is mujer. 

DNLM, SUNY: WP SOS B748e 1973 

Clt. No. 354018 

Brewer, John Isaac, 1903- Textbook of 

gynecology [by] John I. Brewer [and] Edwin J. 
DeCosta, 4th ed. Baltimore, Williams & 
Wllktns [C1987] xxvlll, 918 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WP 140 B847t 19S7 Cit. No. 103605 

Browne, John Campbell McClure. Postgraduate 
obstetrics and gynaecology. 4th ed. [London] 
Butter worth [cl973] vlli, 884 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-407-36121-9. Earlier ed. by F. J. Browne and J. 
C. M. Browne. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 100 BQBlp 1B73 

Clt. No. 375732 

Danlorth, David N, 1B12- ed- Textbook of 

obstetrics and gynecology, by 54 authors. 2d 
ed. New York, Medical Book Dept., Harper & 
Bow [C1B71] XX, 1199 p. lHus. ISBN 
0-06-140681-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: Wq 100 DIBIt 1971 

Clt. No. 311447 

Everett, Houston Spencer, 1900- Female 

urology [by] Houston S. Everett [and] John H. 
Ridley. New York, Hoeber [C1968] 238 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCo: WJ 190 EBSt 1988 

Clt. No. 162131 

Gold, Jay J., ed. Textbook of gynecologic 

endocrinology, by 36 authors. New York, 

Hoeber [C1968] xxll, 862 p. lllus. 

DNLM: WP 505 G618t 1968 Ctt. No. 133084 

Green, Thomas Henry, 1923- Gynecology; 

essentials of clinical practice. 2d ed. Boston, 
Little. Brown [clB71] ill, 511 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 100 G798g 1971 

Clt. No. 265204 

Greeahlll, Jacob Pearl, 1895- Office 

gynecology. Btb ed. rev. and enL Chicago, 
Year Book Medical Publishers [1971] S40 p. 
Ulus, ISBN 0-8151-3951-9. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 140 GBlSo 1971 

Clt. No. 184822 



Grlaxnova, Irlna Mlkbaflovn*. Neotloihnala 
pomoshch' v glnekologil. 2. lzd, lepr. 1 dop. 
Moskva, Medltslna, 1967. 219 p. Ulus. 
(Blblloteka srednego medltslnskogo rabotnlka) 
At head of title: I. M. Grlaznova, G, IA. 
Molchanova. 
DNLM: WP 100 G848n 1987 Cit. No. 142751 

Holmes, Joseph Masters. Gynaecology. London, 
Ballllere, Tlndall & Cassell [1966] vML 228 p. 
Ulus. (Concise medical textbooks) 
DNLM: WP 100 H7Slg 1986 Clt. No. 54631 

Janoviki, N. A. Diseases of the vulva [by] 

Nikolas A. Janovskl [and] Charles P. Douglas. 
[1st Am. ed.] Hagerstown, Md., Harper 8c Row 
[C1972] 125 p. lllus. ISBN 0-00-141350-X. 
Translation of Erkrankungen der Vulva. 



DNLM, SUNY: WP 200 J34e 1972 



Clt. No. 365212 



Kerr, John Martin Monro, 1868. Combined 

textbook of obstetrics and gynaecology for 
students and practitioners, edited by Sir Dugald 
Balrd. 8th ed, Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1969. 
xli, 950 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 100 K41c 1969 

Clt. No. 174462 

Klstner, Robert William, 1917- Gynecology; 

principles and practice. 2d ed. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [1971] XX, 764 p. 
Ulus ISBN 0-8151-5080-9. 
DNLM. M3C0, SUNY: WP 100 K62g 1971 

Clt. No. 271780 



Krans, Frederick T. Gynecologic pathology. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1967. lx, 504 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 100 K91g 1967 Clt. No. 110511 

Lenox BUI Hospital, New York. Quick reference 
to OB-GYN procedures. Obstetrical and 
gynecological staff, Lenox Hill Hospital, New 
York. Edited by Hugh R. K. Barber [and] 
EUward A. Graber. Philadelphia, Llppincott 
[1969] x, 368 P. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 100 L569q 1969 

Clt. No. 166005 

Ludwlg, Alfred O., 1B06- Psychosomatic 

aspects of gynecological disorders: it?ven 
psychoanalytic case studies [by] Alfred O. 
Ludwlg, Benjamin J. Muraweki [and] Sotners S. 
Sti.irgis. Cambridge, Mass., Harvard Univ. Press, 
19«9. 119 p. lllus. (Commonwealth Fund bookj 
SBN 674-72215-3. 
DNLM, MI1CO, SUNY: WP 100 L947p 1969 

Clt. No. 205732 

Miller, Norman Frits, 1894- Gynecology 

and gynecologic nursing, by Norman F. MUler and 
Hazel Avery. With a chapter on care of the 
gynecologic patient in the operating room rev. by 
Muriel Horton and a chapter oa psychosomatic 
problems In gynecology by Spra^ue Gardtaer and 
a chapter on endocrine gynecology by Gardner 
Riley. 5th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1965. 
lx, 440 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WY 157 M649g 1965 Clt. No. 148417 

Novak, EmlL 1883- Gynecologic and 

obstetric pathology, with clinical and endocrine 
relations. flth ed. [by] Edmund R. Novak [and] 
J. Donald Woodruff. Philadelphia, Saunders 
[C1967] xvl, 696 p. Ulus., porta. 
DNLM: WP 140 N935g 1967 Clt. No. 106074 

Novak, Emll, 1883- Textbook of 

gynecology. 8th ed. [by] Edmund R. Novak, 
Georgeanna Seegar Jones [and] Howard W. Jones, 
Jr. BaHlmore, WUUams & Wilklns, 1970. xi, 
748 p. lllus. SBN 633-06316-1. 
DNLM MBCO: WP 100 N935t 1970 

Ctt. No. 254480 

FhlUpp, Elliot Ellas, 1915- ed. Scientific 

foundations of obstetrics and gynaecology, edited 
by Elliot E. PhUipp, Josephine Barnes, and 
Michael Newton. London, Helnemann [1970] 
xv, 743 p. Ulus. SBN 433-2510O-X. 
DNLM: WP 100 P551S 1970 Clt. No. 252200 

Reld, Duncan Earl, 1905- ed. Controversy In 

obstetrics and gynecology, edited by Duncan E, 
Reld [and] T. C. Barton. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1969. xlv, 414 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WQ 100 R354c 1969 

Qt. No. 202033 



Bperoff, Leo., 1935- CUnlcal gynecologic 

endocrinology and Infertility, by Leon Speroff, 
Robert H. Glass [and] Nathan G. Kase. 
Baltimore, Williams * Wilklns [clB73] vtlL 2M 
p lllus. ISBN 0-683-07891-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 505 S749C 1973 

Cit. No. 400140 

Taylor. Edward Stewart, 1911- Essentials 

of gynecology. 4th ed. Philadelphia. Lea * 
Feblgcr, 1969. vilt, 588 p. Ulus. SBN 
8121-0235-5. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 100 T239B 19«9 

Clt- No. 218135 

WUlsoM, James Robert. 1912- Obstetric* 

and gynecology [by] J. Robert WUlson. Clayton T. 
Boecham [and] Elsie Reld Carrlngton, 4th ed- 
St. Louis, Mosby, 1971. xl, 638 p. lllus. 

ISSN 0-80 16-5588-9. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 100 W742o 1971 

Clt. No. 271276 

■DIAGNOSIS 

Atlee, Harold Be« f «. 1890- Acute and 

chronic Iliac pain In women; a problem In 
dlni'noaU. Id ed. Sprlnsfleld, 111.. Thomas 
[cK-05] lx, IH5 p. Ulus. 1st ed. has title: 
Chronic lilac pain In women. 
DNLM: WP 141 A881c 1968 at. No. 41461 

Cohen, Melvin R.. 1911- Laparoscopy, 

culdoBCopy, and gynecoirraphy; technique and 
atlas. Philadelphia, Raiimlers [cl970] xvl. 171 
p Ulus (Ma]or problems in obstetric* and 
gynecologv, v. 1) SBN 0-7216-2650-5. 
UNLM: Wl MA492V v.l 1970 „.„. 

MBCO: WP 100 M234 v.l 1970 Clt. No. 281624 

Dallenbach-Hellwef, Gisels. Hlstopathology of the 
endometrium. New York, Springer-Verlag, 197L 
xl 277 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-387.O4449-3. 
Translation of Endometrium. BlbUography: p. 
223-2C7 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WP 141 D144* 19?1 

Clt. No. 316702 

M^rcuse, Feter Max. 1914- Diagnostic 

pathology In gynecology and obstetrics. New 
York. Hoeber [cl9fi6] ix, 528 p. Ulus, 
DNLM: WP 141 M32?4 1BSS Cit. No. 37471 

Morris, Joftw A., 1926- Po * ter A or , , 

colpotomy; surgical technique and clinical 
experience. Springfield, 111, Thomas [cl969] 
xv, 57 p. Ulus. 

DNLM, MBCO: WP 141 M876p 1989 „.,„. 

at. No. 222422 

Steptoe, Patrick C. Laparoscopy in gynaecology 
[by] Patrick C. Steptoe- H. Frangenhelm 
contributes a secUon on sterility. Edinburgh, 
Livingstone, 1367. vlll, 93 p. *"**• _,„_, 
DNLM: WP 1*1 S837L 1967 at. No. 73153 



-DIAGNOSIS - ATLASES 

BtolL Peter. Gynecological vital cytology 
function, microbiology, neoplasia; atlaa of 
phase-contrast microscopy. New York, 
Springer- Verlag, 1969. 81 p. Ulu*. To 
accompany the author's Gynakologlsche Cytologle. 
DNLM MBCO: WP 141 S875g 1968 Suppl. 1969 

Clt. No. 233247 

-DltUO THERAPY 

Kistner, Robert WllUam, 1917- The use of 

progestins In obstetrics and gynecology. 
Chicago, Year Book Medical Publisher* [cl969] 
152 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 520 Klla 1969^ ^ ^^ 

-IN ADOLESCENCE 

Heald, Felix P, 1921- s4. Adolescent 

gynecology. Baltimore, WUllam* & Wilkin*, 

1955. i, 183 P. Ulus. 

DNLM: WS 360 H434* 1988 at. No. 6206* 

Huffman. Johs WilUam. The gynecology of 
childhood and adolescence. Philadelphia, 
Saunders. 1988. x, 574 p. Ulus. 
DNLMlWS 380 H889g 1988 Ctt- No. 145304 

Joies, Howard Wilbur, 1910- Pediatric and 

adolescent gynecology [by] Howard W. Jones, jr 
[and] Richard H. Heller. Baltimore. WUllam* * 
Wilkin* [C1966] lx, 333 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 360 J77p 1966 Clt. No. S45S2 



93 



GYNECOLOGIC DISEASES 



■IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Hoffman, John William. Tbe gynecology of 
childhood and adolescence. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1988. x, 574 p. Ulus. 
DNLM:WS 360 H889g 19*8 CU. No. 1*5304 

Jones, Howard Wilbur, 1910- Pediatric and 

adolescent gynecology [by] Howard W. Jones, Jr. 
[and] Richard H. Heller. Baltimore, WUUama A 
Wllklna [clSM] ix, 333 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 3«0 J77P IBM Clt. No. 84532 

-NURSING 

Miller, Norman Frits, 1894- Gynecology 

and gynecologic nursing, by Norman F. Miller and 
Haiel Avery. With a chapter on care of the 
gynecologic patient In the operating room rev. by 
Muriel Horton and a chapter on psychosomatic 
problem In gynecology by Sprague Gardiner and 
a chapter on endocrine gynecology by Gardner 
Riley. 5th ed. Philadelphia, Saunden, 1985, 
ix, 140 p. Mus. 
DNLM: WY 1S7 MM9g 1965 Clt. No. 148417 

■PATHOLOGY 

Dougherty, Cary M„ 1915- Surgical 

pathology of gynecologic disease. New York, 
Hoeber~[cl968] xl, 690 p. Ulus. 
DNLM:WF 140 D732s 19*8 Clt. No. 144702 

Compel, Clande. Pathology in gynecology and 
obstetrics [by] C. Gompel and S. G. SUverberg. 
Philadelphia, Lipplncott [1B19] 550 p. illua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 140 G*34p 19*9 

Clt. No. 24043? 

-PATHOLOGY - ATLASES 

Janovskl, N. A. Atlas of gynecologic and 
obstetric diagnostic hlEtopalhology [by] N. A. 
Janovskl [and] Viktor Dubrausiky. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [clS67] xtii, 810 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 17 J34a 1067 Clt. No. 177253 

JiitonU, N. A. Color atlas of gross gynecologic 
■nd obstetric pathology. New York, Blaklston 
Division [C1989J 297 p. plates 
MBCO, SUNY: WP 17 J34e 1989 Cit. No. 170*84 

-SURGERY 

GreenhRL Jacob Pearl, 1895- Surgical 

gynecology, including important obstetric 

operations. 4th ed. Chicago, Year Book 

Medical Publishers [1989] 403 p. illua. 

(Handbook of operative iurgery> SBN 

8151-3954-3. 

DNLM, MBCO: WP 8*0 G813s 19*9 

Cit. No. 224121 

Obstetrics and gynaecology, edited by D. W. T. 
Roberts. [2d ed.) Philadelphia, Llppincott 
[197 1J xi, 210 p. tllus. (Rob, Charles, ed. 
Operative surgery, v. IS) 
DNLM: WO 500 R6280 v. 13 1971 Clt. No. 254434 

Shaw. Wilfred, 1897- Textbook of 

operative gynaecology; rev. by John Howklns. 
3d ed. Edinburgh, London, Livingstone, 19*8. 
Yin, 558 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 8*0 S537t 19*8 Clt. No. 140310 

Te Linde, Richard Wesley, 1894- Operative 

gynecology [by] Richard W. Te Linde and 
Richard P. Mattlngiy. 4tb ed. Philadelphia, 
Llppincott [C1970] xxv, 874 p. Ulus., port. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 6*0 T!72o 1970 

Clt. No. 243741 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Parsons, Charles Langdon, 1899- An atlas 

of pelvic operations [by] Langdon Parsons [sad] 
Howard Uif elder. Illustrated by Mildred B. 
Codding. Id ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1988. 
xl, 448 P. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 17 P287a 19*8 Clt. No. 152751 

GYNECOLOGIC NEOPLASMS 

Corscadeat, James Albert, 1881- 
Gyneeologtc cancer [by] S. B. Gutberg [and) H. 
C. Frlck. 4th ed. Baltimore, WUUama as 
Wilklns, 1970. ix, 823 p. Ulus. SBN 
683-03853-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 145 CSISg 1970 

Clt. No. 145071 



Kistntr, Robert Willi I en, 1917- Gynecology; 

principles and practice. 2d ed. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [1971] XX, 764 p. 
Ulus. ISBN 0-B151-5030-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WP 100 K62g 1971 

Clt. No. 2717*0 

Kranx, Frederick T. Gynecologic pathology. St. 
Louis. Mosby, 1667. ix, 504 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 100 K91g 1967 Cit. No. 110511 

-CONGRESSES 

Gynecological oncology; a comprehensive review 
and evaluation. Proceedings of tbe symposium 
held at tbe Lenox Hill Hospital Is New York, N. 
Y„ 19-23 May 1989. Editors: Hugh R. K. Barber 
[and] Edward A. Graber. [Amsterdam, New 
York] Excerpta Mcdlca Foundation [1970] XX, 
385 p. Ulus., port. (Excerpta medica. 
International congress series, no. 203) ISBN 
90-219-0134-X. 
DNLM: W3 EX89 no.203 1969 Clt. No. 252502 

Lewis, George C, 1919- ed. New concepts in 

gynecological oncology; a Hahnemann 
symposium. Editors.' George C. Lewis [et al.] 
Philadelphia, DavU [cl966] xxvlli, 438 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WP 145 L674n 1968 Clt. No. 110317 

-DIAGNOSIS - ATLASES 

KolsUd, Per. Atlas of colposcopy [by] Per 
Kolstad [andl Adolf Stafl. Baltimore, University 
Park Press [C1E72] 146 p. Ulus. ISBN 
C-R™l-0527.]. 
DNLM: WP 17 KB la 1972 Cit. No. 344052 

-DIAGNOSIS - LABORATORY MANUALS 



Manual for gynecological 
Bethesoa, Md. [1965] 111, 



Clt. No. 72452 



Naval Medical School, 
exfoliative cytology. 
123 p. Ulu3, 
DNLM: WP 25 U58m 1985 

-PATHOLOGY 

Dougherty, Cary M., 1915- Surgical 

pathology of gynecologic disease. New York, 
Hoeber fcises) xi. 600 p. Ulus. 
DNLM:YvP 140 DT&l* 1988 . Clt. No. 144702 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Wilds, Preston I.ru, 1926- Applications of 

gynecologic oncology; programmed case 
presentations In detection, diagnosis and 
management ol neoplastic diseases of the female 
genital tract, by Preston Lea Wilds and Virginia 
Zachert. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl«97] 1 v. 
(various pagin—0 Text designed to be used In 
conjunction with Essentials of gynecologic 
oncology. Supported by a grant from the U. S. 
Dcpt. of Health, Education, and Welfare, Office 
of Education (Grant no. 7-20-02SO-219) 
DNLM: WP 145 Wo75a 1967 Cit. No, 112224 

GYNECOLOGY 

Dewftorst, Christopher John. A student's guide to 
obstetrics and gynecology. 2d ed. London, 
BaUUere, Tindail A Cass ell [1965 J lx, 222 p. 
Ulus. On cover: BaiLtraore, WUUama A Wllklna. 
DNLM: WQ 100 DSISs 1985 Clt. No, 43655 

-CONGRESSES 

World Congress of Gynaecology and Obstetrics, 5th, 
Sydney, 1367. [Proceedings] Editor: Carl 
Wood; associate editor: William A. W. Walters. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts; London, 
Butterworth, 19S7. 54, 934 p. Ulus. In 
English, French, German or Spanish, with 
summaries In English. 
DNLM: W3 W0538K 1987p Clt. No. 13*125 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Hart, W. Glenn, 1938- Textbook study 

guide of gynecology; 1200 multiple choice 
questions and referenced answers. Flushing, N. 
Y., Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1972. 157 
p. (Medical examination review book, v. 4A) 
ISBN 0-874SS-152-8. 
DNLM: W 18 M48B v.4A 1972 Clt. No. 380048 



Probst, Raymond E„ 1933- ed. Medical 

examination review book: obstetrics & 
gynecology; specialty board review, 1500 multiple 
choice question* and referenced answers. Edited 
by Raymond E. Probst [and] Thomas M. Mler. 
3d ed. Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination 
Pub. Co., cl969. 207 p. 
DNLM, SUNY: WP 18 P962m 1989 

at No. 



( 



HAIR 

Ferrtmen, David George. Human hair growth In 
health and disease. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[cl971] xl, 84 p. Ulus. (American lecture 
scries, no. 801. American lectures In living 
chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO: WR 450 FOTlh 1971 

Cit. No. 201*44 

HALFWAY HOUSES 

Rothwell, Naomi D. The psychiatric halfway 
house; a case study, by Naomi D. Rothwell and 
Jozn M. Doniger. Springfield, III,, Thomas 
[cl96S] xvi, 265 p. 
DNLM: WM 23 AD6 W8R 1968 Cit. No. 87065 

HALLUCINOGENS 

A tr onion, Bernard, ed. PsyehedeUcs, the uses 
and Implications of hallucinogenic drugs. Edited 
by Bernard Aaronaon and Humphry Osmond. 
Garden City, N. J., Doubleday, 1970. vIL 512 
p. Ulus. (Anchor books, A733) 
DNLM. SUNY: QV 109 A113p 1970 

Clt. No. 253*03 

-ADVERSE EFFECTS 

Adverse reactions to hallucinogenic drugs with 
background papers; coherence held at tbe 
National Institute of ftiental Health, Chevy Chase, 
Maryland, September 29, 1HG7. Roger E. Meyer, 

editor. [Crew C -se. Hid.] National Institute of 
Mental Health; [for tale by the Supt. of Docs., U. 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington, 1169] vil. 111 
p. Ulus. (Public Health Service publication, no. 
iai0) At head ot title: National Clearinghouse 
for Mental He;Utb Information. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 109 A244 1967 

Clt. No. 223333 

-CONGRESSES 

Adverse reactions to hallucinogenic drugs with 
barrr roiled papers; conference held at the 
National Institute of Mental Health, Chevy Chase, 
Maryland. September 29, IP67. Roger E. Meyer, 
editor. [Chevy Chase, Md.) National Institute of 
Mental Health; [for sale by the Supt, of Docs., U. 
S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington, 1SG9) vll, 111 
p. Ulus. (Public Health Service publication, no. 
" i0) At head of title: National Clearinghouse 
-or Mental Health Information. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 109 A244 1067 

Clt. No. 223333 

-DICT. 

Llngeman, Richard R. Drugs from A to Z: a 
dictionary. New York, McGraw-HUl [cl969] 
xvl, 277 p. Drug terms, including slang, defined 
from both a pharmacological and sociological 
point of view. Besides the definition, entries 
Include synonyms, cross references, and quotatons 
(to show how slang term is used or to give 
subjective description).' 4 appendixes pertinent 
to legal and official class ificatlo as of drugs. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 13 L755d 1969 

Cit. No. 102735 

HALOGENS 

-CONGRESSES 

Biochemistry of tbe phagocytic process; localisation 
sad the role of myeloperoxidase and the 
mechanism ot tbe balog enatloi. . reaction. Editor: 
Julius Sennits. Amsterdam, North-Holland Pub, 
Co. |1970] 141 p. Ulus. ISilN 7204-4059-9. 
Second part of a symposium held In January 19*1 
in Miami, Florida. Sponsored by the 
Papanicolaou Cancer Research Institute. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 135 B815 1069 

Clt. No. 141171 



94 



( 



HEAD INJURIES 









HAMARTOMA 

•CONGENITAL 

Qoldanlch, Itslo Federlco. Vascular hamartomas 
and anf-lodysptasiaa of the extremities, by Italo 
Federlco Goldsnich and Mario Camp ana eel. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl968] xl, 318 p. 
Ilium. Translation of Amartoml vascular I e 
angtodlaplasie degU aril. 
DNLM: WG 900 G615a 1968 Clt. No. 184024 

HAND 

-OHOWTH * DEVELOPMENT - ATLASES 

Fyte, Sarah IdelL 1895- A radiographic 

standard of reference for the growing hand and 
wrist; assembled by S. Idell Pyle, Alice M. 
Water ho use and William Walter Greulich. 
Prepared for the United State* National Health 
Examination Survey, Chicago, Press of Case 
Western Beserve Univ.; distributed by Year Book 
Medical PubUshers [C1971J vli, 121 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-8151-8894-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 17 P996rs 1871 

Clt. No. J78510 

-RADIOGRAPHY - ATLASES 

Krlcv Morrison E., 1938- Roentgenologic 

atU : the hand and wrist In ayatemlc disease 
[b>j ..lorrlson E. Krlcun [and] Jack Ed&iKen, 
Baltimore, Williams & Wilklni [cl973] xi, 324 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-683-04783-3. 
DNLM: WE 17 K92r 1973 Clt, No. 355671 

Pyle, Sarah IdelL 1895- A radiographic 

standard of reference for the growing hand and 
wrist; assembled by S. Idell Pyle, Alice M. 
W?.terhouse and William Walter Greulich. 
Prepared for the United States Nattonal Health 
Examination Survey. Chicago, Press of Case 
Western Reserve Univ.; distributed by Year Book 
Medical Publishers [cl971] vil, 121 p. Mux. 
ISBN 0-8151-8894-2. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 17 P996ra 1971 

Clt. No, 278510 

-SURGERY 

Bunnell. Sterling, 1882- Surgery of the 

hand. 5th ed., rev. by Joseph H. Boyes. 
Philadelphia, Lippincott [C1970] xll, 727 p. 
llliis,. port. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 830 B942s 1970 

at. No. 267SO0 

Plynn, Joseph Edward, 1905- Hand surgery. 

Baltimore, Wtl llama & Wllklns, 1966. xvi, 1095 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 830 P848h 1968 Clt. No. 51071 

The Hand, edited by R. Gay PuUerUft. 2d ed. 

Philadelphia, Lippincott [1970] x, 282 p. lilua. 
(Rob, Charles, ed. Operative surgery, v. 11) 
DNLM: WO 500 R6280 v.ll 1970 Clt. No. 255335 

Mllford, Lee W„ 1912- The hand. Prom 

fifth edition of Campbell's Operative 
orthopaedics, edited by A. H. Crenshaw, St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1971. viil, 282 p. Ulua. ISBN 
0-8016-3429-8. Bibliography: p. 259-273. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 830 M644h 1971 

Clt. No. 271135 

Moberg, Erik, 1805- Emergency surgery of 

the hand. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1987. 74 
p. Ulus. Translation of Drtngllche 
Handchirurgle. 
DNLM: WE 830 M687d 1887 Clt. No. 105571 

Symposia on reconstructive plastic surgery and on 
surgery of the band. Philadelphia, Saunders 
11989?] vl, I5S-553, vi, 985-1183 p. lllus., porta. 
Reprinted from the Surgical clinics of North 
America, v. 47. no. 2, 1987, and v. 48, no. 5, 1988. 
Contents. - 1. Reconstructive plastic surgery. J. 
M. Converse, guest editor. - I. Practical surgery 
of the band. M. A. Entln, guest editor. 
DNLM: WO 800 S886 1989 Clt. No. 214177 

ZancolU, Eduardo. Structural and dynamic bases 
of hsnd surgery. Philadelphia, Lippincott 
fel»68] xlll, 198 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 830 Z27l 1988 Clt. No. 151215 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Chase, Robert Arthur, 1823- Atlas of hand 

surgery. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1873. xl, 438 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-71 16- 2495-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 17 C486a 1973 

Clt, No. 400117 



HAND DERMATOSES 

Costello, Mamice J., 1901-1943. The palms and 

soles In medicine, by Maurice J. Costello and 

Richard C. Glbbs. SprLngfleld, 111., Thomas 

[C1987] xx HI, 888 p. lllus., port. (American 

lecture series, no. 848. American lectures In 

dermatology) 

DNLM: WE 830 C841p 1087 Clt. No. 135640 

HAND INJURIES 

Anderson. Milts Harrison, 1910- Upper 

extremities orthotics, written snd Ulustrated by 
Miles H. Anderson. Ed. by Raymond E. Sollara. 
Technical consultants: John J. Bray let al.] 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl965] xlv, 480 p. 
Ulus. 1958 ed. baa title: Functional bracing of 
the upper extremities. 
DNLM: WE 172 qA548f 1965 Clt. No. 35011 

Eaton, Richard G., 1929- Joint Injuries of 

the hand. Springfield, B1-, Thomas [cl971] xl, 
80 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 830 E14J 1971 

at. No. 273033 

-SURGERY 

Mllford, Lee W., 1922- The hand. From 

fifth edition of Campbell's Operative 
orthopaedics, edited by A. H. Crenshaw. St. 
Louis, l;csby, 1971. vllt, 2K2 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8018-342J-6. Bibliography: p. 253-273. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE B30 M644H 1971 

Clt. No. 271135 

Rank, Benjamin Keith. Surgery of repair as 
applied to hand Injuries, by B. R. Raait and A. R. 
Wakefield. 2d ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
i960. xlv, 2'!3 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 800 R198s 1980 Clt. No, 162120 

•THERAPY 

Weeks, Paul RJ., 1932- Management of 

acute hand injuries: a biological approach I by] 

Paul M. WeeliS [arid] R. Christie Wray. St. 

Louis, Mosby, 1973. vtl, 368 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-301 8-5370-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 830 W396m 1973 

at. No. 401543 

HANDICAPPED 

Goldsmith, Selwyn. Designing for the disabled. 

2d ed., rev. and expanded. London, Koyal 

Institute of British Architects, 1967. 207 p. 

Ulus. 

DNLM: WA 795 G624d 1967 Clt. No. 126447 

Gut man, Ernest M. A travel guide for the 
disabled. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1967] 
xlll, 133 p. 
DNLM: HV 3011 G983t 1967 Clt. No. 151321 

Kllnger, Judith Lannefeld, comp. Mealtime 

manual for the aged and handicapped. Compiled 
by the Institute of Rehabilitation MedtcUie, New 
Yoik University Medical Center: Judith Lannefeld 
Kllnger, Fred H. Fried en [and] Richard A. 
SulUvan. New York JEasandess Special 
Editions. C1970] xll. 242 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-671-10461-8. 
DNLM: TX 652 K85m 1970 Clt. No. 307050 

Wolf, James M., comp. The multiply handicapped 

child, compiled and edited hy James M. Wolf and 
Robert M. Anderson. Springfield, Ul., Thomas 
101969] XVll. 483 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: LC 4015 W8S4m 1969 

at. No. 213115 

HEAD 

-ANATOMY * HISTOLOGY 

Bleher, Harry, 1889- Oral anatomy [by] 

Harry Slcher [and] E. Lloyd DuBrul. 5th ed. 
St. Louis, Mosbv, 1970. xviL 502 p. lllus., 
port. SBN 8016-4603-0. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WU 101 S5fl5o 1970 

at. No. 232216 



-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Cancer of the Head and Neck, 

Pittsburgh, 1968. Symposium on Cancer of the 
Head and Neck; total treatment and 
reconatructive rehabilitation. Editor: John C, 
Gahrford. St, Louis, Mosby, 1989. kill. 381 
p. lllua., plates SBN 8016-1720-0. 
Constitutes v. 2 of the Proceedings of the 
symposium of the Educational Foundation of the 
American Society of Plastic and Reconstructive 
Surge ona. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 705 S989s 1988 

at. No. 227358 

-SURGERY 

Conley, Jobs. Concepts In head and neck 
surgery. Stuttgart, Thleme, 1970. 292 p. 
Ulua. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 705 C752C 1970 

at. No. 254350 

Dene eke, Ha as Joachim. Plastic surgery of head 
and neck [by] H. J. Denecke and R. Meyer. 
New York, Springer, 1967- V. Ulua. 
Translation of Plastlsche Operatlonen an Kopf 
und Hals. 
DNLM; WE 705 D392p Clt. No. 112048 

Hie ad and neck and lymph nodes, edited by Maurlcs 
Ewlr=s, 2d ed. Philadelphia, Lippincott [19691 
xl, 254 p. Ulus. (Hob, Charles, ed. Operative 
surgery, v. 6) 
DNLM: WO 500 R628o v.8 1969 at. No. 212280 

Montgomery, William W., 1923- Surgery of 

tlie upper respiratory system. Philadelphia, Lea 
it Feblger, 1971- v. ISBN 0-8121-0276-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 168 M788s 

at. No. 254617 

StelL P. M. Head and neck surgery, by P. M. 
Stell and A. G. D. Maran. Philadelphia, 
Lippincott [1972] x, 454 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-397-58118-1. 
DNLM: WE 705 S824h 1972 at. No. 341346 

Wise, Robert Alexander, 1896- Surgery of 

the head and neck, by Robert A. Wise and 
Harvey W. Baker. 3d ed. Chicago, Year Book 
finical Publishers [1SS8] 379 p. lllus. 
(Handbook of operative surgery) 
DNLM: WE 700 W813* 1968 at. No. 154051 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Lor*, John Marlon, 1921- An atlas of head 

and neck surgery, 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1973. 2 v. (xxll, 938, X p.) Mils':, 
ports. ISBN 0-7218-5796-6 (v.l) 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 17 L868a 1973 

at. No. 373537 

-SURGERY - CONGRESSES 

International Symposium on Plastic and 
Reconstructive Surgery in the Face and Neck, lit, 
N*w York, 1970. Plastic and reconstructive 
surpery of the face and neck; proceedings. 
Edited by John Conley and John T. Dickinson. 
Stuttgart, Thleme; New York, Grune & Stratton, 
1972. 2 v. Ulus. ISBN 0-8089-0750-6 (v. 1). 
Contents. - v. 1. Aesthetic surgery. - *. 2. 
RehablUtatlve surgery. 
DNLM: \V3 IN921C 1970p 
SUNY: WE 705 I59p 1970 
XNLM: [WE 705 I59p 1870] Clt. No. S3447T 

HEAD INJURIES 

Hooper, Reginald. Pattern* of acute head Injury. 
London, Arnold [1969] vi, 167 p. Ulus. SBN 
7131*4158-5. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 705 H787p 1989 

at. No. 231003 

Rowbothtm, George Frederick. Acute injuries of 
the head; their diagnosis, treatment, 
compUcations, and sequels. 4th ed. Baltimore, 
WU llama and Wllklns, 1984. xx, 584 p. Ulus., 
ports. 
DNLM: WE 705 R877s 1884 at. No. 48574 

Walker, Arthur Earl, 1007- Head Injured 

men fifteen years later, by A. Earl Walker snd 
Franco Erculel. Springfield, 111., Thomas [1969] 
vil, 118 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WE 705 W177h 1989 

at. No. 167011 



95 



HEAD INJURIES 



-COMPLICATIONS 

Conference on the Colonic or Late Effects of Head 
Injuries, Washington, D. C, 1949. The late 
effecU of head Injury. Edited by A. Earl Walker, 
William F. Caveness [and] Macdonaid Critchley. 
Springfield, 111., Thomat [cl969] xvll, 560 p. 
lllua. Organized by the Research Group on 
Head Injuries, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WE 703 C748L 1MB 

Clt. No. 223502 

RnaselL William Ritchie. The traumatic amnesias. 
[London] Oxford Univ. Pre«», 1971, vt, 84 p. 
lllua. (Oxford neurological mo no graph* > 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 173 R9S8t 1971 

Qt. No. 162733 

-CONGRESSES 

Conference on the Chronic or Late EffecU of Head 
Injuries, Washington, D. C, 1969. The Lite 
effect* of head Injury. Edited by A. Earl Walker, 
William P. Caveness [and] Macdonaid Crltchley. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1989] xvil, 530 p. 
lllus. Organized by the Research Group on 
Head Injuries. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WE 705 C748L I960 

Cit. No. 22250} 

-IN INFANCY ft CHILDHOOD 

Me a ley, John. 1928- Pediatric head 

injuries. Springfield, 111., Thomas [el96S] 
xlll, 243 p. lllus. (American lecture series, no. 
730. American lectures In living chemistry) 
DNLM: WE 705 M48Zp 1968 Clt. No. 182334 

•THESAFY 

Lewln, Walpole. The management of head 
Injuries. London, Bailllere, Tindail 4 Cassell 
[C1686] vlll, 318 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 705 L972m 1969 Clt. No. 71225 

HEADACHE 

Lance, James W. The mechanism and 

management of headache. London, Butterworth 

[c!969] xil, 197 p. lllus., plates SUN 

407-2S455-8. 

DNLM. MBCO: WL 342 L24€m 1969 

Clt. No. 262324 

Vlnken, P. J., ed. Headaches and cranial 
neuralgias. Edited by P. J, Vlnken and G. W. 
Bruyn. Amsterdam, North- Holland Pub. Co.; 
New York, Wiley lntersdonce Division [1953] 
xll. 414 p. Ulus. (Handbook of clinical 
neurology, v. 5) Sole distributors for the 
Western Hemisphere: Wiley, New York, 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WL 100 H236 v.5 1968 

Cit. No. 169122 

-IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Friedman, Arnold Phlnehas, 1909- ed. 

Headaches In children; comp. and ed. hy Arnold 
P. Friedman and Ernest Harms, with 
contributions by Abby Adams [et ai.] 
Sprlnglfeld. 111., Thomas [cl947] vli, 151 p. 
DNLM: WL 342 F9Hb 1967 Clt. No. 75570 

HEALTH 

American Heart Association. Committee on 
Exercise. Exercise testing and training of 
apparently healthy individuals; a handbook for 
physicians. New York, American Heart Assn., 
1972. vilL 40 p. 
DNLM; W9 PS Clt. No. 336255 

HEALTH AND WELFARE PLANNING 

-D. I, 

Committee for Economic Development. Research 
and Poller Committee. Building a national 
health-care system; a statement on national 
policy. [New York] CED, 1973. 105 p. ISBN 
0-87189-O49-X. 
MBCO, SUNY: WA 540 AA1 CMb 1973 

Clt. No. J96605 

HEALTH EDUCATION 

Prynne, T. A. Handbook on hospital television. 
Columbia, S. C, Educational Resources 
Foundation [1972] 94 p. lllua., porta. 

DNLM, SUNT: W 18 PW3h 1972 Clt. No. S39S31 



% 



HEALTH FACILITIES 

-ISRAEL - DIRECT. 

Health sciences in Israel; institution! and 
scientists. Edited by Betty Darin. Jerusalem, 
Israel Journal of medical sciences, 1971. x, 285 
P. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY; WA 22 JI9 H4 1971 

Clt. No. 154903 

HEALTH FACILITY PLANNING 

-u. i. 

Cahn, Sidney. The treatment of alcoholics; an 
evaluative study. New York, Oxford Univ. 
Press, 1970. vlll, 246 p. Based on research 

conducted by the author for the Cooperative 
Commission on the sudy of Alcoholism at the 
Institute for the Study of Human Problems, 
Stanford University, Stanford, California. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WM 274 C133t 1970 

Clt. No. 250476 

HEALTH INSURANCE FOR AGED, 
TITLE 18 

Somen, Herman Miles, 1911- Medicare and 

the hospitals; issues and prospects [by] Herman 
Miles Isomers [and] Anne fl.ams.iy Soroers- 
Washtngton, Brookings Institution [cl9S7] xvl, 
303 p. (Studfea In social economics) 
DNLM: WT 30 SOMm 1387 Clt. No. 132717 

HEALTH MANPOWER 

American Hospital Association. Army, Navy, and 
Air Force medical training programs. Chicago, 
IlL [cl971] v. 43 p. 
DNLM. MBCO: W 18 A5113a 1971 

Clt. No. 295103 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Health of Mankind, London, 1967. 
Health of mankind; Clba Foundation 100th 
symposium. Edited by Gordon Wolstenholme and 
Maeve O'Connor. London, Churchill, 1967. ill, 
227 p. 
DNLM: WA 100 S989h 1997 Clt. No. 131703 

-SUPPLY & DISTRIBUTION • II. S. 

National Advisory Health Council. Allied Health 
Professions Education Subcommittee. Education 
for the allied health professions and services; 
report. [^as^ln,-ton] Public Health Service, 
Bureau of Health Manpower [For tale hy the 
Supt. Of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1937] xl, 
61 p. lllus. (Public Health Service publication, 
no. 190!)) 
DNLM: W 18 N275e 1967 at. No. 124234 

•ISRAEL - DIRECT. 

Health sciences In Israel; Institution* and 
scientists. Edited by Betty Da vies. Jerusalem, 
Israel Journal of medical sciences, 1971. x, 285 
P. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WA 22 JI9 H4 1971 

Cit. No. 254903 

-D. S. 

American Medical Association. Center for Health 
Services Research and Development. Reference 
data on the profile of medical practice. Compiled 
and edited by B. E. Balfe, J. H, Lorant [and] C. 
Todd. [Chicago] 1971. xi, 122 p. Ulus. 

DNLM, SUNY: W 74 A515r 1971 Clt. No. 307344 

Golds ton, Stephen E. Mental health training and 
public health manpower, by Stephen E. Goldston 
and Elena Padtlla. KocfcvUle, Md„ National 
Institute of Mental Health; [for sale by the Supt. 
of Does., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., Washington] 
1971. x. 2S4 p. (DHEW publication no. 
(HSM) 72-9024) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WA IB G924m 1971 

C1L No. 327050 

HEALTH OCCUPATIONS 

Health technician*. Edited by Robert E. Kissinger. 

Chicago, Ferguson [C1970] xvlii, 388 p. Ulus., 
ports. (Career opportunities for technicians and 
apeclalists) Cover title: Career opportunities: 
health technician*. "Schools offering health 
technician programs"; p. 255-377. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 31.5 H4S4 1970 

Clt. No. 255247 



Schwarcrock, Shirley Pratt. Effective medical 
assisting [by] Shirley Pratt Schwarxrock [and] 
Donovan Ward. [Dubuque, Iowa] Brown [cl969] 
xlv, 588 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: W 80 S411e 1999 Clt. No. 221103 

-EDUCATION 

American Hospital Association. Army, Navy, and 
Air Force medical training programs, Chicago, 
III. [cl971] v, 43 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 18 ASllSa 1971 

Cit. No. 265103 

Howard, D. Robert. Media utilization and needs 
in physician's assistant programs and related 
medical- health education, by D. Robert Howard, 
Saul H. Jacobs [and] David E. Lewis. 
[Washington] Assn. of American Medical Colleges 
[cl973] vlll, 78 p. 
DNLM, MBCO: W 18 H849m 1973 

Clt. No. 376165 

-EDUCATION - PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Conference on the Application of Programmed 
Instruction to the Hospital Field, Chicago, 1995. 

Projra.-nmed Instruction and the hospital; a 
report on the use of programmed instruction In 
health care institutions. Chicago, 1967. vli, 
155 p. Ulus. Conducted by the Hospital 
Research and Educational Trust In cooperation 
with Trachers College, Columbia University. 
Bibliography prepared by the Clearinghouse on 
Self Instructional Materials for Health Care 
Facilities. University of Rochester."; p. 1JS-152. 
DNLM: WX 159 C74Bp 1965 C1L No. 139504 

-EDUCATION ■ U. ». 

National Advisory Health Council. Allied Health 
Profession Education Subcommittee. Education 
for the allied health professions and services; 
report. [ Washington) Public Health Service, 
Bureau of Health Manpower [For sale by the 
Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off., 1067) XL 
81 p. lllus. (Public Health Service publication, 
no. 16MJ) 
DNLM: W 18 N275e 1997 Clt. No. 124234 

•U. S. 

National Center for Health Statistics. State 
licensing of health occupations. Washington, 
[For sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. 
Off., H»«3] vt, 171 p. (Public Health Service 
publication, no. 1758) 
DNLM, SUNY: W 40 AA1 U5s 1988 

Clt. No. 146256) 

HEARING 

Burns, William. Noise and man. Philadelphia, 
Lliiplncatt [1969, C19S3] X, 339 p. lllus. 
DNLM. SUNY: WV 270 B987n 1968 

Clt. No. 203009 

Davis, HatlowelL 1896- Hearing and 

deafness [by] Hallo well Davis [and] S. Richard 
Silverman. 3d ed. New York, Holt, Rlnebart, 
and Winston [c!970] xxll, 522 p. Ulus. SBN 
03-0771B0-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WV 270 DM2h 1970 

Clt. No. 243421 

-CONGRESSES 

Graham, A. Brace, ed. „ Sensorineural hearing 
processes and disorders. Boston. Little, Brown 
[cl967] xvl, 543 p. Ulus. (Henry Ford Hospital 
International symposium, Mar. 1965) Sponsored 
by the Henry Ford Hospital, Detroit, and held at 
the hospital March 25, 26, 27, 1965. 
DNLM: W3 HE521 Mar. 1965 C1L No. 11504* 

Interdisciplinary Symposium on Biochemical 
Mechanisms In Hearing and Deafness, 
Minneapolis, 1MB. Biochemical mechanisms la 
hearing and deafness; research otology 
International symposium, University of 
Minnesota. Edited by Michael M. Paparella. 
Springfield, III., Thomas £cl970] xxxi, 360 p. 
Ulus. Sponsored by the Dept. of Otolaryngology 
of the University of Minnesota, College of 
Medical Sciences, in collaboration with the 
Deafness Research Foundation. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WV 270 I61b 1968 

Clt- No. 23501* 



( 



( 



HS li ).!! ■ .UH I I. ,1, 



HEART AUSCULTATION 









Symposium am Hearing Mechanisms la Vertebrates, 
London, 1987. Hearing mechanism* in 
vertebrate*; a Clba Foundation aymposlura. 
Edited by A. V. S. de Heuck and Julie Knight. 
Boiton, Little, Brown, 1948. xl, 320 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCo; WV 271 S9B9h 1967 

at. No. 1*0043 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Symposium on Hearing Mechanisms la Vertebrate*, 
London, 1967. Hearing mechanisms In 
vertebrates; a Clba Foundation symposium. 
Edited by A, V. S. de Reuck and Julie Knight. 
Boiton, Little, Brown, IDG 3. xl, 320 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCo: WV 27! S989h 19«7 

Clt. No. 180042 

Whitfield, Ian Cnnllffe, 1917- The auditory 

pathway. London, Arnold [1967] vl. 109 p. 
illuj. (Pbyalo logical Society [London]. 
Monographs, no. 17) 
DNLM: Wl PHB285 no.17 1967 Clt. No. 130075 

HEARING AIDS 

Royal National Iaatltate for the Deaf. Technical 
Dept. Special aida to hearing; a abort account 
of some practical services and types of apparatus 
to help deaf and hard- of- hearing people 
developed or tested by the Technical Department 
of the R. N. I. D. London, 1983. 20 p. 

Ulnt. 
DNLM: WV 274 RS89s 1963 Clt. No. 300083 

-IN INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Milter, Alfred L. A practical guide on hearing 

Impaired children; helpful, practical Information 
for speech and hearing therapist*, audlologlats, 
physicians, and nurses. By Alfred L. Miller and 
Ro?er H. Lehman. Springfield, 111., Thoma* 
[C1070] vtlt, 89 p. lltua. 
DNLM: WV 270 M647p 1970 Clt. No. 256666 

HEARING DISORDERS 

Griffith, Jerry, ed. Persona with hearing losa. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1989] Is, 228 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WV 270 G8S7p 1989 

Clt. No. 13SO07 

-CONGRESSES 

Graham, A. Bruce, ed. Sensorineural hearing 
processes and disorder*. Boston, Little, Brown 
[C19u7] xvi, 543 p. Mrs. (Henry Ford Hospital 
International aymposlum. Mar. 1933) Sponsored 
by the Henry Ford Hospital, Detroit, and held at 
the hospital March 25, 28, 27. 1985. 
DNLM: W3 HE521 Mar. 1985 Clt. No. 115048 

■DIAGNOSIS 

Sataloff, Joseph, 1919- Hearing loss. 

Philadelphia, Lipplnoott [C1936] xv, 404 p. 
Ulus, 
DNLM: WV 272 S25Sh 1988 Clt. No. 54541 

-IN INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

Ber*. Frederick B., ed. The hard of hearing 

child; clinical and educational management. 
Edited by Frederick S. Berg [and] Samuel G. 
Fletcher, New York, Grune & Stratton [C1970J 
lx. 363 p. lllut. ISBN 0-3089-0642-9. 
DNLM: WV 270 B493h 1970 Clt. No, 287215 

LHlywblte, Heroin S. Pediatrician's handbook of 
communication disorder* [by] Herold S. 
Llllvwhite, Norton B, Young [and] Richard W, 
Olmsted. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1970. 
vl, 122 p. ISBN 0-8121-0314-9. 
DNLM, MBCO: WV 270 L729p 1970 

Clt. No. 266342 

Miller, Alfred L. A practical guide on bearing 
impaired children; helpful, practical Information 
for speech and hearing therapists, audlologtsts, 
physicians, and nurses. By Alfred L. Miller and 
Roger H. Lehman. Springfield, 111,, Thoma* 
[cl970] rill. 69 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WV 270 M647p 1970 at. No. 258668 

■THERAPY 

Bang*, Tina E. Language and learning disorder* 
of the pre-acadetnlc child: with curriculum guide. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Croft* [C1988] xL 
408 p. Ulus. 
SUNY: LC 4661 B216L 1988 at. No. 200309 



HEARINGTESTS 

Engelberg, Marvin W. Audlologlcal evaluation for 

exaggerated hearing level. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas (clSTO) xll, 118 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WV 272 E57a 1970 

Clt. No. 226505 

■IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Miller, Alfred L, A practical guide on hearing 
Impaired children; helpful, practical information 
for speech and hearing therapists, audlologtsts, 
phy*lclans, and nurses. By Alfred L. Miller and 
Roger H. Lehman. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[el 370] vlll, 89 p. Ill ua. 
DNLM: WV 270 M647p 1970 at. No. 256686 

HEART 

JokL Ernst, 1907- Heart and sport. 

Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1964] vil, 117 p. 

Ulus. (American lecture aeries, no. 571, American 

lecture* In sportsmedlclne) 

DNLM: QT 263 J74n 19M Clt. No. 13504 



-INNERVATION 



The 



Hirsch, Edwin Frederick, 1S86- ed. 

innervation of the vertebrate heart. 
Springfield, 111., Thoma* [cl970] xlv, 210 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 101 H6991 1970 

Cll. No. 280477 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Brauawald, Eugene, 1929- Mechanism of 

contraction of the normal and falling heart [by] 
Eugene Braunwald, John Koaa, Jr. [and] Kvlnund 
H. SonnenbllcK. [ let ed.] EostOD, Little, 
brown [clS-;a] x, 2G3 p. Ulus. (New England 
Journal of medicine. Medical progress series) 
DNLM: WG 202 B325m 1968 Clt. No. 145781 

Jensen, David. Intrinsic cardiac rate regulation. 
New York, Appleton-Century-Crofta [C1B71] 
xill. 233 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-390-48089-4. 
Bibliography: p. 207-223. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WG 202 J541 1971 

Cit. No. 230710 

Marshall, Robert James. Cardiac function in 
health and disease [by] Robert 1. Marshall {and] 
John T. Shepherd, Philadelphia, London, 
Saunders, 1S68. vlll, 409 p. Ulu3. 
DNLM: WG 200 M309c 1988 Clt. No. 127341 

Phillips, Raymond E., 1930- The cardiac 

rhythm*; a systematic approach to Interpretation 
[by] Ravmond E. PhlSUps [and] Mary K. Feeney. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1973. vlll, 354 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-7216-7220-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 202 P382c 1973 

Clt. No. 377167 

Symposium an Physical Activity and the Heart, 

Helsinki, 1964. Physical activity and the 
heart. Proceedings of a symposium, Helsinki, 
Finland, ed. by Marttl J. Karvonen and Alan J. 
Barry. Springfield, III., Thomas [cl9£7] xvltl, 
405 p. Ulus. Sponsored by the Research 
Committee of the International Society of 
Cardiology. 
DNLM: WG 202 SG89p 1984 Cit. No. 67063 

Zlejler, Robert Frederic, 1916- Cardiac 

evaluation in normal Infants; the clinical and 
Clinical laboratory differentiation between normal 
and abnormal. St. Louis, Mosby, 1965. lx, 170 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 290 Z66c 1985 Cit. No. 40837 

-PHYSIOP ATHOLOG Y 

Marshall, Robert James. Cardiac function In 
health and disease [by] Robert J. Marshall [and] 
John T. Shepherd. Philadelphia, London, 
Saunders, 196H. vlll, 409 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 200 M36&C 1968 Clt. No. 127341 

-RADIOGRAPHY 

Alexander, Gilbert H., 1908- The heart and 

It* action; roentgenkymographle studies. St. 
Lout*. Mo., Warren H. Green [C1S70] - xl, 259 
p. Ulus. (Modern concepts of radiology, nuclear 
medicine, and ultrasound) 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 141 A375h 1970 

Qt. No. 262442 



Felgenbaum, Harvey, Echocardiography [by] 
Harvey Fetgenbaum, with the assistance of Sonia 
Chang. Philadelphia, Lea &. Feblger, 1972. 
xill, 239 p. lllu*. ISBN 0-8121-0406-4- 

DNLM, SUNY: WG 141 F298e 1972 

Clt. No. 345302 

Jacob, Alphoas. Clinical cardiac roentgen 
diagnosis. St. Louis, Green [cl972] xL SOW 
p. illus. (Modern concepts of radiology, nuclear 
medicine, and ultrasound) 
DNLM: WG 141 J15c 1972 Clt. No. 322545 

Messaros, William T., 1923- Cardiac 

roentgenology; plain film* and angiocardiographic 
findings. Springfield, III., Thoma* [c!969J xlL 
588 p. illus. (American lecture scries, no. 74S. 
American lectures In roentgen diagnosis) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 M58Sc 1969 

at. No. 215831 

-TRANSPLANTATION 

Experience with human heart trans plan tail on; 
proceedings of the Cape Tow* symposium, 13-16 
Juiy 19i;J. Edited by Hillfl A. Shapiro. New 
York, Applcton-Ccntury-CrofU; Durban, 
Butterworth [clS69] 290 p. illus., ports. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 188 E96 1968 

Cit. No. 263334 

HEART ARREST 

Jude, James R 1928- 

Fundamcntz!* of cardiopulmonary resuscitation 
[by] Jaraes R. Jude [and] Jame* O. Elam. 
Philadelphia, Davis [cl955] xlv, 155 p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WO 250 J92f 1965 Clt. No. 37311 

Stephens on. ITu;;h E., 1922- Cardiac arrest 

and resuseltaUon. 3d ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 
1S69. Xix, 659 p. Ulus. SBN 8016-4779-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 400 S836c 1969 

Clt. No. 221106 

-ETIOLOGY 

Exercise and cardiac death. Editors: E. Jokl and J. 

T. McClella - Baltimore, University Park Pre**, 

1971. lx, 185 p. Ulus. (Medicine and sport, v. 

5) ISBN C-83fl 1-0529-0. 

DNLM: Wl MEC49P v.5 1971 

MBCO: QT 2(50 M489 v.5 1971 Clt. No. 272423 

-PATHOLOGY 

Exercise and cardiac death. Editors: E. Jokl and J. 

T. McCIHlan. Baltimore, University Park Press, 

1971. lx, 185 p. illus. (Medicine and sport, v. 

5) ISBN 0-3391-0529-0. 

DNLM: Wl MES49P v.5 1971 

MBCO: QT 2C0 M489 v.5 1971 at. No. 272423 



HEART, ARTIFICIAL 



Myer?, Georpe H. Engineering In the heart and 
blood vesr.el* [by] George H. Myers [and] Victor 
Parsonni-t. New York, London, 
Wiley -lnterscience [cl9C9] xill, 198 p. Ulus. 
(Wiley lnterscience *erle» on biomedical 
engineering) SBN 471-82722-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QT 34 M996e 1969 

■ Clt. No. 217259 

Nose, YttfrWko, 1932- ed. Cardiac 

engineering. New York, lnterscience [C1970] 
x, 384 p. Ulus. (Advances In biomedical 
engineering and medical physics, v. 3) 
lnterscience aerie*. SBN 471-65138-9. Partially 
derived from paper* presented at the seventh 
International Conference on Medical and 
Binlogical Lug ine? ring, held in Stockholm In 1987. 
DNLM: Wl AD449 v.3 1970 Clt. No. 288107 

HEART AUSCULTATION 

Caceres, Cesar Aornsto, 1927- *d, The 

Innocent murmur; a problem in clinical practice. 
Edited by Cesar A, Cacere* and Lowell W. Perry. 
Boston, Little, Brown [cl907] xvi, SCO p. Illus. 
DNLM: WG 141 C11B1 1967 at. No. 111817 

Lesthsra, Aubrey. Auscultation of the heart and 
phonocardiography. [lat ed.] London, 
Churchill, 1970. 151 p. lllu*. ISBN 
0-7000- 14 'jO-X. U. S. publisher: WUllams * 
Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 L43Sa 1976 

Clt. No. 281306 



97 



HEART AUSCULTATION 



Luitada, Aids- A«jrn*to. 1901- From 

suscultatlon to phonocardiography [by] Aldo A. 
Lulsada, with the collaboration of D. M. 
MacCanon [et al=] St. Louis. Moiby, 1965. x, 
951 p. lllui. 
DNLM: WG 141 L953f IMS Clt. No. 15*37 

Lulsada, Aldo Angus to, 1901- The sound! 

of the normal heart. St. Louis, Mo, Green 
[01972] i, 28* p. Ulus. Bibliography; p. 
249-261. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WG 141 L953a 1973 

Clt. No. 337762 

Ravin, Abe, 1908- Auscultation of the heart. 

2d ed. Chicago, Year Book Medical Publisher! 
[c!967] 241 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 141 R256a 1967 

Ctt. No. 66734 

•MM* 

International bibliography of cardiovascular 
auscultation and phonocardiography. Journal 
article*: 1820-1968; books, theses, dissertations, 
phnnodlses: 1819-1933. Compiled by Abe Ravin 
and Florence K. Frame. New York, 1971. x, 
318 p. (American Heart Association. 
Monograph, no. 31) Over 6000 references to 
International literature. Journal articles arranged 
under yeara. Books, theaes, dissertations, and 
pbonodlscs arranged alphabetically by authors. 
Luit of Journal title abbreviations. Author, 
subject Indexes. 
DNLM: Wl AM421H no.31 1971 
MBCO: WG 100 A5 no.31 1971 Clt. No. 302747 

HEART CATHETERIZATION 

Prom card lie catheterization data to hemodynamic 
parameters [by] King San Yang (et al.] 

Philadelphia, Davis [C1972J x, 307 p. lllus, 

ISBN 0-8 036- 970 5-B. 

DNLM, SUNY: WG 141 F931 1972 

CTt. No. 320046 

Mendel, David. A practice of cardiac 

cathetertsation. Oxford, Blackwell Scientific 

Publications [1968] xlil, 350 p. Ulus. SBN 

632-046805. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 M537p 1968 

Clt. No. 200342 

Verel, David. Cardiac catheterization and 
angiocardiography; an Introductory manual [by] 
David Verel [and] Ronald G. Grainger, 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1969. xi, 172 p. Ulus., 
plates SBN 443-00589-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 V491C 1969 

Clt. No. 213020 

Zimmerman, Henry Abram, 1915. ed. 

Intravascular catheterization, 2d ed. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [cl9*6] xll, 1Z92 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WG 141 Z721 1966 Cit. No. 42504 

-INSTRUMENTATION 

Verel, David. Card lie catheterization and 
angiocardiography; an Introductory manual [by] 
David Verel (and] Ronald G. Grainger. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1969. xi, 172 p. lllus., 
plates SBN 443-00589-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 V491c 1969 

Clt. No. 213020 

HEART CONDUCTION SYSTEM 

Cardiac pacing. Edited by Philip Samet. New 
York, Grune A Stratton [cl973] xv, 427 p. 
lllus. (Clinical cardiology monographs) ISBN 
0-8089-0800-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 26 «87 19VS 

at. No, 375501 

Randall, Walte* Clark, 1916- ed. Nervous 

control of the heart. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wtlklns. 1965. xx, 251 p. lllui. Papers 
presented at the symposium sponsored by the 
American Pbyatological Society at the annual 
meeting of the Federation of American Societies 
for Experimental Biology, held In Atlantic City, 
April 16-20, 1963. „„. 

DNLM; WG 102 R189n 19*3 Clt. No. 64305 



.CONGRESSES 

Interna tlcnal Symposium on Electrical Activity of 
the Heart, University of Western Ontario, 1967. 

Electrical activity of the heart; a symposium, 
sponsored by the Ontario Heart Foundation, held 
at the University of Western Ontario, London, 
Ontario, Canada. Complied and edited by G. W. 
Manning and S. P. Ahuja. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [1989) xvit, 341 p. lllus. Called 4th 
International symposium as one of a series) 
sponsored by the Ontario Heart Foundation "to 
be held every second year on a specific area of 
cardiovascular research." 1965 symposium 
called International Symposium on the 
Cardiovascular and Respiratory Effects of 
Hypoxia. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 102 I61e 1967 

Clt. No. 206062 

-FATHOLOOY 

Da vies, M. J. Pathology of conducting tissue of 
the heart. New York, Appleton-Ccntury-Crofts 
[01971] vil, 199 p. lllus. ISBN 0-390-25447-9. 
SUNY: WG 330 D256p 1971 Clt. No. 301060 

HEART DEFECTS, CONGENITAL 

Congenital heart disease. Daniel F. Downing, gasat 

editor. Philadelphia, Davis [1970] xi, 330 

p. lllus. (Cardiovascular cUnica, v. 2, no. 1) 

ISBN O-8038-27S0-7. 

DNLM: Wl CA77N v.2 no.l 1970 

MBCO: WG 100 C267 v.2 no.l 1970 

Clt. No. 262302 

Friedman, William F., 1936- com?. Neonatal 

heart dbsease. Compiled by William F. Friedman, 
Michael Leach [and] Edmund H. Sonnenbllck. 
New York, Gruna A- Stratton [clS73] x, 299 
p. lllus. ISBN O-B089-0802-2. Orglnally 
appeared In Progress In cardiovascular diseases, 
v. 15, no. 1-4, 
DNLM: WS 290 F911n 1973 Cit. No. 374445 

Krovetx, L. Jerome. Handbook of pediatric 
cardiology [bv] L. Jerome Krovetx, Iva H. 
Gessner {and] Gerold L. Schiebler. New York, 
Hoeher [clPi9] all, 383 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 290 K93h 1969 

Clt. No. 173233 

Nads*. Alexander Sander, 1913- Pediatric 

cardiology [by] Alexander S. Nadaa [and] Donald 
C. Fyler. 3d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. 
xvi, 749 p. Mm. ISBN 0- 7216-53 Jl-5. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 290 N129p J 972 

Clt. No. 333516 

Watson, Hamlsh, ed. Paedlatrlc cardiology. St. 
Louis, Mosby, 1S68. XX. 998 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 290 W338p 1968 Clt. No. 160320 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Bnrch, George Edward, 1910- 

Electrocardlography la the diagnosis of congenital 
heart disease \hy] George E. Burch [and] 
Nicholas P. DeP.'.squale, Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1967. 755 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WG 140 B947e 1967 Clt. No. 100167 

Ellison. R. Curtis, 1933- 
Vectorcardlography In congenital heart disease; a 
method for estimating severity [by] R. Curtis 
Ellison [and] Norma J. ResHeaux. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1972. xll, 209 p. lllus. ISBN 
7216-3363*3 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 E47v 1972 

Clt. No. 333436 

Gareta-Palmlert, Mario R. The electrocardiogram 
and vectorcardiogram in congenital heart disease 
[by] Mario R. Garcia-Palmierl [et al.] New 
York, Grune A Stratton, 1965. vil, 123 p. illus, 
DNLM: WG 140 G2I63e 1965 Clt. No. 66364 

Gooch, A Men S.. 1927- Clues to diagnosis 

in congenital heart disease [by] Alden S. Gooch, 
Vladlr Maranhio [and] Harry Goldberg. 
Philadelphia, Davis [C1969J xlv. 158 p. Ulus. 
DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WG 220 G645C 1969 

Clt. No. 225117 

Ferloff, Joseph K-, 1924- The. Clinical 

recppnltlon f congenital heart disease. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. xlv, 606 p. lllus. 
SBN 0-7216-7190-X. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 220 P449c 1970 

Ot. No. 255590 



.RADIOGRAPHY 









Dunne, Edward F. Cardiac radiology. 
Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 1967. XilL 256 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 141 D923e 1987 Clt. No. 1176*1 

Elliott, Larry F- 1»31- X-ray diagnosis of 

congenital cardiac disease, by Larry P. Elliott and 
Gerold L. Schiebler. Springfield, HL Thomas 
[C1968] xvlil. 240 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 220 E46x 1968 

Cit. No. 154473 

KUnkhamer, A. C. Eaophagography In anomalies 
of the aortic arch system. Amsterdam, 
Excerpta Med lea Foundation, 1969. ix, 126 p. 
Ulus. (Excerpta medics monograph) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 220 K66e 1969 

Cit. No. 207501 

Swischnk, Leonard E., 1937- Plain film 

Interpretation In congenital heart disease. 
Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 1970. xilL 223 
p. Ulus. SBN 8121-0282-7. 
DNLM. SUNY: WG 220 S979p 1970 

Clt. No. 245370 

-SURGERY 

Barnard, Chrlstlaaa Nesthllng. The lurgery of 

the common congenital cardiac malformations 
[by) Chrlstlaan N. Barnard and Velva Schrlre. 
New York, Hoeber [1B68] 179 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 220 B259i 1968 Clt. No. 201547 

-SURGE!. Y - CONGRESS ES 

The Natural history and progress in treatment of 
con-rniial heart detects; an international 
symposium sponsored by the Ontario Heart 
Fonndaticn in cooneratinn with the Hospital for 
Sitk Culldren and the University of Toronto. 
Edit-d by B. 8. Laeeford Kldd and John D. Keith. 
Springfield. 111., Thomas [clB71] xll, 346 p. 
Urns. 
DNLM: WG 220 N285 1971 Clt. No. 304143 

■THERAPY ■ CONGRESSES 

The Natural history and progress 1st treat-Baal of 

coiireiiital heart defect*; an International 
symposium sponsored by the Ontario Heart 
Foundation in cooperation with the Hospital for 
Sick Children and the University of Toronto. 
Edlttd by B. 8. Langford Kldd and John D. Ktlta. 
Springfield, Ut., Thomas [cl971] xll, 346 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 220 N285 1971 Clt. No. 304143 



( 



HEART DISEASES 



Aviado, Domingo Mariano. The lung circulation, 
[lit ed.) Oxford [Eng.] Pergamon [cl»65) 1 
v. lllus. 
DNLM: WF 600 A957L 1965 Clt. No. 46S7I 

Bnrch, George Edward, 1910- A primer of 

cardiology. 4th ed. Philadelphia, Lea A 
Feblger, 1971. xvl, 350 p. Ulus., ports. ISBN 
0-B 121-0335-1. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 200 B949p 1971 

Clt. No. 257731 

Frtedberg. Charles Kaye, 1905- Diseases ot 

the heart. 3d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 
1966. 2 v. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 200 F899d 19S6 Clt. No. 47640 

Gould, Sylvester Emanuel, 1900- ed. 

Pathology of the heart and blood vessels. 3d 
ed. Springfield, 111., Thomas [19*8] **, 1198 
p. Ulus., ports. 2d ed. has title: Pathology of 
the heart. 
DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: WG 200 G«98p 1968 

Clt. No. 1*4337 

International cardiology. Paul Dudley Whits, gmast 
editor. Philadelphia, Davis [cl971] ailL 301 
p. lllus. (Cardiovascular clinics, v. t, no. 3) 
ISBN 0-8036-9270-6. 
DNLM: Wl CA77N v.2 0O.3 1970 Clt. No. 335044 

Julian, Desmond G. Cardiology. [Ut. ed.] 
London, Bailliere, Tindail A Cassell [1970] Ut, 
325 p. lllua. (Concise medical textbooks) 
ISBN 0-7020-0331-X. U. S. publisher: Williams A 
Wllktns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WG 200 J94e 1970 Clt. No. 253003 



98 



( 



HEART FUNCTION TESTS 






Uouril, John Cyril. A guide to cardiology, by I. 
C. Leonard and E. G. Galea. Id ed. 
Baltimore, William* and Wilkin*. 1906. ill, 308 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 100 L581g 186* Clt. No. 54133 

Marshall, Robert James. Cardiac function In 
health and disease [by] Robert J. Martha) 1 [and] 
John T. Shepherd. Philadelphia, London, 
Saunders, 1993. vlll, 409 p. lllus. 
DNLM; WG 100 M3S9c IMS Clt. No. 117341 

Medical and surgical cardiology [by] William 
CicUnd [et ml.] Philadelphia. Davis [1989] I, 
1160 p. lllu*. SBN 832-01020-7. 
MBCO: WG 300 M489 1969 Clt. No. 106555 

Owen, Samuel Griffith. Essential* of cardiology 
[by] S. G. Owen, T. B. Stretton, and 3. 
Vat lance -Owen. Id ed. London, Lloyd-Luke, 
1968. vl, 226 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 100 097e 1MB 

Clt. No. 145571 

White, rani Dudley, 1886- Heart*; their 

Ion g follow-up [by] Paul Dudley White [and] 
Helen Donovan. Philadelphia, Saundera, 19*7. 
xxv, 357 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WG 200 WS87hr 1907 Clt. No. 72041 

Wood, Paul Hamilton. Diseases of the heart and 

circulation. 3d ed., rev. and enl. by hi* friends 
and colleagues. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [1968] 
xlvll, 1184 P. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WG 100 W878d 1888 Clt. No. 152452 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Carson, Peter. Cardiac diagnosis. New York, 
London, McGraw-Hill [C1969] xvi, 578 p. lllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 C321c 1989 

Cit. No. 217029 

Colman, Arnold L„ 1931- Clinical 

examination of the Jugular venous pulse. 

Springfield, 111. Thomas [cl&68] xlv, 183 p. 

lllus. 

DNLM: WG 141 C719c 19*8 Clt. No. 58140 

Dower, Gordon Ewbank. Polarcardlography. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1971] xlll^ 31* p. 
lllu*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 140 D743p 1971 

Clt. No. 28*053 

Dressier, William, 1990- Clinical aids In 

cardiac diagnosis. New York, Gruue & Stratton 
[c-1970] lx. 248 p. lllus. 
DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: WG 141 D773C 1870 

Clt. No. 2*0974 

Fowler, Noble Owen, 1918- Cardiac 

diagnosis. Authors of contributed chapters: 
Robert J. Adolph [et al.I New York. Hoeber 
[01968] xlll, 722 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WG 141 FB78C 1998 
MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 r878e 19*8 

Clt. No. 189520 

Lulsada, Aldo Augusta, 1901- A primer of 

cardiac diagnosis: the physical and technical study 
of the cardiac patient. By Aldo A. Lulsada and 
Gurmukh S. Salnanl, St. Louis, W. H. Green, 
[C1963] xvllt, 243 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCo: WG 141 L953p 1948 

Clt. No. 159772 

Noninvasive cardiology, edited by Arnold M. 

Weissler. New York, Grune A Stratton [cl874] 
x, 454 p. lllus. (Clinical cardiology monographs) 
ISBN 0-8089-0815-4. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 N813 1974 

Clt. No. 411327 

Filler, Laurence W, Electronic Instrumentation. 
theory of cardiac technology. London, Staples 
Pre** [1970] 224 p. Ulu*. ISBN 
0-286-62726-4- 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 28 PMU 1970 

at. No. 255303 

Zlegler, Robert Frederic, 1918- Cardiac 

evaluation in normal infants; the clinical and 
clinical laboratory differentiation between normal 
and abnormal. St. Louis, Mosby, 1985. lx, 170 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 280 ZOflc 19*5 Clt. No. 40937 

Zimmerman, Henry Abram, 1915- ed. 

Intravascular catheterization. Id ed. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl898] ill, 1181 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 141 Z7U 19M Clt. No. 42504 



-DIAGNOSIS - COLLECTED WORKS 

Massac has etts General Hospital, Boston. Cardiac 

cUnlcopathoIogical conferences of the 
Massachusetts General Hospital [edited by] 
Benjamin Casileman (and] Roman W. DeSanctls. 
Boston, Little. Brown [cl972] xvl, 440 p. Ulu*. 
ISBN 0-316-13184. Most of the article* originally 
appeared In the New England Journal of 
medicine. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 200 M414C 1971 

Clt. No. 327128 

-IN ADOLESCENCE 

Moss, Arthur J., 1914- ed. Heart disease in 

Infants, children and adolescents, edited by 
Arthur J. Mosa [and] Forrest H. Adams. 
Baltimore, Williams &. WUkins, 1988. xlL 1140 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 290 M913h 1988 Clt. No. 142351 

-IN INFANCY & CHILDHOOD 

Friedman, William F., 1938- comp. Neonatal 

heart diseaie. Compiled by William F. Friedman, 
Michael Leech [and] Edmund H. Sonnenbltc!t. 
New York, Grune fa Stratton (C1U73J x, 299 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8039-0802-2. Orginally 
appeared in Progress in cardiovascular diseases, 
v. 15, no. 1-4. 
DNLM: WS 290 F911n 1973 Clt. No. 374445 

Keith, John Dow, 1903- Heart disease In 

Infancy and childhood [by] John D. Keith, 
Richard D. Ruwo [and] Peter Vlad. 2d ed. 
New York, Macmilian, London, Colller-Macmlllan 
[1EI13, cliOl] xvll, 1233 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 290 K2t:h I9C3 Cit. No. 141307 

Krovctr, L. Jerome. Handbook of pediatric 
cardiology [by] L. Jerome Kroveti, Ira H. 
Gessner [and] Gerold L. Schleblor. New York, 
Hoeber [cl9Wl xil, 333 p. illua. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WS 290 K93h 1969 

Clt. No. 173233 

Moss, Arthur J., 1914- ed. Heart disease In 

Infants, children and adolescents, edited by 
Arthur J. Mosa [and] Forrest H. Adams. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wilkin*, 1908, xlt. 1140 
p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WS 190 M913h 1968 Clt. No. 142352 

Nadas, Alexander Sandor, 1913- Pediatric 

cardiology [by] Alexander S. Nadas [and] Donald 
C. Fyler. 3d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. 
xvl, 749 p. lllus. ISBN 0-7218-6851-5. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 290 N129p 1972 

Clt. No, 333518 

Zlegler, Robert Frederic, 1818- Cardiac 

evaluation in normal infants; the clinical and 
clinical laboratory differentiation between normal 
and abnormal, St. Lout*, Moaby, 1960. lx, 170 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WS 290 Z66c 19*5 at. No. 40637 

-NURSING 

Comprehensive cardiac care; a handbook for nurses 
and other paramedical personnel [hy] Kathleen G. 
AndreoU [et al.] St. Louis, Mosby, 1963. vil, 
153 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 158 C737 1968 

Clt- No. 194147 

Model!, Walter, 1907- Handbook of 

cardiology for nurses, by Walter Modell [et al,] 
5th ed. New York, Springer [1988] lx, 323 
p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: WY 158 M689h 196* at. No. 62242 

Nurses' guide to cardiac snrgery and nursing care 
[by] Elizabeth Ford Pltoraa [et al.] New York. 
Blaklston Division, McCraw-HUl [1989] vl, 158 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 158 N972 1999 

at. No. 20*89* 

.PATHOLOGY 

Lannlgsn, Robert. Cardiac pathology. London, 
Butterworth, 19*6. vil, 385 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 200 L29lc 196* at.' No. 9«*8« 



-PATHOLOGY - COLLECTED WORKS 

Massachusetts General Hospital, Boston. Cardiac 
ellnlcopathologlcal conferences of the 
Massachusetts General Hospital [edited by] 
Benjamin Castleman [and] Roman W. DeSanctls. 
Boston, Little, Brown [CI972] xvl, 440 p. Ulu*. 
ISBN 0-3I8-131D4. Moat of the article* originally 
appeared In the New England Journal of 
medicine. 
DNLM, MBCO: WG 200 M414C 1972 

Cit. No. 32712* 

-PREVENTION * CONTROL 

American Heart Association. Committer o» 
Exercise. Exercise testing and training of 
apparently healthy Individuals; a handbook for 
physicians. New York, American Heart Assn., 
1972. viil, 40 p. 
DNLM: W0 P3 at. No. 33*255 

-THERAPY 

Cardiovascular Symposium, 2d, New York, 1989? 

Therapeutic advances in the practice of 
cardiology, edited by Charles P. Bailey, A. Gerald 
Shapiro [andl Seymour Gollub. New York, 
Grune A Stratton [cl970] xlx, 470 p. lllus. 
Sponsored by St. Barnabas Hospital, New York. 
DNLM: W3 C12 1969t 
MBCO: WG 200 C267t 1989 Clt. No. 2409*9 

Rabin, Ira Lloyd, 1917- Treatment of heart 

disease in the adult [by] Ira Lloyd Rubin, Harry 
Gross [and] Sidney R. Arbeit. Clinical 
pharmacology [by] Duncan E, Hutcheon. 2d ed. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Febiger, 1972. xv, 50* p. 
lllus. ISBN 0-8121-0390-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 200 R89«t 1972 

Clt. No. 350620 

HEART FAILURE, CONGESTIVE 

Benack, Raymond Thomas, 1932- 
Congestlve heart faUure. Springfield, HL, 
Thomas [cl9S3] vlll, 117 p. 
DNLM: WG 370 B456C 1089 Clt. No. 40112 

Mycrsoa, Ralph M., 1918- Congestive heart 

failure [by] -Ralph M. Myerson [andl Bernard H. 
Pastor. St. Louis, Moaby, 1967. lx, 174 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 370 M996c 1967 Clt. No. 110514 

-COLLECTED WORKS 

Frledberg, Charles Kaye, 1905- «d. 

Congestive he.irt failure, edited by Charles K. 
Frledberg; assistant editor: Ephralm Donoso. 
With 29 contributor*. New York, Grune A 
Stratton, 1970. lx, 314 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-: JOS 9-0670-4. Collection of articles orginally 
published In Progress In cardiovascular diseases. 



DNLM: WG 370 F8B9C 1970 
-COMPLICATIONS 



at. No. 349322 



Pittmsn, Joseph Gsrretion, 1931. The 

pathogenesis of cardiac cachexia [by] Joseph G. 
Pitt man [and] Phln Cohen. New York, Gmne A 
Stratton [C1955] xl, 88 p. Ulu* 
DNLM: WG 370 P689p 1965 Clt. No. 40409 

HEART FUNCTION TESTS 

Colman, Arnold L.. 1931- Clinical 

examination of the Jugular venous pulse. 
Springfield, HI. Thomas [C1999] xlv, 183 p. 
Ulus. 
DNI.M: WG 141 C716e 19*9 at. No. 5914* 

Lulsada, Aldo Augusto, 1901- ed. 

Examination of the cardiac patient ... New 
York, McGraw-Hill [C1995] 1 v. (various 
paglnga) Ulus. "Chapter* 1 to 20 appeared 
previously a* parts 3 and 4 In Cardiology, volume 
2: Methods." 
DNLM: WG 141 L953e 1995 Clt. No. I5S44 

Noninvasive cardiology, edited by Arnold M. 
Welssler. New York, Grune & Stratton [cl874] 
x, 454 p. lllus. (Clinical cardiology monographs) 
ISBN 0-8089-0815-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 141 NB13 1874 

Ot. No. 411327 



99 



HEART FUNCTION TESTS 



Blonlm, n. Balfour, 1913- Cardiopulmonary 

— brborstory basic method! and calculations; a 
manual of cardiopulmonary technology, by N. 
Balfour Slonlm, Bettye P. Bell [and] Sherryl E. 
Cbrlstensen. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1987] 
xiv, 285 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 141 SS34e 1987 at. No. 135766 

HEART, MECHANICAL 

Brest, Albert N IMS- ed. Heart 

substitute!, mechanical and transplant, 

Springfield, I1L, Thomas [C1966] xvt 3U p. 

lllui. 

DNLM: WG 188 B813h 1988 Clt. No. 51173 

-CONGRESSES 

National Research Council. Committee on Trauma. 

Mechanical devlcea to assist the falling heart; 
proceeding! of a conference, September 9 and 10, 
1984. Waahlncton, National Academy of 
Science!, National Research Council, 1988. xiv, 
287 p. Illus. (National Research Council. 
Publication 1283) Issued with the support of 
the Surgeon! General, Dept. of the Army, Dept. 
of the Navy, and the Dept. of the Air Force 
under contract no. DA-49-193-MD-2077; National 
Institutes of Health contract no, PH43 84 44, Task 
order no 3; and the American Heart Association. 
DNLM: WG 168 N277m 1964 Clt. No. 76023 

HEART RATE 

Jensen, David. Intrinsic cardiac rate regulation. 

New York, Appleton-Century-Crofts [C197I] 
mill. 233 p. Illus. ISBN 0-390-48 089-4. 
Bibliography: p. 207-223. 
DNLM, MBCO. SONY: WG 201 J541 1971 

Clt. No. 280710 

Phillips, Raymond E„ 1930- The cardiac 

rhythms; « systematic approach to Interpretation 
[by] Raymond E. Phillips [and] Mary K. Feeney. 
Philadelphia, Saundera, 1973. vlll, 354 p. Illus. 
ISBN 0-7218-7220-5. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 202 PSSlc 1973 

Clt. No. 377167 



HEART SURGERY 



AaplnalL Mary Jo. Nursing the open-heart 
aurgery patient. New York. McGraw-Hill 
[C1973] xlll, 303 p, Illus. ISBN 
0-07-002410-3. 
DNLM: WY 151.5 AB41n 1973 Clt. No. 381071 

Brest, Albert N 1922- ed. Heart 

substitutes, mechanical and transplant. 

Springfield, lit., Thomas [C1986] xvl, 314 p. 

Illus. 

DNLM: WG 168 B843h 1088 Clt. No. 52173 

Cardiac surgery. D wight E. Barken, guest editor. 

Philadelphia, Davis [cl971] 2 v. Illus. 

(Cardiovascular clinics, v. 3, no, 2-3) ISBN 

0-8038-4567-8 (pt. 1) 

DNLM: Wl CA77N v.S no.1-3 1971 

MBCO: WG 100 C287 v.3 no.2-3 1971 

Clt. No. 318376 

Julian, Or m and CUnkeabeard, 1913- 

Card lo vascular surgery [by] Ormand C, Julian [et 
aU 2d ed. Chicago, Year Book Medical 
Publishers [1970] 365 p. Illus. (Handbook of 
operative surgery) ISBN 0-8151-4932-8. 
DNLM: WG 168 J94c 1970 Clt. No, 271114 

Medical and surgical cardiology [by] William 
Cleland [et aL] Philadelphia, Davis [1969] x, 
1160 p. Illus. SBN 632-01020-7. 
MBCO; WG 200 M489 1969 Clt. No. 206555 

Sewell, William H., 1928- Surgery for 

acquired coronary disease. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1967] xvl, 377 p. Illus. 
DNLM: WG 168 S517I 1987 Clt. No. 102315 

Slrak, Howard D 19*2- Operable 

heart disease; pathophysiology, diagnosis, and 
treatment. St. Louis, Mosby [cl9M] ill, 130 
p. Illus. 
DNLM: WG 166 S819o 1888 at. No. 52141 



■NURSING TEXTS 

Powers, Maryann. The cardiac surgical patient; 
pathophysiologic considerations and nursing care 
[by] Maryaon Powers [and] Frances Storlie. 
Contributors, Elizabeth Rarobausek [and] Richard 
G. Sanderson. [New York] MaemUlan [cl969] 
xl, 239 p. Ulus. 
SUNY: WY 161 P888c 1969 Clt. No. 177287 

HEART VALVE PROSTHESIS 

Brest, Albert N 1928- ed. Heart 

substitutes, mechanical and transplant. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1968] xvl, 314 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 188 B843h 1966 Clt. No. 52173 

Myers, George H. Engineering In the heart and 
blood vessels [by] George H. Myers [and] Victor 
Parsonnct. New York, London, 
Wllcy.Intcrsclence [cl969] xill, 198 p. Illui. 
(Wiley Intersclence series on biomedical 
engineering) SBN 471-62722-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QT 34 M99«e 1989 

Clt. No. 217253 

Prosthetic replacement of the aortic valve, by 
Lester R. Sao vase Jet a!.] Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [C1972] xlv, 217 p. Ulus, 

DNLM: WG 168 P9*i 1972 Clt. No. 314462 

-CONGRESSES 

National Conference on Prosthetic Heart Valves, 2d, 

Los Ansele*, 19SR. Prosthetic heart valves; 
[proceedings] Editor-ln-chlef: Lyman A. Brewer, 
associated editors: Denton A. Cooley [et al.] 
SprinKfic'd, 111., Thomas [cll!£9] xllv, 909 p. 
Ulus. " Sponsored by the SocL.ty of Thoracic 
Surgeons. Supported by National Institutes of 
Health grant HE-115S4-01. 
DNLM: WG 16a N274p 1968 
MBCO: WG 168 N274p 1988 Clt. No. 177613 

HEAT 

■CONGRESSES 

Ciba Foundation. Ciba Foundation symposium 
[on] touch, heat and pain. Ed. by A, V. S. de 
Reuck and Julie Knight. London, ChurchUI, 
1983. xlll, 339 p. lllui. Symposium held In 
London, 21st-23rd Sept., 1965. 
DNLM; WL 750 C587C 1965 Clt. No. 64625 

-THERAPEUTIC USE 

Ucht, Sidney Herman, 1907- «<t. 

Therapeutic heat and cold. Edited by Sidney 

Llcht, assisted by Herman L. Kzroenetz. 2d ed. 

New Haven, E. Ucht [1972, C1965] xvil, 593 

p. illus. (Phyilcat medicine library, v. 2) First 

ed. published in 1958 under title: Therapeutic 

heat, 

SUNY: WB 489 L899t 1985 Clt, No. 406135 

HELIUM 

-THERAPEUTIC CSE - PROGR. INST. 

Seed or, Marie M. Therapy with oxygen and other 
gases: a programed unit In fundamentals of 
nursing. New York, Pub. for tne Dept. of 
Nursing Education by Teachers Colleee Press, 
Teachers College, Columbia Univ. [cl96«] 111, 
172 p. Illus. (Nursing education monograph!) 
DNLM: WY 158 S45U 1966 Clt. No. 62727 



HELMINTHIASIS 



Jeffrey, H. C. Atlas of medical hclmlnthoiogy and 
protozoology, by H. C. Jeffrey and R. M. Leach. 
Baltimore, WttUama i Wllklns, 1948, 121 
plates. Ulus. 
DNLM; QX 17 J4S* 1968 at. No. 12017 

Mardsl-Rojas, Raul A., ed. Pathology of 
protozoal and helminthic diseases, with clinical 
correlation. Edited by Ratll A. Marclal-Rojaa, 
with the collaboration of Esteban Moreno. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wllklns [cl971] xvU, 
1010 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-6S3-05589-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: WC 700 M319p 1971 

Clt. No. 251574 



Johnson. Stephen L, 1933- The history of 

cardiac surgery, 1898-1953. Baltimore, Md., 
Johns Hopkins Press [C1S70] xv, 201 p. Ulus. 
ISBN 0-8018- 1056-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WG 11 JS9h 1970 

Clt. No. 180718 



HELMINTHS 

-ATLASES 

Jeffrey, H. C. Atlas of medical belmlnthology and 
protozoology, by H. C. Jeffrey and R. M. Leach. 
Baltimore, Williams 4k Wllklns, 1966. 121 
plates. Illus. 
DNLM: QX 17 J46a 1968 Clt. No. 82027 

■LABORATORY MANUALS 

Lambert, R. A. Parasitology: Identification of 
helminths. New York, Apple ton-Century -Crofts; 
London. Butterworth [cl969] vil, 64 p. Ulua. 
(laboratory aids series) 
SUNY: QX 25 L222p 1969 Clt. No. 224030 

HEMATOLOGIC DISEASES 

Delaney, J. W. Handbook of haematologlcal and 
biood transfusion technique [by] J. W. Delaney 
and George Garratty. 2d ed. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Croft!; London, Butterworth 
[cIPo9] xli, 422 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 400 DS37h 1989 

Clt. No. 224013 

Hall, Charles A. The blood In disease. 
Philadelphia, Llpplncott [cl968] xll, 292 p. 
lllui. Distributed In Great Britain by Pitman 
Medical Publishing Company. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 100 H174b 1988 

Clt. No, 147083 

Hematology [edited by] William J. Williams [et sLI 
New York, McGraw-Hill [C1972] xxlv, 1480 p. 
11 lus ISBN 0-07-070375-2. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 H487 1972 

Clt. No. 3261 31 

Hematology. Edited hy William S. Beck. 
Cambridge, Ma;ss.. MIT Press [cl97SJ xlv. 484 
p. Illus. (Harvarr* pathophysiology series, v. 1) 
ISBN O-ES2-02 102-1. 
DNLM: Wl HA637 v.l 1973 
MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 H48S 1973 
XNLM: [WH 100 H488 1973] Clt. No. 384052 

Kelemen, Eadre, Physlopathology and therapy of 
human blood diseases. [1st ed.J Oxford, New 
York, Pergaraon Press [cl969] xvll, 717 p. 
Illus. (International series of monographs on pure 
and ^pjjlted biology. Division: Modern trends In 
physiological sciences, v. 30) 
DNLM: Wl IN841 V.S0 1969 
MBCO: WH 100 K28p 1989 at. No. 202622 

Laafman, Harold, 1912- Hematologic 

problem! in surgery [by] Harold Laufman [and] 
Robert B. Erlchson, with contributions by 
Dery[clk Duncalf [et al.) Philadelphia, 
' Hinders, 1970. xvlll, 249 p. SBN 
^7216-5640-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 L373D 1970 

Clt. No. 281530 

Leave!!, Byrd Stuart, 1910- Fundamentals 

of clinical hematology [by] Byrd S. Lea veil [and] 
Oscar A. Thorup. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1988. xlv. 597 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 100 L439f 1968 Clt. No. 38553 

Leave!!, Byrd Stuart, 1910- Fundamentals 

of clinical hematology [by] Byrd S. Lea veil [and] 
Oscar A. Thorup, Jr. 3d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1971. xlv, «59 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-7216-5677.3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 L439f 1971 

Clt. No. 271444 

Lewis, A I via Edward, 1916- Principles of 

hemstology. New York, 

Apple ton-Century-Crofts [C1970] ill, 388 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH lfW L673P 1970 

at. No. 135031 

Mslscls, Montague. Haematology In diagnosis and 
treatment [by] M. Maize la, T. A. J. Prankerd 
[and] J. D, M. Richards. London. Ballllere, 
Tlndall and Casseli [1988] vll, 319 p. Ulus. 
SBN 7020-0231-3. U. S. publisher: WUUams and 
Wllklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 H232h 1968 

Clt. No. 186341 

Mlsls, Jobs Bnyer, 1918- Laboratory 

medicine: hematology. 4th ed. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1972. vUL, 1318 p. Ulus. ISBN 
O-8016-3427-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 M618L 1971 

at. No. S4xm 



( 



100 












MJiIe, John Barer, 1918- Laboratory 

medicine - hematology. 3d ed. St. Loula, 
Moeby, 1967. x, 1257 P. Ulu*- 
DNLM: WH 100 M6I8L 1967 Clt. No. 123753 

Nonr-Etdln, p. Haemstotogy; rudlmental, 
practical, and clinical. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofta [cI972] xl, 385 p. 
lllus. ISBN O-407-7277O-1. Bibliography: p. 

341-361. 

DNLM, MBCO: QY 400 N931b 1973 

Clt. No. 343001 

Piatt, William B. Color atlas and textbook of 
hematology. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [cl969] 
xvii, 443 P. tllui. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WH 100 P719c I960 

' Clt. No. 810103 

Bapaport, Samuel I., 1921- Introduction to 

hematology. (1st ed.] New York, Harper & 
Row [C1971] x. 403 p. Ului. ISBN 

0-06-142232-0. .„.,„. 

DNLM: WH 100 R3161 1971 Clt. No. 302474 

gelyerd, Chart** Edward, 1913- Hematology 

for medical technologist!. 4th ed. 
Philadelphia, Lea A Feblger, 1972. xl, 840 p. 
Ului. ISBN 0-8121-03783. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 400 S462h 1072 

Clt. No. 343051 

Sew B. L. Malignant blood diseases. 
B^jnare, Williams A Wllklna [C1972] lx, 142 
p. lllua. (Laboratory monograph!) ISBN 
O-7020-O412-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 140 »«£ »™ MW5 

Simmons, Arthur. Bailc hematology; an 

Introduction for itudent medical technologist! 
and assistants. Springfield, 111.. Thomas [cl973] 
xv, 278 p. lllua. ISBN 0-3° 3-0253 6- 3. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 S592b 1973 

' Clt. No. 350307 

Weinman, David, 1909- ed. Infectious blood 

disease! of man and animals; diseases caused by 
Protista, edited by David Weinman [and] Miodrag 
Rlstlc. New York, Academic Press, 1968. 2 
v. lllus. Contents. - v. 1. Special topics and 
general characteristics, v. 2. The pathogens, the 
Infections, and the consequences. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 700 W4241 1963 

Clt. No, 152457 

Whitby, Sir Lionel Ernest Howard, 1895-1956. 
Disorders of the blood; diagnosis, pathology, 
treatment, technique [by] Whitby and Britton. 
10th ed. by C. J. C. Britton, with special 
contributions by F. G. J. Hay hoe [et al.] 
London, Churchill, 1969. vilL 8B0 P. Ulus., 
plates SBN 70O0-1404-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 W579d 1089 

Clt. No. 213553 

Wlntrobe, Maxwell Myer, 1901- Clinical 

hematology. fltb ed. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1967. xxv, 1287 p. lllu*. 
DNLM: WH 100 W794C 19«7 Clt. No. 117517 

Woodruff, A. W. ed. Alimentary and 

haematologlcal aspects of tropical disease. 
London, Arnold [1970] xlli, 478 P. lllua. 
SBN 7131-4148-4. U. S, publisher: Williams * 
Wllklna Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WC 680 W893a 1970 

Clt. No. 142051 

-COMPLICATIONS 

D'Eramo, Nello. Neurological symptoms In blood 
diseases [byl Nello d'Eramo and Mario Levi. 
Baltimore, University Park Press [C1972] xlll, 
288 p. lllus. ISBN 0-8391-0703-X. Translation 
of I slntoml neurologic! nelle emopatle. 

DNLM: WH 100 D417a 1972 Clt. No. 337516 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Schodel, Lydla. 1900- Manual of blood 

morphology. 11th, rev. ed. Philadelphia, 
Llpplncott, 1966. 40 p. lllus. Translation of 
Leltfaden der Blutmorphologie. 
DNLM: W6 P3 Clt. No. 44411 

Ward, Frauds Anthony. Clinical Investigation by 
means of hsematology. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofta [C1970] vlL 184 p. 
SBN 407-72350-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 100 WJMc 190 

Clt. No. 2615*3 



-DIAGNOSIS - LABORATORY MANUALS 

Deslorses, Jane T.. 1921- Diagnostic 

procedures In hematology [byl Jane E. Desforges 

and John A. Merrltt. Chicago, Year Book 

Medical Publishers [cl97t] ill, 97 p. ISBN 

0-8151-2430-9. 

DNLM, MBCO: WH 25 D453d 1971 

Clt. No. 303003 

-ETIOLOGY • CONGRESSES 

Drags and hematologic reactions; the twenty -ninth 
Hahnemann tymposlum. Editors: Nlkolay V. 
Dtmltror [and] John H. Nodine. New York, 
Grune &. Stratton [cl974] xlll, 400 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-8089-03 12-X. Symposium held la 1972. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 140 D794 1972 

Clt. No. 414206 



-FAMILIAL A GENETIC 

Hereditary disorders of erythrocyte metabolism. 
Proceedings of the symposium held February 
13-15, 1967, at the City of Hope Medical Center, 
Dnarte, California. Edited by Ernest Beutler. 
New York, London, Grune & SUatton [cl968] 
xll, 343 p. lllus. (City of Hope symposium 
series, v. 1) ..-.., 

DNLM: W3 C162F v.l 1967 Clt, No. 145134 

-IN INFANCY A CHILDHOOD 

Mauer, Alvln M., 192B- Pediatric 

hematology. New York, McGraw-Hill [cl969] 

xlv, 4fl6 p. lllus. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 300 M448P 1869 

Clt. No. 221720 

Oskl, Frank A. Hematologic problems In the 
newborn, hy Frank A. OslU and J. Lawrence 
Nalman. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. vlll, 
254 p. lllus. (Major problems In clinical 
pediatrics, v. 4) __. 

DNLM: Wl MA492N v.4 1966 Clt. No. 63725 

Oakl, Franlt A. Hematologic problems In the 
newborn, by Frank A. Oskl and J. Lawrence 
Naiman. 2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1972. 
xlv 400 p. Hlus. (Major problems In clinical 
pediatrics, v. 4> ISBN 0-7216-7021-0. 



DNLM: Wl MA492N v.4 1972 
MBCO: WS 200 M33 v,4 1972 



Clt. No. 332604 



Smith, Carl Henry. 1895- Blood diseases of 

Infancy and childhood. St. Loula, Mosby. I960. 
572 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WS 300 SS44b 1960 Clt. No. 244323 

Smith, Cart Henry, 1895- Blood diseases of 

Infancy and childhood. 2d ed. St, Louis, 
Mosby, 1P63. xxlv, GOO p. lllua. 
DNLM: WS 300 S644b 1966 Clt. No. 48513 

Smith, Cart Henry, 1B95- Blood diseases of 

lnfancv and childhood [by] Carl H, Smith with 
the editorial assistance of Denla R. Miller. 3d 
ed. St. Louis, Mosby, 1972. xlx, 874 p. Ulus. 
ISBN O-30IB-469O-1. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 300 S644b 1972 

Clt. No. 343054 

-IN OLD AGE 

Thomas, J. H. Blood disorders In the elderly, by 
J H Thomas and D. E. B. Powell. Bristol, 

Wright, 1971. v, 284 p. lllus. ISBN 
O-7236-0275.-1. U. S. publisher: Williams & 
Wllk Ins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 T458b 1971 

Clt. No. 271711 

-PATHOLOGY 

SllTtr, Richard T- 1929- Morphology of the 

blood and marrow in clinical practice. New 
York, Grune A Stratton. 1970. xxs, 125 p. 

DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WH 100 S587m 1970 

Clt. No. 245646 



HEMATOPOIESIS 



McDonald, George Alexander, Atlas °" 
haematology I by] George A. McDonald, T. C. 
Dodds (andl Bruce Crulekshank. 2d ed. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1968. vllL 111 p. 
lllus. Part of Illustrative material In pocket. 
U. S. publisher: Williams A Wllklna Co, 
Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 17 MISSa 1968 

Clt. No. 170063 

McDonald, George Alexander. Atlas of 
haematology [by] George A. McDonald, T. C 
Dodds [and] Bruce Crulckshank. 3d ed. 
Baltimore, Williams A Wllklna, 1970. lx, 223 
p lllus. ISBN 0-443-00714-4. 
MBCO: WH 17 M135a 1970 Clt. No, 17210* 

PUtt, William R. Color atlas and textbook of 
hematology. Philadelphia. Llpplncott tcl9S9] 
xvil, 445 p. lllus. 
DNLM MBCO. SUNY: WH 100 P71»c 1969 

' Clt. No. 110103 

-CASE STUDIES 

Harley, John B„ 1923- Hematology case 

studies, by John B. Harley, Sundaram V, 
Ramanan, and Mabel M. Stevenson. Flushing, N. 
Y., Medical Examination Pub- Co., 1973- v. 
ISBN 0-87488-020-3 (v. 1). 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH IB H285h 

Clt. No. 361668 

-CONGRESSES 

Hereditary disorders of erythrocyte metabolism. 
Proceedings of the symposium held February 
13-15, 19&7, at the City of Hope Medical Center, 
Dnarte, California. Edited hy Ernest Beutler. 
New York, London, Grune A Stratton [cl968] 
xll, 343 P- HI"*- ( Clt y of Hope symposium 

DNLM: W3 C182F v.l 1967 Clt. No. 145134 

-EXAMINATION QUESTIONS 

Plrofsky. Bernard, 1926- Blood banking 

principles review book; easay questions and 
answers, 525 essay questions and referenced 
answers, by Bernard Pirofgky, Anne V. August 
[and] Helen M. Nelson. Flushing, N. Y., 
Mod leal Examination Pub. Co., CI97S. 144 p. 
ISBN 0- 87 48 8-333- 3. 
DNLM, SUNY: WH 18 FfTlb 1973^ ^ ^^ 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Schudel, Lydla, 1900- Manual of blood 

morphology. 11th, rev. ed. Philadelphia, 
Llpplncott, 1966. 40 p. lllus. Translation ot 
Leltraden der Blutmorphologle. 
DNLM: W6 P3 Clt. No. 46411 



HEMATOPOIESIS 



HEMATOLOGY 



Gordon, Albert S„ ed. Regulation of 

hematopolesU. New York, 
Appleton-Century-Crofta [cl970] 2 v. UtoM- 
DNLM; WH 140 G«82r 1970 Clt. No. 261100 

Yoffey, Joseph Mendel, 1902- Bone marrow 

In hypoxia and rebound. Springfield, I1L, 
Thomas [C1974J x, 278 p. lllus. ISBN 
0-398-03103-7. Bibliography: p. 241-269. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 380 Y54ba 1974 

Cit. No. 410037 

Yoffey. Joseph Mendel,* 1902- Bone e^rrow 

reactions. Baltimore, Wllliami * Wllklna, 19S6. 
vi, 15! p. illua. 
DNLM: WH 380 Y54b 1966 Clt. No. 58145 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Hemopoietic Cellular ProUferatlon, 
Boston, 1969. Symposium on Hemopoietic 
Cellular Proliferation. St. Elizabeth's Hospital 
centennial, 1869-1969. Edited by Frederick 
Stohlman, Jr. New York, Grune A Stratton 
lcl970J xll, 333 p. Ulua. ISBN 0-808 9-0656-9. 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 140 S989S 1969 «„„ 

Clt. No. 153033 



-ATLASES 



Custer, Richard Philip, 1903- 
the blood and bone marrow. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1974, 
ISBN 0-7214-281 5-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WH 17 C987a 1974 



An atlas of 
2d ed. 
xill, 561 p. 



Ulua. 



Clt. No. 415701 



101 



HEMATOPOIETIC SYSTEM 



HEMATOPOIETIC SYSTEM 

•DRUG EFFECTS • CONGRESSES 

Dines and hematologic reactions; the twenty-ninth 
Hahnemann symposium. Editors; Nlkolay V. 
Dlmltrov (and] John H. Nodine. New York, 
Grune & Stratton lc!974] xlll, 400 p. Mua. 
ISBN 0-8Q89-0812-X. Symposium held in 1972. 

DNLM, M8C0, SONY: WH 140 D7M 1972 

Clt. No. 41420* 

HEME 

-BIOSYNTHESIS 

Hellmeyer, Ludwtg, 1899- Disturbance! to 

heme synthesis; special consideration* oi the 
sideroachrestic anemias and erythropoietic 
porphyrias, by Ludwig Hellmeyer, with the 
collaboration of Roman Clotten and Ludwig 
Hellmeyer, Jr. Springfield, III., Thomas [C1968] 
vlll, 238 P- Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 
609.' American lectures to hematology} 
Translation of Die Storungen der 
Bluthimiynthcie. 
DNLM: WH 155 H48«s 19S6 Clt. No. 41020 

HEMIPLEGIA 

.THJ JI 

Brnnnstrom, slgne. Movement therapy In 
hemiplegia; * neurophysiologies! approach. [1st 
ed,] New York, Harper & Row [C1970] 192 
p. Ulus. Includes 25 abstract* of articles from 
various medical Journals, p. 129- IB 1. 
DNLM, SUNY; WL 355 B887m 1S70 

Clt. No. 254157 

HEMOCHROMATOSIS 

Fairbanks, Virgil F.. 1930- Clinical 

disorders of iron metabolism [by] Virgil F. 
Fairbanks, John L. Fahey (and] Ernest Beutler. 
2d ed., rev. and expanded. New York, Grune & 
Stratton IC1971J tx, 488 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8089-0477-1. Ut ed. by E. Beutler et al. 
DNLM, SUNY: QV 183 FlMc 1971 

Clt. No. 274705 

HEMODIALYSIS 

Hampers, Constantine L„ 1932- Long-term 

hemodialysis; the management of the patient with 
chronic renal failure [by] Constantine L. 
Hampers, Eugene Schupak [et al.) 2d ed. 
New York. Grune & Stratton [1973] xl, 243 
p Ulus. ISBN 0-8089-0319-7. 
DNLM, SUNY: WJ 378 B229L 1973 

Cit, No. 404141 

Nose, Ynklhlko, 1932- The artificial kidney; 

a guide to understanding for the physician and 
for the patient. St. Louis, Mosby, 1969. xvll, 
343 p. Ulus. (Manual on artificial organs, v. 1) 
SBN: 8018-3690-8. Bibliography: p. 278-325. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WO M0 M294 v.l 1939 

Clt. No. 213075 

-CONGRESSES 

European Dialysis and Transplant Association. 

Dialysis and renal transplantation; proceedings of 
the fifth conference held to Dublin, Republic of 
Ireland, June, 1963. Editor: David N. S. Kerr; 
associate editors: Daniel Fries [and] R. Walter 
Elliott. Amsterdam, New York, Excerpta 
Medlea Foundation {cl9*9] xi, 428 p. Ulus. 
(Excerpta medlea. International congress 
series, no. 179] Its Proceedings, v. 5. Papers 
to English or French. 
DNLM: W3 EX89 no.179 1968 
MBCO: ZW 1 E939 no.179 1968 at. No. 201341 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Gntch, C. F„ 1920- Review of hemodialysis 

for nurse* and dialysis personnel [by] C. F. 
Gutch [and] Martha H. Stoncr. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1971. xv, 321 p. Ulus. <Mosby*s 
comprehensive review series) ISBN 
0-8016- 1992-0. 
DNLM, MBCO: WY 101 G9fl3r 1971 

Cit. No. 304134 



HEMODYNAMICS 

From cardiac catheterization data to hemodynamic 
parameters [by] Sin* San Yang I*t »Ll 
Philadelphia, Davis icl972] x, 307 p. illus. 
ISBN 0-8038-9705-8. 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 141 F931 1972 

Cit No. 320046 

We ale, Felix E. An Introduction to surgical 
haemodynamics. London, Lloyd-Luke, 1966. 
xil, 128 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 106 W3821 1986 Cit. No. 67323 

-CONGRESSES 

International Conference on Stood Flow Through 
Tissues and Organs, Gla.ir.ow, 1987. Blood flow 
through organs and tt^sm-g; proceedings. Edited 
by William H. Bain and A. Murray Harper. 
Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1HC3. xx, 515 p. Ulus, 
DNLM, SUNY: WG 106 Ifllb 1987 

Clt. No. 151114 

HEMOGLOBIN 

Wallet t, L. H. B. Human haemoglobin variants 
and their Identification [by] L. It. B. Wallett and 

J. Easier Robinson. London, Butterworth 
[el9(.ii] x, 58 p. Ulus. (Laboratory aids series) 
SBN 407.73110-5. 
DNLM: WH 190 W198b 1968 Clt. No. 248553 

■ANALYSIS 

As^endelft, O. W. van. Spectrophotometry of 

haemoglobin derivatives. Assen, Van Gorcum, 

1970. 152 p. Ulus. ISBN 90-232-OSBO-X. 

Issued al*o as thesi3, Groningen. Summary in 

Spanish. 

DNLM, MBCO: WH 190 AS45s 1970 

Clt. No. 260277 

HEMOGLOBINOPATHIES 

Necheles, Thomas F., 1933- CUnlcaJ 

disorders of hemoglobin structure and synthesis 
[by] Thomas F. Necheles, Donald Bi. Allen [and] 
Harvey E, Fink el. New Yoik, 
Apoleton-Century-Crofts [C1939] x, 2E0 p. 

DNLM: WH 190 N384c 1969 Cit. No. 206862 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Jonxf?, Jean Henri Pierre, 19C7- A 

laboratory manual on abnormal haemoglobins. 
Prepared under the direction of J. H. P. Jonxis 
and T. H. J. Hulsninn. Ed ed. Oxford, 
Blackwell Scientific Publications [1968] x, 126 
p Ulus. SEN 632-04L-i70-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 25 JB1L 1988 Cit. No. 182741 

HEMOGLOBINS, ABNORMAL 

Hutchison, H. E. An Introduction to the 
haemogloblnopathies and the methods used for 
their recognition. London, Arnold [1967] vtl, 
08 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WTH 190 H9781 1987 Clt. No. 111034 

Mnrayama, Maklo. Sickle cell hemoglobin; 
molecule to man [by] Makto Murayama [and] 
Rohcrt M. Nalbandlan. Boston, Little, Brown 
[C1973] xil, 198 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-316-58951. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 170 M972s 1973 

Clt. No. 364724 

-DIAGNOSIS 

Reynolds, Jack, 1922- The roentgenological 

features of sick-e cell disease and related 
hemoglobinopathies. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
IC1965] xvll, 332 p. lllua. 
DNLM: WH 170 R463r 1985 Cit. No. 45*85 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Jonxis, Jean Henri Pierre, 1907- A 

laboratory manual on abnormal haemoglobin*. 
Prepared under the direction of J. H. P. Jonxis 
and T, H. J. Hulsman. 2d ed. Oxford, 
Blackwell Scientific Publication* [1968] x. 124 
p Ulus. SBN 632-04970-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: QY 25 J81L 1968 Cit. No. 182741 

HEMOLYSIS 

Ponder, Eric, 1898- Hemolysis and related 

phenomena. Reissued ed. New York, Grune 
At Stratton [1971] x, 398 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0- 808 9-06 7 2-0. 
MBCO: WH 140 P798h 1971 Clt. No. I7371S 



•CONGRESSES 

American National Red Cross Annual Scientific 
Symposium, 3d, Washington, D. C, 1970. 
Formation & destruction of blood cells. Edited 
by Tibor J. Green wait and G- A. Jamie son. 
Philadelphia, Llpplncott [C1970] 31 £ p. Ulus. 
DNLM: W3 AM58 1970* 
MBCO, SUNY: WH 140 A5121 1970 ', 

Clt- No. 265665 



r 



HEMOPHILIA 



Hemophilia; a 
Springfield. 111., 



Rata, Alfred Hyman, 1916- 
■tudy in hope and reaUty. 
Thomas [cl970] x, I59.p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 325 K19h 1970 

Clti No. 232715 

Seegert, Walter Henry, 1910- Prothrombin 

In enzymology, thrombosis and hemophilia. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas- [C1967] xvill, 181 p. 
Ulus., ports. (Beaumont lecture, 1968) American 
lecture series, 681. American lectures to 
hematology. 
DNLM: WH 310 S451pe 1967 Clt. No. 107074 

Tara»y, Thomas J., 1931- Surgery in the 

hemophiUac. Sprln.rfteid, I1L, Thomas [cl968] 
xv, 131 p. Ulus. (American lecture series, no. 
713. American lecture** to Uving chemistry) 
DNLM: WH 325 T189* 10S8 Cit. No. 156256 

•CONGRESSES 

Hemophilia asd new hemorrhagic states; 
Internationa! symposium. New York. Editor: 
HenR^th H. BriPkhous. Chapel Hill, Univ. of 
North Carolina Prec3 [C1970] xvil, 298 p. 
lllua. SBN B078-1 153-5. Based on the edited 
proceedings of an international symposium ... 
organized by the Medical Advisory CouncP. of the 
National Hemophilia Foundation ... held In New 
York City. August 30. 1963. Earlier symposia 
entered in this Library under the editor, Kenneth 
H. Brinkhous. 
DNLM. MSCO, SUNY: WH 325 B8S8tt 1968 

Clt. No. 256576 

-DRUG THERAPY - CONGRESSES 

Hemophilia; a manual of outpatient managewsat. 
Edited by David Green, with 10 contributors. 
Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl9T3] xlv. 115 p. 
'Ulus. " ISBN 0-353-0C353-2. Proceedings of a 
symposium organized by the National Hemophilia 
Foundation and held at Northwestern Memorial 
Hoipltai, Chicago, Nov. 1, 1972, 
DNLM: WH 325 H489 1972 Clt. No. 410563 



-REHABILITATION 



Hemophilia; a 
Springfield, III., 



Katx, Alfred Hymr.n, 1916- 
study to hope and reality. 
Thomas [cl970] x, 159 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 325 Ki9h 1970 

Clt No. 232715 

-THERAPY 

Hemophilia and new hemorrhagic states; 
international symposium, New York. Editor: 
Kenneth M. Brinkhous. Chapel HU1, Univ. of 
North Carolina Press [cl970] xvii, 296 p. 
Uius. SBN 8078-1133-5. Based on the edited 
proceedings of an International symposium ... 
organized liy the Medical Advisory Council of the 
National Hemophilia Foundation ... held to New 
York City, August 30, 1968. Earner symposia 
entered in this Library under the editor, Kenneth 
M. Brinkhous. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WH 325 B858h 1968 

Cit. No. 256576 

HEMORRHAGE 

Quick, Arm and James, 1894- Bleeding 

problems to clinical medicine. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1970. x, 225 p. Ulus. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WH 312 Q6b 1870 

Clt. No. 241673 

Quick, Armand James, 1894- The 

hemorrhagic diseases and tbe pathology Of 

hemostasia. Springfield, III., Thomas f C1974] 
xlll, 380 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-398^2998-9. 

DNLM: WH 312 Q6b* 1974 Clt. No. 425530 



102 






HEREDITARY DISEASES 






TVomkotti and bleeding disorders; theory and 
method!, *dtted fey Nils 0. Bans [et aL] 
Stuttgart. Thleme; New York, Academic Press. 
1971. xvi, 554 p. Ulus. ■ ISBN 0-12-077750-9. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WH 312 T531 1971 

Clt. No. 257411 

Ulln, Alex W„ 1913- ed. Surgical bleeding; 

handbook for medicine, surgery, and ■ pec la It lea, 
ed. by Alex W. Ulln and Seymour S. Gollub. 
New York, McGraw-Hill [C19M] xxx, 532 P. 
lllua. 
DNLM: WO 184 U39s IBM at. No. 93105 

-ABSTRACTl 

Scire, Hani, 1907- Thrombohemorrhagic 

phenomena. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1946] 
xxvlll, 337 p. Ulu*. 
DNLM: ZWH 311 S469t 1968 Clt. No. 51020 

HEMORRHAGE, 
GASTROINTESTINAL 

Palmer, Eddy Darts, 1917- Upper 

gastrointestinal hemorrhage. Springfield, HI., 

Thomas [C1970] x, 410 p. lllui, 

DNLM: Wl 143 P173u 1970 Clt. No. 187650 

HEMORRHAGIC DIATHESIS 

-THERAPY 

Ratnoff, Oscar Davis, 1918- ed. Treatment 

of hemorrhagic disorders. New York, Harper & 
Row [C1968J 242 p. Ulus. 
. DNLM: WH 312 R238t 1968 Clt. No, 181151 



HEMORRHOIDS 



-SURGERY 

Eastman, Peter F„ 1914- Outpatient 

hemorrhoidectomy: ligation technique. New 
York, Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1970. 142 
p. lllui. ISBN 87488-752-6. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 605 E13o 1970 

Clt. No. 254573 

HEMOSTASIS 

Mitchell, John Phil 11m ore. The principles of 
transurethral resection and hemostasia. Bristol, 
Wright, 1972. xil, 262 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-7236-0335-9. 
DNLM: WJ 600 M681p 1972 Clt. No. 341134 

Quick. Annand James, 1894- . Bleeding 

problema In clinical medicine. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1970. x, 225 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 312 Q6h 1970 

Clt No. 241673 

Quick, Annand Janes, 1894- The 

hemorrhagic diseases and the pathology of 
hemostaals. Springfield, 111., Thomas [C1974J 
xill, 380 P. lllus. ISBN 0-393-02998-9. 



DNLM: WH 311 Q6hg 1974 



Clt. No. 425530 



Slrridge, Marjorie S, 1921- Laboratory 

evaluation of hemostasia. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Febiger [C1987] xl, 163 p. lllus. (Medical 
technology, 1) 
DNLM: Wl ME519G 1967 no.l Clt. No. 113271 

Ulln, Alex W, 1913- ed. Surgical bleeding; 

handbook for medicine, surgery, and specialties, 
ed. by Alex W. Ulln and Seymour S. Gollub. 
New York, McGraw-Hill [C1966] xxx, 532 p. 
lllus. 
DNLM: WO 184 USfta 1966 Clt. No. 6310S 



-CONGRESSES 

Symposium on Hemostasia and Thrombosis, Wayne 
State University, 19*8. Pbyalology of hemostaals 
and thrombosis; conference held In conjunction 
with the 1-UU annua! Symposium on Blood. Wayne 
State University, Detroit, Michigan [Jan. 21, 
1966] Compiled and edited by Shirley A. Johnson 
and Walter H. Seegers. Springfield, IlL. Thomas 
Jcl967] xlv, 338 p. lllui. (American lecture 
series, no. 673. American lectures In hematology) 
DNLM, MBCO: WH 300 S989p 1966 

Ot. No. 223822 



-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Mayo Clinic laboratory manual of hemostasia, [by] 
E. J. Walter Bowie [el »l.] Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1971. x, 186 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-7216-1895-2, 
DNLM: QY 25 M473 1971 Clt. No. 303507 

Thomson, Jean M. A practical guide to blood 

coagulation and haemostasia. [1st ed.] 
London, Churchill, 1970. x, 220 p. lllus. 
ISBN 0-7000-1472-1. U. S. publisher: Williams * 
Wilklns Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: QY 410 T483p 1970 Clt. No. 254281 

HEPATIC COMA 

Btelrmana, Frederick, 1905- Hepatic 

encephalopathy, by Frederick Stelgmann and 
Bernard F. Clowdus 11. Springfield, 111., Thomas 
[C1971] xll, 201 p. Bibliography: p. 157-193. 
DNLM, SUNY: Wl 700 S818h 1971 

Clt. No. 167271 

HEPATITIS, ANIMAL 

Piazza, Marcel lo. Experimental viral hepatitis. 
Springfield, III,, Thomaa [elSflS] xl, 274 p. 
illus. Revised and enlarged translation of Le 
epatiti sperlmentall da virus MHV-1 e MHV-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 536 P584e 1949 

Clt. No. 175653 

HEPATITIS, INFECTIOUS 

Plana, Marcello. Experimental viral hepatitis. 
Springfield, Hi., Thomas [C1969] xl, 274 p. 
illus. Revised and enlarged translation of Le 
epatiti soerlmental! da virus MHV-1 e MHV-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 536 P584e 1959 

Clt. No. 175653 

•CONGRESSES 

Hepatitis and blood transfusion; proceedings of a 
symposium held at the University of California, 
San Francisco, March 25-23, 1972, Edited by 
Glrish N. Vyas, Herbert A. Perkins, and Rndi 
Scttmid. New York, Grune it Stralton [C1972] 
xvlli, 428 p- lllus. ISBN 0-8039-0779-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 536 H532 1972 

Clt. No. 340055 

HEPATITIS VIRUS, MOUSE 

Plana, Marcello. Experimental viral hepatitis. 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1969] xl, 274 p. 
lllus. Revised and enlarged translation of Le 
epatiti sperimenUill da virus MHV-1 e MHV-3. 
DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WC 536 P584c 1969 

Cit. No. 175653 

HEPATOLENTICULAR 
DEGENERATION 

Asao, Hlrokaxu. Hepatocerebral degeneration, by 
Hirokaiu Asao and Kllchl OJ1. Springfield, III, 
Thomas [clS68] x, 83 p. lllus. (American 
lecture series, no. 723. American lectures In 
living chemistry) Bibliography: p. 73-83. 
SUNY: Wl 740 A798h 1968 Clt. No. 184625 

-CONGRESSES 

International Symposium Devoted to Wilson's 
Disease, 2d, Tokyo, 1966. Wilson's disease. 
Editor: Daniel Bergsma. Associate editors: I. 
Herbert Schelnberg [and] Irmln Sternlier. 
Assistant editor: Camille Jackson. [New York. 
National Foundation-March of Dimes, 1968] 11, 
138 p. lllus.. ports. (Birth defects; original 
article series, v. 4, no. 2) 
DNLM: Wl BI966 v.4 no.2 1968 
MBCO: WI 740 I61w 1966 Clt. No, 155146 






HEPATOMA 

Burden*, Walter James, 1915- ed. Primary 

hepatoma. Salt Lake City, Univ. of Utah Press, 
1965. ix, 150 p. illus. 
DNLM: WI 735 B951p 1965 Clt. No. 64254 

Tumors of the liver. Editors: Georr.e T. Pack 
[and] Abdol H. Island. Berlin, New York, 
Sprlnger-VerUg, 1970. xll, 304 p. Ulus. 
(Recent results In cancer research, 26) 
Sponsored by the Swiss League Against Cancer. 
DNLM: WI RE106P no.26 1970 
MBCO: QZ 206 R4 no.M 1970 Clt. No. 254205 



-PATHOLOGY 

Bannasch, Peter. The cytoplasm of hepatocytesj 
during carcinogenesis; electron- and 
llgh tinier os co pica) Investigations of the 
Dltrosoroorphollne-lntoxicated rat liver. Berlin, 
New York, Springer, 1968. 105 p. lllus. 
(Recent results in cancer research, 19) 
Translation of Habllitatlonsachrlft, Wiirxberg, 
entitled: Das Cytoplasms der Lebenelte wshrend 
der Carclnogenese. Sponsored by the Swiss 
League against Cancer. 

DNLM: Wl RE106P Bd.19 1968 

MBCO: QZ 208 R4 v.19 1968 Clt. No. 192067 

HEREDITARY DISEASES 

Bartalos, Mlhalj, ed. Genetics In medical 
practice. Philadelphia, Lipptncott [C1968] xll, 
244 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QZ 50 B2fl3g 1968 

Clt. No. 15610* 

Carter, Cedric Oswald, 1917- An ABC of 

medical genetics. [1st ed.] Boston, Little, 
Brown [cl969] 94 p. illus. First issued as a 
series of articles In The Lancet, with additional 
material added. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 50 C323a 1969 

at. No. 227135 

Colombo, Jean Pierre. Congenital disorders of 
the urea cycle and ammonia detoxlcatlon. 
Basel, New York, Karger, 1971. vll, 150 p. 
lllus. (Monographs in paediatrics, v. 1) 
DNLM: Wl M0568G v.l 1971 Clt. No. 17*317 

Crispens, Charles G. Essentials of medical 
genetics. [1st ed.] New York. Harper aV Row 
[C1971] xil, 202 p. Ulus, ISBN 0-06-140669-4. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QZ 50 C932e 1971 

Cit. No. 161753 

Gardner, Lytt Irvine, '917- ed. Endocrine 

and genetic diseases jf childhood. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 19G9. X"iil, 1072 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WS 330 G227c 1969 

Clt. No. 165233 

Goodman, Richard M, 1932- ed. Genetic 

disorders of man by 21 authors. Edited by 
Richard M. Goodman. [1st ed.] Boston, 
Little, Brown [el 970] xvil, 1009 p. Ulus. 
SBN 7003-0142-5 (British). 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 G653g 1970 

Clt. No. 154141 

Lynch, Henry T. Dynamic genetic counseling for 
clinicians. Springfield, 111, Thomas [cl969] 
kill, 354 p. Uius. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 L987d 1969 

Cit. No. 213851 

N i, James J, 1928- Medical genetics: 

principles and practice [by] James J. Nora [and] 
F Clarke Fraser. Philadelphia, Lea Ac Feblger, 
1974. xll, 399 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8111-0373-4. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 50 NB22m 1974 

Clt No. 405746 

The Phacomatoses, edited by P. J. Vinken and G. 
W. Bruyn. Amsterdam, North-Holland Pub. Co.; 
New York, American Elsevier Pub. Co. [cl972] 
xl, 821 p. Ulus. (Handbook of clinical neurology, 
v. 14) ISBN 0-444-10375-9. 
DNLM, MBCO: WL 100 H238 v.14 1973 

at. No. 354539 

Porter, lax H. Heredity and dl- ease. New 
York, McGraw-Hill [cl988] jwL 408 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QZ 50 P8*5h 1968 at. No. 136523 

Reisman, Leonard E, 1931- Genetics and 

counseling in medical practice [by) Leonard E. 
Reisman [and] Adam P. Matheny. Jr. St. Louis, 
Mosby [C1969] Ix, 215 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 50 R377g 19f 9 

' Ot. No. 102547 

Roberts, John Alexander Fraser, 1E99- An 

Introduction to medical genetics. 5th ed. 
London, New York, Oxford Univ. Press [cl97B] 
xlli, 296 p. Ulus. (Oxford medical publications) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 50 R6451 1970 

Ctt. No. 142137 

Rosenthal, David, 1916- Genetic theory and 

abnormal behavior. New York, McGraw-HUl 
[cl970] xvli, 318 p. Ulus. (McGraw-Hill 
In psychology) BihUo graph y: p. 283-300. 
DNLM, SUNY: WM 100 R810g 1970 

at. No. 157111 



103 



HEREDITARY DISEASES 



Sonny, Arnold, 1900- Clinical genetics. 

2d ed. London, Rutterworth [CI973J xt, 641 
p. Ulus, ISBN 0-407-13851-7. 
DNLM. SUNY: QZ 50 S7Hc 1973 

Clt. No. 365141 

nmuw, Al*» Csrruth. Genetic counselling, by 
Alan Carruth Stevenson and B. C. Clare Davison, 
with assistance from Michael W. Oakes, 
Philadelphia, Upplncott [1970] vll, 355 p. 

DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: QZ 50 S847g 1870 

■MK 

MeKnslek, Victor Almon, 1911- Mendellan 

Inheritance In man; catalogs of autosomal 
dominant, autosomal recessive snd X- Linked 
phenotypes 3d ed. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins 
Press [C1S71] xlv, 738 p. ISBN 0-BO IS- 1268-8. 
DNLM, MBCO: Z 5322.H4 M159m 1971 

Clt. No. 302000 

McKnstek, Victor Almon, 1911- Mendellan 

Inheritance In man; catalogs of autosomal 
dominant, autoiomal recessive, and X-Iinked 
phenotypes. 2d ed. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins 
Press [1W8J xlx, 521 p. 
DN'M, MBCO, SUNY: Z 5322.H4 M159m 198B 

CU. No. 160114 

-diagnosis 

Em;ry. Alan E. H., ed. Antenatal diagnosis of 
genetic disease. Baltimore, Williams and 
Wilklna, 1973. Is, 189 P. Ul<*». 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 210 E53a 1973 

Clt. No. 371454 

KUunsky, Aubrey. The prenatal diagnosis of 
hereditary disorders. Springfield, III, Thomas 
[C1973] 253 P. Ulus. ISBN 0-393.02747-1. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 50 M882p 1B73 

Clt. No. 384723 

Thomas, George H. Selected screening tests for 
frenetic metabolic diseases [by] George H. 
Thomas and K. Rodney Howell. Chicago, Year 
Book Medical Publishers [C19731 vll, 101 p. 
ISBN 0-8151-4704-4. 
DNLM: WD 100 T45*s 1973 Clt. No, 384025 

-DIAGNOSIS - ATLASES 

Goodman, Richard M., 1931- The face tn 

genetic disorders [by] Richard M. Goodman [and] 
Robert J. Gorlln. St. Louis, Moiby, 1B70. xll, 
1S9 p. Ulus. SBN 8018-1892-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: WE 17 G653f 1970 

Clt. No. 287781 

.RNCYC. 

MeKnslek, Victor Atmon, 1921- Mendellan 

inheritance In man; catalogs of autosomal 
dominant, autosomal recessive snd X-llnked 
Phenotypes. 3d ed. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins 
Press [C1971] xlv. 738 p. ISBN 0-8018-1283-8. 
DNLM, MBCO: Z 532I-H4 M159m 1971 

Clt. No, 302000 

MeKnslek, Victor Aim on, 1921- Mendellan 

Inheritance tn man; catalogs of autosomal 
dominant, autosomal recessive, and X-liuked 
phenotypes. 2d ed. Baltimore, Johns Hopkins 
Press [1988] xlx, 521 p. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: Z 5S23.H4 M159m 1968 

Clt. No. 180114 

-IN INFANCY * CHILDHOOD 

Keller. Vincent Charles, 1918- *d. Metabolic, 

endocrine, and genetic disorders of children. 
Edited by Vincent C. KeHey, with the editorial 
assistance of George A. Limbeck, with 89 

"contributors. Hagerstown, Md, Medical Dept. 
Harper A Row [elB74] 3 v. (wit, 1759 p.) 
Ulus. ISBN 06-14I428-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WS 200 K*9m 1974 

Clt. No. 416771 

HERNIA 

Nyhus. Lloyd Milton, 1923- ed. Hernia. 

Editors: Lloyd M. Nyhus [and] Henry N. Harklns. 
Philadelphia, Upplncott [C19S4] xxi, 838 p. 
Ulus., port. 
DNLM: WI 950 N994h 19*4 Clt. No. 21233 



Zimmerman, Leo M., 1898- Anatomy and 

surgery of hernia [by] Leo M. Zimmerman [and] 
Barry J. Anson. 2d ed. Baltimore, Williams * 
Wliklns, 1867. lx. 588 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WI 950 Z73a 1987 Clt. No. 113330 

-SURGERY 

Outer, Joseph, 1911- Hernia: one day 

repair. Darlen, Conn, Hafner, 1970. 179 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WI 950 G255h 1970 

Clt. No. 265801 

Zimmerman, Leo M, 1898- Anatomy and 

surgery of hernia [by] Leo M. Zimmerman [and] 
Barry J. Anion, 2d ed. Baltimore, Williams A 
Wilklna, 19G7. lx, 3*8 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WI 950 Z73a 1987 Clt. No. 113330 

-SURGERY - ATLASES 

Caiman, Carl H, 1925- Atlas of hernia 

repair. St. Louis, Mosby, 1968. lx, 159 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: WI 17 C184* 1988 Clt. No. 58424 

Ucbtensteln, Irrlng L, 1920- Hernia repair 

without disability; a surgical atlas Illustrating the 
anatomy, technique, and physiologic rationale of 
the "one day" hernia. St. Louis, Moaby, 1970. 
lx, 210 p. UIiu. SBN 8016-SOOO-2. 
DNLM: WI 17 L699h 1970 Clt. No. 288531 

HIBERNATION 

-CONGRESSES 

International Conference on Depressed Metabolism, 
1st, Washington, D- C, 1S8B, Depressed 
BietaboIiKii. Edited by X. J. Musaechia and 
Joneph F. Saunders. New York, American 
Efcevler Pub. Co, 1989. xlx, 630 p. Ulus. 
SBN 444-00O52.8. 
DNLM: W3 IN174 1968d 
MBCO: QU 120 I62d 1988 Clt. No. 200238 

HIP 

Strange, Frederick Griffiths St. Clair. The hip. 
London, Helnemann [183S] 234 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 853 S397h 1965 Clt. No. 42442 

HIP JOINT 

Adams, John Crawford. Ischlo-femoral 
arthrodesis. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1988. 112 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WE 880 A2141 1988 Clt. No. S5204 

-SURGERY 

Herfort, Robert A., 1919- The surgical 

relief of pain In arthritic disease: the hip and 
knee Joints. Springfield, 111, Thomas [cl967] 
x, 97 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WE 344 H544S 1987 Clt. No. I10S7S 

HIRSUTISM 

Bet-re, Eogene J, 1832- Androgens, 

vlrUlzation and the hirsute female. Springfield, 
111., Thomas [C1987] xlv, 102 p. (American 
lecture series, no. 879. American lectures tn 
Uvtng chemistry) 
DNLM: WR 455 S455a 1987 Clt. No. 103414 

HISTOCYTOCHEMISTRY 

Adams, Colin Wallace MaitUad. Vascular 
histochemistry In relation to the chemical and 
structural pathology of cardiovascular disease. 
London, Lloyd- Luke, 1987. 448 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WG 142 A211V 1987 Clt. No. 114485 

Histochemistry of nerrons transmission. Edited by 
OIstI ErittkS. Amsterdam, New York, Elsevier, 
1971. xv, 525 p. Ulus. (Progress tn brain 
research, v. 34) ISBN 0-444-40951-3. 



DNLM: WI PR687J vJ4 1871 
MBCO: WL 300 P7 v.34 1971 



Clt. No. 311731 



Zogltx, Frederick Thomas, 1928- Diagnostic 

histochemistry. St. Louts, Mosby, 1970. xlv, 
368 p. Ulus. SBN 8016-5702-4- 
DNLH: QS 504 Z94d 1970 Clt. No. 2*3101 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

A Guide to practical hi* toe hem Is try [by] J. Chaysm 
[et ai.] Philadelphia. Upplncott [1989] xL 
281 p. lllus. 
SUNY: QS 525 G948 1989 Clt. No. 182420 

Sumner, A. T. A laboratory of microtechnique 
and histochemistry [by] A. T. Sumner [and] B. B. 
H. Sumner Oxford, Black well Scientific 
Publications [cl989] vllt, 83 p. Ulus. SBN 
632-050O0-X. 
DNLM, MBCO: QS 525 S956L 190* . 

Clt. No. 226277 

HISTOLOGICAL TECHNICS 

Bourne, Geoffrey Howard, 1909- ed, In vivo 

techniques in histology. Baltimore, Williams * 
WlilUns, 1987. lx, 307 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 515 B7751 1987 Clt. No. 113175 

Brain, Edward B The preparation of 

decalcified sections. Springfield, 111, Thomas 
[elSS3] x, 268 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 525 BfiUp 19*8 Cit. No. 51041 

Brown, Geoffrey O. Primer of histopathologic 
technique. New York, Appteton-Century-Crofta 

[cieesj xiu, 22* p. Ulus. 

DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: QS 525 B877p 18*9 

Clt. No. 208230 

Mssion, Pierre, 1880- Human tumors; 

histology, diagnosis, and technique. 2d ed, rev. 
and enl. Detroit, Wayne State Univ. Press, 
1870. 1359 p. Ulus, port, plates ISBN 
0-8143-1405-8. Translation of Tumeurs humalne*. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 200 M421t 1970 

Clt. No. 254237 

Preece, Ann. A manual for histologic technicians. 
3d ed. Boston, Little, Brown (cl972] xlv, 418 
p. Ulus. ISBN 0-3*18-71765. 
DNLM, MBCO: QS 525 P923m 1971 

at. No. 327555 

Zuribe, Frederick Thomas, 1928- Diagnostic 

histochemistry. St. Louis, Mosby, 1970, xlv, 
368 p. Ulus. SEN 8018-5702-4. 
DNLM: QS 504 Z94d 1970 C1L No. 263101 

-LABORATORY MANUALS 

Armed Force* Institute of Pathology. Manual of 
histologic ilainlng methods of the Armed Forces 
Instituie of Pathology. Edited by Lee G. Luna. 
3d td. New York, Blaiciston Division [1988] 
xll, 25B p. Ulus, pUtes Title of earlier ed». 
varies slightly. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 525 A72Sra 19*8 

Clt No. 1T3SS5 

Disbrcy, Breads D. Histological laboratory 
methods [by] Brenda D. Disbrey [and] J. H. 
Rack. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1970. xlll, 414 
p. Ulus. SBN 443-00694-8. U. S. publisher: 
Williams A WUklns Co, Baltimore. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 525 D*llh 1970 

at. No. 2358*1 

Freece, Ann. A manual for histologic technicians. 
2d ed. Boston. Little, Brown [cl965] Xll, 287 
p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 525 P923m 19*5 at- No. 13357 

Simmons, Arthur. Technical hematology. 
Philadelphia, Upplncott [C19681 xll. Sit p. 
Ulus. 
DNLMiQY 400 S392t 1988 at. No. 145901 

Sumner, A. T. A laboratory of microtechnique 
and histochemistry [by] A. T. Sumner [and] B. B. 
H. Sumner Oxford, Blackwell Scientific 
Publications [cl969] vlli, 91 p. Ulus. SBN 
632-0A0Q0-X. 
DNLM. MBCO: QS 525 S956L 1969 

Clt No. B827T 



( 



Pearse, Anthony Gay Eversoa. Histochemistry, 
theoretical and appUed. 3d ed. London, 
ChurchUl. 1988- v. Ulus, port. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 504 P3«2h at. No. 162040 

Roodyn, D. B„ ed. Enxyme cytology- London, 
New York, Academic Press, 1987. xx, 587 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM: QU 135 R77«e 1987 at. No. 111117 



HISTOLOGY 



Andrew, Warren, 1910. Mlcrofabrtc of man; 

a textbook of histology. Chicago, Year Book 
Medical Publishers [cl966] xvi, 392 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 504 A563m 1988 at No. 5*413 



104 






Bevelaeder, Gerrit, IMS- Essentials of 

histology. 8th cd. St. Louis, Moiby, 1970. 
vlli, 328 p. Ulus. SBN 8019-0674-8. 
DNLM, SONY: QS 504 B571e 1970 

Clt. No. 244354 

Crolckxbatik, Brace.: Raman histology, by Brace 
Crulckshank [et aL] Edinburgh. Livingstone, 
19*4. vll, 1ST p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 504 C955h 19*4 Clt. No. 6144 

EUu, Hans Michael, 1907- Human 

microanatomy [by] Hani Ellas [and] John E. 
Pauly. Ed. 3. Philadelphia, Davis [cl9*6] 
ztv, 3S0 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 504 E42h 19*6 Clt. No. 75410 

Pal Il«, Brace D., 1928- Textbook of human 

hlatology [by J Bruce D. Fallla [and] Robert D. 
Ashwortb. [1st ed.] Boaton, Little, Brown 
[C1970] lx, 244 p. lllui. SBN 7000-0170-0. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 504 F195t 1970 

Clt. No. 2343*8 

FTeeman, James Ainu, 1932- Cellular fine 

■tructure; an Introductory atudent text and atlas 
[by] James A. Freeman, with the collaboration of 
Jack C. Geer. New York, McGraw-Hill (el984] 
lx, 198 p. Ulus., port. 
DNI M: QH 581 F8S5c 19*4 at. No. 10210 

Ham rthur Worth, 1902- Hlatology. 5th 

ed. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [C1965] xv, 1041 
p. Ulus. 
DKLM: QS 504 H19«h 1985 Clt. No. 48403 

Ham, Arthur Worth. 1902- Histology. 6th 

ed. Philadelphia, Llpplncott [C1969] xvlll, 
1037 p. lllua. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 504 H198h 1989 

Clt. No. 208053 

Histologic pattcnu in tumor pa t ho I of y [by] Mark 
E. Williamson [et al.l New York, London, 
Hoeber {clS33] lx, 212 p. Ulus, 
DNLM: QZ 200 H673 1968 Clt. No. 1266S2 

Leeson. Charles Roland. HUtology, by C. Roland 
Leeson and Thomas 8. Leeson. Philadelphia, 
Saunders. 1966. lx, 492 p. lllua. 
DNLM: QS 504 L487h 1988 Cit. No. 51570 

Leeson, Thomas Sydney. Histology [by] T. S. 
Leeson and C. R. Leeson. 2d ed. 
Philadelphia, Saunders, 1970. U, 525 p. lllua. 
Author's names in reverse order In earlier 
edition. 
DNLM, MBCO: QS 504 L487h 1970 

Clt. No. 227181 

Mas son, Pierre, 1880- Human tumors; 

hlatology. diagnosis, and technique, 2d ed., rev. 
and enl. Detroit, Wayne State Univ. Press, 
1970. 1359 p. Ulus., port., plates ISBN 
0-8143-1405-8. Translation of Tumeurs humalnes. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QZ 200 M421t 1970 

Clt. No. 254237 

Majdmow, Alexander A.. 1874-1928. A textbook 
of hlatology. 9th ed. (by] William Bloom [and] 
Don W. Fawcett. Philadelphia, London, 
Saunders, 1988. xvt, 858 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QS 504 M4«4t 19*8 at. No. 125735 

Sandrltter, Walter. Color atlas and textbook of 

tissue and cellular pathology, by Walter 
Sandritter, with the assistance of G. Beneke et 
al. Translated and edited by William B. 
Wartman. 3d rev. ed. Chicago, Year Book 
Medical Publishers [19891 xx, 298 P. Mu». 
Translation of Histopathologic; Lehrbuch und 
Atlaa fur Studlerende und Aerzte. 
DNLM, SUNY: QZ 4 S219h 1989 Clt. No. 206180 

Werner, Henry J. Synopsis of histology. New 
York, McGraw-Hill [C1987] vll, 193 p. lllua. 
(Blaklston outline series) 
DNLM: QS §04 W493s 1967 at. No. 70535 

-ATLASES 

Carpenter, Anna Mary. 1918- Human 

histology: a color atlas New York, McGraw-Hill 
(ci9*8) 9* p. (cMefly Ulus,} "Text for 
Human histology: a color stlaa" (93 p.) In pocket. 
DNLM: QS 517 C2»5h 1988 Clt. No. 141254 



Dt Flore. Mariano S. H., 1B99- New atlas of 

histology; Ught microscopy, histochemistry, and 
electron microscopy [by] Mariano S. H. Dl Flore, 
Roberto E. Manelnt [and) Eduardo D, P. De 
Robertls. Translation [by] Tomas Alfredo 
Reader. [1st English ed.] Philadelphia. Lea * 
Feblger. 1973. 329 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 517 D5*9n 1973 

at. No. 371187 

Fawcett, Don Wayne, 1917- The cell; Its 

organelles and inclusions. An atlas of fine 
•tructure. Philadelphia, Saunders, 19*8. vUl, 
448 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QH 581 F278c 19*8 Clt. No. 40*55 

Freeman, WHUam Harvey. An atlas of histology 

[by] W. H. Freeman and Brian Bracegirdle. 2d 
ed. London, Beinemann [1968] xi, 140 p. 
Ulus. First published In 1307. A companion 
book to the authors' Atlas of embryology. 
SBN-435- 6031 1-8. 
DNLM: QS 517 F355a 1987 at. No. 176211 

Lents, Thomas L., 1939- Cell fine 

structure; an atlas of drawings of whole-cell 
structure. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1971, xlv, 
437 p. lllua. ISSN 0-7213-5718-4. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QH 581 L574c 1971 

Clt. No. 2*3575 

Matthews, J. L. Atlas of human hlatology and 
ultrastructure [by] J. L. Matthews and J, H. 
Martin. Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1971. 
xlU, 332 p. Ulus. ISBN 0-8121-0347.5. 
DNLM: QS 517 M437a 1971 Clt. No. 275701 

Porter, Keith R. Fine structure of cells and 
tissues, by Keith R. Porter and Mary A. 
Bonneville, with the collaboration of Susan A. 
Baden hausen in electron microscopy. 3d ed. 
Philadelphia, Lea & Feblger, 1MB. vii, 198 p. 
lllua. 2d ed. has title: An introduction to the 
fine structure of cells and tissues. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 517 P8461 1988 

Clt. No. 156335 

Porter, Keith R. Fine structure of cells and 
tissues, by Keith R. Porter and Mary A. 
Bonneville, with the collaboration of Susan A. 
Batienhausen in trans miss; Ion electron microscopy 
and Peter Andrews in scanning electron 
micros copy. 4th ed. Philadelphia, Lea & 
Feblger, 1973. vll, 204 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-8121-0433-7. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QS 517 P8481 1973 

Clt. No. 376217 

Retth. Edward J. Atlas of descriptive histology 

[by] Edward J. Relth [and] Michael H. Rosa. 2d 
ed. New York, Harper & Row [CI970] xll, 
243 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: QS 517 H37Ba 1970 

Clt, No. 265270 

Sanrtborn, Edmund B. Cells and tissues by Ught 
and electron microscopy. New York, Academic 
Press [clP70] 2 v. Ulus. Added title page 
la French; text in English and French. 
DNLM, MBCO: QH 581 S213C 1970 

Cit. No. 141678 

-OUTLINES 

Stiles. Karl Amos, 1897- Handbook of 

histology, 5th ed. New York, Blaklston 
[e!888] xlv, 251 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: QS 518 S8S6h 1968 

Clt- No. 152047 



HODGKIN'S DISEASE 



Feller, eiflimund, 1890- Quantitative 

research in human biology and medicine. 
Bristol, Wright, 1967. lx, 422 p, Ulus. 
Distributed In U. S. by WUUxms A WUWns. 
DNLM: WZ 40 P387q 19*7 at. No. 13*134 

-BIBL. 

Blake, John Ballard, 1922- ed. Medical 

reference works, 1679-198*; a selected 
blbUography. John B. Blake [and] Charles Rooa. 
editors, Chicago, Medical Library Assn., 1947. 
vllt. 343 p. (Medical Library Association. 
PubUcation, no. 3) Revision of A BlbUography 
of the reference works and histories In medicine 
and the allied sciences issued In the 2d ed. of 
the Medical Library Association's Handbook of 
medical library practice. 

Another copy. 

Z 675.M4 B636m 19*7 
DNLM: Wl ME372 no.3 1967 Ot No, 130415 

-BIOG. 

Hiricb, Edwin Frederick, 188*- Frank 

Billings; the architect of medical education, an 
apostle of excellence in clinical practice, a leader 
In Chicago medicine. [Chicago, Univ. of 
Chicago, C1963J xiv, 144 p. Ulus., ports. 
DNLM: WZ IO0 B597H 1968 Clt. No. 76164 

.GEORGIAN SSR 

Medltslna Gruxli. Tbilisi, Ganatleba. 19*7- v. 
Ulus., ports. Added title page In Georgian. 
At head of title: K. D. Erlstavl (1 dr.] 
DNLM: WZ 70 GR9 M4 at. No. 142771 

-PANAMA 

Wrijht, Wiliard Hull, 1894- 40 years of 

tropical medicine research; a history of the 
Gorgas Memoriil Institute of Tropical and 
Preventive Medicine, Inc., and the Gorgas 
Memorial Laboratory. Washington, 1970. xll, 
428 p. Ulus., ports. BlbUography: P. 333-394. 

DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WC 24 G6«7W 1970 

Clt. No. 310105 

-C. 8. 

Stevens, Rosemary. American medicine and the 
pubUc Interest. New Haven, Yale Univ. Press, 
1E71. xlil, 572 p. ISBN 0-300-01419-8. 
Supported by the U. S. P. H. S. Research grants 
CI1 IXKJ47 from the Division of Community Health 
Services and HS O0S74 from the National Center 
for Health Services Research and Development. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WB 50 AA1 S8a 1971 

at. No. 302355 






HISTONES 

-CONGRESSES 

De Renck, Anthony V. S. ed. Histories; their role 
In the transfer of genetic Information. In honor 
of academician W, A. Engelhardt. Ed. by A. V. S. 
de Reuck and JuUe Knight, London, ChurchUV 
196*. 115 p. Ulus. (Clba Foundation study 
group, no. 24) 
DNLM: W3 CI61 no.24 19*6 at. No. 64345 

HISTORY OF MEDICINE 

Medicine and * tarn pi, edited by R. A. Kyle and M. 
A. Shampo. [Chicago, American Medical Assn., 
C1970] xl, 218 p. Ulus., Compilation with 
revisions and additions of articles appearing In 
the Journal of the American Medical Association 
during 1981 to 1969, plus new articles. 
DNLM: WZ S40 M493 1970 at No. 242020 



HISTORY OF NURSING 

J amies on. Elisabeth Marion. Trends In nursing 
history; their social. International, and ethical 
relationships [by] Elizabeth M. Jamleaon [et al.l. 
8th ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 19*8. xlv, 440 
p. Ulus., ports. 
DNLM: WY 11 J32t 1968 at. No, 38271 

HODGKIN'S DISEASE 

Ksplaa, Hemry Seymour, 1918- Ho<3g kin's 

disease. Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 1972. 
xl, 452 p. Ulus., port. (Commonwealth Fund 
book) ISBN O-674-4O47S-0. BlbUography: p. 
[413J-437. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 500 K17h 1972 

at. No. 33574* 

Molander, David W., 1922- ed. Hodgson's 

disease, compiled and edited by David W. 
Molander and George T. Pack. Springfield, DL, 
Thomas [C1963] xll!, 212 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 500 M7I7n 1968 
MBCO, SUNY: WH 500 M717n 18*8 

at. No. 152015 

-THERAPY 

Amxietio, Esuico. The treatment of Hodgkln*s 
disease. Berlin, New York, Springer, 1969. 
xli, 73 p. Ulus. (Recent results in cancer 
research. 18) 

DNLM: Wl RE106P Bd.lB 1969 
MBCO: QZ 20* R4 v.18 19*9 at. No 



105 



HODGKIN'S DISEASE 



-THERAPY ■ COLLECTED WORKS 

OmniU, Edwwd 8., 1928- eomp. 

Management of Hodgkln't disease and the other 
lymphoma* Journal article ■; a collection of 
current published article* related to Hodgkln's 
disease and the other lymphomas, by Edward S. 
Grcenwald and Warren Zeltlin. Flushing, N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., cl971. 358 p. 
lllua. ISBN 0-8 T 488-515. Reprinted from 
various medical Journals. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WH 500 C816m 1971 

at. No. 273877 

HOMEOSTASIS 

-CONGRESSES 

Symposium oa Homeostatie Regulators, London, 
1969. Homeoatatlc regulators; a Clba 
Foundation symposium held Jointly with the 
Wellcome Trust. Edited by G. E. W. 
Wolateohohne and Julie Knight. London, 
Churchill, 19«9. vll, 327 p. Mus. SBN 
7000-1429-2. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 120 SB8Bh 1969 

Clt. No. 133757 



HOMICIDE 



Mace' Id, John Marshall, 1920- Homicidal 

thn . With a chapter by Margaret Mead. 
SpriusfleM, 111.. Thomas [clS68] ix, 123 p. 
DNLM: HV 6515 M135h 19«a Clt. No. 183327 

West, Donald lames. Murder followed by suicide; 
an Inquiry carried out for the Institute of 
CrlminoloEv, Cambridge. London, Helnemann 
[1983] vll, 181 p. (Cambridge studies In 
criminology, v. 21) Helnemann library of 
criminology and penal reform 
DNLM: HV 8505 W517m 1985 Clt. No. 53314 

HOMOSEXUALITY 

Socaridrs, Charles W., 1921- The overt 

homoacxual. New York, Grune * Stratton 
[61963] vll, MS p. 
DNLM: WM «15 S8780 1988 
MSCO, SUNY: WM 815 S8780 1988 

Clt. No. 152811 

-ETfOLOCY 

Harm or, Judd, 1910- e<t. Sexual Inversion; 

the multiple roots of homosexuality. New York, 
Basic Books [C19S5] vlll, 358 p. 
DNLM: WM 815 M352S 1985 Clt. No. 51154 

HORMONES 

Loralne, John Alexander. Hormone assays and 
their clinical application {by] John A. Loralne 
and E. Trevor Bell. 2d ed. Baltimore, 
Williams and Wilklna, 1968. xv, 584 P, lllua. 
1st ed. published In 1958 under title: The clinical 
application of hormone assay. 
DNLM: QY 330 L885C 19W Clt. No. 57835 

Loralne, John Alexander. Hormone assays and 
their clinical application [by] John A. Loralne 
[and] E. Trevor Bell, 3d ed. Baltimore. 
Williams and Wilklna, 1971. xlx, 684 p. lllua. 
IEBN 0-443-00733-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: QY 330 LSSSc 1971 

Clt. No. 270473 

Manser, William Mnlr, 1920- ed. Hormones 

and hypertension. Springfield, III.. Thomas 
[C1965] xvll, 285 p. porta. (American lecture 
series, no. 858. American lectures In 
endocrinology) 
DNLM: WG 340 M175h 19*8 Clt. No. 55181 

Bawls, Clark Timothy, 1934- The 

hormones; endocrine physiology. [lit ed.] 
Boiton, Little, Brown [1989] xviii, 309 p. 
SBN 7000-01 59-X. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WI 102 S271h 1989 

Clt. No. 221405 



-CONGRESSES 

International Con: res* of Clinical Chemistry, 7th, 
Geneva and Erian, 1969. 7th International 
Congress of Clinical Chemistry, Geneva 
(Swltzerland)-Evlan (France), September 8-13, 
1069. General editor: M. Roth. Basel, Karger, 
1970. 4 v. lllus. ISBN 0-8391-0589-4. 
Contents. - v. 1. Methods In clinical chemistry. - 
v. 2. Clinical eniymology. - v. 3. Hormones, lipids 
and miscellaneous. ■ v. 4. Digestion and Intestinal 
absorption. 

DNLM: W3 IN597 19«9l 
SUNY: QY 90 I81a 1989 Clt. No. 270221 

-METABOLISM 

Fuchs, Frits Friedrieh, 1918- ed. 

Endocrinology of pregnancy, edited by FriU 
Fuchs and Arnold Kloppcr. [lit ed.] New 
York, Harper & Row [C1971] x, 359 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WQ 200 F951e 1971 

Clt. No. 282058 

Jennlnjs, Isobel W. Vitamins in endocrine 
metabolism. London, Helnemann [1970] xi. 
1*8 p. SBN 433-17320-3. 
DNLM, SUNY: QU 160 J54v 1970 

at. No. 252341 

-PHARMACOLOGY 

Association for Research l<t Nervous sod Mental 
Disease. Endoerlnes and the central nervous 
system; proceedings of the association, December 
8 and 7, 1963, New York, N. Y. [Editor: 
Rachmiel Levlne] Baltimore, Willlama & 
WlUclaa, 1956. xl, 475 p. lllus. (Its Research 
publications, v. 43) 
DNLM: Wl AS481 v.43 1988 Clt. No. 80508 

-PHYSIOLOGY 

Lerlse, Seymour, ed. Hormones and behavior. 
New York, Academic Press, 1972. xltl, 363 p. 
lllus., port. ISBN 0-1 2-44 5450-X. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 102 L«S5h 1972 

Clt. No. 333460 

Lltwack, Oeratd, ed. Biochemical actions of 
hormones. Contributors: Julius Axelrod [et al.] 
New York, Academic Press. 1970- v. ISBN 

0-12-452801-5. 
MBCO, SUNY: WX 102 L782b Cit, No. 301158 

Tepperman, Jay, 1913- Metabolic and 

endocrine physiology; an Introductory text. 2d 
ed. Chicago, Ye;.r Book Medical Publishers 
[19£8] £50 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WK 102 T314m 1968 Clt. No. 129483 

Wolstenholme, Gordon Ethelbert Ward, ed. 

Endocrinology of the testis, ed. by G. E. W. 
Wolatenholxne and Maeve O'Connor. London, 
Churchill, 1967. xlll, 331 p. lllus. (Clba 
Foundation. Colloqula on endocrinology, v. 16) 
DNLM: WK 875 W87Be 1967 Clt. No. 78460 

-PHYSIOLOGY - CONGRESSES 

The Action of hormones: genes to population. 
Edited by Plero P. Foi, assisted by Naomi L. Foi 
[and] Albert J. W bitty. Springfield, 111., 
Thomas [G1971J xvll), 547 ». illus. A 
symposium held In 1957 at Sinai Hospital of 
Detroit In collaboration with the Dept. of 
Physiology and Pharmacology, Wayne State 
University School of Medicine and the Michigan 
Diabetes Association. Co-sponsors: The Tom and 
Sarah Borman Foundation and the Women's Guild 
of Sinai Hospital of Detroit. 
DNLM, SUNY: WK 102 A188 1987 

Clt. No. 280837 

■ THERAPEUTIC USE 

Hayward, John. Hormones and human breast 
cancer; an account of 15 years study. Berlin, -< 
New York, Sprlnger-VerUg, 1970. xv, 149 p. 
lllua., ports. (Recent results In cancer research, 
24) 

DNLM: Wl RE108P v.24 1970 
MBCO: QZ 208 R4 v.24 1970 Clt. No. 257373 

8 toll, Basil Arnold, ed. Endocrine therapy in 
malignant disease. Contributors: Thomas H. 
Acxiand [et al.] London, Philadelphia, 
Saunden, 1972. xvt, 442 p. illus., port. 
ISBN 0-72I8-8815-X. 
DNLM, MBCO: QZ 267 SS75e 1972 

Clt. No. 324623 



- 

Stoll, Basil Arnold, Hormonal management in 
breast cancer. Philadelphia, Lipplncott [C1989] 
vlll, 169 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WP 870 S875h 19*9 

Clt. No. 220131 

HOSPITAL ADMINISTRATION 

Elsele, C. Wesley, 1900- ed. The medical 

staff in the modern hospital. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [cl967] xv, 523 p. lllus. Based 
largely upon conferences presented by the 
University of Colorado School of Medicine in 
1980, 1984, and 1985. 
DNLM: WX 150 E37m 1987 Clt. No. 77043 

Johnson, A. P. Organisation and management of 
hospital laboratories. London, Butterworth 
[C1M9] x, 182 p. illus. SBN 407-34850-3. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WX 207 J66o 1989 

Clt. No. Z35231 

MeGlboay, John Robert, 1903- Principles of 

hospital administration. 2d ed. New York, 
Putnam [clW9] xvlli, 587 p. lllus. 
MBCO, SUNY: WX ISO M145p 1989 

Clt. No. 210203 

National Communicable Disease Center. Isolation 

techniques for uce In hospitals. Atlanta [For 
Sale by the Supt. of Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off-, 
Washington, 1970] vlll, 87 p. (Public Health 
Service publication, no. 2054) 5 Isolation or 
precaution door signs inserted in pocket at end 
of book. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WA 110 N2771 1970 

Clt- No. 253304 

-COLLECTED WORKS 

Alford, Billy Gene, comp. Hospital electronic 

data processing journal articles; a collection of 
current published articles related to hospital 
electronic data processing application, compiled 
by Billy Gene Alford and Frances Ebaugh Colvin. 
Flushing, N. Y., Medical Examination Pub. Co., 
1970. 219 p. SBN B7488-791-7. Consists of 
50 articles previously published In various 
medical Journals. 
DNLM: WX 5 AS89Q 1970 Clt. No. 258324 

-O. S. 

Dor bis, Richard L. Organisation and 
administration of health care; theory, practice, 
environment [by] Richard L- Durbln [and] W. 
Herbert Sprinyall. St. Louis, Moaby, 1989, xL. 
243 p. ilius. SBN 8016-1481-6. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WX 150 D953o 1989 

Cit. No. 201580 

HOSPITAL DENTAL SERVICE 

Douglas, Brace L., 1925- ed. Introduction to 

hospital dentistry. 2d ed. St. Louis, Mossy, 
1970. x, 1G6 p. ilius. ISBN O-80I6-1438-4. 
1st ed.. edited by B. L. Douglas and G. J. Casey, 
has title: A guide to hospital dental procedure. 
DNLM: WU 27 D7331 1970 Clt. No. 254318 

Hooley, James R. Hospital dentistry. 
Philadelphia, Lea it Feblger, 1970. x, 204 p. 
illua. ISBN 0-8121-0273-8. 
DNLM: WU 27 H7B4h 1970 C1L No. 258762 

HOSPITAL EMERGENCY SERVICE 

Eckert, Charles Leonard, "1914- . ed. 

Emergency-room care, by 24 authors. [1st ed.} 
Boston, Little, Brown [cl987] xvltL 373 p. 
Ulna. 
DNLM: WX 215 E19e 1987 Clt. No. 121523 

Plewes, L. w., ed. Accident service. London, 
Pitman [1988] xvl, 493 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WX 215 P72S* 1966 Clt. No. 55800 

Kir at, Carmella Lnlsi. Emergency nursing [by] 
C. Lulse ftlehl. Consultant: John J. Minster. 
Peoria, 111., Bennett [C1970] 288 p. illus. 
DNLM: WY 162 R555e 1970 Clt. No. 234503 

-COLLECTED WORKS 

Qelperin, Abraham, 1909- ed. Emergency 

room Journal articles; a collection of current 
articles related to hospital emergency rooms, 
edited by Abraham Gelpertn and Eve Arlln 
Gelperln. Flushing, N. Y-, Medical Examination 
Pub. Co., CI970. 244 p. lllus. ISBN 
874A8-795-X. Articles reprinted from various 
journals. 
DNLM: WX 215 GS21e 1970 Clt. No. 270703 



< 



106 



I 






-CONGRESSES 

Conference on Em erf ency Medic*! Service*, 
Chicago. 1997. Proceeding!. Chicago, c!9<7. 
5U p. Edited by the Dept. of Hospital and 
Medical Facilities, American Medical Association. 
DNLM; WX 215 C7«P 1967 Clt. No. 1H1M 

Symposium on Emerieney Room Care, Philadelphia, 
1970. Emergency room care; the twenty-third 
Hahnemann symposium. Edited by Wilbur W. 
Oaks [and] Stanley Spltzer. Under the general 
edltorahlp of John H. Moyer. New York, Grime 
& Stratton [C1972] ISBN 0-8080-0749-2. 
Sponaored by the Dept. of Medicine, Hahnemann 
Medical College and Hoipltal. 
DNLM. MBCO. SUNY: WX 215 S9»9e 1970 

Clt. No. 31*472 

HOSPITAL EQUIPMENT AND 
SUPPLIES 

■CONGRESSES 

Electric haiards In hospitals: proceeding of a 
workihop held on 4-5 April 1963, sponsored by 
the Committee on Anesthesia and the Committee 
on Shock, Division of Medical Sciences, National 
Rer-arcb Council. Edited by Carl W. Walter. 
W ngton, National Academy of Sciencei, 1970. 
27 lllui. SBN 309-01767-X. Supported by 

Ohite of the Surgeon General: Dept. of the 
Army, Dept. of the Navy, and Dept. of the Air 
Force under Contract* DA-49-193-MD-2077 and 
DADA-89-C-9084. and the National Institutes of 
Health, Public Health Service under Contract 
PH43-64-44, Task Order 3. 
DNLM, MBCO: WX 185 ESS 19*8 

Clt. No. 287171 

-STAND ABDS 

Electric hazard* In hospital*: proceeding* of a 
workshop held on 4-5 April 1963, sponsored by 
the Committee on Anesthesia and the Committee 
on Shock, Division of Medical Sciences, National 
Research Council. Edited by Carl W. Walter. 
Washington, National Academy of Science*. 1B70. 
277 p. lltus. SBN 309-01767-X. Supported by 
Office of the Surgeon General: Dept. of the 
Army, Dept. of the Navy, and Dept. of the Air 
Force under Contract* DA-49-193-MD-2377 and 
DADA-8B-C-9084, and the National Institute* of 
Health, Public Health Service under Contract 
PH43-64-44, Task Order 3. 
DNLM, MBCO: WX 185 E38 1966 

Clt. No. 267171 

HOSPITAL MAINTENANCE 



HOSPITAL NURSING STAFF 



-COLLECTED WORKS 

Paul, Robert C, ed. Hospital and Institutional 

engineering and maintenance Journal articles; a 
collection of current published article* related to 
hospital and Institutional engineering and 
maintenance. Flushing, N. V., Medical 
Examination Pub. Co., C1970. 202 p. SBN 
87488-793-3. Consists of article* previously 
published in various medical and scientific 
journals. _ . 

DNLM: WX 5 P324h 1970 Clt. No. 256375 

HOSPITAL MEDICATION SYSTEMS 

Smith, William E. Clinical pharmacy services In 
a community hospital, by William E. Smith. 
Prepared for Drug Related Studies, National 
Center far Health Services Research and 
Development ... [Rockville? Md., 1972] v, 94 
p. litu*. (DHEW publication no. (HSM) 72-3019) 
Description of a de-centraltzed hospital pharmacy 
service. Bibliography: p. 93-94. 
DNLM, SUNY: WX 179 S634c 1973 

Clt. No. 327277 

HOSPITAL NURSING SERVICE 

Shanks, Mary D. Administration In nursing [by] 
Mary D. Shanks [and) Dorothy A. Kennedy. 2d 
ed. New York, McGraw-Hill [cI970] lx, 324 p. 
1st ed. ha* title: Theory and practice of nursing 
service administration. 
DNLM, SUNY: WY 108 S528t 1970 

Clt. No. 265175 



-UTILIZATION 

Price, Elmlna M. Staffing for patient care; a 
guide for nursing service, based on a research 
report, by Elmlna M. Price with the assistance of 
Joyce M. Schowalter [et al.J New York, 
Springer [cl970] vil, 177 p. lllus. A 
research study «up ported by the Hill Family 
Foundation, St. Paul, Minnesota. 
MBCO: WX 159 P945* 1970 Clt. No. 242032 

HOSPITAL OUTPATIENT CLINICS 

Clark, Vivian V., ed. Outpatient services Journal 

articles; a collection of current published article* 
related to outpatient services. Flushing. N. Y., 
Medical Examination Pub. Co., 1970. 317 p. 
tlius. ISBN 87438-794-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: WX 200 C595o 1970 

Clt. No. 263562 

Cohen, David », 1919- Anesthesia for 

outpatient surgery, by David D. Cohen and John 
B. Dillon. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] 
xlll, 67 p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WO 200 C678a 1970 

Clt. No. 250143 

Bnssman, Marvin B. The walking patient: a study 
in outpatient care [by] Marvin B. Suosman [et 
at] Cleveland, Press of Western Reserve Univ., 
19S7. xiU, £"!) p. lllia. 
DNLM: WX 205 S964w 1B87 Clt. No. 106000 

HOSPITAL PERSONNEL 

Stryker, Roth Perin. The hospital ward clerk. 
St. Louis, Meshy, 1970. vil I, 179 p. lllus. 
SBN e01G-4a£3-3. 
DNLM. SUNY: WX 159 S928h 1970 

Clt. No. 235054 

HOSPITAL PERSONNEL 
ADMINISTRATION 

Eisele, C. Wesley, 1906- ed. The medical 

staff In the modern hospital. New York, 
McGraw-Hill [C19S7] xv, 523 p. lllus. Based 
largely upon conference* presented by the 
University of Colorado School of Medicine In 
1960, 1964, and 1965. 
DNLM: WX 150 E37m 1967 Clt. No. 77043 

Hepner, James O. Personnel administration and 
labor relations in health care facilities [by] James 
O. Hepner, John M. Boyer {and] Carl L. 
Westerhaus. St. Louis, Mosby, 1999. xlll, 391 
p. SBN: 8016-2147-X. 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: WX 159 HSZSp 1969 

Cit- No. 225741 

Kurtz, Harold P. Effective use of volunteers in 
hospital*, homes, and agencies, by Harold P. 
Kurtz and Margaret Burrows. Springfield. HI., 
Tnoroas [clB7l] lx, 119 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WX 159 K96e 1971 

Clt. No, 24*502 



HOSPITALS 



HOSPITAL PHARMACY SERVICE 

Kim, Charles M. Drug Information service*; two 
operational models. Model I. A complete drug 
information service In a hospital, by Charles M. 
King, Jr. and Betty A. Heliums. Model II. A 
regional drug Information service network, by 
Vern F. Thudlum and Robert E. Pearson. 
Rockville, Md., Pharmacy. Related Programs 
Branch, National Center for Health Service* 
Research and Development; for sale by the Supt. 
ot Docs., U. S. Govt. Print. Off. [1972] *1L 265 
p. lllus. (DHEW publication no. (HSM) 72-3030) 
Case study series. 
DNLM: WX 179 K52d 1972 Clt. No. 354237 

Smith, William E. Clinical pharmacy services In 
a community hospital, by William E. Smith. 
Prepared for Drug Related Studies, National 
Center for Health Services Research and 
Development ... [Rockville? Md., 1972] v, 94 
p. lllus. (DHEW publication no. (HSM) 72-3019) 
De*erlption of a de-centrallzed hospital pharmacy 
service. BlbUography: p. 93-94. 
DNLM, SUNY: WX 179 S664C 1972 

C1L No. 327277 



-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Blyth, John W. How to train hospital employees, 
by John W. Blyth [and] S. E. Solteaz, [New 
York] Argyle Publ. Corp. [1967] 1 v. 
(unpaged) Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WX 159 B6«lh 19*7 

Clt. No. 173503 

Conference on the Application of Programmed 
Instruction to the Hospital Field, Chicago, 1965. 
Programmed Instruction and the hospital; a 
report on the use of programmed Instruction in 
health care Institutions. Chicago, 1967. vii, 
155 p. lllus. Conducted by the Hospital 
Research and Educational Trust In cooperation 
with Teachers College, Columbia University. 
Bibliography prepared by the Clearinghouse on 
Self Instructional Materials for Health Care 
Facilities, University of Rochester.": p. 133-152. 
DNLM: WX 159 C748p 1965 Cit. No. 13*504 



HOSPITAL PLANNING 

-U. B. 

Colling, Rtutell U, ed. Hospital security and 

safety Journal articles; a collection of current 
articles related to seeurlty and safety in health 
care Institutions. Flushing, N. Y., Medical 
Examination Pub. Co., 1970. 158 p. lllu*., 
ports. ISBN 0-8743 8- 796- B. 
DNLM, SUNY: WX 135 C711h 1970 

Clt. No. 254105 

HOSPITAL PSYCHIATRIC 
DEPARTMENTS 

American Hospital Association. Mental health 
services and the general hospital; a guide to the 
development and Implementation of mental health 
service plans. Chicago [cl970] v, 49 p. 
Bibliography: p. 45-48. 
DNLM, MBCO: WM SO A515m 1970 

Clt. No. 253707 

HOSPITAL VOLUNTEERS 

Knrli, Harold P. Effective use of volunteers In 
hospital*, homes, and agencies, by Harold P. 
Kurtz and Margaret Burrows. Springfield, III., 
Thomas [C1971] lx, 119 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WX 159 K96e 1971 

Clt. No. 24*502 



HOSPITALIZATION 



Vernon, David T. A. The psychological responses 
of children to hospitalization and Illness; a review 
of the literature, by David T. A. Vernon [et al.J 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1965] vil, 192 p. 
DNLM: WS 105 V541p 1965 C1L No. 64*10 

-STAT. 

Commission on Professional and Hospital Activiti**. 
Length of stay in short-term general hospitals, 
19C3-1964. New York, McGraw-Hill r.clB*»l 
xll, 216 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WX 16 C724L 196* Clt. No. 71113 



HOSPITALS 






Brown, Esther Lnctle, 1898- Newer 

dimension* of patient care. New York, Russell 
Sage Foundation, C1865. 3 pt*. In 1 v. 
DNLM: WX 100 B877n 19*5 Clt. No. 41*3 

•HISTORY - BOSTON 

Thonn, Richard H-, 1926- For the relief of 

the sick and disabled; the U. S. PubUe Health 
Service Hospital at Boston. 1799-1969. 
[Rockville, Md., U. S. Federal Health PrognUM 
Service] For sale by the Supt. of Doc*., U. S. 
Govt. Print. Off. [1972] vlll, 557 p. Ulus, 
ports. (DHEW (HSM) 72-2001) 
DNLM MBCO. SUNY: WX 28 AM4 B7U5T 1972 
Cit. No. 320141 

-U. S. 

Somers, Herman Mile*, Mil. Medicare and 

the hospital*; issues and prospects [by] Herman 
Miles Somers [and] Anne Ramsay Somen. 
Washington, Brookings Institution [cl9*7] xn, 
303 p. (Studies in social economics) 
DNLM: WT 30 S694m 19*7 Clt. No. 1W717 



107 



HOSPITALS, GENERAL 






HOSPITALS, GENERAL 

-U. 8. - STAT. 

Commission on Professional and Hospital Aelivllie*. 
Length of stay la short-term general hospitals, 
1963-1964. New York, McGraw-Hill [cl968J 
ill, 211 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WX 18 C734L 1966 Cit. No. 71113 

HOSPITALS, PSYCHIATRIC 

Barton. Russell. Institutions! neurosis. Id ed. 
Bristol, Wright, I960. 85 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 170 BI93c 1966 Clt. No. 8203* 

-CONGRESSES 

Freeman, Hugh Lionel, ed. Psychiatric hospital 
care; a symposium. London, Balllere, Tindall A 
Ciwoll [1985] x, 301 p. Symposium held at 
the Middlesex Hoipltal, London, January 6th-8th, 
1964. 
DNLM: WM SO F855p 1885 Clt. No. 40378 

-BIST. 

Evolving coneepti In psychiatry. Edited by Perry 
C. Talking ton and Charles L. Bloss. New York, 
Gr-ie A Stratton [cl909] v, 170 p. Ulus. 
P. • presented at a seminar commemorating 
tr ■ftietb anniversary of Timberlawn Psychiatric 
Center. Dallas, Texas. 
DNLM: WM 11 E«l 1889 Clt. No. 720604 

.JflBTOBY ■ MARYLAND 

Forbush, Bliss. The Sheppard it Enoch Pratt 
Hospital, 1853-1970; a history. With a foreword 
by Lawrence S. Kuble. Philadelphia, Llpplncott 
[C1971] 236 P. tllus., porta. 
MBCO: WM 23 AM3 T7S5F 1B71 Clt. No. 274535 

-DISTRICT Or COLUMBIA 

Kothwell, Naomi D. The psychiatric halfway 
house; a ease study, by Naomi D. Rotbwell and 
Joan M. Donlger. Springfield. HL, Thomas 
[C19S6] xvl, 265 p. 
DNLM: WM 23 AD« W8R 1988 Clt. No. 87083 

HOSPITALS, TEACHING 

Prynne, T. A. Handbook on hospital television. 

Columbia, S. C, Educational Reaourcea 
Foundation [1972] 94 p. lllus., ports. 

DNLM, SUNY; W 18 P973h 1972 Clt. No. 338331 



HOUSING 



Goldsmith, Selwrn. Designing for the disabled. 
Zd ed„ rev. and expanded. London, Royal 
Institute of British Architects, 1987. 207 p. 

DNLM: WA 795 G624d 1987 Clt. No. 128447 

HUMAN ENGINEERING 

Damon, Albert, 1918- The human body In 

equipment design [by] Albert Damon [et al.] 
Cambridge, Harvard Univ. Press, 1988. xvtl, 380 
p. tllus. Bibliography: p. [3251-355. 
DNLM: TA 9 D183h 1988 Clt. No. 70342 

-BLBL 

Damon, Albert, 1918- The human body In 

equipment design [by] Albert Daman [et al.] 
Cambridge. Harvard Univ. Press, 1968. xvll, 380 
p. lllus. Bibliography: p. [3251-355. 
DNLM: TA 9 D183h 1968 Clt. No. 70342 

HYDATKHFORM MOLE 

-DIAGNOSIS 

BorclL Ulf Soren Mendelsson, 1918- The 

diagnosis of hydattdlform mole, malignant 
bydattdlform mole, and chorlocarclnoms with 
special reference to the diagnostic value of pelvic 
arteriography, by Ulf Borell [et al.] 
Springfield, III., Thomas [C1906] x, 109 p. lllus. 
DNLM: WG 500 B731d 1088 Clt, No. 83801 



HYDROCEPHALUS 



Kllnor* t, Thomas Herri ck, 1938- 
Hydrocephalus and the cerebrospinal fluid. 
Baltimore. WllUami A Wtlklns [cl972] xll, S37 
p. lllus. ISBN O-883-0S989-0. 
DNLM, SUNY: WL 350 M644h 1971 

Clt. No. 334303 



103 



-CONGBES8ES 

Workshop In Hydrocephalus, Children's Hospital of 
Philadelphia, 1965. [Proceedings. Comp. and 
ed. by Kenneth Shulnaan. Philadelphia, 19*8] 
191 p. lllus. Sponsored by the Department of 
Neurosurgery, Univ. of Pennsylvania School of 
Medicine and Children's Hospital of Philadelphia. 
DNLM: WL 350 W928p 1968 Clt. No. 81471 

-DIAGNOSIS - CONGRESSES 

Cisternography and hydrocephalus; a symposium. 
John C. Harbert, editor, with the assistance of 

David C. McCullougn [et al.) Springfield, HL. 
Thomas [C1972] xv, 559 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-398-02SG8-5. Proceedings of a symposium held 
May 6-8. 1971, In Washington, D. C. 

DNLM MBCO, SUNY: WL 350 C579 1971 

Clt. No. 348364 

-SURGERY 

Casta, Robert C, 1938- 

Ventrlculoclsternostomy: long-term experiences, 
by Robert C. Cantn, Jost J. Mlchelsen and James 
C. White. With assistance In the radiological 
studies Beet! on of chapter TV from Paul F. J. 
New. Springfield, 111., Thomas [cl970] X, 138 
p. lllus. 
DNLM: WL 3S0 C233v 1970 Cit. No. 250105 

HYDROGEN-ION CONCENTRATION 

Bebrendt, Ham, 1H34- Patterns of skin pH 

from birth through adolescence, with a synopsis 
on skin gTowth, by Hans Behreadt and Marvin 
Green. Springfield, 111-, Thomas [cl971] vL 
115 p. lllus. 
DNLM, SUNY: WR 102 B421p 1971 

Cit. No. 25471* 

Davenport, Horace Wlllard. The ABC of 
acid-base chemistry; the elements of physiological 
blood- gas chemistry for medical students and 
physicians. 5th ed.. rev. Chicago. London, 
Univ. of Chici^o Frees [cl969] vll, 119 p. 
lllus. SEN 226-13702-3. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QU 105 D247a 1989 

Clt. No. 232567 

-PROGRAMMED INSTRUCTION 

Chrtitensen. Halvor Niels, 1915- Neutrality 

control in the living organism; a learning program 
for students of the biological and medical 
sciences. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1671. vi, 180 
p. lllus. ISBN 0-7216-2574-4. 
DNLM, MBCO: QU 105 C554n 1971 

Clt. No. 252532 

HYDROTHERAPY 

Bolton, Elizabeth. An introduction to pool 
exercises, by Elixabeth Bolton and Diana 
Goodwin. 3d ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 
1967. 53 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WB 520 B6941 1967 Clt. No. 127551 

Dnffleld, M. H„ ed. Exercise in water. London, 
Ballliere, Tlndall and Caaselt [1939] Ix, 125 
p. lllus., plates SBN 7020-0303-4. U. S. 
publisher: WUUanm A Wlikins Co., Baltimore. 
DNLM: WB 520 D857e 1969 Cit. No, 247566 

HYGIENE 

Anderson, Carl Leonard, 1901- Health 

principles and practice. 6th ed. St. Louis, 
Mosby, 1970. ix, 434 p. Ulus. SBN 
8016-0239-4. 
DNLM: WA 4 AS45h 1970 Clt. No. 240765 

Brrd. Oliver Erasmus, 1906- Health. 4th 

ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1966. ix, 441 p. 
lllus. 1st and 2d eds. have title: Textbook of 
college hygiene. ...__ 

DNLM: QT 180 B995t 1966 Clt. No. 46420 

Miller, Benjamin Frank, 1907- Good health, 

personal and community [by] Benjamin F. Miller 
[and] John J. Burt. 2d ed. Philadelphia, 
Saunders, 1966. XX, 508 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QT 210 M647g 1966 Clt No. 50064 

-NURSING TEXTS 

Roper, Nancy. Man's anatomy, physiology and 
health. 2d ed. Edinburgh, Livingstone, 1965. 
xl, 471 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: QT 200 R784m 1965 Cit. No. 40017 



HYPERBARIC OXYGENATION 

Meljne, Nlcolaas Gererdos. Hyperbaric oxygen 
and Its clinical value; with special emphasis oa 
biochemical and cardiovascular aspects. 
Springfield, 111.. Thomas [C1970] XX, Ml p. 
lllus. (American lecture series, no. 764. American 
lectures In living chemistry) 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QV 312 MSlZh 1970 

Cit. No. SS017] 

National Research CoudL Committee on 
Hyperbaric Oxygenation. Fundamentals of 
hyperbaric medicine, Washington, National 
Academy of Science, National Research CouncH, 
1966. xi, 178 p. (National Research 
Council. Publication 1298) Supported by th« 
National Institutes of Health, Public Health 
Service, Contract no. PH43-64-44, Task order no. 
3, and the Offices of the Surgeon* General, Dept. 
of the Army, Dept. of the Navy and Dept. of the 
Air Force, Contract no. DA-49-19S-MD-2077. 
DNLM: QV 312 N281f 1966 Clt. No. 44070 

Norman, John C, 1930- ed. Organ perfusion 

and preservation, edited by John C. Norman. 
Co-editors: Judah Folkman [et al.] New York. 
Appleton-Century-Crofts [cl968] xxxlL 980 p. 
Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: WO 350 N842o 1968 

CIL No. 165020 

Wajtabayr shi, Maaarn. High dose rate 
intracavitary radiotherapy using the RALSTRON. 
Sapporo, Hokkaido Univ. School of Medicine, 1971. 
134 p. lllus. (Hokkaido University medical 
library series, v. 4) 
DNLM. MBCO, SUNY: QZ 269 W147h 1971 

Clt. No. 274004 



HYPERLIPEMIA 



ganbar t Shefeek 6. Hyperlipidemla and 
hyperlipoproteinemia. Boston, Little, Brown 
[ClSw'J] ix, 153 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WD 200 SJ98h 1969 

CiL No. 212620 



HYPERSENSITIVITY 



Criep, Leo Hermann, 1896- Dermatologic 

allergy: Immunology, diagnosis, management [by) 
Leo H. Criep, with the collaboration of 15 
contributors. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1967. Ix, 
605 p. Ulus. 
DNLM: WH 160 C92Sd 1967 Clt. No. 67123 

Frailer, Claude Albee, 1920- ed. Dentistry 

and the allergic patient. Springfield, Hi., 
Thomas [C1973] xxlv, 429 p. Ulus. ISBN 
0-393-02585-1. 
DNLM, MBCO: WO 166 F848d 1973 

Clt. No. 367168 

Frailer, Claude Albee, 1920- Insect allergy; 

allergic and toxic reactions to Insects and other 
arthropods. St. Louis, Green [cl969] xiv, 493 
p. lllus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WD 430 F8481 1969 

Clt. NO. 201504 

Gel I, PblUp George Houthem, ed. Clinical aspect* 
of Immunology. Edited by P. G. H. Gell and R. 
B, A. Coombs. 2d ed. Oxford, Blackwell 
[19C8] xv, 1356 p. lllus., plates SBN 
632-0180O-S. 
DNLM, MBCO: WD 300 G318C 1908 

Clt- NO. 212643 

Harris, Maurie* Colensas, 1899- AH about 

allergy [by] M. Coleman Harris and Norman 
Shure. Englewood Cliffs, N. J., Prentlee-HsH 
[1969] vill, 368 P. Ulus. SBN 13-022186-4. 
DNLM: WD 300 H315a 1989 Cit. No. 214878 

Moral, Henry Z., ed. Inflammation, Immunity, 
and hypersensitivity. [1st ed.) New York, 
Harper A Row [C1971] lx, 627 p. Ulus., ports. 
ISBN 0-06-14I803-X. Supported by the Medical 
Research Council of Canada and several other 
groups. 
DNLM, MBCO, SUNY: QW WW M9351 1971 

Clt. No. M4919 

Sarater, Max, 1908- ed. Immunological 

diseases. Max Samter, editor; section editors: 
David W. Talmajge [et al.] By 105 contributing 
authors. 2d ed. Boston, Little, Brown [cl971] 
2 v. Ulus. ISBN 0-316-76979. 
DNLM, MBCO. SUNY: WD 300 S1931 1971 

Clt. No. 2765SS 



(. 






HYPERTENSION, RENAL 






Samter, Mu, IOCS- ed. Immunological 

dli«un. Mai Samter, ed.; Harry L. Alexander, 
aasocUte ed. Section editors: David W. Talmage 
let al.] With 89 contributing authora. [lat ed.] 
Boston, Little, Brown (clM5] xxli, 966 p. Ulus. 
DNLM, MBCO: WD 300 S1931 1965 

at. No. 37*41 

Steldon, John MeFarlaud, 1906- A manual 

of clinic*! allergy {by] John M. Sheldon [et al.] 
2d ed. Philadelphia, Saunders, 1967. xlll, S50 
p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WD 300 S544n* 1967 Clt. No. 73464 

Sherman. William Bowes, 1907- 

Hypersenxltlvlty: mechaniama and management. 
Philadelphia, London, Saunders, 1998. xti, 443 
p. Ulua. 
DNLM: WD 800 S553b 1968 Clt. No. 143764 

Speer, Frederic Aiken, 1909. ed. Allergy ol 

the nervoua system. Springfield, 111, Thomaa 
[cl970] xvil, 259 p. lllua, porta. 
DNLM. SUNY: WL 100 S739a 1970 

Wasson, William Walter, 1884- The lung 

and paranasal sinuses. The beginnings and 
progression at disease with the Influence of 
allergy an